sue an aae a 3

4 bd ow eae bee ee

gee taae rh iP y

Y Peal SRB Wane WW We er RY sR CTI 8 NS bs 5 z Louse, 23 ns

HK gy eed aed hag Bef HG o 4

‘ 1 J 8 Hi

wutedy « ara nek 8 ee he 2 ae ee

eine hie eee ae UF seer 4

* oF ~

Pa ero wien et eta er ee ie) ieee heaters pconseck tal oh AMO ered

“ Kens) hee ae os aan a ASEAN TS Ac RAO Fe SRE A Nl Sesh cand, Lahael

sites ate ag wathadeld Mies (eee pias ATS 8 8 aa SW RA dev tog Oe eA hand Oe

AFA A Oo Heh SG eG 8 He AER ee a La eh 4:9 8318-8 9 YO hr 81

ates tay sions TLL aaee naa ay Paar Pray tet st Sk ae eer ee

sy vee aan eet

ee tea Pah

S Soh ets a ame ‘ Oe eit ae a

Va eee a ete ta va teat aN iat aa ce

y errr eerie: ee ehh 2

tata 4h eae Ee tae 8H 1 OO At

1a ida'gue

iu hagas

pee aniia

BA gt A he ee ee F

TA AN a Cae a A ei A/a Ba

Peek 4 ber raw 5A

GS aot hs Nai ehh Ann

i a

sa a5 ae

beet 8h wh aay Sy C ‘

CW Lay en 4 ed ia ea te eet ed

4 ew V A aro a Mipre Neal Mane RS 8 9-8

eke Se tt Ca NAY Yes

VAS tae eed ey we aT a

tite

yea ede ale:

44k! ash gi

ra 10 4 _asert

ATT Mr ce oe ee a ee

pv es Fey

‘. CS

ot aeyieal

tS eed Ve 4a eaer'> &

REGS Mian gy big at gets

344g FE We awe

te 4 aba

Peds hy SERN eS

r o *

ere -) ALAS ee Rige teh ta

ASM Tee ime hoa 4 Pope Ye

GI EL aD rehph Petat Jah eponess 4a 8a

ee Pogey ads tt 4

{ wie

th a ey

Sea es

“on a4 "

eae a4 sae a Vg oe

TUF AE Rae 9 eee eens Pe es)

sg a4,9 > asta PMYES, Fed 626 054 af!

fawtais ‘ +

Any

ay a ey Bl

SERIE OP hee

i ee Oh Riek

3 ee, -? tf f Whyte

eS 3

thy 3 sera atc ae

Daan na ne ed

ye eit 2 Gee uF Gate

oP A, yh te

Paes er

Vow

cae 3

. ys

Cie 0 Pa) Hit

4, 8 he

ene!

fos eT

“4*

pack

aes a ,

AME

Rae ees

ais C15 he 8 AS 9 HEN

444 . q * +

e. CeeK 4 da ae

Abode f Vieeead a ae?

ASR Fi) a AI as Se

Pha KS WANS Aa

sy vas

ear)

bate han

patel

nid,

A999 85.5.9 AeA eh

peo) ope 2. eS

bee it rah

aed SOUR %

C499 age

Yew

igs

jal

‘

. i947

- Pel ade WS

s9 Lei dee? EF t9 ia%) Syeedid bebe tis det

i? » 4 AiG ye f RECS ole ee .

aa bate ie pr

PR eset oF Ber Ont

ry ae OP Soca mie

epee CF RAN t

i eay ou ea leap

wiowineueen Nee

WAS eA

4A 4 Pl ieehd Oe thd Pads Med sy the he

J tw Le ake \ ’ 4 : Ay Cutie i eileen

4am As Sh qWae he AAG tat yl Get Ge ts é nt Ste Hpettne Fyre

4 i

O94 4 CECA ee gh 2 Hm eS ww, eet we yr Toke

“ WER oe ere ese rr o Aa,

d wee

Lake ij

LAE

;

Pe he

Ya fest ieee es

Tes TN A Cag

%: a

Hevea Riis PR Riese

a) 7

_ a6 _ ¢ a ( - ‘ (Sage a4 jena d deve ye eo ewe ee

) , as | PTC. On Yea COS cs bien

A reas!

r; eae

rare Boe hs oaths

eet

fi Pee RTT

el eevaet Sivas

ber Deke etd vbr

y OPH IG

PUG Atty bait Bo atl OR te

Pas Resets 4 ete ee, 2 4 biRide E51 ee

PSEA SE Bi é i

et Re * 7a uF Kis TE as ,* a oe

' ‘ ; Sheer

14449 (AL aes ee

,: acai a Se A ed Be ret tet es nore

¥ eb eN sw ae tee

: | 4 pel aeits * routtite

vr ‘3 2 ek ‘ ‘ ‘ Lee Ee aa <8 4a tA ee eee Cee

‘ - ‘ é ‘ - ? +s ‘ te 44s tried Sy eee ANY SanGid, daw ai aey, es Lined Mast aM

S14 a 5] ’ ‘ 44 CG. L2OU Cae tees eet as ete Bs LOA ee ee sre ai wreh e free

f : ‘ ¢ ‘ a8 % i elLaedti oaee ReeES Oe L Sey G4 ee el od a4 Aga ee it

4 $ ‘ i ’ 4 Hee a 6 SR AA WAT UD veed § a By

4 ‘ in| . < Lie 7 ‘ ANS end Bbw aay S 1 kee Eke

‘ 74 ike eee 2 ae F

Me 4 Wa WH Ae ‘ ou Tiake gan bOee aly)

Pi SAG te tir yetonnd fie

* : -is ‘ ;

‘a ¢ 4 ied Caw Saad aad eee TARA IO i

5 tide Pee Sore oe oe See ee a ee 7

A ek ee ee Ye te ek ARTO Cae

] a 74 Ce Rk oat eek Ae Tie 88 hee ee eal Ty.

S| 444 be Lae VA at Re we OATS Hh On Ge

Nap arg adh Bal

a" 4 Pre BAe Sy sea? AS hy

“/ dey ie ew ON GR sawed t 4

. ne +a PER Ee re ew atte soe

‘ ad - d Cu BAY Wd aM Sd qt prey uy i} fh

. sy Vea : i a

: PR MOL ea pen yet ay SRN ONE SORT Na etEN ie a ey yay

Pa SOR COT Qe EF ehh mead fF ae ry oti sinew

“ 48 04 HOCK CWS ed WAS ton yawned

4 * hi oes eee wre Ran Lae A. Aes,

4 46a Bie FAR H RU A ak

’ ; aa 4 a ee | yaad ta

fe) 4G 044 B Va esa aes wae nat Peewpavey

as La A LAA A RL PPO 45 -

‘ a4 Py ny : 1R 01s Qe se AAS MSW aS A Ae tel

a ea # agtieet?d . ais Lantaate aaa? Li ee ee CW EO Fe Bee

4 ,aag ae Se a ty 4 ed O48 ae ee Wee SE CR CRM ET RG MA a f

i PY Oae 4G ELENA eae Th eat Dag Lede gee dw 4

See Ory ‘ aen tas vs i oe re wi

+ : sieanten a? Cade a pe aR TAT bi A hire! 5 , ao oy Pie

' 4 tawae . . Foe 4 Ore Rik aged aaa 4 ‘

‘ ‘ ack a em on er ey o hite eke WEE Oe 4 8A pr preietinn.& icin he BM,

4 wae ‘ 44 we Oe ee 2 “ ‘ RR RI EE Ro TI

: ‘i das tag K4 eae 8 1 ge 4 ES 89 a ET fs 5

in tng aor ee ee " za Wir hk RENE CORREA Se ae te ga yg eek 4B ak alt veal ye es

od Bate a Leh HME LT wae be ariel bn Lay tf

oT M4 4 " ‘ , : TOO Fayed Chee nae Cee ie sa wey

‘74 ere * yauwa toad TEVA SH XM eRe Ft esha Dy ty fly we a

ine j a! ‘ {nae " Pee WO We ke CRRA ee +98 be

eer ys 1 ey ses 4 Ceiw nae Rae Ow 4 we Haw ay da 44a Oke We ae ave tw Redes 41s ERS

: : ena? “ puree eaelaa” sv aint THEW Pee aP ey ear) Wale Lasens +

«4994 POR EW RAKE RAUL RRA Oe ee ’ ON 9s ete @ Sih fei pBin9.0 9.9 4:8 a6 909 Aes Wd,

uae 4 Vad ae a8 \ GAS OAM RET Cae e ‘ eh MARTON a r ris

: a ieun haw ee 146 ‘ 4 CWEAM HAMA Ae beets Re re ean

wa) " ‘ a a evaawes ey . Atel ou

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

VOLUME 43, 1953

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JOHN C. EWERS R. K. Coox

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CHacs, JR. ELBERT L. Litre, JR.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan PHitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

DEAN B. CowleE Davin H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royaut & GuILFoRD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

ACTUAL DATES OF PUBLICATION, VOLUME 43

No. 1) ppel—28, January 23,1953

No. 2, pp. 29-64, February 26, 1953

No. 3, pp. 65-96, March 20, 1953

No. 4, pp. 97-136, April 24, 1953

No: 0, pp: 137-168; May 25,1953

No. 6, pp. 169-200, June 24, 1953

Noe 75 pp. 20162407 July-23, 1953

No. 8, pp. 241-272, August 19, 1953

No. 9, pp. 273-304, September 23, 1953

No. 10, pp. 305-340, October 22, 1953

No. 11, pp. 341-888, November 17, 1953

No. 12, pp. 389-436, January 4, 1954

Vou. 43 JANUARY 1953 No. 1

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

* OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

WILLIAM F. FosHaG J. P. E. Morrison JOHN C. EWERS

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CHacs, JR. ELBERT L. LITTLE, JR.

BIOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan R. K. Coox

CHEMISTRY PHYSICS AND MATHEMATICS

T. P. THAYER Puitie DRUCKER

GEOLOGY ANTHROPOLOGY

C. W. SABROSKY

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royaut & GuILFoRD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

. Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925.

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JourNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate):

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3 .25 $6.50 $ 9.75 $13 .00 $16.25 $3 .00

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26 .00 32.50 6.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39 .00 48.75 9.00

400 13.00 26.00 39.00 52.00 65.00 12.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PRocEEDINGS should be sent to Haratp A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. 8. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JouRNAL.—Per year. .......-..-..--- =. -- see $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to-vol. 10; incl.——not javatlable* 2... elses. 2: — a

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)...:..... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, incl.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

Monocrapu No. 1, ‘‘The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,” by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete.:...2..... 5.25.32 eee $25.00

Single volumes, unbownd)s. 5. cij0 acs © Ske = ee ee 2.00

Dingle numbers. 2.255 4 ens eae sae i oe ee eee 20

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences” and

addressed to the Treasurer, H. S. RaPppLeYe#, 6712 Fourth Street, N.W., Washington 12,

DC:

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

January 1953

No. 1

PALEONTOLOGY —The classification of the strophomenoid brachiopods. ALWYN

WiurAMs, Glasgow University. (Communicated by G. A. Cooper.)

The strophomenoid brachiopods include

a host of diversified stocks that flourished

mainly during Paleozoic times, although

a descendant, the thecideid Lacazella, still

survives. The morphological variation of

the group is extremely wide, as a comparison

of such bizarre forms as Gemmellaroza,

Leangella, Scacchinella, Stropheodonta, The-

cospira, and Taffia shows. Nevertheless,

there are a number of morphological features

that may be regarded as typically stropho-

menoid; they include the pseudopunctate

condition of the test, the shell modification

due to the loss of a functional pedicle, the

presence of a pseudodeltidium and chilid-

ium, the nature of the cardinal process and

the absence of brachiophores, and_ shell

convexity.

The pseudopunctae represent long, un-

branched, arcuate calcareous rods embedded

within the fibrous layer of the shell (Fig.

1). They do not penetrate the lamellar

layer, and it is supposed that they were

laid down by the outer epithelial layer of

the mantle immediately behind the outer

lobe. It is probable that the deposition and

growth of these spicules were limited mainly

to the mantle proper, for in the postero-

median portion of the adult shell, an area

presumed to have been occupied by the

viscera, an inner impunctate fibrous layer

generally extends over a pseudopunctate

zone laid down during the early stages of

shell growth. In addition, the structures

grouped around the notothyrium—the car-

dinal process, socket ridges, and notothyrial

platform—are impunctate, as are also the

teeth and supporting lamellae of the pedicle

valve; although in the _ stropheodontids,

which had a series of denticles arranged

along the hinge-line in place of simple

teeth each denticle is built of fibrous ma-

terial deposited around a rod of nonfibrous

calcite similar to the pseudopunctae. The

chiidium and pseudodeltidium are also

impunctate, being composed principally of

an extension of the lamellar layer sometimes

supported by an underlying deposit of fi-

brous calcite. Beecher (1901), p. 260) cited

the impunctate nature of the pseudodeltid-

lum as evidence to support his contention

that the pseudodeltidium represents a third

shell subsequently fused to the pedicle

valve in contrast to the punctate deltidium,

which he regarded as an integral part of the

pedicle valve, in punctate telotrematous

forms. In this respect at least his observa-

tions are incorrect: the pseudodeltidium is

impunctate because itis composed of the

lamellar layer which is not perforated in

any strophomenoids, whereas the deltidium

of such a form as a terebratuloid is punctate

because both fibrous and lamellar layers of

the shell are penetrated by the caecae.

It has long been known that in the post-

nepionic stages of the majority of stropho-

menoids a functional pedicle was absent

and that consequently the mode of life

varied from lying free on the sea floor to

attachment either by the pedicle or by

cementation of the pedicle valve to some

foreign body. The persistence of a functional

pedicle throughout life is more characteristic

of the earlier strophomenoids for, despite

exceptions like Leptaena, most of the later

Lower Paleozoic stocks were not attached.

Attachment by cementation of the pedicle

valve was a later development attained by

many independent groups but especially

characteristic of the Upper Paleozoic ortho-

tetaceids.

The position of the pedicle in relation to

2, JOURNAL OF THE

the valves is a highly distinctive feature of

the strophomenoids. In the young stages of

unattached stocks like Sowerbyella, Fardenia,

and Strophomena, as well as in forms with a

persistently functional pedicle like Leptaena,

the pedicle base was ensheathed in a pipe

consisting of an extension of the lamellar

layer situated on the apex of the umbo and

not on any part of the interarea of the

pedicle valve. This pedicle sheath then was

distinct from the pseudodeltidium or del-

thyrium as can be seen in adult forms with

the scar of the pedicle sheath still visible,

though in some strophomenoids with a per-

sistent pedicle the foramen was frequently

enlarged by resorption and encroached on

to the apex of the pseudodeltidium.

The disposition of the pedicle sheath repre-

sents a radical departure from the telotre-

matous pedicle opening which is limited to

the delthyrium. Also if Percival’s observa-

tion (1945) on Terebratella «inconspicua

Sowerby—that the pedicle valve occupies a

dorsal position during development—had

general application the position of the

pedicle foramen has an added significance,

for the inclination of the sheath away from

the hinge-line suggests that in this group

the converse was true.

The limitation of the pedicle opening to

the apex of the pedicle valve and not to

the interarea probably accounted for the

complementary growth of the pseudodeltid-

ium and chilidium: the latter structure is an

integral part of the brachial valve yet it

fits snugly with the edge of the former and

its size is inversely proportional to the

development of the pseudodeltidium. In this

way the median openings of the interareas

which in other brachiopods accommodated

the pedicle were effectively sealed by the

mantle flaps which were also responsible for

the growth of the interareas. This comple-

mentary growth of the pseudodeltidium and

chilidium was expressed in the more ad-

vaneed stocks such as the stropheodontids

and orthotetaceids in a trend toward the

complete elimination of the chilidium and

the development of an entire pseudodeltid-

ium flush with the hinge-line. This ultimate

stage was reached independently by many

Devonian stropheodontids but only by one

orthotetaceid, the Triassic Thecospira, for

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 1

even in the Permian forms like Meekella

and Derbyia a vestige of the chilidium re-

mained and the pseudodeltidium carried a

narrow median fold which accommodated

it. Nevertheless, despite such a trend and

its culmination in the stropheodontids and

Thecospira it is true to say that both struc-

tures are typical features of strophomenoid

organization.

The development of two distinctive types

of cardinal processes is also highly significant

in the strophomenoids.

In a number of early stocks like Taffia

and Leptella the diductor scars must have

been attached directly to the floor of the

notothyrium for there are no outgrowths

which could have accommodated the mus- |

cle bases.

The most primitive modification of this

state was the growth of a median partition

which usually extended from the notothyrial

floor to the chilidium as in the plectamboni-

tids. This septum is commonly described as

a simple cardinal process and the continued

usage of this term is eminently convenient

but in all probability the diductor bases

were attached to the notothyrial floor on

either side of the median septum or to a

pair of small lateral ridges.

A similar development occurred in the

leptestiids. Thus some early members like

Leptella were without a median partition

while some later stocks hke Leangella were

equipped with a series of lateral ridges in

addition to the median septum. The leptesti-

ids were characterized especially by the

development of a pair of prominent plates—

the chilidial plates—forming the lateral

walls of the notothyrium. These together

with the median septum were not only

firmly ankylosed to the notothyrial floor

but also elevated above the hinge-line and

prolonged ventrally to it and since the

muscle bases were probably inserted within

the slots formed by the median septum and

the chilidial plates the entire structure is

analogous to the bilobed cardinal process.

The bilobed cardinal process of the

strophomenaceids and orthotetaceids is quite

distinct from the plectambonitaceid arrange-

ment for the diductor muscles were attached

not to the notothyrial floor but to a pair

of outgrowths from it, each of which bore

JANUARY 1953

the muscle bases on the posterior face, the

area of attachment being often increased

by the growth of numerous thin calcareous

plates. Opik (1932, p. 61) has commented

on the presence of a fine ridge lying medianly

between the lobes of the cardinal process of

many strophomenaceids and his suggestion

that this ridge is a degenerate homologue

of the plectambonaceid median partition is

probably true.

Despite subsequent modification of the

———

WS (Ey =

OSAAW Yin =

1 (ANY,

a WSSA¢ LIN ve

———

—-

WILLIAMS: CLASSIFICATION OF STROPHOMENOID BRACHIOPODS 3

strophomenaceid cardinal process, as for

example the stropheodontids and_ ortho-

tetaceids in which the chilidium and noto-

thyrium are vestigial or absent and the

cardinal process lobes project for some

distance into the umbonal region of the

pedicle valve, the pattern of development

outlined above seems to be fundamental.

Another important feature of stropho-

menoid organization was the apparent, and

in many stocks the undoubted, absence of

Fic. 1.—Strophomenoid shell structure: A, Diagrammatic representation of a portion of a stropho-

menoid valve just anterior to the muscle scar showing the lamellar layer (L), the spicules (S) embedded

in the fibrous layer (F), and the nonfibrous calcareous deposit of the muscle base (M); B, structure of the

strophomenoid pseudodeltidium showing the lamellar layer (L), the fibrous layer (F), and a section of

a tooth (T); C and D, the plectambonaceid and strophomenaceid cardinal processes, as typified by

Sowerbyella and Strophonelloides, respectively; chilidium (C), lamellar layer (L), fibrous layer (F), and

calcareous nonfibrous deposit (N).

| JOURNAL OF THE

any specialized structures associated with

the cardinalia which gave support to the

lophophore. Thus in the stropheodontids the

pair of ridges forming the inner boundary

of the sockets in early members are usually

referred to as ‘‘brachiophores.”’ With the

progressive spread of denticles along the

hinge line in later stocks, the teeth and

socket arrangement became vestigial and

the ridges either disappear entirely or,

exceptionally as in the Leptostrophias,

became modified to form ankylosed but-

tresses to the cardinal process lobes. It

seems then that the ridges were nothing

more than internal walls to the sockets,

and the function of lophophore support

cannot be ascribed to them. This is equally

true for the strophomenids which are

equipped with weak ridges like the early

stropheodontids.

Within the orthotetaceid group there is

also no evidence to suggest that any spe-

cialized structures supported the lophophore;

the presence of strong, large teeth, the loss

of the interarea of the convex brachial valve,

and the pronounced ventral growth of the

bilobed cardinal process all contributed to

the development of a pair of highly modified

socket ridges which usually formed concave

cups ankylosed to the sides of the cardinal

process lobes and supported by a pair of

plates growing up from the floor of the

valve, e.g., Meekella. Even in Thecospira

the calcareous spires were not attached to

any structures associated with the socket

ridges but were supported by a pair of very

short, scarcely differentiated outgrowths

from the bases of the cardinal process lobes.

Opik (1933, p. 44) has come to a similar

conclusion in his investigation of Leangella

in which the ridges defining the teeth sockets

are especially prominent; and in the plect-

ambonaceids generally it is highly lkely

that the so-called ‘‘crural processes’? or

‘‘brachiophores”’ functioned only as socket

bounding ridges. It is therefore suggested

that the term ‘‘socket ridge’? be used in

place of ‘‘crura”’ or “‘brachiophores”’ for all

strophomenoids.

There is not very much evidence as to

the form of the strophomenaceid lophophore

but from a knowledge of occasionally pre-

served impressions as in Leptaenisca and

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 1

“Strophomena” jukest Davidson it is prob-

able that it consisted of a pair of depressed

spiral coils, a disposition compatible with

shell configuration.

A spirolophous lophophore was apparently

also characteristic of the orthotetaceids;

impressions of depressed coiled brachia are

found in Davidsonia and in Thecospira,

a form hitherto classified as a rostrospira-

ceid, the fleshy brachia were strengthened

by the development of a pair of spirally

coiled calcareous ribbons. These spires

form a pair of high cones extending well into

the interior of the pedicle valve and it is

probable that the lophophore of those ortho-

tetaceids in which the depth of the shell

was greatly increased by the exceptional

growth of the pedicle valve were similarly

disposed.

On the other hand many paleontologists,

notably Kozlowski (1929) and Opik (1933),

have concluded that the strongly elevated

and striated ridge often found in the plec-

tambonaceid brachial valve completely sur-

rounding the postero-median area (here

called the ‘‘lophophore platform”’) represent

the zone of attachment for the lophophore

in a manner analogous to the lophophore-

supporting structure of thecideids. The

suggestion is certainly the most plausible

explanation for the development of such

an extraordinary feature and if it is correct

the lophophore probably consisted of a

simple lobate ring (compare the ptycholo-

phous condition as in Lacazella).

Elevated ridges are also found in the

brachial valve of the strophomenaceid

Christiania and are strongly reminiscent of

the plectambonaceid lophophore platform.

In this stock however the partitions are

disposed in two discrete loops and if the

functional interpretation of these structures

is correct the lophophore was schizolophous.

One other important characteristic re-

mains to be discussed—namely, the con-

figuration of the shell. The protegulum and

nepionic shells of all strophomenoids, as far

as known, were biconvex, a relationship that

was maintained throughout the ontogeny of

the orthotetaceids except for a minority like

some schellwienellas in which the pedicle

valve became concave during ephebic stages

of growth.

JANUARY 1953

The brachial valve of all strophomenaceids

and plectambonaceids in contrast became

concave in neanic stages at least and al-

though many independent stocks develop

resupinate shells the concavo-convex re-

lationship of the neanic stage was never

completely eliminated.

This contrast between the biconvex shell

of the orthotetaceids and what is essentially

a simple or modified concavo-convex shell

of the plectambonaceids and strophomena-

ceids was probably accompanied by im-

portant differences in anatomical distribu-

tion and constituted a significant divergence

within the group.

THE BASIS

Until the publication of Opik’s brachiopod

studies (1930-1934) the classification of the

strophomenoids had never been in a satis-

factory state although their distinctiveness

had been apparent to paleontologists since

1848 when King took what was then a radical

step and erected a family, the Strophomeni-

dae, for the inclusion of Strophomena and

allied forms. Even the historic studies of

Beecher did little to stimulate any worth-

while suprageneric grouping and as recently

as 1929 Schuchert and Le Vene (p. 16)

described the classification of the stropho-

menoids as ‘‘not yet satisfactory”? and were

content to use resupination as a subfamily

division of the Strophomenidae though they

must have been aware of the artificiality of

such an arrangement.

The plectambonaceid classification pro-

posed by Opik is preeminently utilitarian;

it consists of the grouping together of

demonstrably related genera into sub-

families, families, etc., by purely morpho-

logical comparisons: but because it is

executed with all due regard to the range

of individual stocks it transcends the pigeon-

holing of genera and allows for the establish-

ment of as natural a classification as one

can expect in the light of present knowledge.

The building up of a classification from a

series of basic units in this way reveals a

number of important features concerning the

morphogeny of a series of related stocks. It

is for instance usual to find that very few,

if any, characters are peculiar to a group;

many characters, often the most diagnostic

OF CLASSIFICATION

WILLIAMS: CLASSIFICATION

OF STROPHOMENOID BRACHIOPODS 9)

ones, appear independently in other re-

motely related stocks and it appears that the

higher the suprageneric category the greater

the morphological overlap with other cate-

gories.

Thus superfamily definitions of plec-

tambonitaceids and the orthoid clitambona-

ceids classified in this way are virtually the

same although nobody acquainted with the

groups would hesitate to agree that they

were independent of each other from

inception to extinction.

This continual reduplication of morpho-

logical features in undoubtedly independent

groups is of course related to the mechanics

of evolution. It is an expression of. paral-

lelism in related stocks and though it raises

many taxonomic problems it cannot be ig-

nored. This realization should allay most

doubts arising from a classification in which

it is sometimes impossible to describe a

series of characters which are unique to

one category or another.

Another fact emerging from the building

up of a classification by the grouping to-

gether of related genera is that any morpho-

logical features will generally have a taxo-

nomic importance directly related to the

number of independent lines of descent

(expressed systematically as genera) con-

stituting a stock and not a preconceived

value constant throughout a series of

stocks. For example, the type of cardinal

process is taxonomically one of the most

important strophomenoid characters. Along

with other features it serves to distinguish

the plectambonitaceids from the stropho-

menaceids and in this instance has a super-

family status. In contrast, the absence of a

cardinal process in the taffids and leptestiids

serves only to distinguish genera although

had such primitive stocks undergone per-

sistent divergences and specialization un-

accompanied by the development of a

cardinal process its absence would have been

correspondingly more important taxonomi-

cally.

This is true for instance of the orthoteta-

celds. The orthotetaceids were equipped

with a bilobed cardinal process homologous

with the strophomenaceid one, and on the

basis of this structure alone would be

included within the strophomenaceids. But

6 JOURNAL

the orthotetaceid stock, which was distinct

in such features as the persistence of a bi-

convex shell throughout ontogeny and the

almost universal adoption of the cementing

habit, survived into the Trias and during

its existence underwent a number of signif-

icant divergences some of which merit

family recognition, thus imparting to the

stock a superfamily status. Accordingly the

bilobed cardinal process being present in

all members of the Strophomenacea and

Orthotetacea has a subordinal value.

This pattern of variable taxonomic values

for the cardinal process is true for all

characters and is a natural manifestation of

divergence and development.

The classification proposed below has

been modelled with the foregoing considera-

tions in mind. Its basic units—the generic

stocks—have been grouped together into

appropriate suprageneric categories and

the only factor other than morphological

comparison which has been given particular

attention is the time range of each genus,

in the hope that the more blatant deficiencies

of morphological grouping will be eliminated.

Suborder STROPHOMENOIDEA Opik,

1934, emended

Brachiopods derived out of orthoid ancestors

by the development of a pseudopunctate shell

and by the early loss of a functional pedicle so

that the majority of forms included in the sub-

order either lay free on the sea floor or were at-

tached by cementation to a foreign body; del-

thyrium and notothyrium closed posteriorly by

the complementary development of a pseudo-

deltidium and chilidium; diductor bases of the

branchial valve attached to a bilobed cardinal

process or to the notothyrial floor variously

modified and usually divided into two distinct

areas by a,median ‘“‘cardianal process’’; lopho-

phore, unsupported by any specialized part of

the cardinalia but in some stocks presumably

attached to a platform developed on the brachial

valve and exceptionally strengthened by a cal-

careous skeleton, generally spirolophous, some-

times ptycholophous, exceptionally schizolo-

phous. Lower Ordovician to Recent.

PLECTAMBONACEA, nh. superfamily

Conecavo-convex or resupinate strophomenoids

with cardinalia consisting of well developed

socket ridges, a notothyrium covered by a

OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 1

convex chilidium sometimes supported, and

exceptionally replaced, by a pair of chilidial

plates, and a cardinal process, which when

present, consists of a simple median ridge with

subsidiary lateral ridges in later forms; pseudo-

deltidium small, pedicle presumably functional

in those adult forms with a persistent supra-

apical foramen, more usually lost during ontogeny

so that mature shells of most stocks were un-

attached. Ordovician to Devonian.

Family Taffiidae Ulrich and Cooper, 1936

Plectambonaceids with orthoidlike muscula-

ture and cardinalia; notothyrium covered com-

pletely by a convex chilidium, cardinal process

when present, simple, median supra-apical

foramen small, persistent throughout ontogeny.

Lower Ordovician, Upper Canadian to Chazy.

Type genus, Taffia Ulrich.

Family Plectambonitidae Kozlowski, 1929

Plectambonaceids with a median cardinal

process growing from the notothyrial floor and

ankylosed posteriorly to a convex chilidium;

pedicle valve with a pair of accessory teeth

lying anterolaterally to two simple teeth; brachial

valve with a variably developed lophophore

platform; supra-apical foramen sporadically per-

sistent in adult forms. Lower and Middle Ordo-

vician.

Subfamily Plectambonitinae Jones, 1928

Plectambonitids with a denticulate hinge

line in addition to the accessory and simple

teeth; pedicle valve with divergent diductor

scars separated anteriorly by a low broad plate;

brachial valve with aseptate muscle scars. Lower

and Middle Ordovician (Bz to C3 of the Baltic.)

Type genus, Plectambonites Pander.

Subfamily Ahtiellinae Opik, 1933

Plectambonitids with smooth hinge lines and

a lophophore platform developed on the brachial

valve. Lower Ordovician (B3; to C; of the Baltic.)

Type genus, Ahtiella Opik.

Leptestiidae, n. family

Plectambonaceids with a pair of chilidial

plates usually supporting a chilidium forming

the sides of the notothyrium and generally

ankylosed to the median cardinal process to

form a tripartite structure; brachial valve

usually provided with an elevated lophophore

platform. Lower Ordovician to Middle Devonian.

Figs. 2-7.—2, Plectambonitid morphology, /ngria Opik; interior of brachial valve (2a) with posterior

view above; interior of pedicle valve (2b). 3, Leptestiinid morphology, Leptellina Ulrich and Cooper;

interior of brachial valve (38a) with posterior view above; interior of pedicle valve (8b). 4, Sowerbyel-

linid morphology as typified by Sowerbyella Jones; cardinalia of brachial valve (4a) with posterior view

above, posteromedian area of pedicle valve (4b). 5, Christianiid morphology as typified by Christiania

Hall and Clarke; interior of brachial valve (5a) with posterior view above, interior of pedicle valve (5b)

with the anterior part of the shell removed to show the posteromedian area. 6, Generalized stropho-

meninid morphology; cardinalia and muscle scars of brachial valve (6a) with posterior view above,

posteromedian area of pedicle valve interior (6b). 7, Stropheodontid morphology, Strophonelloides

Caster; cardinalia and muscle scars of brachial valve (7a) with posterior view above, posteromedian area

of pedicle valve interior (7b).

8 JOURNAL OF THE

Subfamily Leptestiinae Opik, 1933

Leptestiids with the socket ridges not fused

with the chilidial plates and with a strongly

developed lophophore platform; median cardinal

process occasionally absent, in some later stocks

flanked by two or more subsidiary ridges; ad-

ductor sears of brachial valve sometimes borne

on an elevated platform lying anterior to the

cardinalia; accessory teeth and _ denticulate

hinge-line occasionally developed; supraapical

foramen never persistent throughout ontogeny.

Lower Ordovician (Upper Canadian) to Upper

Silurian. Type genus, Leptestia Bekker.

Subfamily Sowerbyellinae Opik, 1930

Leptestiids with the chilidial plates, median

cardinal process, and socket ridges ankylosed to

the notothyrial platform to give a_ structure

like an inverted V; hinge line exceptionally

denticulate or pierced by oblique canals; apical

foramen rarely persistent throughout ontogeny.

Ordovician to Middle Devonian. Type genus,

Sowerbyella Jones.

Discusston.—The leptestiinids and the sower-

byellinids were from their inception quite dis-

tinct from contemporary plectambonaceids es-

pecially in the development of the chilidial

plates and it seems that the two groups repre-

sented an important divergent development from

the strophomenoid ancestral stocks.

Ulrich and Cooper (1936, p. 626) erected a

subfamily, the Leptellinae, for the inclusion of

early forms like Leptellina and Leptella which

had either a simple cardinal process or none at

all. In the opinion of the writer the subfamily

is best regarded as a synonym of the Leptestiinae

Opik, 1933; many European leptestiinids also

possess a simple median cardinal process and

its absence in Leptella was, as Ulrich and Cooper

demonstrated for the taffids, not particularly

significant among primitive plectambonaceids.

Superfamily STROPHOMENACEA Schuchert, 1896

Concavo-convex or resupinate, pseudopunctate

brachiopods usually with a persistent supraapical

foramen which became sealed up by shell deposit

in some later stocks so that mature individuals

were either unattached or, exceptionally, ce-

mented by part of the pedicle valve to a foreign

body; cardinal process bilobed; pseudodeltidium

sometimes completely closing the delthyrium,

chilidium when present consisting of a simple

convex arch. Ordovician to Carboniferous.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 1

Family Strophomenidae King, 1846

Strophomenaceids with a pair of simple teeth

usually supported by small dental lamellae;

pseudodeltidium never completely closing the

delthyrium, chilidium always present; brachia

lacking skeletal support but apparently con-

sisting of a pair of very low spires exceptionally

impressed on the internal shell surface. Ordovician

to Carboniferous.

Strophomeninae, n. subfamily *

Strophomenids usually with a functional ped-

icle throughout ontogeny but sometimes lying

free on the substratum due to the sealing up of

the supra-apical foramen during maturity

Ordovician to Carboniferous. Type genus, Stro-

phomena de Blainville.

Leptaenoideinae, n. subfamily

Strophomenids attached throughout ontogeny

by the cementation of the umbonal region of the

pedicle valve to a foreign body. Middle Silurian

to Lower Devonian. Type genus, Leptaenoidea

Hedstrém.

Discussion.—The proposed family Rafinesqui-

nidae Caster (1939) is synonymous with Stro-

phomenidae King, 1846, as emended above.

The only way to continue recognizing both fam-

ilies is to relegate all resupinate forms to the Stro-

phomenidae, a patently artificial discrimination.

The adoption of secondary attachment by

cementation in two strophomenid stocks (Leptae-

noidea Hedstrom and Leptaenisca Beecher)

seems to merit the division of the strophomenids

into two new subfamilies. Cementation constitu-

ted a profound change of habit and was also

achieved independently of this development by

other strophomenoids.

Family Stropheodontidae Caster, 1939

Strophomenaceids lacking a functional pedicle

with the simple teeth and dental lamellae re-

placed by denticles subsequently spreading along

the hinge-line; socket ridges abbreviated subse-

quent to the loss of dental lamellae becoming

obsolescent or disappearing completely, excep-

tionally forming buttresses to the cardinal

process lobes; pseudodeltidium initially small,

apical, becoming progressively larger and in

some stocks ultimately closing the delthyrium

completely; chilidium initially massive becoming

degenerate and in some stocks ultimately com-

pletely lost.» Upper Ordovician to Upper De-

vonian. a |

JANUARY 1953 WILLIAMS: CLASSIFICATION

Subfamily Stropheodontinae Caster, 1939

Stropheodontids which lay free on the sub-

stratum during maturity. Upper Ordovician to

Upper Devonian. Type genus, Stropheodonta

Hall.

Liljevallinae, n. subfamily

Stropheodontids which were attached through-

out ontogeny by cementation of the pedicle

valve to a foreign body. Middle Silurian. Type

genus, Laljevallia Hedstrom.

Discussion.—The stropheodontid affinities of

Liljevallia are revealed in the development of

denticles along the hinge-line on either side of

the delthyrium, the absence of dental lamellae

and simple teeth, and the brachyprionid muscle

scar. The stock, then, like the leptaenoideinids

and the orthotetaceids is illustrative of the de-

velopment of cemented forms from a number of

unattached independent strophomenoid an-

cestors. Hitherto Liljevallia, Leptaenoidea, and

Leptaenisca have usually been placed within the

Davidsoniinae but each genus has pronounced

affinities with either the Strophomenidae or the

Stropheodontidae and it seems better to erect

new subfamilies in the manner proposed above

than to continue previous practice.

Christianiidae, n. family v

Concavo-convex strophomenaceids with a

lophophore platform consisting of a pair of

discrete, U-shaped loops presumably giving

support to a schizolophous lophophore; pseudo-

deltidium and convex chilidium well developed,

cardinal process bilobed, socket ridges strong;

supra-apical foramen persistent throughout on-

togeny. Middle and Upper Ordovician Type

genus, Christiania Hall and Clarke.

Discusston.—Christiania represents an isolated

terminal development out of one of the early

strophomenoid divergences which is not closely

related to any other known stock. The presence

of a lophophore platform suggests affinities with

the Plectambonacea, but it is more probable

that the platform, which is not like any plectam-

bonaceid structure, represents an independent

convergent development for in other respects and

especially in the possession of a bilobed cardinal

process Christiania is strophomenaceid.

ORTHOTETACEA, n. superfamily ,

Strophomenoids without a functional pedicle;

pedicle valve usually greatly modified and ce-

OF STROPHOMENOID BRACHIOPODS 9

mented by the umbo or a greater part of the

shell surface to a foreign body; brachial valve

convex throughout ontogeny; cardinal process

bilobed often greatly extended into the pedicle

valve, sometimes highly modified; lophophore

probably spirolophous in all stocks, exceptionally

impressed and supported by spirally coiled

calcareous ribbons. Upper Ordovician to Triassic.

Family Orthotetidae MacEwan, 1939

Orthotetaceids with a variable but well de-

veloped hinge-line and interarea in the pedicle

valve; pedicle valve consisting of one continuous

chamber; pseudodeltidium of earlier stocks apical

and chilidium. correspondingly massive, in later

stocks pseudodeltidium completely covering

delthyrium, chilidium vestigial, perideltidium

always present; shell surface usually finely costel-

late with additional radial plicae in many later

stocks. Upper Ordovician to Permian.

Subfamily Orthotetinae Waagen, 1884

Orthotetids equipped with a pair of dental

lamellae often extravagantly developed and in

various stages of convergence and coalescence.

Upper Ordovician to Permian. Type genus,

Orthotetes Fischer.

Schuchertellinae, n. subfamily .

Orthotetids which have lost the dental lamellae

through obsolescence. Devonian to Permian.

Type genus, Schuchertella Girty.

Subfamily Davidsoniinae King, 1850

Orthotetids lacking costellate ornamentation ;

pseudodeltidium and chilidium well developed;

dental lamellae obsolescent, sockets deep bounded

by flaring socket ridges fused with cardinal

process; both valves bear the impressions of a

pair of spirally coiled brachia forming very

ow cones with the apices directed towards the-

brachial valve. Middle Devonian. Type genus,

Davidsonia Bouchard.

Discusston.—The term perideltidium (Dunbar

and Condra 1932, p. 67): has been given to a

pair of triangular surfaces forming part of the

interarea of the orthotetid pedicle valve and

lying lateral to the pseudodeltidium although

not necessarily adjacent to it..The perideltidium

is variable in area and development but is an

integral part of the interarea and is not an oc-

currence dependent on shell exfoliation.

Each area is slightly elevated above the rest

of the interarea and in addition to being orna-

LO JOURNAL OF THE

mented by growth lines parallel to the hinge-

line is also feebly striated at right angles to the

hinge-line so that the resultant series of grooves

and ridges does not radiate from the umbo and

lie obliquely to the perideltidial boundaries.

Serial sections of a number of orthotetids sub-

stantiate the conclusions of Dunbar and Condra

that the perideltidial boundaries are represented

by a sharp deflection of both lamellar and fibrous

layers. It can also be observed that the stria-

tions represent crenulations of the lamellar layer

and that part of the fibrous layer adjacent to it.

One would have anticipated constrictions on the

hinge-line of the brachial valve corresponding to

the deflected edges of the perideltidium, but

none can be observed, and no plausible reason

can be suggested for this differentiation of the

interarea.

Apart from including the Davidsoniinae within

the Orthotetidae the division of the family into

two subfamilies dependent upon the presence or

absence of dental lamellae is, in the opinion of

the writer, more than a convenient morphological

grouping for it seems to have been one of the

natural consequences of orthotetid development.

The earliest known orthotetid, Fardenia

Lamont, a biconvex form equipped with dental

lamellae, appeared towards the end of the

Ordovician and flourished throughout the Silu-

rian. There is evidence to suggest (Williams,

1950, p. 120) that by the end of Silurian times

sufficient divergence had occurred within the

stock to give rise to a schuchertellid, which had

lost the dental lamellae by obsolescence, and

also a concavo-convex Schellwienella (like the

Lower Devonian S. umbraculum (Schloth.)) with

strongly developed divergent dental lamellae.

It is probable that two such forms were an-

cestral to two main stocks, viz, orthotetinid

and schuchertellinid which remained independent

during their subsequent histories. The range of

all described genera is consistent with this

belief and there is no evidence to suggest. that

either stock was replenished from the other by

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO«1

obsolescence of the dental lamellae or the develop-

ment of secondary ones.

With regard to the various genera equipped

with well-developed dental lamellae it is note-

worthy that the disposition of the lamellae

seems to be closely related to the configuration of

the pedicle valve. Thus Schellwienellas possess

concave pedicle valves and divergent dental

lamellae while all other orthotetinids have con-

vex pedicle valves and dental lamellae which

are parallel, convergent, or in various stages of

coalescence. Taking into consideration the fact

that the dental lamellae always occupied a

constant position relative to the interarea, where

they lay immediately beneath the teeth, it is

reasonable to assume that their disposition was a

function of the form and growth of the anterior

wall of the pedicle valve. Consequently many

species ascribed to such genera as Sicelia, Ortho-

tetina, Geyerella, and Meekella may represent

independent convergences rather than closely

related stocks.

Gemmellarolidae, n. family »

Attached orthotetaceids with a long conical

pedicle valve capped by a reduced operculiform

brachial valve; hinge-line obsolescent, interarea

completely lost except for a narrow elevated

ridge in the pedicle valve representing the

pseudodeltidium; articulation aided by the

development in both valves of an excessively

thickened margin serrated by oblique furrows;

cardinalia massive, elongated, with the bilobed

cardinal process and laterally extended socket

ridges completely fused, in the interior of the

pedicle valve the cardinalia is contained within a

subcircular myophore chamber, about a third

the length of the valve extending from the

umbo almost to the periphery of the valve and

lying immediately anterior to the pseudodeltid-

ium; fibrous layer of shell adjacent to lamellar

layer disposed in long sharp folds radiating from

the umbo. Permian. Type genus Gemmellaroia

Crossman.

Figs. 8-12.—8, Orthotetinid morphology, Meekella White and St. John; interior of brachial valve

(8a) with posterior view above; interior of pedicle valve (8b).

9, Scacchinellid morphology as typified

by Scacchinella Gemmellaro; interior of brachial valve (9a); reconstruction of part of the pedicle valve

interior (9b) showing the median septum and the transverse partitions. 10, Gemmellaroiid morphology

as typified by Gemmellaroia Crossman; complete shell with a transverse section of the pedicle valve to

show the shell structure and the disposition of the myophore chamber (10b), anterior view of brachial

valve interior (10a). 11, Thecospirid morphology as typified by Thecospira Zugmayer; interior of

brachial valve (lla), interior of pedicle valve (11b) tilted to show the muscle scar arrangement. 12,

Diagrammatic representation of the interarea of the orthotetid pedicle valve to show the nature of the

perideltidium (PE); lamellar layer (L), fibrous layer (F), pseudodeltidium (P), tooth (T).

10a

Frias. 8-12 (See opposite page for legend).

12 JOURNAL OF THE

Discussion.—The gemmellaroiids represent a

later divergence from a more generalized ortho-

tetid stock in which a number of morphological

modifications present in the orthotetids gen-

erally are carried to conclusion. Thus the ex-

cessive elongation of the pedicle valve and the

reduction of the hinge-line is seen in late ortho-

tetids like Orthotetina but never on the scale of

the gemmellaroids. The myophore chamber

is especially characteristic of the family but is

not unique for a similar structure evolved in an

otherwise typical Permian orthotetid (Ortho-

tetella King).

Scacchinellidae, n. family

Attached orthotetaceids, pedicle valve long,

conical twisted with longitudinally striated

interarea, brachial valve gently convex, exterior

spinose without radial ornamentation; interior

of pedicle valve with a strong median septum

extending anteriorly for over half the length of

the shell and divided into a series of chambers

by the deposition of a variable number of trans-

verse partitions the last formed chamber pre-

sumably being the only one occupied by the

viscera; brachial valve with a long bilobed

cardinal process which extended well into the

pedicle valve on either side of the median sep-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 1

tum; socket ridges small, adductor muscle

scars impressed on the inner surfaces of a pair of

long, thick ridges extending anteriorly from the

cardinal process bases. Permian. Type genus,

Scacchinella Gemmellaro.

Discussion.—The_ scacchinellids are unique

among the orthotetaceids and indeed among all

brachiopods in the division of the pedicle valve

into a series of chambers by the deposition of

transverse partitions. The writer has observed

in an occasional Derbyia the apparently natural

occurrence of thin flaps of fibrous shell deposit

projecting into the body chamber and a similar

occurrence is reported by Licharew (1928, p.

272) in the gemmellaroid Tectarea. But in the

scacchinellids the partitions were apparently a

regular feature of all mature individuals and

were presumably a consequence of the great

disparity between the volume of the soft parts

and the excessive elongation of the pedicle valve.

Family Thecospiridae Bittner, 1893

Orthotetaceids attached to a foreign body by

cementation of the pedicle valve, exterior tu-

berculate without radial ornamentation but

sometimes rugate; interarea of pedicle valve

entire, without any definition of the pseudo-

deltidium, interarea of brachial valve vestigial,

OR'DOWVUEIAIN SILURIAN DEVONIAN CARBONIFEROUS | PERMIAN TRIAS

SOWERBYELLINAE

LEPTESTIINAE

AHTIELLINAE

PLECTAMB ONITINAE

STIANUDAE

STROPHEODONTINAE

GEMMELLAR OIIDAE

ORTHOTETINAE

HECOSPIRIDAE

2 —eEeE

SCACCHINELLIDAE

Fig. 13.—The stratigraphical distribution of the strophomenoid brachiopods, including the theci-

deids; the size of the suprageneric categories figured in the chart is proportionate to the number ot

genera included in each category as well as their stratigraphical range.

JANUARY 1953

childium absent; pedicle valve with strong un-

supported teeth and a small broad muscle scar

divided medianly by a low median septum;

brachial valve with an erect cardinal process,

functionally bilobed but united medianly to form

a tripartite structure, sockets deep, muscle

scars contained within a pair of subparallel

ridges extending anteriorly from the cardinalia

and divided medianly by a low median ridge;

cardinal process bases prolonged into a pair of

short processes which support a pair of spirally

coiled calcareous ribbons directed towards the

lateral slopes of the pedicle valve; brachial

ribbon sharply folded throughout its length to

give a V-shaped cross section. Triassic. Type

genus, Thecospira Zugmayer.

Discussion—The orthotetaceid features of

Thecospira are so striking and numerous that

it cannot be excluded from the strophomenoids

because its lophophore was supported by a pair

of spirally coiled calcareous ribbons. The shell is

strongly pseudopunctate, the spicules penetrate

the internal surfaces which are tuberculate and

though they do not penetrate the lamellar layer

they are excessively prolonged to give the ex-

terior a bluntly spinose appearance. Other

strophomenoid features include the mode of

attachment, the entire interarea of the pedicle

valve (compare the stropheodontids and a similar

tendency in those orthotetaceids with a vestigial

chilidium) the cardinal process and the muscle

sears which are reminiscent of late orthotetaceids

like Derby a. ue

READ: PROSSERIA GRANDIS 13

The presence of calcified spiral supports in

Thecosptra then does not signify that the stock

was related to the rostrospiroids or spiriferoids;

they represent an independent development out

of a spirolophous orthetetaceid.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BEECHER, C. E. Studies in evolution. 1901.

Caster, K. E. A Devonian fauna from Colombia.

Bull. Amer. Pal. 24 (83). 1939.

DunBar, C. O., and Conpra, G. E. Brachiopoda

of the Pennsylvanian System in Nebraska:

Nebraska Geol. Surv. Bull. 5: ser. 2. 1932.

Licuarew, B. Uber einige seltene und neue

Brachiopoda aus dem Unterperm des nérdlichen

Kaukasus. Palaeont. Zeitschr. 10: 258-289.

1928.

Koz.towskI, R. Les brachiopodes Gothlandiens de

la Podolieé Polonaise. Palaeont. Polonica 1.

1929.

Oprx, A. Uber die Plectellinen. Act. et Comm.

Univ. Tartu: 1-85. 1982.

——.. Uber Plectamboniten. Act. et Comm.

Univ. Tartu: 1-79. 1933.

Percival, E. A contribution to the life history of

the brachiopod Terebratella inconspicua

Sowerby. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand 71

(1): 1-23. 1944.

SCHUCHERT, C., and LE VENE, C. M. Brachi-

opoda. Fossilium catalogus, pars 42.

Tuomas, I. The British Carboniferous Ortho-

tetinae. Mem. Geol. Surv. Great Britain.

Palaeont. 1 (2): 83-134. 1910.

Unricn, E. O., anc Cooprr, G. A. Ozarkian and

Canadian Bachiopoda: Geol. Soc. Amer.,

Spec. Paper 13. 1938.

Wiuutams, A. Llandovery brachiopods from Wales

with speccal reference to the Llandovery district.

Quart. Jour. Geol. Sei. 108: 85-136. 1951.

PALEOBOTANY. —Prosseria grandis, a new gerus and new species from the Upper

Devonian of New York. CHarues B. Reso, U. 8. Geological Survey. (Com-

municated by Roland W. Brown.)

The extensive collections of fossil plants

made by C.8. Prosser from Devonian hori-

zons in New York and Ohio contain nu-

merous specimens of interest to students of

Paleozoic floras. One of the most remarkable

of these specimens is a large slab of black

shale and its counterpart carrying as an

incrustation the remains of an unusual

representative of the Articulatae. The litera-

ture on Devonian floras contains no refer-

ence to any genus that may be extended to

include this plant. In consequence this fossil

1 Publication authorized by the Director, U. 8S.

Geological Survey.

13 referred to a new genus, Prosseria, named

in honor of the collector. There follows a

discussion of the type specimen and _ its

possible relationships.

PTERIDOPHYTA

Articulatae

?Pseudoborniales

Prosseria, n. gen.

Generic characters at present defined by the

single known species.

Prosseria grandis, n. sp.

Diagnosis.—Plant large, stem 25 mm in di-

14 JOURNAL OF

ameter in the type, articulate, surface smooth.

Nodes enlarged (40-50 mm in diameter) and

giving off both branches and whorls of leaves.

Leaves about 18 (?), 9-11 visible on one side,

apparently in fascicles of three, emerging from

definite points of insertion at the node; linear and

long (383 em long and 6 mm wide), narrow at

base and enlarging gradually upward for about

15 centimeters, nervation indistinct. Branches,

2 at each node, emerging from opposite sides of

the stem, only the bases preserved in the type

specimen.

Collected by C. 8. Prosser in 1889 from the

“Upper Genesee’? shale (West River shale,

Genesee group). Kimble Gully, 1 mile southeast

of Penn Yan, Yates County, N. Y.

Discusston.—The general aspect of Prosseria

grandis is shown in Fig. 1. The nearly smooth

stem with enlarged nodes, the whorl of linear

leaves, and the opposite branching are striking

features of the fossil. The leaves, as has already

been pointed out, are in fascicles of three on the

one side exposed. Details of the lower portions

of the leaves and of the bases are rather vague,

however, and do not permit critical study.

Judged from the occurrences of leaves attached

only at the upper one of the two nodes and their

absence in the lower node, the appendages must

have developed definite abscission layers. It will

be seen that there are three distinct leaf bases in

the half of the flattened stem exposed at the

upper node. These are circular, and leave a

distinct 1mpression, suggesting definite articula-

tions by their clear-cut aspect as indicated above.

The two lateral organs at each node are ob-

viously in a different category from the strap-

shaped leaves. Their larger size, the open angle

they make with the stem, and their frayed ends

(indicative of the absence of an abscission layer)

are proof of this. These are regarded by the

writer as lateral branches.

With the meager data at hand concerning this

fossil it is obviously unwise to attempt any

estimate of the size of the entire plant. The plant

may have been quite large, in which case the

specimen is but a branch. On the other hand

the plant very likely was a relatively small one,

and the axis here preserved is the main shoot.

The affinities of Prosserta grandis are beyond

question with the Articulatae. The plant may

possibly be related to Pseudobornia Nathorst.

The features observable in the material are,

however, scarcely sufficient to be conclusive. It

THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES VOL. 42, NO. |

will be recalled that Pseudobornia? is charac-

terized by large articulated stems with one to

two branches at each node. The leaves are in

whorls of four, are short-stalked, dichotomously

divided, and with toothed margins. Their general

aspect is somewhat plumose. The fructification

is a strobilus said to be comparable with Chezro-

strobus Scott.2 The single well-known species,

Pseudobornia ursina Nathorst, is from the Upper

Devonian of Bear Island. This genus is an iso-

lated type which, in the opinion of many paleo-

botanists, shows affinities with the Sphenophyl-

lales. The linear leaves of Prosseria contrast

strongly with the plumose ones of Pseudobornia

and provide adequate grounds for generic sepa-

ration. The stem provides little information of

value in determining relationships, and, in the

absence of fertile structures of Prosseria, it is

obviously impossible to reach any definite con-

clusion regarding exact affinities.

There are likewise known the Middle Devonian

Calamophyton and Hyenia, grouped by Krausel

and Weyland in the Protoarticulatae. These plants,

at least in their general makeup, are far more

primitive types than Prosseria, showing only a

semiverticillate arrangement of much smaller

and definitely dichotomous leaves.

To the writer it would seem that Prosseria

is much more closely related to the Sphenophyl-

lales or Pseudoborniales than to the Equtsteales.

The greatly enlarged nodes of Prosseria certainly

indicate this. Such a condition is quite charac-

teristic of the stems of Sphenophyllum, common in

the Carboniferous. Nathorst’s figures of Pseudo-

bornia ursina show the same condition. Stems

of Calamites do not, however, show this.

Comparison with the stems identified by

Dawson as Calamites inornatus* and later referred

by White to Pseudobornia® is unsatisfactory.

Dawson’s plant is a broadly ribbed type with

the nodes scarcely enlarged. The prominent nodal

scars so characteristic of Prusseria are not shown

2Natuorst, A. G., Zur fossilen Flora der

Polarldnder. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl.

36 (2): 25-28, pl. 7, figs. 9-13, pl. 8, figs. 1, 3-13,

pl. 9, pl. 10, figs. 1-3. 1902.

’Scorr, D. H., On Cheirostrobus, a new type

of fossil cone from the calciferous sandstone. Philos.

Trans. Roy. Soc. London 189: ser. B, 1-34, pls.

1-6. 1897.

4 Dawson, J. W., Flora of the Devonian period

in northeastern America. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

18: 310, pl. 17, fig. 56. 1862.

§WuitTse, D. in Kindle, E. M., Stratigraphic

relations of Devonian shales of northern Ohio.

Amer. Journ. Sci. 34 (4): 210. 1912.

READ: PROSSERIA GRANDIS 15

Fig. 1.—Photograph of the shale slab carrying the specimen of Prosseria grandis, showing the great

length of the leaves, the enlarged nodes, and the smooth stem, X 14.

Fig. 2——Photograph of the upper of the two nodes of the preceding figure showing the leaf bases

and the opposite branch(?) bases, X 1.

16 JOURNAL OF THE

in the figure of the type specimen of C. inornatus.

It is, in fact, extremely doubtful if there is suffi-

cient information available to permit the proper

generic determination of the latter. It is quite

likely a Protocalamites.

This new plant, although only its vegetative

features are known and those imperfectly, has a

rather important morphological — significance.

Briefly, Prossera grandis is an early member of

the Articulatae of early Late Devonian age

(Portage). It shows definite whorls of large and

long-divided leaves. The nodal structure suggests

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 1

affinity with the Sphenophyllales. The leaves are,

however, far larger than those of the Carbonif-

erous Articulatae. These large leaves in this

very early type hardly support the frequent

claims that the leaves of this group were originally

microphyllous. Rather, the suggestion, based on

arrangement of the known members of the

Articulatae in chronologic order with Prosseria

taking its place near, at least, to the base, is

that the series may be one of reduction from

megaphylls rather than expansion from micro-

phylls.

MYCOLOGY.—A new species of Protodontia from British Columbia. G. W. Mar-

tin, State University of Iowa.

In January 1950 Dr. Ruth Macrae, of

the Division of Botany and Plant Pathology,

Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Can-

ada, sent me two specimens of a tremellace-

ous fungus, accompanied by careful notes

and drawings, which obviously represented

the same species but which were clearly dis-

tinct from any I had previously seen or to

which I could find reference in the literature.

Both had been collected the preceding year

by W. G. Ziller on slash of black cottonwood

in central British Columbia. The specimens,

although sporulating freely, appeared to be

incompletely developed and the assignment

to a genus offered great difficulty, hence I

laid them aside awaiting fuller information.

Meanwhile, two additional collections from

the same area were found in the collections

at Ottawa, one collected by Mr. Ziller and

one by Dr. M. K. Nobles. Dr. Macrae

kindly sent me the balance of the material

from Ottawa and Mr. Ziller let me see the

even more abundant material of all four

collections deposited in the Forest Pathology

Collection of the Dominion Department of

Agriculture at Victoria, British Columbia.

On the basis of this material, I feel justified

in describing the species.

Protodontia oligacantha, sp. nov.

Fructificationibus late effusis, resupinatis,

tenuibus, mediis fuligineis vel avellaneis, ad

fimbrias albas pallescentibus; aculeis sparsis,

fimbriatis, albis, ad 0.6 mm longis; hymenio in

basidiis et dendrophysibus dense aggregatis

consistente; subhymenio hyalino; hyphis funda-

menti fulvis; probasidiis globosis vel pyriformi-

bus, plerumque 13-20 x 9-12u, denique crucia-

tim-septatis; epibasidiis crassis breviculis latis,

2—2.5(-3)u; basidiosporis cylindraceo-curvulis,

apiculatis, (9-)10-12(-13) x (4-)4.5-5(-5.5)y,

per repetitionem germinantibus.

Broadly effused, up to 13 X 5 cm in extent,

possibly larger, Benzo Brown to Cinnamon Drab,

fading to buff or pallid near the broad, thin,

fimbriate, white margin; waxy when moist, the

hymenial surface drying horny; spines blunt,

broad, somewhat fimbriate, white, up to 690u

long and 350u in diameter at base, tapering

toward tips, sparsely and irregularly distributed;

in section 65-2304 thick between the spines,

composed of a colorless hymenial layer 20-40u

thick, a yellowish basal layer of horizontal hyphae

and an intermediate layer of variable thickness,

clear yellow by transmitted light, which pene-

trates the spines, composed of indistinct ag-

glutinated hyphae intermingled with crystalline

accretions; hymenium continuous, covering both

Fic. 1.—Protodontia oligacantha, type: Habit,

< 1, showing fimbriate margin.

JANUARY 1953

Fie. 2.—Protodontia oligacantha, type: Longi-

tudinal section of spine, showing hymenium and

sterile tip, X 80.

spines and area between them, except at tips of

spines, composed of colorless basidia and dendro-

physes; dendrophyses 3-4u in diameter at base,

branching subdichotomously several times and

irregularly attenuated toward the tips, some-

times with clamp-connections; probasidia globose

to ovate or pyriform, mostly 13-20 x 9-12y,

becoming cruciate-septate, each cell producing a

thick, rather short epibasidium, 2-2.5(-3)u in

diameter; basidiospores cylindrical to allantoid,

usually with numerous small guttules, sometimes

with 1-3 large guttules and numerous smaller

ones, (9-)10-12(-18) x (4-)4.5-5(-5.5)u, ger-

minating by repetition.

British Columbia: Cottonwood, August 3,

1949, W. G. Ziller, V-5013 (DAOM 21881),

type. Other collections examined: Cottonwood,

July 26, 1949, M. K. Nobles, V-5247 (DAOM

22974); Cinema, August 11, 1949, W. G. Ziller,

V-5084 (DAOM 22973) and V-5087 (DAOM

21934). All on dead wood of Populus trichocarpa

T. & G. Numbers cited are those of Herb. Lab.

For. Path. Victoria (V) and Myc. Herb. Sci.

Serv. Dept. Agr. Ottawa (DAOM). Portions of

all except V-5084 are in Myc. Coll. 8. U. I.

The specific epithet is based on oXtyos, few,

and a@kav@a, spine.

The outstanding characteristics of P. oliga-

cantha are the sparse development of the spines

and the broad, spineless, fimbriate margin (Fig.

1). Where most abundant, the spines number 3-5

to a square millimeter. They are fertile over

most of the surface, as is the hymenium between

them, but the extreme tip is often sterile (Fig. 2),

owing to protrusion of an extension of the inter-

mediate yellow layer, giving them a fimbriate

appearance when examined dry under a binocu-

MARTIN: NEW SPECIES

OF PROTODONTIA 17

lar. They tend to be borne in lines on whitish

strands, which makes the hymenial surface ap-

pear faintly reticulate under a lens. Some speci-

mens of Eichleriella spinulosa (B. & C.) Burt

bear tubercles on the hymenial surface which

may approach in abundance the spines of P.

oligacantha, but the much thicker, darker fructi-

fication, the larger spores and basidia and the

strongly determinate margin of the former species

mark it as clearly distinct. The basidia and spores

are of approximately the same size as those of

E. macrospora (Peck) Martin, which may bear

scattered tubercles and is sometimes subfimbriate

and indeterminate when young, but the thick,

determinate fructification of mature collections

of that species and the characteristic texture,

difficult to describe, but readily recognizable

when known, make it impossible to consider it

the same as the Canadian fungus. In the four

ample collections which have been studied, there

is no suggestion that P. oligacantha ever develops

a determinate margin. It seems probable, how-

ever, that collections made later in the season

might show a somewhat more extensive develop-

ment of the spines. The basidia and spores (Fig.

3) are characteristic of the Tremellaceae. There

is often a suggestion of a clamp connection at

the base of the basidium, but in most cases this

cannot be seen. The dendrophyses (Fig. 3, ¢)

are rather difficult to see since the terminal

portion does not stain.

The largest fructifications examined were 13

< 4 cm and 12 X 5 ecm respectively, one of

PS €

Fic. 3.—Protodontia oligacantha: a-d, no. V-

5087. a, Two basidia and ovate structure, probably

a very young basidium (note beak on basidium

at right); b, two basidia, one in apical view; c¢,

dendrophysis; d, two spores, one preparing to

germinate by repetition. e-f, No. V-5013. e, two

basidia, f, two spores, one preparing to germinate

by repetition. All X 1,000.

18 JOURNAL OF THE

these measurements secured by matching two

broken pieces. The growth may well become

much more extensive.

ago 24: 508-511.

1932) I discussed the genus Protodontia with

particular reference to our commonest spezies,

which I referred to P. uda v. Hoéhn., and at that

time commented on the genus Protohydnum

Moll., in which Protodontia is often included.

Recently (Univ. Iowa Stud. Nat. Hist. 19 (3):

63. 1952), I reported P. piceicola (Kihner)

Martin from Ontario. A collection from Louisiana

by Langlois, determined by him as Protohydnum

lividum, in the herbaria of the U. 8. Dept. of

Agriculture and the Missouri Botanical Garden,

may well be that species and a Protodontia,

but the generic transfer should be made only by

one who has access to adequate European ma-

Some years (Mycologia

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 1

terial. These seem to be the only species known

from the United States and Canada.

Dr. M. A. Donk has been kind enough to let

me see some of his notes on Protodontia. He

believes that what I have referred to P. uda is in

reality distinct from the European form. This

may be correct. I have not seen enough European

material to be certain it is not and have depended

mainly on published descriptions for the determi-

nation of our collections. These, however, show

substantial variation but nothing beyond what

may, in my opinion, be considered as due to

differences in degree of maturity or as responses

to local environmental fluctuations. Whelden

(Mycologia 29: 100-115. 1937), who studied

cytologically an American collection referred to

P. uda, reports that his material had been

compared with von Hoéhnel’s type by Dr. D. P.

Rogers, who found them to agree exactly.

ICHTHYOLOGY.—Ten new American gobioid fishes in the United States National

Museum, including additions to a revision of Gobionellus.

Isaac GINSBURG,

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. (Communicated by L. P. Schultz.)

During revisional studies of the genera of

American fishes, the following 10 unde-

scribed species and subspecies discovered in

the U. 8. Fish and Wildlife Service and the

U. 8S. National Museum are here named

and briefly described. All holotypes are

deposited in the National Museum.

Figures of proportional measurements

given below refer to percentages of the stand-

ard length. Lengths of the pectoral and

ventral fins denote the length of their longest

rays, from their point of articulation, as de-

termined at the surface without dissection,

to their distal margin. The given lengths of

specimens refer to the total length, including

the caudal fin, unless otherwise stated.

The numbers of fin supports are of para-

mount importance in the classification of

fishes, including gobies. The precise struc-

ture of the fins of fishes in general, namely,

the different kinds of fin supports comprising

the fins, differs largely by family or other

major taxonomic groupings. The variability

and relative numbers of the different sup-

ports differ by species or population of lower

rank, and also by higher taxonomic groups.

The numbers of fin supports have been

widely used in taxonomy; but the broader

problem of the comparative morphology of

the fins of fishes in general has been largely

neglected. Lately, this subject began to en-

gage the attention of investigators. Hubbs

(Copeia, 1948: 1384; 1945: 75) raises the

question of the use of a certain fin formula in

describing gobioid fishes, in connection with

a discussion of the structure of the fins of

other fishes. Beebe (Zoologica 27: 45. 1942)

is of the opinion that the last two approxi-

mated dorsal rays of Dixonina—a genus

belonging to a different order than gobies—

and related genera should be enumerated

separately instead of counting them together

as one ray. However, a thorough study of

the comparative morphology of the fins in

the major groups of fishes still remains to be

made. As the fin structure differs largely by

major groups, the proper and most advan-

tageous method of enumeration, and any

formula expressing such enumeration, will

differ by such major groups.

In the superfamily Gobioidea the struc-

ture of the fins is as follows: The first dorsal

consists of flexible (with few exceptions),

unsegmented fin supports which are evi-

dently homologous with the pungent spines

of other fishes having two dorsal fins. The

first fin support of the second dorsal is, as

the fin supports of the first dorsal, likewise

flexible and unsegmented, and is presumably

also homologous with the pungent spine in |

JANUARY 1953

the same position of other fishes (although

no thorough study has as yet been made to

verify this assumption). The first unseg-

mented fin support of the second dorsal is

followed by a variable number of segmented,

and variously branched rays, the last two of

which are very closely approximated at the

base. The structure of the anal is the same

as that of the second dorsal.

The above described structures apply to

all the species in the superfamily and vir-

tually to all the individuals of any species.

Exceptions from the general rule that are

now and then found in individual fish—and

such exceptions comprise less than | percent

of the combined counts of all the species

examined—are to be considered as slight

abnormalities rather than as representations

of a normal individual variability. As these

are superfamily characters, there seems no

point in repeating these facts under each

species, either in words or by a formula, as

it is unnecessary to repeat any other super-

family character in the species descriptions.

Consequently, in the descriptions here given

the following uniform method is adopted in

enumerating those rays that are of impor-

tance in separating the species: All counts

are given in Arabic numerals. A semicolon

separates the counts of the two dorsals and

a hyphen connects the extremes of the range

of the count of any given fin. The first un-

segmented fin support of the second dorsal,

and anal, is included in the count, while the

last two approximated rays of both fins are

counted as one. This is the method I used

uniformly in previous publications on go-

bioids. If it is desired to get the number of

segmented rays only, that is, to exclude the

first fin support and count the last two as

one ray, 1 is to be subtracted from the

figures given below; to include the first and

count the last two separately, 1 needs to be

added; excluding the first and counting the

last two separately, the numbers will be the

same as those given below.

The rays in the pectoral fin of gobies

generally do not differ in essential structure,

except that some of the marginal rays grow

progressively shorter, and the extent of

branching decreases outwardly. In the fol-

lowing descriptions all the pectoral rays are

included without distinction in the same

count.

GINSBURG: TEN NEW GOBIOID. FISHES 19

Family ELEOTRIDAE

Dormitator cubanus, n. sp.

D 7; 8-9. A 8-9. P 15. Se 33-35. No mucous

pores on preopercular sulcus. Total number of

gill rakers in outer row of first gill arch, in a 94-

mm specimen, 29. Head 30-31, postorbital part

of head 15.5-16.5, caudal 27-28, ventral 23.5-

24.5, pectoral 23-25.5. Body with a median lon-

gitudinal row of very diffuse spots; a dark shoul-

der spot above pectoral base; a dark, narrow, short,

oblique band on cheek, under anterior margin of

pupil to end of maxillary; the two dorsals and

caudal with rows of small dark spots, roughly

transverse on caudal and oblique on dorsals.

(No oblique transverse light bands on body

against a darker background as in related species,

but their absence possibly due to fading.)

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 55668. San Cristdébal,

Cuba; C. H. Eigenmann; 1902; female 82 mm.

Paratypes—U.S.N.M. no. 123234, a male ob-

tained with the holotype, 73.6 mm in standard

length with the caudal broken, approximately 94

mm in total length. U.S.N.M. no. 55688; Pinar

del Rio, Cuba; C. H. Eigenmann; March 1902;

female 48 mm.

Remarks.—This is a well-marked species and

differs sharply from its congeners in the number

of gill rakers. Specimens of comparable size,

with that stated above, of the other species have

a total of 51 or more gill rakers in the outer row

of the first gill arch. It also differs in lacking

pores on the preopercular sulcus, and in aver-

aging fewer dorsal and anal rays and shorter fins;

although there is more or less intergradation in

these latter characters. Taking its character

pattern as a whole, cubanus is sharply defined

and rather easily distinguishable. It is probably

a highly localized species and confined to some

fresh-water streams in Cuba, as 445 specimens

of Dormitator examined from the western At-

lantic coasts, ranging from Texas to Brazil, and

from several West Indian Islands including

Cuba, all belong to the common Atlantic species,

maculatus.

The three specimens forming the basis of this

account were collected by Eigenmann (Bull.

U.S. Bur. Fish. 22 (1902): 211-236. 1903) during

his investigation of the cave inhabiting fishes of

Cuba, in 1902, when he made many striking dis-

coveries. He then obtained both maculatus and

cubanus and recorded them together under the

former designation.

20 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Dormitator latifrons mexicanus, n. subsp.

D(6) 7 (8); (8) 9-10. A (9) 10-11. P 14-16.

Se 34-36.—Preopercular sulcus with pores, usu-

ally 4 in number. Total number of gill rakers in

outer row of first gill arch, in 8 specimens 242-

256 mm (from Colima, Mexico), 182-145, and

in the same specimens, head 30.5-32.5, post-

orbital 16-18, caudal 30.5-32.5, ventral 20-22,

pectoral 22.5-24. In the holotype, gill rakers 107,

head 33, postorbital 19, caudal 34.5, ventral

21.5, pectoral 25.5. Body dark with rather nar-

row, obliquely transverse, diffuse, lighter cross

bands; a large very dark shoulder spot near and

over pectoral base; a narrow dark band on cheek

under anterior margin of pupil to end of maxil-

lary; posterior part of head with dark longitu-

dinal, nearly parallel bands, rather faint to well

defined; a somewhat curved band at pectoral

base.

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 7350. San Lucas,

Lower California; I. Xanthus; male 140 mm.

Remarks.—Other 49 specimens 24-256 mm

examined from the Pacific coast of Mexico

ranging from La Paz in the Gulf of California to

Salina Cruz in the gulf of Tehuantepec.

The subspecies mexicanus differs from latifrons

chiefly in the number of gill rakers and the head

length. Both of these characters differ also intra-

specifically with the size of the fish and it is

necessary to compare specimens of like size. Two

specimens of latifrons from the Pacific coast of

Panamd4, 235-259 mm, comparable in size with

the large specimens described above, have gill

rakers 149-164 and head length 33.5-88. D.

mexicanus also averages a shorter caudal, ventral,

pectoral and postorbital part of the head; but it

intergrades considerably with latifrons in these

characters. The two are apparently allopatric

populations on the Pacific coast of Mexico and

Central America, respectively. In this prelim-

inary account the few largest specimens are com-

pared and they do not show intergradation in

the two chief characters. However, a comparison

of the 50 specimens examined.of mexicanus with

47 specimens of latifrons, segregated by com-

parable size groups shows that they intergrade

with a degree of divergence of subspecies mag-

nitude. ‘

The name latifrons was proposed by Richard-

son for two specimens from the ‘‘Pacific Ocean.”

It has since been used for the common eastern

Pacific species of Dormitator, including Mexico

and Central America, or the name was placed in

VoL. 43, NO. 1

the synonymy of D. maculatus, depending on

whether an author treated the eastern Pacific

population as a distinct species, or he treated

that population as being conspecific with that

from the western Atlantic. As the common east-

ern Pacific species is here divided into two sub-

species, the name latifrons is hereby restricted to

the Panama population, since it is more likely

that Richardson’s specimens came from the coast

of central America than that of Mexico.

Guavina micropus, n. sp.

D 7; 10. A 10. P 16. Se 89. Almost completely

scaled, except underside of head, and preoper-

cular sulcus, and a small area on side of snout in

front of eye, altogether or largely scaleless.

Seales on posterior part of body rather weakly

spinulose, others cycloid. Ventral 11.5, pectoral

16, body depth 22.5, least depth of caudal pe-

duncle 15, head 31, postorbital 18, head depth

directly behind eye 15, head width at same point

20, maxillary 13, snout 9, eye 5.5, interorbital

10.5, antedorsal distance 36.5. Color brownish,

dark on dorsal aspect, much lighter below; no

saliently distinctive markings, pigment some-

what concentrated on upper part of pectoral base

forming a rather faint, diffuse blotch.

Holotype——U.S.N.M. no. 123230. Miraflores

Locks, Panama Canal; east chamber; A. O. Foster;

April 28-29, 1937; female 90 mm in standard

length, the caudal damaged.

Remarks.—Only one species of this genus was

known heretofore, G. guavina from the western

Atlantic coasts. The new species differs at a

glance in having a strikingly short ventral fin,

which also shows up well after measuring, 10

specimens of guavina having the ventral 18-19.5.

This species also has a shorter pectoral and ante-

dorsal, but these differences are not as great as

that of the ventral; in the same 10 specimens of

guavina, pectoral 20.5-22, antedorsal 39.5-41.5.

It also has one ray less in the dorsal (in the speci-

mens examined of guavina, the dorsal rays are

constantly 11), and it further differs in having

the preopercular sulcus naked instead of scaled

over.

This is most probably a hitherto undiscovered

Pacific species, corresponding to the Atlantic

guavina, which has found its way into the Panama

Canal.

Gobiomorus polylepis, n. sp.

D 6; 10. A 10. P 18. Se 77-78. Caudal 24.5,

JANUARY 1953

ventral 18.2-18.4, pectoral 17.8-18, depth about

20 (belly collapsed and not accurately deter-

minable), peduncle 11.5-12, head 30-80.5, post-

orbital 18-18.1, head depth 12.38-12.4, head

width 14.7-14.8, maxillary 12.5-13, snout 9.5—-

10, eye 3.43.8, interorbital 7—7.5, antedorsal

36.5-37. Irregularly shaded, without distinctive

markings (perhaps faded from long immersion

in preservative); pectoral, caudal and the two

dorsals with rows of small diffuse spots.

Holotype—U.S.N.M. no. 130917. Colima,

Mexico; exhibited by Mexican Government at

Chicago World’s Fair, 1893; female 277 mm, 222

mm in standard length.

Paratype.—U.S.N.M. no. 123233; from same

container as the type; female 243 mm in stand-

ard length with caudal end broken off, approxi-

mately 303 mm in total length.

Remarks.—Two common and widespread spe-

cies of Gobiomorus were known _ heretofore,

maculatus from the Pacific drainage and dor-

mitor from the Atlantic drainage. In preparing a

revision of the genus, polyelpis was compared

with 257 specimens of maculatus from localities

ranging from the Gulf of California to Peru,

including 14 specimens from the coast of Mexico,

and 204 specimens of dormitor ranging from Texas

to Venezuela. This is a strongly marked species

and is easily distinguishable from the two com-

mon species by the number of scales. In 175

specimens of dormitor the range of the scale

count is 58-64, in 241 specimens of maculatus

the range is 54-60, as compared with 77-78 in

polylepis. In the number of anal and pectoral

rays, polylepis nearly agrees with the Atlantic

dormitor, rather than with the Pacific maculatus,

and in the number of scales it is also nearest

dormitor. It is remarkable that such a sharply

defined and large gobioid species from the North

American continent escaped detection up to now.

It is probably another one of those species having

a narrowly circumscribed geographic range.

Erotelis smaragdus civitatum, n. subsp.

D 6; 12. A 10. P 17. Se 105. Scales on dorsal

aspect extending to within a short distance of

eyes; opercle entirely scaleless; cheek almost

naked, only a few scales present posteriorly near

its middle; all scales cycloid. Preopercular spine

rather reduced and concealed under the skin.

Caudal 27.5, ventral 13, pectoral 15.5, depth 15,

peduncle 10, head 20.5, postorbital 13.5, head

depth 9, head width 9.5, maxillary 7.5, snout

4.2, eye 3.2, interorbital 4.3, antedorsal 32.5.

GINSBURG: TEN NEW. GOBIOID FISHES Ak

Color almost uniformly dusky, darker on dorsal

and somewhat lighter on ventral aspect; pigment

somewhat concentrated on upper part of pec-

toral base to form a diffuse blotch; otherwise no

distinctive color marks.

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 123229. St. Vincent

Island, Fla.; taken with seine in deep soft mud

in large pond on the bay side of the island;

Tsaac Ginsburg; July 23, 1932; female 123 mm.

Remarks.—The above description is drawn

from the holotype. Two small specimens 46-57

mm from Harbor Island, Tex., collected by John

C. Pearson, have the following counts: D 6;

IAC MOLINE 1S; eal 1D) Oe AL AO ae ae

This subspecies differs from smaragdus chiefly

in the number of dorsal rays. In 26 specimens of

smaragdus the dorsal rays number 11 in 25 and

10 in 1. In 11 specimens of the Pacific armiger

the dorsal rays number 13 in 9 and 12 in 2. The

dorsal count in cwitatum, 12 in 2 specimens and

11 in 1, is intermediate between smaragdus and

armiger. While only 3 specimens of civitatum are

available, fair composite samples of armiger and

smaragdus were examined to show that it di-

verges at least subspecifically from the latter. The

samples examined indicate a divergence of sub-

species degree. In general appearance, cwitatuwm

is not as excessively slender as smaragdus which

is almost anguilliform, but somewhat approaches

in this respect the species of the closely related

genus Hleotris. This difference is rather marked

on direct comparison of specimens, but does not

show up well in measurements.

Of the 26 specimens of smaragdus examined 7

are from Key West, the others are from Cuba,

Haiti, Puerto Rico, Curacao, Panama, and Vene-

zuela. Consequently the Key West population

of smaragdus is nearer to those of the West Indies

and Central America than to that on the north-

ern Gulf coast of the United States.

Chriolepis tagus, n. sp.

DEC 2 Ae tine ao Amterior parhnor soody,

naked, posterior part scaled, scales extending

forward to under end of first dorsal; caudal base

with modified scales. (The single specimen de-

scribed is in but indifferent condition, the squa-

mation especially is defective and nearly all

scales have fallen. The scale pockets indicate the

extent of squamation. On the caudal base only

one scale is now remaining, at its outer angle,

a conspicuously modified, large ctenoid scale,

very similar to the scale present in Chriolepis

minutillus in the same position.) Lower jaw with

22 JOURNAL OF THE

two inner posterior caninoids. Kye large, the

interorbital narrow. Ventral falling considerably

short of anus. Pectoral reaching beyond a ver-

tical through origin of first dorsal. Tongue mod-

erately emarginate. (Color apparently faded,

only a few large scattered chromatophores on

head.)

Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 123232. Tagus Cove,

Albemarle Island, Galdpagos Archipelago;

dredged in 10-18 fathoms; Hancock Expedition,

W. L. Schmitt; January 15, 1934; male 16.3

mm in standard length, 21 mm to end of partly

broken caudal.

Remarks.—The squamation is more extensive

in this species than in any known species of

Chriolepts. The number of anal and _ pectoral

rays is higher than in any other species. The

number of dorsal rays is higher than in any

species, except some individual variants of

minutillus. Altogether, tagus is a sharply di-

vergent and strongly marked species.

Chriolepis benthonis, n. sp.

D7;9.A8. P 16. Anterior part of body naked,

posterior part scaled; scales extending forward

to a point near midline under base of seventh

dorsal ray; in 12 oblique rows to base of caudal;

a few scales on posterior part of peduncle ctenoid,

most scales cycloid; modified scales on caudal

base present (most modified scales missing and

cannot be described in detail). Lower jaw without

posterior inner caninoids. Eye very large; inter-

orbital very narrow. Ventral reaching anus.

Pectoral reaching to under base of first dorsal

ray. Tongue entire. Ventral 28.5, pectoral 27.5,

depth 21, peduncle 12, head 30.5, postorbital

14.5, head depth 17, head width 19, maxillary

12, snout 8, eye 10.5, interorbital 2, antedorsal

37.5. (Color a rather uniform light yellowish,

probably faded.)

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 47641. Blake Ex-

pedition, station ccxuiI, Alexander Agassiz; off

Progreso, Yucatdn, Mexico; lat. 23° 13’ N.,

long. 89° 10’ W.; 84 fathoms; male 30.7 mm in

standard length, the caudal damaged.

Remarks.—This species has the lowest num-

ber of dorsal and anal rays of any known species

of Chriolepis. The extent of scalation is nearly as

in the Pacific zebra; it differs from that species,

besides the difference in the number of dorsal

and anal rays, also in having smaller teeth, a

larger eye and narrower interorbital.

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 1

Psilotris, n. gen.

Genotype.—Psilotris alepis, n. sp.

This genus is characterized by and differs from

all known American eleotrid genera, by a com-

bination of two characters: the total lack of

scales and the absence of mucous pores. Full

grown specimens of Hleotrica also lack scales; but

Psilotris differs in lacking pores as well. A de-

tailed study of American gobioids leads to the

conclusion that the character of the pores is more

important as a phylogenetic criterion than the

character of the squamation. It follows then that

Psilotris is more nearly related to Chriolepis

which also lacks pores, although the latter has

the body partly scaled. With respect to the

squamation, and other characters as well, Ps7-

lotris and Chriolepis present a closely analogous,

parallel development to the genera Gobiosoma

and Garmannia in the family Gobiidae.

Etymology.—Psilotris, an abbreviated form of

psiloeleotris (naked eleotris).

Psilotris alepis, n. sp.

D 7; 10. A 9. P 15. Seales altogether absent,

on caudal base as well as on the body and head.

Body moderately elongate, compressed; head

moderately depressed. Maxillary ending under

anterior margin of pupil. Mouth subterminal,

lower jaw but slightly projecting; gape very

moderately inclined, a horizontal through distal

margin of upper lip passing through lower part

of eye. Teeth in bands; outer teeth well enlarged;

inner posterior teeth in lower jaw also enlarged,

but hardly large enough to be described as canin-

oid. Ventral falling considerably short of anus;

pectoral slightly short of a vertical through base

of first dorsal ray. Gill opening restricted, at-

tachment of branchiostegal membrane near lower

part of pectoral base. Female anal papilla large,

thick, globose. No mucous pores on head. Caudal

27.5, ventral 23:5, pectoral’ 27-5, depth 2a.

peduncle 13.5, head 30.5, postorbital 18, head

depth 16, head width 17.5, maxillary 11.5, snout

7, eye 7, interorbital 3, antedorsal 42.5. (Because

of the very small size of the specimen measured,

and the comparative crudeness of the instrument

used, an ordinary Vernier caliper, the preceding

measurements are rough approximations only.)

Diffusely cross-banded; body with 5 broad, ir-

regular, diffuse bands, the anterior 2 somewhat

Y-shaped; a subvertical, diffuse band under

anterior part of eye; a wider, oblique band under

posterior part of eye.

JANUARY 1953

Holotype.—U.S.N.M. no. 123231. St. Croix

Island, Virgin Islands; on reef; Smithsonian Hart-

ford Expedition, W. L. Schmitt; April 8, 1937;

female 17 mm. The small specimen examined

appears to be an adult. It apparently represents

a very small species, rather than the young of a

larger species.

This species is readily distinguished from all

known western Atlantic eleotrids by its total

lack of scales. Its relationship is discussed above

under the genus account.

Family GoBIIDAE

Genus Gobionellus Girard

Since my revision of this genus was published

(Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll. 4 (art. 2). 1932),

I had the opportunity to study many more

samples of nearly all species, comprising for most

species many more specimens than those forming

the basis of the revision. Besides the additional

specimens examined, characters hitherto gener-

ally neglected and not considered in the revision,

have been studied in detail. The more striking

results of this study of additional samples and

characters are as follows: (1) Two new species

were discovered. (2) It was concluded that two

American species, previously described and

referred to Huctenogobius, are more properly

placed in Gobionellus as their character pattern,

in general, fits in well with the other species of

the latter genus. (A discussion of the statusof

Euctenogobius has been published by me in

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus: 82: 19. 1933.) (3) The

relationship of one species as treated in the re-

vision, needs emendation. The two new species

are here described, and also three new subgenera

are established, in accordance with the addi-

tional information to place all species in their

proper place in the scheme of classification em-

ployed in the revision.

Gobionellus mystax, n. sp.

D 6; 13. A 14. P 17-19. Sc 70-73. Scales ex-

tending on antedorsal area to a vertical plane

through preopercular sulcus, a narrow naked

area on midback, corresponding to predorsal

keel, extending from origin of first dorsal, all the

way forward; dorsal area in front of preopercular

sulcus, and side of head scaleless; throat largely

naked, except a rather narrow longitudinal

median strip of scales; pectoral base scaleless;

ventral aspect of belly scaled, except a rather

moderate naked area directly behind base of

GINSBURG: TEN NEW GOBIOID FISHES 23

ventral fin; anterior scales and those on belly

cycloid, posterior scales nearly all ctenoid, the

ctenoid scales beginning at a point near midline

under base of fourth dorsal spine. Teeth in nar-

row bands, those in outer and inner rows only a

little larger than others. Second and third dorsal

spines in male notably prolonged, the third

longest, reaching base of fifth dorsal ray. Maxil-

lary notably long, its end reaching preopercular

margin or nearly so. Caudal 55.5-57.5, ventral

20.5-21, pectoral 19, depth 16-17, peduncle

9-9.5, head 22, postorbital 10.5-11, head depth

13, head width 11-11.3, maxillary 15.5-16, snout

8-8.5, eye 4.5, interorbital 3.5-4, antedorsal 29.

(Color dark all over without distinctive markings,

probably the color pattern obliterated from long

immersion in preservative.)

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 130859. Laguna de

Mexcaltitan, Territory of Tepic [now the state

of Nayarit], Mexico; exhibited by Mexican

Government at Chicago World’s Fair, 1893;

male 227 mm, 144 mm in standard length.

Paratype.—U.S.N.M. no. 123235. In same lot

with the type; male 251 mm, 161 mm in standard

length.

Remarks.—This species is close to microdon

and belongs in the same subgenus with it, Go-

batus. It differs in having a longer maxillary and

caudal. In the genus Gobionellus both of these

characters differ with the species and also intra-

specifically with sex and size, the caudal con-

siderably and the maxillary moderately so. As

the two specimens examined are very large males,

it may be suggested that the seemingly specific

differences are rather due to their size and sex.

However, they were compared with a male of

microdon 117 mm in standard length from Mira-

flores Lake, Panama Canal, not much smaller

than the two specimens here described, and the

differences in these two characters are too pro-

nounced to be reasonably ascribed to intra-

specific individual variability or sex and size

differences. They are evidently interspecific dif-

ferences and the two specimens represent a spe-

cies close to but different from microdon. In the

above male of microdon: caudal 34; maxillary

12.5, ending under posterior margin of eye. The

maxillary in mystaz is so strikingly long that the

generic definition given in my revision of the

genus needs to be emended to include this spe-

cles.

The scales in the two specimens of mystax

number 70-73, while in the two types of micro-

D4 JOURNAL OF THE

don from Rio Ahome, México, they number

60-61, and it would seem that the two species

also differ in the scale count. However, in two

specimens of muicrodon from Rio Juan Diaz,

Panama, the scales are 59-65, while in two

from the Panama Canal they number 69-72.

Consequently, the scale count in microdon

seems to differ intraspecifically with the popula-

tion, and its possible value as an interspecific

character remains to be determined by more ex-

tensive samples.

Gobionellus gracillimus, n. sp.

D 6; 14. A 15. P 18-20. Se 83-99. Antedorsal

area completely scaled to within a short distance

of eyes; opercle with a moderate-sized patch of

scales at upper anterior corner; cheek naked .or

a few scales present; throat partly scaled; pec-

toral base scaleless; ventral aspect of belly scaled

over posteriorly, a rather large or moderate sized

area behind base of ventral fin naked;anterior

scales cycloid, posterior scales’ mostly ctenoid,

the ctenoid scales beginning at a point variably

situated under base of third dorsal spine to under

base of fifth dorsal ray. Teeth in narrow bands,

those in outer and inner rows a little larger than

those in between. Maxillary generally ending

under space between posterior margin of pupil

and that of eye; slightly past eye in the largest

males. Second to fourth dorsal spines notably

prolonged in large specimens, the longest spine

usually reaching to base of fifth or sixth dorsal

ray, sometimes to base of third ray. Body not-

ably slender and caudal notably long; depth

11.9-15.5 in female, 11-13.3 in male; caudal

41-46.5 in female, 51.5-63.5 in male. Other

measurements not of paramount specific im-

portance and only shghtly or moderately dif-

ferent with sex, the range of both sexes as follows:

ventral 17.5-21.5, pectoral 16.0-—20.5, peduncle

7.5-9, head 18-21.5, postorbital 8.5-11.5, head

depth 10.5-13, head width 9-10.5, maxillary

9.5-11.5, snout 6.5-7.5, eye 3.5-5, interorbital

2-3, antedorsal 25-29.5. (All preceding measure-

ments, including that of caudal and depth, of

specimens 106-165 mm in standard length.) A

large, longitudinally oblong, dark spot below

first dorsal and centered slightly above middle

of body; a small spot on caudal base; 2 or 3 small

dark spots on anterior margin of first dorsal; a

median longitudinal row of many small spots,

well marked in a recently preserved specimen,

now faded, and not discernible in other pre-

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 1

served specimens; the large body spot and the

caudal spot rather well marked in the smaller

specimens, faint or imperceptible in large ones

(color pattern seemingly becoming faint ‘with

growth and also fading in preserved specimens).

Holotype-—U.S.N.M. no. 1238227. Apalachi-

cola Bay, Fla.; trawl; July 16, 1932; Isaae

Ginsburg; male 271 mm, 165 mm in standard

length.

Remarks.—Thirteen other specimens 106-157

mm in standard lengths were studied from St.

Johns River, New Smyrna, and Pensacola Bay,

Fla.; Bayou St. Denis, La.; off Padre Island,

Tex.

In the revision of the genus, the populations of

the extremely long bodied, western Atlantic

gobies which belong to the subgenus Gobionellus,

were divided into two species on the basis of the

scale count, hastatus with more numerous scales

from the northern Gulf coast, and oceanicus with

fewer scales from Key West, the West Indies,

and Central America. On the basis of the samples

examined for the revision of the genus, the two

species showed both a morphologic and geo-

graphic gap between them. Hildebrand and Cable

later found that their geographic ranges overlap

and that both species occur at North Carolina

(Bull. U. 8. Bur. Fish. 48: 365. 1938). By an ex-

amination of many more specimens, I now find

that these two species also intergrade somewhat

in the scale count and are not as easily separable

as the smaller samples indicated. Furthermore,

I now find that the finer scaled gobies from the

coast of the United States (58 specimens were

now examined instead of the 7 specimens exam-

ined for the revision), fall into two groups,

rather roughly separable by four correlated char-

acters. One group, here distinguished as gracillt-

mus, has a longer caudal, more slender body,

longer dorsal spines and more numerous scales.

The data for the four characters seem to form

four bimodal curves, and we are evidently deal-

ing with two distinct populations, gracillimus

and hastatus. However, they intergrade in all

four characters and individual specimens cannot

always be placed with certainty. If a specimen

has all four, or at least three, of the characters

typical or close to the mode of its population, it

can be placed with a measure of assurance, and

this is so with the large majority of specimens.

But, if a specimen has less than three characters

correlated, or if three or four of its characters fall

near the borderline its proper position is doubt-

JANUARY 1953

ful. (Such doubtful specimens constitute approxi-

mately 10 percent of the total.) Consequently,

the proper taxonomic status of these two evi-

dently distinct populations is uncertain. If they

were to occupy separate geographic ranges, they

should properly be treated as two geographic

subspecies, and such a course could hardly be

questioned. As it is, they either constitute two

coordinate, synpatric subspecies, in which case

they form an exception to the general rule that

two subspecies occupy separate territories, per-

haps they are ecological subspecies having nearly

the same geographic range; or they constitute

two full species which are but incompletely dis-

tinguishable by current taxonomic methods.

These questions might be resolved by a more

elaborate sampling of the populations, perhaps

supplemented by ecological studies. The distin-

guishing characters, except the scale count, dif-

fer also with size and sex, and hence it would take

very extensive samples to work out the finer

details.

Large males, 120 mm or over in standard

length, diverge most, and such specimens are

well separable by species.

It is probable that depth of water is a factor

in the distributional basis of the separation of

the two species. Detailed records of capture are

wanting or incomplete for most of the con-

stituent samples examined. But judged by the

available records, it seems that gracillimus is

usually taken with a trawl, while hastatus is

taken with a seine as often as with a trawl. How-

ever, neither species is a real deep water fish.

The greatest depth recorded is 10 fathoms for a

specimen of gracillimus taken off Padre Island,

Tex. Hight of the 14 specimens of gracillimus

examined, comprising 5 constituent samples,

were taken in Pensacola Bay and that body of

water seems to be the center of distribution of

the species.

Gobidus, n. subgen.

Genotype —Gobionellus longicaudus (Jenkins

and Evermann) = Gobius longicaudus Jenkins

and Evermann.

Before this subgenus is characterized, two new

symbols are herewith proposed to be used for

two mucous pores placed over the opercle. In

Sanzo’s (Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel 20: 251-328.

1911) system of symbols for the various parts of

the lateral line organs of gobies, the anterior

and posterior pore which form the openings of

GINSBURG: TEN NEW GOBIOID FISHES 25

the mucous channel over the opercle, are desig-

nated as p’ and p”, respectively. His symbols

for these pores are rather cumbersome, some-

what confusing, and to a certain extent misleading

in that those two pores are often present or

absent independently of p, at least I find it so in

the American species. The symbols @ and 7 are,

therefore, here proposed to designate the anterior

and posterior pore, respectively.

Extreme groups of species of Gobionellus are

sharply distinguished by three striking char-

acters, in addition to others. Those of the sub-

genus Gobionellus have a notably long and

slender body, small scales, and they possess 4

and 7; while those of Gobica have a body more

hike the usual gobiid shape, large scales and they

lack 6 and +. The subgenus Gobidus lacks 6 and

r like Gobica, its scales are nearly as in Gobionel-

lus, while the body shape is rather intermediate

or nearer to Gobionellus. Its dorsal spines are not

at all prolonged and shorter than in any other

subgenus, except Congruogobius. In the revision,

the species of this subgenus was included with

microdon in the subgenus Gobatus, largely on the

basis of the scale and fin ray counts. However,

the latter has @ and 7, and in other characters as

well is much nearer the subgenus Gobionellus.

Gobidus essentially agrees with Gobica in the

lateral line organs and the color pattern, and in

spite of superficial appearances, it is nearer to

that subgenus than to Gobatus.

Gobionellus longicaudus has generally been

placed by authors in the synonymy of sagittula,

and in the revision of the genus I disposed of

that name in the same manner; but the study

of additional samples and characters show that

the Mexican longicaudus and the Panamanian

sagittula diverge markedly in the number of

pectoral rays (a character not studied in detail

in the revision) and scales, although they inter-

grade to some extent and may perhaps be treated

as coordinate geographic subspecies. Without a

definite commitment as to the taxonomic rank of

longicaudus for the present, I prefer to designate

it as the genotype of Gobidus because I have ex-

amined the type specimens and am certain of its

position, while sagittula I identify only from its

description.

Gobatinus, n. subgen.

Genotype.—Gobionellus panamensis (Meek and

Hildebrand) = Euctenogobius panamensis Meek

and Hildebrand.

26 JOURNAL OF THE

This subgenus also is in a sense intermediate

between the two groups noted above in that it

has a combination of important characters of

both groups, but in a manner reverse from that

of the subgenus Gobidus. The scales are large

(34-37) as in Gobica, while it has @ and 7 like

Gobionellus. The body shape is intermediate be-

tween that of the last two named subgenera.

Gobatinus has the teeth in the upper jaw usually

in one row, sometimes a second incomplete inner

row is present. In the other subgenera, the teeth

in the upper jaw are in 2—5 rows, depending on

the subgenus.

Congruogobius, n. subgen.

Genotype.—Gobionellus liolepis (Meek and

Hildebrand) = Euctenogobius liolepis Meek and

Hildebrand.

This subgenus differs from all others in having

the two dorsal fins confluent and the scales

cycloid, except that the scales on a narrow strip

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 1

along a median area on the posterior part of the

body are weakly ctenoid or cycloid. In these

two characters it is somewhat intermediate be-

tween the genera Gobionellus and Gobioides but

much nearer the former. Indeed, Gobionellus and

Goboides are nearer in relationship than has been

heretofore suspected. This is shown not only by

the somewhat intermediate positions occupied by

the subgenus Congruogobius, but by other char-

acters as well, especially by the lateral line or-

gans, a discussion of which would take us too far

afield here. The scales in Congruogobius are

77-84; 9 and +r are present. In the latter two

characters, as well as in the shape of the body

and the number of fin rays, it nearly agrees with

or is nearest to the subgenus Gobionellus. The

interorbital is rather wide as in the subgenus

Gobionellus, while the eye is even smaller than in

that subgenus when specimens of the same size

are compared. In the latter two characters it also

somewhat approaches Gobioides.

MALACOLOGY .—Amunicola brandi, a new species of snail from northwestern Chi-

huahua. Rosert J. Drake, Biblioteca y Museo de Sonora, Hermosillo, Sonora.

(Communicated by Joseph P. E. Morrison.)

In the middle of April 1949, the writer

was in northwestern Chihuahua with Prof.

C. Clayton Hoff, of the Department of

Biology of the University of New Mexico.

At that time, Dr. Hoff was the recipient

of a grant-in-aid from the United States

Public Health Service for collecting and

studying ectoparasites (fleas and lice) of

rodents in northern Chihuahua and southern

New Mexico. During this trip, at Las

Palomas, Distrito Galeana, Chihuahua, the

type material of the species of fresh-water

amnicolid snail here described was collected.

The Las Palomas region is the type locality

of another amnicolid, described as Bythinella

palomasensis by Henry A. Pilsbry (1895:

68-69; Dall, 1898: 369-370). He based his ©

description on two dead shells that had

been collected in April 1892 by Edgar A.

Mearns, military medic and naturalist of

the International Boundary Commission of

the United States and Mexico. Mearns,

assisted by Frank X. Holzner, made daily

collecting visits to Lake Palomas during the

period from April 7 to April 15, 1892.

(Mearns, 1907: 10). In the description of

Bythinella palomasensis, Mearns’s locality

was given as merely at ‘‘Lake Palomas,

northeastern [sic] Mexico.”

Lake Palomas in northwestern Chihuahua,

as it normally existed in the later 1800’s, is

no more. Then it consisted of a chain of

shallow and marshy ponds connected by a

small running stream, all of which termi-

nated in a more or less broad and shallow

permanent lake. The area of the old lake

bed now fills with water only during the

short rainy season; otherwise, it is a dusty

and waterless flat.

The small town of Columbus, Luna

County, N. Mex., is on the border. The

small Mexican port-of-entry and customs

station at Palomas, Chihuahua, is 1 mile

south of Columbus. Las Palomas is a small

collection of adobe houses 6 miles south of

Palomas and the border. It is at Las Palo-

mas, Chihuahua, that ‘‘some fine, bold

springs” as noted in the International

Boundary Commission report (1898, pt.

11: 16) are located. The species of Amni-

colidae described, lives in the Las Palomas

springs with another amnicolid (unde-

termined, perhaps a Lyrodes), the common

pea-clam Pisidiuwm abditum Haldeman, and

JANUARY 1953

a form of the everpresent Physa. No shells

belonging to the present new species were

found that remotely resemble the single

illustration of the moderately high and

narrow Bythinella palomasensis Pilsbry

Mall, foc. cit., pl. 31, fig. 9).

The region was very dry at the time of

our 1949 trip; no land shells were found alive

or aestivating. Some shells were gathered

from the rejectamenta of the Rio Casas

Grandes at the Vado de Fusiles about 30

miles due south of Palomas and the border.

They will be reported on in time.

Dr. Harald A. Rehder, curator, Division

of Mollusks, U. 8S. National Museum,

kindly provided illustrations of the type

material for this paper. Dr. Joseph P. H.

Morrison, of the same division, gave much

help in many ways.

Amnicola brandi, n. sp.

Figs. 1-6

Holotype.—The shell is white, under average

size for genus, and globose. The spire is short

and rounded; the protoconch is elevated and

slightly eroded. The umbilicus is deeply perforate

and narrow. The surface exhibits very faint

growth wrinkles. There are 3.9 whorls which are

convexly inflated and have some shouldering at

the moderately impressed sutures. The aperture is

oval, wider than high; its height and width

equal about half the height and width of the

entire shell. The inner lip flares slightly, is very

white, and its callus forms a rounded rim on the

side next to the umbilicus. The holotype

(U.S.N.M. no. 601494) measures: length, 2.2 mm;

width, 1.8 mm; aperture length, 1.0 mm; aperture

width, 1.0 mm. It was collected by C. Clayton

Hoff and Robert J. Drake, on April 15, 1949, in

springs at Las Palomas, Chihuahua.

This species is named in honor of Dr. Donald

D. Brand because of his long period of active

interest in the geography, archeology, and natural

history of northern Mexico—especially that of

northwestern Chihuahua. Brand’s archeological

writings are so steeped in geographic description

that his works on northwestern Mexico are

indispensable references for naturalists and an-

thropologists interested in study of the area (see

especially Brand, 1935, 1936, 1937, 1943).

Paratypes: The five descriptional paratypes

(U.'S.N.M. no. 601495) are illustrated (Figs.

2-6). About 200 paratypes were collected. They

DRAKE: AMNICOLA BRANDI Dil,

have been deposited as follows: Wendell O. Gregg

Collection, 5132; Academy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia, 185402; Ernest J. Roscoe Col-

lection, 295; Morris K. Jacobson Collection,

2257; Department of Paleontology of the Cali-

fornia Academy of Sciences, 32878; Allyn Han-

cock Foundation of the University of Southern

California, 1230; Carnegie Museum, 62.39827;

Chicago Natural History Museum, 32001;

Museum of Zoology of the University of Michi-

gan, 169876; Drake Molluscan Collection, 1459,

1460; Museum of Comparative Zoology, 185251;

Department of Geology Museum of the Uni-

versity of New Mexico, 1347; Elmer G. Berry

Collection; Laboratory of Conchology of the

Bibhoteca y Museo de Sonora; Stanford Uni-

versity Paleontological Type Collection, 8025;

6 :

Fias. 1-6.—Amanicola brandi, n. sp.:1, Holotype

(U.S.N.M. no. 601494) : 2-6, paratypes (U.S.N.M.

no. 601495).

28 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON

American Museum of Natural History, 72857;

5S. S. Berry Collection; Joshua L. Baily, Jr.,

Collection; Museum of Paleontology of the

University of California, 36121-36129; San

Diego Society of Natural History; Allyn G.

Smith Collection, 9027; Hans Friedrich Col-

lection, 9936; U. S. National Museum, 600499,

600500.

Discussion.—Amnicola brandi is a_ species

that is small in size when compared with most

of the amnicolids of the eastern United States and

Canada. This feature is shared in common by all

Southwestern Amnicolidae. Consistency of char-

acters is evidence for long isolation and ‘‘in-

breeding” for the species. Dr. Joseph P. E.

Morrison (1949) has presented a classification of

the subfamilies of the Amnicolidae based _pri-

marily on reproductive features. These four

subfamilies are: Hydrobiinae, Bythinellinae,

Buliminae, and Emmericiinae. Dr. Morrison

has examined the male organs of some of the

preserved paratypes of Ammnicola brandi. He re-

ports brandi has only one functional duct in the

male reproductive system. Therefore the species

is placed generally in the Hydrobiinae. (The

operculum is paucispiral with the concave side

next to the animal.) The genus of brandi is

closest to what is considered Amnicola s. s. In

time, a new generic category may have to be

established for brandz. To do so now and before

Morrison’s results of many years of study with

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 1

the family are available to all concerned would

only be confusing. Many species that have been

placed in Amnicola very probably belong in

“Amnicola”’ and consequently in any of the

subfamilies now recognized as biological.

LITERATURE CITED

Branp, D.D. The distribution of pottery types in

northern Mexico. Amer. Anthrop. n.s., 37:

287-305. 1935.

Notes to accompany a vegetation map of

northwest Mexico. Univ. New Mexico Bull.,

biol. ser., 4 (4). 1936.

. The natural landscape of northwestern

Chihuahua. Univ. New Mexico Bull., geol.

series., 5 (2). 1937.

The Chihuahua culture area.

ico Anthrop. 6-7: 115-138. 1943.

DauL, W. H. Report on the mollusks collected by

the International Boundary Commission of the

United States and Mexico, 1892-1894. Proc.

U.S. Nat. Mus. 19: 333-379. 1896.

INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY COMMISSION. Report

of the Boundary Commission upon the survey

and re-making of the boundary between the

United States and Mexico west of the Rio

Grande, 1891 to 1896. Parts I, 11, atlas.

Washington, 1898.

Mearns, E. A. Mammals of the Mexican Bound-

ary of the United States. U.S. Nat. Mus.

Bull’565 pies 190%

Morrison, J. P. E. The cave snails of eastern

North America. Amer. Malacol. Union News

Bull. and Ann. Rep. for 1948: 13-15. 1949.

Pitsspry, H. A. A new Mezican Bythinella.

Nautilus 9: 68-69. 1895.

New Mex-

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

COST SIGE. 2 5 Sa a WALTER RamMBeERG, National Bureau of Standards

REE ACEC PVs ok a 5.6 ala ere andin es eo F, M. Serzuer, U.S. National Museum

JE OO yu en eee ae F, M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

_ OSes Howarp S. Rapp.eyez, U. 8. Coast and Geodetic Survey

2 2 STS... doo Joun A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Harap A. Reuper, U.S. National Museum

Vice-presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Penesopmical society of Washington...............2...6.00e0eeeee A. G. McNisx

Anthropological Society of eat ang ee ee ane a gary MIC Waupo R. WEDEL

eamerical society of Washington. ...... 0.006.000 ..0 cee eee ee Hvueu T. O’NBILL

Mhemical mocicty of Washington...........6.0.. 0000. e eee eee eee Joun K. TaYLor

Entomological Society of Washington........................ FREDERICK W. Poos

MatenainGeorraphic SOCIeLY...... 2.2... sce ec cee cee ees ALEXANDER WETMORE

Pea erier society of Washington. ..........0.05. 06 0ee cane eewss A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia. ....................... FrepD O. CoE

Mantnibiartiscorical SOCICLY... 2.20.60... e cnc eee cee cee wees GILBERT GROSVENOR

Repeal pocicty of Washington.......0.:..02...2..ese.e eee ees Les M. HutcHins

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... Wiui1am A. Dayton

Mashingeton Society of Engineers...-............ 00... 00c ee eee CuiFrFrorD A. Barts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers...... A. Hi Score

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers. .RicHarp 8. DILL

Helminthological Society GE VWasMinetOM. vo iekyc) sebuah s biye cae ane L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists Neen AnGus M. GRIFFIN

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... FLtoyp W. HoucH

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers........... HERBERT G. DoRSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Evxis

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

rrnitry 1958 ck ee ce C. F. W. Mussesecr, A. T. McPHERSON

Re) Ls a ei a Sara EH. BRANHAM, MILTon Harris

SM STMEAEY WONT. cde ce cea et ae eeu eeuaee Rocer G. Batss, W. W. DiEHL

MMEIMOROVICIUNCTS. 5... ow ee ce ee wees All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

memoear Haciors and Associate Editors. .... ccc cece ee ee ee nee [See front cover]

Executive Committee....WALTER RAMBERG (chairman), F. M.SretTzuper, H.S.Rappieye,

Wiuuram A. Dayton, F. M. DEFANDORF

Committee on Membership. .E. H. WALKER (chairman), M. S. ANDERSON, CLARENCE CoT-

TAM, R. C. Duncan, JOHN Faber, G. T. Faust, I. B. HANSEN, FRANK Kracexk, D. B.

JONES, E. G. REINHARD, REeEcE I. Satter, Leo A. SHinn, F. A. Smiru, HeInz SPEcuHT,

H.M. Trent, ALFRED WEISSLER

Committee on Meetings....H. W. Weuts (chairman), Wm. R. CamMpBELL, W. R. CHAp-

LINE, D. J. Davis, H. G. Dorsry, O. W. TorrRESON

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

Mermebertmrary LO5S. 6... es eee es UREA vac seh ft 3 ele R. W. Imuay, P. W. OMAN

SMES oe oa pa cie shad cab caw bg ween aa wb slo tls S. F. Buaxg, F. C. Kracex

oe SALES) IIS G58 ee ee W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (J. R. SwALLEN, general chairman):

Meresialogical Sclvences...........:. J. R. SWALLEN (chairman), L. M. Hutcuins,

MarGARET Pittman, F. W. Poos, L. P. ScHuttz

For Engineering Sciences............. R. C. Duncan (chairman), A. C. FIELDNER,

Wayne C. Hatt, J. W. McBurney, O. S. Reapine, H. L. WHITTEMORE

WIG TEEMUSUCHL SCONCES. . occ os ie ce eee L. A. Woop (chairman), P. H. ABELSON,

F.S. Dart, Grorcs W. Irvine, Jr., J. H. McMILLEN

For Teaching of Science......M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, M. H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research....... L. E. Yocum (chairman), H. N. Eaton,

F. HERZFELD

Committee on Policy and Planning:

SEMI EY, BODO eke coo dic wie ed aS oe See es W. A. Dayton (chairman), N. R. Smita

Beerrrniaty 198A ste. Shes een ba eo tees woes H. B. Couns, Jr., W. W. RuBEy

PIP EDEE SMES Eee shad, ee yom nies cin) s, 5 SO EIG eae wok ots 80 L. W. Parr, F. B. SIusBEE

Committee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHERsON, chairman):

Serpe PRISE LOS c/o sia cree is c's Waive) 2 aetiais eu Sem acees A. H. Cuarg, F. L. MouLer

UTM TEMT TT ee oe Cie s : ae \ateeia oe deve J. M. CaLpwE.u, W. L. ScumitrT

SE MPU TT EVAL OOO & Sah \icts, Sessa bitvertys Sk ce glare gis sides ase’ A. T. McPuerson, W. T. Reap

REE EEL LUCHOM OC OUILCTL OF Ala A. Alo IS cn. farcke Sg sb soc wnina sale ata caw acess F, M.SEtTzLeRr

Committee of Audttors...... C. L. Gazin (chairman), Louisz M. Russeuu, D. R. Tate

Commitiee of Tellers. ..GEORGE P. WALTON (chairman), GEorGE H. Coons, C. L. GARNER

CONTENTS

PALEONTOLOGY.—The classification of the strophomenoid brachiopods.

ASW: WTDIGIAMIS 0h dyes che ks ee 2S ww a rr

PALEOBOTANY.—Prosseria grandis, a new genus and new species from

the Upper Devonian of New York. CHARLES B. READ..........

Mycotocy.—A new species of Protodontia from British Columbia. G.

WY IEA PUN 5 ook a0) ey dey aig oc) ke ant Sob ede MGV Rete ee

IcuTHyYoLocy.—Ten new American gobioid fishes in the United States

National Museum, including additions to a revision of Gobzonellus.

TAAC GINSBURG oho Poe as OO ee eee

MatacoLocy.—Amnicola brandi, a new species of snail from north-

western Chihuahua. -Roserr J. DRAKE... .....-24 2) eee

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

Page

506, 72

eg) Lal a "3

. 2 LAs *

; 2 ff Z ed

$ .

’ Lt o leo

Vou. 43 FEBRUARY 1953 No. 2

JOURNAL © ‘

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JoHN C. EWERs R. K. Coox

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CuHacn, JR. EvBert L. LIrtuez, JR.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan Puitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

DEAN B. Cowl Davin H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royraut & GuILFORD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925.

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JouRNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate):

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3.25 $6 . 50 $ 9.75 $13 .00 $16.25 $3 .00

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26 .00 32.50 6.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 9.00

400 13.00 26.00 39.00 52.00 65.00 12.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PRocEEDINGS should be sent to Haratp A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U.S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JOURNAL.—Per year.......:.........+575 eee $7.50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vols ito voli 10: inel,—notiavailablet: > 2...) hese — =

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. @1 numbers per vol.) ....->.... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 | C70

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, inel.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

Monoerapad No. 1, ‘‘The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’’ by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete......14. s...2.-- 5-5) ee eee $25.00

Single volumes: unbound)... iho... 020. .0 booed ae uns ee 2.00

Single mumbers:: os oe ad ics dic. Fanida'e ames 6a Ga eee eee .25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences”? and

ea to the Treasurer, H.S. RappLeyre, 6712 Fourth Street, N.W., Washington 12,

DiC:

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

February 1953

No. 2

MYCOLOGY. —Three new species of Conidiobolus zsolated from leaf mold. CHARLES

DrecHsieR, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Station, Belts-

ville, Md.

Recently I reported (Drechsler, 1952) that

Delacroixia coronata (Cost.) Sace. & Syd.,

a saprophytic entomophthoraceous fungus

which earlier was encountered only rarely

by mycologists and was generally presumed

to be very meagerly distributed, is in fact

virtually ubiquitous on leaf mold and other

vegetable materials undergoing slow decay

in moist contact with the ground. Separate

cultures of the fungus, free of alien or-

ganisms, are with little effort obtainable in

large numbers from isolation plate cultures

prepared by fastening portions of decaying

plant detritus with soft agar in a central

area on the ceiling of each Petri dish. The

soft agar employed not only serves as an

adhesive matrix securely holding all parti-

cles of detritus in a canopylike layer about

10 mm above the layer of sterile agar on the

floor of the Petri dish, but also supplies

moisture to all detritus particles and thereby

encourages prompt germination of any coni-

dia or resting spores that may be present.

Since in D. coronata either repetitional or

mycelial development soon leads to forma-

tion and violent discharge of new conidia,

macroscopically discernible mycelia of this

fungus are commonly found growing in a

maizemeal-agar plate within 48 hours after

the canopy of leaf mold has been superposed.

From the regularity with which D. coronata

develops in canopied agar plates, even

though only 0.2 to 0.8 gram of leaf mold is

used in each Petri dish, it would seem

beyond question that this fungus must

exist in our middle and northern latitudes

more abundantly than any of the numerous

conspicuously insectivorous species through

which the Entomophthoraceae have long

been familiar.

The frequently early appearance of Dela-

croixia coronala in canopied plate cultures,

together with its rapid growth, its prompt

production of numerous conidia, and the

forceful projection of these conidia over

adjacent areas, makes more difficult the

detection and isolation of less vigorous

entomophthoraceous fungi likewise com-

monly present in leaf mold and other slowly

decaying residues. Mainly for this reason

few cultures referable to Conidiobolus were

obtained from several dozen of the first

canopied agar plates I prepared with leaf

mold from different localities in Maryland

and Virginia. The difficulties consequent to

excessively close seeding of the conidia on

the sterile substratum were later obviated

with fair success by leaving agar plates

exposed to conidial discharge for only a

few hours, especially during the third and

fourth days after the canopy had been pre-

. pared. Conveniently sparse seeding was

obtained by removing the lid and _ its

adhering canopy at successive intervals

to a new bottom containing a newly poured

plate of sterile maizemeal agar, each agar

plate after exposure being immediately

covered with a sterile lid. After 6, 8, or 10

hours, when some of the scattered conidia

had grown out vegetatively, the resulting

mycelia could be detected readily by ex-

amining the agar surface with the naked

eye by reflected light. Through early re-

moval of the young mycelia to sterile

maizemeal agar slants plenteous collections

of pure cultures were obtained; in these

were included, besides D. coronata and

some almost equally vigorous entomoph-

thoraceous species, a number of related

species less obtrusive because of their

30 JOURNAL OF THE

slower growth and feebler conidial propul-

sion.

Most of the entomophthoraceous fungi

thus isolated seem best assignable to the

genus Conidiobolus erected by Brefeld

(1884) primarily on his C. utriculosus, a

robust species that made its appearance

adventitiously in nutrient solution he had

placed under fruiting bodies of Hirneola

and Haidia for the purpose of germinating

discharged basidiospores. From the scale

of magnification indicated for the relevant

figures, the disjunctive mycelial hyphae of

this species seem to vary from 10 to 20u

in width. Its globose zygospores are stated

to measure 60 to 100u in diameter. Its

conidia are described as being pear-shaped,

with a length of 50u and a width of 35u.

Although such large dimensions should help

to invite notice, C. utrzculosus has apparently

not been recorded again at first hand since

its description 68 years. ago. Brefeld also

reported as occurring on some ‘Tremel-

linen” a second species of Conzdiobolus

with conidia he stated to be scarcely one-

third as large as those of C. utriculosus.

The few illustrations he gave of these smaller

spores show lengths varying from 20 to 23yu

and widths varying from 14 to 1l5u. Since

in his material the smaller species always

became overgrown at an early stage by the

more vigorous C. utriculosus he was unable

to cultivate it separately, and only rather

provisionally named it C. minor. No addi-

tional first-hand report of this tentative

species is known. In view of the circum-

stances under which it was observed its

distinctness from C. wtriculosus 1s open to

serious doubt, for in all fairly robust species

continued repetitional development leads

to marked reduction in conidial size and

indeed often brings about dimensional

differences more pronounced than the differ-

ences noted by Brefeld. On the other hand,

if the assemblage of entomophthoraceous

fungi I have so far isolated from decaying

plant detritus is at all representative, spe-

cies with relatively small primary conidia

are more numerous than species rivaling

C. utriculosus in the size of their asexual

spores.

Nevertheless, a saprophytic member of

the Entomophthoraceae that appears even

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 2

more robust than Conidiobolus uiriculosus

was obtained by Gilbert (1919) from fern

prothallia grown in water cultures or on

moist sphagnum. The large globose primary

conidia of this fungus, which are described

as measuring 48 to 60u in diameter, would

seem alien both to C. utriculosus and to

Delacroixia coronata. The propulsion of

these conidia often for a distance of 65

mm bespeaks a discharge mechanism several

times more powerful than any mechanism

operative in the different species of my

collection. As Guilbert’s account makes no

mention of hirsute resting spores or of any

production of small conidia on multiple

short outgrowths extended from large co-

nidia, the fungus may eventually find a

place in Brefeld’s genus. Apparently it has

not been reported again during the 33 years

since it was first made known and has not

hitherto appeared among my cultures.

More recently Couch (1939) fully de-

scribed under the binomial Conzdzobolus

brefeldianus a readily culturable entomoph-

thoraceous fungus he obtained as a contami-

nant in an agar plate that had been exposed

to spore discharge from a fruiting layer of

Septobasidium apiculatum Couch on Cornus

amomum Mill. From Conidiobolus utriculo-

sus, with which it makes up the meager

established membership of the genus, this

fungus differs by its generally smaller di-

mensions—the width of its hyphae being

given as varying from 5.4 to 8u, the thick-

ness of its spherical conidia as varying

from 10 to 3lu, and the diameter of its

zygospores as varying from 18 to 33u.

Canopied agar plate cultures prepared with

plant detritus taken from localities near the

District of Columbia during the winter of

1951-52 have not yielded C. brefeldzanus,

but the species has come forth abundantly

in cultures prepared with small quantities

of some dry plant detritus which W. F.

Jeffers kindly collected early in July 1951

in woods near Tampa, Fla., and near States-

boro, Ga.

While canopied agar plate cultures are

very serviceable in bringing to light a cate-

gory of entomophthoraceous fungi that are

not often encountered by chance, and in

showing such fungi to be virtually ubiquitous

on slowly decaying detritus, they are far

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

February 1953

No. 2

MYCOLOGY. —Three new species of Conidiobolus zsolated from leaf mold. CHARLES

Drecusitier, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Station, Belts-

ville, Md.

Recently I reported (Drechsler, 1952) that

Delacroixia coronata (Cost.) Sace. & Syd.,

a saprophytic entomophthoraceous fungus

which earlier was encountered only rarely

by mycologists and was generally presumed

to be very meagerly distributed, is in fact

virtually ubiquitous on leaf mold and other

vegetable materials undergoing slow decay

in moist contact with the ground. Separate

cultures of the fungus, free of alen or-

ganisms, are with little effort obtainable in

large numbers from isolation plate cultures

prepared by fastening portions of decaying

plant detritus with soft agar in a central

area on the ceiling of each Petri dish. The

soft agar employed not only serves as an

adhesive matrix securely holding all parti-

cles of detritus in a canopylike layer about

10 mm above the layer of sterile agar on the

floor of the Petri dish, but also supplies

moisture to all detritus particles and thereby

encourages prompt germination of any coni-

dia or resting spores that may be present.

Since in D. coronata either repetitional or

mycelial development soon leads to forma-

tion and violent discharge of new conidia,

macroscopically discernible mycelia of this

fungus are commonly found growing in a

maizemeal-agar plate within 48 hours after

the canopy of leaf mold has been superposed.

From the regularity with which D. coronata

develops in canopied agar plates, even

though only 0.2 to 0.8 gram of leaf mold is

used in each Petri dish, it would seem

beyond question that this fungus must

exist in our middle and northern latitudes

more abundantly than any of the numerous

conspicuously insectivorous species through

which the Entomophthoraceae have long

been familiar.

The frequently early appearance of Dela-

croixia coronata in canopied plate cultures,

together with its rapid growth, its prompt

production of numerous conidia, and the

forceful projection of these conidia over

adjacent areas, makes more difficult the

detection and isolation of less vigorous

entomophthoraceous fungi likewise com-

monly present in leaf mold and other slowly

decaying residues. Mainly for this reason

few cultures referable to Conidiobolus were

obtained from several dozen of the first

canopied agar plates I prepared with leaf

mold from different localities in Maryland

and Virginia. The difficulties consequent to

excessively close seeding of the conidia on

the sterile substratum were later obviated

with fair success by leaving agar plates

exposed to conidial discharge for only a

few hours, especially during the third and

fourth days after the canopy had been pre-

pared. Conveniently sparse seeding was

obtained by removing the lid and _ its

adhering canopy at successive intervals

to a new bottom containing a newly poured

plate of sterile maizemeal agar, each agar

plate after exposure being immediately

covered with a sterile lid. After 6, 8, or 10

hours, when some of the scattered conidia

had grown out vegetatively, the resulting

mycelia could be detected readily by ex-

amining the agar surface with the naked

eye by reflected light. Through early re-

moval of the young mycelia to sterile

maizemeal agar slants plenteous collections

of pure cultures were obtained; in these

were included, besides D. coronata and

some almost equally vigorous entomoph-

thoraceous species, a number of related

species less obtrusive because of their

30 JOURNAL OF THE

slower growth and feebler conidial propul-

sion.

Most of the entomophthoraceous fungi

thus isolated seem best assignable to the

genus Conidiobolus erected by Brefeld

(1884) primarily on his C. wtriculosus, a

robust species that made its appearance

adventitiously in nutrient solution he had

placed under fruiting bodies of Hirneola

and Haidia for the purpose of germinating

discharged basidiospores. From the scale

of magnification indicated for the relevant

figures, the disjunctive mycelial hyphae of

this species seem to vary from 10 to 20u

in width. Its globose zygospores are stated

to measure 60 to 100u in diameter. Its

conidia are described as being pear-shaped,

with a length of 50u and a width of 35un.

Although such large dimensions should help

to invite notice, C. utriculosus has apparently

not been recorded again at first hand since

its description 68 years ago. Brefeld also

reported as occurring on some ‘Tremel-

linen” a second species of Conzdiobolus

with conidia he stated to be scarcely one-

third as large as those of C. utriculosus.

The few illustrations he gave of these smaller

spores show lengths varying from 20 to 23u

and widths varying from 14 to 15u. Since

in his material the smaller species always

became overgrown at an early stage by the

more vigorous C. utriculosus he was unable

to cultivate it separately, and only rather

provisionally named it C. minor. No addi-

tional first-hand report of this tentative

species is known. In view of the circum-

stances under which it was observed its

distinctness from C. utriculosus is open to

serious doubt, for in all fairly robust species

continued repetitional development leads

to marked reduction in conidial size and

indeed often brings about. dimensional

differences more pronounced than the differ-

ences noted by Brefeld. On the other hand,

if the assemblage of entomophthoraceous

fungi I have so far isolated from decaying

plant detritus is at all representative, spe-

cies with relatively small primary conidia

are more numerous than species rivaling

C. utriculosus in the size of their asexual

spores.

Nevertheless, a saprophytic member of

the Entomophthoraceae that appears even

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 2

more robust than Conidiobolus utriculosus

was obtained by Gilbert (1919) from fern

prothallia grown in water cultures or on

moist sphagnum. The large globose primary

conidia of this fungus, which are described

as measuring 48 to 60u in diameter, would

seem alien both to C. utriculosus and to

Delacroixia coronala. The propulsion — of

these conidia often for a distance of 65

mm bespeaks a discharge mechanism several

times more powerful than any mechanism

operative in the different species of my

collection. As Gilbert’s account makes no

mention of hirsute resting spores or of any

production of small conidia on multiple

short outgrowths extended from large co-

nidia, the fungus may eventually find a

place in Brefeld’s genus. Apparently it has

not been reported again during the 33 years

since it was first made known and has not

hitherto appeared among my cultures.

More recently Couch (1939) fully de-

scribed under the binomial Conzdzobolus

brefeldianus a readily culturable entomoph-

thoraceous fungus he obtained as a contami-

nant in an agar plate that had been exposed

to spore discharge from a fruiting layer of

Septobasidium apiculatum Couch on Cornus

amomum Mill. From Conidiobolus utriculo-

sus, with which it makes up the meager

established membership of the genus, this

fungus differs by its generally smaller di-

mensions—the width of its hyphae being

given as varying from 5.4 to 8u, the thick-

ness of its spherical conidia as varying

from 10 to 3lu, and the diameter of its

zygospores as varying from 18 to 33u.

Canopied agar plate cultures prepared with

plant detritus taken from localities near the

District of Columbia during the winter of

1951-52 have not yielded C. brefeldianus,

but the species has come forth abundantly

in cultures prepared with small quantities

of some dry plant detritus which W. F.

Jeffers kindly collected early in July 1951

in woods near Tampa, Fla., and near States-

boro, Ga.

While canopied agar plate cultures are

very serviceable in bringing to light a cate-

gory of entomophthoraceous fungi that are

not often encountered by chance, and in

showing such fungi to be virtually ubiquitous

on slowly decaying detritus, they are far

FEBRUARY 1953

less helpful than might be desired in dis-

closing what particular constituents of

detritus samples were used as sources of

nourishment. Owing to the forceful discharge

of conidia by the fungi in question, and to

successive repetitional development of the

discharged spores, it may be presumed that

during prolonged periods of rainy weather

numerous constituent particles near each

particle used as a nutrient substratum will

become bestrewn with conidia in greater or

lesser abundance. Naturally when samples

of detritus are gathered before drier condi-

tions have supervened, and portions of

them are fastened soon afterwards in a

moist matrix to the ceiling of a Petri plate,

some of the conidia adhering to merely

contaminated particles may be expected to

produce and shoot off new conidia that will

be no less effective in establishing mycelia

on the agar below than conidia shot off from

the nutrient particles themselves. It is true

that if canopied cultures are prepared with

detritus that has previously been exposed

for several months to gradual drying, all

the earliest new conidia may be expected to

have their origin from the germination of

resting spores, which, except in Delacroixia

coronata, are commonly formed on the as-

similative hyphae, and therefore should be

present mainly in nutrient particles. Such

germination, however, entails some delay,

so that when the earliest new conidia fall

on the agar floor the whole canopy has be-

come so badly overgrown with alien molds

that the individual particles are obscured

beyond recognition.

Although the species of Entomophthora-

ceae readily growing in pure culture on

ordinary substrata are often termed ‘“‘sapro-

phytic” they do not, as a rule, thrive well

in the presence of putrefactive organisms.

Even rather slight bacterial contamination

often halts their vegetative development

completely, and subsequently brings about

degeneration of their mycelial hyphae and

asexual reproductive apparatus throughout

the affected area. In agar plate cultures

exposed to promiscuous contamination they

are often rather strongly repressed by

filamentous fungi little noted for antago-

nistic behavior. Against generally antago-

nistic molds, as, for example, species of

DRECHSLER: THREE NEW SPECIES OF CONIDIOBOLUS Sil

Penicillium, Aspergillus, and Trichoderma,

they show, on the whole, very little en-

durance. Rather commonly when their

conidia fall near such molds neither vegeta-

tive nor repetitional germination ensues,

but the spores turn dark and degenerate

internally.

Despite the wide assortment of fila-

mentous fungi with which they were often

intermixed in older plate cultures, none of

the species in my collection have been seen

attacking other molds. In view of Brefeld’s

statement that Conidiobolus utriculosus un-

der natural conditions subsisted parasitically

on fruiting bodies of ‘‘Tremellinen’’ oc-

casion was taken whenever possible to

observe the behavior of Conidiobolus my-

celia when they encountered mycelia of

basidiomycetes. Suitable opportunity for

such observation was offered frequently in

agar plate cultures that had been canopied

with fine-textured debris found lodged ba-

sally between the crowded culms in old

tussocks of some grasses, for in addition to

conidia of Conidiobolus this kind of litter

brought forth basidiospores that likewise

were discharged early and gave rise to

numerous clamp-bearing mycelia. No sign

of parasitism was noted in extensive areas

where the two types of mycelia were closely

intermixed.

Brefeld’s statement that Conzdiobolus

utriculosus subsists parasitically on fruiting

bodies of ‘““Tremellinen” was not amplified

by any mention of observed abnormal

changes in the fructifications harboring the

entomophthoraceous fungus. Couch made

no mention of any abnormality affecting

the Septobasidium material from which he

obtained C. brefeldianus. White (1937)

did not record any unusual condition in

the apothecia of Peziza domiciliana Cooke

which when fastened above an agar plate

for ascospore discharge gave him abundant

growth of Delacroixia coronata. In these

several instances of adventitious occurrence

of readily culturable entomophthoraceous

fungi the fruiting bodies need not have been

infected, but may merely have been newly

contaminated with conidia cast upon them

from neighboring mycelia of the phycomy-

cetous forms concerned. Other objects within

range of spore discharge, as, for example,

32 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON

chunks of bark, fragments of wood, pieces of

twigs, and lumps of leaf residues, could well

be expected to become contaminated no

less frequently than fruiting bodies of

ascomycetes and basidiomycetes, but in

the past have less often been superposed

over nutrient solutions and_ sterile agar

plates. Conidia adhering to them have had

correspondingly less opportunity to dis-

charge secondary conidia down upon an

expanse of favorable substratum that was

being kept under close observation by an

alert investigator. Presumably neither newly

discharged conidia nor actively sporulating

mycelia are necessary in canopied plate

cultures, since here the moisture in the

soft agar used as an adhesive matrix en-

courages germination of resting spores.

A SLOW-GROWING LUSTROUS DISJUNCTIVE

SPECIES WITH SMALL CONIDIA AND

SMALL ZYGOSPORES

An unobtrusive species of Conidiobolus which

in the small size of its conidia recalls C. minor

was obtained from leaf mold collected on Janu-

ary 22, 1952, in woods near Fort Myer, Arlington,

Va. Its isolation in pure culture was attended

with some little difficulty, as its vegetative growth

is slow in comparison with that of several con-

generic species among which it was intermingled.

When cultivated on moderately firm maizemeal

agar at temperatures near 20° C., it extends its

mycelium radially only about 2.56 mm in 24

hours. To the naked eye an individual young

mycelium appears markedly lustrous throughout.

Later as the mycelium expands the lustrous effect

often diminishes in the older central region while

remaining undimmed toward the sharply de-

marcated margin. When viewed under the micro-

scope the hyphae in the marginal zone show a

considerable degree of prallelism in their arrange-

ment. For the most part they vary in width from

4 to 7u (Fig. 1, A, B). Although the individual

filament shows noticeable variations in width

along its slightly crooked course, pronounced

fluctuations in this dimension are not usual,

and only rather little tapering is observable near

the bluntly rounded tip. Branching at the margin

of an extensive mycelium is often characterized

by angular relationships usual in dichotomy

(Fig. 1, B). Cross-walls are laid down fairly

early, the most distal septum in a filament being

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 2

often found 150 to 200u from the tip. Vacuoliza-

tion near a newly inserted cross-wall (Fig. 1, B)

commonly leads to complete emptying of a

short hyphal part, and as evacuated portions of

hyphal membrane usually soon fade from sight

many living segments appear disjointed from

their fellows. Some disjointed segments later

produce short diverticulate branches (Fig. 1, C)

and thus acquire an irregular, somewhat lobulate

outline.

Asexual reproduction takes place by develop-

ment of a single conidium from the individual!

hyphal segment. A hyphal segment formed on

the surface of the substratum pushes forth into

the air and toward the main source of light an

erect or ascending branch which on attaining a

length frequently of 20 or 25u (Fig. 1, D, E)

swells out markedly at its tip. The terminal

swelling receives all the protoplasmic contents

of the hyphal segment, and is then delimited as a

conidium through deposition of a convex basal

wall. Hyphal segments formed in submerged

positions first extend a branch or prolongation

through the ambient to the surface. When the

surface is reached the elongating filament grows

erectly or ascendingly into the air, its course,

after an abrupt (Fig. 1, F) or more gradual (Fig.

1, G, H) upward turn, being directed toward the

main source of light. The aerial prolongation

then develops into a conidiophore in the same

way as an aerial branch from a procumbent

hyphal segment. Once the globose conidium has

been cut off it exerts strong pressure upon the

basal septum protruding convexly upward, until

the peripheral membrane ruptures circularly

along the circumference of the partition. ln-

mediately the basal wall splits into two layers,

and concomitantly the distal layer is everted with

such briskness through pressure of the conidial

protoplast that the spore is thrown off forcibly,

though the trajectory on a flat level surface may

not exceed a few millimeters.

While in their small dimensions the conidia

(Fig. 1, I, a4), even without repetitional develop-

ment, rather closely approach those shown in

Brefeld’s illustration of Conidiobolus munor,

they seem less elongated than Brefeld’s speci-

mens, and their basal wall appears more abruptly

protuberant. They are commonly filled through-

out with coarsely granular protoplasm, except

that the basal protuberance usually shows more

nearly homogeneous texture. They do not nor-

SPECIES OF CONIDIOBOLUS

NEW

THREE

DRECHSLER

FEBRUARY 1953

19pP ADIN YIIAT ‘2

by,

yy rere

e000

ture on Petri plates of

amera lucida

dofaec

in pure cul

ing

., as found developi

form magnification with the a

text.

. NOV

iven 1n

ts drawn at a un

f all parts g

10n O

bolus lamprauges,

all par

gar

. Explanat

—Conidio

Mailzemea

Fie

throughout

34 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

mally contain anything at all resembling the sub-

spherical globules, about 3 to 5u in diameter,

shown in two conidia of C. minor depicted by

Brefeld.

After falling on a moist substratum the dis-

charged conidium often germinates by emission

of a vegetative germ hypha (Fig. 1, J). If the

substratum is already permeated with mycelium,

repetitional development often ensues; the conid-

ium putting forth a relatively short stout out-

growth on the tip of which it then gives rise to a

secondary conidium (Fig. 1, K, L). The secondary

conidium, like its parent, is normally delimited

by a convexly arched basal partition (Fig. 1, K),

and like its parent, again, is thrown off forcibly

on circumscissile rupture of the peripheral mem-

brane, abrupt splitting of the basal wall, and

concomitant rapid eversion of the distal layer.

In material mounted under a cover glass for

microscopical examination all conidia, including

those of secondary origin (Fig. 1, L), are usually

not discharged after a normal manner, but com-

monly remain seated on the tip of the empty

conidiophore, there gradually assuming their

familiar proximally protuberant shape by gradu-

ally everting the entire basal septum.

Occasionally a conidium (Fig. 1, M, a) puts

forth a germ tube (Fig. 1, M, b) that unites with

a hyphal segment (Fig. 1, M, c) to form a zygo-

spore. Much more often zygospores are formed

through union of two hyphal segments that repre-

sent adjacent cells of the same mycelial filament.

Onset of sexual reproductive development is

first noticeable when one of the paired segments

becomes locally swollen in the region near the

crosswall separating it from its mate. The swelling

increases steadily in size and soon appears as a

globose enlargement. Apparently the adjoining

portion of the other segment undergoes some

widening at about the same time, but the increase

in diameter here is usually less than 2u, and only

occasionally as much as 3u. At a rather early

stage the cross-wall separating the paired seg-

ments largely disappears, and granular proto-

plasm thereupon flows into the globose enlarge-

ment at both poles. Meanwhile the farther

portions of both segments show increasing vacuo-

lization, leading soon to progressive evacuation of

contents. Successive stages in evacuation of the

‘female’? segment—the segment (Fig. 1, N, a;

O, a) within which the globose enlargement, or

young zygospore, is formed—as well as of the

“male” segment (Fig. 1, N, b; O, b) is frequently

VOL. 43, NO. 2

marked by deposition of a series of retaining

walls. Transfer of protoplasm from the two seg-

ments is usually completed at nearly the same

time, though in many instances the ‘‘female”

segment (Fig. 1, P, a) appears somewhat slower

than the “male” (Fig. 1, P, b) in contributing

the last installment of its contents. As a rule the

portions of membranous envelope successively

evacuated soon collapse and vanish from sight,

so that when the protoplasmic materials have

migrated into the young zygospore, only relatively

small membranous parts of the “female” (Fig.

1, Q, a; R, a) and “male” (42) be

segments remain visible. The portion of mem-

branous envelope representing the ‘female’’

segment (fig. 1,8, a) shows no narrowing where it

is attached, while that representing the ‘‘male”’

segment (Fig. 1, 8, b) usually appears somewhat

narrowed at its juncture with the zygospore,

owing to the slight local enlargement of this

segment at an early stage.

Transfer of protoplasm from the paired seg-

ments to the globose fusion cell is accomplished

ordinarily in less than 2 hours. The subsequent

changes in internal organization take place more

slowly. By imperceptible stages the contents of

the fusion cell change from a finely granular to a

coarsely granular texture (Fig. 1, Q). Globules

of increasing size appear near the center of the

protoplast (fig. 1, R). These coalesce into a single

reserve globule which at first is often of somewhat

irregular shape (Fig. 1, 8), but later, in the fully

mature zygospore, has a sharply defined circular

contour (Fig. 1, T, a-f). In the mature zygospore

the thin wall originally present is found reinforced

by a conspicuously thicker inner layer, and the

living protoplasm forms a layer of nearly homo-

geneous consistency between the wall and the

reserve globule.

The ripe zygospore here thus has much the

same internal organization as the homologous

spores of Conidiobolus utriculosus and C. bre-

feldianus. However the curious though specious

resemblance that the sexual apparatus of C.

brefeldianus bears to sexual reproductive ap-

paratus of monosporous oomycetes is not evident

in the present fungus. Even in the occasional

instances where conjugation takes place between

hyphal segments originating in separate hyphae

(Fig. 1, U,a, b) fertilization of an oogonium by an

antheridium is never closely simulated. Owing to

early fusion of all paired hyphal segments any

globose enlargement with conformation and

ee a

FresBrRuARY 1953

dimensions suggestive of an oogonium has very

obviously received its contents in approximately

equal measure from both segments.

A term (Aaumpavyns) meaning “lustrous”

may serve conveniently as specific epithet of

the fungus in bringing to mind the macroscopic

appearance of its mycelium.

Conidisbolus lamprauges, sp. nov. Mycelium

lente crescens (circa 2.5 mm in die), incoloratum,

nitidum, aliquid ramosum, mox septatum, in

hyphis 3-8u (plerumque 4-7y) latis constans;

-eellulis mycelii 35-200u longis, saepius aliquid

flexuosis, quandoque plus minusve disjunctis,

interdum pluribus ramulis brevibus praeditis;

hyphis conidiophoris simplicibus, erectis vel

ascendentibus, in aere 25-100u (vulgo 25-50y)

ad lucem protendentibus, interdum 5—15y subter

apicem parum inflatis, ibi 4-8y latis, in apice

unicum conidium ferentibus; conidiis se violenter

abjicentibus, incoloratis, globosis, sed deorsum

papilla rotundoconica vel hemisphaerica (1.5-4y

alta, 2.5-7u lata) praeditis, 15-22u (ex toto)

longis, 12.5-20u crassis, protoplasmatis dense

granulosi repletis; zygosporis interdum e copula-

tione inter cellulam mycelii et tubum germina-

tionis interdum e copulatione cellularum aliae

atque aliae hyphae ortis, sed saepissime e copula-

tione cellularum duarum contiguarum ejusdem

hyphae oriundis, hyalinis, globosis, plerumque

12-18 crassis, in maturitate guttula nitida

7.5-11.5y crassa et muro 1.3-2.2u crasso praeditis.

Habitat in foliis quercorum putrescentibus in

Arlington, Virginia.

Mycelium colorless, lustrous, at 20° C. growing

radially about 2.5 mm in a day, moderately

branched; assimilative hyphae somewhat flexu-

ous, 3 to 8u (mostly 4 to 7u) wide, soon becoming

divided by cross-walls at intervals of 35 to 200u;

the resulting hyphal segments sometimes remain-

ing contiguous and at other times becoming dis-

jointed, frequently after disjunction putting

forth several short diverticulate or lobate

branches. Conidiophores arising singly from

individual hyphal segments, simple, colorless,

projecting 25 to 100u (commonly 25 to 50y)

erectly or ascendingly into the air, the aerial

part always oriented toward the main source of

light, often slightly widened and having a

diameter of 4 to 8u some little distance (mostly

5 to 15u) below its tip whereon is borne a single

conidium. Conidia filled with densely granular

protoplasm, through sudden eversion of the up-

curved basal membrane forcibly thrown off,

DRECHSLER: THREE NEW SPECIES OF CONIDIOBOLUS 30

colorless, globose, measuring 15 to 22u in total

length and 12.5 to 20u in greatest width, the

everted basal membrane forming a hemispherical

or rounded-conical papilla 1.5 to 4u high and 2.5

to 7 wide at its origin. Conjugation sometimes

taking place between a germ hypha and a hyphal

segment, sometimes between 2 hyphal segments

originating in separate mycelial filaments, but

most often between 2 adjacent segments in the

same mycelial filament; the fusion cell always

initiated wholly within one of the gametangia,

though in immediate proximity to the other

gametangium; zygospore at maturity hyaline,

globose, usually 12 to 18u in diameter, containing

an eccentrically placed reserve globule 7.5 to

11.5u in diameter, provided with a wall commonly

1.3 to 2.2u thick.

Occurring in decaying oak (Quercus spp.) leaves

in woods in Arlington, Va.

A SPECIES WITH INCONSPICUOUS DISJUNCTIVE

MYCELIUM AND PREDOMINANTLY

DICLINOUS CONJUGATION

A species of Conidiobolus noticeably more ro-

bust than C. lamprauges was obtained from leaf

mold kindly collected by A. W. Rakosy in Carroll

County, N. H., late in September 1951. In

maizemeal-agar plate cultures kept at tempera-

tures near 20° C. it grows radially about 5 mm in

24 hours. Its submerged mycelium is inconspicu-

ous, frequently being only indistinctly visible to

the naked eye except at the sharply demarcated

advancing margin, though it never vanishes from

macroscopic sight as completely as the mycelium

of two species of Basidiobolus that are widely

distributed in leaf mold (Drechsler, 1952a).

Viewed under the microscope an expanding

mycelium of the fungus displays at its periphery

terminal portions of many elongating hyphae

mostly 6 to 8u in width (Fig. 2, A). Very little

tapering is observable below the bluntly rounded

end. Formation of cross-walls ensues after about

an hour, with the result that in many hyphae

the most distal septum is found approximately

200u from the tip. The segments delimited suc-

cessively in the individual filaments vary moder-

ately in length. Many are a little longer (fig. 2,

J, a) or a little shorter (Fig. 2, J, b) than 100u.

As in C. lamprauges hyphal segments formed

adjacent to one another may remain contiguous

or may become disjointed through withdrawal

of contents from one side of the separating cross-

wall. After being delimited some segments will

36 JOURNAL OF THE

widen perceptibly, then occasionally attaining a

diameter in excess of 10u (Fig. 2, B, a). In addi-

tion such stout segments not infrequently will

put forth branches only 3 or 4u wide (Fig. 2, B,

b, ¢) and will thereby in small compass display

opposite extremes in thickness of filamentous

parts.

Asexual reproduction takes place abundantly

in maizemeal agar cultures of the fungus. An

individual hyphal segment that is immersed

under the substratum extends a branch or pro-

longation which on reaching the surface soon

turns upward and after widening rather markedly

(Fig. 2, C, a) forms a globose swelling at its tip

(Fig. 2, C, b). A hyphal segment that has origi-

nated in a procumbent hypha often puts forth a

branch erectly or ascendingly into the air(Fig.

2, D, a). This aerial branch, much like the aerial

termination of a branch from a submerged

segment, widens out markedly and then forms

at its summit a globose swelling (Fig. 2, D, b) into

which are soon received the entire protoplasmic

contents of the reproductive unit. Thereupon the

arched septum that was being formed progres-

sively at the base of the globose part—its forma-

tion proceeding from the periphery inward—

during the later stages in the upward movement of

protoplasm, is completed through deposition

of wall material in the keystone region. A sub-

spherical conidium is thus delimited, and soon

afterwards is thrown off violently on sudden

eversicn of the distal layer of the arched parti-

tion. Since the aerial conidiophores, as in related

species, are in conspicuous degree positively

phototropic, the direction of discharge is con-

sistently toward the main source of light.

The conidia of the New Hampshire fungus

(Fig. 2, E, aj) are in general larger than those of

Conidiobolus lamprauges. Often the basal mem-

brane here (Fig. 2, E, a-c) would seem to pro-

trude less abruptly from the globose outline of

the spore than in C. lamprauges, but often, too,

the everted wall protrudes hardly less markedly

(Fig. 2, E, d-h) than in the latter species. Usually

the conidia of C. lamprauges seem filled through-

out with coarsely granular protoplasm, whereas

those of the New Hampshire fungus show com-

monly a relatively clear peripheral layer that

surrounds a large mass of conglutinated lumps.

The lumps, varying in width from 1.5 to 3.5y,

have an irregularly globose shape and thus some-

what resemble small oil globules, but unlike

oil globules are little given to coalescence. A

conidium may germinate vegetatively by put-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 2

ting forth a germ hypha (Fig. 2, F) or it may

extend a conidiophore of variable length and

produce a secondary conidium (Fig. 2, G, H).

Sexual reproduction is accomplished by con-

jugation so simple that the general appearance

given differs little from that of chlamydospore

development. In some instances two adjoining

segments of the same hypha (Fig. 2, I, a, b) serve

as gametangia, the fusion cell arising as a globose

swelling situated wholly within one segment but

lying immediately adjacent to the other segment.

The separating cross-wall disappears almost

entirely at an early stage, so that the incipient

enlargement soon receives protoplasmic materials

from both directions. As a rule the “male” seg-

ment (Fig. 2, I, b) may be distinguished from

the “female” (Fig. 2, I, a) by its narrower at-

tachment to the young fusion cell. Conjugation

between adjacent segments apparently occurs

less frequently in the present species than

scalariform conjugation between segments of

different hyphae (Fig. 2, J, a, b). Since in di-

clinous reproductive apparatus, too, the fusion

cell is initiated at the place of hyphal union and

wholly within one of the two gametangia (Fig.

2, K) the zygote commonly develops in a position

partly or wholly within the hyphal connection.

At the place of union the apposed portions of

outer membranes dissolve almost completely,

so that here, just as in monoclinous apparatus,

protoplasm flows into the young fusion cell from

the ‘‘male’’ segment (Fig. 2, J, b) about as freely

as from the “female”? segment (Fig. 2, J, a).

Indeed, the ‘‘male’’ segment (Fig. 2, J, b) will

often have contributed all its contents when its

mate (Fig. 2, J, a) still retains a considerable

quantity of protoplasm. Soon after portions of

conjugating hyphal segments have been evacuated

the empty tubular membrane, together with the

septa contained in it, collapses and disappears

from view. Thus, only an hour after movement

of protoplasm began in the unit of sexual ap-

paratus shown in Fig. 2, J, less than a third of

the original membranous envelope of the ‘“‘male”’

segment (Fig. 2, K, b) and scarcely half of the

original envelope of the “‘female”’ segment (Fig.

2, K, a) remained visible. Forty minutes later

all membranous parts of the ‘‘male’”’ gametan-

gium had vanished, and only two short mem-

branous spurs (Fig. 2, L, a), both left by the

“female”? gametangium, could be seen attached

to the developing zygospore, which now had not

only laid down its definitive delimiting walls

but had begun internal reorganization by elabo-

FEBRUARY 1953 DRECHSLER: THREE NEW SPECIES OF CONIDIOBOLUS 371

C. Drechsler del.

Fig. 2.—Conidiobolus thromboides, sp. nov., as found developing in pure culture on Petri plates of

maizemeal agar; all parts drawn at a uniform magnification with the aid of a camera lucida; X 1000

throughout. Explanation of all parts given in text.

38 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

rating many oily globules in its central region.

During the ensuing 30 minutes the longer of the

two empty spurs vanished from sight, so that

in little more than two hours after conjugation

could be clearly ascertained the united hyphal

segments were converted into a globose zygote

(Fig. 2, M) with only a short empty cylindrical

stub to indicate its origin from filamentous parts.

The numerous small globules in the central re-

gion of the zygote had meanwhile coalesced to

form seven or eight globules of considerably

larger size.

Through continued coalescence of multiple

globules a single large reserve globule is even-

tually formed. This body, much as in Conidiobolus

lamprauges, lies well toward one side within the

ripe zygospore (Fig. 2, N—R), a portion of its

periphery approaching very close to the zygo-

spore wall. Accordingly at maturity the proto-

plasm, which shows relatively few granules

scattered in a limpid matrix of nearly homo-

geneous appearance, is disposed in a parietal

layer pronouncedly thicker on one side than on

the other. The thin envelope earlier surrounding

the fusion cell is reinforced in the ripe zygospore

by a much thicker inner layer presumably inter-

pretable as the zygospore wall proper. Variability

with respect to size is more moderate among

zygospores of the New Hampshire fungus than

might be inferred from the five individuals

figured herein (Fig. 2, N—R), for one (Fig. 2, N)

of the five—a specimen fully 27y in diameter—

was selected more especially to illustrate approxi-

mately maximum dimensions, while two others

(Fig. 2, Q, R), each about 18 in diameter, were

selected to illustrate approximately minimum

dimensions. Only two (Fig. 2, O, P) of the five

individuals, with diameters of 23.5u and 20u,

respectively, are of dimensions frequent in the

species.

A term (@pou8oedns) meaning ‘full of of

clots or grains’? may serve helpfully as specific

epithet in recalling the conglutinated lumpy

texture of conidial contents wherein the fungus

differs markedly from the generally smaller

Conidiobolus lamprauges.

Conidiobolus thromboides sp. nov. Mycelium

circa 5 mm in die crescens, incoloratum, saepius

parum conspicuum, aliquid ramosum, mox

septatum, in hyphis 3-10.54 (saepe 6-8) latis

constans; cellulis assumentibus 50-200u (saepe

circa 100u) longis, vulgo aliquid flexuosis, ali-

quando plus minusve disjunctis, interdum paucis

angustis ramulis praeditis; hyphis conidiophoris

VOL. 43, NO. 2

simplicibus, erectis vel ascendentibus, in aere

vulgo 35-150 ad lucem protendentibus, sursum

inflatis, ibi saepe 10-15y latis, in apice unum

conidium gignentibus; conidiis se violenter

abjicentibus, incoloratis, globosis sed basi pa-

pilla rotundoconica vel hemisphaerica (2.5-6yu

alta, 4-10u lata) praeditis, plerumque ex toto

24-32u longis, 19-26.5u latis, in magna parte

praecipue in medio glebarum protoplasmatis

conglutinatarum repletis; zygosporis interdum e

copulatione cellularum aliae atque aliae hyphae

interdum e copulatione cellularum duarum

contiguarum ejusdem hyphae oriundis, hyalinis,

globosis, 17.5-27u (plerumque 19.5—-23.5u) cras-

sis, in maturitate guttula nitida 10-15 crassa et

muro magnam partem 2-2.5u crasso praeditis.

Habitat in humo silvatica in New Hampshire.

Mycelium colorless, often rather inconspicu-

ous, moderately branched, at temperatures

near 20° C. growing radially about 5 mm in a

day; assimilative hyphae somewhat flexuous, 3

to 10.5u (mostly 6 to 8) wide, soon becoming

divided by cross-walls at intervals of 50 to 2004;

the hyphal segments sometimes remaining

contiguous but at other times becoming dis-

jointed, and in some instances putting forth one

or more narrow branches. Conidiophores arising

singly from individual hyphal segments, simple,

colorless, projecting 35 to 150u (often about 100)

erectly or ascendingly into the air, the aerial

part oriented toward the main source of light,

distally inflated, often measuring 10 to 15y in

greatest width, bearing a single terminal condi-

ium. Conidia forcibly thrown off through sud-

den eversion of the arched basal membrane,

colorless, usually in large part filled with some-

what conglutinated protoplasmic lumps, globose,

often measuring 24 to 32u in total length and 19

to 26.54 in greatest width, the everted basal

membrane forming a hemispherical or rounded-

conical papilla 2.5 to 6u high and 4 to 10u wide

at its origin. Conjugation most usually taking

place between two hyphal segments originating in

separate mycelial filaments but sometimes taking

place between two adjacent segments in the same

filament; the fusion cell always initiated wholly

within one segment and in immediate proximity

to the other; zygospore at maturity hyaline,

globose, 17.5 to 27u (mostly 19.5 to 23.5u) in

diameter, containing a very eccentrically placed

reserve globule 10 to 15u in diameter, and pro-

vided with a wall for the most part 2 to 2.5u thick.

Occurring in leaf mold in Carroll County,

N. H.

OF CONIDIOBOLUS

THREE NEW SPECIES

DRECHSLER

Fresruary 1953

pie ner i aaa

3 AED o> S.

Cc: C42 NF

Pr O= 5G:

to San

Data

Evite

in OR

fo)

lates of

x 1000

ure culture on Petr

form magnification with the aid of a camera lucida

ing in p

in text.

retus, Sp. nov., aS found develop

given in

all parts drawn at a un

vaer

)

. Explanation of all parts

1 agar

throughout

Fic. 3.—Conidiobolus ad

maizemea

40 JOURNAL OF

A SPECIES WITH ROBUST CONIDIOPHORES

ARISING FROM RICHLY BRANCHED

DELICATE MYCELIUM

An entomophthoraceous fungus especially

distinctive in its vegetative stage was first found

developing in agar plate cultures prepared with

leaf mold collected near Farmer, N. C., in De-

cember 1951. Subsequently it was obtained also

from leaf mold gathered in eastern central New

Hampshire late in September 1951; from leaf

mold gathered in oak woods along Lubbers Run

in Arlington, Va., on February 28, 1952; from

leaf mold collected near Criglersville, Va., on

March 23, 1952; and from various kinds of plant

detritus taken up in several places near Belts-

ville, Md., at different times during January

and February 1952. On maizemeal agar of moder-

ate firmness it grows slowly, producing a lustrous

mycelium somewhat more nearly opaque and

correspondingly more conspicuous than the

mycelium of Conidiobolus lamprauges. Before an

individual mycelium has spread extensively it

produces conidiophores from which conidia are

thrown for distances of several millimeters

toward the main source of light. Falling on a

moist substratum many of these conidia give

rise collectively to scattered subsidiary mycelia

which soon occupy the area completely thereby

barring further growth in that region by the

parent mycelium. As the same sequence of events

is repeated another array of mycelia come into

being a little farther onward, which in their turn

form a barrier against those to their rear. The

fungus thus spreads over an expanse of substra-

tum by establishing numerous demarcated my-

cela that in large part remain discernible as

individuals and therefore in the end often appear

collectively as a patchwork of lustrous areas.

Ordinarily no similar patchy or dappled effect is

noticeable in related fungi, for while these likewise

habitually colonize adjacent areas, their outlying

mycelia—often from the first too transparent

to stand out individually in clear relief—become

merged indistinguishably when they coalesce.

Under a microscope an extensive unobstructed

mycelium of the present fungus shows along its

growing margin numerous hyphae that measure

mostly 3.5 to 4u in width, though in the distal

portion they taper gradually to an apical width

of approximately 3u (Fig. 3, A). Here and there

in older cultures narrower hyphae are found which

over considerable stretches may not exceed 2u

in width and, indeed, may in some portions

THE WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 2

measure as little as 1.8u in this dimension (Fig.

3, B). The greatest width sustained for some

distance in the stouter filaments would seem

approximately 4.5u (Fig. 4, A). Only rather

moderate development of lateral branches occurs

at the margin of an extensive mycelium (Fig. 3,

A). Abundant branching is, however, usual in

the earlier development of a mycelium from a

germinating conidium. The ramified procumbent

outgrowths shown in Fig, 3, C, represent only

about one-twentieth of the entire three-dimen-

sional hyphal system formed within a radius

of 150yu from an individual spore.

In older portions of an extensive mycelium

many of the lateral branches (Fig. 4, A, r; B, r)

are empty of protoplasmic contents and accord-

ingly are found delimited basally from the parent

hypha by a retaining wall. A much smaller

number continue growth distally to give rise to

conidiophores (Fig. 4, A, a; B, a; C, a). As the

conidiophores here are often 204 or more in

greatest width they offer a pronounced dimen-

sional contrast with the mycelial filaments. The

prolonged transfer of granular materials into

the growing terminal conidium (Fig. 4, B, b) is

not regularly accompanied, as in related species,

by evacuation of a particular hyphal segment, or

of any adjoining portion of axial hypha. When

eventually the conidiophore is delimited by a

basal septum (Fig. 4, C, a) the axial hypha and

the connecting branch are often still filled with

granular protoplasm. An arched septum is

progressively laid down at the base of the conid-

ium (Fig. 4, C, b) during the later stages in the

upward movement of living contents. Soon

after the septum has been completed, it is

suddenly split into two layers. The distal layer

at the same time is briskly everted, with the result

that the conidium is thrown off forcibly. The

distances spores are propelled here seem ap-

preciably less than in Delacroixia coronata and

Conidiobolus brefeldianus. Feebler propulsion

might readily be expected since in my fungus the

basal septum is arched less prominently, and

therefore in being everted delivers a shorter and

presumably less powerful stroke.

The largest of the primary conidia (Fig. 4, D)

produced by the fungus measure approximately

46u in total length and 45u in width. Well de-

veloped primary conidia commonly vary be-

tween 30 and 40u in both dimensions (Fig. 4,

E, F). Individuals less than 25u (Fig. 4, G—M)

would mostly seem to represent products of

repetitional development. Such development

{

’

;

’

OF CONIDIOBOLUS

: THREE NEW SPECIES

DRECHSLER

FEBRUARY 1953

BASS

©,

nest

*19P

EY EY

YIBACT ‘D2

lates of

x 1000

rl p

)

ure on Pet

id of a camera lucida

in pure cult

th the a

ing

fication wl

form magn

text.

iven in

f all parts g

10n O

all parts drawn at a un

1 agar;

. Explanat

throughout

Fic. 4.—Conidiobolus adiaeretus, sp. nov., as found develop

maizemea

42 . JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

takes place very freely in the present species.

A protuberance is bourgeoned forth (Fig. 4, N,

a) which after some elongation (Fig. 4, O—-Q: a)

swells distally to form a globose secondary conid-

ium (Fig. 4, P, b; Q, b) that is thrown off for-

cibly in the same way as was its parent. As the

reduction in size incurred in one repetitional

generation is not especially pronounced in in-

stances where the conidiophorous outgrowth is of

moderate length, many secondary conidia (Fig.

4, P, b; Q, b) measure 30 to 40u in diameter

and thus after discharge are not distinguishable

from well developed primary conidia. With re-

spect to their internal organization the conidia,

both large and small somewhat resemble those

of Conidiobolus thromboides in having a rather

dense conglutinated central mass of protoplasm

surrounded by a hyaline parietal layer. However

the central mass here is less coarse in texture,

its constituent particles being granules rather

than lumps. When conidia are mounted in moist

agar under a cover glass and subjected to micro-

scopical examination in strong lght the con-

glutinated mass soon contracts noticeably and

the clear parietal layer becomes interspersed

with vacuoles of increasing number and size.

At temperatures near 20° C. aerial conidia

are the only reproductive bodies formed by the

fungus. On being stored at temperatures near

7° C. tubes of maizemeal agar well permeated

with mycelium will permit copious formation of

chlamydospores mainly under the surface of the

culture medium. Since these chlamydospores,

usually of globose or prolate ellipsoidal shape,

very often show two truncated protuberances in

opposite positions (Fig. 3, D-G), they appear

largely of intercalary origin. Specimens showing

only one protuberance suggestive of hyphal at-

tachment (Fig. 3, H, I) seem of terminal origin.

Most chlamydospores, like most conidia, vary in

diameter from 25 to 40u (Fig. 3, D-H). Small

individuals (Fig. 3, I-L), corresponding in their

dimensions to conidia derived through successive

repetitional development, are usually found only

in meager quantity. Somewhat indurated cylin-

drical cells (Fig. 3, M-—O), often about three

times as wide as unmodified assimilative hyphae,

are perhaps to be regarded as imperfectly differ-

entiated chlamydospores. They often show con-

glutinated granules in the middle region and

clear protoplasm at both ends (Fig. 3, M, N).

In well differentiated globose chlamydospores,

much as in conidia, a relatively large congluti-

VOL. 43, NO. 2

nated granular mass is surrounded by a parietal

layer of more nearly transparent protoplasm.

The fungus is referred to Conidiobolus since it

grows well on ordinary culture media and in its

asexual reproduction does not differ very widely

from C. utriculosus, the type species of that

genus. Its mycelium differs conspicuously from

that of C. utriculosus, C. brefeldianus, C. lam-

prauges, and C’. thromboides not only in the slender-

ness of the component hyphae but also in their

frequently copious branching. Although the

fungus forms numerous septa that serve as

retaining walls in closing off evacuated lateral

branches from the living axial hyphae, early

deposition of cross-walls to separate adjacent

living segments—a very usual feature in the

vegetative growth of other readily cultivable

Entomophthoraceae—is not characteristic of

its mycelial development. In agar plate cultures

it shows no disjunction of living hyphal seg-

ments. A term (advaipercs) meaning “un-

divided”’ is therefore deemed a suitable specific

epithet.

_ Conidiobolus adiaeretus, sp. nov. Mycelium

lente (circa 2 mm in die) crescens, nitidum,

conspicuum; hyphis assumentibus, incoloratis,

vulgo 1.8-4.5u latis; interdum mediocriter

interdum copiose ramosis, ramulis brevibus

saepe mox inanitis denique ab hyphis viventibus

longis septo finitis; hyphis conidiophoris inco-

loratis, simplicibus, erectis vel ascendentibus, in

aere vulgo 50-100u (rarius 100—250u) ad lucem

protendentibus, rectis vel curvatis, vulgo speciose

inflatis, 8-25u (saepius 15-23u) latis, in apice

unum conidium gignentibus; conidiis se violenter

adjicentibus, incoloratis, globosis vel applanato-

ellipsoideis sed basi papilla rotunda (2-6y alta,

5-17u lata) praeditis, plerumque ex toto 15—-46u

longis, 13-45u latis, in parte parietem juxta

protoplasmatis hyalini repletis in parte media

granulis conglutinosis farctis; chlamydosporis

plerumque intra materiam permeatam oriundis,

incoloratis, plerumque intercalaribus, interdum

terminalibus, vulgo globosis vel elongato-el-

lipsoideis, 15-45u longis, 3-40u latis, in parte

parietem juxta protoplasmate hyalino in parte

media granulis conglutinosis instructis.

Habitat in foliis arborum (praecipue quer-

corum) putrescentibus prope Farmer, N. C., et

prope Beltsville, Md., et prope Criglersville,

Va., et in Arlington, Va., et in New Hampshire,

etiam in aliis materius plantarum putrescentibus

prope Beltsville, Maryland.

FEBRUARY 1953

Mycelium growing slowly (about 2 mm in

24 hours at 20° C.), lustrous, conspicuous; as-

similative hyphae colorless, mostly 1.8 to 4.5u

wide, sometimes moderately and sometimes

abundantly branched, the shorter branches

often emptied early of their protoplasm and

then delimited basally by a retaining wall;

conidiophores colorless, simple, straight or

curved, projecting 50 to 200u (or more) erectly

or ascendingly into the air, the aerial part

oriented toward the main source of light, often

pronouncedly inflated, 8 to 25u (commonly 15

to 23u) in greatest width, bearing a single conid-

ium at the tip; conidia forcibly thrown off

through sudden eversion of the arched basal

membrane, colorless, containing a parietal layer

of hyaline protoplasm which surrounds a large

irregular mass of conglutinated granules, sub-

spherical or sometimes oblate ellipsoidal in

general shape, measuring 15 to 46u in total

length and 13 to 45y in width, their everted basal

membrane forming a rounded papilla 2 to 6y

high and 5 to 17 wide; chlamydospores formed

mainly within the substratum, borne inter-

ealarily or terminally, mostly globose or ellipsoi-

dal, 15 to 45u long and 13 to 40u wide, colorless,

DRECHSLER, C.

LI: PITTOSPORUM IN FORMOSA 43

containing a large central mass of conglutinated

granules that is surrounded by a parietal layer of

hyaline protoplasm.

Occurring in decaying leaves of trees (especially

of Quercus spp.) in woods near Farmer, N. C.;

near Beltsville, Md.; near Criglersville, Va.; in

Arlington, Va.; in Carroll County, N. H.; and

also in other decaying plant materials near

Beltsville, Md.

REFERENCES

BREFELD, O. Conidiobolus utriculosus wnd

minor. Unters. Gesammtg. Mykologie 6: 35-

72, 75-78, pl. 3-5. 1884.

Coucu, J. N. A new Conidiobolus with sexual

reproduction. Amer. Journ. Bot. 26: 119-130.

1939.

Widespread distribution of Dela-

croixia coronata and other saprophytic Ento-

mophthoraceae in plant detritus. Science 115:

575-576. 1952.

Two species of Basidiobolus widely dis-

tributed in leaf mold. (Abstract) Phyto-

pathology 42: 341. 1952a.

GILBERT, E. M. A peculiar entomophthorous

fungus. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc. 38: 263-269,

pl. 27, 28. 1919.

Wuite, W.L. Note on Conidiobolus. Mycologia

29: 148-149. 1937.

BOTANY .—The species of Pittosporum in Formosa. Hu1-Lin Li, Morris Arbore-

tum, University of Pennsylvania.

There are five species of the genus Pit-

tosporum on the island of Formosa. Two

of them are more or less widespread in

Formosa and extend also widely on the

mainland of China. One is confined to the

southern part of the island, and another is

found only on the small island of Botel

Tobago. These two southern species de-

scribed as endemic to Formos are actually

found to be only the northernmost popula-

tions of two widely distributed Philippine

species. A fifth species is endemic to Formosa

at high altitudes’ only.

Recently a treatise on the Pittosporum

species of eastern Asia was published by

M. Gowda (The genus Pittosporum in the

Sino-Indian Region. Journ. Arnold Arb.

32: 263-348. 1951). Six species! from

Formosa are accounted for, his findings

1 On page 282, Gowda mentions that there are

five species known from Formosa. He inadvert-

ently left out his own new species, P. sahnianum,

which he credited to Formosa on the basis of

Wilson 11066.

being very much at variance with those of

the present writer. Gowda considers the

Formosan plant known as P. makinoi to

be distinct, but in the present study it is

treated as conspecific with the widely dis-

tributed P. tobira. For P. illicioides treated

as a single species here, two separate species

under different names are recognized by

Gowda, one described as new. Gowda did

not recognize the identity and relationship

with Philippines species of the two southern

species of Formosa. As Pittosporum is

primarily a southern genus, the nature of

some of the southernmost species in For-

mosa, on the Chinese mainland, and in

India cannot be properly elucidated without

consulting related species of the southern

islands of Asia.

Selected specimens are cited from the

U. §S. National Herbarium, Smithsonian

Institution, indicated as (US), and the

herbarium of the National Taiwan Uni-

versity, Formosa, indicated as (NTU).

44 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON

KEY TO THE FORMOSAN SPECIES

A. Flowers, few, fasiculate, from axils of upper

leaves, with slender peduncles; fruit often

SOUUG STU da on casa SORES 1. P. tllicioides

AA. Flowers or fruits usually many, in terminal

racemes or spikes.

B. Leaves broadest at or below middle, apex

acute; fruit small, less than 1 cm across.

C. Leaves large, 10-15 cm long; fruit very

small, about 6 mm across

2. P. daphniphylloides

CC. Leaves smaller, about 6-9 cm long; fruit

larger, about 8 mm across

3. P. pentandrum

BB. Leaves usually broadest above middle,

apex obtuse to rounded; fruit large, 1.5

cm or more across.

C. Leaves 6-8 em long and 2-3 em broad; fruit

abounelPoremyaerassse een ee 4. P. tobtra

CC. Leaves larger, 8-12 cm long, 3-5 cm

broad; fruit about 2 em across

5. P. littorale

1. Pittosporum illicioides Makino in Bot. Mag.

Tokyo 14: (31). 1900; Migo in Journ. Jap.

Bot. 16: 566. 1940.

Pittosporum oligocarpum Hay. in Journ. Coll.

Scr, Univ Mokyorso0 eC) soon Oin(iat le

Hormos); cone sels Hormoss f-5 63.) 1901:

Kanehira, Formos. Trees 45: 1917, rev. ed.

249. f. 193, 19836; Gowda in Journ. Arnold Arb.

32: 304. 1951.

Pittosporum oligospermum Hay. Icon. Pl. For-

MVOSS Sole Ol Ord wocal wpe aloo’

Pittosporum sahnianum Gowda in Journ. Arnold

Arb. 32: 305. 1951. Syn. nov.

Widely distributed and common on the Chinese

mainland and in Formosa, at medium to high

altitudes.

Formosa: Arisan, EH. H. Wilson 9774 (US);

Seisui, prov. Karenko, E. H. Wilson 11066 (US);

Sikayotaizan, G. Masamune 1296 (NTU).

Gowda overlooked Migo’s paper which also

considers P. glabratum Lindl. as confined to

southern China, while the plant of central China,

generally referred to P. glabratum, is the same

as P. oligocarpum Hay. of Formosa and P.

ullicioides Makino of Japan. Gowda maintains

the last two as two distinct species, although

for P. illicvoides he had access to only a sterile

twig.

For this widespread and common plant,

Gowda recognizes two species as occurring on

both the Chinese mainland and in Formosa:

P. oligocarpum Hay. and P. sahnianum Gowda.

The first is found mainly in Formosa but is also

recorded from Chekiang and Kiangsi. The second

is widespread on the Chinese mainland but is

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 2

also credited to Formosa on the basis of Wilson

11066. In his key the two species are differentiated

mainly by the size of the fruit as follows:

“Capsules extremely small, 6 mm long, without

abruptly constricted stipe; inflorescence a

simple cyme; flowers small, petals usually 6-7

mm long; pedicels extremely slender, less than

Lama, GCG 4.8.00. P. oligocarpum

Capsules large, 10 mm long; stipe abruptly con-

stricted; inflorescence a cluster of single flowers;

flowers large, petals usually 8 mm long; pedicels

more than 1 mm thick 42).33e P. sahnianum’’

If one studies the actual specimens, it is clear

that these differences are exaggerated. Gowda’s

own descriptions do not agree with his key. He

gives no measurement for the capsule of P.

sahnianum in the description of the species, but

for P. oliyocarpum, the size of the capsule is

given as 7-9 mm instead of 6 mm long and it is

“without or with inconspicuous stipe” instead of

without stipe as mentioned in his key. Among

the numbers he cited for P. sahnianum that are

available to me, such as Chiao 14798, Wilson

1674, Ching 1455, 2264, etc., there appears

considerable variation in the size of the capsule,

in part apparently due to age, but evidently also

due to its inherent variable nature. These cap-

sules vary from 6 to 12 mm in length. The stipe

at the base is generally conspicuous but varies

considerably in length and diameter. The pedicles

are often very slender, comparable to those of

P. vligocarpum from Formosa. Specimens of P.

oligocarpum cited by Gowda from Chekiang,

Ching 1874, and from Formosa, Wilson 9774,

have capsules varying from 6-9 mm long and

also with a distinct but short stipe. It is true

that the Formosan plants have generally smaller

capsules, but the size of capsule alone does not

indicate species differentiation in such a variable

and widely distributed species. Wilson 11066

from Formosa, cited by Gowda as representing

P. sahnianum, has capsules measuring about

10 mm long. But compared with Wilson 9774,

also from Formosa but cited by him as P. oligo-

carpum, besides the very slight difference in the

size of the fruits, there is not the slightest differ-

ence in other characters that can separate the

two specimens specifically. Clearly only one

species is represented in Formosa, and this is

evidently also conspecific with the plants on

the mainland of China known as P. glabratum

auct. non Lindley and in Japan known as P.

illicioides Makino. It seems that on the whole

Frespruary 1953 bite

too many species are recognized by Gowda in

his treatment of the genus in eastern Asia, with

over-emphasis on some minor variations probably

of no genetic significance.

2. Pittosporum daphniphylloides Hay. in Journ.

Coll. Sci. Tokyo 30 (1): 34. 1911; Icon. Pl.

Formos. 1: 65. 1911; zbzd. 5: 6. 1916; Kanehira,

Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 248. f. 191. 1936;

Gowda in Journ. Arnold Arb. 32: 336. 1951.

Formosa, at high altitudes, central and eastern

part of the island; usually epiphytic.

Formosa: Arisan, EH. H. Wilson 10803 (US);

Taito, Mori 11548 (photo of isotype, US).

3. Pittosporum pentandrum (Blanco) Merr. in

Govern. Lab. Publ. (Philip.) 27: 19. 1905.

Aquilaria pentandrum Blanco, Fl. Philip. 373.

1837.

Pittosporum formosanum Hay. in Hay. & Mat-

sum. in Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo 22: 32. f. 4.

1906 (Enum. PI. Formos.); Kanehira, Formos.

Trees, rev. ed. 249. f. 192. 1936; Gowda in

Journ. Arnold Arb. 32: 327. 1951. Syn. nov.

Pittosporum undulatum sensu Hay. in op. cit.

33, non Vent.

Southern Formosa, Hunchuen Peninsula, and

Botel Tobago, along the seashore; also in Indo-

China.

Formosa: Takao, A. Henry 1058 (US), E.

H. Wilson 98538 (US); Bankinsing, A. Henry

48 (US); Kuraru, Prov. Koshun, EL. H. Wilson

11001 (US).

This species occurs commonly in the southern-

most part of Formosa and on the island of

Botel Tobago, along the seashore. The Formosan

specimens are doubtless conspecific with P.

pentandrum, a very common and widely distri-

buted species of the Philippine islands. Gowda

records P. formosana as also occurring in Tonkin,

Indo-China. A variety of this species with pubes-

cent ovary occurs in Tonkin and Hainan:

P. pentandrum (Blanco) Merr. var. hainanense

(Gagnepain) comb. nov. (P. formosanum var.

hainanense Gagnepain, Fl. Gén. Indo-Chine

1: 238. 1909, Suppl. 1: 214. 1939).

4. Pittosporum tobira Ait. Hort. Kew, ed. 2, 2: 27.

1811; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 250.

f. 192. 1936.

Pittosporum makinoi Nakai, Fl. Sylv. Korea.

21: 84. 1936; Gowda in Journ. Arnold Arb.

32: 311. 1951. Syn. nov.

Pittosporum tobira var. calvescens Ohwi in Journ.

Jap. Bot. 12: 311. 1936.

PITTOSPORUM IN FORMOSA

Widely distributed in eastern Asia; very com-

mon along the coastal region in the northern

part of Formosa. |

Formosa: Keelung, T. Tanaka & Y. Shimada

11028 (US); Toyen, Sinchikushu, T. Tanaka

& Y. Shimada 13589 (US); Sozan, Taihoku,

E. H. Wilson 10790 (US); Silin, Taipeh, H.

Keng 1034 (US); Sin-chow, prov. Karenko,

E. H. Wilson 11094 (US); Shusin to So-o, Prov.

Taihoku, E. H. Wilson 10285 (US).

The Formosan plant is variously considered as

conspecific with the widely distributed P. tobira,

as by Kanehira, as a variety of the latter species,

as by Ohwi, and as a distinct species, as by

Nakai. Gowda follows Nakai in calling the

Formosan plant a distinct species. Ohwi con-

siders his variety as different from the typical

form of P. tobira in the less pubescent habit and

the slightly pilose ovary. Gowda says that the

Formosan plant P. makinoit very closely re-

sembles P. tobira, differing in having a glabrous

inflorescence. The inflorescence is described by

him as “usually glabrous,” but in his key it is

given as “inconspicuously pilose.” In the original

description of Nakai, the inflorescence is de-

scribed as minutely and sparsely pilose. Actually

the inflorescence is in general pubescent, as in

P. tobira from other regions, such as Japan,

Korea, and China. Gowda also tries to differ-

entiate the two on the basis of their leaf shape,

but his characterizations: ‘“‘leaves obovate,

broadest above middle and abruptly rounded at

apex, frequently emarginate”’ for P. tobira and

‘leaves usually obovate, broadest above the

middle, usually rounded at apex” for P. makinoz,

show that leaf shape cannot be successfully

utilized. Clearly this Formosan plant, common

especially along the coastal regions in the north-

ern parts, is conspecific with the widespread

species P. tobira, of China, Japan and Korea,

also mainly of the coastal regions.

Gowda is also inconsistent in his emphasis on

the pubescence of the inflorescence, as he de-

scribes two varieties with glabrous inflorescence,

var. fukienense from Fukien and var. sukurai

from the Bonin islands, under the species P.

tobira, which is considered by him as different

from P. makinoi and others in having the char-

acter of the inflorescence “‘very conspicuously

tomentose’’.

5. Pittosporum littorale Merr. in Philip. Journ.

Sci. 5. Bot.: 179. 1910.

46 JOURNAL OF THE

Pittosporum viburnifolium Hay. Icon. Pl. For-

mos. 3: 32. 1913; Kanehira, Formos. Trees,

rev. ed. 251. f. 195. 1936; Gowda in Journ.

Arnold Arb. 32: 323. 1951. Syn. nov.

Formosa, in Botel Tobago Island only, and

the Philippines.

This species is known in Formosa only from

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 2

Botel Tobago Island and is the same as P.

littorale of the Philippines; several specimens of

the latter, including Merritt 9845, isosyntypes,

are available for comparison. The oblanceolate

and obtuse leaves, large flowers, and the subglo-

bose 2-valved capsules are distinctive charac-

teristics of the species. The plants grow in thickets

along the seashore.

ENTOMOLOGY .—The Diptera collected on the Cockerell and Hubbell Expeditions

to Honduras: Part II, Asilidae.!\ Maurice T. JAMzEs, State College of Wash-

ington.

The present paper, based on material

collected in Honduras by Prof. and Mrs. T.

D. A. Cockerell during the winter of 1946-

47 and by Dr. T. H. Hubbell in 1923 and

again in 1948, lists 37 species of Asilidae

from Honduras, of which 8 are new and 2

are at least in part redescribed. I am in-

debted to Dr. A. Earl Pritchard who, though

he could not critically review the manu-

script, read it and gave me several valuable

suggestions.

Psilonyx (2macropygialis (Williston)), 1901.

Biologia Centrali-Americana, Diptera, 1: 301

(Leptogaster). Reference is made with doubt to

this species because the specimen before me

lacks the apical half on the abdomen. Aguan

River Valley, Copete farm, April 10, 1923 (T.

H. Hubbell), no. 355, 1 male.

Leptogaster spp. Three specimens, representing

three species, from Zamorano, can not safely

be referred to known species nor described as

new, because of the condition of the literature

in this group.

Asilus tuxpanganus Bellardi, 1862. Sagzio di

ditterologia Messicana, Appendice: 22. Escuela

Agricola Panamericana, Zamorano, July 24,

1948 (T. H. Hubbell), plain, Yeguare River,

no. 141, 1 male, 1 female; same, July 1, 1948,

roadside, no. 10, 1 male; same, creek bank, July

19, 1948, no. 103, 1 male.

Astlus tenebrosus Williston, 1901. Biologia

Centrali-Americana, Diptera, 1: 328. Cerro

Uyuca, Dept. Morazdn, July 24, 1948 (T. H.

Hubbell), 5,900-6,100 feet, cloud forest, no.

139, 1 male.

Ommatius near marginellus (Fabricius), 1781.

Species insectorum 2: 464 (Aszlus). Dos Aguas,

8 km west, October 27, 1946 (Cisneros), 1 male;

1For part I of this series, see Pan-Pac. Ent.

26 (2): 86-90.

Rio Claura, April 12, 1923 (T. H. Hubbell),

no. 245, 1 male.

Ommatius parvus Bigot, 1875. Ann. Soe.

Ent. France (5) 5: 247. Escuela Agricola Pana-

mericana, Zamorano: July 1, 1948 (T. H. Hub-

bell), 2,600 feet, roadside, no. 10, 5 males, 7

females; August 2, 1948 (Hubbell), 2,700 feet,

oak woods, no. 180, 2 males; July 22, 1948 (Hub-

bell), 2,650 feet, herbage and brush, no. 125,

1 male, 2 females; July 8, 1948 (Hubbell), 2,550

feet, plain, Yeguare River, no. 39, 2 males, 2

females; July 2, 1948 (Hubbell), plain, Yeguare

River, 2,550 feet, no. 18, 1 female; July 19,

1948 (Hubbell), 2,600 feet, creek bank, no. 103,

1 female; July 29, 1948 (Hubbell), 2,650 feet,

thicket, 1 female; July 10, 1948 (Hubbell)

2,700 feet, llanos, no. 50, 1 male. Los Llanos,

Dept. El Paraiso, E. slope Zamorano Valley,

Guinope Road, July 9, 1948 (Hubbell), 3,000

feet, no. 44, 1 male, 2 females.

Eicherax flavescens, n. sp.

A small species with predominantly silvery

pile and silvery to yellowish pollen, predomi-

nantly yellow legs, and the body ground color

tending to yellow; one pair of scutellar bristles.

Male.—Head black, densely covered with pol-

len, which is yellowish on the front and vertex

and otherwise silvery. Facial prominence cov-

ering lower two-thirds of face, not especially

strong; mystax dense, white except two small

bristles above; a few black and white bristles and

hairs along the ocular orbits, to the side of and

above the antennae; ocellar bristles small,

ocellar triangle small and otherwise devoid of

vestiture; beard and postocular fringe white; six

bristles on each side of upper part of occiput,

mostly black. Antennae black with short black

setulae; ratio of first, second, and third segments

and arista 8: 4: 10: 15. Palpi black, black-haired.

Fesruary 1953

Proboscis shining black, in some reflections

bluish black, with long white hairs below.

Thorax black, the ground color becoming

yellowish to reddish on the humeri, postalar

wall and parts of the postalar callus, metanotal

slopes, and posterior half of pleura approximately

behind a line drawn along the posterior margin

of the mesopleura; scutellum and metanotum

black. Pollen of mesonotum, uppermost parts

of mesopleura, and scutellum yellowish; a gemi-

nate mid-dorsal vitta and an adjacent oval area

on each side, interrupted by the suture, more

brownish pollinose, in places subshining; bristles

and hairs of mesonotum, except a scattered few

before the suture, and hairs of uppermost parts

of mesopleura black; those of scutellum and

otherwise of pleura white; scutellum with a pair

of bristles and with short scattered hairs. Legs

predominantly yellow; coxae in part black; each

femur with a broad black dorsal vitta; tibiae,

especially hind pair, blackened at apex; tarsi

with fifth tarsomeres and narrow apices of the

others brownish. Leg bristles apparently of

variable color, but apparently wholly white on

coxae, wholly white oralmost soon femora, mixed

black and white on tibiae, and predominantly

black on the tarsi. Venation normal for the

genus, that is, of the Asilus type; wing subhyaline,

clouded at the apex (roughly beyond base of

second submarginal); veins yellow; halteres

yellow.

Abdomen chiefly reddish yellow in ground

color, the second, sides of the first, and base of

the third terga, and the apical half of the eighth

sternite blackish; some short black inconspicuous

hairs medially on the terga and dorsally on the

hypopygium, vestiture otherwise white; pollen

yellowish dorsally, white to silvery ventrally;

two to three white bristles on each posterior

angle of the terga, but these becoming small and

inconspicuous beyond tergum 3; first three sterna

each with several long bristle-like setulae; seg-

ments seven and eight very short. Genitalia

(Fig. 1) large, eighth sternite strongly produced

posteriorly, at base with a crest of appressed

white hairs and with the hairs to the side of and

behind this crest directed backward to form a

broad, rather loose, silky tuft.

Length, 10 mm.

Female-—Mystax not as dense as in the male;

hairs all white but the bristles on its upper part

and one to two on each side of the oral margin

black. Abdomen predominantly black, reddish

JAMES: DIPTERA COLLECTED IN HONDURAS AT

only in spots on the sides of the segments and

toward their apices. Eighth and ninth segments

shining black, eighth longer than the preceding

segments, relative lengths of segments 6 to 9

inclusively 25: 25: 35: 20; eighth segment broad

at its base but soon becoming laterally com-

pressed, the ninth compressed. Otherwise except

sexually as described for the male.

Types.—Holotype male, Olanchito, Honduras,

April 24, 1923 (T. H. Hubbell), no. 382; Uni-

versity of Michigan Museum of Zoology. Allo-

type female, Escuela Agricola Panamericana, Za-

morano, Morazan, July 1, 1948 (T. H. Hubbell),

2,600 feet (garden), no. 13.

Remarks—This is the second species of this

small neotropical genus to be recorded from

Central America. E. nigripes (Bellardi) was

described from Mexico and subsequently re-

corded from Guatemala by Hine (1917). Carrera

(1950) recognizes Eicherax as a valid genus;

Curran (1934) and Bromley (1934) obviously

included it in Erax, though later Bromley (1946)

apparently admitted its distinctness and listed

four species from Brazil, including the widespread

E. nigripes and E. macularis (Wiedemann), the

genotype E. simplex (Macquart), and E. ricnotes

(Engel), 1929. The black legs will readily dis-

tinguish all but simplex from the present species,

and simplex is described as having only the hind

femora blackened above, the description, based

on a female, otherwise fitting flavescens well,

except that no mention is made of the reddish-

yellow ground color of the pleura. Since Mac-

quart’s type came from Rio Negro, Brazil, it is

quite unlikely, in view of these discrepancies,

that he had the same species.

Erax barbatus (Fabricius), 1805. Systema antli-

atorum: 169 (Dasypogon). Tela, Dakota farm,

May 23, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 608, 5 males, 1

female; Tela, March 14, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 67,

1 male; Tela, March 10, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 47,

3 females; Tela, La Fragua farm, May 7, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 128, 1 male; Tela, Lancetilla,

July 28, 1948 (Hubbell); Puerto Castilla, March

3, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 2, 1 male, 1 female, April

26, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 392, 1 male; Escuela

Agricola Panamericana, Zamorano, Morazan,

July 1, 1948 (Hubbell), no. 10, roadside, 2,600

feet, 1 male; same, July 8, 1948, no. 39, plain,

Yeguare River, 2,550 feet, 1 male, 1 female; same,

December 6, 1946 (W. P. Cockerell), 1 male.

Erax loewtt Bellardi, 1862. Saggio di dittero-

logia Messicana, Appendice: 21. Tela, Jilamo

48 JOURNAL OF THE

farm, May 28, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 657, 1 male.

Erax stylatus (Fabricius), 1775.

entomologiae: 795 (Asilus). Tela., Guaimas Dist.,

May 7, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 491, 1 male, May 10,

1923 (Hubbell), no. 527, 1 male, 1 female, May

5, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 470, 1 female, May 10,

1923 (Hubbell), no. 508, 1 male, May 3, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 452, 1 male, 1 female, and May

8, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 492, 1 female.

Systema

Erax poecilolamprus, n. sp.

A member of Hine’s aestuwans group. The legs

are wholly black, the femora with a strong me-

tallic blue reflection visible only under certain

lights; the male costa is expanded; in the male,

the sixth, seventh, and the apex of the fifth

tergum are silvery; in the female, the eighth

abdominal segment is approximately equal in

length to the fifth, sixth, and seventh combined.

Male.—Head black, pale yellowish pollinose

on front and face, whitish pollinose on the

occiput. Mystax moderately dense: a group of

20-25 black bristles and bristly setae on its

upper part and a row of stiff black bristles on

the oral margin (sometimes only the lateral

ones of this row are black); setae, hairs, and

bristles of mystax otherwise yellow. Ocellars

black; hairs of vertex mostly black, those of

front and occiput mixed black and _ yellow.

Occipital hairs and bristles yellow; a group of

three to five stiff bristles with curved tips on

each side of the vertex and some adjacent hairs

black; an occasional black bristle in the postoc-

ular row. Beard rather dense, composed of soft,

yellowish, mostly plumose hairs. Antennae black;

first and second segments with yellow setulae

below, black above; arista 2 to 21% times as long

as the rather short flagellum. Palpi with black

and yellow bristles intermixed. Proboscis shining

blue-black; some long yellow hairs below.

Thorax black; mesonotum with yellowish

pollen, somewhat brassy in certain reflections,

anteriorly, which merges into cinereous on the

posterior part of the mesonotum, the scutellum,

and the pleura; this cinereous pollen, especially

on the mesonotum, with brassy to purplish

reflections in certain lights; mesonotum with a

broad median geminate stripe and to each side

of it an oval area, interrupted about medially

by the suture; these areas subshining, somewhat

bluish in certain reflections, and extending to the

posterior declivity of the mesonotum; posterior

declivity with three triangular black spots, one

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 2

above each postalar callus and one medially

above the base of the scutellum; in certain lights

these are confluent with the middorsal stripe

and lateral spots. Some stiff black bristles on the

pronotum. Bristles and mesonotum

mostly black; some yellowish hairs on anterior

margin, humeri, and above wing bases. Scutellum

black-haired on disc, more or less broadly yellow-

haired laterally and apically; two to three apical

bristles on each side, black, sometimes in part

yellow. Pile of prothorax yellow; that of upper

parts of pleura generally black, of lower parts

generally yellow.

Legs wholly black; femora in certain lights

with brilliant metallic blue reflections; coxae

cinereous pollinose, legs otherwise subshining.

Coxae with yellow hairs and bristles; bristles of

legs otherwise at least mostly black; femora with

yellowish hairs below, especially long and dense

on the front pair, less so on the middle and

least so on the hind pair; front and hind tibiae

and tarsi with dense, velvety golden pile ven-

trally; hairs of legs otherwise at least mostly

black. Wing venation essentially as in aestuans;

costa expanded; second submarginal cell with a

distinct though short stump-vein basally; mem-

brane brownish, distinctly darker near apex.

Halteres yellow.

Abdomen black, the apices of terga 2, 3, and 4

brownish; first segment cinereous pollinose;

terga 2 to 4 mostly subshining black, the sides

broadly cinereous, tergum 4 tending to opaque

brownish; tergum 5 brownish black, the sides

broadly cinereous and the apex densely silvery;

6 and 7 densely silvery; sterna cinereous, tending

to silvery on 6 and 7. Three to four long black

(sometimes at least partly yellow) bristles on

each side of tergum 1; some short appressed

black hairs on the posterior part of tergum 3 and

on the dises of 4 and 5; only scattered white hairs

on the silvery areas; hairs otherwise yellow.

Eighth sternite cinereous, not at all posteriorly

directed, but with a dense tuft of posteriorly

directed black crinkly hairs at its middle apically.

Genitalia shining black with bluish reflections

as on the mesonotum (not so strongly metallic

as on the femora); hypopygium (Fig. 2) broad

from lateral view, truncate and _ tuberculate

apically, with a tuft of black dense inwardly

directed hairs on each lower apical margin;

genitalia otherwise with scattered hair, mostly

black except apically, where it is yellow.

Length, 18-20 mm.

hairs” of

FEBRUARY 1953

Female——Wing without costal expansion and

with a longer stump at the base of the second

submarginal cell; brownish clouding not so

apparent as in the male. Abdominal terga 2 to 6

_ in coloration similar to 2 to. 4 in the male; 7

to 9 shining, 8 about equal in length to 5, 6, and

7 combined. Otherwise except sexually as de-

scribed for the male.

Types.—Holotype, male, Tela, Honduras,

May 12, 1923, no. 535 (T. H. Hubbell). Allotype,

female, same data but May 3, no. 452. Paratopo-

types: 2 males, 2 females, same data as holo-

type; | male, same data as allotype; 2 males, 2

JAMES: DIPTERA COLLECTED IN HONDURAS 49

females, same data but May 10, no. 527; 1 male,

1 female, same data but May 8, no. 492; 1 male,

same data but May 7, no. 491; 2 females, same

data but May 10, no. 512; 1 male, same data

but May 5, no. 470; 1 female, same data but

May 10, no. 508; 1 female, same data but May

1, no. 414. Paratype, 1 male, Aguan River Val-

ley, Maloa farm, Honduras, April 24, 1923

(Hubbell).

Remarks.—Several neotropical Hrax of the

aestuans group have wholly black legs with

golden-matted front and hind tibiae and tarsi,

and, from their descriptions, seem similar to this

Figs. 1-6.—Male genitalia, side view; pilosity and bristles omitted except ventral tuft in Fig. 2:

1, Hicherax flavescens, n. sp., from holotype; 2, Hrax poecilolamprus, n. sp., from paratype; 3, Hrax

cockerellorum, n. sp., from holotype; 4, Erax hubbelli, n. sp., from holotype; 5, Proctacanthus caudatus

Hine; 6, Pachychoeta complicata, n. sp., from paratype.

50 JOURNAL OF THE

species. Two of these are keyed out by Hine

(1919, pp. 107, 120), but loewit Bellardi( =dolicho-

gaster Williston) has only the seventh and the

posterior margin of the sixth male terga silvery;

mexicanus Hine is smaller, has male terga five

to seven silvery, and has the seventh male

sternum strongly produced apically; both these

species have male genitalia different from those

of poecilolamprus. Of Bromley’s Brazilian species

neowillistont (=willistont Bromley, nec Hine)

and latiforceps have three submarginal cells;

subchalybeus has the beard, postgenal hairs, and

pruinosity of the face and occiput white, the

ensemble giving the insect a light bluish-gray

appearance; and chapadensis lacks the dilation

of the male costa.

Erax cockerellorum, n. sp.

Referable to Hine’s carinatus group, though

with a poorly developed mesonotal mane. A

black species with golden to violaceous (depend-

ing on the light) thoracic pollen, black legs

except the larger part of the tibiae, an expanded

male costa, and silvery pollinose sixth and seventh

male terga.

Male—vVestiture of head mostly black, but

prominently yellow in places. Facial tubercle

prominent; mystax composed of black hairs and

bristles except a small tuft of yellow hairs on its

upper part and a more prominent tuft of yellow

bristles above middle of oral margin. Beard

composed of yellow plumose hairs; a few yellow

hairs at middle of occiput above; pile and bristles

of head otherwise black, including three to five

moderately stout occipital bristles on each side

above. Color of pollen of head hard to determine

but apparently as in the female. Antennae black,

wholly black-haired; flagellum lanceolate, about

two-fifths length of arista; first segment a little

longer than flagellum. Palpi black-haired.

Mesonotum dorsally compressed and typical

of the carinatus group but with at most a very

feebly developed crest; an abundance of bristles

behind the suture. Tomentum golden, in some

lights violaceous; a median black vitta divided

anteriorly by an area of pale tomentum. Scutel-

lum with three marginal bristles on each side,

these variably black or yellow, and with an

abundance of moderately long pile which is black

medially and yellow laterally. Hypopleura with

each a tuft of yellow hairs, pile and bristles of

pleura otherwise black. Legs mainly black; tibiae

mainly bright yellow, apices black, strongly

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 2

contrasting; front coxa with white and yellow

hairs; some yellow hairs at base of front femur

below and of middle femur below and laterally:

front and hind tibiae with dense short golden

pile, middle tibia with longer, more scattered

hairs inwardly, that on the hind tibia apically

and extending onto the first two tarsal segments

golden-brown; bristles and pile otherwise black,

with some golden or yellow intermixed; the pre-

vailing appearance of the vestiture of the legs,

except when the insect is viewed anteriorly,

being black. Wings distinctly brown, the veins

black; costa expanded; stump vein at base of

second submarginal cell very short. Halteres

yellow.

Abdomen with sixth and seventh terga silvery

and genital segments shining black; pollinose

pattern otherwise hard to distinguish, but sterna,

first tergum, and sides of second to fifth terga

inclusively apparently cinereous. Pile mixed

black and yellow on tergum 1, long and black

on sterna 1, 2, 7, and 8, long and white on other

pregenital sterna and on sides of terga 2 and 3,

short and white on tergum 6, otherwise short and

black; most genital pile black; a mane of dense,

crinkly black hairs on each process of the ninth

sternite. Hypopygium (Fig. 3) robust.

Length, 19 mm.

Female—Pollen of head mostly golden, except

that that just above the antennae and on the

facial prominence is cinereous. Mystax with

upper tuft of hairs as in the male but with bristles

above the oral margin, except one aberrant one,

black. Very few pale hairs at bases of front and

middle femora. Costa not expanded and stump

vein at base of second submarginal cell much

longer than the vein connecting it with the radial

sector. First and second abdominal segments

brownish pollinose; apex of second tergum, third

and fourth terga except a large dorsal arrowhead-

shaped marking, pointed apically, on each, the

moderately interrupted basal and partial lateral

margins of the fourth tergum, a small sublateral

basal spot on the fifth tergum, the apex of the

second, base of the fifth, and all of the second,

third, and fourth sterna, cinereous pollinose;

eighth segment shining; the remaining parts of

the abdomen subshining, black. Eighth segment

slightly longer than the fifth, sixth, and seventh

combined. Otherwise, except sexually, as de-

scribed for the male.

Types—Holotype male, allotype female, Uroca

Peak, Honduras, March 9, 1947 (Morelos):

FEBRUARY 1953

State College of Washington type collection no.

173. The holotype is somewhat ‘‘greased,’”’ so

that part of the pollinose pattern is hard to

distinguish, but otherwise it is in good condition.

Remarks.—This species seems to fit best in

Hine’s carinatus group. The mesonotum is

compressed as in the more typical members of

that group, but the mesonotal crest is very

feeble, in fact, hardly discernible. In Hine’s

key (1919, pp. 107, 131) it runs best to jubatus,

with which it agrees in having the vestiture of

the pronotal declivity entirely black; jubatus

has a strong crest, however, and differs otherwise

in color characters. The male genitalia are of

the same general type as those of jubatus, though

they are more robust and differ considerably in

detail. The mesonotum is more strongly com-

pressed than in members of the barbatus group

and the vestiture of the mesonotal declivity and

of the scutellum is longer and denser.

Erax hubbelli, n. sp.

Best referable to Hine’s carinatus group, al-

though the lack of a mesonotal crest suggests the

barbatus group. A black species with bicolored

tibiae, coppery thoracic pollen, an expanded male

costa, and silvery pollinose sixth and seventh

abdominal segments in the male.

Male.—Pollen of head yellowish, becoming

coppery on front and vertex and on face above

facial prominence, more cinereous on facial

prominence and along inner occipital orbits.

Facial prominence strong. Bristles of mystax

black on upper, white on lower half; smaller

hairs of face mixed black and white; those above

antennae and on ocellar triangle black, long.

Beard white, occiput mostly with white vestiture,

most of the setae of the postocular fringe and a

group of four to six bristles on each side above,

and occasionally some of the adjacent hairs,

black. Antennae black with black hairs; ratio of

first, second, and third antennal segments and of

arista 12: 5: 10: 25. Palpi with black hair and

bristles. Proboscis shining, a tuft of stout white

setae below and some short white hairs apically.

Thorax with coppery pollen which becomes

yellowish on lower parts of pleura and cinereous

on mesonotal declivity over an indefinite area

in front of the scutellum; pollen of scutellum

cinereous, yellowish at base; a geminate median

vitta and three triangular spots on the meso-

notal declivity, one above each wing base and

one above the middle line of the scutellum,

JAMES: DIPTERA COLLECTED IN HONDURAS ol

devoid of pollen; a lateral oval spot on each

side of the mesonotal vitta, interrupted at the

suture, appearing pollinose only under certain

lights. Prothorax with black bristles and with

white pile anteriorly and black posteriorly;

scutellum with long white crinkly pile and with

two to four bristles, usually black, on each side;

thorax otherwise chiefly with black hair and

bristles. Legs chiefly black; tibiae reddish yellow,

distinctly black apically and less distinctly so

basally except on the hind pair; bristles of legs

black; pile and setulae of coxae yellow, more

whitish toward median line of body, those of

the underside of the middle and fore femora

basally whitish; pile of inner side of fore and

hind tibiae and basitarsi dense, short, velvety,

golden; vestiture of legs otherwise mainly black,

in many places with pale pile intermixed. Wings

with a slight tinge of brown; costa inflated;

stump vein of second submarginal cell very short.

Abdomen slender; sixth and seventh segments

wholly densely silvery pollinose; first segment,

sides of terga 2 to 5, and sterna 2 to 5, cinereous

pollinose; terga 2 to 5 subshining medially. A

few black bristles laterally on each side of ter-

gum 1, terga 4 and 5 with short black hairs,

terga 6 and 7 with short silvery hairs; pregenital

segments otherwise with rather long crinkly

whitish hairs. Eighth sternum transverse, not

produced apicad. Eighth segment and genitalia

shining black, the hypopygium (Fig. 4) largely

bluish-black. Ninth sternum with a dense ventral

crest of black, crinkly hairs. Vestiture of genitalia

black.

Length, 18 mm.

Types—Holotype male, Mount Caculatepe,

Morazdn, Honduras, 4,200—-4,500 feet, August

6, 1948 (T. H. Hubbell), no. 203, University of

Michigan Museum of Zoology. Paratype, male,

Escuela Agricola Panamericana, Zamorana,

Mount Caculatepe, Morazin, Honduras, 4,600—

5,200 feet, August 6, 1948 (Hubbell), no. 204.

Remarks.—In Hine’s key (1919, pp. 107, 108,

131) this species runs to bzcolor Bellardi, if

traced to the barbatus group, where the lack of a

mesonotal crest would tend to place it, or to

couplet 6 of the carinatus group, where the lack

of a crest would prevent it from tracing further.

E. bicolor is quite a differently appearing species,

with a more evenly rounded mesonotum, a dis-

tinctly grayish pollinose body, a predominantly

white pile, and a different hypopygium.

This species, in which the mesonotal crest is

52 JOURNAL OF THE

lacking, and the preceding one, in which it is

feeble, do not fit well into the carinatus group,

as Hine defines it. However, among the species

which Hine refers to that group, the crest varies

considerably in its density, from a very heavy

one in such species as jubatus Williston and sub-

cupreus Schaeffer to a thin one in cressoni Hine.

In the light of this fact, cockerellorum and hub-

belli do not seem so anomalous. In these two

Species, as in other members of the group, the

facial prominence is very sharply defined, es-

pecially above; the third antennal segment is

short, lanceolate, and not more than two-fifths

the length of the arista; the hairs of the meso-

notal declivity and of the scutellum are long and

dense; the number of scutellar bristles is small,

usually not more than six; the wing of the male

has an expanded costa and a very short, some-

times evanescent, stump-vein at the base of the

second submarginal cell; and the male genitalia

fit a common pattern.

Hrax unicolor Bellardi, 1861. Saggio di dit-

terologia Messicana 2: 37. Zamorano, January

1, 1947 (Cisneros), 1 male, and December 17,

1946, 1 female; Agua Amarilla, December 15,

1946, 1 male.

EHrax argyrogaster Macquart, 1846. Dipteres

exotiques, Suppl. 1: 84. Negrito, March 27, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 148, 1 male, 2 females.

Erax interruptus (Macquart), 1834. Histoire

naturelle des diptéres 1: 310 (Asilus). Escuela

Agricola Panamericana, Zamorano, Morazan,

July 26, 1948 (Hubbell), 2,600 feet, plain, no.

146, 1 male; same, July 10, 1948 (Hubbell),

plains, 2,700 feet, no. 50, 1 male, 2 females;

same, July 11, 1948 (Hubbell), flats, Yeguare

River, no. 59, 1 female; Galeras, October 19,

1946 (G. Vidales), 1 female.

Erax triton Osten Sacken, 1887. Biologia

Centrali-Americana, Diptera, 1: 200. Zamorano,

March 28, 1947 (Adan Oseguero).

Pachychoeta complicata, n. sp.

A black species with predominantly yellow

legs, yellowish-brown mesonotal pollen, and

lightly infumated wings.

Male.—Head black, the pollen mostly white

with a slightly yellow cast, that on the front and

vertex distinctly yellow. Bristles and setulae of

front, vertex, upper part of occiput, uppermost

part of mystax, first two antennal segments, and,

in part, of palpi, black; the short hairs near apex

of proboscis yellow; vestiture of head otherwise

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 2

white. Ratio of antennal segments and arista

16: 7: 11: 37; arista distinctly though narrowly

flattened apically and terminating in a lanceolate

process followed by a short spine. Antenna

mostly black, the second segment and the third

in part reddish.

Thorax black, the pale-pollinose areas yellowish

brown on mesonotum, upper parts of pleura, and

base of scutellum, the pollen otherwise whitish

with yellow reflections; mesonotum with a

median broad blackish-pollinose (reddish brown

in some lights) geminate stripe extending from

its anterior margin to a point halfway from the

suture to the scutellum; an oval presutural and

a similar postsutural spot on each side; behind

these, a triangular spot on each side and a median

prescutellar triangle. Vestiture black on mesono-

tum, scutellum, and uppermost parts of meso-

pleura; a few yellow pronotal bristles; vestiture

otherwise white.

Legs largely reddish yellow; coxae and tro-

chanters black, pollen as on thoracic pleura;

extreme apex of middle and apical third to half

of hind femur blackish; hind tibia blackish on

approximately the apical half: front and middle

tarsi brownish beyond the basitarsi, hind tarsus

wholly brownish. Fine, erect hairs of legs mostly

pale, the appressed and stiffer ones, however,

black; hind femur with both black and yellowish

appressed hairs, however; bristles mostly black

except on fore femur; front and hind tibiae and

tarsi with matted yellow to golden pile below.

Halteres yellow. Wings lightly infumated, dis-

tinctly darker posteriorly and apically.

Abdomen black; apex of first, sides of second

to fifth, and venter of first to fifth segments,

whitish pollinose; terga 1 to 5 on dise brownish-

black pollinose, this pollen extending, in a paler

color, onto dise of tergum 6 at its base and, very

narrowly, onto base of tergum 7; apices of terga

2 to 5 lighter brown pollinose; segments 6 and 7

ventrally and, except as noted above, dorsally,

silvery pollinose. Long pile on sides and venter,

especially toward base of abdomen, and bristles

at apices of segments, white; appressed hairs of

terga mixed black and white. Genitalia as in Fig.

6; shining, mostly black, the inner parts reddish,

blackish to reddish-brown pilose; hypopygium

basally on dorsal side with a dense tuft of long

black bristles and ventrolaterally on the bulbous

part with a group of five to six very long black

bristles and several shorter hairs, its terminal

digitate process with curly, moderately short,

Fespruary 1953 JAMES:

reddish brown hairs below; ninth sternite pro-

longed beyond other terminalia, provided with

long dense reddish brown hairs laterally and

apically, a few black bristles ventrally at the

apex, and with mostly black hairs and setulae

on its ventral surface.

Length, 17 mm.

Types—Holotype male, Tela, Guaimas Dist.,

May 10, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 508; University of

Michigan Museum of Zoology. Paratypes: male,

same data; male, same data but May 2, 1923,

no. 436.

Remarks—This species agrees in most respects

with the description and figures of Eraz annulipes

(Brazil) given by Macquart, so far as the de-

scription of a female may fit a male; however, in

annulipes the wing is figured and described as

being uniformly infumated and the thorax and

abdomen are said to be gray-pollinose. In view

oi these discrepancies, I feel reasonably safe in

considering the present form distinct.

Proctacanthus caudatus Hine, 1911, Ann. Ent.

Soc. Amer. 4: 159. The series before me seems to

be this species, the only discrepancy with Hine’s

description being that the mystax is partly black;

the extent of the black is variable, however, in

these five specimens, no two being alike; the black

may be limited to most of the strong bristles on

the oral margin, at one extreme, or, at the other,

may involve also most of the setulae above this

row. Curran (1934a) does not include caudatus

in his key; depending on whether the mystax

were partly black or wholly yellow, it would run

to dina Curran, couplet 9, except that the apical

lamellae of the ovipositor have only marginal

spines, or to fulviventris Macquart, from which

Hine’s key will readily separate it. In the series

before me, all thoracic bristles and all hairs and

setulae of the mesonotum and scutellum are

black; the hairs and setulae of the vertex and, in

general, of the upper parts of the pleura, part of

the pronotal vestiture, the postocular bristles,

and, usually, the tuft of two to four bristles

arising among the pale hairs at the sides of the

first abdominal segment, are black. The pale

pollen of the mesonotum varies from gray to

chocolate brown. The male genitalia are as in

Fig. 5: the hypopygium is black-haired above,

yellow-haired below.

Honduras records —Tela, May 5, 1923 (T. H.

Hubbell), no. 478, 1 male; Tela, May 21, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 601, 1 male; Tela, July 5, 1924, 1

male, | female, in copula (U. S. National Mu-

DIPTERA COLLECTED IN HONDURAS 53

seum); Escuela Agricola Panamericana, Zamo-

rano, July 24, 1948 (Hubbell), 2,250 feet, flat

Yeguare River, no. 141, 1 male.

Promachus cinctus Bellardi, 1861. Saggio di

ditterologia Messicana 2: 25. Tela, Guaimas

Dist.: May 5, 1923 (T. H. Hubbell), no. 470, 1

female; May 2, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 442, 1 female;

May 10, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 529, 1 female; May

9, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 505, 1 male; May 8, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 492, 1 male; May 10, 1923 (Hub-

bell), no. 508, 1 female: May 12, 1923 (Hubbell).

no. 535, 1 female: May 9, 1923 (Hubbell), no.

497, 1 male. Progresso, May 1, 1923 (Hubbell),

no. 497, 1 male.

Promachus forfexr Osten Sacken, 1887. Biologia

Centrali-Americana, Diptera; 1: 194. Tela,

Guaimas Dist., May 10, 1923 (T. H. Hubbell),

no. 508, 1 male.

Promachina trapezoidalis (Bellardi), 1861.

Saggio di Ditterologia Messicana 2: 28 (Pro-

machus). Tela, Guaimas Dist.: May 3, 1923

(T. H. Hubbell), no. 452, 1 female; May 2, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 440, 1 male, 2 females; May 9,

1923 (Hubbell), no. 497, 2 females; May 12, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 535, 1 female; May 2, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 442, 1 male; May 10, 1923 (Hub-

bell), no. 527, 1 female. Progreso, May 1, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 544, Choluteca River bridge,

Tegucigalpa-Danli Road, 1,950 feet, El Paraiso

Dist., July 25, 1948 (Hubbell), no. 142, 1 male.

Mallophora freycineti Macquart, 1839. Diptéres

exotiques 1(2): 85. Zamorano, March 28, 1947

(Salazar), 1 male.

Mallophora sp. This species traces to abana

Curran in Curran’s key (1934b), but it does not

fit the description of that species. It is probably

new, but I do not feel secure in describing it as

such. Tela, Guaimas Dist., May 3, 1923 (T. H.

Hubbell), no. 452, 1 male.

Atomosia hondurana, n. sp.

Close to rujipes Macquart, but with about the

apical half of the hind tibia, a preapical band

on the hind femur, at least the last two tarsomeres

of the hind tarsus, and the postalar callus black.

Male-—Head black, entirely covered with

pollen which is yellowish on the vertex and upper

occiput, otherwise silvery; mystax, beard, and

pile of palpi and proboscis white; that of vertex

and antennae yellow, except that it becomes

black at the apex of the first and second antennal

segments; ocellar bristles one pair, yellow; first

antennal segment with an outstanding yellow

54 JOURNAL OF THE

bristle. Antennae structurally as in ru/fipes,

elongated, first segment about twice second in

length, third with the short dorsal spine a little

beyond its middle; black, second segment red-

dish. Palpi black; proboscis shining black.

Thorax including postalar callus wholly black;

mesonotum with appressed brassy tomentum

and with semierect hairs on middle line and in

dorsocentral rows; mesonotum from _ posterior

view appearing to have two longitudinal tomen-

tose vittae. Scutellum with two pairs of marginal

bristles, the outer ones small and sometimes

difficult to distinguish. Pleura silvery-pollinose,

hairs mostly white, those on upper part more

yellowish. Coxae black, silvery pollinose and

pilose; front and middle femora and tibiae wholly

yellow with white to yellow hairs and bristles;

hind femur with a broad preapical black annulus,

otherwise yellow; hind tibia black on the apical

half or sometimes more, otherwise yellow; pile

of legs mostly white, bristles white to yellow;

a fringe of white hairs ventrally on the hind tibia

and femur, denser on the former. Front and

middle tarsi each with apical tarsomere black

with black hairs, otherwise yellow with yellow

hairs and bristles; hind tarsus with usually last

four tarsomeres wholly black, at least above, the

hairs and bristles mixed black and yellow. Wings

hyaline, veins brown; first posterior cell usually

closed in the margin.

Abdomen black, shining bluish in certain

lights; terga 2 to 5 very narrowly margined

posteriorly with silvery pollen, the margins a

little broader laterally; brassy yellow tomentum

dorsally on the segments, white pile laterally

and ventrally. Hypopygium black; genitalia

ventrally yellow, yellow-haired.

Length, 8 mm.

Female——Very much like the male, but on

the average slightly larger and a little more

~ robust.

Types-——Holotype male, Escuela Agricola

Panamericana, Zamorano, 2,600 feet, at light,

July 14, 1948 (T. H. Hubbell); University of

Michigan Museum of Zoology. Allotype female,

same data but July 11, 1948, on gardenia (Hub-

bell), no. 58. Paratopotypes: 5 females, same

data as allotype; 2 males, 3 females, July 4,

1948 (Hubbell), on gardenia, no. 25; 3 males,

5 females, July 9, 1948 (Hubbell), tall weeds,

no. 45; 1 male, July 2, 1948 (Hubbell), 2,550

feet, flats, Yeguare River, no. 18; 1 male, Aug.

16, 1948 (Hubbell), on citrus, no. 225; 1 female,

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 2

July 1, 1948 (Hubbell), roadside, no. 10; 1 female,

July 29, 1948 (Hubbell), thicket, no. 162.

Remarks.—There is some variation in the

color of the legs. The hind tarsus is usually as

described, though the black may exceptionally

be limited to the last two or three segments. The

black on the hind tibia and femur may be more

extensive, so that the segments may be more

than half black. The black coloration is usually

quite distinct and may have a metallic blue

sheen.

In Curran’s (1930) key this species traces to

tenuis Curran from Brazil, from which it may

readily be distinguished by the wholly pollinose

vertex, occiput, and pleura; in Hermann’s (1912)

key it runs to glabrata (Say), but in that species

the first antennal segment is shorter and the

pattern of leg coloration is different. The brief

original description of anonyma Williston agrees

with my specimens, so far as it goes, but according

to Curran’s key anonyma has six or more ocellar

bristles. The closest relationship, so far as I can

determine, is with rufipes Macquart and species

of that complex; this may be a subspecies of

rufipes.

Cerotainia minima Curran, 1930. Amer. Mus.

Nov., no. 425: 12. Escuela Agricola Panameri-

cana, Zamorano, Morazdn: July 9, 1948 (T. H.

Hubbell), tall weeds, no. 45, 3 males, 3 females;

July 19, 1948 (Hubbell), weed thicket, no. 106,

2 males, 8 females; July 22, 1948 (Hubbell),

herbage and brush, no. 125, 1 male; July 6,

1948 (Hubbell), on rose, 2 females: July 15,

1948 (Hubbell), on citrus, no. 76, 1 female:

July 1, 1948 (Hubbell), roadside, no. 10, 1 female.

Zamorano, October 10, 1946, (Cisneros), 1 female;

October 1946 (A. Carr), 1 female.

Cerotainia ornatipes, n. sp.

A black species with robust females, more

slender males; the thorax thickly and entirely

black-haired; the tarsi, except the apical segment

of each, yellow, those of the male, especially the

fore and middle pair, with appressed silvery

hairs apically; the wing strongly clouded on the

basal half.

Male—Head black, covered with an och-

raceous pollen anteriorly and on the vertex and a

silvery pollen on the occiput; mystax white with

a few scattered black bristles; pile of head other-

wise mostly white, the beard silvery; ocellar

bristles two, yellow, in addition a few yellowish

hairs on the ocellar triangle; occipital bristles

FEeBRuARY 1953

JAMES: DIPTERA COLLECTED IN HONDURAS ay)

black, not rising from tubercles. Anten n ae elon-(W. P. Cockerell) and December 25, 1946 (T.

gated, structurally much as in dasythrix; first

segment eight to nine times as long as wide, about

four times length of second; third segment miss-

ing in both males of the type series, presumably

much as in the female; antennae black, black-

haired, the first segment with an outstanding

black, bristle below, the second with one below

and one above. Proboscis black, black- and white-

haired.

Thorax entirely black; mesonotum and scutel-

lum with distinct bluish reflections when viewed

under magnification; prothorax except pronotal

collar, humeri, pleura, and metathorax pollinose,

the pollen mostly ochraceous; all thoracic bristles

and pile black, that of the mesonotum erect

and dense; scutellum with an apical fringe of

hairlike bristles which are distinctly longer than

the pile of the disc. Mesopleura only moderately

convex, not unusually swollen. Coxae black,

ochraceous pollinose; femora black with bluish

reflections as on the mesonotum; tibiae yellow

with considerable infuscation, the hind one with a

weak bluish reflection; tarsi bright yellow except

apical tarsomere of each, which is black. Pile

and bristles of fore and middle tarsi yellow, the

pile becoming silvery and appressed dorsally

on the last two tarsomeres; bristles of hind tarsus

black, its pile yellow ventrally, black dorsally

on the basal tarsomeres, with some yellow pile

on the third and some yellow and silvery on the

last two tarsomeres; pile and bristles of the coxae,

femora, and tibiae wholly black. Wing distinctly

brown at base and along costal margin, gradually

becoming subhyaline apically and_ posteriorly.

Halteres infuscated.

Abdomen elongated, tapering almost to a

point; terga black with reflections as on the

mesonotum, sterna densely ochraceous pollinose;

vestiture black, with quite a few rather incon-

spicuous yellow appressed hairs on the fifth and

sixth terga. Genitalia yellow, yellow-haired.

Length, 6-6.5 mm.

Female —More robust than the male, especially

the abdomen. Ratio of antennal segments 55:

15: 70. Pile of tarsi black dorsally, yellow ven-

trally; no silvery tarsal pile as in the male.

Abdomen oval.

Types.— Holotype, male, Zamorano, January

14, 1947 (W. P. Cockerell); State College of

Washington Type Collection no. 174. Allotype

female, Zamorano, January 29, 1947. Paratopo-

types: 2 females, Zamorano, December 7, 1946

D. A. Cockerell); 1 male, January 29, 1947.

Remarks.—The relationship to C. dasythrix

Hermann seems to be very close. It traces there

in both Curran’s (1930) and Hermann’s (1912)

keys, and the antennal structure is precisely as

illustrated by Hermann. According to the de-

scription of dasythrix, however, in that species

the mystax and the pale vestiture of the head

are yellow, there is a transverse band of golden

hair behind the humeri, the tarsi are (wholly?)

reddish brown and only the middle pair has

silvery hair dorsally, and the body has a dark

green (thorax) or brownish green to violet (ab-

domen) reflection.

Taracticus argentifacies, n. sp.

A black species with predominantly black

legs. predominantly silvery pollinose head and

thorax, and small spinelike setulae forming most

of the mesonotal vestiture.

Male.—Head black, almost wholly covered

with silvery pollen which is densest on the face

and lower part of the occiput; the ocellar triangle

at most in part subshining posteriorly. Mystax

and beard white; bristles of occipital fringe

yellow; ocellar triangle with one or two (one on

one side, two on the other, in the type) pairs of

small yellow bristles. Palpi and proboscis shining

black with white hairs, the short ones at the

apex of the proboscis yellow. Antennae black;

the dorsal spine of the third segment set at about

three-fifths the length of the segment.

Thorax wholly black. Prothorax mostly silvery

pollinose with white hairs and yellow pronotal

bristles. Mesonotum largely lightly silvery to

cinereous tomentose; posterior part of humerus,

a rectangular presutural lateral area, a small

spot above the wing base, the postalar callus,

and a preapical rim of the scutellum, shining; a

pair of yellowish-pollinose stripes on the mesono-

tum, arising behind the suture and bowed

strongly outward toward the humeri, contrasting

with the rest of the mesonotal pollen. (The exact

extent of the mesonotal and scutellar pollen is a

little hard to determine because parts of these

areas have been smeared with adhesive.) Meso-

notum provided with numerous yellow spinelike

setulae or short stout bristles and with hardly

any softer hairs; hairs and bristles of pleura white.

Scutellum with one pair of small yellow bristles.

Legs mainly black, shining or subshining except

the coxae; knees and bases of the hind femur,

56 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

tibia, and basitarsus yellow; pile and bristles of

legs yellow. Wing hyaline, the veins brown;

fourth posterior cell very little narrowed. Halteres

yellow.

Abdomen mostly black, seventh and genital

segments vellow; terga with numerous setulose

punctures, the setulae yellow to golden, laterally

becoming pale yellow to white toward the base

of the abdomen. Terga 1 to 4 each with a trans-

verse rectangular silvery-pollinose spot apically

on each side, these spots confined to about the

lateral fourth of the segments; a very small

round spot, removed from both apical and lateral

margins, representing a remnant of such a spot

on tergum 5; sterna cinereous-pollinose with

scattered, fine white hairs. Genitalia yellow,

yellow-haired.

Length, 7 mm.

Type.—Holotype male, Dept. Morazdn, ridge

between La Montafita and C. Uyuca, 5+ km

southwest of Suyapa, 5,200-5,400 feet, August

5, 1948 (T. H. Hubbell), fir woods; Museum of

Zoology, University of Michigan.

Remarks—tIn Pritchard’s (1938) key this

species runs to vitripennis (Bellardi) from which

it may readily be distinguished by the ochraceous

face, the mostly shining mesonotum, and other

characters. If the small pollinose area on the

fifth tergum is taken into consideration in Pritch-

ard’s key, this species will run to nigripes

Williston, from which the bare ocellar triangle,

the ochraceous thoracic pollen, the silvery lateral

bar of the sixth abdominal segment, and other

characters will distinguish it. The relationship

to nigripes seems to be very close.

Andrenosoma (Pilica) erythrogaster (Wiede-

mann), 1828. Aussereuropdische Zweifliigelige

Insekten 1: 523 (Laphria). Tela, Guaimas Dist.,

May 5, 1923 (T. H. Hubbell), no. 478, 1 male,

no. 470, 1 female; same, May 3, 1923 (Hubbell),

no. 452. 1 female.

Laphria marginalis Williston, 1901. Biologia

Centrali-Americana, Diptera, 1: 318. Negrito,

March 19, 1923 (T. H. Hubbell), no. 128, 1

female.

Lampria (?mexicana Macquart), 1847. Dipteres

exotiques, Suppl. 2: 37. Tela, May 27, 1923

(T. H. Hubbell), Jilamo farm, no. 645, 1 female.

Aphestia nigra Bigot, 1878. Ann. Soc. Ent.

France (5) 8: 235. Tela, Guaimas Dist., May 3,

1923 (T. H. Hubbell), no. 452, and May 5, 1923

(Hubbell), no. 473, 1 male, 1 female.

Psilicurus caudatus Williston, 1901. Biologia

VOL. 43, NO. 2

Centrali-Americana, Diptera, 1: 308. Tela, Guai-

mas Dist., May 1, 1923 (T. H. Hubbell), no.

414, 1 female, May 3, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 452,

1 male, and May 10. 1923 (Hubbell), no. 527,

1 male.

Stichopogon trifasciatus (Say), 1823. Journ.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 3: 51 (Dasypogon).

Zamorano, December 6, 1946 (W. P. Cockerell),

1 male; Progreso, March 28, 1923 (Hubbell),

no. 150, 1 male; Tela, March 10, 1923 (Hubbell),

no. 47, and May 21, 1923 (Hubbell), no. 596, 2

females.

Holcocephala deltoidea (Bellardi), 1861. Saggio

di ditterologia Messicana 2: 85 (Discocephala).

Zamorano, January 15, 1947 (Dorothy Wiley),

1 male.

Holcocephala oculata (Fabricius), 1805. Sys-

tema antiliatarum: 151 (Dzoctria). Tela, April 28,

1923 (T. H. Hubbell), no. 406, 1 male; Tela,

Guaimas Dist., March 17, 1923 (Hubbell), no.

115, 1 male; Rio Claura, April 13, 1923 (Hubbell),

no. 264, 1 female.

Helcocephala affinis (Bellardi), 1861. Saggio

di ditterologia Messicana 2: 86 (Discocephala).

Rio Paulaya, Barranco, April 16, 1923 (Hubbell),

no. 290, 1 female. The above specimen agrees

with the characterization given by Pritchard

(1938), who stated that the species had not been

recognized again since its original description.

Diogmites ialapensis (Bellardi), 1861. Saggio

di ditterologia Messicana 2: 65 (Saropogon).

Tela, Dakota farm, May 26, 1923 (T. H. Hub-

bell), no. 639, 1 male; Zamorano, Escuela Agri-

cola Panamericana, 2600’, July 1, 1948 (Hub-

bell), roadside, no. 10, and 2,550 feet, July 2,

1948 (Hubbell), flats. Yeguare River, no. 18,

2 females.

Lissoteles hermannit Bezzi, 1910. Boll. Lab.

Zool. Generale e Agraria, Portici, 4: 178. Bezzi

described this species from a single female. My

specimen fits his description very well except for

the thoracic pattern, which may very well be

subject to variation. Bezzi described the mesono-

tum as gray-tomentose with a pair of not very

distinct brown longitudinal stripes which diverge

anteriorly. My specimen has two crescentric

brown spots behind the humeri; these may well

be the diverging anterior arms of these stripes,

which otherwise do not seem to appear. There is

a small brown bar about half way between each

humerus and the suture and removed some dis-

tance from the notopleural suture; just behind

the suture and above the wing base there is a

FEBRUARY 1953

round subshining black spot bordered with brown

pollen below. Bezzi described the scutellum as

having no macrochaetae; it does, however, have

numerous long erect hairs, especially toward its

sypex, some of which are almost bristlelike. Bezzi

is uncertain about the abdominal pollen since

in his specimen the abdomen is not in a good state

or preservation (‘“‘greased’”’?). In my specimen

the abdominal terga, especially 2 to 6 inclusively,

are cinereous pollinose at the bases and sides,

briefly so also apically, but with gray pollen, in

djaces with somewhat of a yellow tinge, in the

middle.

Honduras record.—Puerto Castilla, May 3,

1923 (T. H. Hubbell), no. 2, 1 female.

LITERATURE CITED

BroMuLey,S.W. Asilidae, in Curran, C. H., The

Diptera of Kartabo, Bartica District, British

Guiana. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 66 (3):

327-360. 1934.

The robber flies of Brazil.

Livro de ho-

MATTOX: NEW SPECIES

OF EULIMNADIA Ni

menagem a R. R. d’Almeida, no. 8: 103-120.

1946.

CaRRERA, Messias.. Synoptical keys for the genera

of Brazilian ‘‘Asilidae’’? (Diptera). Rev.

Brasil. Biol. 10 (1): 99-111. 1950.

CurrRAN, C. H. New American Asilidae (Dip-

tera). Amer. Mus. Nov., no. 425:1-21. 1930.

. The families and genera of North American

Diptera, 512 pp. New York, 1934.

HERMANN,F. Bettrdge zur Kenntnis der stidameri-

kanischer Dipterenfauna aus Grund der Sam-

melergebnisse eines Reise in Chile, Peru, und

Bolivia. Asilidae. Nova Acta Abh. Kais.

Leop.-Carol. Deutsch. Akad. Naturf. 96:

1-275. 1912.

HINE, JAMES 8S. Costa Rican Diptera collected by

Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., 1909-1910. Paper 2:

Tabanidae and Asilidae. Trans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. 43: 291-299. 1917.

Robberflies of the genus Erax.

Soc. Amer. 12: 103-157. 1919.

PritcHaRD, A. Earu. Revision of the robberfly

genus Taracticus Loew with descriptions of

three new species (Diptera, Asilidae). Journ.

New York Ent. Soc. 46: 179-190. 1938.

Ann. Ent.

ZOOLOGY .—Two new species of Eulimnadia from Maryland and Virginia (Crus-

tacea: Conchostraca). N. T. Matrox, University of Southern California.! (Com-

municated by Fenner A. Chace, Jr.)

During the course of studies of the con-

chostracan phyllopods in the collections of

the U.S. National Museum two new mem-

bers of the genus Hulimnadia were found.

These animals were represented in 13 col-

lections from temporary pools found in 3

different localities.

Eulimnadia ventricosa, n. sp.

Description—Male: With characters of the

genus (Packard, 1883, and Daday, 1926). The

bivalve shell is amber colored, transparent, and

elongately oval (Fig. 1, a). The dorsal margin is

slightly rounded with the highest elevation

(umbo) approximately two-fifths the length from

the anterior margin. The ventral margin of the

shell is greatly rounded, with the posterior end

more truncate than the anterior. The length of

the shell averages 8.5 mm with an average height

of 5.2 mm. The lines of growth vary in number

from 8 to 12, with the outer ones very closely

spaced.

The head possesses the typical frontal organ

1 Department of Zoology, Allan Hancock Foun-

eation. Allan Haneoek Foundation Contribution

No. 108.

(Fig. 1, c). The front is straight dorsally, but

prominently extended ventrally forming a con-

spicuous rostrum. The scape of the second

antennae extends beyond the tip of the rostrum.

Each flagellum of the second antennae is variously

spined and has nine segments, the posterior one

being longer than the anterior. The first antennae

are longer than in the female, extending to the

distal end of the third segment of the flagellum

of the second antennae. The first antennae possess

9 or 10 dorsal sensory papillae.

The body bears 18 pairs of swimming legs. The

first and second pair are modified into the claw-

hike gnathopods typical of the genus. The two

segments of the sixth endite of the first pair of

gnathopods are of the same length (Fig. 1, e).

The terminal segment of the sixth endite of the

second gnathopod is approximately twice the

length of the proximal segment and is much

longer than that of the first gnathopod (Fig. 1,

f). The posterior 10 to 12 body segments bear

middorsal spines.

The telson is elongate, the ventral margin

much shortened extending only one-third the

distance of the dorsal margin (Fig. 1, g). The

dorsal ridges of the telson are variously spined

with 14 to 16 pairs of spines. The terminal telson

58 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

claws are elongate and tapered, extending pos-

teriorly to a distance equal to the length of the

dorsal margin. The dorsal forked filament arises

between the third and fourth pair of telson spines.

Female: The female shell is much more

rounded, ventricose, in outline (Fig. 1, 6). Both

the dorsal and ventral margins are very rounded

with the greatest height near the center. The

length of the shell in mature females varies from

7.7 to 10.7 mm, and the height varies from 5.3 to

6.8 mm. The average size of those measured is

8.9 mm by 6.1 mm. The number of growth lines

averages 10, with a variation of 8 to 12.

The front of the head is much less concave

than in the male with the rostrum less pro-

nounced (Fig. 1, d). The second antennae are

similar to those of the male. The first antennae

are much reduced, not extending beyond the

distal end of the scape of the second antennae.

The swimming legs, 18 pairs, are unspecialized,

being of the general, swimming type characteristic

of the genus.

The telson is similar to that of the male with

14 to 19 pair of dorsal spines, 15 pairs is the

average number.

Type locality——Bear Island, Potomac River,

Montgomery County, Md.

Types.—Holotype, male, U.S.N.M. no. 93439;

paratypes, both sexes, U.S.N.M. no. 93440, and

in writer’s collection.

Remarks.—Eulimnadia ventricosa more closely

resembles EH. stoningtonensis Berry than any other

North American species of the genus. EF. ventri-

cosa differs from stoningtonensis in the longer first

antennae of the male; the greater number of

telson spines, 14 being the maximum number in

stoningtonensis; the origin of the forked filament

of the telson between the third and fourth spines

instead of between the fifth and sixth as in

stoningtonensis; the more pronounced rostrum;

a shell length-height ratio of 1.6 to 1 as against

a 1.4 to 1 ratio for stoningtonensis; up to 12 growth

lines in contrast to 10 for stoningtonensis; and a

maximum size up to 10.7 mm, with 8.5 mm the

longest shell length for stoningtonensis. Compared

to other North American species E. ventricosa is

larger, more ventricose, and has more lines of

growth than any other member of the genus.

Eulimnadia ventricosa is represented in nine

collections. This species was taken in seven col-

lections from Bear Island, Md., by Robert S.

Bray during July and September, 1941. Notes

on the environment for these collections indicate

VOL. 43, NO. 2

that they were taken in small temporary pools

with a recorded temperature variation of 71 to

88°F. and a pH variation of 6.4 to 6.7. In these

collections there were 90 females and 9 males

indicating a greater ratio of females than males

as seems to be the case for other species of the

genus.

The species is also represented in a collection

of 16 females and 2 males taken at Lilypons,

Frederick County, Md., by O. L. Meehean on

July 12, 1937. Also, there was one female in a

collection of Cyzicus mexicanus made by Eric

Tuttle in a temporary pool between Chain Bridge

and Georgetown, D. C., on July 18, 1950,

Eulimnadia francesae, n. sp.

Description.—Male: The bivalve shell (Fig.

1, h) is pale yellow, transparent, and very much

elongate. The dorsal margin is nearly straight

with only a slight elevation near the center of the

shell. The ventral margin is regularly rounded.

The shell length varies in mature males from 4.3

mm, with a height of 2.56 mm, to 4.5 by 2.7 mm.

There are 1 or 2 lines of growth, with 2 the

common number, located near the outer margin.

The head possesses the typical, dorsal pyriform

frontal organ (Fig. 1, 7). The front is very

straight, only slightly concave. The scape of the

second antennae is short, extending only slightly

beyond the tip of the rostrum. The flagella of the

second antennae are variously spined, 9 seg-

mented, and are relatively short. The first

antennae with 10 to 12 dorsal papillae extends

to the distal end of the fifth segment of the second

antennae flagella.

The body bears 18 pairs of swimming legs. The

first and second pairs are modified gnathopods.

The sixth endite of the first gnathopod is shorter

than the length of the “claw” portion (Fig. 1, /).

The two segments of the sixth endite of the second

gnathopod are of equal length. (Fig. 1, m).

The telson is truncate in general form (Fig.

1, n). The dorsal ridges are armed with 9 to 11

spines. The dorsal forked filament arises between

the second and third pairs of spines. The terminal

telson claws are elongated; they extend pos-

teriorly less than the length of the dorsal telson

margin.

Female: The shell is elongately oval with the

dorsal margin slightly elevated (Fig. 1, 7). The

ventral margin is regularly and prominently

rounded with the greatest height near the center

of the shell. The number of growth lines on

FEBRUARY 1953 MATTOX: NEW SPECIES OF EULIMNADIA 59

mature individuals varies from 2 to 4 with the to that of the male (Fig. 1, k). The front is only

greater number possessing 3 lines. slightly concave and the dorsal surface is very

The head of the female is very similar in form convex with the occipital notch very conspicuous.

Fig. 1.—a-g, Eulimnadia ventricosa, n. sp.: a, Shell of male; 6, shell of female; c, head of male; d,

head of female; e, first gnathopod of male; f, second gnathopod of male; g, telson. h-n, Eulimnadia

francesae, n. sp.: h, Shell of male; 7, shell of female; 7, head of male; k, head of female; /, first gnathopod

of male; m, second gnathopod of male; n, telson. Scales: a, 6, h, 1 equal 1 mm; all others 0.5 mm.

60 JOURNAL OF THE

The second antennae have a longer scape than

the male. The flagella of the second antennae are

9 segmented and are of equal length as in the

male.

The 18 pairs of swimming legs are of the

characteristic type of phyllopod swimming ap-

pendages.

The telson is similar to that of the male with

9 to 11 dorsal spines; 10 is the typical number.

Type locality Bear Island, Potomac River,

Montgomery County, Md.

Types.—Holotype, male, U.S.N.M. no. 93446,

paratypes, both sexes, U.S.N.M. no. 93447, and

in the collection of the writer.

Remarks.—Eulimnadia francesae resembles E.

diversa Mattox more than the other species in

the genus. The distinctive differences between

these two species are as follows: Shell of E.

francesae is more elongate; the front of the head

is more concave in FH. diversa; the frontal organ

is more dorsal in EF. francesae; the occipital notch

is more conspicuous, deeper, in FE. francesae; in

the relative length of the second antennae those

of E. francesae are shorter than E. diversa; the

first antennae of the male are longer in #£.

francesae; the equal length of the flagella of the

second antennae is distinctive; HL. francesae has a

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCE VOL. 43, NO. 2

normal number of 10 telson spines while £.

diversa has an average of 12; and the ventral

telson claws of H. francesae are not as elongate

as those of EH. diversa. The elongate shell, the

small size, and the small number of growth

lines, make HE. francesae different from all other

North American species of the genus except

E. alineata Mattox which has no lines of growth.

This species is represented in four collections

all from Bear Island, Md., and collected by

Robert 8. Bray during July 1941. These animals

were found in temporary pools with a recorded

average temperature of 80°F. and a pH of 6.2.

In the four collections there are 102 females and

17 males, again indicating the unequal ratio of

the sexes typical of the genus.

REFERENCES

Berry, E. W. Description and notes on the life

history of a new species of Eulimnadia. Amer.

Journ. Sci. (5) 11: 429-433. 1926.

Dapbay DE Dress, E. Monographie systematique des

phyllopodes conchcstraces, Triseme Partie.

Ann. Sei. Nat. Zool. (10) 11: 1-81. 1926.

Matrox, N. T. Studies of the life history of a new

species of fairy shrimp, Eulimnadia diversa.

Trans. Amer. Mier. Soc. (2) 56: 249-255. 1937.

PacKarD, A. 8. A monograph on the phyllopod

Crustacea of North America. 12th Ann. Rep.

U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Hayden, 1: 1883.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY

457TH MEETING OF BOARD OF MANAGERS

The 457th meeting of the Board of Managers,

held for the first time in the Board Room of the

new quarters of the Cosmos Club, 2121 Massa-

chusetts Avenue, on October 13, 1952, was called

to order at 8:07 p.m. by President RAMBERG,

with the following in attendance: WALTER Ram-

BERG, FRANK M. Serzupr, F. M. DEFANDORF,

H. 8S. Rappieye, J. A. STEVENSON, HaRatp A.

ReuHDER, WiuuiaAM F. FosHac, A. T. McPHER-

SON, SARA E. BRANHAM, RoGesrR G. Bates, A. G.

McNisu, JoHn K. Taytor, C. A. Brerrs, A. H.

Scott, L. A. Sprnpuer, A. M. Grirrin, N. R.

Evuis, E. H. Watker, L. E. Yocum, and, by

special invitation, F. N. FRENKIEL.

The President announced that the November

meeting would be addressed by John Hagen,

of the Naval Research Laboratory, on Radio

astronomy.

ARCHIBALD T. McPHeERSOoN, chairman of the

Committee on Encouragement of Science Talent,

presented the following report:

Junior Academy.—The organization of the

Washington Junior Academy of Sciences was con-

summated on June 13, 1952, at a meeting held in

the Cosmos Club. Watson Davis, director of

Science Service, addressed the meeting on Science

for Youth. The Committee designated about 85

students and 40 recent graduates of secondary

schools in the Greater Washington area as mem-

bers and alumni members, respectively. The selec-

tion was based on tangible achievements such as

the winning of recognition in science fairs, science

talent searches, or related activities. The Com-

mittee also designated 57 fellows of the Junior

Academy, including teachers whose students had

shown outstanding accomplishments and others

who have been especially active in the promotion

of science education.

The affairs of the Junior Academy are in the

hands of a Governing Council comprised of the

following persons in addition to the Committee

on the Encouragement of Science Talent:

Officers: FRED SCHINDLER (President), North-

western High School; VERNon J. Mtcuen (Vice

President), Kelly Miller Junior High; STanLEy

PLATNIK (Treasurer), Roosevelt High School;

Mary JEANNE KREEK (Secretary), Woodrow Wil-

son High School.

Alumni Representatives: CaroLt Cotson, East-

ern High School; LEE Kimpetyt, McKinley High

School—-American University.

FEBRUARY 1953

Fellow Representatives: MARGARET E.. PATTER-

SON, Science Clubs of America; Percy J. RAYFORD,

head, Department of Science, Division 2; KEITH

C. Jonnson, head, Department of Science, Divi-

sion l.

Membership Representatives: DaNnrEL Mrx,

Macfarland Junior High School; Strerriep T.

BauzeER, Gonzaga High School; Davip W. Ray,

Dunbar High School.

Science Service has kindly provided a meeting

place for the Governing Council as well as office

facilities.

The first meeting of the Junior Academy for

the current season was held at the George Wash-

ington University on September 19 through the

courtesy of Dr. Yocum, dean of the Graduate

School. Howarb OwENs gave an illustrated lecture

on Selection of a Science Project, after which the

meeting divided into eight discussion groups each

led by an outstanding scientist of the Washington

area who gave further advice and guidance regard-

ing the selection of projects in specific fields.

Cooperation with Engineers.—The D. C. Council

of Engineering and Architectural Societies has a

Committee on Education which has been assigned

duties parallel to those of two Academy Com-

mittees—the Committee on Science Education

headed by Dr. Bropg, and the present Committee

on Encouragement of Science Talent. Dr. W. T.

Reap, chairman of the Education Committee of

the Council, is also a member of the Academy,

Committee on Encouragement of Science Talent

and provides liaison between the activities of the

two organizations. An understanding has been

arrived at whereby the Committee of the Council

will direct its efforts at arranging speakers for

school assemblies and conferences whereas the

Academy Committee will take the lead in affairs

of the Junior Academy and the Science Fair.

A subcommittee of the Academy Committee

is being set up under the chairmanship of Dr. A.

H. Scorr to arrange for scientists to speak in

schools along with engineers and to cooperate

with a parallel subcommittee of the Engineers

under the chairmanship of Mr. McCartua.

Science Fair.—An estimate of $1,000 has been

made for the cost of the Science Fair to be held

next spring. Letters have gone out to all the

societies affiliated with the Academy asking them

for contributions, and the President of the Acad-

emy has been asked personally to present the

matter to the vice presidents representing the

respective societies.

- The D. C. Council, likewise, is asking for sub-

stantial contributions from its affiliated societies.

A discussion of this report brought out the

following additional information: Eligibility for

charter membership was based on (1) selection of

members by science teachers whose activity in

connection with the Science Fair and Science

Talent Search projects was exceptionally good,

(2) the selection of teachers to be designated as

fellows based on the performance of their students

PROCEEDINGS:

THE ACADEMY 61

judged on the same basis; certain other fellows

were designated on the basis of their interest as

evidenced by activity in this connection, (3) the

selection as alumni members of a few graduates

on the basis of their accomplishments as evi-

denced from these projects and the reeommenda-

tion in addition of those teachers designated as

fellows.

The annual membership dues are $1. The

Junior Academy is solvent. So far nothing has

been spent out of the $100 provided by the

Washington Academy for initial organizational

expenses of the Junior Academy. The academies

of Maryland and Virginia have no objection to

students in nearby schools becoming members

of the Washington Junior Academy of Sciences.

Treasurer RAPPLEYE, who is ex-officio custodian

of funds, will handle and report on the Junior

Academy funds separately from those of the

Washington Academy.

For the Committee on Science Education,

A. T. McPherson reported that its chairman,

W. R. Bropg, had discussed with Judge Laws

the matter of appointing a scientist as a member

of the District of Columbia Board of Education.

It appears that all appointments to the Board

have been completed so that recommendations

would be out of order at this time.

In accordance with action by the Board at its

last meeting, ballots relative to changes in the

constitution and bylaws to provide for sponsor-

ship of the Washington Junior Academy of

Sciences were forwarded to the Academy mem-

bership. Copies of the proposed constitution and

bylaws for the Junior Academy and a brief

summary of actions by the Board on this connec-

tion were attached.

Deaths of the following members were re-

ported: E. C. AucuTER, on July 8, 1952; Ipa A.

BENGSTON, on August 15, 1952; R. A. KeusEr,

on April 16, 1952; H. E. McComs, on October 11,

1952; A. EK. McPuHErson, on August 5, 1952;

P. F. Nemenyi, on March 1, 1952; and J. L.

Peters on April 19, 1952.

On request, J. H. Service was placed on the

retired list.

In view of a provision in the constitution and

bylaws adopted by the Washington Junior Acad-

emy of Sciences the following was proposed and

adopted as the 18th of the Standing Rules of the

Board of Managers of the Washington Academy:

18. The President shall designate each year a

member of the Committee on the Encouragement

of Science Talent to serve as Chairman of the

Governing Council of the Washington Junior

Academy of Sciences.

Senior Editor Fosuae reported that the Jour-

NAL now has a backlog of papers awaiting publi-

62 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

cation sufficient to fill six issues. His report was

discussed by Messrs. McNisH and RAMBERG, and

it was brought out that in so far as possible

charges to authors are kept at a minimum and

occur primarily when there are a large number of

illustrations.

Because of an expressed interest in the Jour-

NAL as a possible medium for more papers on

physics, Dr. F. N. FReNkKrIEL, of the Johns

Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory, had been

invited to present his views at this meeting of

the Board. He was asked to present his thoughts.

Dr. FRENKIEL stressed the following points:

1. Existing journals do not seem satisfactory for

many general articles on physics as these journals

individually cover only highly specialized fields.

Thought is now being given to the establishment

of additional journals.

2. It would not be a difficult matter to enlarge

the JouRNAL of the Academy and to publish a

good many articles in physics and engineering.

These articles in other magazines must be self-

supporting.

3. One serious drawback to publication by

physicists in the JOURNAL arises from its limited

circulation among physicists and libraries.

4. Another arises from the fact that the Acad-

emy, because it has no library, does not maintain

exchange relations with other journals. Thus the

JOURNAL is not well known except in highly

specialized fields.

5. Thus, it seems that a field of coverage in

scientific applications of physics and engineering

exists which, were the academy interested in ex-

panding the size and distribution of its JOURNAL

might be more actively exploited.

6. This would entail an interested and well-

qualified group of physicists who would contribute

regularly and would assure initially several arti-

cles in each issue over, say a period of one year.

7. With this backlog as a basis for an announce-

able change in policy of content an attempt at

increased circulation should succeed.

8. Other scientific and mathematical journals

ask laboratories and firms to pay for the publica-

VOL. 43, NO. 2

tion of articles by their staff members. Govern-

ment laboratories might well give some such

backing through assured purchase of reprints

which they need.

9. Because Washington has a very large scien-

tific population it should have a satisfactory local

publication that would publish articles promptly.

The discussion was continued by Messrs.

FosHac, McNiso, McPuHrrson, RAMBERG, and

SETZLER. It was pointed out that: A, The Acad-

emy must be willing to have its present JouRNAL

grow in size and circulation; B, the price of the

JOURNAL might have to be increased; C, definite

assurance of suitable articles would have to be

determined and announced; E, individuals and

hbraries would have to be circulated and sent

free sample copies. President RAMBERG asked

the Board of Editors to give this proposal its

consideration.

Vice-President McN1su reported that the Phil-

osophical Society had held its first meeting in

the New Auditorium of the Cosmos Club. The

acoustics are good and a new projector has been

ordered. The Philosophical Society would be

willing to contribute toward a good moving

picture projector if the other Affiliated Societies

will participate. The vice-presidents were re-

quested to ask their societies whether they could

make substantial contributions toward such a

projector.

President-Elect Setzler mentioned receipt of a

request for assistance from the Joint Press Rela-

tions Committee that supplies the Science Calen-

dar material regularly to four Washington papers,

the Engineers’ Club, three universities, and eight

technical or governmental bulletin boards or

papers. The budget amounts to $125.97 for the

coming years. It was understood that the Treas-

urer will forward half this amount as a contribu-

tion of the Academy and its affiliated societies.

The meeting was adjourned at 9:45 p.m.

F. M. Drranporr, Secretary.

®@ bituartes

Pauu Fretrx Neminyi. The formal details of

Neményi’s life are as follows: Born June 5, 1895,

in Fiume; Dipl. Ing. Budapest Inst. Tech. 1918;

Dr. Ing. Berlin Inst. Tech. 1922; Habilitation;

died March 1, 1952, in Washington, D. C.

Neményi’s life-long interest was pure me-

chanics. He worked mainly in five fields: static

elasticity, fluid dynamics, hydrology and hy-

draulics, organization of mechanics, methods of

research.

The first of his three major discoveries in

elasticity was a new singularity method [Zeitschr.

Angew. Math. Mech. 9: 488 (1929); 10: 383

(1930)]. A number of rather complicated singu-

larities, obtained by confluence of simple ones,

are classified in terms of their influences in ac-

cordance with a duality principle. Neményi’s

statement of this generalization of Maxwell’s

reciprocity theorem is: “The influence lines, in-

fluence surfaces (or in general the influence fields)

of any influence in the elastic solid, can be repre-

sented by deflection curves, deflection surfaces

(or in general by the displacement field) of the

same solid, if acted upon by a singularity dually

corresponding to the influence in question.”’ Pos-

sibly this principle, which has not attracted the

FEBRUARY 1953

attention it deserves and has never been put into

mathematical form, could be made the basis of

a genera] integration procedure. Neményi was

content to illustrate its usefulness in special

problems concerning beams, plates, and slabs.

His interest in analogies, which he collected

and always planned to organize into a treatise

on the method, may well have begun with his

own discovery that the stream-lines of any po-

tential flow of an incompressible fluid may serve

also as stress trajectories for a plane elastic

system. He first approached the problem through

his method of singularities [Proc. Int. Congr.

Applied Mech. 1930]; later [Zeitschr. Angew.

Math. Mech. 12: 364 (1931)], he gave an analytic

proof of this beautiful result in the reformulation

now called ““Neményi’s Theorem”: Given any net

of isothermal curves, there exists a five parameter

family of plane stress systems for which these curves

are stress trajectories. Phrased thus in terms of

pure elasticity, it suggests another question: To

what extent is the solution of a problem in con-

tinuum mechanics characterized by an associated

trajectory system? This subject attracted Ne-

ményi throughout the rest of his life. For a

certain class of problems in plane plasticity, it

- was answered in a paper written with Van Tuyl

(Quart. Journ. Math. Mech. 5: 1 (1952)]; a more

general elastic case is considered in a paper writ-

ten with Sdenz [Journ. Rat. Mech. Anal. 1, 73

(1952)|; and related problems were solved by

Prim and Sdenz.

His third major discovery in elasticity is the

reduction of the general extensional theory of.

thin shells of revolution with meridian y = f(z)

to the remarkably simple equation

We ifica

mney

The functions U,, called ‘“Neményi’s stress func-

tions,” yield at once the nth Fourier coefficients

of all stress resultants. This fact has been made

the basis of an analytic theory for this class of

shell problems, and to the equation itself, which

should be called ““Neményi’s equation,’ some

subsequent literature has been devoted. Neményi

discovered the result by an intricate analysis in

graphical statics [Bygningsstatiske Meddelelser

(1936), abstr. in Proc. 6th Int. Congr. Math.

(1936)]; later an analytical derivation was ob-

tained [Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 29: 159-162 (1943)].

All this theoretical work illustrates the inverse

or semi-inverse approach, of which Neményi was

OBITUARIES 63

a strong advocate. He summarized the field in a

fine organizational summary [Adv. Applied Mech.

2, 123-151 (1951)]. While this paper does not

contain any original contribution, the viewpoint

expressed is sound, and the special cases pre-

sented are strong advocates for the value of the

method. The paper itself is significant as a

counter to the current flood of blinding calcula-

tion of “‘approximate”’ solutions; it deserves care-

ful reading and reflection from every serious

student of mechanics. In papers written jointly

with Prim [Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 34: 119 (1948);

Journ. Math. Phys. 27: 130 (1948); Proc. 7th

Int. Congr. Appl. Mech. 2: 300; Quart. Journ.

Math. Mech. 2: 129 (1949)] he applied inverse

and semi-inverse methods to obtain numerous

exact solutions of the nonlinear equations of gas

dynamics, many of them representing rotational

flows of nonuniform total energy. He named and

pointed out the importance of “generalized Bel-

trami flows,” in which the reduced velocity is a

Beltrami field, and obtained many examples. The

impressive variety of results to which his view-

point, complemented by proper analytical ap-

paratus, has ultimately led may be seen in the

Princeton thesis of Prim [Journ. Rat. Mech.

Anal. 1: 425-497 (1952)].

Neményi’s scientific knowledge extended well

beyond the subjects of his researches, and the

organization and scope of his numerous exposi-

tory articles give them permanent value; e.g.,

“Selbstspannungen elastischer Gebilde”’ [Zeitschr.

Ang. Math. Mech. 11: 59 (1931)], ‘‘Tragwerke

auf elastisch nachgiebiger Unterlage”’ [ibid.; 450].

He was a leading authority on fishways [Iowa

Studies in Eng., Nos. 23 and 24 (1941)] and the

morphology of rivers [forthcoming review in

Trans. Amer. Geogr. Union]. His ‘‘Wasserbauliche

Strémungslehre” [Leipzig, 1933] was the first

book to include an exposition of fluid flow through

porous media. Other surveys deal with water

power, soil mechanics, theory of structures, trans-

port of granular materials, and filtration. He left

a draft for an extraordinary book on fluid me-

chanics, emphasizing the basic principles valid

for all types of fluids and the consequent variety

of their application to aerodynamics, hydraulics,

meteorology, oceanography, and other fields. The

introductory chapter is an analysis of the

historical development of the main ideas and

concepts, both in theory and in experiment,

drawn entirely from the original sources. It will

be completed and published as a memoir.

64 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Experimental work always interested him, and

by inserting into a stream a lens-shaped rotatable

tube, punctured by a single hole and connected

to a manometer, he was able to make rapid

measurements of velocity direction along with

speed and pressure |A new device for direct stream

field studies, Copenhagen, 1935].

Neményi’s interest and ability extended to

several nonscientific fields. He collected children’s

art and sometimes lectured upon it. One of his

last works is a brilliant review of the Eneyclo-

pedia Brittanica [New Republic, Feb. 19, 1951].

For any person with a genuine question in

mechanics, Neményi was always willing to sup-

plement his great knowledge and deep under-

standing by hours of library work. Since 1946

many of his ideas were worked out by his pupils:

(in temporal order) C. Truesdell, R. C. Prim,

AS Wane tay.) Ace Wis Saenz eke ourprmends ali.

Kricksen.

After a life of travel and change, during which

he held minor positions in institutions in several

foreign countries, Neményi came to the United

States in 1939. Unfortunately here he found the

problem of livelihood aggravated by the rifts

between pure and applied mathematics, between

pure science and engineering, between classical

and modern physics, between teaching and re-

search. For a no longer young person, whose

English was poor, whose dress was unconven-

tional, whose training was in civil engineering,

and who claimed to be a physicist doing research

on the principles of continuum mechanics, the

mere gaining of daily bread became a major

obstacle. With one exception, it was only in

college mathematics departments that he was

able to find employment at all, and here it came

as a blow‘to him that a lifelong student of educa-

tional methods and one moreover especially at-

tracted by youth could turn out to be utterly

incapable of dealing with undergraduate students,

whose sole concern was to get a passing grade at

the cost of as little learning as possible. The fact

that most of his publications date from before

1933 or after 1946 is thus easily explained, since

it was in the latter year that he joined the Naval

Ordnance Laboratory, where he became a guid-

ing spirit in the Theoretical Mechanics Sub-

division during its brief period of scientific pro-

VOL. 43, NO. 2

ductivity in 1946-1948. In 1949 he became a

member of the Academy. In 1949 he transfer-

red to the Naval Research Laboratory, where

he later became Head of the Theoretical Me-

chanics Section, a position he held at his death.

He leaves a son, Peter, student of mathematics

at Princeton University.

C. TRUESDELL.

Epwin F. Wenpt was born May 12, 1869, in

New Brighton, Pa., a son of Christian and Agnes

Scott Wendt. He was a grandson of John Scott,

associate judge of Beaver County (Pa.), a great

grandson of Frederick Wendt, pioneer glass manu-

facturer of Pittsburgh, and a great grandson of

David Scott, quartermaster of the army of Gen-

eral Anthony Wayne.

He graduated from Geneva College in 1888

and was awarded the degree of doctor of science

in 1913, He entered the employ of the Pittsburgh

& Lake Erie Railroad in 1888 as a roadman,

eventually becoming assistant chief engineer. He

later became engineer in charge of construction

for the Lake Erie & Eastern Railroad. He was a

member of the New York Central Lines engi-

neering committee from 1907 to 1913.

Dr. Wendt was a member of the government

commission which inspected the Alaska Railroad

in 1917. He was also a member of the Engineering

Board of the Interstate Commerce Commission,

and chief inspector in charge of the Eastern

Division of the Bureau of Valuation of the I.C.C.

from 1913 to 1921. He then left government

service to enter private consulting practice, and

was admitted to practice before the Interstate

Commerce Commission in 1929.

In addition to membership in the Washington

Academy of Sciences, he was a member of the

American Society of Civil Engineers, the Ameri-

ean Institute of Consulting Engineers (president

1936-37), Engineers Society of Western Pennsy]l-

vania, Washington Society of Engineers (presi-

dent 1918), American Association for the Ad-

vancement of Science, Signa! Section of American

Association of Railroads, American Economic

Association, Historical Society of Western Penn-

sylvania, and the Railway Club of Pittsburgh.

He was also a trustee of Geneva College for

ten years.

Frespruary 1953

attention it deserves and has never been put into

mathematical form, could be made the basis of

a general integration procedure. Neményi was

content to illustrate its usefulness in special

problems concerning beams, plates, and slabs.

His interest in analogies, which he collected

and always planned to organize into a treatise

on the method, may well have begun with his

own discovery that the stream-lines of any po-

tential flow of an incompressible fluid may serve

also as stress trajectories for a plane elastic

system. He first approached the problem through

his method of singularities [Proc. Int. Congr.

Applied Mech. 1930]; later [Zeitschr. Angew.

Math. Mech. 12: 364 (1931)], he gave an analytic

proof of this beautiful result in the reformulation

now called ““Neményi’s Theorem”: Given any net

of isothermal curves, there exists a five parameter

family of plane stress systems for which these curves

are stress trajectories. Phrased thus in terms of

pure elasticity, it suggests another question: To

what extent is the solution of a problem in con-

tinuum mechanics characterized by an associated

trajectory system? This subject attracted Ne-

ményi throughout the rest of his life. For a

certain class of problems in plane plasticity, it

was answered in a paper written with Van Tuy]

[Quart. Journ. Math. Mech. 5: 1 (1952)]; a more

general elastic case is considered in a paper writ-

ten with Sdenz [Journ. Rat. Mech. Anal. 1, 73

(1952)]; and related problems were solved by

Prim and Sdenz.

His third major discovery in elasticity is the

reduction of the general extensional theory of.

thin shells of revolution with meridian y = f(z)

to the remarkably simple equation

tev =0.

The functions U,, called ‘“Neményi’s stress func-

tions,” yield at once the nth Fourier coefficients

of all stress resultants. This fact has been made

the basis of an analytic theory for this class of

shell problems, and to the equation itself, which

should be called ‘‘Neményi’s equation,’’ some

subsequent literature has been devoted. Neményi

discovered the result by an intricate analysis in

graphical statics [Bygningsstatiske Meddelelser

(1936), abstr. in Proc. 6th Int. Congr. Math.

(1936)]; later an analytical derivation was ob-

tained [Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 29: 159-162 (1943)I.

All this theoretical work illustrates the inverse

or semi-inverse approach, of which Neményi was

OBITUARIES 63

a strong advocate. He summarized the field in a

fine organizational summary [Adv. Applied Mech.

2, 123-151 (1951)]. While this paper does not

contain any original contribution, the viewpoint

expressed is sound, and the special cases pre-

sented are strong advocates for the value of the

method. The paper itself is significant as a

counter to the current flood of blinding calcula-

tion of “‘approximate”’ solutions; it deserves care-

ful reading and reflection from every serious

student of mechanics. In papers written jointly

with Prim [Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 34: 119 (1948);

Journ. Math. Phys. 27: 130 (1948); Proce. 7th

Int. Congr. Appl. Mech. 2: 300; Quart. Journ.

Math. Mech. 2: 129 (1949)] he applied inverse

and semi-inverse methods to obtain numerous

exact solutions of the nonlinear equations of gas

dynamics, many of them representing rotational

flows of nonuniform total energy. He named and

pointed out the importance of “generalized Bel-

trami flows,” in which the reduced velocity is a

Beltrami field, and obtained many examples. The

impressive variety of results to which his view-

point, complemented by proper analytical ap-

paratus, has ultimately led may be seen in the

Princeton thesis of Prim [Journ. Rat. Mech.

Anal. 1: 425-497 (1952)].

Neményi’s scientific knowledge extended well

beyond the subjects of his researches, and the

organization and scope of his numerous exposi-

tory articles give them permanent value; e.g.,

“Selbstspannungen elastischer Gebilde”’ [Zeitschr.

Ang. Math. Mech. 11: 59 (1931)], ‘“Tragwerke

auf elastisch nachgiebiger Unterlage”’ [ibid.; 450].

He was a leading authority on fishways [Iowa

Studies in Eng., Nos. 23 and 24 (1941)] and the

morphology of rivers [forthcoming review in

Trans. Amer. Geogr. Union]. His ‘‘Wasserbauliche

Str6mungslehre” [Leipzig, 1933] was the first

book to include an exposition of fluid flow through

porous media. Other surveys deal with water

power, soil mechanics, theory of structures, trans-

port of granular materials, and filtration. He left

a draft for an extraordinary book on fluid me-

chanics, emphasizing the basic principles valid

for all types of fluids and the consequent variety

of their application to aerodynamics, hydraulics,

meteorology, oceanography, and other fields. The

introductory chapter is an analysis of the

historical development of the main ideas and

concepts, both in theory and in experiment,

drawn entirely from the original sources. It will

be completed and published as a memoir.

64. JOURNAL OF THE

Experimental work always interested him, and

by inserting into a stream a lens-shaped rotatable

tube, punctured by a single hole and connected

to a manometer, he was able to make rapid

measurements of velocity direction along with

speed and pressure [A new device for direct stream

field studies, Copenhagen, 1935].

Neményi’s interest and ability extended to

several nonscientific fields. He collected children’s

art and sometimes lectured upon it. One of his

last works is a brilliant review of the Encyclo-

pedia Brittanica [New Republic, Feb. 19, 1951].

For any person with a genuine question in

mechanics, Neményi was always willing to sup-

plement his great knowledge and deep under-

standing by hours of library work. Since 1946

many of his ideas were worked out by his pupils:

(in temporal order) C. Truesdell, R. C. Prim,

A. Van Tuyl, A. W.-Sdenz, R. Toupin, J. L.

Ericksen.

After a life of travel and change, during which

he held minor positions in institutions in several

foreign countries, Neményi came to the United

States in 1939. Unfortunately here he found the

problem of livelihood aggravated by the rifts

between pure and applied mathematics, between

pure science and engineering, between classical

and modern physics, between teaching and re-

search. For a no longer young person, whose

English was poor, whose dress was unconven-

tional, whose training was in civil engineering,

and who claimed to be a physicist doing research

on the principles of continuum mechanics, the

mere gaining of. daily bread became a major

obstacle. With one exception, it was only in

college mathematics departments that he was

able to find employment at all, and here it came

as a blow to him that a lifelong student of educa-

tional methods and one moreover especially at-

tracted by youth could turn out to be utterly

incapable of dealing with undergraduate students,

whose sole concern was to get a passing grade at

the cost of as little learning as possible. The fact

that most of his publications date from before

1933 or after 1946 is thus easily explained, since

it was in the latter year that he joined the Naval

Ordnance Laboratory, where he became a guid-

ing spirit in the Theoretical Mechanics Sub-

division during its brief period of scientific pro-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

VoL. 43, No. 2

ductivity in 1946-1948. In 1949 he became a

member of the Academy. In 1949 he transfer-

red to the Naval Research Laboratory, where

he later became Head of the Theoretical Me-

chanics Section, a position he held at his death.

He leaves a son, Peter, student of mathematics

at Princeton University.

C. TRUESDELL.

Epwin F. Wenpt was born May 12, 1869, in

New Brighton, Pa., a son of Christian and Agnes

Scott Wendt. He was a grandson of John Scott,

associate judge of Beaver County (Pa.), a great

grandson of Frederick Wendt, pioneer glass manu-

facturer of Pittsburgh, and a great grandson of

David Scott, quartermaster of the army of Gen-

eral Anthony Wayne.

He graduated from Geneva College in 1888

and was awarded the degree of doctor of science

in 1913. He entered the employ of the Pittsburgh

& Lake Erie Railroad in 1888 as a roadman,

eventually becoming assistant chief engineer. He

later became engineer in charge of construction

for the Lake Erie & Eastern Railroad. He was a

member of the New York Central Lines engi-

neering committee from 1907 to 1913.

Dr. Wendt was a member of the government

commission which inspected the Alaska Railroad

in 1917. He was also a member of the Engineering

Board of the Interstate Commerce Commission,

and chief inspector in charge of the Eastern

Division of the Bureau of Valuation of the I.C.C.

from 1913 to 1921. He then left government

service to enter private consulting practice, and

was admitted to practice before the Interstate

Commerce Commission in 1929.

In addition to membership in the Washington

Academy of Sciences, he was a member of the

American Society of Civil Engineers, the Ameri-

can Institute of Consulting Engineers (president

1936-37), Engineers Society of Western Pennsyl-

vania, Washington Society of Engineers (presi-

dent 1918), American Association for the Ad-

vancement of Science, Signa! Section of American

Association of Railroads, American Economic

Association, Historical Society of Western Penn-

sylvania, and the Railway Club of Pittsburgh.

He was also a trustee of Geneva College for

ten years.

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

Sasi riet. pe) Sa Ee eee eens reece eas F. M. Serzter, U. 8. National Museum

MepesHenr-ClCCL.. = oe ee es F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

REE POO ce ee ee lee JASON R. Swaten, U. 8. National Museum

_ ESSE rr Howarp S. Rappers, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey

Pe) ee eee JOHN A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

_ Haratp A. Renper, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Pemosopnical society of Washington.................0.. 00200. A. G. McNisH

Antarepolorics! Society of Washington. .................... WiuuiamM H. GILBERT

Egioercal socievy of Washington............0.26....2..-. Hues Tuomas O’NEILL

Maemical society of Washington. ......2..-......0....5.. GEORGE W. IRVING, JR.

Entomological Society of WCisicie OMe yen ee koe ne nla F. W. Poos

Mime cosrapiic SOclety....... 2.2) .5.6..65 62s el ALEXANDER WETMORE

ematedoeciety of Washington..... 2. ... 2.2... eee A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

hain hstorical DOCICLY.. 622... 0. eee ee ee eee GILBERT H. GROSVENOR

Bomueal sociehy of Washington.................. 6.2.5. -64 Harry A. BorTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GEORGE F. GRAVATT

Meritimranoocicty Of HMPINeers. 2... 6. le ee ee eee C. A. Betts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers..ARNoLD H. Scott

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Ricuarp 8. Dinu

Helminthological Society of Washington...................6...... L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLOCUM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... FLoyp W. HovucH

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DoRSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Secticn, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Evwis

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

MPT Oe. ee eee eee Sara EH. BRannam, Mitton Harris

“os Vases LUG ie ns gee eee) ene ee en ae ee R. G. Bates, W. W. DIEHL

7 CADUCEUS nee Pa nara ee M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

Reema anmgers...............-......64 All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

epee aehasiors and Associaie Editors...............0.- 4. [See front cover]

Wieeeutive Committee..............---.- F. M. Serzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

J. R. SwaLuen, H.S. RappLteyve, W. W. RuBEY

Committee on Membership...... E. H. Waker (chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JoHN Faser, ANaus M. Grirrin, D. BREESE JONES,

FRANK C. Kracex, Louis R. Maxwett, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Saizer, Leo A. Suinn, Francis A. Smitu, Heinz Specut, Horace M. TRENT,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Mommenee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), JoHN W. ALDRICH,

. AusTIN CuaRK, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

ETRE ic es te eee ee Dk aa ee S. F. Buaxs, F. C. Kracrex

J DASE ME I ee eee W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

Seeenmeary 1950... 6... ee ee ee es G. ARTHUR CoopPER, JAMES I. HOFFMAN

Commiitee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman):

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

Wick, Sara . BranuaM, [Ra B. Hansen, BENJAMIN ScowaRrtTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sciences...... SAMUEL LrEvy (chairman), MicHaEL GOLDBERG,

E. H. Kennarp, E. B. Roperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WILDHACK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScHUBAUER (chairman), R. 8S. Burineton, F. C.

Kracex, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SEEGER, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monrot H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HerzFeLp (chairman),

Hersert N. Eaton, L. EK. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

Miamlootiary 1954... 2... ee te ee H. B. Coutuins, W. W. Rusey (chairman)

2 PEED DDS GS a eee ae ee Oe ae L. W. Parr, F. B. SILSBEE

MUTE FONG. fe eds ea aid how bes wes fea ks E. C. CrittEnDEN, A. WETMORE

Committee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPuHerRson, chairman):

ol. BIRD Te eee cee Or ee ee J. M. Caupwe.., W. L. Scumitr

ME ARON OD See eae ea ek be ae eke See es A. T. McPHerson, W. T. REApD

2 CRED e 1 BCR is RN ea ena aire ra ee AustTIN CuarkK, J. H. McMILLEen

Representative on Council of A. A. A.S...........:...- she Ecce ee tie Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... Louise M. Russet (chairman), R. 8. Diu, J. B. REESIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. GarRNneER (chairman), L. G. Henpest, Myrna F. JONES

CONTENTS

Page

Mycotocy.—Three new species of Conidiobolus isolated from leaf

mold): (CHARLES DDRRCHSEER : : 2!) . 4 svececee om - ev ys ee te 29

Botany.—The species of Pittosporum in Formosa. Hvui-Lin Li...... 43

EntomMoLocy.—The Diptera collected on the Cockerell and Hubbell

Expeditions to Honduras: Part II, Asilidae. Maurice T.Jamus.. 46

ZooLoGy.—l'wo new species of Hulamnadia from Maryland and Virginia

(Crustacea: Conchostraca). N. T. Marrox. >. ...5..0 eee SFE

PROCEEDINGS: THE ACADEMY...... ae leer oibleds 6 Witte ta, as ee 60

OBITUARIES: Paul Felix Neményi; Edwin F. Wendt................. 62

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

Vou. 43 Marca 1953 No. 3

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison

U.8. NATIONAL MUSEUM

JOHN C. EwrErs R. K. Coox

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CHacs, JR.

EvBert L. LItTt1e4, JR.

ZOOLOGY

BOTANY

J. I. HorrmMan

Puitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY

ANTHROPOLOGY

Dean B. Cowi1E

PHYSICS

Davip H. DUNKLE

GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount RoraLt & GuiItrorD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925.

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JouRNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate):

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 ‘pp: 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3 .25 $6.50 $ 9.75 $13.00 $16.25 $3.00 —

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 6.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 9.00

400 13.00 26 .00 39.00 52.00 65.00 12.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PROCEEDINGS should be sent to Harautp A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JouRNAL.—Per year..........--.<-0:+.=eneeeeeee $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. 10; inel.—not available*....... =... 2% —_— _

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, incl.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

Monocgrapu No. 1, ‘““The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’’ by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete...........................05. $25.00

Single volumes; unbound)’. (aie... st. Sk Bee es

Single numbers..255- . 2 2) ache cos ke oko ake aahore tees = een .25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences’? and

ate to the Treasurer, H.S. RappLere, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

D.C.

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Won. 43

March 1953

INOS

PALEONTOLOGY .—Jedria, a new subgenus of Naticopsis!. Etuis L. YocHELson,

U. S. Geological Survey. (Communicated by G. Arthur Cooper.)

While I was working with Dr. J. Brookes

Knight and others on the Paleozoic Gastrop-

oda section of the T'reatise on invertebrate

paleontology, it became evident that clarifi-

cation of the generic conception of Nati-

copsis, together with the proposal of one

new subgenus, would be desirable before

publication of the treatise. The following

discussion is intended to provide the needed

clarification:

Naticopsis (Jedria) Yochelson, n. subg.

Genotype: Naticopsis meeki Knight, 1933 (p.

3/3).

Neritiform shells with subsutural shoulders at

ephebic stage. Neanic stages moderately high

spired, having evenly rounded, unornamented

whorls; mature whorl profile showing a_ sub-

sutural shoulder followed by a very gently con-

cave slope to a ventricose swelling at the periph-

ery; shoulders of some species ornamented with

strong transverse lirae.

In 1933, Knight (p. 363) informally proposed

the group of Naticopsis ventrica (Norwood and—

Pratten), which included that species, the geno-

type species of Jedria, and Naticopsis scintilla

Girty. Among European species, the subgenus

appears to include Naitcopsis placida (Koninck)

and N. plicisiria (Phillips) from the Lower Car-

boniferous, and N. subcostata (Archiac and Ver-

neuil) from the Middle Devonian. One specimen,

figured by Kittl as Naticopsis (Hologyra) declivis

(1894, pl. 4, fig. 14), from the Triassic of Austria,

is doubtfully referred to this subgenus.

The genus Naticopsis as recognized in the

Paleozoic includes those gastropods with anom-

phalous shells that have straight, obliquely back-

ward outer lips. A parietal inductura more or less

extended in the plane of the aperture is always

present. Ontogenetic changes in species are so

1 Publication authorized by the Director, U.S.

Geological Survey.

extreme that juveniles cannot be identified with

adults except on the basis of growth series. The

genus considered broadly includes species of var-

ious shapes. Although these intergrade they ap-

pear to group themselves around several major

types which here are considered subgenera. At

least four of these are recognized.

Naticopsis (Jedria) as proposed above con-

tains those relatively high spired shells that de-

velop a subsutural whorl shoulder at maturity.

Naticopsis (Planospirina) Kittl (1899, p. 48) in-

cludes relatively low spired shells that have

smoothly rounded whorls, but with the final

whorl turning obliquely downward. Naticopsis

(Naticopsis) McCoy (1844, p. 33) is restricted

to those species of Naticopsis that have moder-

ately low spired shells with a mammary apex

above a smoothly rounded profile. Naticopsis

(Marmolatella) Kittl (1894, p. 142) includes low

spired shells having the upper whorl surface

flat and extending outward. The subgenera Plano-

spirina and Marmolatella both have Triassic

genotypes and have not been used commonly in

the literature on Paleozoic Neritacea. Fedavella

Kittl (1894, p. 139), another name based on a

Triassic genotype, seems to be a synonym of

Naticopsis s:s.

REFERENCES

Kirti, E. Die triadischen Gastropoden der Marmo-

lata und verwandter Fundstellen in den weissen

Riffkalken Stidtirols. Jahrb. K.K. geol. Reich-

enstalt 34: 99-182, pls. 1-6. 1894.

. Die Gastropoden der Esinokalke nebst einer

Revision der Gastropoden der Marmolatakalke.

Ann. K.K. naturh. Hofmuseums 14: 1-237,

pls. 4-6. 1899.

Knicut, J. B. The gastropods of the St. Lowis,

Missouri, Pennsylvanian outlier: VI. The Ner-

itidae. Journ. Pal. 7: (4): 359-392, pls. 40-46.

1933.

McCoy, F. A synopsis of the characters of the Car-

boniferous limestone fossils of Ireland, pp. 5-

207, pls. 1-29. Dublin, 1844.

F MAR 3.9 1953

66 JOURNAL OF

THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 3

PALEONTOLOGY .—Cardiniferella, 1. gen., the type of a new family of Carbon-

iferous Ostracoda. 1. G. Soun,! U.S. Geological Survey. (Communicated by

J.S. Williams.)

The upper part of the Helms formation

ot western Texas contains an abundant ostra-

code fauna both in the limestones and in

the interbedded shales (Sohn, 1950). These

faunules, according to present-day knowl-

edge, closely resemble the Chester ostra-

codes described by Cooper (1941) from

Illinois. The new genus described here is

restricted to the limestone beds, where it is

relatively abundant as silicified specimens

in insoluble residues resulting from digestion

with hydrochloric acid. It has a ‘‘kirkbyan

pit,” a character that would place this genus

in the family Kirkbyidae, were it not lacking

the marginal rims that characterize genera

in this family. The hingement in Cardinife-

rella is hitherto unrecorded in the Ostracoda.

Two recently published papers emphasize

the variation and consequently the impor-

tance of hingement in the classification of

fossil ostracodes. Levinson (1950) analyzes

the hingements of several Paleozoic genera.

He illustrates the hinge elements of Ulrichia

bituberculata (McCoy) (p. 70, figs. 8a, b);

this species 1s probably not a true Ulrichia,

but it illustrates the hinge elements of some

Kirkbyidae. Triebel (1950) analyzes the

hingement of several post-Paleozoic genera,

and defines (p. 313) the following types of

hingement:

Merodent, only one valve dentate.

Amphidont, both valves with one or more

hinge teeth.

Because Basslerella Kellett, 1935, from

rocks of late Paleozoic age, has a merodont

dentition Triebel assumes (pp. 313-314)

that amphidont dentition developed from

merodont. The relatively advanced amphi-

dont hingement described in this paper does

not shed any light on this assumption, be-

cause Triebel deals with genera in the family

Cytheridae (suborder Podocopa). This paper

deals with a new family that is in the same

higher group as the Kirkbyidae, which

probably belongs to a different suborder.

It is premature to speculate regarding the

phylogenetic relationship and evolution of

1 Publication authorized by the Director, U.S.

Geological Survey.

the different types of dentition found in

Ostracoda because the dentition of many

Paleozoic genera has not as yet been worked

out and because there are all too many un-

described genera that probably contain im-

portant clues to the development of the

Ostracoda.

The writer is grateful to Arthur L. Bow-

sher, U. 8. Geological Survey, for making

available the insoluble residues of his col-

lections from the Helms formation of Texas,

in which the new genus occurs, and to Dr.

C. C. Branson, University of Oklahoma,

Norman, Okla., who collected additional

material at the type locality.

CARDINIFERELLIDAE Sohn, n. fam.

Straight-backed reticulated marine ostracodes

with “kirkbyan pit” and amphidont hinge.

This family differs from Kirkbyidae in hinge-

ment and in the absence of marginal ridges.

Tomiella Spizharsky (1937, pp. 148-146, 166)

differs from the Kirkbyidae in not having mar-

ginal ridges, but it does not belong in the Car-

diniferellidae because of its simple hinge.

Cardiniferella Sohn, n. gen.

Type species: C. bowshert, n. sp.

Subovate, straight-hinged ostracodes, lateral

surface reticulate, except for smooth marginal

area. Hinge incised, amphidont. Overlap slight,

marginal area of one valve grooved to receive

smaller valve. Muscle scar pit subcentrally lo-

cated.

This genus differs from all previously de-

scribed genera in hingement. Amphissites has a

somewhat similar hingement in that the larger

valve overlaps the accommodation groove at the

ends and fits into terminal sockets that open to

the outside, but the grooved or smaller valve

does not have terminal teeth, thus resulting in a

merodont hingement. The same features dis-

tinguish the cardiniferelloid hinge from the san-

sabelloid (Kloedenellidae) hinge, and from the

hinges of several late Paleozoic genera placed in

Leperditellidae.

Cardiniferella bowsheri Sohn, n. sp.

Figs. 1-12

Subovate in lateral view; dorsal and ventral

Marcu 1953 SOHN: A NEW FAMILY OF OSTRACODA 67

11 12

» Figs. 1-12.—Cardiniferella bowsheri Sohn, n. gen., n. sp.: 1, 2, Left and anterior views of paratype

U.S.N.M. 118306 from U.S.N.M. loc. 3069-2 (note smooth area where reticulations were abraided, and

anterior tooth of right valve); 3, 4, right and dorsal views of holotype, U.S.N.M. 118307 from U.S.G.S8.

loc. 10889 (3, because the specimen is tilted backward, the pit appears on the photograph to be farther

towards the posterior than it actually is; 41s oriented with anterior to the left); 5, 6, ventral and dorsal

views of a smooth specimen, paratype U.S.N.M. 118308 from U.S.N.M. loc. 3070-2 (5 is oriented with

anterior to left, 6 with anterior to right); 7-12, dorsal, lateral, and interior views of opposing valves of

a carapace that was opened for the purpose of illustrating the hingement (7-9, left valve, 10-12, right

valve, paratype U.S.N.M. 118309 from U.S.N.M. loc. 3070-2; note reflection of muscle scar pit on in-

side of Fig. 12; the anterior cardinal portion of fig. 10 is broken). (Magnification approx. X30)

68 JOURNAL OF

margins straight, subparallel. End margins

curved, greatest curvature of anterior margin

lower than that of posterior. Lateral surface

reticulated, marginal areas and dorsum non-

reticulated. Oval “kirkbyan pit” located anterior

to midlength and slightly below midheight.

Hingement incised, amphidont, consists of an

accommodation groove in the smaller valve ter-

minated by rounded, tenonlike teeth that are

bounded by sockets that open to the outside.

The dorsal edge of the overlapping valve termi-

nated by accommodating mortiselike sockets that

‘are open dorsally; these are flanked by terminal

teeth that consist of an enlargement of the over-

lapping portion of the larger valve. The over-

lapping valve has a groove along the marginal

area to receive the bevelled edge of the smaller

valve. This grooved zone is offset from the valve

surface, resulting in a rimlike pleat on the out-

side of the valve. The smaller valve has a narrow

bevelled edge bordered by a thin strip that seals

the closing valves. A very narrow duplicature is

suggested in many specimens by a thin zone that

borders the inside of the overlapping structures

of both valves. Dorsal and ventral outlines sub-

ovate, greatest convexity just in front of muscle

scar pit.

Cyathus vetustus Cooper, 1941, resembles this

species in outline; it differs in the hingement and

in the absence of a subcentral muscle scar pit,

and it is devoid of reticulations.

The preservation of many of the specimens

does not show the reticulation (Figs. 5-12), but

the presence of specimens with patches of the

reticulations abraded (Fig. 1) indicates that the

smooth forms having the characteristic outlines

and hingement are conspecific with the reticu-

lated forms.

THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Measurements Greatest length

(mm)

Holotype, Figs, 8,4; U.S,N°M. U18307,..... 2 22> semen 0.81

Paratype, Figs. 1;,2,-U,. 8:N.M. 1US30B. .,.. 22. ouccmeeeeee 0.86

Paratype, Figs, 5; 6) U;SINM. 118308. . >. seer ene ey,

Paratype, Fig. 8) U:S;N.M. 118309. ........... secu Beemer

Paratype, Fig: 11, U:S:N-M: 118309... .3 7-0. eee 0.98

Type locality —U.S.G.S. 10889 Helms forma-

tion, El Paso quadrangle, Tex., 244 miles west

of Powwow Tanks, approximately 30° 50’ 17”

N., 106° 04’ 40” W. Stop 13, West Texas Geol.

Soc. Guidebook, Field Trip 5, 1949, and lime-

stone bed 9, sec. ‘“‘C’”? West Texas Geol. Soe.

Field Trip May-June 1946 (stop 1 on map ac-

companying that trip). Coll. C. C. Branson,

November 1949, A. L. Bowsher, 1948 (U.S.N.M.

locality 3070-2).

Distribution.—This species is abundant also

in bed 11 of the same section (U.S.N.M. locality

3070-4), and at approximately the same strati-

graphic level in a saddle 1.1 miles west of Pow-

wow Tanks, approximately 31° 50’ 16” N., 106°

02’ 55” W. (U.S.N.M. locality 3069-2).

REFERENCES

Cooper, C. L. Chester ostracodes of Illinois. Ili-

nois Geol. Surv. Rep. Investigations No. 77:

101 pp., 13 pls. 1941.

Levinson, 8. A. The hingement of Paleozoic Os-

tracoda and its bearing on orientation. Journ.

Pal. 24: 63-75, 16 figs. 1950.

Soun, I. G., Comparison of etched silicified ostra-

codes from limestone with calcareous forms from

subjacent shale. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 61

(12): pt. 2, 1504 (abs.). 1950.

SpIzHARSKY, T. N. Ostracoda from the Kolchugino

series of the coal-bearing strata of the Kuznetsk

Basin. Trans. Central Geol. and Prosp. Inst.,

fase. 97: 1389-171 (Russ., Engl. Summ.), 2 figs.,

ipl 1937

TRIEBEL, Ericu. Homéomorphe Ostracoden-Gat-

tungen. Senckenbergiana 31: 313-330. 1950.

BOTAN Y.—Some new combinations in Guatemalan Bromeliaceae. LYMAN B. SMITH,

Department of Botany, U.S. National Museum.

The following new combinations are neces-

sary preliminary to the publication of the

Bromeliaceae in a projected part of the Flora

of Guatemala by Standley and Steyermark.

Tillandsia elongata H. B. K. var. subimbricata

(Baker) L. B. Smith, comb. nov.

Tillandsia subimbricata Baker, Journ. Bot. 25:

304. 1887.

In 1889 André (Brom. Andr. 96) indicated

that he did not consider Tillandsia subimbricata

specifically distinct from T’. elongata, although he

failed to make any combination for it. Subse-

quent collections have shown a series of inter-

gradations that amply justify André’s opinion.

Tillandsia tricolor Schlecht. & Cham. var. melano-

crater (L. B. Smith) L. B. Smith, comb. nov.

Tillandsia melanopus E. Morr. ex Mez. in DC.

Monogr. Phan. 9: 680. 1896, in large part but

not as to type.

Tillandsia melanocrater L. B. Smith, Contr.

Gray Herb. 117: 31. 1937.

VOL. 43, NO. 3

Marcu 1953

When first proposed on the basis of a few col-

lections this taxon seemed easily distinguishable

from Tillandsia tricolor. However, recent collec-

tions from Guatemala break down all distinctions

except the highly artificial one of size. It seems

best, therefore, to regard T. melanopus as a

Central American variety of the Mexican T’.

tricolor.

WIRTH AND BLANTON:

PANAMA CULICOIDES 69

Vriesia montana (L. B. Smith) L. B. Smith &

Pittendrigh, comb. nov.

Thecophyllum montanum LL. B. Smithin Yuncker,

Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 319. 1938.

The validity of the genus Thecophyllum will be

discussed in detail in a later paper by Dr. C. S.

Pittendrigh and myself, but the above combina-

tion must be made now.

ENTOMOLOGY .—Studies in Panama Culicoides (Diptera: Heleidae): 1, Descrip-

tions of six new species.1 WiLLIs W. WrirTH? and FRANKLIN 8. BLANTON.?

(Communicated by Curtis W. Sabrosky.)

This paper is the first of a short series to

bring up to date our taxonomic knowledge

of the Panama species of biting midges of

the genus Culicoides Latreille. In 1951 the

junior author began a comprehensive survey

of the biting Diptera of Panama. It soon be-

came apparent that the large numbers of

both male and female Culicoides which were

collected in the traps in use for this survey

would afford an unexcelled opportunity for

a taxonomic study. The senior author, with

a great taxonomic interest in the Heleidae,

and advantageously located at the U. S.

National Museum, where the types of a

number of Neotropical species of Culicoides

are located, was therefore invited to join in

a cooperative study.

Our efforts were greatly stimulated by the

recent appearance of several important pa-

pers on the Caribbean biting midges of this

genus, including papers by Barbosa (1947),

Fox (1946, 1947), Macfie (1948), and Ortiz

(1950, 1951). All these authors have pre-

sented keys for the identification of the

Caribbean species. With the great amount of

descriptive work concurrently going on, how-

ever, keys are out of date almost as soon as

published. Nevertheless, they are invaluable

as working tools, and in a later paper of this

series we will present a key to the Panama

species. |

Our terminology is the same as that em-

1 Published under the auspices of the Surgeon

General, U. S. Army, who does not necessarily

assume responsibility for the professional opinions

expressed by the authors.

7 Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology and

Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research Admin-

istration, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Wash-

ington, D. C.

3 Lieutenant Colonel, MSC, U. 8. Army Carib-

bean, Fort Clayton, Canal Zone.

ployed by Wirth (1952), where a more com-

plete description of terms can be found. The

most important difference between our usage

and that of some other Culicoides workers is

in our designation of the wing veins and cor-

responding cells according to Tillyard’s mod-

ification of the Comstock-Needham system;

thus veins Cu, and Cup of older workers be-

come Ms3.4 and Cuy, respectively, and cell

Cu, becomes cell My, (labeled in Fig. 2).

Length is measured in relaxed specimens

from the anterior edge of the mesonotum

to the tip of the abdomen; a more reliable

measurement is the wing length, which along

with the costal ratio is measured from the

basal arculus. Body measurements, anten-

nal and palpal proportions, and descriptions

of male genitalia are obtained from speci-

mens cleared in pure phenol and mounted on

slides in phenol-balsam mixture after gradual

infiltration. By this method dried specimens

can be relaxed and cleared, and the refractive

index of the phenol-balsam brings out the

minute details of the antennal and palpal

sensoria, the female spermathecae, and the

internal structures of the male genitalia. In

the following descriptions no special men-

tion is made of the rudimentary third sper-

matheca and sclerotized ring of the female

internal reproductive organs, as they are

present in all Neotropical species that we

have studied.

To our knowledge Ortiz (1951) was the

first to show the presence of the dense tufts

of short, curved setae around the margins of

disciform, hyaline sensoria at the apices of

certain antennal segments. We have made

a comparative study of them in our species

with very promising results. These tufts are

always present on the third (first flagellar)

70 JOURNAL OF THE

segment, occasionally on segments 4— or 6-7,

nearly always on 8, 9, and 10, but only rarely

on the five distal segments except in the

species with the second anterior radial cell

ina light area, where they appear on some or

all of these segments.

The types of our new species are deposited

in the collection of the U. 8. National Mu-

seum in Washington. Unless otherwise indi-

cated, all specimens were collected by the

junior author in light traps. We wish es-

pecially to acknowledge the generous as-

sistance of Irving Fox, John Lane, and Ig-

nacio Ortiz-Cordero in making comparisons

of species or furnishing valuable opinions on

certain species, and for supplying specimens

for comparative study. P. A. Woke and

L. E. Rozeboom furnished Panama material

for study, including some specimens from

series which in part formed the type series

of new species described by Fox (1947) and

Barbosa (1947). We also gratefully acknowl-

edge the assistance rendered by Col. Francis

P. Kintz, Surgeon, and Lt. Col. Edward J.

Dehne, Chief of Preventive Medicine, United

States Army Caribbean, as well as personnel

of the 25th Preventive Medicine Survey De-

tachment.

Culicoides uniradialis Wirth and Blanton, n. sp.

Fig. 1, a-d

2. Length 1.1 mm, wing 1.1 mm by 0.4 mm.

Head pruinose dark grayish brown; eyes

broadly separated, bare. Antennae with flagellar

segments in proportion of 25:22:22:22:20:20:

20 :20:20:20:20:20:30, all except apices of seg-

ments 3-10 pale, remainder dark; distal sensory

tufts on segments 3, 8, 9, 10. Palpal segments

(Fig. 1, b) in proportion of 10:20:27:10:10, third

segment very slightly swollen, with a small shal-

low sensory pit.

Mesonotum rather narrow, color uniform light

tawny brown, with numerous short, appressed,

yellowish hairs; scutellum concolorous with meso-

notum. Postscutellum dark pruinose_ brown,

pleura pale with transverse median area darker.

Legs brown, subapical rings on femora, bases and »

apices of mid and hind tibiae, and distal tarsal

segments on all legs, pale.

Wing (Fig. 1, a) with anterior radial cells not

separated, the single cell long and narrow; costa

to 0.75-0.8 of wing length; macrotrichia entirely

absent. Wing predominantly pale yellowish, with

faint, grayish, irregular bands: anterior radial

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 3

cell pale except where covered by second dark

wing band from a fourth of the way to halfway

to apex. First dark wing band at proximal fourth

of wing from costa to anterior media, interrupted

and appearing again on base of vein Mzi, + Cu.

Second band across second fourth of anterior

radial cell taking in base of medial fork, inter-

rupted and appearing again across basal half of

mediocubital fork. Third band beginning as an

oblique, dark mark across middle of cell R;

from wing margin near apex of cell, broadening

toward vein M, and extending along this vein

and forming a broad dark mark in front of its

apex; continuing broadly across middle of cells

M, and M, to apex of vein Mai; and following

vein M, also to apex. Halteres pale.

Abdomen brown; spermathecae two, small,

subequal and pyriform in shape.

Male genitalia (Fig. 1, c, d). Ninth sternite

very short with very shallow mesal excavation,

the membrane bare; ninth tergite short, quadrate,

with very small, widely separated, apicolateral

processes. Basistyles stout, ventral roots stout

and boat-hook shaped, dorsal roots not so long

and rather stout; dististyles nearly straight,

gradually tapered to tips which are blunt and

not bent. Aedeagus short and stout, basal arms

stout and forming anterior arch to half of total

length; apex stout and rounded with faint ser-

rations and apparently a few appressed, sharp,

flattened, subapical spines. Parameres (Fig. 1, c)

with bases knobbed; stems curved gently, each

with ventral pouch about one-and-one-half times

as long as its diameter, distal portions narrowed,

tapered to sharp apical points with three or four

subapical lateral barbs.

Holotype @, allotype, Mojinga Swamp, Fort

Sherman, Canal Zone, October 24, 1951, F. S$

Blanton (light trap) (type no. 61497, U.S.N.M.).

Paratypes: 12 #o, 54 2 2, same data as type;

20°0,2 2 2, Loma Boracha, C. Z., October 29,

1951.

Apparently related to the next species, kintzi

n.sp., which it superficially resembles in its uni-

formly tawny yellow color, wings with costa

elongated, the apex in a light area, and the dark

markings of the wing reduced, diffuse, and in

cell R;, oblique. However, according to the male

genitalia these species probably belong to dif-

ferent groups, since in wniradialis the ventral

roots are boat-hook shaped and the parameres

have a ventral pouch and distal barbs, all these

being lacking in kintzt. The other known species,

with few exceptions, which have the second

Marcu 1953 WIRTH AND BLANTON: PANAMA CULICOIDES Al

b ; Cc

SUGAREPENTER|

Fig. 1.—Culicoides uniradialis: a, Female wing; b, female palpus; c, male parameres; d, male genitalia,

parameres removed. Fie. 2.—Culicoides kintzi: a, Female wing, with important veins labeled; 6,

female palpus; c, male parameres; d, male genitalia. Fic. 3.—Culicoides carpenteri: a, Female wing:

b, mesonotal pattern; c, female palpus; d, male parameres; e, male genitalia.

72 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

anterior radial cell in a light spot belong to the

well defined pulicaris or guttatus groups with

characteristic and greatly different male genitalia,

usually contiguous eyes and distal, sensory tufts

on some or all of the last five antennal segments.

Culicoides kintzi Wirth and Blanton, n. sp.

Fig. 2, a-d

2. Length 1.0 mm, wing 0.9 mm by 0.4 mm.

Head dark brown; eyes broadly separated,

bare. Antennae with flagellar segments in propor-

tion“of 20215 1o1Sela-toslostioe tole sel ee

26, distal sensory tufts on segments 3, 8, 9, and

10. Palpal segments (Fig. 2, b) in proportion of

8:12:22:8:8, third segment moderately swollen

with a small, shallow sensory pit.

Mesonotum rather narrow, color uniform dull

brown, three very faintly indicated narrow,

darker, longitudinal lines from level of humeral

pits to scutellum, the latter concolorous with

mesonotum. Postscutellum and pleura dark

brown. Legs brown; femora with subapical, tibiae

with sub-basal, narrow pale rings and mid and

hind tibiae with apices broadly pale.

Wing (Fig. 2, a) with two complete anterior

radial cells, both rather narrow; costa extending

to 0.7 wing length; sparse macrotrichiae on distal

third of wing. Wing markings practically the

same as those of wniradialis n. sp., but only the

tip of second anterior radial cell in a pale area;

pale markings of wing predominant, but not to

the degree found in uniradialis. Halteres pale.

Abdomen dark brown; spermathecae two, sub-

equal, pyriform.

Male genitalia (Fig. 2, c, d). Ninth sternite

short, with very shallow mesal excavation, the

membrane bare; ninth tergite short and broad

with very long, slender, apicolateral processes

and a distinct mesal cleft at apex. Basistyles

stout, ventral roots wedge shaped, the sharp

points nearly meeting mesad, the dorsal roots

shorter, curved and stout; dististyles slightly

curved, gradually tapered to stout, blunt apices.

Aedeagus stocky, with basal arms abruptly bent;

distal portion stout, tapered to a bluntly rounded

apex. Parameres (Fig. 2, c) with bases knobbed,

stems very slender, abruptly curved just before

basal fourth, the following portions slghtly

sinuate, abruptly bent at middle, the distal

halves gradually tapered to slender, needlelike,

simple points.

Holotype @, allotype, Mojinga Swamp, Fort

Sherman, Canal Zone, October 24, 1951, F. 8.

Blanton (light trap) (type no. 61498, U.S.N.M.).

VOL. 43, NO. 3

Paratypes: 8 @o@, 42 9 2, same data except

dates August 28 to November 28, 1951.

This species is superficially very similar to

uniradialis n. sp., but is readily distinguished

from it by the two completely formed radial

cells, shorter costa, macrotrichiae at wing tips,

and in the male, by the long apicolateral processes

of the ninth tergite, slender, simple parameres,

aedeagus with short basal arch and by the shape

of the dorsal and ventral roots of the basistyles.

Culicoides pachymerus Lutz, described from Ama-

zonas, Brazil, appears to be closely related in the

general wing pattern and in the shapes of the

anterior radial cells, but the description is too

scanty to make a close comparison. In pachy-

merus, however, the dark wing markings are

more extensive and the fore and hind tibiae are

said to be greatly swollen. We dedicate this

species to Col. Francis B. Kintz, Surgeon of the

U.S. Army Caribbean, whose cooperation made

this study possible.

Culicoides carpenteri Wirth and Blanton, n. sp.

Fig. 3; a=e

2. Length 1 mm, wing 1.0 mm by 0.45 mm.

Head brown, eyes narrowly separated, bare.

Antennae with flagellar segments in proportion

of 20:15:18:18:18:18:18:18 :730:30:35:402ou:

distal sensory tufts on segments 3, 11, 12, 13, 14.

Palpal segments (Fig. 3, c) in proportion of

10:40:30:12:12, third segment scarcely swollen,

with broad, shallow, sensory pit near apex.

Mesonotum (Fig. 3, 6) elongate; color tawny

yellowish brown, anterior portion except humeri

darker brown and a fine median line and a sub-

lateral pair of broader longitudinal bands of

brown extending caudad to about middle of

mesonotum. Scutellum dark in middle; post-

scutellum and pleura dark brown. Legs dark

brown, femora with basal and subapical, tibiae

with sub-basal and hind tibiae with apical, rather

wide, pale bands.

Wing (Fig. 3, a) with anterior radial cells

complete, narrow; costa to 0.6 of wing length;

macrotiichia very sparse, appearing only on distal

fourth of wing in cells R;, Mi, and M,. Wing

predominantly pale, a very dark, blackish, stig-

mal spot over second anterior radial cell and

distal third of first; diffuse dark patches on wing

just proximad of broad pale area around cross-

vein r-m, over vein M3,,, Cu; midway between

base and fork, halfway across cell R; behind

stigmal spot, across middle of distal half of cell

R; and continued along vein M; to wing tip

Marcu 1953

forming an oval pale spot at apex of cell R; at

wing margin; narrowly at medial fork and across

basal half of mediocubital fork and subapically

across cell M,; and Me, cutting off semicircular,

apical spots in these cells at wing margin. Halteres

pale.

Abdomen whitish on basal half above, light

brown elsewhere; spermathecae two, slightly un-

equal, ovoid to slightly pyriform, the bases of the

ducts sclerotized for a distance of a fourth of

length of spermathecae.

Male genitalia (fig. 3, d, e). Ninth sternite

short with shallow mesal excavation, the posterior

membrane bare; ninth tergite tapered to a pair

of broadly separated, triangular apicolateral proc-

esses. Basistyles with ventral roots large and

boat-hook shaped, their apices nearly touching

mesad, dorsal roots nearly as long, slender; dis-

tistyles slightly curved, slender, with slightly

enlarged, pointed apices. Aedeagus with basal

arch rounded, extending to two-thirds of total

length, the very short distal portion broad with

truncated apex. Parameres (Fig. 3, d) with

knobbed bases, rather stout stems bent at about

half their lengths, each with a distoventral pouch

of same. diameter as stem and about 1.5 times

as long; apical portions about half the diameter

of stems, tapered to pointed apices and each

with a subapical fringe of about a dozen very

fine hairs.

Holotype 2, Madden Dam, Canal Zone, June

6, 1951, F. S. Blanton (light trap) (type no.

61500, U.S.N.M.). Allotype, Mojinga Swamp,

Fort Sherman, C. Z., December 10, 1951. Para-

types: 16 2 2, same data as holotype; 24 ° 9,

same data as allotype, except dates August 15 to

December 10, 1951; 1 2, Loma Boracha, C. Z.,

October 23, 1951: 2 2 9, Fort Sherman, C. Z.,

fume 7, 1951; 1 9°, Barro Colorado Island,

January-March 1944, J. Zetek.

The Barro Colorado Island specimen was in-

cluded by Barbosa as a paratype of panamensis,

which however, is a much different species, with a

light spot straddling vein M, of the wing. C.

carpenteri might be confused with pale specimens

of galindoi n. sp., but by microscopic examination

of the female palpi and male genitalia the two

species may readily be separated. We are pleased

to have the opportunity to name this species in

honor of Col. Stanley J. Carpenter, formerly

entomologist for the U. 8. Army Caribbean,

whose interest in the Panama Culicoides problem

gave great impetus to this project.

WIRTH AND BLANTON: PANAMA CULICOIDES le

Culicoides galindoi Wirtb and Blanton, n. sp.

Fig. 4, a-f

2. Length 1.0 mm, wing 0.9 mm by 0.38 mm.

Head brown; eyes contiguous, bare. Antennae

with flagellar segments in proportion of 20:15:

LS ko lo 2ocZoeo) a0 405 distal sen=

sory tufts on segments 3, 7, 8, 9, 10. Palpal

segments (Fig. 4, c) in proportion of 10:20:20:8:

10, third segment slightly swollen, with well

developed subapical sensory pit.

Mesonotum (Fig. 4, b) rich brown, on anterior

half with extensive pruinose yellowish brown

markings; principally a large pair of submedian

patches and two sublateral pairs of smaller spots;

posterior half almost entirely pale; scutellum

dark in middle. Postscutellum and pleura dark

brown, almost black. Legs dark brown, fore and

mid femora with subapical, and all tibiae with

subbasal, narrow pale rings.

Wing (Fig. 4, a) nearly bare, sparse macro-

trichia distad of level from end of costa to end of

vein M3.:; anterior radial cells short, complete,

costa to 0.6 of wing length. Second anterior radial

cell and distal half of first included in a very

dark spot; a very light spot over r-m crossvein

from anterior wing margin to level of anterior

media; a double light spot in cell Rs at end of

costa, a very large rounded light spot at apex of

cell R;, broadly meeting wing margin and usually

continued along it a little way toward wing tip;

two long light spots in cell M,, the second

broadly meeting wing margin; base of cell M;

with continuous light streak to transverse dark

band at level of end of vein M3.4 and a broad

apical light spot at wing margin; base of anal

cell pale and a large double light spot at apex.

Halteres pale.

Abdomen dull, brownish black; spermathecae

two, subequal, pyriform (Fig. 4, d).

Male genitalia (Fig. 4, e, f). Ninth sternite

very short, with shallow mesal excavation, the

membrane spiculate; ninth tergite short and

strongly tapered, with very short, triangular,

apicolateral processes. Basistyles stout, dorsal

roots slender, ventral roots longer and boat-hook

shaped; their apices contiguous mesad; dististyles

slender, with curved, pointed apices. Aedeagus

with strong basal arch, the basal arms slender

and curved, apex a short, rounded lobe.

Parameres (Fig. 4, e) with crooked, knobbed

bases, the stems slender and slightly sinuate, the

apices abruptly recurved ventrad, each with three.

subapical lateral barbs.

74 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Holotype @, allotype, Mojinga Swamp, Fort

Sherman, Canal Zone, October 24, 1951; F. S.

Blanton (light trap) (type no. 61501, U.S.N.M.).

Paratypes: 26 oo’, 88 9 9, same data as types,

except dates August 15 to October 24, 1951;

1 9, Cerro Campafia, Panama Prov., July 3,

1951; 1 9%, Pacora, Panama Prov., June 4,

1951; 2 @o’, 1 9, Madden Dam, C. Z., Sep-

tember 21, 1951; 1 @, Arraijan, Panama Prov.,

August 8, 1951; 9 #0, 13 9 2, Loma Boracha,

C. Z., October 29, 1951.

Culicoides limai Barretto, from Sao Paulo,

Brazil, is very similar but has a small ventral

lobe on the male parameres, the basal arch of the

aedeagus is narrower, the mesonotum has only a

pair of small, anterior, sublateral pale patches;

the scutellum is dark on the extreme ends as

well as in the middle, and the tibiae have sub-

apical pale bands on the fore and mid legs and at

the bases and apices of the hind pair. From the

original description, woke: Fox might be confused

with galindoi, but Fox’s species is larger, the

mesonotum has a faintly mottled pattern of

punctiform dots and the wing is nearly bare

with the markings very faint and diffuse. This

species is named in honor of Dr. Pedro Galindo,

of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, one of the

leaders of the Panamanian Republic in the work

on Diptera of medical importance.

Culicoides vargasi Wirth and Blanton, n. sp.

Fig. 5, a-e

2. Length 1.0 mm, wing 0.9 mm by 0.42 mm.

Head pruinose dark brown; eyes nearly con-

tiguous, bare. Antennae with flagellar segments

Ine PLOportiony Ol a2 alae 2 ee)

22:25:28:36, distal sensory tufts on segments 3

and 7-10. Palpal segments (Fig. 5, c) in propor-

tion of 8:12:25:9:11, third segment swollen

with a broad, shallow, subapical, sensory pit.

Mesonotum (Fig. 5, 6) dark brown, with promi-

nent pattern of large, pruinose gray patches,

including a large, contiguous, quadrate pair in

middle before suture, a pair of rounded spots over

humeral pits, three pairs of rounded, lateral spots

and quadrate prescutellar sensory areas margined

with gray. Scutellum gray, brown in middle. Legs

brown, femora with subapical and tibiae with

subbasal pale bands, hind tibiae with apices

broadly pale.

Wing (Fig. 5, a) with anterior radial cells

normal, short; costa to 0.6 of wing length; macro-

trichia very sparse and in rows over distal third

of wing, a few in anal cell. Prominent yellow

VOL. 43, NO. 3

spots on anterior wing margin at wing base and

over r-m crossvein, the latter spot extending to

slightly behind anterior media, the area between

these two spots and a stigmal spot over second

anterior radial cell and distal half of first very

dark. Cell R; with two hourglass-shaped, trans-

verse light spots, the first Just past end of costa,

often divided into two s2parate, round spots, the

second midway between this one and wing tip,

both broadly meeting wing margin; cell R; also

with two linear pale spots on anterior side of

vein M,, the first one short, midway between pale

spot over r-m crossvein and one at end of costa,

the second extending between posterior ends of

the two, anterior pale spots in cell R;. Apices of

veins M, and My, pale margined; a prominent

light spot straddling middle of vein M,; small,

rounded, submarginal light spots in cells M; and

M.; cell Mz. also with a large light spot behind

medial fork and a small light spot just in front of

mediocubital fork; veins M3.4 and Cu, entirely

pale margined, the latter broadly so, the former

broadly connected to a large light spot in cell

M, which broadly meets wing margin midway of

cell, anal cell with basal pale spot connected to

pale areas at base of cell M. and with a single,

round light spot just behind mediocubital fork.

Halteres pale.

Abdomen dark brown; spermathecae two, sub-

equal, pyriform.

Male genitalia (Fig. 5, d, e). Ninth sternite

with broad, deep, mesal excavation, the posterior

membrane bare; ninth tergite long and tapered,

the apicolateral processes short and triangular.

Basistyles with ventral roots long, curved and

slender, with small caudal hook; dorsal roots

almost as long; dististyles slender and slightly

curved. Aedeagus with basal arms broadly sepa-

rate to two-thirds of total length, the fork

angular, a pair of short, bladelike processes on

caudal side of shoulders of basal arms; distal

portion slender, with rounded apex with faint

serrations. Parameres (Fig. 5, d) with large basal

knobs, stems slender and nearly straight, abruptly

recurved at distal three-fifths with apices nar-

rowed and each bearing a fringe of 4-5 sharp

spines and a strong, bent, distal spine.

Holotype @, allotype, Las Tablas, Los Santos

Prov., Panama, June 14, 1951, F. S. Blanton

(light trap) (type no. 61502, U.S.N.M.). Para-

types: 9 oo, 10 9 2, same data as type;

12 707,59 2 2, Mojinga Swamp, Fort Sherman,

C. Z., August 28, 1951 to January 1952; 1 o&,

Rio Hato, Cocle Prov., September 24, 1951.

Marcu 1953 WIRTH AND BLANTON: PANAMA CULICOIDES

4. GALINDO|

SN NN ae RN ae oe

SV iG |

SSS > =

Ssh

6.MAGNIPALPIS

Fic. 4.—Culicoides galindoi: a, Female wing; b, mesonotal pattern; c, female palpus; d, female sper-

mathecae; e, male parameres; f, male genitalia. Fig. 5.—Culicoides vargasi: a, Female wing; ),

mesonotal pattern; c, female palpus; d, male parameres; e, male genitalia. Fia. 6.—Culicoides magni-

palpis: a, Female wing; b, female palpus; c, female spermathecae; d, male parameres; e, male genitalia.

76 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Other material examined: VENEZUELA, 3 oA,

11 9 ¢, Ocumare del Tuy, May 28, 1951, I.

Ortiz.

This species is the Neotropical counterpart of

bauert Hoffman, which it very closely resembles.

In bauert, described from Maryland, there is only

one pale line bordering the anterior side of vein

M,, this located directly behind the light spot

at the end of the costa; the hind femora lack the

subapical pale rings and the hind tibiae lack the

apical pale bands; the pit on the third palpal

segment is small and deep and the spermathecae

are subspherical. There are, however, no im-

portant differences in the male genitalia. We

dedicate this species to Dr. Luis Vargas, of the

Instituto de Salubridad y Enfermedades Tropi-

cales, México, D. F., México, a very enthusiastic

and esteemed worker on Neotropical Culicoides.

Culicoides magnipalpis Wirth and Blanton, n. sp.

Fig. 6, a-e

9. Length 1.1 mm, wing 1.0 mm by 0.48 mm.

Head dark brown; eyes bare. Antennae with

flagellar segments in proportion of 20:15:18:20:

20:20 :20:20:25:25:25:30:40, distal sensory

tufts on segments 3 and 11-15. Palpal segments

(Fig. 6, 6) in proportion of 10:20:30:8:7, third

segment remarkably bulbously swollen with

broad, deep, sensory pit on distal half.

Mesonotum tawny yellowish brown, a faint,

contiguous pair of lighter yellowish, oval, sub-

median spots on disc; humeral corners with a

small pair of whitish spots; area between these

and sensory pits blackish; scutellum tawny,

slightly darker in middle. Postscutellum and

pleura blackish, the latter pale on upper half.

Legs dark brown, femora with subapical and

tibiae with subbasal, narrow pale rings, distal

tarsal segments pale.

Wing (Fig. 6, a) with anterior radial cells

complete: costa to 0.6 of wing length: macro-

trichia long and numerous, extending to base of

wing except in basal cell. Anterior margin of wing

with yellowish spots at wing base, over r-m

crossvein (extending only to anterior media), a

large rounded spot at end of second anterior

radial cell extending two-thirds way to vein M,

and a large pale oval spot nearly filling distal

half of cell R; past level of end of costa. Cell M,

with two light spots, the distal one broadly

attaining wing margin: cell M» with a long pale

vou. 43, NO. 3

spot just ahead of mediocubital fork, and a second

rounded spot broadly attaining wing margin.

Cell My, with a large rounded spot in distal half:

anal cell with one large pale spot in distal portion.

Halteres pale.

Abdomen dark brown: spermathecae (Fig. 6,

c) two, subequal, subspherical.

Male genitalia (Fig. 6, d, e). Ninth sternite

with broad, deep mesal excavation, the posterior

membrane bare: ninth tergite slightly longer than

basal breadth, apicolateral processes short and

widely separated, a slight median cleft. Basistyles

with ventral roots slightly foot-shaped, their

pointed apices nearly meeting mesad; dorsal

roots slightly shorter, slender and simple; dis-

tistyles slender, slightly curved, their apices

bent and pointed. Aedeagus with basal arch to

slightly over half of total length, the basal arms

stout and bent midway forming a rooflike arch;

distal portion stout at base, apex narrower and

rounded. Parameres (Fig. 7, d) with bases

knobbed, stems slender, bent near bases, middle

portions straight, then bent outward and then

ventromesad with tips slender and _ needlelike

and each bearing four lateral barbs.

Holotype @, allotype, Cerro Campania, Pan-

ama, July 3, 1951, F. S. Blanton (light trap)

(type no. 61503, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes: 4 9 9,

same data as type.

This species takes its place near the debilipalpis

group of species on the basis of its wing markings,

but differs from them in having the distal light

spots attaining the wing margin in cells R;, Ms,

and M,, and the third palpal segment is very

distinctively swollen.

LITERATURE CITED

Barsosa, F. A. Culicoides (Diptera; Heleidae) da

regiao Neotropica. An. Soc. Biol. Pernambuco

7: 3-30. 1947.

Fox, I. A review of the species of biting midges or

Culicoides from the Caribbean region (Diptera:

Ceratopogonidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 39:

248-258. 1946.

———. Hoffmania, a new subgenus in Culicoides

(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Proc. Biol. Soc

Washington 61: 21-28. 1947.

. Two new Central American biting midges

of Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Kuba

3: 90-91. 1947.

Macriz, J. W.S. Some species of Culicoides (Dip-

tera, Ceratopogonidae) from the state of Chiapas,

Mexico. Ann. Trop. Med. and Parasitol. 42:

67-87. 1948.

Marcu 1953

Ortiz, I. Estudios en Culicoides. Rev. Sanid. y

Assist. Social 15: 429-465. 1950.

. Estudios sobre Culicoides (Diptera, Cerato-

pogonidae) VII. Culicoides dominicii n. sp. y

TRAUB: A NEW FLEA FROM GUATEMALA ed

clave para el reconocimiento de las especies

venezolanas. Nov. Cient. Mus. Hist. Nat. La

Salle, Zool. Ser., no. 5, 12 pp. 1951.

WirtH, W. W. The Heleidae of California. Univ.

California Publ. Ent. 9: 95-266. 1952.

ENTOMOLOGY .—Wenzella obscura, a new genus and new species of flea from

Guatemala (Siphonaptera).1 RopERT Travs, Lt. Col., MSC.

The siphonapteran fauna of Guatemalan

rodents, although of potential medical sig-

nificance, is relatively little known. Among

the excellent ectoparasites collected by a

Chicago Natural History Museum expedi-

tion to Guatemala in 1948, is the remarkable

flea here described as a new genus of the

family Hystrichopsyllidae, subfamily Rhadi-

nopsyllinae.

Wenzella, n. gen.

Diagnosis.—Differs from al! known rhadinop-

sylline genera in each of the following charac-

teristics: Pronotal comb lacking; antenna with a

conspicuous flange (Fig. 1, A.f.) extending from

base to near apex of club, ensheathing much of

first two segments; lacking even vestiges of ab-

dominal comb of spinelets on terga two through

six; prosternosome without a sinus to receive the

small first vinculum (VC./); fourth vinculum

distinct (Fig. 10, VC.4); male with three ante-

sensiliary bristles; male eighth tergum (Fig. 7,

8T.) very large, inclosing much of genitalia;

maxillary palpi (Fig. 1, M.P.) very long, ex-

tending to apex of foretrochanters, suggesting

Megarthroglossus of Anomiopsyllinae.

Agrees with Stenischia Jordan, 1932, in that.

the lateral metanotal area is not set off as a

distinct sclerite, and instead the metanotum

extends as a downward-directed long vertical

triangle between metepisternum and metepi-

mere.* Differs from other members of the sub-

family (except Trichopsylloides Ewing, 1938) in

lacking a genal ctenidium.

Description —Caput integrecipitate, with in-

ternal but distinct tubercle (Fig. 1, 7'B.). Anterior

1 Published under the auspices of the Surgeon

General, Department of the Army, who does not

necessarily assume responsibility for the profes-

sional opinions expressed by the author.

2 Department of Entomology, Army Medical

Service Graduate School, Walter Reed Army Med-

ical Center, Washington, D. C.

3 In Trichopsylloides Ewing the metanotum is

similarly downward-directed, but the lateral

metanotal area is fairly well defined.

and dorsal margins of head evenly and very

broadly convex, not rounded; in female, those

margins straighter. Genal region (GN .) extending

downward beyond mid-point of maxillary lobe.

Head chaetotaxy reduced in number and size of

bristles, which are not set in distinct rows;

postantennal region with but one row of bristles,

that marginal. Eye greatly reduced. Palpi (L.P.)

5-segmented, not extending beyond apex of fore-

coxae, much shorter than elongate maxillary

palpi. Antenna peculiar in position and shape;

although genus is integrecipitate in both sexes, in

each sex the base of antenna is removed from

crown of head (in other integrecipitate fleas, that

of male is usually near top of head); antennal

groove not definitely extending onto propleuron;

first antennal segment directed anteriorly, almost

horizontal, not pointing ventrad as is typical in

other fleas; club almost rhomboidal, scarcely

narrowed apically, its segments often partially

fused, some reduced in size; club apparently

consisting of seven or eight segments (actually

nine present); with a conspicuous triangular

flange. First vinculum (VC./) relatively broad.

Margin of prosternosome straight, unmodified at

level of insertion of this vinculum. Tentorial

bridge (7.BR.) unusual in being displaced

ecaudad, near vinculum (overlapping in specimen

drawn); vermiform. Pronotum with but one com-

plete row of bristles, those short; comb completely

absent. Mesonotum (Fig. 10, MSN.) with two

rows of bristles, the first somewhat irregular;

with a relatively long, well-developed phragma

(PH.2); with two or three pseudosetae (PS.S.).

Mesepisternum (MPS.) with anterior margin

fairly straight. An internal furea (/.F.2) con-

spicuous, extending dorsad more than half height

of mesepimere (MPM.). Mesepimere longer than

broad (high), much longer than MPS. Meso-

sternosome (MPS. and MPM.) with chaetotaxy

reduced to about four bristles. Metanotum

(MTN.) with a distinctive beak-shaped con-

spicuous phragma (PH.3) (not as broad as that

of mesonotum); with two rows of bristles; about

78 JOURNAL OF THE

as long as mesonotum and about half again as

long as pronotum (ignoring phragma). Sides of

metanotum extending ventrad as a downward-

pointing triangle, the altitude of the triangle

about equal to that of rest of notum above it.

Lateral metanotal area completely absent. Pleura!

arch absent. Lower margins of metanotum

heavily sclerotized, as is posterior margin of

metepisternum (MT7'S.). Metepisternum (MT7S.)

with anterior margin ventrally straight, its upper

portion concave. With a conspicuous internal

furca (J.F.3) arising from base of MTS. Squamu-

lum absent. Metepimere (W7'M.) well developed,

broader than long; lacking a striarium; chaeto-

taxy relatively reduced; apparently not fused

with metanotum, although margins contiguous.

Metacoxa lacking the subapical patch of spiri-

forms or subspiniform bristles characteristic of

the subfamily (also missing in Trichopsylloides

Ewing, 1938, and in Paratyphloceras Ewing, 1940).

Tibial comb absent. Profemur without thin lateral

or mesal bristles. Fifth tarsal segment on each

leg with four pairs of lateral p!antar bristles, the

apical pair somewhat reduced.

Typical terga with two rows of bristles. Second

abdominal! sternum without a striarium. With

three antesensiliary bristles (Fig. 7. A.B.) in

each sex; the bristles relatively unmodified; the

plate supporting these bristles unusual in being

displaced from dorsal and caudal margins. Ab-

dominal spiracles much longer than Lroad.

Male eighth tergum extending beyond base of

clasper. Male eighth sternum very large, with

many bristles. Movable finger (Fig. 9, F.) long

and narrow, without spiniforms. Ninth sternum

with distal arm (Fig. 7, D.A.9 and fig. 5) bearing

subspiniforms; proximal arm (P.A.9) weakly

sclerotized. Aedeagus relatively unmodified; with

pouch wall (Fig. 8, P.W.) lightly sclerotized.

Anal stylet (Fig. 2, A.S.) of female with a ‘ong

apical bristle and dorsal and ventral subapical

bristles. Sensilium somewhat convex. Abdominal

bristles (particularly those of male eighth

sternum) set In prominent bases (Figs. 6 and 4).

Genotype: Wenzella obscura, n. sp. The genus

is named for Rupert L. Wenzel, curator of

insects, Chicago Natural History Museum, who

has contributed very much to the study of

ectoparasites and who organized and led the

expedition which collected this exceptionally

interesting flea.

Wenzeila obscura, n. sp. (Figs. 1-11)

Types—Holotype male and allotvpe female

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 3

ex Heteromys d. desmarestianus Grey (family

Heteromyidae), a spiny pocket mouse; Guate-

mala: Sacatepequez, 6 km west of Mixco; eleva-

tion, 6,900 feet; collected by R. Mitchell and L.

de la Torre; June 26, 1948. Six male and five

female paratypes with same data. Holotype and

allotype deposited in collections of the Chicago

Natural History Museum. Paratypes deposited

in the United States National Museum; the

British Museum (Tring); the Division of Ento-

mology, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa,

Canada; the Chicago Natural History Museum;

and the author's collection.

Description. Heap, Mae (Fig. 1): Anterior

margin of head a shallow are; in female nearly

straight so that head is almost pointed. Pre-

antennal region with a vestige of a row of seven

or eight rudimentary bristles or hairs extending

from insertion of mawxillary palpi to antennal

groove; with an “ocular”? row of two small

bristles, one near antennal groove and the other

ventromarginal; with about eight to ten thin

hairs scattered on rest of genal area. Anterior

arm of tentorium (7.A.) visible on each side as

an angled vermiform structure. Eye absent.

Maxillary lobe (WX.) extending to near apex of

second segment of maxillary palpus (M.P.). Gera

(GN.) conspicuous, produced downward as a flap

on each side, extending to near midpoint of

second segment of maxillary palpus. True genal

lobe (at area of junction with antennal groove)

inconspicuous. Second segment of maxillary palpi

about twice the length of first, larger than third,

and subequal in length to fourth, which extends

to about apex of foretrochanters. The labial

palpi weakly sclerotized, extending to about apex

of forecoxae. Postantennal region with very small

thin vestigial bristles or hairs, pattern suggesting

vestigial rows arranged 4-5-5, those of last row

longest although still small; in addition, a patch

of about 11 similar bristles near antennal groove;

longest postantennal bristle at ventrocaudal

angle. First segment of antenna with three to five

tiny hairs at base and three or four scattered

marginal hairs. Second segment bonnet-shaped,

with one or two lateral bristles and a marginal

row of hairs; the segment directed ventrad. Club

of antenna rhomboidal but with ventral margin

slightly convex apically; club about three-fourths

as broad as long; with nine compact segments

partially fused so that joints are inapparent,

appearing to have merely seven or eight segments.

Antennal flange covering most of second segment

and extending beyond midpoint of club. First

Marcu 1953 TRAUB: A NEW FLEA FROM GUATEMALA 79

vineulum or link plate (VC.1) less than twice as__ shorter than second, extending down to about

long as broad, anterior and posterior margins mid-point of segment. In addition, with two

more sclerotized than remainder of link plate. bristles near anteroventral angle. In each sex,

THoraAx: Pronotum with first row of bristles prosternosome with an indication of a sinus for

WENZELLA OBSCURA GEN. & SP NOV.

Fic. 1—Head and prothorax, male. Fig. 2.—Anal stylet.

4.—Bristle of male eighth tergum.

tergum and eighth sternum, male.

Fic. 3.—Spermatheca. IPE.

Fic. 5.—Distal arm of male ninth sternum. Fic. 6.—Eighth

SO JOURNAL OF THE

receipt of antennal club. Mesonotum (Fig. 10,

MSN.) three-fourths as long as broad, excluding

the conspicuous, cephalad-directed phragma

(PH.2); mesonotal phragma triangular, its an-

terior margin extending down to ventral sixth of

notum and then with base of triangle emarginate;

with two rows of bristles, anterior row short and

terminating near level of anterior lucodise (LD.);

posterior row terminating above second lucodise.

Mesonotal flange with three pseudosetae (PS.S.)

per side, all inserted above mid-point. Mesepi-

sternum (MPS.) with one bristle near ventro-

caudal] angle. Mesepimere (MV@PM.) with three

bristles, two of these ventral, the third above

insertion of third vinculum (VC.3). Internal furca

(1.F.2) of mesosternum irregular, relatively con-

spicuous, arising caudad to mesosternal rod;

broad at base; apically narrow; extending dorsad

to level of spiracle. Metanotum (MTN.) with

two rows of bristles, the first short; about two-

thirds as long as broad (measured at maximum,

including breadth or height from dorsal margin to

apex of ventral triangular extension) ; phragma of

metanotum (PH.3) beak-shaped, about as long

as broad; without indication of a lateral meta-

notal sclerite; apical spinelets absent. Mesepi-

sternum (MT7'S.) with a caudomarginal bristle

near mid-point; this margin heavily sclerotized.

Internal furea (/.F.3) of metasternum well de-

veloped, vertical, extending about one third

height of segment, narrowed above proximal

third. Metepimere (M7TM.) somewhat rhom-

boidal, but caudal margins slightly sinuate, very

broad, i.e., breadth (height) greater than

metanotum; with four bristles, two near bullet-

headed spiracle, remaining two median. Fourth

vinculum (VC.4), or link plate, vermiform.

Leas: Forecoxa with thin scattered lateral

bristles from base to apex. Mesocoxa with basal

two thirds naked; apical third with a few lateral

submarginal stout bristles. Metacoxa similar to

mesocoxa but with a few thin submarginal hairs

on proximal two thirds. Femora with three ven-

tromarginal bristles near apex. Tibia with a row

of thin bristles flanking the stout dorsomarginal

ones; these last stout bristles arranged 1-2-1-2-2-3

on all legs. Apical bristle of first segment of

metatarsus reaching to apex of second; one apical

bristle of second segment reaching to apex of

third. Tarsal claws long and narrow; fifth tarsal

segment with fourth lateral plantar bristles

thinner and shorter than others; the fifth plantar

bristle represented by a hair. Measurements (in

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 3

microns) of tibiae and segments of tarsi (petiolate

base deleted) of holotype are as follows:

Tarsal Segments

Leg | Tibia |——— a —

| I 1 | THe") Sve

Pro- 125 | 60 | 50 | 40 | 36 | fs

Meso- | 180 120 75 | 50 | 35 | 90

| 40 | 100

Meta- 225 200 | 125 | 70 |

ABDOMEN: First tergum (Fig. 10, 17.) with

two rows of bristles, at times with an additional

subdorsal bristle preceding the first row; first row

extending to about mid-point of tergum; second

row longer; with vestiges of two apical spinelets

on flange; with a beak-shaped phragma (PH.-1T.)

one and one-half times as long as broad at base;

with two or three ventromarginal bristles. Basal

sternum lacking a striarlum; with a _ ventro-

marginal row of four to six or eight small bristles;

other unmodified sterna with a row of six to

eight long thin bristles preceded by three or four

rows of shorter bristles: in instance of second

sterna these anterior bristles irregularly arranged.

Typical terga with two rows of bristles, the

second row extending slightly below the sub-

lanceolate spiracle, the anterior row somewhat

shorter. Antesensiliary (antepygidial) bristles

long and narrow in both sexes, relatively un-

modified and resembling normal tergal bristles;

in male (Fig. 7, A.B.) middle bristle almost

thrice length of upper bristle; about twice length

of lower; in female (Fig. 11, A.B.) about twice

length of uppermost but ventral one three-fourths

length of middle bristle. Plate bearing ante-

sensiliary bristles displaced ventrad from dorsal

margin a distance equal to length of dorsal

bristle; displaced anterior of caudal margin a

distance subequal to breadth of plate. Plate

displaced even further in female.

MopiFIED ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS, MALz (Fig.

7): Setal bases of abdominal bristles pronounced,

heavily sclerotized. Eighth tergum (87. and Fig.

6) extending caudad beyond base of digitoid and

ventrad to level of base of distal arm of ninth

sternum; with about eight small thin bristles

near and below subovate spiracle; dorsal margin

slightly crenulate from sensilium to near apex;

with anterior and posterior margins convergent

and meeting in a triangular extension; anterior

margin doubly sinuate; posterior margin slightly

concave. Eighth sternum (8S. and Fig. 6) large,

extending dorsad to near apex of proximal arm of

ninth sternum and caudad to middle of distal

Marcu 1953 TRAUB: A NEW FLEA FROM GUATEMALA

WENZELLA OBSCURA GEN.& SP NOV.

Fic. 7—Modified abdominal segments, male. Fic. 8.—Apical portion of aedeagus.

Immovable process and digitoid of clasper.

Fic. 9.—

82 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY or} SCIENCES

arm of ninth sternum; dorsal margin convex;

caudal margin with a subventral sinus; with

approximately 21 marginal and submarginal long

bristles from base to apex; in addition, with six

smaller ventromarginal bristles; long bristles on

eighth sternum with setal bases even more heavily

sclerotized than on other segments (Fig. 4).

Immovable process of clasper (P. and Fig. 9)

broad, extending to about mid-point of digitoid

(F.); apex broadly rounded or subtruncate;

caudal margin sinuate; with three fairly long

subapical bristles and about six small mesal

subapical bristles; with about three caudo-

marginal bristles; two or three small thin medio-

lateral bristles proximad of subapical patch.

Movable finger or digitoid (F.) long and narrow,

about five times as long as broad at midpoint;

apex subacuminate; caudal margin fairly straight,

except where curving at base; anterior margin

sinuate, curving caudad apically and at base

curving rather sharply anteriorly; with a small

thin apical bristle and a caudomarginal row of

about 12 small thin bristles extending to near

base, but with a gap from apical two thirds to

near apex. With two or three similar subapical

bristles and with a few small anteromarginal or

submarginal bristles extending from below mid-

point to near apex. Manubrium (MB.) long and

narrow.

Ninth sternum weakly sclerotized for most of

its length and hence difficult to see clearly except

for apex of distal arm; proximal arm of ninth

sternum (P.A.9) broad, apically truncate. Distal

arm of ninth sternum (D.A.9 and Fig. 5) longer

than proximal arm and apically much narrower:

apex with three caudomarginal supspiniforms;

with a group of about five or six similar caudo-

marginal subspiniforms at apical two thirds; with

two short thick bristles distad of proximal patch.

Aedeagal apodeme (Fig. 7, AH.A) about three

and one-half times as long as broad; proximal

spur and apical appendage absent. Median dorsal

lobe (Fig. 8, M.D.L.) straight. Sclerotized inner

tube (S..T.) fairly straight and unspecialized,

its armature represented as a weakly sclerotized

winglike expansion. Apicomedian _ sclerite

(A.M.S.) on each side of S.J.T. consisting of two

portions: a proximal short, caplike sclerite and a

large apical weakly sclerotized, somewhat dumb-

bell-shaped structure. Lateral sclerotization of

inner tube (L.S./.) ill-defined. Crochet (CR.)

consisting of a large troughlike sclerite extending

well apicad of inner tube; dorsal margin slightly

convex, parallel to ventral margin for most its

VoL. 43, NO. 3

length, but crochet subapically narrowing; ven-

tral margin relatively heavily sclerotized. Lateral

lobes (L.£.) narrow and extending to near apex

of S.J.7., apparently an undifferentiated portion

of the semimembranous pouch wall (P.W.). Cres-

cent sclerite (C.S.) well developed. Penis rods

(P.R.) not fully coiled. Aedeagal apodemal rod

(A.A.R.), the third penile rod, arising from the

base of the almost invisible pouch wall. Vesicle

(V.) fairly welldeveloped. Apodemal strut (A P.S.)

of usual type but sclerites not differentiated.

Tenth segment conspicuous; sensilium (Fig. 7,

SN.) with about 12 pits per side. Dorsal anal lobe

(D.A.L.) relatively well sclerotized, covered with

bristles, those at apex long. Ventral anal lobe

(V.A.L.) with long apical bristles, its outlines:

semimembranous for the most part. Proximal

ventral sclerite of proctiger (V.P.) fairly well

indicated.

Mopiriep ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS, FEMALE

(Fic. 11): Seventh sternum (7S) with caudal

margin produced into a blunt lobe; below this,

margin evenly convex; with four rows of bristles

arranged approximately 4-8-9, those of last row

very long. Seventh tergum (77'.) emarginate at

level of the plate of the antesensiliary bristles,

which are displaced slightly more ventrad. Eighth

tergum (87.) very large, with two irregular rows

of long thin bristles ranging from above spiracle

to ventral margin; with about four long additional

submarginal bristles near ventral sinus; posterior

margin markedly produced caudad at level of

ventral anal lobe. Eighth sternum (SS.) vestigial.

Dorsal anal lobe (D.A.L.) with about eight medio-

lateral bristles and a fringe of dorsal bristles; with

a longer bristle at ventrocaudal angle. Ventral

anal lobe (V.A.L.) not heavily sclerotized, ventral

margin sinuate; with about three or four long

thin bristles near anteroventral angle and one or

two subapical bristles. Anal stylet (A.S. and

Fig. 2) about three times as long as broad, with

long apical bristle and two shorter subapical

ones. Spermatheca (SP. and Fig. 3) with tail

slightly longer than head, upturned. Head some-

what longer than broad; subpyriform. Bursa

copulatrix (B.C.) fairly well developed, globose,

its duct rather short.

DISCUSSION OF THE STATUS OF THE

GENUS WENZELLA

As will be seen from the diagnosis, Wen-

zella differs greatly from other members of

the subfamily (i.e., Nearctopsylla Roth-

schild, 1915, Corypsylla C. Fox, 1908, Para-

Marcu 1953 TRAUB: A NEW

FLEA FROM GUATEMALA

WENZELLA OBSCURA GEN. & SP NOV.

Fie. 10—Mesothorax and metathorax and first abdominal tergum, male.

abdominal segments, female.

Fig. 11.—Modified

84 JOURNAL

typhloceras Ewing, 1940, Trichopsylloides

Ewing, 1938, Stenischia Jordan, 1932, Rha-

dinopsylla Jordan and Rothschild, 1912, and

Rectofrontia Wagner, 1930‘). Certain of these

differences are shared by genera in other

subfamilies and these are thought to be due

to convergent evolution. Thus, the elongate

maxillary palpi suggest MJegarthroglossus

(subfamily Anomiopsyllinae). The new genus

resembles Anomiopsyllus Baker, 1904, in the

loss of pronotal and genal ctenidia as well as

in the marked reduction in size and numbers

of the head bristles. These adaptations are

characteristic of fleas which ordinarily are

restricted to the nests of the host (1, 2). The

caudad displacement of the tentorial bridge

(Fig. 1, 7.BR.) is also suggestive of Anomio-

psyllus. In Rectofrontia and allies, as in most

fleas, the bridge arises at the level of the

anteroventral portion of the antennal groove.

In its possession of a well-developed fourth

vinculum (VC.4), Wenzella resembles the

neopsylline and pygiopsyllid fleas. The ab-

sence of a sinus to receive the first vinculum

is also characteristic of these last two groups

of fleas. Nevertheless, the taxonomic assign-

ment of Wenzella is clearly indicated by the

possession of the following characters: fusion

of the segments of the antennal club; at

least one of the internal rods of the meso-

and metacoxae is cut short, interrupted or

abbreviated; the large vertical internal furca

of the mesosterna and metasterna; the fusion

of the lateral metanotal area with the meta-

notum. The subfamily Neopsyllinae includes

fleas which differ in important details from

Wenzella as follows: male antennal club un-

modified, and also extending well onto pro-

pleuron (along with corresponding fossa);

inner surface of hindcoxa with a patch of

spiniforms or small bristles; aedeagus with

a very well developed, long, broad pouch;

characteristically possessing a striarlum on

second abdominal segment. The Pygiopsyl-

lidae are essentially Australasian fleas, al-

though one genus is known to occur in South

America. In this group the genitalia are of

4 Micropsylloides Ewing, 1938, Ralzpsylla Ioff,

1946, Actenophthalmus C. Fox, 1925, and Micro-

psylla Dunn, 1923, are considered to be synonyms

of Rectofrontia and at best are subgenera. G. H. E.

Hopkins, of the British Museum (Tring), has

independently expressed a similar opinion about

these genera of the Rhadinopsyllini.

OF THE WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES’ VOL. 43, NO. 3

a very different type, the sensilium is mark-

edly convex, and there is no frontal tubercle.

Tor these reasons the genus Wenzella is best

placed in a new tribe of Rhadinopsyllinae

characterized as follows:

Wenzellini, n. tribe

Clypeal tubercle internal. Integrecipitate, but

the antennal groove removed from crown of head

in both sexes. First vinculum not received in a

distinct sinus of prosternum. Fourth vinculum

present. Metepimeral striarium absent. Lacking

a striarium on second abdominal segment. Inner

side of hindtarsi virtually nude, lacking a patch

of spiniforms or short bristles. Lateral metanotal

area absent, the huge metanotum extending down

between upper half of metepisternum and met-

epimere.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am very grateful to Dr. Karl Jordan,

F. R. 8., of the British Museum (Tring),

who verified the status of this unusual flea,

and to Miss Phyllis T. Johnson, of the De-

partment of Entomology, Army Medical

Service Graduate School, Washington, for

critical review of the manuscript.

REFERENCES CITED

Travus, R. Siphonaptera from Central America and

Mexico. Zool. Mem. Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus.

1(1): 1-127, pls. 1-54. 1950.

Traus, R.,-and Tipton, V. J. Jordanopsylla

allredi, a new genus and species of flea from

Utah (Siphonaptera). Journ. Washington Acad.

Sci. 41(8) : 264-270, 7 figs., 2 charts. 1951.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

A.B. antesensiliary bristle.

A.F. antennal flange.

A.A.R third aedeagal rod (accessory

apodemal rod).

A.M.S apicomedian sclerite.

A.S. anal stylet.

AE.A aedeagal apodeme.

APS. apodemal strut of aedeagus.

Be: bursa copulatrix.

CS. erescent sclerite.

CR crochet.

ID wavs in dorsal anal lobe of proctiger.

D.A9 distal arm of male ninth sternum.

F. movable finger or digitoid of

clasper.

GN. gena.

Mg internal furca of mesosternosome.

TRS internal furca of metasternosome.

i. lateral lobe of aedeagus.

eA labial palpi.

Marcu 1953 TODD: THE AMERICAN DUNLIN 85

GS-1. lateral sclerotization of inner PH.-1T. phragma of first abdominal ter-

tube. gum.

wD. lucodisce. PS.S pseudosetae.

M.D.L median dorsal lobe of aedeagus. Sel lode sclerotized inner tube of

M.P maxillary palpi. aedeagus.

MB. manubrium. SN. sensilium.

MPM mesepimere. SP. spermatheca.

MPS. mesepisternum. pA anterior arm of tentorium.

MSN. mesonotum. Abe Bal Ree tentorial bridge.

MTM metepimere. AEE frontoclypeal tubercle.

MTN metanotum. We vesicle of aedeagus.

MTS. metepisternum. V.A.L ventral anal lobe of proctiger.

MX maxillary lobe. VP. subanal sclerite.

P. immovable process of clasper. VC.1 first vinculum or link plate.

Pex 9 proximal arm of male ninth VC. third vinculum or link plate.

sternum. VC 4 fourth vinculum or link plate.

PR. penis rod. 7S. seventh sternum.

P.W. wall of aedeagal pouch. 7AM seventh tergum.

PE 2 phragma of mesonotum. 8S. eighth sternum.

PH.3 phragma of metanotum. ae eighth tergum.

ORNITHOLOGY —A taxonomic study of the American dunlin (Erolia alpina sub-

spp.). W. E. Ciypr Topp, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Communicated

by Herbert Friedmann. )

The red-backed sandpiper, or dunlin,

like certain of its affines, is circumboreal

and Holarctic in its breeding range; unlike

many of them, however, it does not. retire

into the Southern Hemisphere for the winter,

but spends that season in more temperate

climes. A common and well-known shore-

bird, it received its specific name alpina

from Linnaeus in 1758. Obviously, it must

have been one of the species he himself

observed on his trip to Lapland in 1752,

since he quotes no other authority. In 1766,

however, failing to identify his bird with

Brisson’s “‘l’Alouette de Mer,” he _ rede-

scribed the latter as Tringa cinclus. Meyer

and Wolf’s Tringa variabilis (1810) made a

third designation for the same species, and

the vast majority of the Old World refer-

ences, as listed by Sharpe (1896), Ridgway

(1919), and others fall under one or the

other of these three names. In view of the

seasonal changes to which the species is

subject, and which were imperfectly under-

stood in those early days, considerable al-

lowance must be made for this duplication.

It was some years before these supposed

species were recognized as identical and

the later names discarded. In the meantime

two additional forms of the group had been

described: Tringa schinzit by C. L. Brehm

(1822) from the shores of the Baltic Sea

and Scolopax sakhalina by Vieillot (1816)

from Sakhalin Island, but the latter was

not recognized as pertinent until Buturlin

(Auk 21: 53. 1904) called attention to it.

The form schinziz, although accepted by

many authorities, was discounted by Sharpe

(1896), who rightly considered it merely a

geographical variant. From the material

examined in this connection (11 specimens

from Holland and Sweden) it appears to be

an easily recognizable race, characterized

by its smaller size and heavier _breast-

streaking as compared with true alpina.

It breeds in the British Islands and in

corresponding latitutdes in Holland and the

Baltic Sea countries—far to the southward

of the normal range of true alpina.

In due course the known range of the

species was extended by various American

authors, beginning with Wilson in 1813.

No distinctions were admitted between the

European and American birds until 1858,

when Cassin drew attention to the larger

size and disproportionately longer bill of

the latter, which he thereupon christened

americana, but without designating a type

specimen. The name was accepted by most

American writers, although latterly only in

a subspecific sense. A few years later (1861)

Coues discussed a supposedly larger race

from the Pacific coast, which he provisionally

S86 JOURNAL OF THE

named pacifica. In 1885 Stejneger pointed

out that Cassin’s name americana was pre-

occupied, and proposed to replace it by

Coues’s pacifica. He claimed that Coues’s

type (here designated as no. 9540, collection

U. 8S. National Museum) was ‘in every

essential a true P. americana CaAssiIN,”’

which form was common to “both the Asiatic

and American shores of the Pacific Ocean.”’

Stejneger’s conclusions were adopted in the

American Ornithologists’ Union Check-List

and were indeed not questioned until 1904,

when the Russian ornithologist Buturlin

showed that Vieillot’s long unrecognized

name Scolopax sakhalina (1816), from Sak-

halin Island, was pertinent to the Pacific

form. As a result this name came into gen-

eral use, nor was it ever challenged until

1914, when Thayer and Bangs insisted that

east Siberian birds were not the same as

American birds, to which latter they restored

the name pacifica. The latest authors to

discuss the question (Hellmayr and Conover,

1945) fully indorse and emphasize Thayer

and Bangs’s views. And thus the matter

stands at present.

The identification of dunlin specimens he

collected in Alaska gave some trouble to

A. M. Bailey (Condor 28: 34. 1926) and to

the authorities to whom he sent them for

determination. He has generously placed

his entire Alaskan series at my disposal.

Taking breeding birds alone, I find that

there seem to be two forms represented.

One of these is a comparatively short-billed

bird, with the dusky streaking on the throat

and breast subdued or nearly wanting. Of

this form there are available 26 breeding

specimens from Point Barrow, Wainwright,

Chipp River, and Point Hope—all in north-

ern Alaska. The other form, represented by

20 breeding specimens from the rest of

Alaska, is longer-billed by comparison, with

heavier streaking on the throat and breast.

Young birds of the two races in the spotted

juvenal dress appear to differ only in the

length of the bill.

Through the courtesy of certain other

institutions I have been able to compare a

fair series of dunlin specimens from Sak-

halin Island—topotypes of sakhalina of

Vieillot—with the northern Alaska series,

and I find the two populations racially

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 48, NO. 3

distinct. As Conover says, the upperparts

in Sakhalin birds average lighter-colored —

more buffy, less rufescent. Also the black

area of the underparts averages more re-

stricted. Compared with pacifica the much

longer bill, darker upperparts, and more

heavily streaked breast of the latter will

serve to distinguish breeding specimens of

the two forms at a glance. Note that Con-

over’s study did not involve examination

of any specimens taken north of Nome;

this will account for his failure to discrimi-

nate a northern race. As already stated, I

have seen no specimens of this race from

south of its breeding grounds, but I believe

that the relatively shorter bill would serve

to distinguish them.

Now we come to consider the dunlin

population of the American Arctic east of

Alaska. Fortunately we have a fine series of

breeding birds from two localities, Church-

ill on the west coast of Hudson Bay and

Southampton Island at its northern end.

Even a casual comparison of these with

breeding Alaskan birds will show that we

are here dealing with a different race. Sea-

sonally comparable Hudson Bay birds are

obviously lighter brown above than Alaskan

pacifica—raw sienna as against antique

brown—although the streaking on the

throat and breast runs about the same, and

their bills average a trifle shorter. Birds

taken in spring migration (May) show the

same color differences when compared in

series, although less markedly. Owing to

lack of material I am unable adequately

to compare birds in the ventrally spotted

juvenal dress, but those I have seen (from

Southampton and Churchill) vary greatly

in the amount of spotting, while the differ-

ent stages of postjuvenal molt cause great

variation in the color of the upperparts.

Judged from the description and measure-

ments in Salomonsen’s Birds of Greenland,

these cannot be referred to arctica, since

their bills are much too long. This Hudson

Bay population is also sufficiently homo-

geneous and well marked to deserve racial

recognition. In North America we should

then have three races of the dunlin regularly

represented, as follows:

Erolia alpina arcticola, n. subsp.

Type.—No. 8503, collection Carnegie Museum,

Marcu 1953

adult male; Point Barrow, Alaska, June 8, 1898;

E. A. Mellhenny.

Subspecific characters —Similar to Frolia alpina

pacifica (Coues) of middle and southern Alaska,

ete., but bill averaging somewhat shorter (sex for

sex); and throat and breast more lightly streaked

(sometimes nearly immaculate). Similar also to

E. alpina sakhalina (Vieillot) of Sakhalin Island

and eastern Asia in general, but upperparts darker

colored; throat and breast more decidedly

streaked; and black abdominal area averaging

more extensive.

Measurements.—Adult males in breeding dress:

Wing, 113-122 (average, 116.6); bill, 33-35 (33.7) ;

tarsus, 22.5-25 (23.6). Female (8 specimens):

Wing, 114-124 (120.5); bill, 34-39.5 (37); tarsus,

24-26 (25).

List of specimens —Alaska: Point Barrow, 18;

Point Hope, 1; Chipp River, 2; Wainwright, 25.

Total, 46.

Range.—Northern Alaska in summer; migra-

tory and winter ranges not yet ascertained.

Erolia alpina pacifica (Coues)

[Pelidna| Pacifica Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia, July 1861: 189 (west coast of North

America; the type from Simiahmoo, Washington

—cf. Steyneger, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 29: 121.

1885).

Remarks.—The most distinctive character of

this race is its relatively longer bill, which serves

to distinguish it in winter dress when the plum-

age characters are obscured. In breeding plum-

age it tends to run a little darker above than

arcticola, while the throat and breast average

more heavily streaked. There are available a

good series of breeding birds of this race from

Wales, Alaska, also some typical specimens from

St. Lawrence Island, Bering Sea, and winter

and spring birds from the coast farther south.

E. a. pacifica is of course very different from

sakhalina, as Conover truly says. His comparisons

of the two, be it noted, were made with speci-

mens of undoubted pacifica and not of the more

northern arcticola. There is no evidence that

pacifica migrates southward along the Siberian

coast, although it may do so upon occasion. All

the specimens seen from that region appear refer-

able to sakhalina, as defined by Conover.

Measurements —Adult males in breeding dress:

Wing, 110-121 (average, 115.5); bill, 35-43 (37.4);

tarsus, 22-26.5 (24.7). Female: Wing, 109-120

(118.3); bill, 838-43.5 (41.4); tarsus, 24-27 (25.7).

List of specimens——Alaska: Wales, 14; Cape

TODD: THE AMERICAN DUNLIN 87

Prince of Wales, 2; St. Lawrence Island, Bering

Sea, 4. British Colombia: Denman Island, 1.

Washington: Simiahmoo (type), 1. Oregon: Bay-

ocean, 3; Newport, 2; Devils Lake, 1; Netarts

Bay, 2. California: Mount Eden Landing, 1;

San Diego, 8. Lower California: Abreojos Point,

3. Total, 42.

Erolia alpina hudsonia, n. subsp.

Type.—No. 110079, collection Carnegie Mu-

seum, adult female; Coral Inlet, Southampton

Island, Hudson Bay, Canada, June 6, 1930;

George M. Sutton.

Subspecific characters—Similar in general to

Erolia alpina pacifica (Coues) of central and

southern Alaska and the Pacific coast of America,

but general coloration of upperparts richer and

brighter; throat and breast more heavily streaked

with dusky; and bill averaging slightly shorter.

Range.—From the Mackenzie Delta (presum-

ably) east along the Arctic coast and islands to

Baffin Land, and south along Hudson Bay to

Churchill; migrating through eastern Canada

and the eastern United States to the Gulf coast.

Measurements.—Adult males in breeding plum-

age: Wing, 113-118 (average, 115.5); bill, 35-

38.9 (36); tarsus, 25-27 (25.4). Female: Wing,

114-120 (117); bill, 37-41 (89); tarsus, 25-28

(26.3).

Remarks.—Comparison of our fine series of

breeding birds from Hudson Bay and northward

shows that they represent a race different from

either of the Alaska birds. The brighter colora-

tion of the upperparts and the more heavily

streaked throat and breast are constant features

when specimens in the same stage of plumage

are compared. In winter dress this race may some-

times be distinguished from pacifica by the tend-

ency to a shorter bill, but there is so much over-

lap in this respect that the distinction is far from

absolute. It is fair to presume, however, that this

is the race that migrates across eastern North

America to its winter quarters on the Gulf coast.

List of breeding specimens—Southampton Is-

land, Hudson Bay: Coral Inlet, 11; Four Rivers,

4; Prairie Point, 4; Fords Brooks, 3. Manitoba:

Churchill, 15. Total, 37.

There remain several North American dunlin

records which have been referred to true alpina,

but which according to Hellmayr and Conover

(Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., zool. ser., 13 (pt. 1,

no. 3); 200, note. 1948) more likely pertain to

the Greenland race, arctica. In view of the dis-

88 JOURNAL OF THE

tinctions noted in the present paper, re-examina-

tion of these records is indicated.

The writer wishes to thank the institutions

that have courteously placed at his disposal their

material representing this group: Denver Mu-

seum of Natural History (A. M. Bailey); Acad-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 3

emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

(Rodolphe M. de Schauensee); Museum of Com-

parative Zoology (J. C. Greenway, Jr.); and

United States National Museum (Dr. Herbert

Friedmann).

Measurements are based on a series of 10

specimens (unless otherwise specified).

ZOOLOGY.—Postmonorchis donacis, a@ new species of monorchid trematode from

the Pacific coast, and its life history. R. T. Youna,! University of Montana

(emeritus). (Communicated by I. W. Price.)

Hopkins (1941) has described a monorchid

trematode in the pigfish (Orthopristis chrys-

optera) and the spot (Leiostomus xanthurus),

and Manter (1942) and Hanson (1950) have

found the same worm in the grunt (Haemu-

lon flavolineatum) although the latter writer

questions the identity of the fish which she

studied. A trematode of the same genus but

a new species has been found by me in

several species of surf perches (Embiotoci-

dae), the corvina (Menticirrhus undulatus),

and spot fin croaker (foncador stearnsz)

which I now propose to describe, together

with a note on its life history.

The worms were studied mainly in the

living condition, but whole mounts fixed in

the Dubosq-Brazil modification of Bouin’s

fluid and in an alcoholic solution of mercuric

chloride with a 5-percent addition of acetic

acid and stained in acetocarmine and in

Ehrlich’s hematoxylin have also been em-

ployed.

The trematodes were numerous in 1935-36

and again in 1951. No search was made for

them in the interim, but the infrequence of

their intermediate host, the bean clam (Do-

nax gouldiz), during this period renders their

occurrence then unlikely.

They differ from P. orthopristis as follows:

Their form is different, being slender rather

than rounded and resembling Genolopa in

this respect. The testis is longer than wide,

1T am indebted to Dr. Carl L. Hubbs, of the

Scripps Institution of Oceanography, for the use

of an aquarium in the prosecution of this research,

and to the San Diego Zoological Society and the

U.S. Bureau of Animal Industry for the occupa-

tion of rooms in their laboratories. I also had the

privilege of spending a few days at the laboratory

of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service at Beau-

fort, N. C. To all these my thanks are due. I am

indebted too to Edward W. Johnson, of the Uni-

versity of Maryland, for the preparation of the

map.

while the reverse is true in the former, and

the posterior notch mentioned by Hopkins

is lacking. The vitelline reservoir is incon-

stant, depending on the state of contraction

or expansion of the yolk ducts. The excretory

bladder is approximately spherical rather

than elongated, while the uterus fills almost

the entire posterior body region instead of

being restricted mainly to the lateral regions.

Black pigment spots are present, either as

consolidated ‘‘eye’’ spots or as scattered

granules evidently the remains of definite

“eye” spots in the larva. The flame cell pat-

tern could not be completely determined.

In most specimens the flames were inactive,

and in spite of a careful examination several

probable cells escaped detection. All that

could be seen are shown in Fig. 1. Judged

from the close relationship of this worm to

P. orthopristis it is highly probable if not

absolutely certain that the formula is the

same as that given by Hopkins for the latter.

Postmonorchis donacis, n. sp.

Slender, elongated worms covered with small

spines anteriorly, which gradually disappear near

the ventral sucker. Dimensions of fresh speci-

mens, flattened beneath a cover glass: length

0.48 mm; width, 0.207; oral sucker, 0.071; ventral

sucker, 0.06; pharynx, 0.048 by 0.031; ovary,

0.037 by 0.031; testis, 0.055 by 0.052; seminal

vesicle, 0.105 by 0.095; eggs 0.024 by 0.015. In

fixed material the dimensions are as follows:

length, 0.336 mm; width 0.07; oral sucker, 0.046;

ventral sucker, 0.038; seminal vesicle, 0.059 by

0.0345; ovary, 0.042 by 0.028; testis, 0.047 by

0.033; eggs, 0.021 by 0.012. Pigment spots pres-

ent. Ventral sucker at about one-third length of

body from anterior end. Ceca terminate posterior

to anterior end of testis. Vas deferens and metra-

term open through a gonopore in the midline just

anterior to the ventral sucker. The cirrus sack

Marcu 1933

O.| MM

YOUNG: POSTMONORCHIS DONACIS

ptlyy

(ee legs

CR Otek

{

boii

Fic 1.—Free-hand drawing of Postmonorchis donacis, n. sp., ventral view.

O() JOURNAL OF THE

encloses a heavily spined vas deferens and a

distinct prostate gland which joins the latter

where it expands into the large seminal vesicle.

Metraterm heavily spined anteriorly with a pos-

terior blind sack. Gravid uterus filling almost the

entire posterior body and opening into the metra-

term at about its mid length. Laurer’s canal

present. Excretory bladder approximately spheri-

cal. Vitellaria dendritic, composed of several

lobes on a side, usually extending from the

anterior end of the testis to about the middle of

the seminal vesicle but occasionally reaching be-

yond the ventral sucker.

Manter (l.c., p. 350) says of the excretory

vesicle in monorchids, “In some genera... it is

Y-shaped, in others it is I-shaped.”’ No mention

of a spherical shape is given. And further, ‘The

seminal vesicle in the Monorchidae is often rudi-

mentary and if present at all is difficult to ob-

serve.’’ Regarding the seminal vesicle Manter’s

statement is at variance with the account and

figure (8) given by Hopkins (l.c.) for P. ortho-

pristis and with my own observations on the

present species, while in the latter the excretory

bladder differs widely from the accounts of both

these authors for the Monorchidae.

Location of the parasite in the gut of the fish—

In the surf perches the worms are found mainly

in the rectum though occasionally elsewhere in

the gut; in the corvina their distribution is more

general. Three possible explanations offer them-

selves for this distribution in the former: 1,

Easier access to oxygen in the rectum; 2, dif-

ferences in pH between the rectum and other

parts of the gut; and 3, chemical differences other

than pH between these regions. The first of these

is apparently ruled out by the distribution in the

corvina. A test of pH in a specimen of Cymato-

gaster, one of the surf perches, made for me at

the Scripps Institution showed a difference of

one-half to 1 unit of pH between the rectum

(5.92) and the rest of the gut from the duodenum

to the rectum (6.45-6.90). This difference, how-

ever, is not peculiar to the surf perches, tests of

the gut of several other species of marine fish

made by me showing similar differences.

This leaves the third alternative as the most

likely explanation. In a study of the gut of the

surf perches (Young and Fox, 1936) the rectum

was found to contain a brown or orange-colored

pigment derived from the shrimp (Hippolyte

californiensis), which the fish had been eating at

the time. Dr. Fox determined this pigment to

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 3

be a carotenoid of the xanthophyll series which

occurs throughout the gut but is transitory

throughout most of the gut, persisting in the

rectum for a considerable time, but ultimately

disappearing there also when a xanthophyll rich

diet is withheld. Apparently the worms find at-

tachment easier in a region which is rich in this

pigment than elsewhere. It is not essential how-

ever for their attachment and survival as their

distribution in the corvina, and occasionally in

the surf perches indicates.

In this connection the findings of Nicoll (1913,

p. 200) are of much interest. He found Zoono-

genus viridis “universally in the rectum and in

no other part of the intestine...” of the sea

bream (Sparus centrodontus). ‘The rectal con-

tents..., partly from the fact that it feeds

largely on Crustacea, are usually of a dull brown-

ish color, but the color of the parasite was much

more intensely red.”

This similarity in location of two different

trematodes in two different species of fish would

seem to be more than a mere coincidence.

Larval stages in the clam.——The larvae in the

clam occur as sporocysts producing cercariae,

which in turn give rise to metaceriae. The size

of the sporocysts naturally varies with age, the

largest I have seen measuring 0.72 by 0.14 mm

in fixed material. The young sporocysts are some-

what motile, changing shape from time to time.

When present in large numbers the visceral mass

is extensively destroyed, as Martin (1940) found

in Cummingia, and is yellow in color. The fact

that the clam is almost universally infested with

metacercariae (see p. 92) in considerable num-

bers without suffermg any apparent harm there-

from renders it likely that either (1) several light

infestations succeed one another without serious

injury to the host, or (2) the visceral mass is re-

generated after partial destruction by the para-

site.

The cercaria.—The cercaria is illustrated in

Fig. 2. It measures 0.48 mm in length, including

the tail, by 0.08 mm in diameter in living speci-

mens. The tail is 0.17 mm long, the oral sucker

is 0.045 mm and the ventral sucker 0.039 mm

in diameter, the pharynx 0.017 by 0.011 mm.

In fixed material the dimensions are as follows:

length (including tail) 0.228 mm, diameter 0.042,

tail 0.09. There are two eye spots. The anterior

half of the body is covered with small spines,

while the tail is encircled by numerous rings of

overlapping scales which give the appearance of

spines.

Marca 1953

I could not determine all details of the excre-

tory system. There is a small globular bladder

at the base of the tail, with a group of several

gland cells anterior to it containing granules

which stain in neutral red. From the bladder two

excretory ducts extend forward to the region of

the oral sucker.

Posterior to the ventral sucker the anlage of

the future reproductive organs can be seen.

This cerearia resembles closely Cercaria myo-

cerca of Villot (1878) ecxept for a slight difference

in the relative length of tail and body. It also re-

sembles Cercaria cummingiae of Martin (l.c.).

Both of these larvae, as well as the present one,

infest marine pelecypods, so that in habit as well

as structure they appear to be identical. Regard-

ing the latter larva Martin (p. 473) says: ‘‘The

cercaria has certain characters in common with

Cercaria myocerca, Villot ... Both of these larvae

have the simple, sac-shaped type of excretory

bladder. This seems rather significant since C.

myocerca 1S a marine form with a setiferous tail

and all other described species of setiferous-

tailed marine cercariae have either a Y or U-

shaped, or a long tubular excretory bladder.

Both species have eye spots. The molluscan host

of C. myocerca is Scrobicularia tenuis which be-

longs to the same family as Cummingia.” I

regard the present species as identical with C.

cummingiae which is, to all appearances syn-

onymous with C. myocerca.?

Regarding the adult worm to which these

larvae belong Villot (l.c.) considered it to be an

amphistome, which, as Dollfus (1925) says, is

highly improbable. Martin on the other hand

thought it was one of the Allocreadiidae. As

will be seen from what follows it is highly probable

that the adult worm is a monorchid.

The metacercaria—The metacercaria can be

rather easily excysted by pressure on the cover

glass. When removed from the cyst it measures,

extended, between 0.3 and 0.4 mm. It is located

mainly at the base of the siphons, but occurs also

in the gills and the edge of the mantle.

The life history —It has not been possible to

work this out completely. I have shown, as will

be seen shortly, that the clam Donax gouldii is

an intermediate host. But whether this is the

2 Should subsequent experiments prove con-

clusively that Cercaria donacis is identical with

C. myocerca the specific name donacis will be

superseded by myocerca, which has priority. Until

such demonstration, however, I prefer to use the

new name, donacis.

YOUNG: POSTMONORCHIS DONACIS 91

only one is uncertain. I have made repeated

attempts to infest the clam with eggs from the

adult worm but all of them were failures. Many

worms containing brown-shelled eggs were teased

and put in small vials or beakers with the clams,

but no miracidia emerged, nor were sporocysts or

cercariae found in the clams so exposed, even

when the eggs contained active embryos. Most of

these experiments were performed in sea water,

but in one, Ringer’s solution plus mucous from

the gut of an Embiotoca was used and in others

extracts of the gut of a corvina and an Embiotoca

were employed. I have also made a few attempts

to infest the clams by pipetting eggs between the

valves of the shell of four Donax but without

success.

—— I}

Dy EY (@)

a .

——— =

4 oS =

————— 1 <

———

-——

——

E-~

Fic. 2—Free-hand drawing of the cerearia of

Postmonorchis donacis, n. sp.

Martin (l.c.) has described the life cycle of a

related species, Monorcheides cummingiae, in the

clam, Cummingia tellinoides and eels and floun-

ders. He demonstrated the transfer of the parasite

from the clam to the fish and postulated its

passage in the reverse direction. He also demon-

strated the transfer of cercariae from an infested

to an uninfested clam, but did not determine

Q2 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

their mode of entrance into the latter, whether

through the mouth or the body surface. I have

placed active cercariae in dishes with clams but

failed to infest the latter. And the cercariae are

not attracted by siphons of the clam nor have I

seen any of them ingested.

I have, however, found a few cercariae in the

clam which lacked tails and were surrounded by

a very thin cyst, evidently the first stage of the

metacercaria. I have also observed a second

stage, intermediate in size between the first and

the final stage, which latter is identical with the

young worm.

It seems certain that eggs teased out of the

worms are not infective. It may be that they

require a period of ripening in sea water before

becoming so. Martin (l.c.), however, found that

exposing eggs of Monorcheides to sea water for

three weeks failed to induce development so that

this hypothesis is improbable. It is also possible

that a third host is involved in the cycle, perhaps

a small copepod which may be ingested by the

clam.

The reverse transfer, from clam to fish has

succeeded in many experiments, as the following

data will show.

A gravid Embiotoca jacksoni spawned in an

aquarium at the Scripps Institution several days

after its capture. The young fish were divided

into two lots of seven each, one lot being fed

abundantly on Donaz while the other lot served

as controls. One of the experimental fish was

found on examination to contain Postmonorchis

while the controls were all negative. Another of

the experimental fish was also infested with

small trematodes but the condition of the worms

when examined rendered positive identification

impossible. It is highly probable that they too

were Postmonorchis.

Of seven other Embiotoca fed Donaz six

proved positive for the parasite, while of 17

controls 14 were negative and three positive.

Of 138 Muicrometris fed Donazx, 12 proved posi-

tive and one negative, while of 44 controls 43

were negative and one positive. In Mission Bay,

an arm of the sea near San Diego, Cymatogaster

breeds abundantly in April and May in the kelp

and eel grass which line its shores. There are no

Donax in the bay and the young perch are

apparently never infested. Feeding Donax to 24

of these young fishes resulted in infesting 16,

while 16 control fish were all negative. That

all the experimental fish in these experiments

VOL. 43, NO. 3

OLA JOLLA

MISSION

PACIFKE OCEAN OSAN DIEGO

SAN DIEGO BAY

Fig. 3—Map of the San Diego region, Calif.

received metacercariae is rendered virtually

certain by the fact that of 400 clams examined

only five lacked these organisms.

I have calculated the significance of these

results by a formula in Tippett (1937)

we eS

SV1/N + 1/N’

and S

_ 2 — XP EG ee

7 N= 1224

where X and X’ represent the averages of the

experimental and the control observations, « and

x’ the value of each experimental] and control

observation respectively, and N and WN’ the

number of these observations. Knowing the value

of T and the number of observations, both experi-

mental and control, the probability of the result,

based solely on chance, can be determined from a

table compiled by Dr. George F. McEwen of the

Scripps Institution of Oceanography.* Applying

this formula to the first of the above experiments

it becomes 7 = (143 — 0)/SV/.2857 = Ee

where S = ~/(1 — .143)/12 = .25, which gives a

probability of .1465. That is, there is about one

chance in seven that this result might be due to

chance alone. Including both of the infested ex-

perimental fish in the calculation, which is

reasonably justified, the probability becomes

0.044, or about 1 in 25. Making a similar calcula-

3 This table is based on one in Fisher’s Sta-

tistical methods for research workers but ‘is more

comprehensive.

Marcy 1933

tion for the other experiments recorded above

the probabilities in none of them exceed 1 in

1,000.

The percentage of infested fish from different

regions is also significant. Donax occurs only on

the beaches where it is subjected to wave action

and is alternately submerged and exposed by the

tides. In both Mission and San Diego Bays (see

map) tidal action occurs but wave action is

absent, as is Donaz, while on the beach at La

Jolla it is present in vast numbers in certain

years. Both of the bays connect with the sea

through narrow channels which may serve to

isolate their fish from the open sea, at least for

considerable periods. Unfortunately I have in-

adequate data for the same species of fish, but a

comparison of different species, all of which serve

as hosts for the parasite is of much interest. In

1935 of 26 Embiotoca taken at La Jolla all but

three were infested, several of them heavily,

while of 33 Micrometris and 64 Cymatogaster

from San Diego Bay only one of the former and

none of the latter were infested. Many corvina

were also taken at La Jolla in this year all but

one of which were infested. It is obvious from

these results that fish which have access to Donax

are extensively infested, while those deprived of

it seldom are.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Douurus, R. Pu. Liste critique des cercaires ma-

rines a queue sétigeére signalées jusqu’a present.

Trav. Stat. Zool. Wimereux 9: 43-65. 1925.

Hanson, M. L. Some digenetic trematodes of marine

fishes of Bermuda. Proc. Helminth. Soc. Wash-

ington 17: 74-88. 1950.

Hopkins, 8. H. New genera and species of the

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 93

family Monorchidae (Trematod)a with a dis-

cussion of the excretory system. Journ. Parasit.

27: 395-407. 1941.

Manter, H. W. Monorchidae (Trematoda) from

fishes of Tortugas, Florida. Trans. Amer. Micr.

Soc. 61: 349-60. 1942.

Martin, W. E. The life cycle of Monorcheides

cummingiae, with special reference to its ef-

fect on the invertebrate host. Biol. Bull. 79:

131-44. 1940.

Nicotu, W. On two new trematode parasites from

British food-fishes. Parasitology 5: 197-202.

1913.

Tippett, L. H. C. The methods of statistics. Lon-

don, 1937.

ViutoT, F.-C.-A. Organization et développement de

quelques especes de trématodes endoparasites

marins. Ann. Sei. Nat. Zool., 6e ser., 8: 40

pp. 1878.

Youne, R. T., anp Fox, D. L. The structure and

function of the gut in surf perches (Embioto-

cidae) with reference to their carotenoid me-

tabolism. Biol. Bull. 71: 217-37. 1936.

ABBREVIATIONS USED ON FIGURES

A, reproductive anlage.

C, caecum.

C’, cirrus.

C”, cirrus pouch.

KE, excretory bladder.

G, glands.

G’, gonopore.

L, Laurer’s canal.

M, metraterm.

O, oral sucker.

O’, ovary.

P, pharynx.

P’, prostate.

S, seminal vesicle.

T, testis.

U, uterus.

V, ventral sucker.

V’, vitellarium.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY

458TH MEETING OF BOARD OF MANAGERS

The 458th meeting of the Board of Managers,

held in the hbrary of the Cosmos Club on

November 17, 1952, was called to order by

President RaMBERG at 8:03 p.m. with the fol-

lowing in attendance: WALTER Rampera, H. 8.

RappLeye, J. A. Stevenson, W. F. Fosuaa,

A. T. McPHERson, W. R. Wepet, Sara E.

BranHaM, W. W. Dinui, F. M. DEFANDORF,

Frank M. Snrzuer, A. G. McNisu, L. A. Sprnp-

LER, HerBertT G. Dorsey, Martin A. Mason,

E. H. Waker, W. N. Fenton, J. R. SWALLEN,

and J. P. KE. Morrison.

The President announced the appointments of

W. T. Reap and N. L. Drake to the Science

Education Committee.

It was recommended that the Committee on

Policy and Planning together with the Executive

Committee consider publishing a simplified Red

Book, and that it list the Members of the Acad-

emy, the Constitution and the Bylaws, and in-

formation pertaining to the objectives of the

Academy, and that a page be devoted to each

of the Affiliated Societies. The hope was expressed

that this material can be published early next

year.

Chairman McPuHeErson, of the Committee for

the Encouragement of Science Talent, presented

Q4 JOURNAL OF THE

a report that listed 45 members of professional

societies who are now cooperating in the Pro-

motion of Science Talent. This group has been

organized to provide effective contact with stu-

dents through assembly programs in all local

private and public junior and senior high schools,

at which an engineer or scientist will speak. They

will also provide for group conferences with

students in cooperation with science supervisors

and school principals.

Messrs. McPHERsoN and McNisu spoke of the

Christmas Lectures to be sponsored by the Philo-

sophical Society for the Washington Junior Acad-

emy of Science. The first lecture is scheduled for

December 30 on which date Dr. Lanp, of the

Polaroid Corporation, will speak.

The President read the following report of

the Nominating Committee:

The Nominating Committee, consisting of the

Vice-Presidents of the Academy, met at the

Cosmos Club on Monday, October 27, 1952. The

meeting was called to order at 8-15 p.m. by A. G.

McNisH, who presided. Others present were:

HERBERT G. DorsEy, JoHN K. Tayior, JouHN A.

STEVENSON for LEE M. Hutcuins, and ARNOLD

He Scorr:

The nominees selected for the offices to be

filled by balloting by members in December were

as follows: For President-Elect, Francis M. Drer-

ANDORF; for Secretary, JASON R. SwALueEn; for

Treasurer, Howarp S. RappLeye; and for the

Board of Managers to serve from January 1953

to January 1956 (two to be elected), MArtTINn A.

Mason, RAyMonp J. SEEGER, WiLuiAM T. Reap,

and Hrerspert G. Dorsey.

The death on October 13, 1952, of Dr. PauL

G. Nera, Director of the U. S. Public Health,

was announced.

Senior Editor FosHage reported conversations

subsequent to the last meeting with F. N. Fren-

KIEL who thought that four to six articles in

mathematics and physics would have to be pub-

lished in each number of the JouRNAL to build

up sufficient interest in the JouRNAL in these

fields. Dr. Foshag felt that this would require a

large increase in the budget. President RAMBERG

suggested everything possible be done to main-

tain and broaden general reading interest and

suggested that it might prove attractive to read-

ers if a section were devoted to prompt publica-

tion of brief notices of new developments in these

fields. The meeting adjourned at 9:55 p.m.

459TH MEETING OF BOARD OF MANAGERS

The 459th meeting of the Board of Managers

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 3

held in Room 304 of the Cosmos Club on De-

cember 15, 1952, was called to order by President

RAMBERG at 8:03 p.m. with the following in at-

tendance: WALTER RAMBERG, F. M. DEFANDORF,

H. 8. Rappieye, J. A. STEVENSON, FRANK M.

SETZLER, C. F. W. MurseBECK, Sara E. BRaAn-

HAM, R. G. Bates, Hues T. O’NEILL, Joun K.

Taytor, W. A. Dayton, A. H. Scorr, L. AL

SPINDLER, M. A. Mason, E. H. WaAuKeEr, H. W.

Wetts, W. N. Frenron, and, by special invita-

tion, J. R. Swauuten, L. E. Yocum, Ropert G.

Duncan, and LAWRENCE A. Woop.

The Secretary read the following report for

the Executive Committee:

Meeting of the Executive Committee Decem-

ber 12, 1952, attended by Messrs. Dayton, Ram-

berg, Rappleye, Setzler, and Defandorf. Mr. Day-

ton, Chairman of the Policy and Planning

Committee, reported on the recommendation that

his committee offered in answer to the question

raised at the May meeting of the Board as to what

material newly elected members should receive

from the Academy. There was general agreement

that newly elected members should receive in

addition to the usual letter telling of election and

the monthly copies of the Journal, a certificate of

membership, a copy of the Academy Bylaws, in-

formation on the history and aims of the Academy,

information on the Affiliated Societies, and a cur-

rent listing of Academy members.

After a discussion of detail the Executive Com-

mittee was of the opinion that in future Red Books

the Academy should list Academy members but

should not attempt to include the names of mem-

bers of its Affiliated Societies. It was felt that in

terms of the 50th anniversary issue, the current

1947-48 Red Book now out of print, the next issue

could well be reduced in complexity and size.

In brief it was felt that in the future Red Books

should contain the following minimum informa-

tion:

1. A brief history of the Academy.

2. Paragraphs describing how the objectives of

the Academy are being met.

3. The Academy Bylaws and Standing Rules

of the Board of Managers.

4. Descriptive material on the Affiliated So-

cieties including a current listing of their

officers.

5. List of Academy members with addresses,

and separate groupings of members in

accordance with employment connections.

6. Listing of usual meeting-times-and-places of

the Affiliated Societies.

A preliminary draft of material for (2) above

was presented and it was understood that the

Secretary and Treasurer will assemble the other

information needed for publication.

It was understood that the Treasurer will ob-

tain estimates as to the cost of printing the Red

Book by letterpress and a similar estimate for

photo-offset reproduction, looking forward to pos-

sible annual publication of the Red Book in the

Marcu 1953

above simplified form, an edition to be published

early next year.

The Executive Committee considers that sepa-

rate certificates of membership should be issued to

each new member and to those active members

who did not receive certificates after they were dis-

continued.

The Executive Committee is hopeful that suit-

ably inexpensive editions of the Red Book and

desirable but less expensive membership certifi-

cates can be prepared so that they may be retained

as annual budget items. Methods of preparation of

certificates were discussed and will be investigated

as to cost. The treasurer will include these as

appropriate items in next year’s budget.

There was a discussion of a letter from the

National Science Foundation. The Foundation is

not in a position to assist financially in the publi-

cation of the Index. It was felt that the Academy

should proceed without delay to publish the In-

dex. The Committee on Monographs should

prepare plans for widely circulating the announce-

ment of publication of the Index, as this should

prove helpful in recovering a fair proportion of

the total cost through greater purchases by li-

braries and other nonsubscribers to the JOURNAL.

This report was approved.

Chairman WELLs of the Committee on Meet-

ings mentioned that the following meeting on

January 15 was scheduled as the Annual Dinner

Meeting of the Academy. It was decided to leave

all arrangements in the hands of the Meetings

Committee.

Chairman Fenton of the Committee on Mono-

graphs reported that he had been in touch with

Mr. Oruser and that the galley proof of the

Index has been received. It appears that on a

double-column basis the Index will run about

330 to 400 pages.

Jason R. SwALLeN, Chairman of the Com-

mittee on Awards for Scientific Achievement,

asked the Chairmen of his subcommittees who

had been invited to attend this meeting to present

nominations for the awards.

Chairman Yocum of the Grants-in-Aid Com-

mittee presented a report filed with the Secre-

tary that recommended a grant of $200 for the

purchase of radioactive sodium from the Atomic

Energy Commission to Epwarp Hacskayuo for

a mycorrhizal research to be carried out at the

Institute of Physiological Research in Uppsala,

Sweden, under Dr. Elias Melin, a world authority

on this subject. This research will be made in

completion of requirements for a Ph.D. degree at

George Washington University.

Mr. Dayton, Chairman of the Policy and

Planning Committee, presented a report for his

Committee which was filed with the Secretary.

It included in addition to the items reported

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY O5

above as being adopted at the meeting of the

Executive Committee the following paragraph:

With regard to finances: There is general agree-

ment among the Committee members that the

Academy’s finances should be sound and that we

should keep out of debt; that our annual income

(about 90 percent) should be spent only for definite

objectives—such as the JOURNAL, the Junior Acad-

emy, appropriate meetings and conferences, and

the stimulation and advancement of science in

our area—with perhaps 10 percent held as a re-

serve for contingencies. Majority sentiment is that

permanent headquarters with a paid full-time

executive secretary is ‘‘very far in the future’’

and should not be considered unless and until

justified by the amount of business and income of

the Academy.

There was a discussion of the possibility of a

paid secretarial arrangement by Messrs. WELLS,

Dayton, and RappLeye that confirmed the con-

clusion of this Committee.

For the Committee on the Encouragement of

Science Talent President RamMBERe reported for

A. T. McPuHeERson that the announcements of

‘the Christmas Lecture of the Philosophical So-

ciety of Washington were being sent to all mem-

bers of the Washington Junior Academy of Sci-

ences. He reported that up till then a total of

$510 had been received from Affiliated and sey-

eral other Societies in support of the District of

Columbia Annual Science Fair.

The Secretary reported the death of Dr. Epw1n

F. Wenpt on September 30 and of Dr. CHARLES

L. G. ANDERSON on December 10, 1952.

The meeting adjourned at 10:00 p.m.

460TH MEETING OF BOARD OF

The 460th meeting of the Board of Managers

held in Room 304 of the Cosmos Club on January

12, 1953, was called to order by President Ram-

BERG at 8:02 p.m. with the following in attend-

ance: WALTER RAaMBERG, F. M. Serzimr, F. M.

DeranporrF, H.S8. Rappers, J. A. STEVENSON,

W. F. Fosuaa, A. T. McPHErson, F. W. Houes,

H. G. Dorssty, Sara E. Branuam, W. W.

DirsnwAsiG WVioNica: He W.-'Poos, A.

Scort, R. 8. Dini, L. A. SprnpLerR, and, by

invitation, E. H. Watker, H. W. WEetts, J.

R. SwaAuuen, and J. P. E. Morrison.

Chairman WELLs of the Committee on Meet-

ings spoke of the final arrangements for the

dinner meeting on January 15 at Hotel 2400.

The Secretary expressed the regrets of Chair-

man Dayton of the Committee on Policy and

Planning that he could not attend the meeting.

He reported for the Chairman the receipt of a

letter from Past President NatHan R. SMITH

recommending approval of affiliation with the

Academy of the Society of Metals. Receipt of

MANAGERS

96 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

this letter completes the unanimous approval by

his committee. The Board on the basis of this

recommendation instructed the Secretary to for-

ward the required supporting material and ballot

for affiliation of the Society of Metals to the

membership.

Chairman McPuHerson of the Committee for

the Encouragement of Science Talent reported

that members of the Junior Academy had been

guests of the Philosophical Society at the first

Christmas Lecture of a series of annual lectures.

This lecture, by Dr. Epwin H. Lanp of the

Polaroid Corporation, resulted in very favorable

comments and constituted an excellent initiation

of this project for increasing the interest of youth

in science. Twenty teachers have requested ap-

plications and examination blanks for the West-

inghouse Science Talent Search. This year ar-

rangements have been completed to include in

this search the senior high schools in Virginia and

Maryland within a radius of 25 miles from Wash-

ington, the area encompassing resident members

of the Washington Academy. Approval of this

arrangement has been received from the Virginia

Academy of Sciences; the Maryland Academy

is not at present actively participating in this

search. Chairman McPHrrRson mentioned that

the Society of Chemical Engineers and the Wash-

ington Section of the Chemical Society are plan-

ning a demonstration lecture in February by

Professor ALLEN of Princeton University. This

meeting is designed to promote interest in science

on a father-son attendance basis.

Chairman McPHrERSON reported that the Sev-

enth Annual Science Fair will be held at American

University with one room devoted to Junior and

another to Senior High School science exhibits.

It is estimated that the cost of materials inci-

VOL. 43, NO. 3

dental to operation of the fair will be $1000,

whereas contributions from the affiliated societies

and others now total only $540. He requested

action by the Board on a contribution by the

Academy, and $200 was approved as a logical

expenditure by the Board for this purpose.

The Secretary announced the deaths of the

following members: Mirtam L. BomuHarp on

December 16, 1952, and ArrHur B. Lamp on

May 15, 1952.

The Treasurer reported on estimates from the

Waverly Press for printing a new abridged form

of Red Book. One thousand copies as planned

would cost approximately $806; if the Constitu-

tion and Bylaws were omitted, the cost would be

approximately $720.

Senior Editor FosHaG submitted a preliminary

report for the year, indicating an approximate

unexpended balance of $204.05.

Vice-President McNisH outlined the desira-

bility of equipping the Assembly Hall of the

Cosmos Club with a better motion-picture pro-

jector. It is felt that the project is one for con-

certed action by the Academy and its affiliated

societies. This matter is to be considered as un-

finished business for action at the next meeting

of the Board of Managers.

The Secretary suggested that the new Policy

and Planning Committee give consideration to

the affiliation of additional societies that have

been suggested. The possibilities for affiliation

of other societies have not been reviewed for

about seven years.

The formal meeting of the Board adjourned

at 9:40 p.m. to partake of refreshments provided

by retiring President RamMBErRG who thanked the

Board and his committees for their cooperation.

F. M. Dreranporr, Secretary.

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

ESTE. SE NSE I ae rae em F. M. Serzier, U. 8. National Museum

ereSeIeME-CICEL. 22 once ck ke es F. M. Dreranporr, National Bureau of Standards

TNR e Oe bk Jason R. Swauuen, U.S. National Museum |

_ OES oy | Howarp S. Rapretere, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey

REE Me ka ke Se els we Joun A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

_ Haraup A. Renper, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Enuasophied! oociety of Washington................0.....0 60 e eee A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington..................... Wiuuiam H. GILBERT

iolesrealoociety of Washington......................... Hucu Tuomas O’NEILL

Ghemiesa! society of Washington. ....../................. GrorcE W. Irvine, JR.

Paromolartcal society of Washington. .................0.0.0...05. 05 F. W. Poos

Meine eorraphic SOCIeEtY............. 0.0.50. 00 cece eee ALEXANDER WETMORE

Geoloeical pociety of Washington........................00.0.. A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

Mme EPISLOrICd! DOCICLY . 2... cece ew be ccc eee cee ees GILBERT GROSVENOR

arses! pociety of Washington......-...........0.0.0..65. Harry A. BorTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GEORGE F. GRAVATT

Wesmnerenmisociety Of Hngineers................ 006.0202 cee cee eee C. A. Betts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers.. ARNOLD H. Scorr

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHARD S. DILL

Hehminthelostcal Society of Washington........................0-. LL. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLOCUM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... Fioyp W. Hove

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GRovE DorRsEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Sectien, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Evuts

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

Do 202i 52 Sara E. BRannam, Mitton Harris

oo Loe Le R. G. Bates, W. W. DIEHL

> TS US Se LS 7 ee eee ee M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

bere) WPGNaGeETS..........-....-----.-- All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

Demme meaniers and Associate Editors....... 002... 66. cee tne ee [See front cover]

Mreceuiive Commiitee..................- F. M. Setzer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

J.R. SwaLuen, H.S. Rappteyve, W. W. RusBey

Committee on Membership...... K. H. Waker (chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, Joon Fasber, ANcus M. Grirrin, D. BREESE JONEs,

FRANK C. Kracex, Louris R. Maxwe tt, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Satter, Leo A. Sutnn, Francis A. Smita, Heinz Specut, Horace M. TRENT,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Committee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), Joan W. ALDRICH,

AustTIN CxuarK, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman) :

227 LST TI 2 S. F. Buaxe, F. C. Kracex

Meaicnmiitty 1950... 22. ee ee eee 23: | ne 3 W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

Per MIIE PODO cw eee eee G. ARTHUR CoopER, JAMES I. HorrMAN

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman):

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

wick, Sara FE. BranuaM, Ira B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN ScHwaRTz, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sciences...... SaMuUEL LeEvy (chairman), MicnarL GOLDBERG,

EK. H. Kennarp, E. B. Roperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WILDHACK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScouBaAvER (chairman), R. 8S. Burtnerton, F. C.

Kracex, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SEecER, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monror H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HerzFELD (chairman),

Herpert N. Eaton, L. E. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

Mreplomtary 1954. 2. oc. esc e e k H. B. Cotuins, W. W. Rusey (chairman)

PREG POS oy ls ee ews wees oso a ed L. W. Parr, F. B. SILSBEE

lo) DSU AE ere ee E. C. CritteENDEN, A. WETMORE

Commitiee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHERson, chairman):

22 SEL TLL 2 a ae nee OP nee es J. M. CatpweE.u, W. L. ScHMITT

Metanusary 1955......-.. FSA os Ope 4. A. T. McPuerson, W. T. Reap

LO) . LECULAR LS 6 Oe ea nrg tee ser AUSTIN Ciark, J. H. McMILLEN

memecsenraiive an Cownei of A. A. A. S.. 2.06 e ee cece cca ss eee Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... Louise M. RussEuu (chairman), R. 8. Dru1, J. B. REESIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. Garner (chairman), L. G. Hensest, Myrna F. JoNEs

CONTENTS

Page

PALEONTOLOGY.—Jedria, a new subgenus of Naticopsis. Eis L.

YOCHBESON 0. 6.0.6 cou a UW so no oe dde%sle cs ale Soo alle ue ee 65

PAaLEONTOLOGY.—Cardiniferella, n. gen., the type of a new family of

Carboniferous Ostraceda. I.G:Soun...:.........-00=0 eee 66

Borany.—Some new combinations in Guatemalan Bromeliaceae.

LYMAN’ Be SMITH O37) Fanboy... ons tee ale ne oe ee 68

ENToMOLOGY.—Studies in Panama Culicoides (Diptera: Heleidae): I,

Descriptions of six new species. Wuiiis W. WirTH and FRANKLIN

SoH BUANTONG es oo cs clea we ls. nud ac hl RUE ee 69

EntToMoLocy.—Wenzella obscura, a new genus and new species of flea

from Guatemala (Siphonaptera). RosBert TRAUB.............. LE

ORNITHOLOGY.—A taxonomic study of the American dunlin (Erolia

alpina: subspp.). W. H. Cuype-Topp.. .... <....+:-2.: 5 eee 85

ZooLocy.—Postmonorchis donacis, a new species of monorchid trema-

tode from the Pacific coast, and its life history. R.T.Youne.... 88

PROCHEDINGS: THE ACADEMY... ... 2.00600 ee stteu cd es 2 93

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

Vout. 43 Aprit 1953 No. 4

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JOHN C. EwERS R. K. Coox

U.8. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.8. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CHAcE, JR. ELBERT L. LITT xe, JR.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan Puitiep DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

Dean B. CowiEz Davip H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Roya & GuILForRD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925.

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JourNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate):

Copies A pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3.25 $6.50 $ 9.75 $13 .00 $16.25 $3 .00

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 6.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 9.00

400 13.00 26.00 39.00 52.00 65.00 12.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PRocEEDINGS should be sent to Haraup A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Kates for the JouRNAL.—Per yéar........\. .20-.25.s0e 42 eee $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. 10, incl.—not available*..............:. — —

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)-——....- 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, incl.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

Monoerapu No. 1, “The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,” by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete...............27.:-.-: 40s eee $25.00

Single volumes, unbound: 2.5455. 50: Oss. 6b ee oe Bern eee eee 2.00

Single: mum Derss noe is SE aed oda wean Dnckeds ke OR ee .25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences’”’ and

ad reer to the Treasurer, H. 8. Rappieye, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

De.

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

April 1953

No 4

GENERAL SCIENCE.—Science in the Department of State: J. W. Joycn, Deputy

Science Adviser, Department of State. (Communicated by Walter Ramberg.)

I am sure that this audience needs no

reminder of the vital role that science and

technology plays in shaping the affairs of

our daily lives. We expect science and

technology not only to take a major part in

providing most of the material things we

associate with modern civilization but also

to produce a steadily increasing standard of

living. We depend heavily upon science and

technology to build strong military forces

to safeguard our national security. It 1s not

surprising therefore to find that science is

becoming inevitably and inexorably inter-

linked with the affairs of government. There

are many indications of this. We find, for

example, that scientists and engineers are

to an increasing extent being placed in high

positions in government—positions that in-

volve broad policy planning, as distinguished

from what might be termed tactical plan-

ning. Other evidences are found in the

marked increase in federal budget items

designated for research and development

since the pre-World War II period and

in the creation of new agencies and

establishments with responsibilities in the

field of science since World War II. These

include the National Science Foundation,

the Interdepartmental Committee for Scien-

tific Research and Development, the Re-

search and Development Board in the

Department of Defense, and the Office of

the Science Adviser in the Department of

State.

This evening I should like to tell you a

httle more about this last-named organiza-

tion, outlining some of the factors which

led to its establishment, recounting some of

1 Address delivered at the annual meeting of the

Washington Academy of Sciences on January 15,

1953.

its accomplishments to date, and venturing

some opinions regarding its future.

The relationship between science and

foreign affairs is, perhaps, less apparent than

in a number of the more obvious cases just

mentioned. E. M. Friedwald, writing in

Impact, has put it as follows:

The conduct of foreign affairs has always been

a traditional preserve of conservatism. But science

is not conservative. This perhaps explains in some

measure why science, which has lately infiltrated

into so many spheres of government activity, has

made so little headway in penetrating into the

field of foreign affairs. Few are the embassies and

legations which do not have their military, naval,

air, commercial, and press attaches; but science

attaches of a comparable status could until re-

cently be counted on the fingers of one hand.

In 1947, in an effort to continue the

excellent scientific haison with our British

colleagues that had been built up through

the war years, the Department of State

embarked on what was then considered a

rather unusual venture in Foreign Service

operations. It placed in the American

Embassy in London a small science group,

staffed by American scientists of estab-

lished reputation, each serving for a period

ranging from three months to a year or

more. This operation proved quite success-

ful, and in all some 12 or more scientists

served at various times on this staff, al-

though usually there were not more than

two in the Embassy concurrently. While the

venture proved reasonably successful, the

fact that even greater results were not

realized was undoubtedly due to the lack of

a formal supporting organization in the

Department in Washington. It was only

through the very commendable efforts of a

small number of individuals in the Depart-

oO Ue

OS JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

ment who undertook to backstop this opera-

tion as more or less extra duties that any

effective assistance was extended to the

London staff.

THE BERKNER REPORT

In 1949 the Department of State made a

series of studies to determine a_ suitable

reorganization plan to bring its structure

into conformity with recommendations made

by the Hoover Commission. One of the task

force groups that dealt with these matters

reported that

The Department is dealing on the one hand with

foreign policy matters which have a great effect

upon United States scientific policy and on the

other hand with international scientific activities

which have an impact on foreign policy. These

matters are being handled at various points with-

out adequate scientific evaluation...

There followed a recommendation that the

Department select a scientist of national

reputation to serve as a temporary con-

sultant to determine and made _ recom-

mendations on, first, the role of the Depart-

ment in national scientific policy, and

second, appropriate organization and staff-

ing required to carry out its responsibilities.

Following the approval of this recom-

mendation, Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner, of the

Carnegie Institution of Washington, was

appointed as a special consultant to the

Department of State in October 1949.

He was given the task of examining the

whole question of science and foreign rela-

tions and of making recommendations con-_

cerning the Department’s responsibilities in

connection therewith. The resulting survey

produced the Department of State report

Science and foreign relations, which was re-

leased in May 1950.

The Berkner report, as this publication

has since been called, sought to answer two

important questions: the first, How can the

potentialities of scientific progress be inte-

grated into the formulation of foreign policy

and the administration of foreign relations

so that the maximum advantage of scientific

progress and development can be acquired

by all peoples?; the second, How can foreign

relations be conducted in such a manner as

to create the atmosphere that is essential

to effective progress of science and tech-

VOL. 43, NO. 4

nology? The report went on to recommend

that United States foreign relations with

respect to science and technology must take

on a more positive and active character than

had existed in the past. Policy makers must

become aware of the scientific implications

of their decisions as well as a means of

obtaining sound evaluation of these implica-

tions.

The entire field of science and foreign

relations was clearly too broad in its scope

to permit effective exploration in a reason-

able time and with available effort. It soon

became apparent that a most important

part of this whole field was the interchange

of unclassified, openly available, scientific

information. This, then, was to be the

limited objective of the survey—and within

this framework could be included exchange

of publications and manuscripts, exchange

of persons, attendance at international meet-

ings, and similar operations through which

scientific and technical information might be

exchanged. It was further realized that

perhaps the greatest need from the United

States’ point of view lay in acquiring basic

or fundamental scientific information from

abroad and, accordingly, this aspect re-

ceived initially the greatest consideration.

OFFICE OF THE SCIENCE ADVISER AND

SCIENCE STAFFS ABROAD

In particular, the report recommended

that a small office be established within the

Department of State to be designated as the

Office of the Science Adviser. It also recom-

mended that small science staffs be estab-

lished at certain American posts abroad.

This report was adopted by the Department,

and in February 1951 there came into

existence on a formal basis the Office of the

Science Adviser, reporting directly to the

Under Secretary of State. In June and July

of that year science staffs were placed in

our missions in Stockholm and Bern, and

the London staff, which had been continuing

on an ad hoc basis since 1947, was aug-

mented.

In February 1952 a science staff was

constituted in Paris, and in August of last

year two science advisers were sent to the

office of the United States High Com-

missioner for Germany at Bonn. In the

APRIL 1953 JOYCE: SCIENCE IN

summer of 1952, the staff at Bern was with-

drawn temporarily, leaving at the present

time science attaches in our missions at

London, Stockholm, Paris, and Bonn.

The Office of the Science Adviser in the

Department of State serves three functions:

1. It introduces science, through col-

laboration with Department officers, where

it is a factor to be considered in foreign policy

formulation and administration. On some

occasions it takes the initiative to encourage

the Department to give proper consideration

to the scientific implications of policies—

implications that might otherwise go un-

recognized. On other occasions it provides

scientific evaluation and advice when re-

quested for the development and effectua-

tion of Department policies. Except for

atomic energy matters, the Office of the

Science Adviser alone within the Depart-

ment carries these responsibilities and main-

tains the necessary science liaison with

government agencies, private scientific in-

stitutions, industrial laboratories, and in-

dividual scientists in this country and,

through the science attaches, abroad.

2. It helps to conduct foreign relations for

the advancement of science in this country

through its familiarity with the objectives

and interests of American scientists. As I

have already said, our national well-being

and security are largely dependent upon our

scientific progress. This progress in turn

depends mainly upon those results of

fundamental scientific research that become

available to American scientists from what-

ever source. As Karl Compton observes,

“Our outstanding American genius thus far

has not been in scientific discovery, but has

been in the combination of what is termed

Yankee ingenuity and mass production and

distribution ... When it comes to scientific

discovery... America is not unique. Its

achievements are respectable and its scien-

tific stature has grown very rapidly. I would

venture the statement that in the field of

science the United States is the equal of

any other nation, but this is very far indeed

from saying that the United States has a

scientific monopoly, or even a scientific

majority.”’

By promoting the international exchange

of scientific information, encouraging friendly

STATE DEPARTMENT 99

relations with foreign scientists, helping to

coordinate our scientific programs, and

generally assisting scientists here and in

friendly countries abroad through the con-

duct of our foreign relations the Department

contributes to the advancement of science

and therefore to our national well-being and

security.

3. It carries out coordinating functions.

Thus, the Office of the Science Adviser. is

responsive to the foreign scientific informa-

tion needs of government agencies engaged

in research, where such needs can be met

from openly available sources. It is the

central point in the Department for co-

ordinating the foreign scientific activities of

other government agencies, such as the

National Science Foundation, within the

framework of our foreign policy.

Within the missions abroad the science

staffs perform much the same functions as

does the Office of the Science Adviser within

the Department. The attache brings to the

attention of the appropriate officers of the

mission those scientific matters which should

be given consideration. He also acts as

adviser to the Chief of Mission and divisions

of the mission on matters pertaining to

science. In addition, he performs important

representational functions.

Essentially then, the Science Adviser and

the attaches represent science as far as the

State Department and the foreign missions

are concerned, and at the same time, repre-

sent the State Department in its relations

~ with science in this country and abroad.

These functions serve to maintain a desirable

closer relationship between foreign relations

and science.

RECENT ACCOMPLISHMENTS

During the 20-odd months since the

formal establishment of the Office of the

Science Adviser a wide variety of problems

have been dealt with. Experience has shown

that there are indeed few areas within the

Department of State that do not at some

time or other deal with matters which

include scientific aspects. Consider for

example the field of traditional Foreign

Service reporting. While a 2-man science

staff in an embassy abroad cannot in any

sense of the word hope to cover all fields of

100 JOURNAL OF THE

science and technology in a given country,

it can be most helpful in meeting a limited

number of requests for specific information.

These might include progress reports on

certain projects prior to publication. In

other cases, attaches may encounter items

which they believe will be of interest to

American science. In all such cases the

attache would always first receive permis-

sion from the investigator to return the

information to this country for distribution

to American science.

The immediate postwar period witnessed

distressing delays in scientific publication

due to shortages of one kind or another,

combined with imposing backlogs of manu-

scripts. Under these circumstances spot

reporting took on added significance in ex-

pediting the exchange of scientific informa-

tion. Now, however, publication has caught

up, and reporting can therefore be confined

to the more or less special cases. Even in

these instances the operations are usually

directed in such a manner that at the earliest

possible moment the source and the end-

user can be brought together directly so that

normal exchange arrangements can be set

up without the Department of State as an

intermediary.

In addition to the conventional exchange

of printed or manuscript reports, there are

the very important kinds of operations which

brings scientists into direct personal contact

with each other. These include all of the

exchange programs involving professors, re-

search investigators, and students, and the

attendance at international scientific and

technological conferences and congresses.

In the exchange programs, the science

attaches in the field have rendered valuable

assistance in serving as members of the re-

view boards which make the initial judgment

on exchange projects. The Office of the

Science Adviser has on numerous occasions

helped to plan itineraries for visiting scien-

tists coming from foreign countries. This

office has also been able to notify our

embassies and missions overseas When

American scientists plan trips in those cases

where we have been advised of such plans

in advance. While, due to limited staffs, it

is not possible to offer complete travel and

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 4

accommodation services for all scientific

people going abroad, a certain amount of

help can be extended in cases of real emer-

gency.

Another important operation of the science

office is in serving as a focal point in the

Department for the consideration of official

representation at scientific international

meetings. This has made it possible to

assure the selection of groups of official

delegates who are best suited professionally

to represent American science at interna-

tional meetings. There have been in the

past unfortunate cases where the selection

of candidates was made on the basis of their

convenient presence at or near the meeting

place at the time of the meeting rather than

on scientific qualifications. A greater aware-

ness of the needs of American science has

resulted in a modest increase in the financial

support given to official delegations to

international non-governmental scientific

meetings, although it is recognized that

additional aid of this kind would be most

desirable.

Finally the Office of the Science Adviser

and the science attaches overseas have done

what they could to be of assistance to the

officers in the Department and to consular

officers in the field responsible for the ad-

ministration of the visa laws to the end that

the national interests can best be served in

those cases which involve scientists.

LIAISON WITH NATIONAL ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES—-NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL

At this point I should like to acknowledge

the great assistance that the National

Academy of Sciences—National Research

Council has rendered to the Department of

State in serving as the contact point with

American science outside of government.

During the writing of the Berkner report

the Academy-Council, at the request of the

Department, appointed a liaison member to

the special survey group. It also appointed a

special committee to critically review the

manuscript of the report prior to its publica-

tion. The Academy-Council clearly recog-

nized its vital role as intermediary between

State and American science, in general. To

carry out this task, it expanded its facilities

to include an Office of International Rela-

APRIL 1953

tions. Through this office the Department

receives, for example, recommendations for

the selection of official delegations to scien-

tific meetings; it obtains aid in dealing with

specific problems through the availability of

the services of individual members of the

Academy-Council and its various divisions

and committees; it makes possible the dis-

tribution to American science outside of the

government of unclassified scientific infor-

mation received from science attaches over-

seas.

RECRUITMENT OF SCIENCE ATTACHES

Now a word as to the staffing pattern

that has been followed for the overseas

missions. Traditionally, the ground for

understanding between scientists has been

a mutual recognition and respect for ability

and accomplishment. This fact clearly sug-

gested that to be most effective, producing

scientists, preeminent in their field, should

be selected for the overseas staffs. Such

persons can expect to be accepted as col-

leagues and equals by the foreign scientific

communities. The senior science attache

in each post should be a man, therefore,

combining scientific stature, mature judg-

ment, tact in working with his colleagues and

associates, and wherever possible, pro-

ficiency in the language of the country to

which he is assigned. When one combines

these characteristics in one person the result

is a man whose services to his university or

laboratory may almost be classed as in-

dispensable and who is difficult to obtain

even on a temporary basis. Our experience

so far has shown that the most likely sources

of such people are the universities. This has

resulted in the acceptance of a 15-month

tenure of duty, since it 1s usually possible to

secure such people for a sabbatical year,

with the preceding and succeeding summers.

While this length of time is all too short to

produce the maximum effectiveness from the

overall point of view, we have felt that it is

the most reasonable compromise, taking

into consideration all of the aspects involved.

If a producing scientist remains absent from

his laboratory for a period of much more

then two to three years, he may well lose

JOYCE: SCIENCE IN STATE DEPARTMENT

101

touch with his field. This, then, sets the

maximum limit as far as the scientist’s own

interests are concerned.

The whole problem of recruiting science

attaches has proved to be a most difficult

one during these first months of operation.

Quite naturally a producing scientist is

extremely hesitant to leave a laboratory for

an assignment as a science attache unless he

is convinced that he can do a useful job.

The very high standards which have been

set for science attaches add further to the

difficulties of finding people. Nevertheless,

the results obtained so far through the

selection of such preeminent persons have,

it is felt, completely justified the staffing

pattern chosen. It is our hope that as the

operation continues it will become better

known among scientists, and further there

will be built up an ‘‘alumni’”’ of science

attaches who will be willing to return for

reassignment during subsequent years. In

addition, former science attaches who have

found the assignment interesting and profit-

able can pass the word to their colleagues.

CONCLUSION

In conclusion, I should say that the ac-

complishments of the Office of the Science

Adviser and the overseas staffs have more

than justified their existence. Certainly, if

work load is any measure of need, this is

true. In addition to the day-to-day opera-

tions which result in the transmission of

specific items of scientific information, and

the various other services described, there is,

I believe, a much more valuable benefit

which, at the moment, may be termed

intangible, but which in later years can be

extremely productive in terms of concrete

results. I refer to the improvement in the

traditional understanding between scien-

tists in America and abroad which this

operation will engender. In such an atmos-

phere, we are far more likely to learn

promptly from our colleagues in other

countries of significant discoveries in science,

discoveries which, combined with American

initiative and production ability, can add

materially to our national welfare and

security.

102 JOURNAL OF THE

ENGINEERING.—

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 4

Dynamic. stress-strain curves for mild steel using the tangent

modulus procedure. WiLL1AM R. CAMPBELL, National Bureau of Standards.

(Communicated by Walter Ramberg.)

In this note the author wishes to report

on some dynamic stress-strain curves for

mild steel obtained by the tangent modulus

procedure. This procedure was described in

detail in a paper recently presented before

the Society for Experimental Stress Analysis

(1). Briefly, a long bar is subjected to

longitudinal impact, and the strain traveling

up the bar is measured directly as a function

of time with wire strain gages. The stress

can not be measured directly by any means

known to the author. It is determined in-

directly by integration of the tangent

modulus or slope of the stress strain curve.

This slope is proportional to the square of

the velocity of propagation of the strain

considered, as pointed out some years ago

by Donnell (2) and von Karman (3). The

velocity of propagation was measured d1-

90,000

80,000

70,000

60,000

50,000

Stress, /b/in?

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

O -OO! .002 -0O3

rectly by comparing carefully synchronized

strain signals from wire strain gages spaced

a known distance apart along the bar under

impact. It should be noted that the pro-

cedure of integration rests on the assump-

tion that only one stress-strain curve applies

at the strain rates of the test.

Preliminary tests on copper reported in

(1) were afflicted with a large scatter, but

within this scatter the stress-strain curves

under impact coincided with that obtained

in the conventional static tensile test. In the

meantime the testing technique has been

improved and the tests have been extended

to mild steel, which differs from copper in

having an upper and lower yield point and

in showing a peculiar delay in yielding

under suddenly applied stress (4).

Fig. | shows static and dynamic stress-

Static tensile

strength Pi

Strain

Fic. 1—Comparison of stress-strain curves for static loading and dynamic loading of mild steel.

(Velocity of impact =

57 ft sec. Time to maximum ‘strain = = 3h) < Ire sae.)

APRIL 1953

strain curves obtained by the above pro-

cedures for three similar specimens of hot

rolled mild steel. Two of the test bars were

subjected to longitudinal tensile impact at

an impact velocity of 57 ft/sec. Neither bar

exhibited any plastic strain for the largest

strains recorded or showed any discon-

tinuity in the dynamic curve in the vicinity

of the sharply defined static yield point.

It is also significant that the maximum

stresses generated did not cause failure in

in either bar even though these stresses

exceeded the static tensile strength.

Obviously, rates of straining of the order

of 150 per second applied in the longitudinal

impact test have a pronounced effect on

the stress-strain curve for mild steel. The

shape of the stress strain curve of mild

steel beyond the elastic range would be of

great interest in view of the importance of

this material. It would require not only

further tests with impacts of various rise

NICOL: NEW PRIONODONT PELECYPOD GENUS

103

times but also a generalization of the

tangent modulus procedure to make _ it

applicable to the determination of the

family of stress-strain curves for various

strain rates. Such work is being planned in

the Engineering Mechanics Section of the

National Bureau of Standards.

REFERENCES

(1) CampBELL, W. R. Determination of dynamic

stress-strain curves from strain waves in long

bars. Proc. Soc. Exp. Stress Anal. 10 (1).

1952.

(2) DonnE tL, L. H. Longitudinal wave transmis-

sion and impact. Trans. Amer. Soc. Mech.

Eng. 52 (1). 1930.

(3) KarMAN, THEODORE VON. On the propagation

of plastic deformation in solids. National

Defense Research Council Report No. A-29,

OSRD 365. Feb. 2, 1942.

(4) Cuarxk, D.S.,and Woop, D.S8. The time delay

for the iniatation of plastic deformation at

rapidly applied constant stress. Proc. Amer.

Soc. Test. Mat. 49: 717. 1949.

PALEONTOLOGY —A new prionodont pelecypod genus. Davin Nicou, U.S. Na-

tional Museum.

In 1944 Olsson (pp. 50-51) described a new

species of pelecypod which he named

Cardium (2) abnormalis. The description

was based on one left valve from the Upper

Cretaceous of the Paita region, Peru. The

hinge was not exposed, and the specimen

also lacked other diagnostic morphologic

characters. Recently Dr. Olsson received

two more left valves from Colombia which

he gave me to describe. One specimen had a

part of the hinge teeth and ligament exposed.

Both of these parts of the shell resemble

Glycymeris, but some other morphologic

characters are unusual. After careful prep-

aration and examination, I believe that the

specimens represent an undescribed genus.

Pettersia Nicol, n. gen.

Type species—Cardium (2) abnormalis Olsson.

Remarks——This genus is named for Dr. V.

Petters, micropaleontologist for the International

Petroleum (Colombia) Ltd., who released two

additional left valves for study.

Pettersia abnormalis (Olsson), 1944

Figs. 1-5

Cardium (2?) abnormalis Olsson, Bull. Amer. Pal.

28 (111): 50-51, pl. 17, fig. 3. 1944.

Description.—Part of Olsson’s original descrip-

tion is as follows:

The shell is of medium size with a Fragum-like

form and a thick, solid texture; umbo high, wide,

ending above in a small prosogyrate beak; um-

bonal ridge high, angled, the dorsal-posterior area

well defined and divided by a groove in the middle,

the outer portion being flattened while the inner

or side next the hinge is arched or vaulted; a deep

furrow or groove extends from the ventral margin

upwards towards the beak but is only faintly indi-

cated on the umbo; surface 1s smooth except for

irregularly distributed growth lines which at in-

tervals are grouped together in resting marks; ven-

tral margin crenulated; hinge unknown.

With the two additional left valves given me

by Olsson, I can add the following information

to the description: The duplivincular ligament

consists of five symmetrical chevron-shaped

grooves as in Glycymeris. The hinge teeth, 34 in

number, are symmetrically arranged in an arc on

a moderately heavy hinge plate, the side teeth

being longer than the central teeth; these teeth

are typically like those of a prionodont pelecypod

(Glycymeris, Trigonarca). The anterior adductor

muscle scar is small, situated just below and

posterior to the anterior end of the hinge plate;

the posterior adductor muscle scar is relatively

small, situated on a prominent buttress or flange

104 JOURNAL OF THE

below the posterior end of the hinge plate. Like

the flange or buttress for the posterior adductor

muscle of Cucullaea, this flange runs anteriorly

toward the umbo. The ornamentation consists of

small, closely spaced radial ribs which are some-

what beaded. The most characteristic feature is

the large suleus, which runs from the umbonal

region to the ventral border. The sulcus is located

along the posterior third of the shell. Posterior

to the sulcus is a high ridge, and the posterior

end of the shell is flattened and truncated. The

sulcus is seen in other prionodonts, but it is rarely

so prominent on mature specimens. Young speci-

mens of Cucullaea and Anadara also show this

feature. The sulcus is more prominent on species

of Arca, where it is usually connected with the

byssal notch. It is problematical whether Pettersia

was attached by a byssus, and it will remain so

until a specimen of a right valve is examined.

The largest specimen has a high umbo and a

tall ligamental area. The beak is located above

and at approximately the center of the ligamental

area. Olsson states that the beak is prosogyrate,

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, NO. 4

but the material I have examined does not defi-

nitely confirm this; it appears to be orthogyrate

or, at most, only slightly prosogyrate.

The hinge teeth of Pettersia resemble those of

Glycymerts, Peruarca, and Trigonarca. The liga-

ment resembles that of Glycymeris and Tri-

gonarca, and the crenulated margin is similar to

that of Glycymerts. The buttress for the posterior

adductor muscle, the ornamentation, the shape

of the shell, and the crenulated ventral margin

are like those of many of the Cucullaeidae. How-

ever, Pettersia differs from these genera in having

a very deep sulcus along the posterior third of the

shell.

Measurements.—As follows (left valves):

Height Length Convexity

Holotype, P. R. I. no. 4862...... 36.0 32.0 17.0

Hypotype, U. S. N. M. no.

TO8690: 6 Pee ee ee Gate 40.4 41.8 19.0

Hypotype, Olsson Collection..... 53.9 48.2 pay

Locality data—The holotype came from Tor-

tuga, Paita region, Peru. The hypotypes (per-

sonal communication from Olsson) came from

Fias. 1-5.—FPettersia abnormalis: 1, Exterior view, hypotype, U.S.N.M. no. 108690; 2, exterior view,

holotype, P.R.I. no. 4862; 3, interior view, same specimen as in Fig. 1; 4, exterior view, hypotype, A. A.

Olsson Collection; 5, exterior view showing ornamentation, X 2, same specimen as in Fig. 4. All figures

are of left valves. Figures 1-4 are all X 1. Holotype is from Maestrichtian of Paita region, Peru. Hypo-

types are from Maestrichtian of upper part of Magdalena Valley, Colombia.

Aprit 1953

the Upper Magdalena Valley, west side, south

of Girardot, 3,300 meters east of El Valle and

7,900 meters north of San Luis, in a small affluent

of the Rio Luisa, near a house called El Dinde,

Tolima Province, Colombia.

Age.—The holotype came from the Baculites

zone, Maestrichtian stage, Upper Cretaceous.

The hypotypes (personal communication from

Olsson) were found in a shell bed in a band of

sandy limestone 10 meters below a thin ridge of

quartz pebble conglomerate. Pettersia abnormalis

is associated with Foraminifera of the Maestrich-

tian stage, including Szphogenerinoides bramletter

Cushman and Hedberg.

STRIMPLE: A NEW CARPOID FROM OKLAHOMA

105

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am particularly indebted to Dr. A. A. Olsson,

of Coral Gables, Fla., who sent me specimens for

study and asked me to describe the new genus.

Dr. Katherine V. W. Palmer kindly allowed me to

borrow the holotype of Cardium (?) abnormalis

from the collection at the Paleontological Re-

search Institution, Ithaca, N. Y. Wm. T. Allen,

of the U. S. National Museum, made the photo-

graphs for the paper.

REFERENCE

Ousson, A. A. Contributions to the paleontology of

northern Peru: Part VII, The Cretaceous of

the Paita region. Bull. Amer. Pal. 28 (111):

146 pp., 17 pls. 1944.

PALEONTOLOGY .—A new carpoid from Oklahoma. HARRELL L. STRIMPLE, Bar-

tlesville, Okla. (Communicated by Alfred R. Loeblich, Jr.)

The new carpoid described below was

found on a field expedition into the Criner

Hills of southern Oklahoma made in the

spring of 1950 by Mrs. Melba Strimple,

Richard Alexander, and the author. An

undescribed species of Archaeocrinus and

Hybocrinus crinerensis Strimple and Wat-

kins have been obtained from the same

zone.

Myeinocystites, n. gen.

Thecea is compressed, slightly convex in mid-

section of one side, and mildly concave on the

opposite side. Following the morphological ter-

minology of Bather (1900), the convex side is

considered to be the right side and the apposing

to be the left side. In the right side, there are 10

plates forming a marginal rim, or frame, and one

is smaller than the others, being located in the

extended lower right corner of the theca. Three

of the marginal plates adjoin the stem. Within

this marginal rim there are three large plates,

and one small plate to the lower right. A small

cluster of plates, resting in a notch between the

two uppermost marginal plates, apparently marks

an opening into the body cavity, probably a

hydropore.

- The left side is more complex. Marginal plates

of the right side are curved sharply over to form

the frame of the left side. Two additional plates

are in contact with the stem, and 19 plates are

present within the frame. A single small biserial

arm rises in the marginal portion of the oral end

of the theca and occupies a groove extending

downward. To the left of its proximal extremity

is found a long tubelike structure which appears

to be an opening into the body cavity, though the

function is a matter of conjecture. Immediately

above the base of the arm there is a small cluster

of plates, previously noted on the right side. A

canal originates to the right of the arm base and

follows the marginal rim past another opening

to the right (probably the anus) and appears to

terminate on a convex plate just below mid-

height of the theca. The proximal portion of the

above-mentioned convex plate terminates

abruptly, forming a sharp notchlike structure

which might represent another opening into the

body cavity (? a primitive pore-rhomb). The

opening which lies to the right of the arm is

covered by seven minute plates which converge

toward the center.

The stem is wide, composed of thin columnals

which do not form complete circlets owing to

interruption by laterally directed sutures on the

left side.

Surface ornamentation consists of heavy gran-

ules, or minute pustules, which do not form any

definite pattern. They are more pronounced on

the right side and are entirely absent on the arm,

covering plates of the body openings, and in the

canal of the left side.

Genotype species.—M yeinocystites natus, n. sp.

Occurrence-—Bromide formation, Ordovician;

North America.

Remarks.—The presence of a canal is not

without precedence among the Anomalocystidae.

In Trochocystites Barrande (1859) such a canal

is reported running round the thecal cavity on the

inside of the marginals. Three openings are pres-

LO6 JOURNAL OF THE

ent in that genus, one in the center of the oral

end of the frame (? hydropore and gonopore)

and one each to the right and left. Bather (1900)

considered one to be the mouth and the other the

anus, with question.

Belemnocystites Miller and Gurley (1894) ap-

pears to be more comparable to Myewnocystites

than to other described forms. Unfortunately the

specimens available to Miller and Gurley were

damaged by silicification and the openings ob-

literated. Under critical comparison significant

differences are readily apparent. The plates of the

marginal rim cover an equal portion of both the

right (dorsal) and left (ventral) sides in Belemno-

cystites, whereas in Myeinocystites only their edges

are present on the left side. There are four large

plates within the marginal rim of Belemnocystites

in the right side, and no downward extension of

the theca is present. In the present form there

are three large plates within the frame, with a

fourth, smaller plate in the downward extension

of the theca. The plates within the marginals in

the left side are more numerous in VM yeinocystites,

which in itself indicates a more primitive form.

Myeinocystites natus, n. sp.

Figs. 1, 2

The theca is compressed, subovoid in outline,

18.3 mm in length by 14.4 mm wide. Midportion

of the right side is mildly convex, and the left

side is shallowly concave. Ten plates form the

marginal rim of the right side, three of which are

adjacent to the column. Four plates are present

within the marginals. In the left side there are

21 plates within the frame. A single arm is com-

posed of some 24 long, narrow, interlocking

brachials and reposes in a groove in the upper

portion of the left side of the theca. Just above

the base of the arm there is a small pyramid of

plates which probably marks an opening into the

body cavity (? hydropore). A well-defined open-

ing (? anus) is present to the right of the arm and

is connected to the (?) hydropore by a narrow

canal which follows the inner edges of the mar-

ginals. The canal continues past the (?) anus

which opening is covered by seven minute plates.

A tubelike extension is present to the left of the

proximal tip of the arm, and probably represent

an opening into the body cavity.

The entire surface of the theca and column is

covered by minute pustules with the exception of

the arm, covering plates of the body openings,

and the canal. They are more pronounced on the

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 4

right side and tend to form small spines on the

column.

Remarks.—This species is more comparable to

Belemnocystites wetherbyi Miller and Gurley than

to other described forms. Intimate comparison

is impossible due to the incomplete preservation

of specimens referred to that species; however,

some readily discernible differences are noted.

Viewed from the right side there are nine plates

in the marginal rim (excluding plates in contact

with the stem) of B. wetherbyi, four to the left

and five to the right. In M. natus there are only

three to the left and five to the right, one of which

is a Small plate in the downward extension of the

theca. There is no extension of the theca in proxi-

mal regions, either to the right or left, in B.

wetherbyi. There are fewer plates, within the frame

of B. wetherbyt, in the left side than found in the

present species.

It is interesting to note that Wetherby, as well

as Miller and Gurley, noted the presence of a

small node to the left of the arm and surmised the

existence of an opening into the body cavity.

It is almost certain that the tubelike extension of

M. natus, which is in that area, represents an

opening.

Occurrence.—Bromide formation, Ordovician;

bank of Spring Creek, a tributary of Hickory

Creek, north of an exposure on Hickory Creek

commonly known as ‘Rock crossing,” Criner

Hills, southwest of Ardmore, Okla.

Type.——Collected by H. L. Strimple. To be

deposited in the U. 8. National Museum.

REFERENCES

All cited references are listed in Bassler and

Moody, Bibliographic and faunal index of

Paleozoic Pelmatozoan Echinoderms, Geol. Soc.

Amer. Spec. Pap. 45. 1943.

Fies. 1-2.—Holotype of Myeinocystites natus,

n. gen., n. sp., from right, and left sides, X2.

Aprit 1953

HUI-LIN LI: GENUS SYMPLOCOS IN FORMOSA

107

BOTAN Y.—Critical notes on the genus Symplocos in Formosa. Hur-Lry Li, Morris

Arboretum, University of Pennsylvania.

The genus Symplocos is represented by

over 20 species in Formosa. Some of the

species are important elements of the broad-

leaved forests at medium and high altitudes

in various parts of the island.

There are two recent works dealing with

the genus as occurring in Formosa. Mori,

Sylvia 6: 1-35. 1935, presents a classifica-

tion of the species based on leaf-characters

only, enumerating 34 species. Kanehira’s

treatment, Formosan Trees, rev. ed. 579-

602. 1936, is the most extensive, and in it

30 species are keyed. Most of the species

are described and illustrated, but a few in-

adequately known species are listed by name

only.

The works of these and other Japanese

authors are based mainly on local material,

without adequate reference to the closely

related floras of neighboring regions espe-

cially the Chinese mainland and the Philip-

pines. Consequently the incidence of endem-

ism, as interpreted by these authors, is

considered exceptionally high. For the same

reason the nature of some of the widely

distributed species is not properly under-

stood, and thus too many species are recog-

nized by slight and trivial variations of little

or no taxonomic value.

A critical study of the Formosan species

was made with the aid of large reference

collections of Asiatic plants in the herbarium

of the U. 8S. National Museum, Smithsonian

Institution, representing all the neighboring

floras of Formosa, especially the closely re-

lated ones of the Chinese mainland, Hainan

Island, the Liukiu Islands, the Philippine

Islands, and Japan. As a result, it is re-

vealed that many of the widespread species

of eastern Asia, particularly those of the

Chinese mainland, extend also to Formosa.

Many species are found to be not endemic

to the Formosan flora but only synonyms of

these species of wide ranges. The many du-

plicate synonyms also prove that fewer spe-

cies are actually to be found in Formosa.

These taxonomic notes are herein presented.

Cited specimens are selected from the U. 5.

National Museum (indicated by US), the

herbarium of the National Taiwan Uni-

versity, Formosa (indicated by NTU), and

the herbarium of the Taiwan Forestry Insti-

tute (indicated by TFI).

1. Symplocos caudata Wall. List no. 4413. 1830,

nomen; A. DC. in DC. Prodr. 8: 256. 1844.

Symplocos prunifolia Sieb. & Zuce. in Abh.

Akad. Wiss. Muench. 4(3): 133. 1846.

Symplocos sasakit Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos. 5:

114. f. 36. 1915; Mori in Sylvia 6: 27. f. 27.

1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 598.

f. 555. 1936. Syn. nov.

Symplocos somai Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos. 9: 69.

1920; Mori in op. cit. 28. f. 28; Kanehira, op.

cit. 599. f. 556. Syn. nov.

Symplozes sozanensis Hay. op. cit. 9: 70. 1920;

Mori in op. cit. 28. f. 29; Kanehira, op. cit.

599. f. 600. Syn. nov.

Bobua sasalii Kanehira & Sasaki in Sasaki,

List Pl. Formos. 332. 1928. Syn. nov.

Bobua somai Kanehira & Sasaki in loc. cit. Syn.

nov.

Bobua sozanensis Kanehira & Sasaki in loc. cit.

Syn. nov.

Common and widespread in eastern Asia, from

the Himalayas eastward to Japan; Formosa

common in forests throughout the island.

Formosa: Mount Syabozan, Taihoku-syu, G.

Masamune 2762 (NTU); Zyukirin, Sinitiku, Soma

19770 (isotype of S. somai Hay. TFI, photo US);

Sozan, Simada 19773 (isotype of S. sozanensis

Hay. TFI, photo US).

The reduction of the three species of Hayata

to this widespread and common species of eastern

Asia is based on type specimens as well as the

original descriptions.

2. Symplocos cochinchinensis (Lour.) Moore in

Journ. Bot. 52: 148. 1914.

Dicalyx cochinchinensis Lour. Fl. Cochin. 663.

1790.

Symplocos ferruginifolia Kanehira in Trans. Nat.

Hist. Soc. Formos. 20: 383. 1930, Formos.

Trees, rev. ed. 585. f. 542. 1936. Syn. nov.

Southern China and Indo-china; Formosa,

northern part of the island.

I have seen no isotype of Kanehira’s species,

but his detailed descriptions and illustration

clearly indicate the identity of his species with

the widespread S. cochinchinensis of the main-

land.

3. Symplocos congesta Benth. Fl. Hongk. 211.

1861.

Symplozos adinandrifolia Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos. ~

108 JOURNAL OF THE

5: 93. 1915; Mori in Sylvia 6: 16. f. 1. 1935;

Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 579. f. 537.

1936. Syn. nov.

Symplocos adinandrifolia var. theifolia Hay. op.

cit. 95. f. 24. Syn. nov.

Symplocos nakaii Hay op. cit. 110. f. 26e. Syn. nov.

Symplocos phaeophylla Hay. op. cit. 111. f. 34.

Mori in op. cit. 26. f. 25. Kanehira, op. cit.

739. Syn. nov.

Symplocos hayatae Moriin Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe.

Formos. 24: 193. 1934; in Sylvia 6: 21. f. 12.

1935. Syn. nov.

Symplocos kudoi Mori in Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe.

Formos. 24: 198. 1934; in Sylvia 6: 24. f. 18.

1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 594.

1936. Syn. nov.

Bobua adinandrifolia Kanehira & Sasaki in Sa-

saki, List. Pl. Formos. 330. 1928. Syn. nov.

Bobua nakaii Kanehira & Sasaki in op. czt. 331.

Syn. nov.

Bobua therfolia Kanehira & Sasaki in op. cit. 332.

Syn. nov.

Bobua phaeophylla Kanehira & Sasaki in op. cit.

332. Syn. nov.

Symploces prunifolia sensu Hay. in Journ. Coll.

Sei. Tokyo 30(1): 188. 1911 (Mat. Fl. Formos.),

non Sieb. & Zuce.

Symplocos theifolia sensu Hay., Icon. Pl. For-

mos. 6: 29. 1916, non D. Don.

Widely distributed in southern China; For-

mosa, common in forests, central to southern

part of the island.

Formosa: Rengechi, Taityu, S. Hibino & S.

Suzuki, July 18, 1930 (NTU); Central Range,

Mori 19755 (isotype of S. adinandrifolia Hay.

TFI, photo US).

Several of the above mentioned names such as

S. nakaivti Hay. and S. hayatar Mori, were reduced

to the synonymy of S. adinandrifolia by Kanehira

and others. Symplocos kudoi Mori is known only

from the type from central Formosa. Symplocos

phaeophylla Hay. is based on a Kanehira collec-

tion of unknown locality. The specimens have

not been seen. Judged from the original descrip-

tions and illustrations, these two names, together

with A. adinandrifolia, all belong to S. congesta, a

species of wide occurrence on the China mainland.

4. Symplocos lancifolia Sieb. & Zuce. in Abh.

Akad. Wiss. Muench. 4(3) : 133.1846.

Symplocos arisanensis Hay. in Journ. Coll. Sci.

Tokyo 30(1): 187. 1911 (Mat. Fl. Formos.) ;

Tcon: Pi. Formos. 22 120) 7. 19° 1912 Morr in

Sylvia 6: 17. f. 2. 1935; Kanehira, Formos.

Trees, rev. ed. 582. f. 538. 1936. Syn. nov.

Symplocos suishanensis Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos.

5: 116. f. 39. 1915; Mori im op. ct. 29. f- 20.

1935; Kanehira, op. czt. 601. 1936. Syn. nov.

Bobua arisanensis Kanehira & Sasaki in Sasaki,

List. Pl. Formos. 330. 1928. Syn. nov.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 4

Southern China to Japan; in Formosa, at high

altitudes in the central ranges.

Formosa: Mount Taheizan, S. Suzuki, Aug. 4,

1928 (NTU); HE. H. Wilson 10173 (US), 10222

(US); Arisan, H. H. Wilson 9715 (US); Arisan,

Kawakami & Mori 19653 (isotype of S. arisanen-

sis Hay. TFI, photo US); Arisan, Suisyaryo,

Hayata, Kanehira & Tanaka 19783 (isotype of

S. suishanensis Hay. TFI, photo US).

Type specimens and descriptions as well as

illustrations have shown that Hayata’s two

species are undoubtedly the same as Symplocos

congestus Benth., widespread from southern China

to Japan.

5. Symplocos laurina Wall. List no. 4416. 1830.

Symplocos wikstroemifolia Hay. Icon. Pl. For-

mos. 5: 119. f. 25b. 1915; Mori in Sylvia 6:

30 f. 34. 1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, 602.

f. 506. 1936. Syn. nov.

India to western and southern China; Formosa,

in forests, central and southern parts.

Formosa: Mount Taiheizan, S. Suzuki, April

1, 1928 (NTU), E. H. Wilson 12024 (US); Mt.

Hassen, Taityu, Sasaki 19804 (photo, US).

Reduction of S. wikstroemifolia is based on the

original description.

6. Symplocos modesta Brand in Eng]. Pflanzenr.

6(IV. 242): 66. 1901; Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos.

2: 120. f. 20. 1912; Mori in Sylvia 6: 25. f. 21.

1926; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 595.

f. 581. 1936.

Symplocos eriostroma Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos. 5:

99. f. 25, c. 1915;Mori in op. ct. 19. f. &. 1925;

Kanehira, op. cit. 583. 1936. Syn. nov.

Bobua mcodesta Yamamoto, Suppl. Icon. PI.

Formos. 4: 19. 1928.

Bobua eriostroma Kanehira & Sasaki in Sasaki,

List. Pl. Formos. 330. 1928. Syn. nov.

Symplocos myrtacea sensu Matsum. & Hay. in

Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo 22: 230. 1906 (Enum.

Pl. Formos.) non Sieb. & Zuce.

Endemic, in broad-leaved forests at high alti-

tudes.

Formosa: Arisan, EZ. H. Wilson 9648 (US), G.

Nakahara, Nov. 1906 (US); Mount Noko, H. H.

Bartlett 6180 (US); Taririku-syu, Taito, S. Sa-

saki 19739 (photo US).

Symplocos eriostroma Hay., based on young

flowering specimens collected by Sasaki from

Arisan, is reduced to S. modesta on the basis of

the original description.

7. Symplocos mollifolia Dunn in Kew Bull. Add.

Ser. 10: 163. 1912.

Symplocos trichoclada Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos. 5:

APRIL 1953

118. f. 25. 1915; Mori in Sylvia 6: 30. f. 32.

1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 601.

f. 559. 1936. Syn. nov.

Bobua trichoclada Kanehira & Sasaki in Sasaki,

List. Pl. Formos. 332. 1928. Syn. nov.

Symplocos trichoclada var. koshunensis Mori in

Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 24: 195. 1934,

in Sylvia 6: 30. f. 33. 1935. Syn. nov.

Southern China: Formosa, mountains in cen-

tral and southern parts.

Formosa: Central Range, Kawakami & Sa-

sakt 19801 (isotype, TFT).

The type specimen and the original descrip-

tions show that this Formosan plant is con-

specific with S. mollifolia Dunn., a characteristic

species from southern China.

8. Symplocos patens Presl. Rel. Haenk. 2: 61.

1830.

Symplocos kotoensis Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos. 5:

106. f. 31. 1915; Mori in Sylvia 6: 23. f. 17.

1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 593.

f. 584. 1936. Syn. nov.

Bobua kotoensis Yamamoto, Suppl. Icon. PI.

Formos. 4: 19. 1928. Syn. nov.

Luzon; Botel Tobago.

Formosa: Botel Tobago, Kawakami & Sasaki

19719 (isotype of S. kotoensis Hay. TF).

The type specimen of Hayata’s species and

his description and illustration clearly prove this

to be conspecific with the Philippine species,

S. patens, of the primary forests of Luzon.

9. Symplocos setchuensis Brand in Bot. Jahrb.

29: 528. 1900.

Symplocos ilicifolia Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos. 5:

M2729) 1915; Mor in Sylvia 6: 22. f. 14.

1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 589.

f. 546. 1936. Syn. nov.

Bobua ilicifolia Kanehira & Sasaki in Sasaki,

List. Pl. Formos. 331. 1928. Syn. nov.

Widely distributed from western to central

China; Formosa, in northern part of the island.

DRAKE AND DE CARLO: RANATRA ANNULIPES

GROUP 109

Formosa: Mount Hakko-zan, Toyen, Mori

19702 (isotype, TFI).

Symplocos wlicifolia is known from a single

collection in Formosa. This proves to be the

same as S. sefchuensis Brand of the mainland.

10. Symplocos stellaris Brand in Bot. Jahrb. 29:

528. 1900.

Symplocos eriobotryaefolia Hay. Icon. Pl. For-

mos. 5: 98. f. 10. 1915; Mori in Sylvia 6: 19.

f. 7. 1935; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, rev. ed.

084. f. 541. 1936. Syn. nov.

Bobua eriobotryaefolia Kanehira & Sasaki in

Sasaki, List. Pl. Formos. 330. 1928. Syn. nov.

Widely distributed in central and southern

China; Formosa, in forests at relatively high

altitudes.

Formosa: Mount Daibu, Takao, EL. Matuda s.

n. (NTU).

This species is very close to S. glauca (Thunb.)

Koidz., but is readily distinguished by the lamel-

late pith and the glandular-haired petals. The

Formosan plant, showing also these distinctive

characteristics, is in all respects identical with

the species of wide occurrence on the mainland.

11. Symplocos theophrastaefolia Sieb. & Zucc. in

Abh. Akad. Wiss. Muench. 4(3): 134. 1846;

Mori in Sylvia 6: 29. f. 31. 1985; Kanehira,

Formos. Trees, rev. ed. 601. f. 558. 1936.

Symplocos stenostachys Hay. Icon. Pl. Formos.

5: 115. 1915.

China to Japan; Formosa, in broad-leaved

forests, from low to high altitudes.

Van Steenis, in Bull. Bot. Gard. Buitenz. III.

17: 432. 1948, considers S. stenostachys Hay. a

synonym of S. confusa Brand. Symplocos steno-

stachys,. described as having a long spicate in-

florescence, is very distinct from S. confusa and

has been correctly referred to the synonymy of

S. theophrastaefolia Sieb. & Zuce. by Mori, Kane-

hira, and others.

ENTOMOLOGY .—A merican species of Ranatra annulipes Stal group (Hemiptera:

Ranatridae). Cart J. Draken, Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa, and Jost

A. DeCaruo, Museo Cientifico Natural, Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Almost a century ago the eminent Swedish

hemipterist Carl Stal (1854, p. 241) very

briefly described a new species of water-

scorpion of the genus Ranatra Fabricius

from Brazil under the scientific name

annulipes. Seven years later (1861, p. 204)

he redefined the species from the type and

en ee

somewhat amplified his original description.

In the latter article the length of the body

and that of the respiratory filaments are

given as equal. The characters employed in

both descriptions are of little specific value

in the separation of species.

After a lapse of nearly 50 years, the re-

110 JOURNAL OF THE

nowned aquatic hemipterist A. Montandon

(1905, pp. 393-395) of Rumania redescribed

at considerable length the male type of

R. annulipes, which was communicated to

him by the director of the Stockholm

Museum. Among the more important char-

acters mentioned Montandon pointed out

that the metasternum was very strongly

developed, very highly elevated, longly

narrowly produced posteriorly, and then

terminated in an almost vertical curve be-

tween the hind pair of coxae. And from a

lateral aspect, he also observed that the

extremity of the last abdominal segment in

the male was very strongly produced down-

ward on each side so as to embrace the apex

of the genital operculum. In the same article

Montandon also determined as Ff. annulipes

several specimens of water-scorpions from

the widely separated regions of Novo Fri-

burgo, Isthmus of Darien, Guadeloupe, and

Jamaica. From the last three localities the

writers have examined specimens bearing

identification labels ‘‘Ranatra annulipes

Stal” in Montandon’s own handwriting.

The specimens from each of the localities

represented a different and an undescribed

species.

In other papers Montandon (1907, p. 58;

1910a, p. 3; 1910b, p. 185), after studying

the types (male and female) of Ranatra

fabricit Guérin-Méneville from Cuba in the

Museum of Zoology of the University of

Naples, Italy, incorrectly synonymized this

insect with R. annulipes. An examination

of some Cuban material, determined and

labeled by Montandon as R. annulipes,

revealed that R. fabricia was a different

species and readily distinguishable from the

true R. annulipes from Brazil. On this ac-

count the writers are resurrecting Ff. fabrica

and are treating it herein on the species

level. Despite this confusion in differentiat-

ing species, Montandon (1907, p. 59) recog-

nized and characterized a very distinct and

closely allied species from Ecuador as R.

camposi. In the same paper Montandon

(1907, p. 58) also wrongly named a complex

of several species from Panama, Colombia,

Mexico, Guadeloupe, and Cuba as A.

annulipes—none of which included the true

annulipes.

Since the publication of the original de-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

vou. 43, NO. 4

scription of R. annulipes, the literature is

replete with numerous species wrongly

named and confused with this insect. Besides

R. fabric and R. ecuadoriensis De Carlo,

four of the five new species described and

illustrated in this paper have been con-

founded in the literature with R. annulipes.

Thus for several decades aquatic hemipter-

ists have been lumping and confusing in the

literature several unnamed species with sim-

ilar general categories as described for

R. annulipes under that specific name. From

a general aspect, all these species possess

similar facies and likenesses in the general

appearance of certain structures such as

(1) a very high, narrow, and strongly de-

veloped metaxyphus in both sexes, (2)

large antennae, and (3) the extremity of the

last abdominal segment in the male strongly

produced downwards on each side in the side

in the form of a large toothlike structure

(Fig. 11) so as to embrace narrowly the en-

tire apex of the genital operculum. The front

femora are without apical tooth or marked

sinuosity, and the premedian tooth on in-

ferior edge is fairly large and prominent.

The opercula of the females are similar in

general appearance and at most only slightly

surpass the extremity of the abdomen; the

deep thick fringe of stiff, long, reclining,

brownish hairs on the underedge of each side

of the genital segment is also quite pro-

nounced. As these striking features are

shared by a number of American species of

the genus Ranatra, the structures should be

regarded in a general way as ‘‘group”

characters, which clearly set the members

of the annulipes growp apart from the rest

of the species of the genus. Although of simi-

lar general appearance, the metaxyphus,

anterior femora, and antennae also provide

good differential characters of specific im-

portance in this distinctive group of species.

The salient characters by which the species

forming the annulipes group may be sepa-

rated from one another melude such struc-

tures as (1) form and size of body, (2)

shape of antennae, (8) shape of anterior

femora, (4) size and form of metaxyphus,

and (5) shape of male parameres. The illus-

trations in the text portray the discriminat-

ing differences in the antennae, anterior

femora, and male parameres of the species.

APRIL 1953

The species as listed by Kirkaldy (1899,

p. 29) from Jamaica and by Hungerford

(1936, p. 149) from Yucatan, Mexico, are

described herein as new to science. The

specimens determined by Montandon (1907,

p. 58) as annulipes from Colombia, Mexico,

and other places represent a composite

group of several allied species—all of which

are members of the annulipes group. The

geographics of R. annulipes as compiled by

Bueno (1906, p. 58) and by Kirkaldy and

Bueno (1909, p. 203) represent an aggregate

of locality records of several different spe-

cies. It is thus patent that a large number of

the references in the literature to R. annu-

lipes refer only in part or not at all to that

species, but to complexes of one or more

species confused with it, thus invalidating

most of the published distributional record

for R. annulipes.

The tropical and subtropical nature of

the members of the annulipes group is

clearly indicated by the dispersal data of

the new and described species. As most of

the known records are based largely upon

type localities, the species are undoubtedly

much more widely dispersed than indicated

under the descriptions. Apparently, the

annulipes group of species occurs only in the

Americas.

De Carlo (1950, p. 526) was the first to

recognize and separate the true A. annulipes

Stal of Brazil from its closely related allies.

In the foregoing article, he characterized

both sexes (female theretofore unknown)

and also described a new species of the group

from Guayaquil, Ecuador. In his compre-

hensive work on South American Ranatri-

dae, De Carlo (1946, pp. 14-16) had con-

fused the Ecuadorian species with Stal’s

annulipes. These two papers by De Carlo

contain detailed descriptions and many ex-

cellent illustrations of the ranatrids of South

America.

In order to facilitate future work and to

straighten out part of the confusion in the

literature, a bibliography is given under the

headings of the various species. If a citation

includes more than one species, the word

part is italicized and inserted in parentheses

at the end of the reference.

The disposition of the types is given Just

beneath the description of each new species.

DRAKE AND DE CARLO: RANATRA ANNULIPES

GROUP Wali

Unless stated otherwise, specimens of the

described species are in the collections of

the authors. The illustrations of Ranatra

annulipes Stal and R. zetekz, n. sp., were made

from the types (except R. fabriciz) by Mrs.

Richard Froeschner and the rest by José

A. De Carlo.

Ranatra annulipes Stal (Figs. 1-2)

1854. Ranatra annulipes Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Akad.

Forh. 11: 241.

1861. Ranatra annulipes Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Akad.

Forh., no. 4: 204.

1905. Ranatra annulipes Montandon, Bull. Soc.

Sci. Bucharest 14 (3-4) : 393-395 (part).

1907. Ranatra annulipes Montandon, Ann. Soc.

Ent. France 76: 58 (part).

1946. Ranatra annulipes De Carlo, An. Mus. Arg.

Cien. Nat. 42: 14 (part).

1950. Ranatra annulipes De Carlo, Rev. Bras.

Biol. 10 (4): 526, figs. 14-18.

The following notes are based solely on the

male type of R. annulipes Stal in the Natur-

historiska Riksmuseum, Stockholm (type kindly

lent by Dr. René Malaise).

The type (male) bears labels as follows: (1)

“Brasil Osear”’, (2) ‘“‘typus’ (red label), (3)

“Ranatra annulipes” (in Stal’s handwriting), and

(4) “193” (on a pink label). The specimen,

pinned with a large white pin, is in a fair state

of preservation. The forelegs are represented by

coxae, and the middle and hind legs are entirely

wanting. The respiratory appendages are broken

(apical part gone) with bases glued on the upper

extremity of the last abdominal segment. The

hemelytra and wings are partly opened, but

otherwise the specimen is in a fairly good state

of preservation. The body is in good condition

with antennae and parameres fully exposed.

Length of male type, 30.00 mm.

Head.—Width across eyes, 3.00 mm. Eyes

large, each as wide as interocular space (20:20).

Interocular space moderately convex, finely trans-

Frias. 1, 2.—Ranatra annulipes Stal: 1, Antenna;

2, left male paramere.

112 JOURNAL OF THE

versely rugulose; jugae long, testaceous, scarcely

more elevated than tylus, very feebly bowed out-

ward. Rostrum testaceous with apical segment

fuscous. Antennae as in Fig, 1.

Prothorax.—Greatest length (measured on

pleuron), 9.60 mm. Pronotum with median length,

8.10 mm; width at apex, 2.25 mm; at narrowest

place, 1.22 mm; at widest part of hind lobe (near

base), 3.20 mm; front part scarcely more than

twice as long as hind part (measured on median

line) (56:25). Median part of prosternum between

shallow lateral sulci gradually more elevated

anteriorly, distinctly tectiform in front. Scutellum

with front part a little transversely rugulose,

impressed on each side near the middle so as to

leave between the two impressions a distinct

median carina, pitted in the impressed areas;

posterior part slightly convex, without distinct

striae. Hemelytra extending on base of genital

segment. Abdomen (measured on median line),

18.00 mm long; tergites (save last one) reddish,

the connexiva yellowish brown. Parameres as in

Fig. 2.

Note.—For a detailed description of both sexes

with illustrations of important structures, see

De Carlo (1950). It should be noted that the

prosternum between the shallow sulci is slowly

raised anteriorly and quite tectiform in front.

The writers have examined the type and three

other specimens of FR. annulipes from Brasil.

The left antenna and left paramere of the type

are figured; note especially the shape of the

paramere.

Ranatra fabricii Guérin-Méneville (Figs. 3-5)

1857. Ranatra fabricic Guérin-Méneville, Sagra’s

Nat. bist. Culoa (1(2)- 76;

1908. Ranatra fabric Kirkaldy and Bueno, Proc.

Ent. Soc. Washington 10: 203 (part).

1910a. Ranatra annulipes Montandon, Ann. Mus.

Zool. Della R. Univ. Napoli 3 (n.s.): 3.

1910b. Ranatra annulipes Montandon, Bull. Soe.

Sci. Bucharest 28 (5-6): 185 (part).

1917. Ranatra annulipes Van Duzee, Cat. Hemip.:

463 (part).

1922. Ranatra annulipes Hungerford, Bull. Univ.

Kansas 14: (17): 446 (part).

Redescription (male and female) —Body little

robust, moderately long, the respiratory tubes

usually a little longer than body.

Eyes large, the width of an eye scarcely greater

than width of interocular space (20:19). Width of

head across eyes, 2.95 mm; interocular space

moderately convex, smooth. Antennae as in

Fig. 3.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 4

Figs. 3-5.—fRanatra fabricit Guérin-Méneville

3, Antenna; 4, left male paramere; 5, part of fore-

leg.

Prothorax long, slender, greatest length (meas-

ured on pleuron), 10.20 mm. Pronotum with

posterior part a little dilated; widest near base,

3.10 mm; width of anterior part at apex, 2.25 mm;

median length, 8.80 mm; anterior part scarcely

more than twice as long as posterior part (61:29).

Scutellum a little convex on anterior part, de-

pressions well marked and separated by a median

carina; posterior part with some transverse striae

little marked.

Metaxyphus moderately elevated, with in-

ferior surface smooth, feebly convex, broad in

front, then slowly narrowed posteriorly and cury-

ing upward between the hind coxae. Metaxyphus

a little less curved in female. Male parameres as

in Fig. 4. Male operculum embraced at apex as in

R. annulipes. Female operculum pointed at apex,

slightly extending beyond extremity of abdomen,

the lower edge curving gently upward as it nar-

rows posteriorly.

Anterior legs with coxae 7.00 mm long; femora

(fig. 5) 10.80 mm long, moderately large, the

inferior edge not very much narrowed in the

vicinity of the tooth as may be observed in the

illustration. Apex of hind femora not quite attain-

ing the extremity of the hemelytral membrane.

Size—Length of body of male described, 33.80

mm; respiratory tubes, 34.30 mm; female, 33.00—

30.00 mm. long; respiratory filaments, 34.00—

36.00 mm.

Distribution Known only from Cuba, and

widely disseminated on the island. Specimens

have been examined from Havana, Nov. 1947,

J. Ferrar (figured) ; Santiago de la Vegas, Havana,

Jan. 6, 1940; Santa Clara, May 1911 (Amer.

Mus. Nat. Hist.); ‘Cuba,’ Uhler Collection,

U.S. Nat. Mus.; Matanzas, Feb. 6, 1946, San-

tiago de las Vegas; May 22, 1933, collected by

Mr. Marino.

Affinities —Distinguished from R. annulipes

by the form of antennae and male parameres.

The metaxyphus is more narrowed posteriorly

APRIL 1953

and the curvature more pronounced in R. an-

nulipes. As R. fabricit has been wrongly sup-

pressed as identical with R. annulipes, it is here

treated as a valid species. The differences between

the two species may be noted by the dimensions

given in the descriptions and structures figured.

R. sagrai, n. sp., from Cuba is a larger, stouter

species with longer prothorax and fore legs.

Ranatra sagrai, n. sp. (Figs. 67)

Female —Long, robust, the caudal appendages

a little longer than the body. Width across eyes,

3.25 mm. Eyes of median size; width of an eye

and of interocular space subequal (20.5:21). In-

terocular space moderately convex, smooth. An-

tennae as in Fig. 6.

Prothorax long, moderately robust, (meas-

ured on pleuron) 11.85 mm long. Pronotum

(measured on median line), 10.40 mm _ long;

width at apex, 3.70 mm; width at widest part of

base, 3.70 mm; front part practically twice as

long as hind part (measured on median line)

(69:36). Scutellum about the same as in R.

fabricti. Female genital operculum scarcely sur-

passing extremity of abdomen, with inferior edge

narrowed and moderately curved upward api-

cally. Metaxyphus moderately elevated, with in-

ferior surface smooth, slightly convex, broad in

front and then slowly narrowed posteriorly, curv-

ing very little in the middle posteriorly.

Anterior coxae 8.00 mm long, without mark-

ings; femur (Fig. 7) 12.00 mm in length, robust,

the inferior edge in the region of the tooth very

little narrowed; tooth placed as in R. fabrici.

Apex of hind femora not reaching to the ex-

tremity of the membrane.

Size —Length of female, 38.00 mm; respira-

tory appendages, 42.00 mm.

Type (male) —Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba,

collected by 8. C. Bruner, in collection of C. J.

Drake. Named in honor of Ramon de la Sagra,

the author of Historia Fisica, Politica Natural de

la Isle de Cuba.

Affinities —Differs especially from R. annulipes

by the form of the metaxyphus; from &. fabric

by its larger body, longer caudal filaments, longer

anterior coxae and form of metaxyphus.

Ranatra zeteki, n. sp. (Figs. 8-11)

1905. Ranatra annulipes Montandon, Bull. Soe.

Sei. Bucharest 18 (2-4) :394 (part; specimen from

Panama). °

1907. Ranatra annulipes Montandon, Ann. Soc.

Ent. France 76: 58 (part; specimens from Pan-

ama and Colombia).

DRAKE AND DE CARLO: RANATRA ANNULIPES GROUP

113

Moderately long, moderately slender, respira-

tory appendages a little longer than the body.

General color yellowish brown with legs banded

or mottled with testaceous. Female usually longer

than the male, also with longer respiratory fila-

ments.

Size.—Length of body (male), 29.00-32.00 mm,

the respiratory tubes, 31.00-34.50 mm; (female)

length, 30.00-34.60 mm, the respiratory tubes,

35.00—40.00 mm.

Eyes large, the width of an eye and width of

interocular space nearly equal (19:18, male; and

21:22, female). Interocular space moderately con-

vex, smooth; jugae prominent, a little more

elevated than tylus, testaceous. Width of head

across eyes, 2.80 mm in male and 3.25 mm in

female. Antennae as in Fig. 8.

Pronotum long, rather slender, the front part

more than twice as long as hind part (52:27);

length on median line, 8.10 mm in male and 9.00

mm in female; width of hind lobe near base,

2.25 mm in male and 3.25 mm in female; width

at anterior end of front lobe, 2.05 mm in male and

2.35 mm in female; hind lobe not greatly widened

in either sex, deeply roundly excavated behind.

Prothorax (measured on pleuron) 9.00 mm long

in male and 10.16 mm in female. Scutellum with

anterior part feebly convex, smooth, indistinctly

rugulose, strongly impressed on each side just in

front of middle, there with a thick median carina

separating the two impressions; hind part tri-

angular, strongly narrowed posteriorly, without

transverse striae.

Metaxyphus high, wide in front, becoming

strongly narrowed posteriorly, turning abruptly

upward a little before hind margins of meta-

coxae. Male operculum (Fig. 11) embraced at

apex as in FR. annulrtpes. Male parameres as in

Fig. 9. Apex of female operculum feebly sur-

passing last abdominal segment.

Legs long and slender, coxae and femora with

pale testaceous spots or marks. Fore femora

(Fig. 10) not very much narrowed on inferior

edge in vicinity of the premedian tooth; length

of male, 9.50 mm and female, 13.30 mm; length

Fiaes. 6, 7.—Ranatra sagrai, n. sp.: 6, Antenna;

7, part of foreleg.

114 JOURNAL OF THE

Fiaes. 8-11.—Ranatra zeteki, n. sp.: 8, Antenna;

9, left male paramere; 10, part of foreleg; 11,

apex of male abdomen.

of fore coxae, 6.00 mm in male and 7.60 mm in

female. Hind femora barely reaching base of

genital segment; length, 13.40 mm in male and

18.60 mm in female. Length of female operculum,

3.10 mm. Length of abdomen, 16.80 mm in male

and 18.75 mm in female. Middle and hind legs

with broad testaceous bands.

Type (male) and allotype (female).—Panama,

Canal Zone, Feb. 10-12, 1939, in Drake Collec-

tion. Paratypes, 32 specimens, taken with type

in sluggish, salty waters, near the mouth of small

streams emptying in to the sea or Panama Canal,

and also in deep stagnant water of a narrow

drainage ditch (all by C. J. Drake). One paratype,

Panama, Canal Zone, April 14, 1911, E. A.

Schwartz, U. S. Nat. Mus. Several other speci-

mens have also been examined from Colombia

and Venezuela. Paratypes in collections of both

authors.

Affinities Separated from R. annulipes by

the shape of the metaxyphus and male parameres.

The eyes are also feebly wider than the width of

interocular space.

Ranatra acapulcana, n. sp. (Figs. 12-14)

Male and female.—Long, slender, female a

little stouter and longer than the male; respira-

tory filaments a little longer than the body in both

sexes. Width of head across eyes, 2.80 mm (male)

and 3.00 mm (female); width of an eye shghtly

greater than width of interocular space (19:18

in male and 20.5:19 female). Interocular space

smooth, a little convex; jugae slightly more

elevated than tylus. Antennae as in Fig. 12.

Prothorax long and slender, greatest length

(measured on pleuron), 9.20 mm in male and

10.15 mm in female. Pronotum not much dilated

behind; greatest width of hind part (near base),

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 4

2.80 mm in male and 3.25 mm in female; median

length, 7.80 mm in male and 9.70 mm in female;

anterior part slightly more than twice as long

as hind part (55:23 in male and 67:30 in female) ;

width at apex, 1.90 mm in male and 2.15 mm in

female. Scutellum a little convex in the middle

of anterior part, depression well marked and

separated by a thick median carina, which is as

long as the depressions; posterior part without

transverse striae.

Male parameres as in Fig. 13. Male genital

operculum enveloped at apex as in R&R. annulipes.

Female genital operculum narrowed (slightly

rounded) from near the base apically, the pointed

apex scarcely surpassing extremity of the ab-

domen. Metaxyphus moderately elevated, a little

convex at the middle, with inferior surface

smooth, broad at the base, then narrowed pos-

teriorly, ending behind in a pronounced curve

between the hind coxae but not as vertical as in

R. annulipes.

Anterior femora (Fig. 14) 10.00 mm long in

male and 11.50 mm in female, a little narrowed

on inferior edge in the vicinity of the tooth, the

tooth placed as in R. fabric; anterior coxae

6.60 mm long in male and 7.60 mm long in female,

the exterior surface with pronounced pale and

obscure fuscous markings. Hind femora marked

with fuscous-brown spots, the apex reaching the

extremity of the hemelytral membrane.

Size.—Length of male, 28.60—30.00 mm, and

female, 36.00-39.00 mm; respiratory appendages,

29.00-32.00 mm in male and 36.00-39.00 mm in

female.

Holotype (male) and allotype (female)—Taken

in a large salt water lagoon, near Acapulco,

Mexico, July 23, 1950 (C. J. Drake), in Drake

Collection. Paratypes, taken with type, also in

large fresh water ponds, near the salt water

lagoon, Aug. 3, 1951, Drake and Hottes, in collec-

tions of both authors. :

Fies. 12-14 —Ranatra acapulcana, n. sp.: 12,

Antenna; 13, left male paramere; 14, part of fore-

leg.

Aprit 1953

Affinities —Differentiated from R. annulipes

by the shape of male parameres, antennae and

metaxyphus, also by the pale and obscure fuscous

markings on femora and tibiae. R. zeteki, n. sp.,

has differently shaped male parameres. The meta-

xyphus also separates it from other members of

the annultpes group.

Ranatra jamaicana, n. sp. (Figs. 15-17)

1899. Ranatra annulipes Kirkaldy, Entomologist

32: 29.

1903. Ranatra annulipes Montandon, Bull. Soc.

Sei. Bucharest 14 (3-4): 393-394 (part).

Male.—Body long, a little robust, the caudal

appendages a little longer than the body. Width

of head across eyes, 2.85 mm. Eyes of median

size, width of an eye less than width of inter-

ocular space (18.5:20). Interocular space mod-

erately convex, smooth; jugae distinctly more

raised than tylus. Antennae as in Fig. 15.

Prothorax moderately long; greatest length

(measured on pleuron), 9.20 mm. Pronotum

slender, anterior part slightly more than twice

as long as posterior part (58:27); width at ante-

rior end, 2.20 mm; width at widest place in hind

part (near base), 3.00 mm. Scutellum as in R.

fabricix. Metasternum with the longitudinal pale

stripes a little obscure, the lateral ones extending

on metacoxae and median on metaxyphus.

Male parameres as in Fig. 16. Male genital

operculum enveloped at the extremity as in R.

annulipes. Metaxyphus broad in front, rather

slowly narrowed posteriorly to curvature, then

strongly narrowed as it turns up between meta-

coxae.

Anterior femora (Fig. 17) 10.30 mm long, mod-

erately thick, broad, with inferior edge in vicinity

of tooth very little narrowed, the tooth situated

as in R&R. fabricit. Marks on coxae and pale bands

on middle and hind femora as in R. fabricit.

Fies. 15-17.—Ranatra jamaticana, n. sp.: 15,

Antenna; 16, left male paramere; 17, part of fore-

leg.

DRAKE AND DE CARLO: RANATRA ANNULIPES GROUP

115

Fies. 18-20.—Ranatra absona, n. sp.: 18, An-

tenna; 19, left male paramere; 20, part of foreleg.

Size.—Length of body, 31.00 mm; respiratory

tubes, 31.00 mm.

Holotype male—St. Andrews, Constant

Springs, Jamaica, C. P. Taylor, in collection of

C. J. Drake.

A flinities —Differs from R. annulipes in the

form of male parameres, smaller eyes, antennae

and characteristics of the metaxyphus. These

same structures also separate it from R. absona,

n. sp. The type bears a label in Montandon’s

handwriting, which states that the specimen con-

forms with the type except that the obscure bands

on the sternum are less indicated.

Ranatra absona, n. sp. (Figs. 18-20)

Male.—Body a little robust, the caudal ap-

pendages a little longer than the body. Width

across eyes, 3.00 mm. Eyes large, the width of an

eye slightly greater than width of interocular

space (20.5:19). Interocular space moderately

convex, smooth. Antennae as in figure 18.

Prothorax long and slender; greatest length

(measured on side), 9.70 mm. Pronotum a little

dilated behind; width of anterior part at apex,

2.10 mm; width at widest point of posterior part

(near base), 2.80 mm; length on median line,

8.40 mm; front part a little more than twice as

long as hind part (60:24). Scutellum practically

the same as in R. fabric. Mesosternum with the

longitudinal stripes a little obscure, not extend-

ing posteriorly on metaxyphus.

Male parameres as in Figure 19. Apex of male

operculum embraced as in R. annulipes. Meta-

xyphus moderately elevated, with inferior sur-

face smooth, slightly convex, broad in front, then

narrowed posteriorly, very little convex at the

middle, terminating in an almost vertical curve

between the metacoxae.

Anterior femora as in Fig. 20, rather thick

medianly, with inferior edge bearing the tooth

very little narrowed at the middle; 10.50 mm

long; tooth situated as in R. fabric; length of

116

fore coxae, 6.60 mm. Apex of hind femora not

attaining tip of hemelytral membrane. Inter-

mediate and posterior femora with pale bands not

very well marked.

Size.—Length of body of male, 32.00 mm;

respiratory appendages, 33.50 mm.

Holotype (male).—Pinto Gordo, British Hon-

duras, Feb. 1932, in collection of C. J. Drake,

paratypes, 2 specimens, taken with type, one in

collection of each author.

A flinities.— Differs especially from R. annulipes

in the form of the male parameres, anterior femora

and antennae; these structures also separate it

from R. fubricii. The metaxyphus is more ele-

vated, more curved and narrowed on posterior

part than in fabricii. Also, the metaxyphus is

broader on the anterior three-fourths of inferior

surface than in R. annulipes.

Ranatra similis, n. sp. (Figs. 21-23)

Male.—Long, body little robust, the caudal

appendages a little longer than the body. Width

of head across eyes, 3.00 mm. Eyes of median

size; width of an eye slightly shorter than the

shortest distance between them (21.5:19). In-

terocular space moderately convex, with fine

transverse striae. Antennae as in Fig. 21.

Prothorax moderately long, slender, greatest

length (measured on pleuron), 9.80 mm. Pro-

notum widened a little behind, the front part

scarcely more than twice as long as hind part

(57:28); length on median line, 8.50 mm; greatest

width of hind part, 3.40 mm; width at apex of

front part, 2.35 mm. Scutellum very similar to

R. fabricir.

Metaxyphus moderately elevated, with in-

ferior face slightly convex, a little widened in

front, moderately narrowed from middle pos-

teriorly, forming a pronounced curve behind.

Apex of male operculum enveloped as in R.

annulipes. Male parameres as in Fig. 22. Anterior

legs with femora (Fig. 23) moderately broad,

11.00 mm long, with lower edge very little nar-

rowed in vicinity of the tooth, which is placed as

in R. fabric. Apex of hind femora not quite

reaching extremity of hemelytral membrane.

Type (male).—Satipo, Peru, July, 1940, col-

lected by Pedro Paprachki, in collection of C. J.

Drake.

A flinities—Distinguished from R. annulipes

by the form of the parameres, antennae and

metaxyphus; from R. jamaicana, n. sp., by the

same characters and besides there are no clear

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 4

or obscure bands on the mesosternum. The meta-

xyphus in R. similis is narrowed posteriorly in its

greatest part and then turns up more progres-

sively between metacoxae. In R. absona, n. sp.,

and 2. annulipes the metaxyphus turns up al-

most vertically between hind coxae.

Figs. 21-23.—Ranatra similis, n. sp.: 21, An-

tenna; 22, left male paramere; 23, part of foreleg.

Ranatra camposi Montandon

1907. Ranatra camposi Montandon, Ann. Soc. Ent.

France 76: 59.

1946. Ranatra camposi De Carlo, An. Mus. Arg.

Cien. Nat. 42: 16-17, 4 figs.

Female larger than male; respiratory filaments

generally a little longer than the body, sometimes

slightly shorter. Eyes large; width of an eye

slightly greater than width of interocular space

(20:19) interocular space moderately convex,

smooth; Jugae prominent. Antennae as in figure

24.

Prothorax moderately long, greatest length

(measured on pleuron) 7.80 mm in male and 8.80

in female. Pronotum a little dilated behind, length

(measured on median line) 6.90 mm in male and

7.80 mm in female; width at apex of anterior part

2.00 mm in male and 2.25 mm in female; width at

widest point of hind part 2.70 mm in male and

3.10 mm in female.

Scutellum very little convex, with some trans-

verse rugulae in front, with a thick carina separat-

ing the impressed areas just in front of tapering

hind part; triangular hind part with transverse

striae well marked.

Metaxyphus large, characters about the same

as in R. acapulcana. Apex of female operculum

slightly extending beyond extremity of last ab-

dominal segment.

Anterior femora robust, with the upper edge

near the tooth very little narrowed, 8.00 mm

long in male and 10.20 mm in female, the tooth

placed as in R. fabriciz. Tip of hind femora

barely reaching apex of hemelytral membrane.

Aprit 1953

Size —Length, 25.80-27.40 mm (male) and

28.00-31.00 mm (female); respiratory append-

ages, 25.50-29.00 mm (male) and 26.85-3.20

mm (female). In most of our specimens the caudal

filaments are slightly longer than the body.

Montandon (1907) gives their length in the type

as slightly shorter than the body.

Distribution —The writers have examined more

than 60 nymphs and adults from Guayaquil,

Ecuador, all collected by Dr. Francisco Campos

R. The types were also taken at Guayaquil by

Dr. Campos.

Affinities —The size of body, metaxyphus and

male parameres separate R. camposi from R&.

annulipes. The smaller form, shorter caudal ap-

pendages and shorter fore legs separate it from

R. ecuadoriensis De Carlo.

Ranatra ecuadoriensis De Carlo

1946. Ranatra annulipes De Carlo, An. Mus. Arg.

Cien. Nat. 42: 14-16, 3 figs. (part).

KEVAN: PYRGOMORPHINE GRASSHOPPER

LIL

1950. Ranatra ecuadoriensis De Carlo, Rev. Bras.

Biol. 10 (4) : 525-526, figs. 9-10.

For a detailed description and illustrations of

this species, see De Carlo’s paper of 1950. The

male is unknown. The following notes are based

upon three females, Guayaquil, Ecuador, Jan.

26, 1952, taken in a temporary rainwater pool,

Dr. F. Campos, in company with numerous speci-

mens of R. camposi Kirkaldy.

General aspect very similar to R. camposi,

larger and with the anterior femora and pro-

thorax longer. Length of body, 32.50 mm; respira-

tory tubes, 34.50 mm; anterior femora, 10.30

mm; coxae, 7.10 mm; pronotum on median line,

8.80 mm. Antennae and anterior femora as fig-

ured by De Carlo (1950).

A fjinities—This species is most closely related

to R. camposi, but is readily separated from it

by the dimensions of the body, anterior legs,

and respiratory appendages.

ENTOMOLOGY .—An interesting new pyrgomorphine grasshopper (Orthoptera:

Acrididae) in the U. S. National Museum. D. Kira McE. Kevan, University

of Nottingham. (Communicated by Ashley B. Gurney.)

In the course of an examination of acridid

material of the sub-family Pyrgomorphinae

kindly lent to me for study by the Smith-

sonian Institution, I came across an interest-

ing new species of Chlorizeina Brunner von

Wattenwyl, 1893. Unfortunately it is known

only from a few specimens but, since they

considerably extend the known range of

the genus, I do not think it inadvisable to

describe it.

Chlorizeina malabarensis, n. sp.

Type: o’, India, Mangalore, June [1925], J. C.

Bridwell. U. 8. National Museum No. 61121.

Head.—Antennae longer than head and pro-

notum together, filiform, the basal half slightly

flattened. Eyes prominent, oval, a little longer

than wide. Frons slightly rugose, strongly oblique,

concave in profile. Frontal ridge strong, narrow,

deeply sulcate throughout, not reaching the cly-

peus. Lateral carinae strong, almost straight and

only slightly divergent. Cheeks with minute scat-

tered punctures and with a partial oblique row

of small, weak, rounded tubercles extending from

behind the eye to the anterolateral angle of the

pronotum. Fastigium verticis rugoso-punctate,

longer than wide, rounded apically (Fig. 1, A).

Median carinula of head faint but distinct

throughout. Dorsal surface of head finely punc-

tured all over, with fine transverse rugae in the

vicinity of the median carinula, especially in

front of the eyes.

Thorax.—Pronotum subcylindrical, strongly

but finely punctured throughout,. less so in the

posterior part of the metazona; anterior margin

slightly coneave; posterior margin almost

straight; median carina obsolescent; lateral cari-

nae absent; transverse sulci fine, more or less

straight, the median one placed at about the

middle of the disc, the typical one at rather less

than three-quarters (Fig. 1, A), anterior sulcus

obsolescent, almost invisible; lateral pronotal

lobes with anterior angle rounded, posterior angle

forming a right-angle and inferior margin slightly

sinuous. Mesonotum for the greater part con-

cealed. Metanotum about equal to the metazona

of the pronotum. Prosternal tubercle situated

rather far forward, pyramidal, very slightly in-

clined backwards, very strongly acute. Meso-

sternal lobes about one and a half times as long

as wide, their interspace of about the same dimen-

sions as a lobe. Metasternal pits fairly large,

118 JOURNAL OF THE

deep, and separated by a distance equal to about

one-third of the greatest width of a metasternal

lobe.

Wings.—Tegmina abbreviate, almost reaching

the posterior margin of the first abdominal ter-

gum, ovate-lanceolate, about twice as long as

wide, acutely pointed (Fig. 1, A), veins indistinct,

costal margin slightly anal margin

strongly so and distinctly punctured. Hind wings

minute, scale-like.

Genitalia.—Tenth abdominal tergum excised

and carinate as illustrated (Fig. 1, B). Epiproct

flat, tonguelike (Fig. 1, B). Cerci long, strongly

inwardly and upwardly curved, extending to

about the end of the epiproct, narrowed before

the middle and shghtly thickened apically (Fig. 1,

B, C). Subgenital plate obtuse.

Measurements—Length 38; antenna 16.5; head

7.0; pronotum 7.5; tegmen 6.5; hind femur 20.5

mm.

Coloration.—More or less uniform olive-green

[somewhat discoloured] except for the dark brown

antennae, brown eyes, dark green gular area

above the diagonal row of yellowish cheek tuber-

cles, and the pink inferoexternal area of the hind

femur.

ALLOTYPE: 2, India, Goa, Mormugao, Sept.

1925, J. C. Bridwell.

Agrees with the type but is larger with a less

cylindrical pronotum which is considerably wider

behind than in front; the mesosternal lobes are

scarcely longer than wide and their interspace is

greater than the width of a lobe; metasternal pits

separated by a distance equal to more than half

a metasternal lobe. The tenth abdominal tergum

is excised to the posterior margin of the ninth,

the epiproct is broader than in the male and the

cerci are short, straight and stout, about half as

long as the epiproct. The ovipositor valves are

short and stout.

Measurements—Length 45; antenna 16.0; head

7.0; pronotum 9.5; tegmen 7.0; hind femur

20.5 mm.

PARATYPE: co’, Same data as the allotype

(British Museum).

Agrees with the type but is a little smaller

and paler.

This new species is much larger than any of the

three previously described. In build it resembles

more closely C. wnicolor Brunner von Watten-

wyl, 1893 (cf. Ramme, 1941, pl. 12, figs. la, 1b,

2), but the genitalia are more like those of C. ele-

convex,

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 4

hae

Fic. 1.—Chlorizeina_ malabarensis, n.sp.: A,

Head and thorax of male (type), dorsal; B, male’

genitalia, dorsal; C, male cercus, lateral.

APRIL 1953

gans Ramme, 1941 (cf. Ramme, l.c.: 36, Abb. 13),

although the ,cerci are distinctly more strongly

curved.

A third species, C. togulata Rehn (1951), de-

scribed from the Southern Shan States, Burma,

has much broader cerci than those of malabarensis.

The genus was previously known only from

Burma, and it is interesting to find that its range

extends to the west coast of India. C. elegans is

known from Upper Burma; C. wnicolor was

THEODOR: PHLEBOTOMUS FROM THE YEMEN

previously known only from Lower Burma but

is now known to me from Upper Burma also.

REFERENCES

RamMeE, W. Bevtrdége zur Kenntnis der Acrididen-

Fauna des indomalayischen und benachbarter

Gebiete (Orth.) mit besonderer Bervicksichtigung

der Tvrergeographie von Celebes. Mitt. zool.

Mus. Berl. 25: 1-243, 21 pls. 1941.

Rean, J. A.G. A new species of the genus Chlori-

zeina (Acrididae; Pyrgomorphinae) from Bur-

ma. Notulae Nat., no. 238: 1-7, 6 figs. 1951.

ENTOMOLOGY —On a collection of Phlebotomus from the Yemen. Oskar THEO-

poR, Department of Parasitology, Hebrew University, Jerusalem. (Communi-

eated by C. W. Sabrosky.)

The collection dealt with in the present

note was made by Lt. Comdr. K. L. Knight,

of the U. S. Naval Research Medical Unit

No. 3, Cairo, Egypt, in January 1951 in

southern Yemen. Practically nothing is

known of the sandfly fauna of Arabia and

these records may be considered as new.

The collections made by Commander Knight

are as follows:

Coll. 304. Ta’izz, Yemen. Jan. 12, 1951. Elev.

4,100 feet. Trapped on oiled paper at base of

stone walls at damp spots by cess-pit drainages,

in the city proper. P. sergenti, P. langeroni var.

orientalis, P. chinensis arabicus, n. subsp., S.

tiberiadis.

Coll. 306. Ta’izz, Yemen, Jan. 14, 1951. Elev.

3,590 feet. Trapped on oiled paper at entrances

of rodent burrows (mostly Arvicanthus sp.) on

an aloe-euphorbia hillside. Outside the town about

3 miles. P. papatasi var. bergeroti, P. roubaudt,

P. langeront var. orientalis, S. africana, S.

schwetzi., S. antennata var. cincta.

Coll. 307. Ta’izz, Jan. 15, 1951. Same as coll.

304. Same species.

Coll. 309. El-Hauban, Wadi el-Maleh, about

3 miles east of Ta’izz. Jan. 17, 1951. Elev. about

3,/00 feet. Trapped on oiled paper in rodent

burrows at base of small rock cliff. P. rowbaudi,

S. tibertadis.

Coll. 15. Ta’iz, Yemen. Jan. 21, 1951. Caught

bitmg a number of small boys sitting near our

quarters in town. From dark until 19:45 hours.

Bright moon. P. papatasii var. bergeroti, P.

sergenti, P. langeroni var. orientalis, P. chinensis

arabicus n. subsp.

Genus Phlebotomus Rondani, 1840

Subgenus Phlebotomus Rondani

Phlebotomus papatasii var. bergeroti Parrot, 1934

3 A, 1 2 coll. 306; 12 coll. 15, biting man

in Ta’izz. The species has been recorded from

Djanet in southern Algeria, from Abyssinia, and

the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan.

Phlebotomus roubaudi Newstead, 1913

1 29,5 oc o coll. 306; and 1 2 coll. 309 from

rodent burrows.

This species was originally described from

Akjoucht in Mauretania and has subsequently

been found to occur in a belt south of the Sahara

throughout Africa. It has been found by Kirk

and Lewis west of Lake Rudolf in the Anglo-

Egyptian Sudan.

The absence of typical P. papatasii, which is

closely related to these two species and which

occurs commonly in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan

(together with P. papatasti var. bergeroti but not

with P. roubaudi) is noteworthy.

Subgenus Paraphlebotomus Theodor, 1948

Phlebotomus sergenti Parrot, 1917

Digi aor) coll. 304/307 kOe colle 15,

biting man in Ta’izz. This species is known from

the central Sahara, French West Africa, the

southern Mediterranean, and from the Middle

East, extending into North West India. It is

very common in Bagdad, where it is the main

carrier of Oriental sore and rare in Palestine. It

has not been recorded from the Anglo-Egyptian

Sudan or from Abyssinia, where 2 other species

of the subgenus occur (P. alexandri and P.

120 JOURNAL OF THE

sergenti var. saevus). It may therefore be assumed

that P. sergenti reached Arabia from the north.

Subgenus Laroussius Nitzulescu, 1931

Phlebotomus langeroni var. orientalis Parrot,

1936

38 2 @ coll. 15, biting man in Ta’lzz;5 oo

coll. 304/307; 12 @o@ coll. 306 from rodent

burrows.

This is the most numerous species in the collec-

tion. It was raised to specific rank by Parrot in

1946, but the differences from P. langeroni are so

small that it is probably better regarded a variety

or subspecies of P. langeroni. P. langeroni var.

orientalis is known from Abyssinia and from the

Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, mainly in the area west

of Lake Tana. It is the only common representa-

tive in the area of the subgenus Laroussius

(major group), which contains the principal car-

riers of Kala Azar in the Mediterranean, and it

is considered the carrier of Kala Azar in the

Sudan. P. longipes, which also belongs to this

subgenus, has, according to Kirk and Lewis,

been found only in one locality in the Sudan,

from which Kala Azar is not known.

A few cases of Kala Azar have been recorded

from Arabia. Two cases were recorded by Phillips

(1904) in adults of 30 and 35 years of age from

the Yemen and the Hedjaz. Whittingham (1937)

mentions the case of a British officer who con-

tracted the disease in Aden. Two further cases

were recently recorded by Fawdry and Mazhar

(1951) in children of 4 and 6 years, one from

Ta’izz and the other from Beidha, 150 miles

north of Aden. Two cases were recently diag-

nosed in Jerusalem in immigrants (young adult

males) from the Yemen (unpublished). Accord-

ing to the age distribution of the few cases known

from Arabia, the disease seems to be of the Su-

danese type of Kala Azar, which according to

Kirk “‘is chiefly a disease of late childhood and

early adult life” and not as Mediterranean Kala

Azar mainly a disease of young infants. Whitting-

ham mentions that the sandflies from Aden were

repeatedly identified as P. perniciosus. This spe-

cies, which occurs only in the western Mediter-

ranean, was not then distinguished from P.

langeroni and its related forms. Presumably the

sandflies from Aden were also P. langeroni var.

orientalis. This species is thus apparently common

in southern Arabia and bites man as the present

records show. P. langeroni var. orientalis may

therefore be considered also as the carrier of

Kala Azar in southern Arabia.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 4

Subgenus Adlerius Nitzulescu, 1931

Phlebotomus chinensis arabicus, n. subsp

1 o,1 9 coll. 304/307; 1 9. coll. 15, Ta’izz,

biting man.

The occurrence of a form of P. chinensis in

southern Arabia is very interesting. The species

consists of 6 or 7 local forms, which are widely

distributed throughout Asia, including northern

India and China, the Middle East, and the eastern

Mediterranean. None has been recorded so far

from the Ethiopian region or North Africa. The

various forms differ in the male mainly in the

shape of the penis and the length of the genital

filaments and in the armature of the pharynx

in the female and in various measurements. The

status of these forms has not yet been finally

determined and a study of the whole group is

required. They will probably have to be made

into subspecies or even species.

Female —Size 2.5 to 3 mm. Wing, length 2.5 to

2.9 mm; width 0.6 to 0.8 mm. Wing index a/8 =

1.8 to 2.3 mm. Palp formula: 1, 49(2, 3), 5. Rela-

tive length of segments: 1-4-4-3.4-8. Antennae:

Segment 3 > 4 + 5. A3/E = 1. Armature of

pharynx rather similar to that of P. chinensis

var. simici, extending forward about a quarter

of the length of the pharynx. Spermatheca as in

the other forms of P. chinensis.

Male—Size 2.6 mm. Wing, length 2.5 mm;

width 0.65 mm. Wing index a/8 = 1.7. Palp

formula 1, 4, 2, 3, 5, . Relative length of segments:

1-3.3-3.8-3-9. Antennae: Segment 3 > 4 + 5.

AS/Ee —— ES

Genital filaments eight times as long as pump.

Penis with a very shallow subterminal tubercle,

which is rather far removed from the tip.

The subspecies from the Yemen resembles

most closely the form from Cyprus but differs

in the antennal index A3/E, which is 0.7 in the 2

and 1.1 in the @ in the Cyprus form. The genital

filaments are longer (6.6 times as long as the

pump in the Cyprus form) and the subterminal

tubercle is shallower and further removed from

the tip than in the Cyprus form.

Type at present in the author’s collection.

Genus Sergentomyia Franca, 1920

Subgenus Sergentomyia Franca

Group fallax

Sergentomyia antennata var. cincta Parrot and

Martin, 1944

3.22,4 ¢¢ coll. 306, from rodent burrows.

The species occurs in the Anglo-Egyptian Su-

APRIL 1953

dan, French Somaliland, and Uganda. It has 14

to 20 teeth in the buccal cavity and a rather

narrow pharynx with relatively coarse teeth in

the female. The specimens from the Yemen agree

well with the description of the species. There

are about 20 teeth in the buccal cavity of the

female.

Sergentomyia schwetzi Adler, Theodor, and

Parrot, 1929

2 92,1 ¢ coll. 306, from rodent burrows.

Group africana

Sergentomyia africana Newstead, 1912

3 22 coll. 306, from rodent burrows.

Kirk and Lewis (1951) propose to change the

name of the species to S. freetownensis. This

change, however, requires a ruling of the Inter-

national Commission for Zoological Nomencla-

ture, suppressing the name S. africana. The old

name is therefore retained until the nomencla-

torial position is clarified.

Subgenus Sintonius Nitzulescu, 1931

Sergentomyia tiberiadis Adler and Theodor, 1930

Syn. S. subtilis Parrot and Martin, 1944

Peco eene whai77, coll. 304/307; 1. o' coll.

309, El-Hauban.

The species was recorded from Abyssinia by

Parrot in 1936 as P. tiberiadis. Later Parrot de-

scribed the male of the species as P. subtilis,

and in 1940 Parrot redescribed both sexes under

WILSON AND MOORE: DIAPTOMUS FROM LOUISIANA

121

the name P. subtilis. Comparison of the type

specimens of P. tiberiadis from Palestine with

specimens of Parrot’s original series, with speci-

mens from the Sudan, and with the specimens

from the Yemen showed that there are prac-

tically no constant differences between the mate-

rial from the different localities. The characters

on the basis of which Parrot separated S. subtilis

from S. tiberiadis are so small and variable that

they do not justify the retention of S. subtilis

as a separate species.

The Phlebotomus fauna of the Yemen is thus,

as was to be expected, mainly Ethiopian in char-

acter. Seven out of the 9 species recorded occur

in Abyssinia and the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan.

Only one Mediterranean species, P. sergentt,

and a new subspecies of P. chinensis were found,

the various forms of which are widely distributed

in Asia and the eastern Mediterranean.

REFERENCES

Fawpry, A. L., and MazHar, M. Two cases of

Kala Azar in South Arabia. Trans. Roy. Soc.

Trop. Med. and Hyg. 45: 138, 1951.

Kirk, R., and Lewis, D. J. The Phlebotominae of

the Ethiopian Region. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc.

London 102: 383, 1951.

Lewis, D. J., and Kirk, R. The sandflies of the

Anglo Egyptian Sudan. Bull. Ent. Res. 41:

459. 1951.

Puiuies, L. On the occurrence of the L.D. parasite

in Arabia and Egypt. B.M.J. 195: 657. 1904.

WHITTINGHAM, H. KE. Trans. Roy. Soc. Trop. Med.

and Hyg. 30: 403. 1937.

BIOLOGY.—WNew records of Diaptomus sanguineus and allied species from Lout-

siana, with the description of a new species (Crustacea: Copepoda). MiLpDRED

STRATTON WILSON, Arctic Health Research Center, U. 8. Public Health Serv-

ice, Anchorage, Alaska, and Water G. Moore, Loyola University, New

Orleans, La.

Marsh’s record of the occurrence in

Louisiana of the fresh-water copepod Diapto-

mus sanguineus Forbes appears to be based

upon personal correspondence with Edward

Foster (see Marsh, 1929, pp. 13, 15, and 17),

whose manuscript records were published

by Penn (1947). This lists the species as

occurring near Slidell, in St. Tammany

Parish, rather than near New Orleans as

given by Marsh. Collections made in 1951

and 1952 by one of us (Moore) indicate that

the species is very common in St. Tammany

Parish, where it occurs in seasonal ponds and

ditches, frequently in association with

Diaptomus stagnalis and D. conipedatus.

Collections made near Alton and Florenville

from January to February 29 contained

adults; most females collected on the latter

date were ovigerous. The species also has

been found in temporary pools and ponds

north of Alexandria, Rapides Parish, in the

central part of the State. Here most of the

specimens found on December 28 were im-

mature; only adults were present in collec-

tions made on April 6.

Two species allied to sanguineus have

122 JOURNAL OF THE

been found in our Louisiana collections.

The little-known Diaptomus virginiensis

and a new species are described below from

specimens collected in St. Landry and

Evangeline Parishes.

Diaptomus (Onychodiaptomus) virginiensis

Marsh

Figs. 11-12; 21-25

Diaptomus virginiensis Marsh, 1915, p. 457, figs.

1-5; 1929, p. 23.

Specimens examined.—Type lot: from Marsh

collection in U. 8. National Museum, Marsh nos.

4064, 4067, 4154. Great Falls, Va.

Louisiana: 20 @ (4 ovigerous), 1 3, ditch

pond on U. 8. Highway 71, south of Lebeau, St.

Landry Parish, April 5, 1951, W. G. Moore;

6 2,same location (ditch ponds on opposite sides

of highway—4 @ in one, 2 @ in other), December

27, 1951, W. G. Moore.

The only record of this species in literature is

that of the type locality in Virginia. The Loui-

siana specimens agree very closely with the type

material examined, so that there is no doubt of

the identity of the species.

The Louisiana specimens are a little larger than

those recorded by Marsh: @, 1.41-1.61 mm, 2,

1.3 mm. (Marsh’s figures are: 9, 1.366, <6,

1.24 mm).

The illustrations given here are all drawn from

the Louisiana specimens. There are no differ-

ences between the fifth leg of the Louisiana male

and the type specimens from Virginia. Such dif-

ferences as appear when Fig. 22 is compared with

Marsh’s description and illustration (Marsh, 1915,

fig. 5) have not been found to exist in the types.

These include the greater length of the spine of the

right basipod segment 1, the presence of the small

sclerotized lamella of the distal outer portion of

basipod 2, the presence of the prominent double-

lined ridge of the second exopod segment, and

the greater length of the lateral spine, which is

placed at the middle of the segment and reaches

to or beyond its apex.

The proximal pad of the apical segment of the

left exopod does not occupy half of the inner

margin as stated by Marsh; he must have in-

cluded a portion of the distal pad which covers

most of the posterior face. The inner process

arises near the distal part of this pad (Fig. 23)

and forms a pincer with the distal process, as in

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 4

sanguineus. The distal process is stout and digiti-

form, its length a little less than one-half that of

the outer margin of the segment (7:16).

Marsh has not described the urosome of the

male, which is moderately asymmetrical. Groups

of minute spinules such as those found on the

dorsal face of the fourth segment in the Louisiana

specimen (Fig. 21) are also present in the type

material. These have not been found in any other

species of the group.

The important characters of the right anten-

nule of the male have not been described. The

Louisiana specimen agrees exactly with those of

the type lot. The relative development of the

spines of segments 10, 11, and 13 are unusual in

North American diaptomids (Fig. 25). Those of

10 and 11 are very short, being only a little longer

and stouter than the minute spines of segments

8 and 12. That of segment 13 is excessively large,

reaching to about the middle of segment 15. The

relative lengths of the spines are:

Segment 8 10 11 12 13

Spine 3 4 5 3 46

Segment 15 has a moderately sized spinous proc-

ess, segment 16 a minute process; both are

placed at the middle of the segment. The setation

of the left antennule agrees with that of the fe-

male.

The females of the Louisiana collection of

virginiensis have a noticeable backwardly directed

lobelike protrusion on the right side of the fifth

metasomal segment (Figs. 11 and 12). The wings

of the last segment are a little asymmetrical; the

left may have the inner lobe well developed as

shown in Fig. 12 or the entire margin may be

nearly straight. The genital segment of the Loui-

slana specimens agrees with the type in not having

the pronounced asymmetry and great lateral ex-

pansion found in the allied species; the lobe of the

right side is usually only a little larger than that

of the left, and there are no other expansions or

modifications.

The antennule is of the “‘little setaceous” type,

with one seta on segments 11 and 13-19. The

seta of segment 1 reaches to about the middle of

segment 2, and is nonplumose. There is a cuticular

lappet on the second segment of the endopod of

leg 2. The general aspect of the fifth leg is much

like that of the new species described below, from

which it usually differs in having the setae of the

endopod extremely short.

ApriIn 1953 WILSON AND MOORE: DIAPTOMUS FROM LOUISIANA Zs

: [

| ‘

Figs. 1-10.—Diaptomus louisianensis, n. sp., female: 1, Metasome segments 5-6 and urosome, dorsal;

2, dorsal outline of body; 3, leg 1; 4, leg 1, detail spines of exopod segments 1 and 3; 5, leg 2, endopod

segment 2; 6, maxilliped; 7, leg 5, detail endopod setae; 8, leg 5, with detail of setae of exopod 3; 9, leg

5, showing variation in length of endopod; 10, antennule, detail of setae of segments 1-3;

Figs. 11-12.—Diaptomus virginiensis Marsh, female (St. Landry Parish, La.): 11, Metasome segments

5-6, right side, lateral; 12, metasome segments 5-6 and urosome of ovigerous specimen, dorsal.

124

Diaptomus (Onychodiaptomus) louisianensis,

W.A8D.

Figs. 1-10; 13-20

Specimens examined.—Type lot: 6 2, 1 2,

ditch in Chicot State Park, Evangeline Parish,

La., December 27, 1950, W. G. Moore. Holotype

2 (whole, alcoholic), U. S. N. M. no. 93271.

7 &, ditch pond, south of Lebeau, St. Landry

Parish, La., April 5, 1951, W. G. Moore.

Female.—Length, about 1.85 mm (metasome,

1.40 mm, urosome, 0.45 mm). Dorsal view: head

rounded (Fig. 2), cephalic segment behind anten-

nal area greatly widened, its distal portion and

segments 2—4 nearly parallel; the greatest width in

segment 2, equaling about 30 per cent of the total

body length. Segments 5 and 6 not separated

dorsally, the right side of segment 5 differing

slightly from the left, having the distal half more

rounded. The wings of the last segment well de-

veloped (Fig. 1), noticeably asymmetrical, that

of the left side without lobes, the posterior mar-

gin nearly straight; the right side having a con-

spicuous lobe on both the outer and inner proxi-

mal portion, the tip drawn out to a point.

The urosome 3-segmented (Fig. 1). The geni-

tal segment having each side of the proximal

portion produced into conspicuous lateral lobes

tipped with stout sensory spines, the lobe of the

right side larger and more rounded than that

of the left. Segment 2 short; segment 3 and the

caudal rami subequal in length to one another;

both margins of the rami armed with hairs. The

inner dorsal seta nearly as long as the inner

terminal caudal seta.

Antennules reaching to near the end of the

urosome. The seta of segment 1 reaching to a

little beyond the middle of segment 3, its tip

plumose (Fig. 10); that of segment 3 subequal

to that of 1. The numerical setation as in other

species of Onychodiaptomus: 1 seta on segments

11 and 13-19. The setae of segments 16, 18 and

21 of considerable length and stoutness, all con-

spicuously plumose; that of 16 reaching to the

middle of segment 20; that of 18 to the middle

of 22. The short, modified setae of segments 17,

19, 20, 22 not particularly stiff, their tips straight

and slender, each longer than or nearly as long

as its segment.

The maxilliped (Fig. 6) not stoutly developed;

each basal segment and the endopod subequal

to one another; the inner setae of the endopod

all weakly developed, shorter than the endopod

and the terminal and outer setae of the last

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 4

two segments, the longest of which are about as

long as the endopod itself. The distal lobe of the

basal segment conspicuously produced, with four

setae. The relative lengths of the setae of the

basal segment:

lobe 4

15:9:7:10

lobe 1 lobe 2

20 17:20

lobe 3

15:10:23

Leg 1 (Fig. 3) having fine, inconspicuous hairs

on the outer margins of exopod segments 2 and 3.

The outer spines of segments 1 and 3 spiniform

(Fig. 4), both relatively weak and short, propor-

tions to one another, 5:7; both with minute

marginal serrations and tipped with sensory hairs.

The outer terminal modified seta not at all

spiniform, longer than the total exopod (50:40),

a little weaker and shorter than the other setae

of the segment, its outer margin minutely serrate,

its inner plumose.

Leg 2 with a cuticular lappet on the second

segment of the endopod (Fig. 5).

Leg 5 (Fig. 8) rather stout, the spine of the

basal segment large and flat. The first exopod

segment broad, greatest width to length of outer

margin about 17:30. Exopod 2 longer than exopod

1 (85:30), with long, slender spinules on the

inner margin. Outer seta of segment 2 not present.

Exopod 3 not developed, its setae present, very

closely set; the outer a stout spine, the inner a

more slender seta about twice the length of the

outer, and reaching to near the middle of exo-

pod 2.

The endopod long, reaching a little beyond

(Fig. 8), or considerably beyond the inner mar-

gin of exopod 1 (Fig. 9); its inner margin pro-

duced to a conspicuous protrusion armed with

spiules which continue on to the face of the

endopod. The apical setae sinuous (Fig. 7), their

bases a little enlarged, one a little stouter than

the other; their length usually less than half that

of the endopod.

Male—Length about 1.33 mm. The head

rounded as in female, the rest of the metasome

not so abruptly widened (Fig. 16). Segments

5 and 6 not separated dorsally, the posterior

portions of segment 6 with 2 spines. The genital

segment with a slender spine on the right side.

The urosome conspicuously asymmetrical in the

distal portion (Figs. 17 and 18). Segment 4 con-

siderably produced dorsally on the right. side;

segment 5 having the right side produced laterally

into a large, backwardly directed, marginally

sclerotized lobe. The left caudal ramus straight,

ApRIL 1953 WILSON AND MOORE: DIAPTOMUS FROM LOUISIANA PAS

Fries. 13-20.—Diaptomus louisianensis, n. sp., male: 13, Leg 5, posterior; 14, leg 5, detail left exopod

segment 2, posterior; 15, leg 5, detail distal part of right basipod segment 2 and exopod 1; 16, dorsal out-

line of body; 17, metasome segments 5-6 and urosome, dorsal; 18, detail of urosome segments 4-5 and

caudal rami, dorsal; 19, right antennule, apical segments; 20, right antennule, segments 8-16.

Figs. 21-25.—Diaptomus virginiensis Marsh, male (St. Landry Parish, La.) : 21, Detail of urosome seg-

ments 4-5 and caudal rami, dorsal; 22, leg 5, posterior; 23, leg 5, detail left exopod segment 2, posterior;

24, right antennule, apical segments; 25, right antennule, segments 8-16.

126

the right narrowed proximally and widened dis-

tally; both rami with inner marginal hairs.

The left antennule with the same setation as

in the female; the seta of segment | reaching only

to the middle of segment 2. The right antennule

(Fig. 20) with the spine of segment 8 not enlarged.

The spines of segments 10, 11 and 13 all longer

than the width of their segments, relative lengths

of spines of two specimens: 18:23:24 and

16:21:25. The spine of 13 reaching to about the

middle of 14. Segments 14-16 very swollen; seg-

ment 15 with a large spinous process arising at

the middle and reaching to near the end of the

segment; segment 16 lacking a process. The modi-

fied setae of 15-17 unusually stout, the tongue-

like process very short and not arising close to

the end of the seta. The twenty-third segment

(Fig. 19) produced to a minute hook-like process,

accompanied by a very narrow lamella.

Maxilliped, leg 1 and leg 2 like those of the

female.

Leg 5 (Fig. 13) comparatively elongate and

slender, the left ramus hardly reaching beyond

the basipod of the right ramus. The sensory spines

of both basal segments minute. The second basi-

pod segment of the right leg elongate, its distal

portion widened, but not conspicuously so, not

swollen on the inner side, the outer portion pro-

duced into a rounded lobe (Fig. 15); a large,

crescent shaped ridge on the inner proximal

posterior face. Exopod 1 longer than wide; with

a narrow rectangular hyaline lamella on the inner

distal margin. The second exopod segment elon-

gate and narrow (length to width 50:15); with

an inner marginal ridge. The spine of the outer

margin reaching to the apex of the segment,

placed below the middle of the segment at about

68 per cent of its total length. The claw thick

throughout, subequal in length to the exopod,

52:50. Endopod indistinctly 2-segmented, reach-

ing to the middle of exopod 1.

The second basipod segment of the left ramus

about as long as the first, broad throughout. The

exopod set deeply into the basal segment, its

width greatly reduced. The two segments sub-

equal in length to one another (measuring to the

base of the distal process). The apical segment

(Fig. 14) having the proximal pad reduced in

size, protruding medially but not extending dis-

tally to the middle of the segment. The distal

pad confined to the posterior face, its medial

and distal boundaries outlined below by heavy

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 4

TABLE 1.—CoMPARISON OF CHARACTERS OF

Diaptomus sanguineus Group

: :

sangut- | virgint-| louist-

Character A : °

neus ensis | anensis

hes perus

2 Metlasome

Segment 5 with right lateral |

PIOUrUsiON..~........- —1 | -+!1 — —

Segment 6 with elongate |

SPINES hi aatee se co oe ee ee — _

“Wings” strongly asym-

MS trics vs): ee yeeer ee ae —- | = + —

Q Urosome

S-seementedss-) eae osee ee + | + _ =

Genital segment

asymmetrical... 5. sss: i4-sF —_ 7 “=

co Urosome

Segment 4 strongly asym-

Met Caley ye ee ae oe — | — ~ ae

Segment 4 with dorsal spi-|

Segment 5 strongly produced.,

right: sides, os.ee er oe ee ; = = == oe

oS Right Aniennule

Spines:

Ssenlarged = se ees: ae _ == = <=

10-11: as long as or a little

longerthansegmentwidth. + | — == +

13: reaching to end of 14 or be-|

VOUG: 2 eS see eta | ee

Processes:

P5ssDTeSen bee eee ee ee eo

IG: presents <c.25 ets see eo ho

++ +

ete

oS Leg 5, right

Basipod 2. greatly broad-

Basipod 2 with outer elon-|

Lalesprocesse- eee eee + = = =

Lamella exopod 1

NENG Eee eae ee — — +

Lamella‘shapes. +> 22.5... | Nar- tri- nar- ton-

row, an- row, gue-

gular | rec- like

ed tangu-

lar

Exopod 2, lateral spine below)

middle of segment......... + — + +

o Leg 35, left

Distal pad posterior only)

(not bulging medially)... .. = —

Inner process arising below

Proximal ap2d eee ee — = =e

Inner process reaching to

near end of distal (form-

INP PINCeN) eee ee = +

9 Leg 5

Slender (length exopod 1

more than3 times width)... _- —- — —_

Inner seta of exopod 3 reach-

ing beyond middle of

CLAW ee ee eee! _ Bios — —

Endopod setae more than

half length ofendopod..... a —_ +

1+ refers to the presence of a character, — to its absence.

AprRIL 1953

sclerotizations, the short stout hairs recumbent

and curving toward the outer margin. The distal

process continuous with but clearly demarcated

from the segment, its length about one half of

the outer margin of the segment, digitiform, curv-

ing inwards, the cuticle at its tip notched so as to

form a short spinous projection. The inner process

arising below the distal pad, its base thickened

but otherwise very slender, curving toward and

reaching to near the end of the distal process so

as to form a pincer; set thickly with spinules on

the inner side only; the heavy sclerotized medial

portion of the segment produced at its base into

a characteristic point.

The endopod reaching to about the middle of

exopod 2; indistinctly 2-segmented, its anterior

face and medial margins set thickly with stout

spinules.

COMPARISON OF SPECIES OF THE

SANGUINEUS GROUP

The subgenus Onychodiaptomus Light (1939)

may be divided by the structure of the male

right fifth leg into two convenient taxonomic

groups: the birgez and the sanguineus. In Diapto-

mus birgei, the only known species of its group,

the second basipod segment and the exopod,

including the claw, differ from the sanguineus

group, except for the presence of a prominent

hyaline lamella on the inner portion of exopod 1.

In all other characters, both sexes of birger show

unmistakable relationship to the sanguineus

group. Coker (1926) and Kiefer (1931) have

given useful descriptions of birger. The conspicu-

ous ventral lobe found in the female distad to

the genital protrusion, is not present in the other

species of the subgenus.

The sanguineus group includes four species:

D. sanguineus Forbes, 1876; D. virginiensis

Marsh, 1915; D. hesperus M. 8S. Wilson and

Light, 1951; and D. lowisianensis, n. sp.

These species agree in the similarity of pat-

tern of the right male fifth leg which is charac-

terized by modification of the second basipod

segment and shortness of the claw. The species

differ from one another most noticeably in the

structure and armature of the second basipod

segment and the shape and size of the lamella

of exopod 1. There are definable differences in

the left exopod. D. hesperus is strikingly diverse

in that the inner process is so placed that it does

not form a pincer with the distal process as in

the other species; in this, it is more like D. birgev.

WILSON AND MOORE: DIAPTOMUS FROM LOUISIANA

127

Diaptomus sanguineus is a well-defined species;

its important diagnostic characters have been

reviewed by Humes and Wilson (1951). Louisiana

specimens show no significant differences from

the Massachusetts specimens studied in that re-

port. The female is easily distinguished from all

other North American diaptomids by the unique

development of the last metasomal segment,

which is not expanded into the usual “wings”

but instead has both sensory spines greatly en-

larged. Throughout its wide distributional range

there is no variation in this character, except for

slight differences in the length of the spines. The

male is distinguished by the elongation of the

usual short spine on segment 8 of the right anten-

nule and by the spiniform elongation of the outer

distal corner of the right second basipod segment

of the fifth leg. Though variable in length, this

process is specifically distinct and differs from

the modification or armature found in the other

species.

Table 1 gives a summary of the useful taxo-

nomic characters separating the species.

LITERATURE CITED

Coker, Ropert E. Plankton collections in Lake

James, North Carolina—copepods and Clado-

cera. Journ. Elisha Mitchell Sei. Soe. 41: 228-

258, pls. 3444. 1926.

Forses, S. A. List of Illinois Crustacea with de-

scriptions of new species. Bull. Illinois Mus.

Nat. Hist. 1: 3-25, 1 pl. 1876.

Humes, ArTHUR G., and Witson, MILDRED STRAT-

Ton. The last copepodid instar of Diaptomus

sanguineus Forbes (Copepcda). Journ. Wash-

ington Acad. Sci. 41: 395-399, figs. 1-24.1951.

KUEFER, FRIEDRICH. Zur Kenntnis der freilebenden

Siisswassercopepoden, insbesondere der Cyclo-

piden Nordamerikas. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst.)

61: 579-620, 55 figs. 1931.

Licut,S. F. New American subgenera of Diapto-

mus Westwood (Copepoda, Calanoida). Trans.

Amer. Micr. Soc. 58: 473-484, 24 figs. 1939.

MarsH, CHARLES DwiGcHt. A new crustacean,

Diaptomus virginiensis, and a description of

Diaptomus tyrelli Poppe. Proc. U. 8S. Nat.

Mus. 49: 457-462, 7 figs. 1915.

Distribution and key of the North Amert-

can copepods of the genus Diaptomus, w7th the

description of a new species. Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus. 75: 1-27, 16 figs. 1929.

PENN, GeorcGE Henry. Branchiopoda and Cope-

poda of the New Orleans area as recorded by Ed

Foster in the early 1900’s. Proc. Louisiana

Acad. Sci. 10: 189-193. 1947.

Wiuson, Miuprep Srrarron, and Lieut, 8. F.

Description of a new species of diaptomid cope-

pod from Oregon. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc. 70:

25-30, figs. 1-11. 1951.

128

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 4

ICHTHYOLOGY —The blenniid fish genera Cirripectus and Exallias with descrip-

tions of two new species from the tropical Pacific.: DoNALD W. STRASBURG,

University of Hawaii, and LEoNARD P. Scuuutrz, U.S. National Museum.

Schultz (Copeia 1941 (1): 17-20) recog-

nized four species of Cvrrzpectus, among

which were C. leopardus and C. brevis.

Chapman (7n de Beaufort and Chapman,

The fishes of the Indo-Australian Archi-

pelago, 9: 246-255. 1951) recognized three

species of Cirripectus: C. leopardus (Day),

C’. variolosus (Cuvier and Valenciennes), and

C. sebae (Cuvier and Valenciennes). In his

discussion two extralimital species were

recognized, C. quagga (Fowler and Ball) and

C. brevis (KXner).

Further study of these species, based on

many additional specimens, indicates con-

clusively that both Schultz and Chapman

misinterpreted Kner’s description and figure

of C. brevis. We now find that leopardus

must be referred to the synonymy of brevis

and that the species distinguished by

Schultz (1.c., p. 19) as brevis is a new species.

This contribution distinguishes as valid

the genus Evallias and summarizes the chief

differences between it and Czrrzpectus. Also

two new species are described from the

tropical Pacific. We do not consider this

study as a review of the genera, since ade-

quate material is not available. We lack

specimens from the western Indian Ocean

and from several island groups in the

tropical Indo-Pacific Oceans.

The following analysis indicates the chief

differences between Cirripectus and Exallias:

la. A pair of barbels on underside of throat, each

side of middle of chin; teeth in upper jaw

very numerous, fine, flexible, those in lower

jaw numerous, moderately flexible, about

twice as broad as those in upper jaw and

about one-third as many; no canines; least

distance between eye and nuchal fringe con-

tained 214 or more times in postorbital

length of head; soft rays of dorsal fin 12 or

13 and anal 14 or 15; upper lip with short

barbels’. ==: Exallias Jordan and Evermann

1b. No barbels on underside of head; teeth in both

jaws very numerous, fine, flexible, and of ap-

proximately same size; one or two canine

teeth present at each side of lower jaw; least

distance between eye and nuchal fringe con-

tained fewer than two times in postorbital

1 Contribution No. 28, Hawaii Marine Labora-

tory.

length of head; soft rays of dorsal 14 to 16

and of anal 15 to 17; upper lip crenulate or

nearly so..............Cirripectus Swainson

Because Hzallias has been confused with

Cirripectus since it was proposed, a sum-

mary of the nomenclature for the two genera

is important as well as that for the single

species referable to Hvallias.

Genus Exallias Jordan and Evermann

Exallias Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Fish

Comm. 23 (for 1903): 503. 1905 (type, Salarias

brevis Kner).

Gloriella Schultz, Copeia 1941(1): 17 (type, Czrrz-

pectes caninus Herre).

Exallias brevis (Kner)

Salarias brevis Kner, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Natur. 58:

42, pl. 6, fig. 18. 1868 (type locality, Savaii,

Samoa); Weber, Szboga Exped. Fische: 537. 1913

(Karakelang Island).

Cirripectes brevis Fowler, Mem. B. P. Bishop Mus.

10: 432. 1928 (Hawaii; Marshall Islands; Kings-

mill Islands).

Salarias leopardus Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. London

1869: 518 (type locality, Ceylon).

Blennius leopardus Day, Fishes of India 2: 325,

pl. 68, fig. 5. 1876 (Ceylon).

Cirripectes leopardus Schultz, Copeia 1941(1): 19

(Oahu); U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 180: 272-273. 1943

(Oahu and Rose Islands) ; Chapman (zn de Beau-

fort and Chapman) Fishes of the Indo-Austral-

ian Archipelago 9: 247-249, fig. 43. 1951 (Moluc-

cas, Talaut, Marshalls, Hawaiian and Samoan

Islands). .

Cirripectes caninus Herre, Philippine Journ. Sci.

59(2): 284. 1936 (type locality, Ternate Island,

Moluccas); 70(4): 342. 1939 (Ternate Island).

Gloriella canina Schultz, Copeia 1941(1): 18 (Ter-

nate Island).

Genus Cirripectus Swainson

Cirripectus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fishes 2: 79-80

(Cirripectes on pp. 182, 275) 1839 (type, Salarias

variolosus Cuvier and Valenciennes); Norman,

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (11)10: 810. 1948; Chap-

man, Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago

Sie 2402 9b

Cirripectes Schultz, Copeia 1941(1): 18 (type, Sa-

larias variolosus Cuvier and Valenciennes).

During the progress of this study numerous

counts and measurements have been made on

various species of Cirripectus and Exrallias. These

are recorded in Tables 1 to 3 and should be used

along with the keys.

Aprit 1953

Our methods of counting fin rays and the

number of cirri need describing. Each fin ray

with a separate and distinct base was counted as

one ray, those rays split to a single base were

also counted as one. Females that are past the

Ophioblennius stage have the first anal spine

embedded in the tissue around the genital region.

This spine was evident only by dissection. Sexu-

ally mature males have the distal part of the two

anal spines developed into a knob, consisting of

convoluted spongy tissue.

Each nuchal and supraorbital cirrus, including

those forming double rows in certain cases, was

counted as one cirrus if it had a single base; thus

a cirrus deeply bifurcate distally or near its tip

only was counted as one.

The problem of interpreting the significance of

a single supraorbital cirrus must be considered

on the basis of variability for each species. The

supraorbital cirrus of C. jennings: is simple,

slender, and very, very rarely slightly bifurcate

at its tip. This cirrus is never a broad flap as in

certain other species. The supraorbital cirrus of

C’. quagga has a constricted base, thence broaden-

ing distally. It may be a simple dermal flap as in

many young specimens, or the flap may be bi-

fureate or with multifid cirri in adults; the po-

tential cirri in this species may appear as fleshy

ridges in the dermal flap later becoming separated

into distinct cirri.

In the young or juveniles of C. sebae, C. variolo-

sus, and C. filamentosus the supraorbital cirrus

occasionally may be simple but in the adults it is

usually multifid.

The above discussion indicates that some cau-

tion must be used in connection with the supra-

orbital cirrus for distinguishing certain species.

In faded and in young specimens, jenningst and

quagga may be confused but these two species

may be distinguished respectively by the num-

ber of times the snout length is contained in the

least distance from eye to nuchal fringe, which

is 0.7 to 0.8, and 1.0 to 1.3, respectively (see the

key).

Cirripectus jfilamentosus, based on specimens

from Arnhem Land, Australia, might be con-

sidered as a subspecies of C. variolosus on the

basis of slightly more numerous rays in dorsal

and anal fins and fewer nuchal cirri, if both sexes

of adult specimens of filamentosus did not possess

an elongate first dorsal spine. In variolosus only

the adult males have an elongate first dorsal

spine. We do not have sufficient material from

STRASBURG AND SCHULTZ: BLENNID FISH GENERA 129

localities between the Marianas, Marshalls, Phoe-

nix and Samoan Islands, and Australia to study

this problem adequately.

The following key does not include the Ophio-

blennius stages of the genera Cirripectus and

Exallias:

KEY TO THE PACIFIC SPECIES OF EXALLIAS AND

CIRRIPECTUS

la. Teeth in lower jaw fixed or barely movable

and about half as numerous and twice as

broad as those in upper jaw; no lower ¢a-

nines; chin with pair of barbels adjoining

pair of pores on each side; length of snout

into least distance from eye to nuchal fringe

0.3 to 0.5 times; dorsal rays XII, 12 or 18;

anal II, 14 or 15 (rarely 15); nuchal cirri 30

to 36 (see table); edge of upper lip with 12

to 24 (usually 18 to 24) barbel-like lappets;

color pattern of blackish spots on paler

backerounde saan. Exallias brevis (Kner)

1b. Teeth in lower jaw freely movable, of about.

same breadth and number as those in upper

jaw; pair of lower canines present; chin

without barbels; length of snout into least

distance from eye to nuchal fringe 0.7 to 1.3;

dorsal rays XII, 13 to 16 (rarely 13); anal

II, 14 to 17 (rarely 14); edge of upper lip

Gremulate s.r eels oes. (Cirripectus Swainson).

2a. Body and pectoral fins everywhere covered

with dark spots on paler background;

nuchal cirri 47 to 62; dorsal rays XII, 14;

anal II,15..Cirripectus fuscoguttatus,n.sp.

2b. Body and pectoral fins not marked as in 2a;

if dark spots are present they do not uni-

formly cover the body and pectoral fins;

nuchal cirri 43 or fewer.

3a. Anterior half of body pale, spotted with

darker; posterior half of body blackish,

spotted with pale; supraorbital cirrus

slender and simple; dorsal rays XII, 15;

anal II, 15 or 16 (rarely 15); length of

snout into least distance from eye to

nuchal fringe 0.7 to 0.8 times.

Cirripectus jenningst Schultz?

3b. Color pattern not as in 3a.

4a. Color of head and body plain tan to

dark brown, sometimes with scattered

pale spots or dots on snout, cheeks,

and upper lip; fins brown to blackish

except sometimes anterodorsal part

of spinous and soft dorsals and up-

per lobe of caudal pale or whitish.

5a. Nuchal cirri totaling 24 to 30 (see ta-

ble); dorsal rays XII (very rarely

SOUUD)S 4b oe Ws gine! JUL, NS oie Ge

first dorsal spine notably elongate

2 Curripectes jenningst Schultz, U.S. Nat. Mus.

Bull. 180: 273-275, fig. 27. 1943 (type locality,

Swains Island).

130

JOURNAL OF THE

in adults of both sexes as short as

45 mm. standard length.

Cirripectus filamentosus

(Alleyne and Macleay)?

5b. Nuchal cirri totaling 29 to 37 (see ta-

ble); dorsal rays XII, 14; anal II,

14 or 15; first dorsal spine elongate

only in adult males.

Cirripectus variolosus

(Cuvier and Valenciennes) 4

4b. Head and body not colored as in 4a.

6a. Dorsal rays XII, 13 or 14; anal II, 14

or 15; background coloration hght

tan to dark brown. Young, longitu-

dinal dark stripe from behind eye to

caudal fin base, sometimes broken

into series of elongate blotches.

Adults, with 5 to 12 vertical dark

brown bars; throat, cheeks, and

opercles usually with numerous

roundish pale spots, size of pupil,

enclosed in reticulated brown lines

that resemble a honeycomb, some-

times the brown pigment is so ex-

tensive that hght spots appear on a

dark background.

Cirripectus sebae

(Cuvier and Valenciennes)?

6b. Dorsal rays XII, 13 to 16 (rarely 13,

14); anal Wiel5 tomy Ganelyala).

7a. Head and body tan to dark brown

with 8 to 15 vertical dark bars and

frequently speckled with tiny

black and white dots; narrow dark

bar below center of eye, another

behind lower rear edge of eye, the

latter extending across lip and

meeting its fellow on underside of

head; narrow transverse dark

streak across gill membranes on

underside of head; streaks may be

diffuse on large specimens; nuchal

cirrl 25 to 36 (see table); length

of snout into least distance from

eye nuchal fringe 1.0 to 1.3 times.

Cirripectus quagga

(Fowler and Ball)

7b. Head and body dark brown or

blackish; no vertical dark bars or

streaks near eye or across gill

membranes; color pattern con-

sisting of conspicuous roundish

pale spots, size of pupil, enclosed

in reticulated brown lines that re-

3 Salarias filamentosus Alleyne and Macleay,

Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 1: 337, pl. 14,

fig. 1. 1877 (type locality, Cape York).

4 Salarias variolosus Cuvier and Valenciennes,

Hist. Nat. Poiss. 11: 317. 1836 (type locality,

Guam).

5 Salarias sebae Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist.

Nat. Poiss. 11: 323. 1836 (type locality, East

Indies).

® Rupiscartes quagga Fowler and Ball, Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 76: 273. 1924 (type

locality, Wake Island).

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 4

semble a honeycomb, sometimes

brown pigment is so extensive

that light spots appear on a dark

background; this pattern confined

to throat, breast and sides of

head in males but sometimes ex-

tending posteriorly as far as the

fifth or sixth soft dorsal ray in fe-

males; large males have the pos-

terior half to two-thirds of sides of

body with numerous white mark-

ings that vary from round white

dots or small spots to elongate

ones or white lines that extend

vertically, obliquely, or horizon-

tally; some of elongate lines may

run together; posteriorly both

sexes may have scattered pupil-

sized blackish spots or short lines

on a dark background; nuchal

cirri 32 to 42 (see table).

Cirripectus stigmaticus, n. sp.

Cirripectus fuscoguttatus, n. sp.

Biecall

Cirripectes brevis (non Kner), Schultz, Copeia

1941(1): 19-20; U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 180: 272-

273. 1943 (Enderbury and Tutuila Islands);

Chapman, Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archi-

pelago 9: 249 (note). 1951.

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 113634. Rongerik

Atoll, Eniwetak Island, Ocean reef in surf, June

29, 1946, S-46-241, Schultz and Herald, standard

length 68 mm.

Paratypes (lots not bearmg U.S.N.M. num-

bers have been distributed to other museums).

—Bikini Atoll, Namu Island, Ocean reef, April

4, 8-46-51, Schultz, 5 specimens 42 to 53 mm in

standard length; Bikini Atoll, Bokon Island,

April 15, 8-46-94, Schultz and Brock, 9 speci-

mens 34 to 80 mm; U.S.N.M. no. 1421038, Bikini

Atoll, Airy Island, April 16, 8-46-96, Schultz,

16 specimens, 23.5 to 84 mm; U.S.N.M. no.

142102, Bikini Atoll, Eman Island, July 19,

1947, S-46-441, Schultz, Brock, Myers, and Hiatt,

10 specimens, 19 to 94 mm; Bikini Atoll halfway

between Bikini and Amen Islands, July 21,

1947, S-46-442, Brock, Hiatt, and Schultz, 1

specimen; 72 mm; Bikini Atoll, Enyu Island,

August 1, 1947, S-46-483, Schultz, Brock, and

Hiatt, 2 specimens 73 to 76 mm; Bikini Atoll,

Namu Island, August 6, 1947, S-46-508, Schultz,

Brock, and Hiatt, 2 specimens, 91 to 95 mm;

Bikini Atoll, Bikini Island, August 18, 1947,

S-46-533, Brock and Schultz, 2 specimens, 93

to 99 mm; Bikini Atoll, Namu Island, August 7,

1947, S-1019, Brock, Hiatt, and Schultz, 2 speci-

mens, // to 92 mm; US.N.M. no. 142100:

AprIL 1953

Rongerik Atoll, Eniwetok Island, June 29, 5-46-

241, Schultz and Herald, 12 specimens, 21 to 81

mm; U.S.N.M. no. 142104, Eniwetok Atoll, Mui

Island, May 28, S-46-186, Schultz, 35 specimens,

22 to 100 mm; Eniwetok Atoll, Giriinien Island,

May 29, S-46-187, Schultz, 1 specimen, 81 mm;

U.S.N.M. no. 142105, Kwajalein Atoll, Ennyla-

began Island, September 1, 1946, S-46-397, 1

specimen, 72 mm; U.S.N.M. no. 115497, Tutuila

STRASBURG AND SCHULTZ: BLENNID FISH GENERA

131

Island, Fagasa Bay, rock pools, June 5, 1939,

Schultz, 1 specimen, 73 mm; U.S.N.M. no.

115498, Enderbury Island, reef, May 15 to 19,

1939, Schultz, 5 specimens, 73 to 89 mm;

US.N.M. no. 164960, Gilbert Islands, Onotoa

Atoll, July-August 1951, lagoon and ocean reefs,

Randall and Strasburg, 2 specimens, 60 to 79 mm.

Description —Certain counts were made of

the holotype and paratypes and these data are

Fig. 2.—Cirripectus stigmaticus, n. sp.: Holotype (U.S.N.M. no. 164962), 63 mm. in standard length.

132

recorded in Table 1. Detailed measurements

were made on the holotype, and these data, ex-

pressed in thousandths of the standard length,

are recorded in Table 2.

Dorsal rays XII, 14; anal II, 15 (first anal

spine embedded in females); pectoral 15 (with

lower 5 or 6 thickened); pelviecs I, 4; branched

caudal rays 5 + 4; fringe of cirri on nape 47

to 62; nasal cirri 4 to 12, and orbital cirri 8 to

18 (more cirri on large adults). Head 3.0 to 3.2;

greatest depth 3.2 to 3.5; longest dorsal spine

4.8 to 5.7; longest thickened pectoral ray 3.7

to 4.0; all in the standard length. Eye 3.0 to 5.0;

snout 2.3 to 2.8; interorbital space 7.0 to 9.0;

postorbital length of head 1.6 to 1.7; least depth

of body 2.6 to 3.0; greatest depth of body 1.0

to 1.2; preorbital width 4.5 to 6.0; all in length

of the head.

Orbital tentacle with a broad flattish base,

its distal edge somewhat folded with numerous

long cirri, more in adults; nuchal band of cirri

simple, those at middorsal line about same length

as those laterally, nuchal band of cirri curving

posteroventrally so that the distance between

vertical lines thru ventrolateral basal tip and

anterodorsal edge is contained 4.6 to 5.6 times in

postorbital length of head; ventral basal end of

nuchal band of cirri blackish, notably swollen

even in young, extending ventrally to opposite

pupil; snout profile nearly vertical; edge of upper

lip with numerous very short papillae or crenulate

in young; lower lip shallowly plicate; no cirri

on chin; lateral line arched over pectoral fin then

curving to midlengthwise axis of body, ending

at caudal fin base; a vertical line thru dorsal

origin passes just behind lower tip of base of

nuchal fringe and just behind pelvic bases; pec-

toral fin reaches a little past anal origin; anal

spines two, first embedded in females, except

juveniles; in adult males both anal spines with

grayish crenulate and convoluted swollen dermal

pads; a canine tooth present on each side of lower

jaw; teeth in both jaws very numerous, of equal

size, and moveable; sixth pectoral ray from lower-

most edge of fin longest; distal edge of caudal

fin a little rounded.

Color in alcohol—Background color brown to

light brown; body and head profusely covered

with roundish black spots, usually absent from

all fins except basally on pectorals; all fins very

dark brown or blackish. The color pattern changes

with size as follows: From 19 to 30 mm in stand-

ard length the black spots are barely discernible

and few in number, the background color is

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 4

chiefly plain brownish and dark and light bands

on the head are becoming developed. In those

30 to 40 mm there is a prominent V-shaped brown

mark on front of snout, which is separated by a

narrow white band from next black band ex-

tending from below eye across upper lip to meet

its fellow on chin, there forming a triangular spot;

just behind this is a wide white band extending

from behind eye across cheek through rear of

maxillary meeting its fellow under head; this pale

band set off sharply by dark brown color of rear

of head. From 40 to 55 mm the large black spots

on head and body are prominent, and the pale

and dark bands on head are still discernible.

Between the lengths of 55 to 70 mm, the black

bands on head begin to break up into dark spots,

and in those longer than 70 mm, the bands are

no longer distinct having broken into roundish

to oblong spots.

The nuchal fringe consists of black cirri, with

a very blackish swollen basal area at lateral tips,

even in the 19 mm specimen; the two anal spines

on adult males have swollen dermal pads light

grayish in color.

Color when alwe—Background color dark

brown, spots blackish; eye crimson (iris); upper

edge of caudal fin orange.

Ecology —This moderately common species

was taken in the Lithothamnium ridge area where

the surf was strong.

Remarks.—The statement by Chapman (l.c.,

p. 249) that the two species “leopardus” and

“brevis” (now fuscoguttatus) occur side by side

in the Marshalls, Hawaii, and Samoa is incorrect.

C. fuscoguttatus has not been collected in the

Hawaiian Islands or at Johnston Island.

The key to the species of Cirripectus gives the

essential characters and distinguishes fuscogut-

tatus from other related species in the genus.

Named fuscoguttatus in reference to the pro-

fusion of brown spots on body and fins.

Cirripectus stigmaticus, n. sp.

Fig. 2

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 164962, Rongerik

Atoll, Latoback Island, lagoon reef, June 28,

1946, S-46-238, Schultz and Herald, male, stand-

ard length 63 mm.

Paratypes—U.S.N.M. no. 164963, Rongerik

Atoll, Latoback Island, lagoon reef, June 28,

1946, S-46-238, Schultz and Herald, 2 specimens,

62 and 66 mm; U.S.N.M. no. 164964, Bikini

Atoll, lagoon reef half way between Bikini and

Amen Islands, July 21, 1947, S-46-442, Brock,

AprIL 1953 STRASBURG AND SCHULTZ: BLENNID FISH GENERA 133

| S | i TaBLE 2.—THE LENGTH OF THE SNOUT INTO THE

| ae | -———., Least DistaNcE BETWEEN HINDBORDER OF

M _—

a 187 a Eyr anD NucHaL FRINGE

Z Soe

a Recon —_ Kt ; Ratio

= a jo 3 Genus and species

a eos (Sos _ 0.3) 0.4 |0.5)0.6)0.7)0.8/0.9) 1.0 }1.1/1.2]1.3

= 3 =~ = Exzallias brevis........| 2.| 10 | 1

< Saas Bisees ey oa

NM 5 amie ed aa — Oo Cirripectus:

A Dae | = as) ~ fuscoguttatus, n.

gi “S| ib =i Si Oba pa rettas tases 6 | 3 1

» | © GT cs a) VORVOLOSUSEp ee eae PN key | 22

a + | ~~ ClO SEDGE es Seat Seok oe ID Ayal

a Sel oo re jilamentosus........ Onleaeliee

S| 2 = = 2 = VENIMINGSI ee 41} 5

ee 3 Spe Ne © LAG GO ee tee esa e2e lel

Paes ae | a sligmaticus, n.

is me we

2 g Sa | SPrsee sean Are 2) 6 Wil

& S LD | —

fea} 5 _ tee, =

|Z Bin |

& aot”

: S20, aie

: = | Bin | 7

- = Sees

z Alert eS |

Fe A |= TABLE 3.—MEASUREMENTS, EXPRESSED IN THOU-

b> bh =

= a | i pea emnen SANDTHS OF THE STANDARD LENGTH, MADE

g Ss | oo iy aed ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF CIRRIPECTUS

B 22 | aaoce i

5 Sl Ce) Sv L ie oo aliecg C. stigmaticus, C. fuscoguttatus,

5 ste | © ie Te nN > E Nn. Sp. Nn. Sp.

m qa | 00 = 60 1 s Characters

= a | os 5

= ore l SSS 3 Standard length in mil- -

eee a is pee], fo 3 limietens eer ype se 63.0 | 43.1 | 93.0 68 22 81

a Fa re een SCG INT 6000 1 t= oS A. - Head, tip of snout to

2 Se fea se rear 0 opercular

m 2 see Reg ast 1 os Cte oO | eg membprane.-0-..25-..-) 291) 309) | 201 |316), 332 | 321

= Dea lee i (Sl ie lal = Greatest depth of

3 Swe (ol bo eles padiy.s Wee oak pees 307 | 320] 333 | 360] 282 | 348

& Reo || IDS ecore Ge Shes Least depth of body...| 113 | 114] 116] 129 | 109] 123

“= = aE a ROG CS too : 2 % Postorbital length of

Oo Zs <x pss l = | Sear 8 fettiee i = | SVENENG beepers ete ica Rat Ba 190 188 185 201 159 198

hadi ees =) De ae as Diameter of eye........ 75 88 62 76 | 114 72

Oo; sg = 8 : i :

iS S | eae aren i 2 - 3 Snout tip or front of up :

“a coe s 5 S per lip to eye........| 105 130 96 154 127 142

Bole 8 | | || |@ase oan S Fleshy interorbital

S r= ee SDACOME ERED ate ce ae. 30) ee 230] oS ele ead 37

NM = SS | | Eee Se lets Bi aoe Least distance from eye

2 = z x Be = to nuchal fringe... 114] 97] 104] 106] 109] 107

2 “Z| 3 | pea aes 2s Longest dorsal spine...| 289 | 241 | 190 | 210] 154] 216

a Q x | ER Pea bebe eS = = Longest soft dorsal

3 = z = 3 Te ee ee 217 | 218 | 202 | 295 | 173 | 216

a = is o 6 2 Ss Longest soft anal ray..| 156] 144 | 165 | 206] 141] 183

9 Be] i Til Tit | g= 88 | Longest pectoral ray...| 252] 262] 215] 313) 259| 284

a = = PU aoe Ae, 5 ao 2 Longest pelvic ray..... 181 200 174 235 218 198

fen 7 R RSESSARA | 2E= Longest caudal ray..... DESH 2780) 258m 204 | 2073811289

2 : Eee eles 2 oS Snout tip to anus...... 510 | 534 | 556 | 486 | 559] 518

z, : ah open Rake 8 z es ¢ Snout tip to dorsal ori-

P : ee ee eee oe S Pin ate ee 321 | 320 | 303| 332 | 336] 333

2 . . . 5 . ~~

'S) 3 Seo 4 3 Ea Length ofanalfinbase..| 413 | 410 | 468 | 404 | 382] 251

| e. Pepe ne CE Sais Sexe is ES eae aie Cunle-S Boo |S

a a Sen (Ge ena hie ae F fag a

: = ee ee

4 z S65 SSS i Se

9 SS SS SES eal len a

< 5 SSse S858 | 288

a| & | geee site? |esze

SS SSeS SSeS

SESS SELES

134 JOURNAL OF THE

Hiatt, and Schultz, 2 specimens, 93 and 99.5 mm;

U.S.N.M. no. 142129, Rongerik Atoll, Latoback

Island, lagoon reef, August 14, 1947, Brock,

Schultz, and Donaldson, 1 specimen, 82 mm;

U.S.N.M. no. 164965, Apia, Samoa, Jordan and

Kellogg, 1 specimen, 66.5 mm; U.S.N.M. no.

164961, Gilbert Islands, Onotoa Atoll, lagoon

and océan reefs, July-August 1951, John E.

Randall and Donald W. Strasburg, 16 specimens,

36 to 76 mm; U.S.N.M. no. 154674, Marshall

Islands, Arno Atoll, lagoon reef, June-September

1950, Donald W. Strasburg and Robert W.

Hiatt, 3 specimens, 67 to 81 mm; U.S.N.M. no.

154673, Marshall Islands, Arno Atoll, ocean reef,

June-September 1950, Donald W. Strasburg and

Robert W. Hiatt, 2 specimens, 45 to 56 mm.

Description —Certain counts are recorded in

Table 1. Detailed measurements were made on

the holotype and two paratypes, and these data

are expressed in thousandths of the standard

length in Table 3.

Dorsal rays XII, 14 to 16, rarely 14 or 16; anal

II, 15 or 16, rarely 15 (first anal spine embedded

on females); pectoral 14 to 16, rarely 14 or 16

(with lower 5 or 6 thickened); pelvies I, 4;

branched caudal rays 5 + 4; fringe of cirri on

nape 32 to 42, generally 35 to 42; nasal cirri 4 to

6; supraorbital cirri 4 to 10 (more cirri on large

adults).

Head 2.9 to 3.1; greatest depth 3.1 to 3.3; long-

est dorsal spine (first) 1.9 to 2.9 (the first dorsal

spine is elongate in adult males); longest thick-

ened pectoral ray 2.1 to 2.6; all in the standard

length. Eye 3.5 to 4.7; snout 2.4 to 3.1; inter-

orbital space 7.7 to 13.3; postorbital length of

head 1.5 to 1.7; least depth of body 2.5 to 3.0;

greatest depth of body 0.87 to 0.96; all in the

length of the head.

Orbital tentacle with a broad flattened base,

its distal edge with numerous long cirri, more in

adults; nuchal band of cirri simple, those at mid-

dorsal line about same length as those laterally,

nuchal band of cirri curving posteroventrally so

that the distance between vertical lines through

ventrolateral basal tip and anterodorsal edge is

contained 4.6 to 6.5 times in postorbital length

of head; ventral basal end of nuchal band of cirri

is notably swollen and flattened even in young;

it is blackish and bears the lowermost 8 or 9

cirri, and extends ventrally to about upper edge

of pupil; snout profile nearly vertical; edge of

upper lip with numerous short papillae or crenu-

late in young; lower lip with mesial third smooth,

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, NO. 4

lateral third on each side somewhat plicate;

no cirri on chin; lateral line arched over pectoral

fin then curving to midlengthwise axis of body,

ending at caudal fin base; vertical line through

dorsal origin passes Just behind ventral tip of

nuchal fringe base and just behind pelvic bases;

pectoral fin reaches a little past anal origin;

anal spines two, first embedded on females past

the Ophioblennius stage, both free on males;

adult males have crenulate and convoluted

spongy masses on these spines; a canine tooth

present on each side of lower jaw; teeth in both

jaws very numerous, of about equal size in both

jaws, and movable; fifth or sixth pectoral ray

from lowermost edge of fin longest; distal edge of

caudal fin a little rounded.

Color in alcohol—Background color brown to

blackish; vertical fins dark and unmarked except

for anterodorsal part of the spmous dorsal, the

distal tips of the first few soft dorsal rays, and

the upper lobe of the caudal which may he pale

or whitish; anal somewhat darker than body or

other fins, pelvics dusky, pectorals dusky ven-

trally, paler dorsally.

The color pattern changes with size as follows:

The smallest specimen available (85.8 mm in

standard length) has the background color brown

with the cheeks, opercles and sides of the body

posteriorly to the tip of the depressed pectoral

overlaid with round pale spots about the size of

the pupil. Posterior to the pectoral tips these

spots are enlarged so much that the surrounding

brown areas have the appearance of irregular lines

on a pale background. The vertical fins of this

specimen are pale brown basally becoming almost

transparent in their distal half to two-thirds.

The spinous dorsal is marked with a dusky length-

wise stripe along its basal third; this demarks

the distal pale area mentioned above.

In specimens above 40 mm in standard length

the characteristic, although somewhat variable,

adult color pattern has been attained. The round-

ish pupil-sized pale spots are much more distinct,

sometimes they are enclosed in reticulated brown

lines that resemble a honeycomb, and sometimes

the brown pigment is so extensive that the spots

appear to be on a dark background. The nuchal

fringe consists of black cirri with a swollen, very

blackish basal area laterally.

The distribution of the spots and other mark-

ings varies with sex as follows: Males: Spots on

preorbitals and suborbitals, cheeks, opercles, en-

tire underside of head and throat, and extending

at ene Seetie nee eee

AprRIL 1953

posteriorly on the pectoral bases. The posterior

one-half to two-thirds of the sides of the body are

covered with numerous white markings that may

vary from round white dots or small spots to

elongate ones or white lines that extend vertically,

horizontally or obliquely; some of these lines may

run together. There may be a few blackish pupil-

sized dots or irregular markings on the sides of

the caudal peduncle. The dermal pads on the anal

spines of males are grayish to blackish in color.

Females: Pale spots as in males; in addition they

may extend as far posteriorly as the fifth or sixth

dorsal soft ray. Posterior to this the spots give

way to plain dark color or there may be irregular

blackish dots or short lines on a dark background.

OBITUARIES

135

Color when alwe—Background color brown

to blackish, anterior spots pale brown, sides of

males covered with bright red dots or elongate

spots or lines; anterodorsal tip of first and second

dorsals and upper lobe of caudal reddish orange

to white.

Kcology.—This rather uncommon species was

taken in the Lithothamnium ridge area or areas

of Acropora and Pocillopora corals where the surf

was moderate to strong.

Remarks—The key to the species Cirripectus

distinguishes stzgmaticus from all related species

in the genus.

Named stigmaticus in reference to the white

and dark spots.

Obituaries

PauL ARDEEN NEAL, medical director, United

States Public Health Service, died on October

13, 1952, after a brief illness.

Dr. Neal, who was chief of the Laboratory of

Physical Biology in the National Institutes of

Health at the time of his death, entered the Pub-

lic Health Service immediately after obtaining

his medical degree from Vanderbilt University

in 1927. He interned in U. 8S. Marine Hospital

at New Orleans; received his Commission in the

Service June 30, 1928; and during the following

year was assigned to the Marine Hospital at

Mobile, Ala.

From 1929 to 1933 Dr. Neal was attached to

various United States Consulates abroad, in Ire-

land, Germany, Poland, Denmark, and Italy. He

began his research career when, in 1934, he was

assigned to the Division of Scientific Research

to serve under Dr. R. R. Sayers in the Office of

Industrial Hygiene and Sanitation. This marked

the beginning of his active interest in the study

of industrial poisons.

At the time the Division of Scientific Research

was merged with the National Institute of Health

(February 1, 1937), the Office of Industrial Hy-

giene became the Division of Industrial Hygiene,

and Dr. Neal was placed in charge of the research

laboratory of the division. When this labora-

tory became a separate organization within the

National Institutes of Health, he continued as

chief of the Laboratory of Physical Biology, the

position he occupied until his death.

Dr. Neal was noted for his contributions to

the field of industrial hygiene and was particularly

interested in the fundamental processes involved ©

in toxicology. Specific studies in mercury, man-

ganese, and DDT poisoning were of critical im-

portance to him. He was frequently called on by

defense organizations and industry for consulta-

tion and assistance. In connection with the Model

Safety Code for Industrial Establishments which

was being prepared by the International Labor

Office, Dr. Neal went to Geneva in the spring of

1949. In this year he was certified as specialist

in Preventive Medicine and Public Health (Foun-

ders’ Group) by the American Board of Preven-

tive Medicine and Public Health. He was also

a member of the Joint Subcommittee on Toxicity

Screening Methods of the National Research

Council Food Protection Committee, Subcom-

mittee on Toxicology, and the Manufacturing

Chemists’ Association Committee on Chemicals

in Foods.

Under Dr. Neal’s direction the Laboratory of

Physical Biology broadened its attack on funda-

mental biological problems to research in molecu-

lar biophysics, low energy and nuclear radiation

biology, and physiological physics. He was author

or joint author of more than 100 scientific articles.

He was a member of many scientific societies,

notably the American Medical Association, Amer-

ican Public Health Association, American Asso-

ciation for the Advancement of Science, Washing-

ton Academy of Sciences, Association of Military

Surgeons, American Industrial Hygiene Associa-

tion, American Statistical Association, American

Society of Human Genetics, and Society of Sigma

136 JOURNAL OF THE

Dr. Neal was born in West Point, Tenn., on

June 25, 1901. He is survived by his widow,

Beatrice M. Neal, his stepson, Alasdair Munro,

his two sons, Paul Whitaker and Robert Gordon

Neal, his mother, Mrs. Madge Mae Neal, and

his sister, Mrs. Ashley Pogue.

Miriam Lucite BOMHARD, range conserva-

tionist, U. S. Forest Service, died at her home

in Glenshaw, Pa., on December 16, 1952, aiter

a lingering illness. Miss Bomhard was born in

Bellevue, Ky., on July 24, 1898, the daughter of

the Rev. W. A. Bomhard and Emma Koch

Bomhard. The family moved to Pittsburgh in

1907 from Owensboro, Ky. Miss Bomhard gradu-

ated from Sharpsburg, Pa., High School in 1917

as valedictorian, entering the University of Pitts-

burgh in the fall of that year on an honor scholar-

ship. She graduated therefrom in February 1921

with the B.S. degree cum laude and in June of

the same year received the M.A. degree. One

summer was spent at the Cold Springs Harbor,

Long Island, Laboratory of Biological Research,

and from 1921 to 1925, including summer sessions,

she served first as graduate assistant and then as

instructor in the botany department of the Uni-

versity of Pittsburgh, meanwhile pursuing post-

graduate studies in both botany and zoology.

From 1925 to 1926 she was engaged in research

work in the Carnegie Museum Herbarium. In

1926 she received the Ph.D. degree from the

University of Pittsburgh, the first woman to

receive that degree from that university. Her

doctorate thesis, which covered illustrations and

keys on the identification of seeds of Allegheny

County, Pa., plants, unfortunately was never

published except in abstract form. In 1926 she

was appointed instructor in biology in Newcomb

College, the women’s department of Tulane Uni-

versity, New Orleans, the first courses in zoology

and botany at that college, and in 1927 was pro-

moted to assistant professor, a position she oc-

cupied until 1932, when she resigned to go to

Malaya and for a trip around the world. Re-

turning to the United States in 1933, at a time

when new teaching positions were scarce, she

accepted an appointment as junior pathologist

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 4

in the Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington,

D. C., and, from 1934 to her death, was in re-

search work in the Forest Service in what is now

the Division of Dendrology and Range Forage

Investigations.

Dr. Bomhard was a member of the American

Association for the Advancement of Science, the

American Society of Plant Taxonomists, the

Botanical Society of America, the Botanical So-

ciety of Washington (corresponding secretary,

1940), the Ecological Society of America, the

International Association for Plant Taxonomy,

and the Washington Academy of Sciences. She

was a cofounder of the New Orleans Society of

Plant Sciences, of which she was secretary in

1930 and president in 1931; also an associate

member of the Society of American Foresters.

She was an authority on the taxonomy and ec-

ology of United States range plants, especially

of the Southeast, and on the taxonomy, distribu-

tion, and economic values of palms. Her interest

in and knowledge of palms brought her inquiries

from all over the world and from defense agencies

and others in Washington concerned with im-

portant palm products. She served as taxono-

mist for the Vegetable Oil Mission of FAO in

Venezuela in 1948. She was a contributor to the

Forest Service Range plant handbook (1937) and,

in connection with that work, developed a leaf-

venation method of distinguishing the highly

poisonous waterhemlock genus (Cicuta) from the

superficially similar mnocuous angelicas. Among

her more important publications were The wax

palms (1930), a series of articles on palms in the

Louisiana Conservation Review (1937-1939), the

palm list in Standardized plant names (1942), and

Palm trees in the United States (1950); she was

also coauthor of Field book of forage plants on

longleaf pine—bluestem ranges of Louisiana (1952).

During her earlier days she was a vocalist and

sang on the radio. Because of her friendly, intel-

ligent, and vivacious personality, wide travel and

correspondence, and her services as guide to the

A.A.A.S. meeting in New Orleans in 1931 for

world scientists, Miss Bomhard had an enormous

acquaintance, and her loss will be widely felt.

W. A. Dayton

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

ASAD os OY UIE F. M. Serzier, U. 8. National Museum

VLE IGI2 iC a F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

OSD EID). (De dy an ee ee Jason R. Swauuen, U.S. National Museum

PRCGSUTE! 52... .. Howarp 8. Rappiere, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

OTT nSti) 0). SE Joun A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Haraxp A. Reuper, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Einlosopiical Society of Washington:.............. 0.5.0.0 c eee eee A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington. .................... WiuuiaMmM H. GILBERT

Eialtocieal pociety of Washington......................... Hueu Tuomas O’NEILL

Ciemieat oociety of Washington. ................0..0055. GEORGE W. IrvING, JR.

Brpouarorical society of Washington. .................5. 0.000000 ee. F. W. Poos

MeanonmaliGecorraphic Society..............2. 0.5 c cece e eee ALEXANDER WETMORE

eolesiesl pocicty of Washington... ........... 06.6. e ese A. NELSON SayRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. Cor

Momma Historical Society... .- 2... eee eed ae: GILBERT GROSVENOR

Hotames! society of Washington........................... Harry A. BortHwick

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GrorGcE F. GRavaTT

Meopanenen oaciety Of HMsineers. .... 22... ec ce lee C. A. Brerts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers.. ARNOLD H. Scott

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHarp 8. DiLu

Eiecimmntholozical Society of Washington.......................... LL. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLocuM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... Fioyp W. Hovueu

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DorRsEy

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

: ‘ Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Sectien, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Eviis

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

MEMORIA EE NODS oe ee ee eee eee Sara E. Branuam, Mitton Harris

(0 LSU? LN CSS a Sen eee R. G. Batss, W. W. Dirxu

UEDA OIG fe csc ek aes ee ys es ee ie eee ee M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

MEPTPOPVIORGQCTS........,--- 2225052005. All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

Mumia or; Partors and Associate Editors............ 000.000 eee ec eee ees [See front cover]

ecutive COMMILICE.................4- F. M. Serzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

J. R. Swauuen, H.S. Rappiere, W. W. RuBEyY

Committee on Membership...... EK. H. Waker (chairman), Myron 8S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JoHN Faber, ANaus M. Grirrin, D. BREESE JONES,

FRANK C. Kracex, Louis R. Maxwe tt, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Saiter, Leo A. SHinn, Francis A. SmitH, Heinz Specut, Horace M. Trent,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Committee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), Joun W. ALDRICH,

AusTIN Cuark, D. J. Davis

Commitiee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

DRS TU OL ie a clin os oe kien cle slew dada dlee.e ds mace on S. F. Buaxe, F. C. Kracex

PEPSI os ee kk ood ees Ree eee elas ca ate beens W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

Rema TA ODO C6 es cee ek ee ee G. ARTHUR CoopER, JAMES I. HorrmMan

~ Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman):

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

Wick, Sara KE. BranuaM, [Ra B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN ScHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sciences...... SAMUEL LEvy (chairman), MicHarL GOLDBERG,

E. H. Kennarp, EK. B. Roperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WILDHACK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScHuBAUER (chairman), R.S. Burineton, F. C.

Kracek, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SEEGER, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monroz H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HerzFreip (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. KE. Yocum

Commiitee on Policy and Planning:

omeramitary 1994). ci ee lk cadens H. B. Coruins, W. W. Rusery (chairman)

EPR ONTO IE. 0. ears cle cle sl. akc atde sence hs akiceccal L. W. Parr, F. B. SItsBEE

MEMEO DO ho bis Sect a sis Saree gas sol tine e's E. C. CrittenpeN, A. WETMORE

Commitiee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHERsSON, chairman):

PU VaN At re k cada wonle a ale eee aes J. M. CaupweE.u, W. L. Scumitr

MISO IME OO cehss, eho shane as Seance covey e See Gal wc A. T. McPuerson, W. T. Reap

Pen TOGO seu oe ek ee cae See aR ees AustTIN CuaRK, J. H. McMILLen

Peeesenraiue amicownct of A. A.A. Sie. kee ke ee ee cee net eens Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... Louise M. RussEeuu (chairman), R. 8. Diuu, J. B. REESIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. Garner (chairman), L. G. Henpest, Myrna F. JONES

CONTENTS

Page

GENERAL SCIENCE.—Science in the State Department. J. W. Joyce... 97

ENGINEERING.—Dynamic stress-strain curves for mild steel using the

tangent modulus procedure. WiiL1AM R. CAMPBELL............ 102

PALEONTOLOGY.—A new prionodont pelecypod genus. Davip Nicou.. 103

PALEONTOLOGY.—A new carpoid from Oklahoma. HARRELL L. StTRIMPLE 105

Botany.—Critical notes on the genus Symplocos in Formosa. Hu1-Lin

La. 2 Pi Pech ded os, Dah ae es oo ee ee 107

ENToMOLOGY.—American species of Ranatra annulipes Stal group (Hemip-

tera: Ranatridae).. Cart J. DRAKE and Josh A. DECARLO....... 109

ENTOMOLOGY.—An interesting new pyrgomorphine grasshopper (Orthop-

tera: Acrididae) in the U. 8S. National Museum. D. Kerru McE.

KEVAN 6 aso del Sb aes be te 3 ee ee 117

ENToOMOLOGY.—On a collection of Phlebotomus from the Yemen. OSKAR

‘THRODOR 2... 2 2 oe oes ee eee 119

ZooLtocy.—New records of Diaptomus sanguineus and allied species from

Louisiana, with the description of a new species (Crustacea: Co-

pepoda). MuiLprEep STRATTON WILSON and WaLtTEeR G. Moore... 121

IcutHyoLocy.—The blenniid fish genera Cirripectus and Exallias with

descriptions of two new species from the tropical Pacific. DoNaLp

W. SrrassurG and LEonARD P. SCHULTZ... ........0 ieee 128

OpitTuARiEs: Paul Ardeen Neal; Miriam Lucile Bomhard............. 135

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

Vou. 43

May 1953

No. 5

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison

JOHN C. EwrErs R. K. Coox

U.8. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. Cuace, JR.

ELBERT L. LITTLE, JR

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrmMan Puitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

Dean B. CowizE

PHYSICS

Davip H. DUNKLE

GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE ;

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royat & GuiILForD AVES

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925

Authorized February 17, 1949

AO SUV “4

ti UNS 1

dae

w/o

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JouRNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page ers are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprinis.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate):

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $alezo $6.50 $ 9.75 $13.00 $16.25 $3.00

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26 .00 S20 6.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 9.00

400 13.00 26 .00 39.00 52.00 65.00 12.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PRocEEDINGS should be sent to Harautp A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JOURNAL.—Per year...............0..e eee eeeceee $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. 10, incl.—not available*............... (: — —

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, inel.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

MonocraPu No. 1, ‘‘The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’’ by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-138 (1899-1911) complete...............2:)4. 95. seeeee $25.00

Single’ volumes, unbound. .(7. 24.245. Lo) eae a ne 2.00

Single numbers: do elec ike lease sce ee .25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences” and

addressed to the Treasurer, H. S. Rappieye, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

D.C.

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

May 1953

ING), 5

PALEONTOLOGY .—Some notes on: the Pentameracea, including a description of

one new genus and one new subfamily. THomas W. AMSDEN, Johns Hopkins

University. (Communicated by G. A. Cooper.)

The writer has recently been engaged in

a study of the brachiopods belonging to the

superfamily Pentameracea in preparation

for the forthcoming Treatise on invertebrate

paleontology. An investigation of the litera-

ture has shown that a new name is needed

for the type species of Gypidula and that

Barrandella Hall and Clarke is an objective

synonym of Antirhynchonella Oehlert. In

addition, a study of the collections at the

U.S. National Museum has made it possible

to add some further information on a

previously described genus, Platymerella

Foerste, and a previously described species,

Pentamerella areyz (Hall and Clarke). A

new genus, Costistricklandia, and a new

subfamily, Pentameroidinae, are proposed

in this report, and a brief discussion of the

pentameroid classification, including a list

of known genera, Is given.

Ses writer is imdebted to Dr. G. A.

Cooper for permitting an examination of.

the collections of the U.S. National Museum

and also for valuable suggestions and

criticisms during the preparation of this

manuscript.

There has been general unanimity of

opinion among the different investigators of

the Pentameracea on the importance of the

brachial structures in the taxonomy of the

group, but there has not been complete

agreement on the names to be applied to

such structures. The morphologic terms em-

ployed in this report (Fig. 1) are essentially

the same as those used by Schuchert

and Cooper in 1932. In their text figures

26-28 these authors illustrate two distinct

types of structure in the brachial valve.

One type, which is found in such genera as

Conchidium and Pentamerus, shows each

of the brachial plates to be tripartite, con-

sisting of inner plates, brachial process, and

outer plates with the last resting directly

upon the floor of the valve; the second

type, shown in the genus Pentameroides, is

quadripartite, with each brachial plate com-

posed of inner plate, brachial process, outer

plate, and median septum. The writer be-

heves that this terminology accurately

describes the brachial structures of the

Pentameracea with one exception: namely,

the median septum of Pentameroides is

thought to consist of two plates for which

the name septal plates 1s employed (see

discussion of Pentameroidinae).

Schuchert and Cooper applied these names

consistently in their systematic descriptions

of the various pentameroid genera. How-

ever, in their general discussion on the

morphology of the Pentameracea (pp. 164—

165) they did not use precisely this system

but used a modification of Leidhold (1928,

pp. 51-53). They state:

The cardinalia of the Pentameridae are the

most characteristic feature of the genera and prob-

ably of the family as well. These lamellae are di-

visible into four distinct units termed by Leid-

hold: (1) The inner crural plate, (2) the outer

crural plate, (3) the crural band or border, (4) the

septal plate. We prefer to term the first two of

these parts simply the outer and inner plates,

since we do not feel that it is at present certain

that they are the homologues of the crura such as

occur in the Rhynchonellacea and Terebratulacea.

For convenience in comparison, two illustra-

tions of Leidhold are reproduced in Fig. 2.

This terminology of Leidhold does not

appear to be entirely satisfactory. Although |

the writer has never examined a specimen

of Gypidula brevirostris, it would appear

137

138 JOURNAL OF THE

from Leidhold’s figure that the ‘Aussere

Cruralplatte” and the “‘Cruralleiste’”’ repre-

sent merely the posterior portion of the

brachial process which in this genus is

broad and bladelike (see Fig. 1, A). Fur-

thermore, this author used a somewhat

different system in describing the genus

Enantiosphen (1928, pl. 5, fig. 3). The

word “Cruralleiste’” was dropped entirely,

and ‘crus’? was employed for the structure

separating the “Innere Cruralplatte” and

platte’ and ‘‘Aussere Cruralplatte’” (and

extending on beyond these two plates).

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

This usage fits in better with the known

structure of the pentameroid brachiopods

although the writer concurs with Schuchert

and Cooper in their desire to drop the word

crura in connection with the Pentameracea.

It should be noted that the genus Hnan-

tiosphen is an unusual pentameroid brachio-

pod in that the brachial processes terminate

in a loop, but at the posterior end the

brachial plates which support these proc-

esses are pentameroid in their structure

and are thought by the writer to exhibit

some similarities with the genus Penta-

Fic. 1.—Longitudinal (above) and transverse (below) sections showing the internal structure of three

subfamilies of the Pentameridae. Heavy, unlettered arrows on longitudinal sections indicate the position

of the transverse sections. Transverse sections with pedicle valve above.

A. GYPIDULINAE. Gypidula coeymanensis prognostica Maynard. Silurian (Keyser), Keyser, W. Va.

B. PENTAMERINAE. Pentamerus cf. P. oblongus Sowerby. Silurian (Clinton), New York.

: C. PENTAMEROIDINAE. Pentameroides subrectus (Hall and Clarke). Silurian (Niagaran), Jones County,

owa.

Ms—Median septum

Sp—Spondylium

Ip—Inner plate

Bp—Brachial process

Bbp—Base of brachial process

Op—Outer plate

Slp—Septal plate

May 1953 AMSDEN: NOTES ON PENTAMERACEA 139

B. Cx D.

Fic. 2.—Comparison of the terminology used by Leidhold with that of the present paper:

A. Longitudinal section of Gypidula brevi rostris Phill. After Leidhold. VR—Vorderrand des ventralen

Medianseptums; OR—Oberrand des ventralen Medianseptums; UR—Unterrand des ventralen Median-

septums; ZP—Zahnplatten, das Spondylium bildend; ICrp—Innere Cruralplatte [inner plate]; Acrp—

Aussere Cruralplatte [base of. brachial process]; Crl—Cruralleiste [junction of brachial process and

outer plate]; Spt—Septalplatte [outer plate].

B. Transverse section of ‘‘Pentamerella”’ sublinguifer Maur. [Clorinda? sublingutfer]. After Leidhold.

Vs—Ventrales Medianseptum [median septum]; Zp—Zahnplatten, das Spondylium bildend

[spondylium]; Crp—Cruralplatten [inner plate plus base of brachial process]; Spt—Septalplatten [outer

late].

; C and D. Transverse and longitudinal sections of Szeberella roemeri Hall and Clarke. Silurian (Browns-

port), western Tennessee. Arrows on longitudinal section indicate position of transverse section; trans-

verse section with pedicle valve above. Sp—spondylium; Ms—median septum; Ip—inner plate; Op—

outer plate; Bp—brachial process; Bbp—base of brachial process.

Fig. 3.—Sections showing structures of the pedicle valve. Figures A, B, D, E, after St. Joseph.

A. Aliconchidium yassi St. Joseph. Silurian (Hume series), New South Wales.

B. Clorinda undata (Sowerby). Silurian, Norway.

C. Virgiana barrandei (Billings). Silurian (Becsie River), Anticosti Island.

D. Pentamerus borealis (Eichwald). Silurian, Norway.

KE. Pentamerus [?] ef. P. gotlandicus Lebedev. Silurian, Norway.

Bbp—Base brachial process Ms—Median septum

De—Deltidial cover Op—Outer plate

Dr—Delthyrial ridge Sp—Spondylium

Ip—Inner plate Spl—Spondylial lining

140 JOURNAL OF THE

meroides. It seems desirable to keep the

terminology applied to these two genera as

nearly as possible in accord with that apphed

to other genera in this superfamily.

Accordingly the writer proposes to use

the names as employed by Schuchert and

Cooper in their text figures 26-28 (with the

exception noted above) as being the method

which most satisfactorily describes the

morphology of this group; it also has the

merit of being the system most widely

accepted by writers since 1932. (See St.

Joseph 1937, pp. 231-254).

The major structure of the pedicle valve

is the spondylium which has been rather

universally termed a spondylum duplex

because of its two fold character. This

spondylium duplex may be lined on the

inside with a layer of shell material which is

different in appearance from the outer wall

(Fig. 3). St. Joseph (1937, pp. 240-248) has

given a good description of this, finding it

to be present in certain species of Penta-

merus, Conchidium, Stricklandia and Ali-

conchidium. This spondylial lining varies

in its thickness and in some specimens may

extend downwards for some distance as a

thin selvage which separates the two layers

of the septum (Fig. 3, E). Kozlowski (1929,

pp. 124-125, fig. 37) described a similar

selvage of material in Szeberella cf. galeata

and applied the name ‘‘lame intraseptale.”’

The writer has seen a spondylial ning in

specimens of Costistricklandia gaspeensis

(Billings), Vzrgzana barrande: (Billings),

Brooksina alaskensis Wirk, Stricklandia sp.

and Conchidium sp. |

St. Joseph (1937, pp. 231-240) noted that

in certain specimens of Pentamerus the upper

edge of this spondylial lining extended

across the delthyrium, thus completely

closing that opening at the posterior end

(Fig. 3, E). This he called a pseudodeltidium

and later found it to be also present in

Aliconchidium yasst St. Joseph (Fig. 3, A).

Kozlowski (1929, p. 130) has also observed

that certain species of Conchidium and

Pentamerus may have the delthyrium com-

pletely closed by a plate, but he called this

a syndeltartum and thought it was formed

by the fusion of two plates. Schuchert and

Cooper (1932, p. 163) recorded a somewhat

similar covering in Conchidium and Har-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

pidium which they preferred to designate

by the noncommittal term, deltidial cover.

At the present time it is not known how

common a structure this is in the Pentame-

racea. It is apparently always very thin and

delicate, and consequently could be easily

destroyed; therefore, it may be more uni-

versally developed than present knowledge

would indicate. Furthermore, the taxonomic

significance of such delthyrial covering

plates is uncertain at the present time and

it would therefore seem advisable to use a

noncommittal name such as deltidial cover

rather than an expression which implies a

homology with a structure in some other

group of brachiopods.

There are some pentameroids in which

the inner margins of the delthyrium show a

thickening or callosity (Fig. 3, B). The

significance attached to such structures has

varied with different authors, just as it has

with the deltidial covers. Hall and Clarke

called them deltidial plates and used them

to some extent in generic diagnosis whereas

Kozlowski (1929, p. 130) applied the name

deltarium discretum and considered them

to be of ordinal rank. Schuchert and Cooper

(1932, p. 163), on the other hand, did not

attach much significance to them, noting

that they do not close the delthyrium to any

notable degree. Structures of this kind

which the writer has observed seem to be

primarily for the purpose of strengthening

the shell margin rather than restricting the

delthyrial opening.

SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY

Gypidula typicalis, n. name

Pentamerus occidentalis Hall, 1858, p. 514, pl. 6,

fig. 2; non Pentamerus occidentalis Hall, 1852,

p. 314.

The genolectotype (Oehlert, 1887, p. 1311) of

Gypidula is Pentamerus occidentalis Hall, 1858,

a name that is preoccupied by Pentamerus occi-

dentalis (Conchidium occidentale) Hall, 1852. This

homonym has been recognized for many years,

but many of the earlier workers thought that

Pentamerus occidentalis Hall, 1858, equaled

Atrypa comis (Gypidula comis) Owen, 1852. Belan-

ski (1928, pp. 8-9, pl. 2, figs. 1-8), who gave a

good description and illustration of Hall’s spe-

cies, noted that there were valid specific differ-

ences between Owen’s species and that of Hall

May 1953 AMSDEN: NOTES

but failed to’ give a new name to the latter.

Therefore, it is here proposed that Gypidula

occidentalis (Pentamerus occidentalis Hall, 1858,

p. 514, pl. 6, fig. 2; non Pentamerus occidentalis

Hall, 1852, p. 314) be named Gypidula typicalis.

Genus Antirhynchonella Oehlert, 1887

Antirhynchonella Oehlert, 1887 (zn Fischer’s Ma-

nuel de Conchyliologie, fase. x1: 1311; non Quen-

Sreau, lacl. pp. 231, 727).

Synonym: Barrandella Hall and Clarke, 1893

(pp. 241, 245).

Genotype: Atrypa linguifera Sowerby, 1839

(in Murchison’s Silurian System, p. 629, pl. 18,

fig. 8).

The status of the generic name Antirhyn-

chonella has been in doubt for a number of years,

although it has generally been credited to Quen-

stedt (type species, tenwistriatus Walmstedt) and

suppressed as a synonym of Conchidium. The

name was first used by Quenstedt (1871, p. 231)

in the following manner:

Aechte Pentameren haben entweder an der

Stirn correspondirende Valven, oder Sinus und

Wulst ist entgegengesetzt den Rhynchonellen,

gleichsam Antirhynchonellen. Selbst die faust-

grosse elf6rmige tenuistriatus Walmst. auf Goth-

land, vom Habitus des glatten Esthonus (Kich-

wald Lethaea ross. I pag. 789) bewahrt diesen

markirten Unterschied. Dagegen zeichnen die

Englander einen kleinen glatten Pentamerus lin-

guifer Murch. Siluria 22.21 aus, der seine Zunge

entgegengesetzt zur Bauchschale hinauf wendet.

In the index for this publication the name appears

as Antirhynchonella, but it is not mentioned in

the summary of genera and subgenera.

The next usage of the name is by Oehlert

(1887, p. 1311), where it is given as Antirhyn-

chonella Quenstedt; it appears as a ‘“‘section”’

under Conchidium and is clearly used as a generic

name. A diagnosis is given and the type is desig-

nated as Atrypa linguifera Murchison (both Quen-

stedt and Oehlert incorrectly give the author of

linguifera as Murchison; it should be Sowerby in

Murchison, Silurian System, p. 629, pl. 18, fig. 8).

Hall and Clarke (1894, footnote, p. 245) appear

to have been in some doubt as to whether Quen-

stedt had used the name in a generic sense, point-

ing out that in the text he employed the name as

simply the ‘‘Antirhynchonellas” and that it was

only in the index that the latin form was applied.

Although they were uncertain on this point, they

apparently decided to accept it as a valid name

but objected to Oehlert’s type designation be-

ON PENTAMERACEA

141

cause, they state: ‘If any species can be taken as

typical of ANTIRHYNCHONELLA, it 1s Conchidium

tenuistriatus, Walmstedt, mentioned in immediate

connection with the single use of this name, and

not Pentamerus linguifer [a], which is cited by

Quenstedt as an illustration of the fact that the

position of the fold and sinus in the pentameroids

is sometimes the same as in the Rhynchonellas.”’

Hall and Clarke thought that the species tenuis-

triatus Walmstedt should be referred to the genus

Conchidium and proposed to erect a new genus

Barrandella for those pentameroid brachiopods

having the structure of linguwifera Sowerby.

Most later workers have followed Hall and

Clarke in this interpretation, regarding Bar-

randella as a valid genus (linguifera as the type)

and suppressing Antirhynchonella (tenuistriatus

as type) as a synonym of Conchidium (Schuchert

and Cooper, 1932, pp. 173, 181)

It appears to the present writer, however, that

the manner in which the latin form Antirhyn-

chonella was published in the index to Quenstedt’s

book cannot be regarded as acceptable.! In the

first place there is no evidence that Quenstedt

himself was responsible for the appearance of this

name in the index to his book, it being just as

probable that this entry in the index was due to a

misreading of the text passage (p. 231) by another

person who compiled the index. Second, even if

Quenstedt himself compiled the index and was

thus responsible for the appearance of the name

Antirhynchonella on page 727, such a method of

publication can not properly be held to have

provided the name with an ‘“‘indication”’ for the

purpose of Article 25 (Proviso [a]) of the Rules.

The name Antirhynchonella does not appear on

the page cited in the index, the only reference on

that page which can be held to have any connec-

tion with this subject is the vernacular word

‘“‘Antirhynchonellen.” But as long ago as 1907 the

International Commission on Zoological Nomen-

clature ruled (Opinion 1) that a vernacular name

is not to be accepted as an “indication.” There-

fore, the conclusion must be that even if Quen-

stedt did publish the generic name Antirhyn-

chonella in his index it should be regarded as a

nomen nudum.

Under these circumstances the name Anti-

rhynchonella dates from Oehlert, 1887, with the

type species Atrypa linguifera Sowerby, 1839, by

1 The writer is indebted to Francis Hemming,

secretary of the International Commission on

Zoological Nomenclature, for giving much informa-

tion and help on this taxonomic problem.

142 JOURNAL OF THE

original designation; accordingly Barrandella Hall

and Clarke, 1894, becomes an objective synonym.

It does not appear to the writer that the suppres-

sion of the name Barrandella will cause any great

amount of confusion since the genus is not es-

pecially common nor does it affect any names

above generic rank.

The writer has submitted the foregoing in-

formation to the International Commission on

Zoological Nomenclature with a request that

Antirhynchonella Quenstedt, 1871, be placed on

the Official index of rejected and invalid generic

names in zoology and that Antirhynchonella

Oehlert, 1887, be placed on the Official list of

generic names in zoology.

Platymerella manniensis Foerste

Fig. 4

Platymerella manniensis Foerste, 1909, pp. 70-71,

pl. 1, figs. LA-D; non Platymerella manniensis

Foerste, 1920, pp. 223-224, pl. 23, figs. 5, A-H).

The genus Platymerella was proposed by

Foerste in 1909, its description being based upon

the single species P. manniensis from Silurian

strata (Brassfield) at Riverside near Mannie,

Tenn. It was distinguished largely upon such ex-

ternal characters as absence of a straight hinge

margin, small, subequal beaks and nongaleati-

form profile. Foerste noted that the pedicle valve

had a short spondylium and septum but did not

otherwise describe the internal structure. A few

years later Foerste (1920, pp. 223-224), obtained

some specimens from the Brassfield at Lawshe,

Adams County, Ohio, which he considered con-

specific with those from Tennessee. This material

included some free interiors of both valves and

on this evidence he enlarged his earlier definition

and suggested that Platymerella was most closely

related to Pentamerella. Foerste’s illustrations of

the brachial interiors of these Ohio specimens

show two distinct types of structure: one shows

parallel brachial plates (pl. 23, fig. 5H and ?5G)

eDW

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

as in Gypidula whereas the other (pl. 23, fig. 5E,

5F) shows a small cruralium. In 1932 Schuchert

and Cooper (pp. 184-185) reviewed this genus

and referred it to the Pentamerinae rather than

the Gypidulinae. They also noted this discrepancy

in the nature of the brachial interior and sug-

gested that Foerste may have illustrated speci-

mens belonging to two different genera.

Dr. G. A. Cooper, of the U. 8S. National

Museum, very kindly furnished the writer with a

specimen of P. manniensis from the type locality

at Mannie, Tenn., which was serially sectioned

to show the internal characters. As is shown in

Fig. 4, the brachial plates are extremely short

with the inner plates extending forward about

3.5 mm and the brachial processes continuing on

beyond this as slender, rodlike structures. It is

not possible from the material at hand to tell

whether the brachial processes are supported at

their posterior end by outer plates or whether they

attach directly to the valve. If outer plates are

present, they are extremely short and are con-

fined to the posterior tip of the shell. The pedicle

valve has a thick-walled spondylium duplex which

is supported for a short distance by a stout,

double-walled septum.

The internal structure of P. manniensis, in

particular the abbreviated brachial plates, seems

to be most like that found in Stricklandia and

Costistricklandia, and it is suggested that Platy-

merella be placed in the family Stricklandidae.

The writer has examined Foerste’s figured

specimens of ‘“‘Platymerella manniensis” (1920,

pl. 23, figs. 5A-H) from Adams County, Ohio,

which are at the U. S. National Museum. The

brachial valve shown in Fig. 5,H, is believed to

be a member of the Gypidulinae, possibly be-

longing to the genus Gypidula; the specimen

shown in 5G is probably the same with the for-

ward portion of the plates broken away. The

specimens shown in figures 5E and 5F are more

difficult to place but are not believed to be con-

Fic. 4.—Serial sections of Platymerella manniensis Foerste (X 3). Silurian, Brassfield, Riverside near

Mannie, Tenn. Peels of these sections at the U. 8. National Museum. Pedicle valve above. Distance

from posterior tip of pedicle beak: /—0.5 mm; 2—1.2 mm; 3—1.9 mm; 4—2.1 mm; J5—2.6 mm; 6—3.3 mm.

May 1953

AMSDEN: NOTES ON PENTAMERACEA 143

OO VO

Fig. 5.—Pentamerella areyi (Hall and Clarke) (X 3). Irondequoit limestone, Clinton, Y. Peels of

these sections at U. S. National Museum. Pedicle valve above. Distance from posterior tip of pedicle

beak: 1—2.5 mm; 2—3.1 mm; 3—4.0 mm; 4—4.5 mm; 5—4.9 mm.

generic with P. manniensis from Tennessee; they

may be fragmentary individuals of a Gypidulinae,

possibly Szeberella.

Pentamerella areyi (Hall and Clarke)

Fig. 5

Barrandella areyi Hall and Clarke, 1894, pp. 243,

368, pl. 71, figs. 14-16.

Hall and Clarke based this species upon speci-

mens from the Clinton at Rochester, N. Y. In

their description they covered only the external

characters, no mention being made of the internal

characters beyond noting that the pedicle valve

had a well-developed spondylium. Through the

courtesy fo Dr. G. A. Cooper, of the U. 8. Na-

tional Museum, the writer obtained a specimen

of this species which was serially sectioned. As

is shown in Fig. 5, P. areyi has a spondylium

which is supported upon a fairly well-developed

septum. The brachial valve has long, bladelike

brachial processes which are supported upon outer

plates that unite before reaching the floor of the

valve. Inner plates are also present at the poster-

ior end but these do not extend very far forward.

Hall and Clarke referred this species to Bar-

randella (=Antirhynchonella), but it differs from

that genus in being multicostate. Its characters,

both internal and external, are most like those of

Pentamerella. P. areyz is considerably smaller

than P. arata (genotype), but the external fea-

tures are similar, both being multicostate and

both having a brachial fold and pedicle sulcus.

The brachial interiors are similar with the outer

plates united to form a cruralium; in P. areyi

Fig. 6.—Serial sections of Costistricklandia gaspéensis (Billings).

these plates unite a short distance above the

valve floor to form a double-walled septum. It is

only in the pedicle valve that there are some

slight differences; in P. arata the septum sup-

porting the spondylium is very short whereas in

P. areyv it extends forward as a complete plate

for about a third the length of the valve and is

continued beyond this as a ridge.

The reference of this species to Pentamerella

is interesting because it greatly extends the known

range of the genus. In 1932 Schuchert and Cooper

(p. 176) gave the range as Middle and Upper

Devonian. A few years later Khodalevich (1937,

p. 68) described a species, P. sosviensis, from the

Lower Devonian of the Urals. P. areyi extends

the range back to the Middle Silurian.

Costistricklandia Amsden, n. gen.

Fig. 6

Genotype, Stricklandia gaspéensis Billings,

1859 (pp. 184-135; Hall and Clarke, 1894, pl. 73,

fig. 11; Schuchert and Cooper, 1932, pl. 28, figs.

25, 20).

Description.—Shells variable in size but tend-

ing to be large with an oval or subcircular outline;

hinge line straight, less than greatest width of

shell; surface costate. Ventral interior with a

spondylium duplex partially supported by a

double-walled septum; spondylium usually of

moderate length, extending a third or less the

length of the valve; both spondylium and septum

with thick walls. Brachial interior with long,

rodlike brachial processes, which are unsupported

by outer plates, their proximal ends attached to

VI CJ

a vA

(X 1). Middle Silurian, La Vieille

formation, Black Cape, Quebec. Peels of these sections at the U. S. National Museum. Pedicle valve

above. Distance from posterior tip of pedicle beak: 1—0.9 mm; 2—3.1 mm; 3—3.6 mm; 4—3.8 mm; 5—4.5

mm; 6—5.7 mm.

144 JOURNAL OF THE

the posterior end of the valve; at the posterior

end the brachial processes are directly overlain

by outer plates which extend forward only a

short distance.

Discussion.—In 1859 Billings (pp. 1382-134)

proposed the genus Stricklandia, including within

it three English species, Pentamerus lens Sowerby,

Spirifer liratus Sowerby, Pentamerus laevis Sow-

erby, and three Canadian species Stricklandia

gaspéensis Billings, S. canadensis Billings and

S. brevis Billings. No genotype was designated.

A short time later, Billings (18638, p. 370) pro-

posed to replace the name Stricklandia by Strick-

landinia under the mistaken concept that his

name Stricklandia was invalidated by prior usage

for a plant. In 1887 Oehlert (p. 1310) selected

S. lens as the genolectotype but almost all later

workers have overlooked this and used Hall and

Clarke’s type designation of S. gaspéensis (1894,

p. 251). Since Oehlert’s designation clearly has

priority over that of Hall and Clarke it must

stand as the type.

The original description of Stricklandia lens

(Sowerby in Murchison’s Silurian System, 1839,

p. 637, pl. 21, fig. 3) was based upon specimens

from the Llandovery, Carmarthenshire, England.

Recently St. Joseph (1937, pp. 323-330, text fig.

2H 22 pS, Ges eo (On li eecrelie.

14; 8, figs. 10-19) has carefully redescribed this

species, basing his description largely upon speci-

mens from Norway although he also examined

Sowerby’s types. The internal characters appear

to be very similar to those of Costvstricklandia

gaspéensis, with both species lacking outer plates;

compare St. Joseph’s text figures 20 and 21 to

Fig. 6 of this report, and also his plate 8, figures

13 and 14, to plate 28, figure 25, of Schuchert and

Cooper. The generic distinction between these

two genera is based upon external characters,

Stricklandia having a smooth shell and Costistrick-

landia being coarsely costate. They would seem

to be closely related to one another and the dif-

ference between them is probably comparable to

that separating Pentamerus from Conchidium.

PENTAMEROIDINAEB Amsden, new subfamily

Description.—Rostrate, nongaleate Pentameri-

dae. Pedicle interior with well-developed spondy]-

ium duplex. Brachial plates similar to the Pen-

tamerinae but each plate consisting of four rather

than three elements: inner plate, brachial process,

outer plate, and septal plate.

A single genus, Pentameroides Schuchert and

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

Cooper, is definitely referred to this subfamily.

Two additional genera, Pentamerifera Khodale-

vich and Conchidiella Khodalevich, are provision-

ally included.

Discussion.—The genus Pentameroides was es-

tablished by Schuchert and Cooper (1931, p.

248; 1932, p. 179) and included only one named

species, P. subrectus (Hall and Clarke, 1894, p.

238, pl. 69, figs. 2, 3, 8-10), from the Silurian

(Niagaran) of Jones County, lowa. The writer

has recently sectioned two specimens of the geno-

type which furnish details on the structure of

this genus, in addition to the careful diagnosis

given by Schuchert and Cooper. As is shown in

Figs. 1C and 7, Pentameroides subrectus has a

structure which is somewhat unusual for a pen-

tameroid brachiopod. Each of the plates in the

brachial valve consists of four elements: inner

plate, brachial process, outer plate, and septal

plate. These septal plates, which support the other

elements, are discrete in their upper portion but

unite with each other before reaching the floor

of the valve, thus forming a double-walled sep-

tum. This structure and the terminology applied

to it is similar to that used by Schuchert and

Cooper (1932, text fig. 27) with this exception:

These authors interpreted the outer plates as

resting upon a single plate, the median septum,

whereas the writer believes that the outer plates

rest upon two plates, discrete at their junction

with the outer plates, but coalescing before reach-

ing the valve floor to make a double-walled sep-

tum. These are here called the septal plates.

(Schuchert and Cooper call this the median sep-

tum in text fig. 27, but in the text, p. 165, they

use septal plates.)

This structure is in contrast to the other sub-

families in the Pentameridae (Gypidulinae and

Pentamerinae) where the brachial plates con-

sist of three elements, inner plates, brachial

processes and outer plates. In the Gypinulinae

and Pentamerinae these outer plates may be

discrete, or they may unit to form a cruralium,

but in either case they rest directly upon the floor

of the valve. A comparison of these different plate

arrangements is shown in Fig. 1.

The terminology as herin used implies or sug-

gests that the inner and outer plates of the

Gypidulinae and Pentamerinae are homologous

with the same named plates in the Pentameroidi-

nae and that the septal plates of the latter are not

developed in the other two subfamilies. Although

such an interpretation is not unreasonable, it

May 1953 AMSDEN: NOTES

ean not be regarded as proven at the present time.

It is interesting and perhaps significant to

compare Pentameroides with the loop-bearing

pentameroid brachiopod, Enantiosphen (Whid-

borne, 1893, p. 97). The writer has not had an

opportunity to examine the internal characters of

the latter, but Leidhold (1928, pp. 58-60, pl. 4,

figs. 15, 16; pl. 5, figs. 1-3; Torley, 1934, pp. 93-

96, pl. 5, figs. 9-10; Cloud, 1942, pp. 144-145, pl.

26, figs. 4-7) has given a good description based

upon E. vicaryi (Davidson), from the Middle De-

vonian of Germany (the original description of

this species was based upon specimens from the

Middle Devonian of England). Leidhold de-

seribes the forward part of the brachial apparatus

as consisting of four elements: Innere Crural-

platte, Crus, Aussere Cruralplatte, and Dorsales

Medianseptum. The ‘“‘crura”’ are overlain by the

inner plates (Innere Cruralplatte) and under-

lain by the outer plates (Aussere Cruralplatte),

the latter being supported by the median septum

(Dorsal Medianseptum). The ‘“‘crura”’ extend

extend forward beyond the inner and outer plates

to form a loop. This brachial structure, excluding

the loop, is similar to that found in Pentamerovdes,

a similarity that would be even more marked

if the dorsal septum of Enantiosphen could be

ON PENTAMERACEA 145

shown to consist of a double plate. It seems very

possible that further studies of the genus Enantio-

sphen will show that the Enantiosphenidae and

the Pentameroidinae are closely related.

St. Joseph (1937, pp. 286-292, pl. 5, figs. 7-8;

pl. 6, figs. 13, 15; text figs. 1, 8) referred a species

from the Silurian of southern Norway to Pen-

tameroides (which he treated as a subgenus of

Pentamerus). According to his description and

illustrations of this species, Pentamerus (Pen-

tameroides) cf. gotlandicus has a structure similar

to that of a typical Pentamerus except the outer

plates joi just before reaching the floor of the

valve. This author makes no mention of septal

plates, nor do his illustrations show such a struc-

ture, and it therefore seems probable that the

brachial plates of this species are not composed

of 4 elements as they are in Pentamerovdes.

Pentamerus (Pentameroides) ct. gotlandicus may

represent a new genus which would have about

the same structural relationship to Pentamerus

that Sieberella has to Gypidula or that Anti-

rhynchonella has to Clorinda. Since the writer has

not examined specimens of the Norwegian species,

it does not seem desirable to make such a generic

distinction at this time.

In 1939 Khodalevich (pp. 96-97; pl. 14, figs.

Fic. 7.—Serial sections of Pentameroides subrectus (Hall and Clarke). (X 1.5). Middle Silurian, Jones

County, Iowa. Sections at the U.S. National Museum. Pedicle valve above. Distance from posterior

tip of pedicle valve: 1—13.5 mm; 2—15.5 mm; 3—16.8 mm; 4—18.8 mm; 5—19.5 mm; 6—21.5 mm.

146 JOURNAL OF THE

4a-4d; pl. 19, fig. 1) proposed a new genus,

Pentamerifera, from the Upper Silurian of the

Urals. This genus was described as being ex-

ternally like Pentamerus and Pentameroides. The

plates of the brachial interior were said to be

discrete as in Pentamerus, but the structure of

each of these plates was compared to Pentamer-

oides, being divisible into inner, outer and septal

plates with the brachial process lying between

the outer and septal plates. Khodalevich was of

the opinion that Schuchert and Cooper were in

error when they described Pentameroides as hav-

ing the brachial process between the inner and

outer plates, believing that both Pentamerifera

and Pentameroides had the brachial process be-

tween the outer and septal plates. The writer’s

studies of the type species of Pentameroides

clearly indicates that Schuchert and Cooper

placed the brachial process in the correct position.

Therefore, on the basis of Khodalevich’s de-

scription, the genus Pentamerifera would differ

from Pentameroides not only in having discrete

septal plates, but also in the position of the

brachial process with respect to the other plate

elements.

In this same paper, Khodalevich (1939, p. 100,

text fig. 17) proposed a second pentameroid

genus, Conchidiella. This was said to be internally

like Pentamerifera but with external costae. This

author figured several transverse sections of Con-

chidiella which show a structure which appears

to have some similarities with the Gypidulinae.

Since the writer has not had an opportunity to

examine actual specimens of either genus, it is not

possible to make any definite observations on the

affinities of Conchidiella or Pentamerifera, but

they may be provisionally placed in the Pen-

tameroidinae.

CLASSIFICATION

In 1932 Schuchert and Cooper placed the

following families in the superfamily Pentamera-

cea: Camerellidae, Pentameridae, and Stricklandi-

dae; the family Pentameridae was further divided

into two subfamilies, the Gypidulinae and the

Pentamerinae. A few years later Ulrich and

Cooper (1938) removed the family Camerellidae

to the Syntrophioidea, thus leaving only two

families in the Pentameracea. The writer is in ac-

cord with this revision, but would suggest that

the famlly Enantiosphenidae be included and

that the new subfamily Pentameroidinae be added

to the family Pentameridae. Following this mod-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

ification in classification the superfamily Pen-

tameracea, together with its families and sub-

families, may be diagnosed as follows:

Superfamily PrNTrAMERACEA. Shells variable

in size but tending to be large; commonly strongly

biconvex; exterior smooth, costellate, costate or

rarely pitted. Pedicle interior with well developed

spondylium duplex, usually supported on a

double-walled septum, but in a few genera free.

Lophophore supports consist of rod- or blade-

like brachial processes; these processes unmodi-

fied except in the family Enantiosphenidae where

they terminate in a loop; at the posterior end the

brachial processes are supported on plates, us-

ually extending forward sufficiently to enclose

the brachial muscle field (Pentameridae, Enantio-

sphenidae) but which may be much shortened so

as to exclude the muscle field (Stricklandidae).

Impunctate.

FamMILy PENTAMERIDAE. Smooth, costellate or

costate, rarely pitted, Pentameracea with well

developed plates supporting the brachial proc-

esses; brachial plates may be discrete or may

unite to form a cruralium, but in either case they

always enclose the brachial muscle field.

SUBFAMILY GyPIDULINAE. More or less galeati-

form Pentameridae, commonly strongly bicon-

vex; fold and sulcus usually present; exterior

smooth, multicostate, costate or pitted. Brachial

apparatus tripartite, consisting of inner plates,

brachial processes and outer plates; brachial proc-

esses broad and bladelike; outer plates discrete

or coalesced to form a cruralium.

Subfamily PENTAMERINAE. Pentameridae of

moderate to large size with smooth, costate or

costellate exterior; fold and suleus absent or

poorly developed. Brachial apparatus tripartite,

consisting of inner plates, brachial process and

outer plates; brachial processes long and rodlike.

Subfamily PENTAMEROIDINAE. Pentameridae

with the brachial plates quadripartite, consisting

of inner plates, brachial processes, outer plates

and septal plates; brachial processes rod-like.

Family STrRICKLANDIDAR. Large, smooth or

costate Pentameracea. Pedicle spondylium thick-

walled, supporting septum thick, relatively short.

Brachial apparatus with the outer plates much

reduced or absent; brachial muscle field not en-

closed by brachial plates.

Family ENANTIOSPHENIDAE. Specialized Pen-

tameracea in which the brachial processes termi-

nate in a loop; supporting plates quadripartite,

consisting of inner plates, brachial processes,

May 1953

outer plates and ? median septum (or ? septal

plates).

The following list includes all the pentameroid

genera known to the writer at this time:

Superfamily PENTAMERACEA Schuchert, 1896

Family PENTAMERIDAE McCoy 1844

Subfamily GyprpULINAE Schuchert and Le-

Vene, 1929

Gypidula Hall, 1867

Sieberella Oehlert, 1887

Pentamerella Hall, 1867

Antirhynchonella Oehlert, 1887 (syn. Barran-

della Hall and Clarke).

Clorinda Barrande, 1879

Salonia Cooper and Whitcomb, 1933

Wyella Khodalevich, 1939

Clorindina Khodalevich, 1939

? Metacamerella Reed, 1917

Subfamily PENTAMERINAE Waagen 1883

* Pentamerus J. Sowerby, 1813

* Conchidium Oehlert, 1887 [= Conchidium

‘‘Tinnaeus”’ of Authors]

Capelliniella Strand, 1928

Lissocoelina Schuchert and Cooper, 1931

Rhipidium Schuchert and Cooper, 1931

Harpidium Kirk, 1925

Brooksina Kirk, 1922

Cymbidium Kirk, 1926

Aliconchidium St. Joseph, 1942

? Notoconchidium Gill, 1951

? Zdimir Barrande, 1881

Subfamily PENTAMEROIDINAE Amsden, new

Pentameroides Schuchert and Cooper, 1931

? Conchidiella Khodalevich, 1939

? Pentamerifera Khodalevich, 1939

Family STrRicKLANDIDAE Hall and Clarke, 1894

Stricklandia Billings, 1859

Costistricklandia Amsden, n. gen.

Platymerella Foerste, 1909

Holorhynchus WKiaer, 1902

? Vargiana Twenhofel, 1914

Family ENANTIOSPHENIDAE Torley, 1934

Enantiosphen Whidborne, 1893

REFERENCES

ALEXANDER, E. 8. Proposed use of the plenary

powers to prevent the confusion which would

result, under a strict application of the ‘‘Re-

gles,’ from the sinking of the name ‘‘Con-

chidium’”’ as a synonym of ‘‘Pentamerus’’

Sowerby 1813 (class Brachiopoda) and the trans-

fer of the latter name to the genus now known as

“Conchidium.”’ Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 2 (2).

1951.

BELANSKI, C. H. Pentameracea of the Devonian

* The status of the generic names Pentamerus

and Conchidium is uncertain. E. 8. Alexander

(1951) has submitted a petition to the Interna-

tional Zoological Commission on Nomenclature

to have these names added to the official list of

genera.

AMSDEN: NOTES ON PENTAMERACEA

147

of northern Iowa. Univ. lowa Stud. Nat. Hist.

12 (7). 1928.

Biuuines, E. On some new genera and species of

Brachiopoda from the Silurian and Devonian

rocks of Canada: Can. Nat. and Geol. 4. 1859.

. On the genus Stricklandia; proposed altera-

tion of the name. Can. Nat. and Geol. 8. 1863.

Cuoup, P. E. Terebratuloid Brachiopoda of the

Silurian and Devonian. Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec.

Pap. 38. 1942.

Davipson, T. British fossil Brachiopoda. Pal. Soc.

Mon. 5 (1). 1882.

ForerstTE, A. Fossils from the Silurian formations

of Tennessee, Indiana, and Illinois. Bull.

Denison Univ. Sci. Lab. 14. 1909.

The Kimmswick and Plattin Limestones of

northeastern Missourz. Bull. Denison Univ.

Sci. Lab. 19. 1920.

Hat, J. Containing descriptions of the organic

remains of the lower middle division of the New

York System: Paleontology of New York 2.

1852.

. Paleontology of Towa. Geol. Surv. Iowa 1

(2). 1858.

Hau, J., AND CLARKE, J. M. An introduction to

the study of the genera of Paleozoic Brachiopoda.

Natural History of New York 8 (2). 1894.

KHODALEVICH, A. N. Vhe Lower Devonian of the

Ivdel Region (eastern slope of the Ural). Mat.

Centr. Sei. Geol. Prosp. Inst. Palaeont. and

Stratigr. 3. 1937.

Upper Silurian Brachiopoda of the eastern

Urals. Trans. Ural Geol. Service (Geol. Serv-

ice of USSR). 1939.

Kozuowsk1i, R. Les brachiopodes Gothlandiens de

la Podolie Polonaise: Palaeont. Polonica 1.

1929.

LermpHOLD, C. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Fauna des

rheinischen Stringocephalenkalkes, insbesondere

seiner Brachiopodenfauna: Abh. Preussischen

Geol. Landesanstalt 109 (1). 1928.

OEHLERT, D.P. Brachiopodes. In Fischer’s, Man-

uel de Conchyliologie. 1887.

QUENSTEDT, F. A. Die Brachiopoden.

factenkunde Deutschlands 2. 1871.

Sr. JoserpH, J. K.S. The Pentameracea of the Oslo

region being a description of the Kiaer collection

of pentamerids. Norsk Geol. Tidsskr. 17. 1937.

ScHUCHERT, C., AND CooprrR, G. A. Synopsis of

the brachiopod genera of the suborders Orthoidea

and Pentameroidea, with notes on the Telotre-

mata. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 5, 22. 1931.

Brachiopod genera of the suborders

Orthoidea and Pentameroidea. Mem. Peabody

Museum Nat. Hist., Yale Univ. 4 (1). 1932.

SOWERBY, J. DEC. Jn Murchison’s The Silurian

system. 1839.

Toruey, K. Die Brachiopoden des Massenkalkes

der Oberen Givet-Stufe von Bilveringsen ber

Tserlohn. Abh. Senckenbergischen naturf. Ges.

43 (3). 1934.

WHIDBORNE, G. F. A monograph of the Devonian

fauna of the south of England. Pal. Soc. Mon. 2.

1893.

Petre-

148 JOURNAL OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

ENTOMOLOGY .—Holarctic elements among the Ichneumoninae of Maine. GERD

H. Hernricu, Dryden, Maine. (Communicated by A. B. Gurney.)

Until recently zoologists both of the

United States and Europe have been strongly

influenced by the belief that the New World

was inhabited by a fauna totally different

from that of the old Continent. The Pale-

arctic and Nearctic subregions were con-

sidered as two clearly separated faunal

regions. Slowly, however, the realization

grew that this idea of the two worlds had

to be modified, and science began the work

of synthesis. It has become evident that

besides the different endemic faunas of the

northern parts of Eurasia and America

there exists a rather considerable element

of Holarctic species spread over the whole

of the northern parts of both continents

and that many species slightly different

from one another in America and Eurasia

have to be considered only as geographical

subspecies of one and the same species.

The purpose of this paper is to make a

further contribution to our knowledge of

such Holarctic elements.

In order to determine whether certain

forms may belong together in the same

species the consideration of biological facts

and field observations seems to be not less

important than the comparison of morpho-

logical characters; so I am using wherever

possible the former as well as the latter for

the following statements of Holarctic specific

identities. I have not been able to find out

in all cases whether the species identified

below under the European names have al-

ready been described and recorded under

American names. In other words, in some

cases the synonymy remains unsettled. I

am indebted to Prof. Henry K. Townes for

the determination of the species described

by Cresson and Provancher. I am unable to

follow Townes in regard to the names of

genera (Hymenoptera North of Mexico,

1951) because I acknowledge the decisions

of the International Commission on Zoologi-

cal Nomenclature which has ruled the names

Ichneumon, Pimpla, E'‘phialtes, and Cryptus

to be nomina conservanda.

Coelichneumon pumiliosimilis Heinrich 2 o& (new

record)

Orig. deser.: Bonner Zool. Beitrage 1951: 251.

Described from northern Germany and the

Alps.

The relatively small size, shape, and the par-

ticular type of coloration and proportions of

joints of female antennae are identical with the

type. Sides of scutellum white as is usual in the

European males not only in the American male

but also in all three American females (scutellum

of the three known European females being en-

tirely black). White marks of coxae I and II of the

male larger than in European specimens.

2 29,1 @ from Dryden, Maine, 1 9 from

Carthage, Maine; 2 # compared with types.

Coelichneumon tauma Heinrich 2 (new record)

Orig. descr.: Bonner Zool. Beitrage 1951: 253-

254. Described from Austrian Alps.

Identical with type, even in such characters

as the small white spots of the inner orbits on

each side of the base of the antennae. Abdomen

totally black, the brownish tint of segment 2-3

of the type evidently being accidental.

1 2 from Maine, bred from a pupa of Geome-

tridae, by A. E. Brower; 2 compared with type.

Coelichneumon calcatorius Thunberg (n. comb.)

2 o& (new record)

Syn. J. sylvuanus Holmgren.

White marks of inner orbits and upper margin

of pronotum somewhat more extended than in

my single European specimen (a female from

Austrian Alps). Otherwise so identical that a

subspecific separation does not seem to be possi-

ble.

1 29,2 #o@ from Dryden, Maine; 2 7 from

Maine, bred from Olene by A. E. Brower. (In

spite of the identity of the shape of gastrocoeli

with Stenichneumon Thomson this species does

not fit into this genus in regard to the shape and

areolation of propodeum. The new host record

of Dr. A. E. Brower confirms this suggestion,

because all typical species of the genus Steznich-

neumon Thomson are parasites of species of the

genus Plusia.)

Stenichneumon militarius Thunberg subsp.? 2 o&

Females seem to be identical with European

specimens.

The males which probably belong to them have

antennae without white bands unlike the Euro-

pean males of the species. If this character should

May 1953

be proved to be constant the American popula-

tion would have to be considered as a different

subspecies though distinguishable only in the

male sex.

2 @ Dryden, Maine, “&@ Maine, bred from

pupae of a Plusia species by A. E. Brower.

Stenichneumon culpator Schrank subsp.

cincticornis Cresson, 2 o& (n. comb., n.

status)

Ichneumon cincticornis Cresson, 1864.

Sculpture, proportion of joints of female an-

tennae, and whole morphology identical with the

type form, especially in the unique character con-

sisting of the peculiarly shaped tooth of coxae

III of the female.

Subspecifically different by the constant black

color of the whole abdomen in both sexes which

however occurs occasionally also in the European

subspecies (var. ater Berth.), and by the constant

largely yellowish banded antennae of the male

(the antennae of European males usually being

entirely black, exceptionally only white banded).

Ichneumon sarcitorius Linnaeus subsp. 9 & (new

record)

Males do not show any differences from the

European specimens.

Females differ as follows: End of hind femorae

not black, hind part of third segment not clear

red but somewhat yellowish in tint (as in some

Oriental subspecies of this species); the fourth

segment with a whitish outer margin.

Open fields are the habitat of the American

subspecies as well as of the European and Ori-

ental.

This species is spread over the most part of the

Northern Hemisphere and goes south in Asia

into Northern Persia. It splits into several sub-

species (cf. Heinrich, Mitt. Deutsch. Ent. Ges.

II, 1931; 27-29).

The above described form from Maine belongs

doubtless to the same species as sarcitortus jucun-

dus Brullé, named in 1846 from a specimen from

“South America”’ and since recorded from Kansas

and other localities in the United States but not

yet, as far as I know, from Maine. I hesitate, how-

ever, to use Brullé’s name for the subspecies of

sarcitortus Linnaeus recorded from Maine, because

the single female collected there and described

above differs definitely in color from typical fe-

males of gzucundus from more southern localities.

This difference, as soon as proved to be constant

HEINRICH: HOLARCTIC ELEMENTS AMONG ICHNEUMONINABE

149

instead of individual only, will indicate another

(northern) subspecies in a certain degree inter-

mediate between the Eurasian subspecies of sar-

citortus and sarcitorius jucundus.

1 2, numerous oo Dryden, Maine.

Ichneumon languidus Wesmael subsp. bimembris

Provancher @ (h. status)

Identical in color and all other characters with

European specimens except that the antennae

are slightly more slender.

29 Dryden, Maine.

Ichneumon nereni Thomson (= raptorius auct.)

subsp. 2 o (new record)

Female——Basal joints of antennae reddish,

fifth segment not white marked. (This coloration

is rather common also in European specimens.)

Antennae somewhat more slender.

Males agree well with European.

2 2 oo Dryden, Maine.

Ichneumon deliratorius Linnaeus subsp. cincti-

tarsis Provancher 2 oo (n. status) (2 a new

record)

Female—The particular type of coloration,

scopula of coxae III and relatively deep gastro-

coeli identical with European specimens. Propor-

tions of segments of antennae similar, the latter

however somewhat stouter in the American speci-

men.

Male—Differs from European males in the

partially white coxae and in the white annulus

of each segment of tarsi III.

In contrast to the overwhelming majority of

species of this genus the females of European

deliratorius Linnaeus do not hibernate. Instead

there are two generations, one in the spring, the

second in the late fall. The American subspecies

seem to show the same biological character;

male and female were caught in the second half

of September.

2 o& Dryden, Maine.

Barichneumon anator Fabricius 2 (new record)

Identical with the European specimens.

Q Dryden, Maine.

Cratichneumon nigritarius Fabricius subsp. acer-

bus Cresson 2 o& (n. status)

Female —White marks of tibiae smaller, main

color of legs darker, deep black.

Male.—Identical with the European speci-

150 JOURNAL OF THE

mens except that the white stripe of inner orbits is

more often lacking.

Males of this species in Europe have a par-

ticular, typical smell which I used as the best

character for quickly distinguishing them in the

field from other similar species. The American

males smell just the same. Subspecies nigritarius

Fabricius as the typical parasite of Bupalus

piniarius is found only in or near coniferous

woods. Subspecies acerbus Cresson also seems to

prefer coniferous woods but is not confined to

them.

Limerodops fossorius Linnaeus subsp. belangerz

Cresson 9 (n. comb., n. status)

Amblyteles Belangert Cresson. 1877.

The American subspecies differs from the Euro-

pean only slightly in the somewhat more ex-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, NO. 5

tended black color of the end of hind tibiae, in the

nearly entirely or entirely black antennae, the

black scutellum and the somewhat smaller size.

In the high mountain region of Bavarian Alps

(Allgaiu) I found however a specimen fossorius

Linnaeus which agrees exactly in all these points

with belangert Cresson, except for the less extent

of black color on the end of tibiae IIT.

At the time he described belangeri, Cresson

was in doubt as to its generic position and stated

in the original description that it “probably be-

longs to Wesmael’s subgenus Limerodes,” which

was my own former opinion about fossorius

Linnaeus. The genus Limerodops Heinrich with

the species fossorius Linnaeus as type was erected

and described in Mitt. Miinchener ent. Ges. 35—

39: 44-45. 1945-1949.

1 @ Dryden, Maine.

ENTOMOLOGY .—A revision of the turtle bugs of North America (Hemiptera:

Pentatomidae). H. G. BARBER and R. I. Satter, U.S. Bureau of Entomology

and Plant Quarantine.

The group of insects commonly known

as turtle bugs form the tribe Podopini of

the pentatomid subfamily Graphosomatinae.

This tribe is composed of a rather homo-

geneous assemblage of genera, which look

very much unlike the genera now placed

in the typical tribe of the subfamily. Much

additional study will be required before

the relationship exhibited by the Podopini

and the Graphosomatini can be properly

evaluated.

As the Podopini are now known, the tribe

has almost world-wide distribution in the

Temperate and Tropical Zones. The tribe

attains its greatest diversity in the Ethiopian

Region, where 9 of the 18 recognized genera

are found. Including the new genus described

in this paper, there are now 6 genera in the

New World. Only 4 species are known from

the Neotropical Region, and of these, only

2 belong to an_ exclusively Neotropi-

cal genus. It seems likely that this feeble

representation in the Neotropical Region is

the result of inadequate collecting; other

wise the matter would be one of considerable

zoogeographic interest.

So far as is known, all members of the

tribe lve in or near marshes among the

roots of clumps of grass or sedge and under

debris. They may also be found in similar

environments along the margins of ponds,

sloughs, and streams.

In addition to the material contained in

the U. 8. National Museum Collection

(U. S. N. M.), and that contained in the

senior author’s personal collection, now

deposited in the U. S. National Museum,

many specimens were obtained through

loan from the following institutions and

individuals: University of Kansas Snow

Museum (U. K. 5S. M_) throuchveiae

Beamer; Ohio State University Insect Col-

lection (O. 8. U. C.) through J. N. Knulle

California Academy of Sciences (C. A. S.)

through R. L. Usinger and EK. P. Van

Duzee; Mississippi Agricultural Experiment

Station (M. A. E. S. C.); Patuxent Fish

and Wildlife Research Refuge, through R. T.

Mitchell; and the private collection of

H. M. Harris, Ames, Iowa. All drawings

were made by the junior author.

Tribe PopoPpiNti

1843. Podopides, Amyot et Serville; Hist. Nat.

Insectes, Hemipteres: 56.

1851. Podopidae, Dallas; List Hempi. Ins. Brit.

Mus2: pt: debi:

1859. Podopidae, Dohrn; Cat. Hemip.: 5.

1872. Pentatominae, Div. Podoparia, Stal, Ofv.

Akad. Finska Vet. Soc. Foérh. 29: 34.

May 1953

1884. Graphosomini, Tribe Podoparia, Jakovlev;

Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. 18: 204.

1893. Graphosomidae, Lethierry and Severin, Cat.

Gen. Hemip. 1: 49. (In part.)

1902. Graphosominae, Distant, Fauna Brit. India,

Rhynch., 1: 70. (In part.)

1904. Graphosomidae, Van Duzee, Trans. Amer.

Ent. Soc. 30: 21. (In part.)

1906. Graphosomatinae, Tribe Podoparia, Schou-

teden, Gen. Insectorum, fasc. 30: 28.

1908. Graphosomatinae, Bergroth, Mem. Soc.

Ent. Belg. 15: 145. (In part.)

1909. Pentatominae, Tribe Graphosomini, Kir-

kaldy, Cat. Hemip. 1: 34, 222.

1912. Graphosominae, Tribe Podoparia, Oshanin,

Kat. pala. Hemip.: 8.

1912. Graphosominae, Tribe Podopini, Zimmer,

Contr. Univ. Nebraska Dept. Ent. no. 4:

20.

1915. Graphosomatinae, Tribe Podopini, Parsh-

ley, Psyche 22: 171.

1917. Graphosomatinae, Tribe Podopini, Van

Duzee, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.: 25.

1919. Graphosomatinae, Hart, Bull. Illinois Nat.

Hist. Surv. 13 (7): 166, 171.

1920. Graphosomatinae, Tribe Podopini, Stoner,

Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist. 8 (4): 48.

1923. Graphosomatinae, Tribe Podopini, Parsh-

ley, in Hemip. Connecticut: 754.

1926. Podopidae, Blatchley, Heterop. East. N.

Amer.: 53.

Fic.

Palisot de Beauvois’s illustration of ‘‘Scutellera

dubia,’’ Insectes recueillis Afrique et en Amérique

. pl. 5, fig. 6, 1805.

1—A _ photographic reproduction of

BARBER AND SAILER: REVISION OF TURTLE BUGS

151

1939. Graphosomatinae, Tribe Podopini,

Bueno, Ent. Amer. 19: 197.

1945. Podopidae, Brues and Melander, Class. In-

sects: 150.

Torre-

Characters of the tribe: Scutellum enlarged,

U-shaped, covering most of the abdomen and

membranous part of the cortum, leaving exposed

a short triangular clavus and rather narrow cori-

aceous part of corium, the latter attenuated

posteriorly, apex often extended nearly to end

of scutellum; frena very short, much less than

one-third the length of sutellum. Eyes promi-

nent, more or less pedunculate. Antenniferous

tubercles produced, sometimes in part, at least,

visible from above. Bucculae strongly elevated

posteriorly. Pronotum transversely impressed

near the middle; a distinct tooth or process before

the rounded humeral margin; anterolateral mar-

gin either lobate, toothed, or with an elongate

spinelike process; anterior disk within the cica-

trices often with tuberclelike elevations. The

media and subcosta of the hind wings nearly

parallel at base; hamus absent. Odoriferous ori-

fices set a little closer to the posterior coxae than

to the lateral margin of the metapleura, devoid

of gutters; the surrounding evaporating surfaces,

roughly, irregularly corrugated. Spiracles situ-

ated much closer to the anterior than to the

lateral margins of the segments. Trichobothria

single, situated behind the spiracles and nearly on

a line with them. Posterior lateral angles of the

abdominal segments slightly nodoform.

Within the tribe there appears to be two easily

recognized subdivisions. Male members of the

genus Podops and at least three of the five New

World genera: (males of the remaining two not

being available for study) have a movable ap-

pendage attached to the posterolateral angles of

the hypopygium which is subsequently referred

to as the hypopygial appendage. This appendage

is known to be absent in Scotinophara, Storthe-

coris, Melanophora and Aspidestrophus.

KEY TO GENERA

1. Anterolateral margin of pronotum either with a

subquadrate, denticulate lobe or an oblique

cylindrical spine (see Pigs 224) ee Pe 2

Anterolateral margin of pronotum otherwise,

usually with a more or less acute tooth (see

eigea Osa Oe pee ye Ser nek es en ete 3

2. Anterolateral margin of pronotum with a

subquadrate, denticulate lobe; juga inflated;

pronotal cicatrices devoid of tubercles; de-

void of a carina between the metasternal

COXAC He ee een Es RI site Oncozygia Stal

152 JOURNAL OF THE

Anterolateral margin of pronotum with a

cylindrical spinelike process; juga flattened;

anterior disk of pronotum with a tubercle in

each cicatrix; a slight longitudinal carina

between posterior coxae...Votopodops, n. gen.

3. Preocular margin of head with a small acute

spine; juga flattened, extended to apex of

tyvlus; cicatrices of pronotum devoid of

tubercles; rostrum long, extended to venter;

antenna 4-segmented......Allopodops Harris

Preocular margin of head devoid of a spine;

juga flattened; cicatrices of pronotum bear-

ing distinct tubercles; rostrum shorter, ex-

tended to intermediate coxae; antenna 5-

SEEMENTCE ie uae een ote ee 4

4. Posterior coxae not contiguous, a short, meta-

sternal suleate carina between the coxae;

juga much longer than tylus and contiguous

before it; for the most part black

Weda Schouteden

Posterior coxae contiguous or very nearly so,

devoid of a metasternal suleate carina; juga

usually equally as long as the tylus or nearly

so (except brevitylus and vanduzeer); fusco-

CINCHOUSK ee 2k ceo See tise Amaurochrous Stal

Genus Oncozygia Stal

Oncozygia Stal, 1872, Enum. Hemip. 2: 15; Van

Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30: 21;

Schouteden, 1906, Gen. Insectorum, fasc. 30: 29;

Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat. Hemip. 1: 231; Hart, 1919,

Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. 13 (7): 171;

Blatchley, 1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 54;

Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Amer. 19: 197; 1940,

Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soe. 35: 51.

Preocular part of head little wider than long;

tylus very short, vertex raised above the level of

the juga, the extended apices of which are tumidly

elevated, obtuse and sometimes contiguous. An-

tenniferous tubercles obtuse, scarcely visible from

above. Rostral sulcus deep. Antennae short, each

terminal segment nearly as long as the preceding

four segments combined. Thorax strongly nar-

rowed anteriorly; obtusely impressed across the

middle; anterior disk within the cicatrices devoid

of tubercles; anterolateral margin with a large

subquadrate, denticulate lobe which projects well

beyond outer margin of eye; a short, acute tooth

before the rounded humeral margin.

The serrately margined, membranous flap

which is attached basally to the inner face of the

clasper and extends palmately from the two arms

seems characteristic of this genus (see Fig. 21).

Type, O. clavicornis Stal (only included

species).

Oncozygia clavicornis Stal

Figs. 4, 18, 21, 22, 23

Oncozygia clavicornis Stal, 1872, Enum. Hemip. 2:

15; Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

30: 23; Schouteden, 1906, Gen. Insectorum,

fasc. 30: 30, pl. 3, fig. 12; Blatchley, 1926, Hete-

rop. East. N. Amer.: 54; Torre-Bueno, 1939,

Ent. Amer. 19: 197.

Small, not over 5 mm long; black, shining,

rather closely and coarsely punctate; covered with

decurved, appressed, cereous, clavate, often

abraded hairs. Rostrum short, extending just

past anterior coxae.

Outline of head and pronotum as in Fig. 4.

Hypopygium, hypopygial appendage, claspers,

and aedeagus as in Figs. 22, 23, 21, 18.

Stal described clavicornis from Texas. Since

then it has been recorded from Fortress Monroe,

Va., and from Ashby, Fla., by Torre-Bueno.

The Vancouver, British Columbia, record cited

by Hart is probably based on a misidentification.

Specimens have been examined from the fol-

lowing localities: Virginia: Fortress Monroe;

South Carolina: Myrtle Beach (U.S.N.M.);

Florida: Lake Placid (U.K.S.M.); Mississippi:

Biloxi (M.A.E.8.C.), Wiggins (H. M. Harris

Coll.); Texas: Galveston (U.S.N.M.), Gillespie

County (0.8.U.C.).

O. clavicornis Barber (not Stal), 1906, was a

mixed series one specimen of which is described

under the following new genus.

Notopodops, n. gen.

Head much wider across eyes than long; eyes

distinctly stylated; juga longer than tylus and

contiguous before it; antenniferous tubercle with

a prominent, stout, incurved, subacute process,

this entirely visible from above; disk of vertex

strongly elevated in a ridge which is continued

anteriorly on the base of tylus, anteriorly, rather

abruptly declivous. Antennae short, but little

longer than the head. Rostrum short. Pronotum

much wider than long, with two deep transverse

impressions, the first somewhat remote from

anterior margin, the second near the middle

region, surface between these strongly elevated,

more so in the center and provided on either side

within the cicatrices with a prominent, rounded

tubercle; lateral margins not explanate, lightly

impressed for a short distance before the lateral

sinus; just behind anterior angles armed with a

slender, cylindrical, oblique, apically blunt proc-

’ ess; prehumeral tooth not prominent. Outline of

head and pronotum as shown in Fig. 2. Scutel-

lum not twice as long as wide; surface deeply,

obliquely impressed on each side from the basal

angles. Connexivum narrowly exposed. Meta-

May’ 1953 BARBER AND SAILER: REVISION OF TURTLE BUGS La

Notopodops omani Allopodops mississippiensis ake

Oncozygia clavicornis Weda parvula 5.

7. W. tumidifrons

(3 W. grossa

!0. Amaurochrous dubius

ANTENNIFER

ENNIFEROUS TUBERCULE TYLUS A. cinctipes 12.

JUGUM

Podops inunctus

CICATRICES

PREHUMERAL

PROCESS

ANTEROLATERAL PROCESS

A. vanduzeei

A. brevitylus

16.

15. A. ovalus A. magnus 17

Fias. 2-17.—Dorsal views of the heads and pronota: 2, Notopodops omani, n. sp. (holotype); 3, Al-

lopodops mississippiensis Harris and Johnston (Falls Church, Va.); 4, Oncozygia clavicornis Stal (Myrtle

Beach, 8S. C.); 5, Weda parvula (Van Duzee) (Fort Collins, Colo.); 6, W. grossa, n. sp. (holotype); 7

W. tumidifrons, n. sp. (holotype); 8, W. stylata, n. sp. (holotype); 9, Podops inunctus (F.) (Toulouse,

France); 10, Amaurochrous dubius (P. de B.) (Cuba); 11, A. dubius (P. de B.) (Lake Placid, Fla.) ; wit

PARTS COMMONLY MENTIONED IN DESCRIPTION LABELED; 12, A. cinctipes (Say) (Staten Islend, N. Y.);

13, A. vanduzeei, n. sp. (holotype); 14, A. vanduzeei, n. sp. (Los Angeles, Calif.); 15, A. ovalis, n. sp.

ge 16, A. brevitylus, i. sp. (holotype); 17, A. magnus, n. sp. (holotype). (All drawn to the same

scale.

154

sternum between the posterior coxae provided

with a slight, longitudinal, nonsulcate carina.

Legs short and stout.

Type: Notopodops oman, n. sp.

Notopodops is related to Weda and is chiefly

distinguished by the nonexplanate lateral mar-

gins of the pronotum, the spinelike anterolateral

process of the pronotum, short antennae, and the

nonsulecate metasternal carina.

Notopodops omani, n. sp.

Fig. 2

Oncozygia clavicornis, Barber (not Stal), 1909,

Sei. Bull. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts, Sci. 1: 256

(in part).

Length female, 4 mm. Dull black, arenose,

narrow lateral margin of the scutellum, anteriorly

and inner field of the corium, testaceous yellow;

basal and terminal segments of the antennae

fuscous, second, third, and fourth as well as most

of the rostrum testaceous; legs fuscous, tibia in

the middle region and the tarsi brown. Punctures

on the dorsal and ventral surfaces rather fine and

rather closely placed, each beset with a fine,

short, cereous hair, in part forming incrustations;

inner field of the cortum more coarsely and

sparsely punctate.

Head, one-fifth wider across eyes than long,

somewhat declivous, lateral margins before the

anterior, deflexed portion nearly parallel for some

distance, thence abruptly rounded toward apices

of juga which meet before apex of tylus; the acute

process of the antenniferous tubercles extends

anteriorly almost to middle of the preocular part

of head. Antennae with the basal segment moder-

ately incrassate, somewhat longer than the second

and third combined, third and fourth subequal,

terminal rather strongly incrassate, almost equal

to the three preceding segments combined. Ros-

trum almost attaining middle point of the meso-

sternum. Pronotum nearly twice as wide across

posterior lobe as long. Outline of head and pro-

notum as in Fig. 2. Scutellum nearly one-third

longer than wide, margins parallel anteriorly for a

short distance thence slightly expanded, widest

across middle region; apex not quite reaching end

of abdomen; disk at base somewhat elevated,

followed posteriorly by a more or less distinct

carina which becomes evanescent posteriorly.

Connexivum narrowly exposed. Male unknown.

Holotype: Female, Boca Chica, Cameron

County, Texas, May 30, 1933, P. W. Oman,

U.S.N.M. type no. 61516. Paratype: Female,

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 95

Esperanza Ranch, Brownsville, Tex., C. Schaef-

fer, from the senior author’s collection.

Named in honor of Paul W. Oman, who has

collected many interesting Hemiptera from the

western States.

Genus Allopodops Harris and Johnston

Allopodops Harris and Johnston, 1936, Iowa

State College Journ. Sci. 10: 377; Torre-Bueno,

1940, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 35: 51, 52.

Obtuse apex of tylus extended slightly beyond

apices of juga; eyes somewhat pedunculate; a

small, acute marginal process just before the eye;

antenniferous tubercles visible from above, very

slightly produced outwardly. Antennae 4-seg-

mented. Ocelli but little further apart than each

is removed from an eye, set close to anterior mar-

gin of pronotum, well behind a line drawn across

posterior margins of eyes. Rostrum long, extended

on to the venter. Pronotum with the lateral

margins nearly straight, anteriorly, finely serrate

behind the sinuatotruncate process at the an-

terior angle; devoid of prominent tubercles within

the cicatrices. Devoid of a metasternal carina

between the coxae.

Type: Allopodops mississtppiensis Harris and

Johnston (only included species).

Allopodops mississippiensis Harris and Johnston

Fig. 3

Allopodops mississippiensis Harris and Johnston,

1936, Iowa State College Journ. Sci. 10: 378,

pl. 1; Torre-Bueno, 1940, Bull. Brooklyn Ent.

Soc. 35: 52.

Length 5 mm. Black, sparsely pilose. The

small acute preocular process, position of the

ocelli, 4-segmented antennae, longer rostrum and

serrated lateral margins and the character of the

anterior pronotal angles distinguish this species

from any other member of the tribe. Outline of

head and pronotum as in Fig. 3.

This species was described from a single female

collected at Wiggins, Miss.

Two additional specimens have been found in

the collection of the United States National

Museum: A female from Jocassee, South Caro-

lina, June 25, 1935, O. L. Cartwright, and a male

(hypopygium missing) from Falls Church, Vir-

ginia, November 8, 1943, collected on sedge by

F. Andre.

Genus Weda Schouteden

Weda Schouteden, 1905, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 49:

150; 1906, Gen. Insectorum, fase. 30: 42; Ber-

groth, 1908, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. 15: 147;

May 1953

Hart, 1919, Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. 13

(7): 171; Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Amer. 19:

197, 198; 1940, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 35: 51.

Most closely related to the genus Amauro-

chrous. It differs chiefly by the characteristic

black coloration, juga longer than tylus and more

contiguous anteriorly, lateral margins of prono-

tum usually more expanded and reflexed. Most

notable difference is the presence of a sulcate

metasternal carina between the hind coxae.

Type: (Weda horvatht Schouteden) = Weda

parvula (Van Duzee) (only included species).

KEY TO SPECIES OF WEDA

1. Lateral margin of pronotum strongly lobate

midway between anterolateral and prehu-

peal OCU. Un ee eee ae ae rar 2

Lateral margin of pronotum not lobate, either

gently, convexly rounded or obtusely angu-

NBEGOl . oo) eee tee ee eee ee rae 3

2. Lateral margin of head scarcely contracted

before the eyes; juga narrowly contiguous

before apex of the tylus, longitudinal ridge

on the vertex and base of tylus strongly

depressed in the middle. . .twmzdifrons, n. sp.

Lateral margin of head strongly contracted

before the eyes; juga broadly contiguous

before apex of tylus; longitudinal ridge on

the vertex and base of tylus, viewed laterally,

scarcely depressed in the middle. stylata, n. sp.

3. Head and pronotum subequal; lateral margins

of head nearly straight and parallel; anterior

and posterior lobes of pronotum subequally

long; dull black; length 5 mm or less

parvula (Van Duzee)

Head much shorter than pronotum; lateral

margins of head strongly contracted before

eyes; anterior lobe of pronotum much shorter

than posterior lobe; shining black; large

species—6.40 mm............... grossa, N. Sp.

Weda parvula (Van Duzee), n. comb.

Figs. 5, 19, 24, 25, 26

Podops parvulus Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer.

Ent. Soc. 32: 22 (part).

Weda horvathi Schouteden, 1905, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Belg. 44: 145; 1906, Gen. Insectorum, fasc. 30:

43; Bergroth, 1908, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. 15:

147.

The following references to parvulus Van Du-

zee are erroneous and apply to Amaurochrous

brevitylus, n. sp.:

Podops parvulus Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer.

Hmt. soc. 32: 22 (part); Parshley, 1928, in

Hemip. Connecticut: 755; Blatchley, 1926,

Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 55-57; Torre-Bueno,

#939, Emt. Amer. 19:198. —.

Amaurochrous parvulus, Schouteden (not Van

Duzee), 1906, Gen. Insectorum, fasc. 30: 33.

BARBER AND SAILER: REVISION OF TURTLE BUGS

155

Length 5 mm. Dull black, densely punctate.

Corium fuscotestaceous, very narrow margin of

the connexivum, first three segments of anten-

nae, rostrum and tarsi testaceous. Head nearly

one-fourth wider across eyes than long; preocular

lateral margins subparallel anteriorly; anten-

niferous tubercles slightly visible from above.

Antennae with first, third, and fourth segments

subequal, second segment shortest, somewhat

shorter than basal, terminal segment but little

shorter than the three preceding segments com-

bined. Pronotum across humeral margins twice

as wide as long; the acute process at anterior

angle not extended beyond line of eyes; disk

strongly, transversely impressed just before mid-

dle and also a little behind anterior margin; a

distinctly elevated tubercle in each cicatrix;

lateral margins lightly expanded, gently, con-

vexly arcuate before the shallow, lateral sinus,

thence very nearly straight to apex of acute pre-

humeral tooth, the latter extended but slightly

beyond humeral margin. Outline of head and

pronotum as in Fig. 5. Scutellum about one-third

longer than wide, lateral margins nearly parallel

anteriorly.

Hypopygium, hypopygial appendage, clasper

and aedeagus as in Figs. 25, 26, 24, 19.

Podops parvulus Van Duzee, 1904, was de-

scribed from a mixed series; however, the de-

scription was actually based on “‘a pair taken in

Colorado.”’ These have proved to belong to the

species Schouteden described a year later as

horvatht and which he made genotype of his new

genus Weda. His specimens also came from Colo-

rado. It therefore follows that horvathi Schoute-

den, 1905, must fall as a synonym of parvulus

Van Duzee, 1904; however, parvulus must be

transferred to Schouteden’s genus Weda. The

specimens from Montreal, Canada, Woods Hole,

Mass., and Lawrence, Kans., which were also

identified by Van Duzee as parvulus, belong to

the genus Amaurochrous and must be described

as a new species (see A. brevitylus, n. sp.). Schou-

teden’s excellent figure, plate 3, figure 13, in the

Genera Insectorum, mistakenly identified as par-

vulus Van Duzee, also pertains to this same new

species of Amaurochrous.

A specimen belonging to the E. P. Van Duzee

Collection, now deposited in the California Acad-

emy of Sciences, has been designated lectotype.

It is a female labeled “‘Podops parvula Van Duzee,

from Col. No. 238.” Other specimens examined

include 3 labeled ‘‘Col.’’; 2, Fort Collins, and 2

156 JOURNAL OF THE

Manzanola, Colorado (in Colorado Exp. Stat.

Coll.);.2, “Gol.,” No: 238 (Osborm Coll, de-

posited in A.S.U.C.); 2, Fort Collins, Colo., and

1 from Brigham, Utah (U.S.N.M.).

Weda tumidifrons, n. sp.

Figs. 7, 30, 31, 32

Oncozygia clavicornis, Barber (not Stal), 1906,

Sei. Bull. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts, Sci. 1: 256

(in part).

Length 4 mm. Somewhat smaller than the

two preceding species but of the same general

fuscous coloration; corium testaceous. Head

nearly one-fourth wider than long; lateral mar-

gins gently diverging before the strongly stylated

eyes; antenniferous tubercles but very slightly

visible from above; seen from the side, strongly

elevated on the vertex and on the base of the

tylus, lightly depressed between the two tumid-

like elevations. Antennae as long as width of

head across eyes, basal segment twice as long as

second, a little longer than third, fourth one-fifth

shorter than third and the terminal equal to the

three preceding segments united. Apex of rostrum

reaching to middle point of the intermediate

coxae. Pronotum almost twice as wide across

posterior lobe as long; acute process at anterior

angle quite short, not extending outward as far

as outer margin of eye; disk strongly impressed

across the middle, anterior transverse impres-

sions shallow, set closer to anterior margin than

in parvula; tubercles in the cicatrices strongly

elevated; expanded lateral margin anteriorly,

strongly, convexly arcuate, sublobate before the

lateral sinus; prehumeral tooth subacute, pro-

jecting a little beyond the humeral margin. Out-

line of head and pronotum as in Fig. 7.

Hypopygium, hypopygial appendage,

clasper as in Figs. 31, 32, 30.

Holotype: Male, Plano, Texas, July 1907, E.

S. Tucker, U.S.N.M. type no. 61517. Paratypes:

Texas: male, Esperanza Ranch, Brownsville, C.

Schaeffer; male and female, College Station, April

8, 1928, H. G. Johnston; and May 20, 1928,

J. C. Gaines; female, College Station, July 19,

1932, J. C. Gaines; Colorado: Boulder, November

5, 22, R. Shotwell; from the senior author’s col-

lection.

Distinguished from the preceding species by

the two tumidescent elevations on the head and

the sublobate anterolateral margin of the pro-

notum.

and

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, NO. 5

Weda stylata, n. sp.

Figs. 8, 27, 28, 29

Length 5.45 mm. Fuscous; coloration of parts

much the same as in the three preceding species.

Head a little wider than long; lateral margins

before the strongly stylated eyes somewhat flar-

ing anteriorly; preocular part of head half as

long as entire head; antenniferous tubercles

scarcely visible from above. Antennae but little

longer than width of head; second segment about

one-third shorter than basal, third one-fourth

shorter than second, fourth but little shorter

than third and the terminal somewhat shorter

than the three preceding segments united. Apex

of rostrum reaches to intermediate coxae. Prono-

tum not nearly twice as wide across posterior

lobe as long; acute process at anterior angle ex-

tending outwardly but little beyond outer margin

of eye; disk transversely impressed a little before

the middle; anterior impression forming a shallow

gutter; the anterior margin somewhat reflexed;

expanded lateral margins before the sinus very

strongly convexed, or obtusely angled, thence

slightly, concavely arcuated opposite the median

transverse impression; prehumeral process ob-

tuse, projecting but slightly beyond the humeral

margin. Outline of head and pronotum as in

figure 8. Scutellum almost one-third longer than

wide, obsoletely, longitudinally carinate in the

middle.

Hypopygium, hypopygial appendage,

clasper as in Figs. 28, 29, 27.

Holotype: Male, Salton, California, March

29, H. G. Hubbard, and paratype male from the

same locality, March 26 (U.S.N.M. type no.

61518); paratype female, Coachella, Calif., May

21, 1928, E. P. Van Duzee (C.AS8.).

Most closely related to tumidifrons, but some-

what larger than that species. The preocular

part of the head is relatively longer, lateral

margins more flaring anteriorly; antenniferous

tubercles scarcely visible from above; process

at the anterior angle of pronotum longer and the

lateral margins more shallowly sinuate opposite

the median transverse impression.

and

Weda grossa, n. sp.

Fig. 6

Length 6.40 mm. Black, shining; antennae,

rostrum and tarsi testaceous. Head wider across

eyes than long; eyes strongly stylated; lateral

margins strongly sinuate before eyes thence grad-

May 1953 BARBER AND SAILER: REVISION OF TURTLE BUGS 157

Amaurochrous dubius

W. stylata W. tumidifrons

gus, 21, Oncozygia clavicornis Stal (Myrtle Beach, S. C.), right clasper; 22, same, posterior view of hypo-

pygium; 23, same, dorsal view of right hypopygial appendage; 24, Weda parvula (Van Duzee) (Fort

Collins, Colo.), right clasper; 25, same, posterior view of hypopygium; 26, same, dorsal view of right

hypopygial appendage; 27, W. stylata, n. sp. (paratype, Salton, Calif.), right clasper; 28, same, posterior

view of hypopygium; 29, same, dorsal view of right hypopygial appendage; 30, W. twmidifrons, n. sp.,

right clasper; 31, same, posterior view of hypopygium; 32, same, dorsal view of hypopygial appendage,

33, Podops inunctus (F.) (Toulouse, France), aedeagus; 34, same, right clasper; 35, same, posterior

view of hypopygium; 36, same, dorsal view of hypopygial appendage. (All homologous parts drawn to

the same scale.)

158

ually expanding to the broadly rounded apices of

juga, each appearing somewhat spatulate an-

teriorly; juga coarsely and closely punctate; an-

tenniferous tubercles short, entirely visible from

above; bucculae strongly expanded posteriorly,

lower margins broadly rounded. Antennae with

the first and third segments subequal, second

about one-fourth shorter than first and subequal

to fourth, terminal segment as long as the two

preceding segments united. Rostrum short, reach-

ing only to anterior coxae. Pronotum twice as

wide as long; subacute process at each anterior

angle short, not extended outwardly as far as

outer margin of the eye; prehumeral processes

subacute, well projected beyond the rounded

humeral margins; lateral margin before each

process lightly expanded and narrowly reflexed,

the lateral sinus rather shallow; disk before the

median transverse impression coarsely punctate.

Outline of head and pronotum as shown by

figure 6. Scutellum nearly one-third longer than

wide, rather coarsely and evenly punctate, es-

pecially towards base.

Holotype: Female, Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico;

U.S.N.M. type no. 61519.

Much larger and appearing more polished

than any other known species of the genus. Head

more strongly sinuate before the eyes than in

parvula; antenniferous tubercles short, more ob-

tuse; anterolateral process shorter and blunter.

Genus Amaurochrous Stal

Podops, subgenus Amaurochrous Stal, 1872, Enum.

Hemip. 2: 15.

Amaurochrous Schouteden, 1905, Gen. Insectorum,

fasc. 30: 32; Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat. Hemip. Hete-

rop. 1, Cimicidae: 237; Zimmer, 1912, Contr.

Dept. Ent. Univ. Nebraska, no. 4: 20; 1912,

Univ. Nebraska Studies 11: 238; Van Duzee,

1917, Cat. Hemip. N. Amer.: 26 (subgen.);

Hart, 1919, Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv.

13 (7): 171; Barber and Bruner, 1932, Journ.

Dept. Agr. Puerto Rico 16: 246.

Scotinophara Stal, 1867, Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forh.

24: 523.

Podops Uhler, 1878, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.

19: 368; 1886, Check List Hemip. Heterop.: 5;

Lethierry and Severin, 1893, Cat. Gen. Hemip;

1: 55; Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. 30: 21, 22; Bergroth, 1908, Mem. Soc. Ent.

Belg. 15: 146; Banks, 1910, Cat. Nearctic Hemip.

Heterop.: 92; Parshley, 1915, Psyche 12: 171;

Parshley, 1923, 7m Hemip. Connecticut: 755;

Blatchley, 1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 54;

Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Amer. 19: 197; 1940,

Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 35: 51.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 9d

Fuscocinereous. Head shorter than pronotum.

Antennae each 5-segmented, with a tendency for

fusion of the second and third segments. Antero-

lateral angle of the pronotum produced in a short

subacute tooth or an elongate hornlike process

which in some species extends well beyond outer

margin of the eye; prehumeral process subacute

to obtusely rounded at apex; lateral margin of

pronotum concavely sinuate (except brevitylus

and vanduzeet); well-developed tubercles in the

cicatrices. Hypopygeal appendages widely sepa-

rated, not overlapping the deep, concave, median

sinus on the hind margin of the hypopygial cup.

Type: Amaurochrous dubius (Palisot de Beau-

vois) (designated by Schouteden in 1905).

As indicated in the bibliography above, there

has been considerable disagreement among past

authors as to the position of Amaurochrous.

Some recent writers have gone so far as to treat

the name as a synonym of Podops Laporte, 1832.

Superficially the species belonging to these genera

do show a close similarity; however, closer scru-

tiny quickly reveals important differences. The

shape of the process at each anterolateral angle

is noticeably different. In Podops it is flattened

and spatulate, in Amaurochrous it is conical or

tuberculate (comp. Figs. 9 and 10). Striking

differences are apparent in the male genitalia.

With minor variations the claspers of all species of

Amaurochrous conform to the pattern exhibited

by the genotype dubius (Fig. 49) which is quite

different from Podops inunctus (Fabricius) (Fig.

34). The bilobed dorsal vesicula of the aedeagus

(Fig. 33) and very much enlarged hypopygeal

appendages (Fig. 36) of P. inunctus are also un-

like the homologous structures of A. dubius and

its related species.

KEY TO SPECIES OF AMAUROCHROUS

1. Tylus and juga equal or very nearly so....... 2

Juga evidently longer than tylus and often

contiguous before it... : 52... 2.252 4

2. Rostrum long, extended past metasternal

coxae; anterolateral tooth of pronotum pro-

duced in an elongate, hornlike process ex-

tended obliquely well beyond outer margin

Of -Byee ee Se Cea ee eee magnus, N. sp.

Rostrum shorter, scarcely extended beyond

mesosternal coxae; anterolateral tooth of

pronotum, short, acute or subacute, at most

extended but little beyond outer margin of

CYO@ 2 sua h hs ts See eee 3

3. Anterolateral tooth of pronotum, acute,

smaller, not projected beyond outer margin

of eye; prehumeral process narrowly rounded

May 1953

to subacute, extended but little, if at all,

beyond humeral margin (Fig. 12)

cinctipes (Say)

Anterolateral tooth of pronotum stout, ex-

tended a little beyond outer margin of eye;

prehumeral process forming a_ broadly

rounded lobe projecting well beyond humeral

margin (Fig. 10)

dubius (Palisot de Beauvois)

4. Lateral margin of pronotum distinctly con-

cavely sinuate in the middle (Fig. 15)

ovalis, n. sp.

Lateral margin of pronotum fairly straight,

scarcely concavely sinuate (Figs. 13 and 16) .5

5. Anterolateral tooth of pronotum scarcely ex-

tended as far as outer margin of eye; antennae

shorter, but little longer than pronotum;

ocelli less widely separated (Eastern and

Middle West) (parvulus of most authors)

brevitylus, n. sp.

Anterolateral tooth extended a little beyond

outer margin of eye; antennae much longer

than pronotum; ocelli more widely separated

AG NORDIA)y gf. cs. 2.2422. - vanduzeel, N. Sp.

Amaurochrous dubius (Palisot de Beauvois)

Figs. 1, 10, 11, 20, 49, 50, 51

Scutellera dubia Palisot de Beauvois, 1805, Ins.

Afr. Amer.: 33, pl. 5, fig. 6 (reproduced on our

ie. 1).

Podops (Amaurochrous) dubius, Stal, 1872, Enum.

Hemip. 2: 15; Van Duzee, 1917, Cat. Hemip.

N. Amer.: 26 (part).

Amaurochrous dubius, Schouteden, 1905, Gen.

Insectorum, fasc. 30: 33; Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat.

Hemip. Heterop. 1, Cimicidae: 237; Bruner and

Barber, 1949, Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. 19:

156.

Podops peninsularis Blatchley, 1924, Ent. News

35: 87; 1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 55, 56;

Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Amer. 19: 198. NEW

SYNONYMY.

This has the same general appearance and size

as cinctipes but differs in the following respects:

The anterolateral tooth of the pronotum is stouter

and extended somewhat beyond the outer margin

of the eye; the prehumeral process is broadly

rounded or lobate and extended well beyond the

humeral margin, and preceded by a more strongly

concave sinus (compare outlines of the heads and

pronota as shown in Figs. 10 and 12).

Palisot de Beauvois described dubius from San

Domingo; Stal reported the species from Cuba.

Specimens have been examined from Cuba,

Florida, and Louisiana. In addition, the U. 8.

National Museum collection contains a number

of specimens from Mexico and Central America

intercepted in cargoes of bananas.

Blatchley, 1926, described peninsularis from

BARBER AND SAILER: REVISION OF TURTLE BUGS

159

Florida. A paratype in the collection of the U.S.

National Museum agrees with what we have

determined as dubiuws from Cuba and Florida.

In-our opinion Blatchley was in error both in his

description (pp. 55-56) and in his identification

(Fig. 11) of Palisot de Beauvois’ species; in conse-

quence he redescribed the true dubius as peninsu-

laris. A photographic reproduction of Palisot

de Beauvois’s illustration of dubius is shown on

Rice ale

There is some reason to question the status of

cinctipes as a species distinct from dubius. Cer-

tain specimens of dubiws from Mexico and several

specimens from Texas which we identify as

cinctipes tend to intergrade. It may be that addi-

tional material collected along the zone where

dubius overlaps with cinctipes will show cinctipes

to be a subspecies of dubius. This opinion is

further supported by the slight degree of differ-

ence exhibited by the claspers and hypopygial

appendages of the two species (compare Figs.

49, 50 and 40, 42).

Amaurochrous cinctipes (Say)

Figs. 12, 40, 41, 42

Tetyra cinctipes Say, 1828, Amer. Ent. 3: 94, pl.

43; LeConte, 1859, Compl. Writ. Say 1: 94, pl.

43, fig. 4.

Scotinophara cinctipes, Stal, 1867, Ofv. Vet.-Akad.

Forh. 24: 502.

Podops (Amaurochrous) cinctipes, Stal, 1872,

Enum. Hemip. 2: 15; Van Duzee, 1917, Cat.

Hemip. N. Amer.: 26; Leonard, 1928, List In-

sects New York: 78.

Amaurochrous cinctipes, Olsen, 1912, Journ. New

York Ent. Soc. 20: 49.

Podops cinctipes, Uhler, 1886, Check List Hemip.

Heterop.: 5; Lethierry and Severin, 1893, Cat.

Gen. Hemip. 1: 56; Van Duzee, 1894, Bull.

Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 5: 170; 1904, Trans. Amer.

Ent. Soc. 30: 22; Torre-Bueno, 1907, Ent. News

18: 441; 1908, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. 16:

226; Banks, 1910, Cat. Nearctic Hemip. Heterop.

92; Zimmer, 1912, Univ. Nebraska Studies 11:

238; 1912, Contr. Dept. Ent. Univ. Nebraska

no. 4: 20; Stoner, 1915, Ent. News 27: 355;

Parshley, 1915, Psyche 22: 171; 1917, Occ. Pap.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 7: 6; Stoner, 1917, Bull.

Kaba Nat. Hist. Univ. lowa) 7:.0- (Parshley,.

1923, Can. Ent. 45: 69-70, figs. 1, 2 (ecology);

1923, 7m Hemip. Connecticut: 755; Blatchley,

1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 55; Brimley,

1938, Insects North Carolina: 61; Torre-Bueno,

1939, Ent. Amer. 19: 198.

Podops peninsularis, Torre-Bueno (not Blatch-

ley), 1989, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 34: 214.

Length 5-7.5 mm. Head across eyes much

wider than long; preocular portion, viewed dor-

160 JOURNAL OF THE

sally, subequal to remainder; tylus and juga

equally long; antennae nearly one-fourth longer

than head; first four segments nearly equal,

fifth but little longer than the preceding two

segments combined. Pronotum across humeri

over twice as wide as long, a little longer than

head; lateral margin very narrowly impressed and

reflexed; anterolateral tooth acute, extended out-

ward almost to outer margin of eye; prehumeral

process subacute to narrowly obtusely rounded

at apex, extended but little beyond humeral

margin, lateral margin before this rather strongly

coneavely sinuate. Outline of the head and pro-

notum as shown by Fig. 12. Scutellum over twice

as long as pronotum, one-fourth longer than head

and pronotum combined.

Distribution: Eastern North America from

Quebec and the New England States south to the

Carolinas and west to Minnesota, Nebraska,

Kansas, Missouri, and extending south into Loui-

siana and Texas.

Two specimens in the collection of the U. 8.

National Museum, which bear the label ‘‘along

Black R., 3 mi. so. of Carlsbad Cave, N. Mex.,”

apparently belong here although the genital struc-

tures are not exactly typical of the species.

Hypopygium, hypopygial appendages, and

clasper as in Figs. 41, 42, 40.

As noted in the discussion under A. dubius,

there is some reason to believe that cinctipes is

actually no more than a subspecies of dubius.

Certainly the differences distinguishing these two

species are not of the same order as those which

distinguish them from the other species of the

genus.

Amaurochrous brevitylus, n. sp.

Figs. 16, 37, 38, 39

Podops parvulus Van Duzee, 1904, Trans. Amer.

Ent. Soc. 30: 22 (part); Bergroth, 1908, Mem.

Soc. Ent. Belg. 15: 146; Banks, 1910, Cat. Neare.

Hemip. Heterop.: 93; Zimmer, 1912, Contr.

Dept. Ent. Univ. Nebraska no. 4: 20; Stoner,

1917, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa 7: 6;

Parshley, 1923, im Hemip. Connecticut: 755;

Blatchley, 1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 55-

57; Torre-Bueno, 1939, Ent. Amer. 19: 198.

Amaurochrous parvulus, Schouteden (not Van

Duzee), 1906, Gen. Insectorum, fase. 30: 33, pl.

2, fig. 13; Hart, 1919, Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist.

Suv. 13) (7) = tia.

Amaurochrous dubius, Olsen (not Palisot de Beau-

vois), 1912, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. 20: 50.

Length 5.30-5.80 mm. Head distinctly wider,

across eyes, than long; preocular part distinctly

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 5

longer than remainder; juga distinctly longer

than tylus, usually not contiguous anteriorly;

lateral margin slightly concave before stylated

eyes. Antenna with basal segment a little longer

than second, the latter subequal to the third and

fourth, fifth very nearly equal to the preceding

three segments combined. Pronotum about twice

as wide as long; lateral margin very nearly

straight, anterolateral tooth of pronotum acute,

scarcely extended beyond outer margin of eye;

prehumeral process forming an obtuse tooth.

Outline of head and pronotum as shown in Fig.

16. Scutellum about one-third longer than wide,

over twice as long as head and pronotum com-

bined.

Hypopygium, hypopygial

clasper as in Figs. 38, 39, 37.

Type: Male, Massachusetts: Waterton, June

28, 1920, C. C. Sperry, U.S.N.M. type no. 61520.

Paratypes, males and females: 1, Andover, ex

P. R. Uhler collection. New York: 1, Northwest,

L. I., June 14, 1949, Roy Latham; 1, Orient,

L. I., May 28, 1932, Roy Latham. New Jersey:

1, Paterson, May 3, 1903, H. G. Barber. Wis-

consin: 1, Madison, June 1, 1949, student col-

lection. Minnesota: 1, Park Rapids, July 24, 1935,

P. W. Oman. Jowa: 2, Lake Okoboji, June 25,

1916; 4, July 1916, L. Buchanan; 1, July 8, 1916,

O. Stoner; Ames, July 5, 1932, H. M. Harris;

1, Solon, May 17, 1915, L. Buchanan; 1, Ester-

ville, June 5, 1916, L. Buchanan. Nebraska: 1,

Sand Hills, July, H. G. Barber. Kansas: 3, To-

peka, May 30, Popenoe; 1, ‘“Kan.’’; 2, Douglas

County, 900 feet, F. H. Snow; 1, October 9,

1946. Arizona: Mount Lemon, April 29, 1948,

R. H. Beamer.

Fourteen of the paratypes listed above are in

the U. S. National Museum collection; four are

in the Snow Insect Collection of the University

of Kansas; one, in the University of Wisconsin

Collection; and one is in the private collection

of H. M. Harris.

appendage, and

Amaurochrous vanduzeei, n. sp.

Figs. 18, 14, 48-48

Length 6-7 mm. Head across eyes nearly one-

third wider than long; juga longer than tylus, and

often contiguous before it. Antenna with second

segment shorter than the basal, third a little

longer than fourth and the fifth equal to third and

fourth combined. Pronotum twice as wide as

long; anterolateral tooth acute, extending di-

rectly outward a little beyond outer margin of

eye; lateral margin very nearly straight; pre-

May 1953 BARBER AND SAILER: REVISION OF TURTLE BUGS 161

. Ovalis

Fias. 37-54.—37, Amaurochrous brevitylus, n. sp. (paratype, Sand Hills, Nebr.), right clasper; 38,

same, posterior view of hypopygium; 39, same, dorsal view of hypopygial appendage; 40, A. cinctipes

(Say) (Staten Island, N. Y.), right clasper; 41, same, posterior view of hypopygium; 42, same, dorsal

view of hypopygial appendage, 48, A. vanduzeet, n. sp. (paratype, Bay Farm Island, Alameda County,

Calif.), right clasper; 44, same, posterior view of hypopygium; 45, same, dorsal view of hypopygial ap-

pendage; 46, A. vanduzeei, n. sp. (paratype, Los Angeles, Calif.), right clasper; 47, same, posterior view

of hypopygium; 48, same, dorsal view of hypopygial appendage; 49, A. dwbius (P. de B.) (Lake Placid.

Fla.), right clasper; 50, same, posterior view of hypopygium; 51, same, dorsal view of hypopygial ap-

pendage; 52, A. magnus, n. sp. (paratype, Florida, ex Uhler coll.); 52, same, posterior view of hypo-

pygium; 53, same, right clasper; 54, same, dorsal view of hypopygial appendage; 55, A. ovalis, n. sp.

(holotype); 55, same, dorsal view of hypopygial appendage; 56, same, right clasper; 57, same, posterior

view of hypopygium.

162

humeral process narrowly rounded, extending but

little beyond humeral margin. Outline of head

and pronotum as shown by figure 13. Scutellum

about one-third longer than wide.

Hypopygium, hypopygial appendage and

clasper as in figures 44, 45, and 48.

Type: Male, Bay Farm Island, Alameda

County, Califorma, February, 25, 1939, K. S.

Hagen (C.A.8.). Paratypes: 12 males and 18

females with the same data as type; male and 2

females, same locality, November 11, 1938, W. F.

Barr; male and female, Millbrae, Calif., August

25, 1918, E. P. Van Duzee (C.A.S.). Five male

and 5 female paratypes agreeing with the type

are retained for the U.S.N.M. collection; male,

Los Angeles, Calif., Coquillett (U.S.N.M.).

This species is most closely related to brevitylus,

new species, but averages larger than that species;

the antennae are longer in relation to the length

of the pronotum. In addition there are constant

differences in the genital structures. The male

from Los Angeles County differs in certain re-

spects from the form represented by the type.

The most noticeable difference is in the shape of

the head. (Compare Figs. 13 and 14.) Close

similarity of the genital structure is accepted as

evidence that only one species is involved. (See

Figs. 43-48.)

Amaurochrous ovalis, n. sp.

Figs. 15, 55, 56, 57

Length 7-8.00 mm. Head about one-third

wider across than long; juga, coarsely, closely

punctate, much longer than tylus but scarcely

contiguous before it, bluntly rounded at apices.

Antenna with the basal and second segments sub-

equal, third a little longer than second and sub-

equal to fourth, terminal segment somewhat

shorter than third and fourth combined. Pro-

notum very nearly twice as wide across humeri as

long, but little longer than head; anterolateral

tooth rather stout, subacute, extending directly

outward a little beyond outer margin of eyes;

prehumeral process subacute, well extended be-

yond humeral margin; lateral margin narrowly

pressed, marginal sinus rather shallow. Outline

of head and pronotum as shown in Fig. 15. Scu-

tellum about one-third longer than wide, not

quite reaching apex of abdomen.

Hypopygium, hypopygial appendage, and clas-

per as in figs. 57, 55, 56.

This is a larger species than cinctipes with the

body appearing somewhat oval in outline.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

Type: Male, Clemson College, South Carolina,

June 26, 1932, O. L. Cartwright, U.S.N.M. type

no. 61521. Paratypes: 2 females, Mrytle Beach,

5. C., April 23, 1919, E. R. Kalmbach (U.S.N.M.)

Benson, North Carolina, August 9, 1934, R. H.

Beamer (U.K.S.M.); Myrtle Beach, 8.C., April

22, 1919, Patuxent Fish and Wildlife Refuge

Laboratory, through R. T. Mitchell.

Amaurochrous magnus, n. sp.

Figs. 17, 52, 53, 54

Podops dubius, Van Duzee (not Palisot de Beau-

vois), 1904, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30: 77;

Blatchley, 1926, Heterop. East. N. Amer.: 55-

56, fig. 11.

Amaurochrous dubius, Barber (not Palisot de

Beauvois), 1914, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.

33: 521; Hart, 1919, Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist.

Surv. 13 (7): 172; Barber and Bruner, 1932,

Journ. Dept. Agr. Puerto Rico 16: 246.

Length 7.70-8.00 mm. This is a much larger

species than cinctipes and easily distinguished

from all other species of the genus by the much

longer, hornlike, anterolateral tooth of the pro-

notum which is extended well beyond outer mar-

gin of eye; the enlarged bluntly rounded

prehumeral process which projects well beyond

humeral margin and especially by the much

longer rostrum which extends beyond the meta-

sternal coxae. Outline of head and pronotum as

shown in figure 17.

Hypopygium, hypopygial

clasper as in Figs. 52, 54, 53.

Type: Male, Edgewater, Florida, February

28, 1939, C. A. Frost, U.S.N.M. type no. 61522.

Paratypes, males and females: Edgewater, Fla.,

same data as type; Haulover, Fla., March, Hub-

bard and Schwarz; Paradise Key, Fla., February

23, 1919, H. S. Barber; Georgia, 8 specimens,

no data, colln. P. R. Uhler, U.S.N.M.; Lake

Placid, Fla., July 138, 1948, R. H. Beamer

(U.K.S.M.); Gueydan, Louisiana, June 26, 1925,

at light, E. Kalmbach, Patuxent Fish and Wild-

life Refuge Laboratory, through R. T. Mitchell.

This is the species which has been misidenti-

fied as dubius by several authors, but comparison

with Palisot de Beauvois’s figure 6 on plate 5

indicates very clearly that this is an error. (See

Rig=1)

Van Duzee (1904, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 30:

77) reports a pair taken at Fortress Monroe, Va.

As these specimens are no longer in the collec-

tion of the U. 8. National Museum, it is impos-

sible to confirm this record.

appendage and

May 1953

PENN: A NEW CRAWFISH

163

ZOOLOGY .—A new crawfish of the genus Procambarus from Louisiana and Arkan-

sas (Decapoda: Astacidae). GEORGE HENRY PENN, Tulane University of Louisi-

ana, New Orleans. (Communicated by Fenner A. Chace, Jr.)

The new species described here has been

known to me for more than 10 years; how-

ever, all the specimens in collections were

immature, and my efforts to obtain ma-

ture forms proved fruitless. Recently Maj.

Thomas H. Nickerson, U.S.A.F., at Louisi-

ana Polytechnic Institute, Ruston, La.,

succeeded in collecting a small series of

mature specimens in north-central Louisi-

ana; these include the holotype and _ allo-

type and the majority of the paratypes.

Major Nickerson has kindly lent me his

entire collection as well as his field notes.

I have named this species in honor of

Paul Tulane (1801-1887), who in 1884 gave

a substantial part of his fortune to the

University of Louisiana, founded half a

century before, thus enabling it to greatly

expand facilities. The administrators of this

fund subsequently added the name _ of

Tulane to the existing title of the University.

Procambarus tulanei, n. sp.

Figs. 1-12

Holotype male, form I[.—Body ovate; abdomen

slightly shorter than length of cephalothorax

(53.0-51.0). Height of cephalothorax (Figs. 1, 2)

equal to width in region of caudodorsal margin

of cervical groove.

Areola wide, with three punctations in narrow-

est part; length about 7.3 times greater than

width at narrowest part (18.0-2.3). Cephalic

portion of cephalothorax about twice as long as

the areola; length of areola about 34 percent of

entire length of cephalothorax.

Rostrum spatulate, relatively short and wide;

sides converging anteriorly to the base of the

acumen; without lateral spines or shoulders; acu-

men short. Margins of rostrum raised, keeled,

and not swollen; upper surface smoothly exca-

vate.

Postorbital ridges well-developed, terminating

anteriorly in rounded shoulders. Branchiostegal

spine obsolete. Without lateral spines on sides of

cephalothorax; upper surface of cephalothorax

sparsely punctate; lateral portions finely granu-

late. .

Cephalic section of telson with two spines in

each caudolateral corner, the lateral one about

three times the length of the median one.

Length of epistome (Fig. 3) about two-thirds

of width; margins raised and slightly swollen;

with a small anterior projection.

Antennae reaching to end of abdomen. Anten-

nal scale wide (Fig. 4), greatest width distad of

middle; lateral margin terminating distally in a

sharp spine; total length a little less than half the

length of the areola (8.3-18.0). Entire median

margin fringed with hair.

Exposed (caudal) surface of third maxillipeds

heavily clothed with hair.

Right chela (Fig. 5) long and narrow; palm

thin, but somewhat inflated, fingers normal; palm

and bases of fingers tuberculate; inner margin of

palm heavily bearded. Both fingers terminating

in short corneous tips, that of dactyl overhanging

the other when the fingers are closed. Dactyl with

about thirteen rounded tubercles proximally, the

second and sixth from base largest and approxi-

mately equal to each other; opposable margin of

immovable finger with eleven rounded tubercles

at base, the fifth being the largest. Carpus (Fig.

5) tuberculate along inner margin; a single large

spine at distal end beneath.

Hooks (Fig. 6) present on ischiopodites of

third pereiopods only; length of hook equal to

about two-thirds of the diameter of the ischio-

podite.

First pleopods (Figs. 7-9) reaching to cephalic

side of coxopodite of third pereiopods when ab-

domen is flexed. Apex terminating in four parts.

Mesial process elongate, somewhat flattened on

its transverse axis, extending slightly latero-

eaudad and distad beyond apices of other proc-

esses. Cephalic process subacute, a little less

than half the length of the mesial process, ex-

tending slightly cephalomesad; a distinct angular

hump present on cephalic margin at base of

cephalic process. Caudal element consisting of a

straight, elongate caudal knob capped distally

by the corneous caudal process which is irregu-

larly leaflike and excavate on its caudal face.

Central projection corneous, saber-shaped and

extending slightly caudomesad; fusion line of its

two elements distinct.

Morphotype male, form II.—Similar to the

164

holotype in general appearance. First pair of

pleopods (Figs. 10, 11) reaching to cephalic side

of coxopodite of third pereiopods when abdomen

is flexed; terminal processes non-corneous and

reduced.

Allotype female—Similar to holotype in gen-

eral appearance. Annulus ventralis (Fig. 12)

rounded; an anteroposterior trough-like depres-

sion extends from cephalic margin caudad to a

centrally located pitlike depression; the sinus

originates in this central pit and then runs pos-

terosinistrad a short distance before making a

sharp turn posterodextrad approximately to the

midline where it turns posterosinistrad and ex-

tends nearly to the caudal margin. Cephalic half

on either side of median trough raised and with a

series of prominent irregular mammillary proc-

esses along border of trough.

Measurements.—As follows, in millimeters:

Holotype Allotype Morphotype

Cephalothorax:

Tengthiss. = eee ee 53.0 5oeD 53.0

Widthisse ste ese eee 26.0 29.0 27.5

Heights vcs yee ae ee 26.0 26.0 26.5

Areola:

LE-esc¥ a0 oan ice Sembee 18.0 19.0 18.0

Width (at narrowest part) 2.3 3° 2.0

Rostrum:

henna the oo). eece eee 12.0 12.0 12.0

Wiadthratibases..-. oe 8.2 9.2 8.5

Abdomen:

lhenethiiatts ees) eee 51.0 54.5 5220

Right chela:

Length of outer margin of

and ae ee ee ee 49.0 40.0 48.0

Length of dactyl.......... 30.0 25.0 30.0

Length of inner margin of

Dal eee eo ee 18.5 15.0 18.0

Wiadthvot palimessnee sae 16.5 15.5 16.0

Type locality —The holotype and allotype were

collected from a small unnamed tributary of

Bayou D’Arbonne, 4 miles west of Dubach (on

Louisiana Highway 288), Lincoln Parish, La.,

on February 29, 1952, by Maj. Thomas H. Nick-

erson, U.S.A.F. Bayou D’Arbonne is a tributary

of the Ouachita River, which combines with

several other small rivers before emptying into

the Red River. At the collecting site the creek

is a narrow (3 feet wide), shallow, flowing stream;

the holotype and allotype were dug from the

same burrow, which extended about 2 feet

straight into the blue-clay stream bank at a

45° angle before forking into two equal compart-

ments, one crawfish in each terminus. No other

species were collected at this locality.

The morphotype was collected from Big Creek

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 5

at Fishville (3 miles east of Pollock on Louisiana

Highway 19), Grant Parish, La., on February

22, 1938, by Percy Viosca, Jr. Big Creek is a

tributary of Little River, which joins the same

assemblage of streams into which the Ouachita

River drains. At the collecting site Big Creek is

a large, shallow stream with a sand bottom,

sparse aquatic vegetation, and shaded banks.

Other crawfishes collected at the same time were

Procambarus vioscai Penn, Procambarus blandingit

acutus (Girard), and Orconectes palmeri creolanus

(Creaser).

Disposition of types.—The holotype, allotype,

and morphotype are deposited in the United

States National Museum, nos. 93655, 93656, and

79928, respectively. Of the paratypes series, one

form II male, a female, and a juvenile female are

in the National Museum; one form I male is in

the collection of Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., at

the University of Virginia; one form I male, one

female, five juvenile males, and two juvenile

females are in the Tulane University collection;

and one form I male, two form II males, four

females, and three juvenile males have been

retained in his personal collection by Major

Nickerson at Louisiana Polytechnic Institute.

Specimens examined.—Twenty-three paratypes

of Procambarus tulanei in addition to the three

types have been examined from Louisiana and

Arkansas. These records and a summary of their

deposition are as follows: Lovurstana: Caldwell:

Tributary of Ouachita River, 4.5 miles east of

Columbia, August 2, 1948, L. L. Ellis (TU 430);

Grant: Big Creek at Fishville, February 22,

1938, P. Viosea, Jr. (U.S.N.M. no. 79928); Jack-

son: Tributary of Dugdemona Bayou, 2 miles

south of Clay, May 15, 1952, T. H. Nickerson

(THN); Lincoln: Tributary of Bayou D’Ar-

bonne, 0.25 miles north of Ruston, February 14,

1952, T. H. Nickerson (TU 2645); tributary of

Bayou D’Arbonne, 4 miles west of Dubach,

February 29, 1952, T. H. Nickerson (U.S.N.M,

THN, TU 2648, 2831); Pugh’s Pond, Ruston,

April 1, 1952, T. H. Nickerson (THN); burrows

in bank of tributary of Bayou D’Arbonne, Rus-

ton, May 12, 1952, T. H. Nickerson (TEEN);

burrows on L.P.I. campus, Ruston, May 18,

1952, T. H. Nickerson (THN). ARKANSas: Co-

lumbia: [Tributary of Bayou Dorcheat], 7.8 miles

south of Magnolia, April 9, 1952, E. A. Lachner

et al. (U.S.N.M_.).

Relationships—In 1905 Ortmann placed Pro-

cambarus simulans in the Digueti section along

May 1953 PENN: A NEW CRAWFISH 165

10 II

Fies. 1-12.—Procambarus tulanet, n. sp.: 1, 2, Cephalothorax of holotype; 3, epistome of holotype;

4, antennal scale of holotype; 5, chela and carpus of holotype; 6, hook of holotype; 7-9, mesial, caudal,

and lateral views of first pleopod of holotype; 10, 11, mesial and lateral views of first pleopod of morpho-

type; 12, annulus ventralis of allotype.

Fie. 13.—Procambarus simulans (Faxon): Lateral view of first pleopod of form I male from an im-

pounded lake, 13 miles south of Channing, Oldham County Tex., July 1, 1952, F. R. Cagle et al. (TU

95).

Pubescence removed from all structures illustrated.

166 JOURNAL OF THE

with a heterogenous assemblage of species, and

P. gracilis and P. hagenianus in the Gracilis

section. Hobbs (1942) revised this classification

and placed the three species mentioned above in

a separate group (the Simulans group) of his

newly established Barbatus Section. Procambarus

tulanei clearly belongs to the Samulans group and

is most closely related to P. simulans. P. tulanet

and P. simulans closely resemble each other in

most superficial characteristics. The two species

can be separated easily by the structure of the

first pleopod of the male (cf. Figs. 9 and 13),

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 5

but not by the annuli ventrali of the females

which are quite variable in both species. The

geographic ranges of these two species meet in

western Louisiana but apparently do not overlap.

LITERATURE CITED

Hosss, Horton H., Jr. The crayfishes of Florida.

Univ. Florida Publ., Biol. Sci. Ser., 3 (2) : 1-179.

1942.

ORTMANN, A. E. The mutual affinities of the species

of the genus Cambarus, and their dispersal over

the United States. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 44:

91-136. 1905.

HELMINTHOLOGY .—Studies on the helminth fauna of Alaska: XII, The expert-

mental infection of Alaskan gulls (Larus glaucescens Naumann) with Diphyllo-

bothrium sp. Bert B. Baperro, Arctic Health Research Center, U. 8. Public

Health Service, Anchorage, Alaska.

For over a period of three years cestodes

belonging to the genus Dzphyllobothriwm

Cobbold (1858) have been routinely re-

covered from various Alaskan mammals,

including man. The epidemiological nature

of this helminthic infection is not yet com-

pletely understood. Experimental as well

as field research has been undertaken by the

Animal-borne Disease Branch of the Arctic

Health Research Center relative to the

possible control of diphyllobothriasis in

Alaska. The results of the work to date,

including the laboratory infection of dogs

(Canis familiaris), foxes (Vulpes fulva and

Alopex lagopus), bears (Ursus americanus),

gulls (Larus glaucescens), and man, present

strong evidence that only one species is

involved. However, since its life cycle has

not been experimentally determined, and

since morphological study does not allow

speciation of the adult worm, this must

remain only an assumption. The present

paper on the infection of gulls with Dvr-

phyllobothrium sp. constitutes a preliminary

report.

The writer wishes to express his gratitude

to Dr. Robert Rausch, chief of the Animal-

borne Disease Branch, under whose super-

vision this work was carried out and who

identified the cestode material, and to Miss

Reggie Sacressen, whose aid in connection

with this project contributed greatly to its

success.

(Communicated by Robert Rausch.)

MATERIAL AND METHODS -

For these experimental infections young gulls

(Larus glaucescens) were secured from isolated

nesting grounds on islands in Cook Inlet, about

20 miles southwest of the city of Anchorage. The

numerous small island nesting sites were heavily

grown to sedges and thus afforded ample pro-

tection for the young of hundreds of birds, among

which several species were represented.

Thirty-six birds taken on June 21, 1951, were

downy young; these were collected directly from

their nests, or in the immediate vicinity. The

nests were numerous and widely scattered and,

in several instances, still contaied unhatched

eggs. The estimated ages of the birds taken ranged

from 1 day to 2 weeks, and their weights were

from 55 to 340 grams.

On July 15, 15 juvenile birds were collected

from these same nesting grounds. The young

gulls were located by flushing them from their

grassy niches and by cutting off their retreat as

they swam to shore. At this time it was noted

that a few nests still contained eggs; examination

of several of these revealed that they contained

dead embryos. The young gulls taken were ap-

parently from 1 to 6 weeks old and weighed 207

to 1,034 grams.

As a control 22 of the first group of 36 birds

taken on June 21, and all those collected July 15,

were examined post mortem, at the time of col-

lection, to determine the extent of natural hel-

minth infections. No parasites were recovered

from the downy-young birds, and only one species

May 1953

of a strigeid trematode was taken from the ju-

veniles.

The 14 gulls intended for experimental use,

after having been observed for about two weeks

and having become accustomed to captivity, were

color-banded, divided into five groups (see Table

1), and placed in five separate cages—designated

A, B, C, D, and E.

During the course of the experiment, king

salmon (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha), which had

been quick-frozen and kept for over a year at a

temperature range of —12° to —16° C., was

used for feeding. At the time of collection it was

noticed that the young birds were being fed ex-

clusively on salmon brought to them from the

beaches or from the refuse dumps of nearby

canneries. Since there were no lakes nearby where

infected fishes could be obtained, this seemed to

preclude preinfection by Dziphyllobothrium sp.

The literature does not report, so far as the writer

is aware, that this fish species harbors the plero-

cercoids of any species of Diphyllobothrium; con-

sequently, the feeding of salmon by the gulls to

their young would not seem to have any bearing

on this experiment. The fact that our salmon had

been stored for such a length of time at low tem-

peratures made it highly improbable that larval

cysts, if present, could still be viable.1 During

the first week of captivity, the young gulls were

fed small pieces of salmon every three hours.

The frequency of feeding was reduced with the

age and the development of the birds.

Plerocercoids for the experiment (muscular

and visceral in location) were recovered from

rainbow trout, Salmo gairdneri1 Richardson,

taken from Daniels Lake on the Kenai Peninsula.

The fishes of this lake had been previously stud-

ied by us and were known to be infected with

Diphyllobothrium sp.22 On July 7 viable plero-

cercoids were fed to the young gulls as follows:

Kach of the birds in cages A and B (see Table 1)

received five visceral cysts and those in cages

D and E received muscular cysts—three and

four larvae each, respectively. The third bird of

cage E (no. 14), after having seized some in-

fected fish which was not intended for him, was

1 Kjava (1913), as quoted in Magath and Essex

(1931) stated that submitting infected fish to a

temperature of —9° C. for 24 to 48 hours kills the

larvae of D. latum; this was confirmed by the

latter authors.

2 This had been determined by morphological

study of adult worms obtained through feeding

plerocercoids to certain mammalian hosts.

BABERO: HELMINTH FAUNA OF ALASKA

167

rewarded with the entire fish; thus an unknown

number of larvae was given in this case. On July

15 the experimental feeding of the birds in cages

A and D was repeated, with each receiving the

same number of larvae as before. At this time,

both of the gulls in cage C were infected with

five visceral cysts, making a total of 14 artifi-

clally infected birds. Autopsy of the young gulls

was begun on the second day after the last in-

fection and continued through the twenty-fourth

day (see Table 1).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

As may be noted from the table, seven

gulls, or 50 percent, were found to be in-

fected with Diphyllobothrium sp.; this in-

cluded two of the eight birds that had

recelved visceral cysts and five of the six

that had received muscular cysts. It is

probably incidental that those receiving

muscular cysts showed a higher degree of

infection. None of the birds in cage A was

infected, despite their having received the

most larvae. The small number of birds

involved does not, however, permit any con-

clusions. Segment counts of three 13-day-

old strobilae gave an average of 333. This

figure may serve to indicate the rapid rate

TABLE 1—EXPERIMENTAL INFECTION OF GULLS

WITH DIPHYLLOBOTHRIUM SP.}

Scion naa Lavvalleyuc| Dayan Nom,

Host No. vas elapsing worms

admin- ; :

July | Juty | $425 | atus-] vis. Jautopsy] FECOY

Cage A

1 De D.€ 10 x 2 0

2 x XS 10 x 6 0

3 x x 10 x 24 0

Cage B

4 x 5 x 2 0

5 xX 5 axe 6 0

6 x 5 X: 13 0

Cage C

u x 5 xX 7 2

8 XP neal 5 xe 12 4

Cage D

9 x xX 6 x 2 3

10 x xX 6 x 6 3

11 xX x 6 xX 24 1

Cage E

12 x 8 ».¢ 2 6

13 xX 8 x 0

14 x ? x x 13 37

1 Thirty-seven controls, negative for helminth parasites,

are not included in table.

168

of growth. All worms recovered were fixed,

stained, and mounted for morphological

study.

Macroscopic examination of the speci-

mens of Diphyllobothrium sp. recovered from

artificially infected gulls, as well as those

from dogs, foxes, bears, and man, reveals

a great range of variation in gross appear-

ance. Possibly the host species involved, its

physiological condition, and the age of the

worm may be the primary determining

factors in the morphological variation of the

adult form. Stunkard (1949) pointed out

that ‘“‘species now included in the genus

constitute a heterogeneous collection, from

a variety of hosts and bionomic areas, but

the morphological diversity is so distributed

among the species and so many different

combinations of characters exist that the

arrangement of the species into related

groups must await further information.”

Rausch (1951) stated, “Speciation on the

basis of morphological characters of tape-

worms of the genus Diphyllobothrium is im-

possible for the Alaskan forms.” These

statements indicate that a new approach,

rather than a taxonomic one, must be made

to the problem of speciation of the worms of

this genus. |

The successful infection of gulls with

Diphyllobothrium sp. considerably compli-

cates the problem of control of this helminth

in Alaska. Bent (1921), in connection with

the glaucous-winged gull, wrote, ‘‘This is

the most abundant, the most widely dis-

tributed, and characteristic gull of the

north Pacific coast...’ The vast numbers

of these birds, coupled with their potential

for disseminating viable eggs over a wide

area will undoubtedly enhance the chances

of survival of this parasite in Alaska. Ter-

restrial mammals which utilize fishes for

food also constitute an important reservoir

of infection, but nevertheless this is one

which probably could be controlled locally

if diphyllobothriasis were ever thought im-

portant enough to human health to justify

extreme measures.

The low living standard of the Alaskan

native often compels him to depend on fish

almost exclusively or at least as a sub-

stantial part of his diet. Local customs and

the conditions under which many of these

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 5

people live necessitate the eating of raw or

poorly cooked fish. Preliminary surveys

made to date reveal that the percentage-

incidence of infection among the natives in

certain areas where Diphyllobothrium sp. is

endemic is quite high. Hitchcock*® (1950;

1951), during her parasitological investiga-

tions of the Bethel and Kotzebue areas,

found an incidence of infection of 15 and

6 percent, respectively. Although the path-

ogenicity of Diphyllobothrium is not well

understood, it seems probable that the

disease may aggravate, in areas where it is

endemic, the present serious health condi-

tion of Alaskan natives. Consequently,

diphyllobothriasis must be regarded as a

definite public health problem in Alaska.

A more intensified investigation of the

immunological characteristics of this parasite

in native birds and mammals in Alaska will

be undertaken during the field season of

1952.

SUMMARY

The experimental infection of glaucous-

winged gulls (Larus glaucescens) with Di-

phyllobothrium sp. has been accomplished.

All available evidence indicates that this

Alaskan species readily infects gulls, various

wild carnivorous mammals, and man. The

specific identity of this cestode has not been

determined.

LITERATURE CITED

Bent, A. C. Life histories of North American gulls

and terns. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull. 113: 345 pp.

1921.

Hitcucock, D. J. Parasitological study on the

Eskimos in the Bethel area of Alaska. Journ.

Parasit. 36: 232-234. 1950.

. Parasitological study on the Eskimos in the

Kotzebue area of Alaska. Journ. Parasit. 37:

309-311. 1951.

Magcatu, T. B., aNp Essex, H. E. Concerning the

distribution of Diphyllobothrium latum in

North America. Journ. Prev. Med. 5: 227-242.

1931.

Rauscu, R. Biotic interrelationships of helminth

parasitism. Public Health Repts. 66: (29):

928-934. 1951.

STUNKARD, H. W. Diphyllobothrium stemmaceph-

alum Cobbold, 1858, and D. latum (Linn.,

1758). Journ. Parasit. 35: 613-624. 1949.

3 Miss Hitchcock was employed as a consultant

for the Arctic Health Research Center at the time

these surveys were made.

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

SoS PES gb oo ee eee eee F. M. Serzuer, U. 8. National Museum

TU LSCD E2125 F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

PESO er ee JASON R. Swauuen, U.S. National Museum

Treasurer......... Howard S. RAppLerYeE, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

DOE. 2 JOHN A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Haraup A. REHDER, U. 8. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Socveties:

Pmilasophies! Society of Washington...-....-..........0...052e ees A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington. .................... WiiuiamM H. GILBERT

mimentea society of Washington......................-..- Huex THomas O’NEILL

Ghemica! pociety of Washington. ........................ GEORGE W. IRVING, JR.

Pamumeleritea! Society of Washington. .................. 000000. e eee F. W. Poos

Meee Georraphic Society......2...2...... 6.6050. e sees ALEXANDER WETMORE

Peete society of Washineton.............2......6 sen eee es A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

Merrie STOIC?! SOCIELY ...... 2. oe ee ee te ees GILBERT GROSVENOR

ecco secicty of Washington............2-..........--. Harry A. BorRTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GEORGE F. Gravatt

Mirem=nmd society of Hneineers.....- 22.2... 0. eee ee eee ce tees C. A. Betts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers. .ARNoLD H. Scott

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHarp 8. Diu

Helminthological Society of Washington.......................... L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLocuM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... FLoyp W. HoucH

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DORSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

: Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Evuis

Washington Chapter, American Society of Metals............. JoHN G. THOMPSON

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

co) Ef ea Le Sara E. BRANHAM, MILTON Harris

PUI. eee So Leese lg on eden od - R. G. Bates, W. W. DIEHL

Eg St LEST ene le en M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

BEIM PCRAQETS. ......-.--.- 2-5-2 All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

meno hdrors and Associate Editors. ......... 5... 02.022. 00 ee eee: {See front cover]

Mieeenimve Commitice............-......- F. M. Setzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANpDoRF,

; J. R. SwaLuen, H.S. Rappteye, W. W. Rusey

Committee on Membership...... E. H. Waker (chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JoHN FasBer, ANcus M. GrirFrin, D. BREESE JONES,

FRANK C. Kracex, Louts R. Maxwe.u, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Saizer, Leo A. SHINN, Francis A. SmitH, HEINz Specut, Horace M. TRENT,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Committee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), Joun W. ALDRICH,

AusTINn CxiarkK, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

MMMPESEMIN NODS 22 he cw ek ia ee hae eed sn ceeds dees S. F. Buaxe, F. C. Kracex

7 TL LDS. LMS ae ee ae ny a W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

Bemberitty F056... ee eke ee G. ARTHUR CoopPER, JAMES I. HOFFMAN

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman) :

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

Wick, Sara E. BRANHAM, [RA B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN ScHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sciences...... SAMUEL LrEvy (chairman), MicnarL GoLpBERG,

. H. Kennarp, E. B. Roperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WILDHACK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScouBavER (chairman), R. S. Burtneton, F. C.

Kracexk, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SzeEcER, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monror H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HeRzFELD (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. E. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

Memeindary 1994... ke ec ees H. B. Coutiins, W. W. Rusey (chairman)

1 REE ec LM SS eo a sc Fe L. W. Parr, F. B. SILSBEE

LEED WS Ege ea eee E. C. CritteENDEN, A. WETMORE

Commitiee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHErson, chairman):

eel, DOS AL eee J. M. CatpweE tu, W. L. Scumitr

Pawanuary 1955. ...... SPY ere ek Pe I A. T. McPuerson, W. T. READ

OLD Een ogi 1 oe a AustTIN Cuark, J. H. McMILLEN

Semen aiiie on Connect of A. A, AL S28 os ei lec cee be ois eee es Watson Davis

Commiitee of Auditors....... Louise M. Russet (chairman), R.S. Drut, J. B. REESIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. GARNER (chairman), L. G. Henpest, Myrna F. JoNngEs

CONTENTS

PALEONTOLOGY.—Some notes on the Pentameracea, including a descrip-

tion of one new genus and one new subfamily. THomas W. AMSDEN

EntTomo.Locy.—Holarctic elements among the Ichneumoninae of Maine.

GERD EL-HGINRICH: oC 2S) ae a. 2 na ee

EntomoLoey.—A revision of the turtle bugs of North America (Hemip-

tera: Pentatomidae). H. G. Barser and R. I. SAILER...........

Zootoay.—A new crawfish of the genus Procambarus from Louisiana and

Arkansas (Decapoda: Astacidae). GEroRGE HENRY PENN.........

HELMINTHOLOGY.—Studies on the helminth fauna of Alaska: XII, The

experimental infection of Alaskan gulls (Larus glaucescens Naumann)

with Diphyllobothrium sp. Burt B. BABERO...........:.-205 eee

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

Page

137

148

150

163

Pio. ID

-D2,W25

VoL. 43 JUNE 1953 No. 6

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JOHN C. EwERS R. K. Coox

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ; U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CuHaces, JR. Evsert L. Littyez, Jr.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

| J. I. HorrmMan Purtie DRUCKER

| CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

. Dean B. Cowiz Davin H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

i ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Rorat & GUILFORD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

eis Sis

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925,

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JouRNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate):

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3.25 $6.50 $ 9.75 $13.00 $16.25 $3 .00

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 6.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 9.00

400 13.00 26 .00 39.00 52.00 65.00 12.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PRocEEDINGS should be sent to Haratp A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JouRNAL.—Per year..........-...-..--=4s=5eeeee $7.50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. 10, incl.—not available*...............: —_ _—

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, inel.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

Monoerapu No. 1, ‘‘The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’? by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete... ....:......... 2-322 nee $25.00

Single volumes, unbound’... .<.... 6 3404/8 os ce ae ees de eee 2.00

Single numbers... 0. ice sae dawns cin ce ee eens era .25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences”? and

addressed to the Treasurer, H.S. RappLeye, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

D.C.

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Von. 43

June 1953

No. 6

PALEONTOLOGY The ostracode genus Hemicythere and its allies. HARBANS S.

Puri,! Florida Geological Survey. (Communicated by Alfred R. Loeblich,

or.)

Hemicythere is a common ostracode genus

occurring in the Cenozoic of North America;

27 species and a variety have so far been

reported from North America, and 23 of

these are valid. The genus is of considerable

importance because of the stratigraphic sig-

nificance of its species which could be easily

used as excellent. markers.

Five species, H. arenicola (Cushman), H.

concinna (Jones), H. crenulata (Sars), H.

truitt. Tressler and Smith, and H. stran-

dentia Tressler and Smith have been re-

ported from the Atlantic Ocean. Eight spe-

cies, H. punctistriata (Ulrich and Bassler),

H. confragosa Edwards, H. minuta Edwards,

H. laevicula Edwards, H. conradi Howe and

MecGuirt, H. sellardsi Howe and Neill, A.

calhounensis Smith, and H. dalli Howe and

Brown, and H. dalli redbayensis Howe and

Brown have been described from the Mio-

cene of the Gulf Coastal Plain. H. dalli and

H. dalli redbayensis belong to Cythromorpha

Hirschmann, H. sellardsi to Caudites Coryell

and Fields, and H. calhounensis to Procythe-

reis Skozsberg. H. antillea Van den Bold has

been reported from the West Indies Miocene.

H. saginata Stephenson and H. amygdala

Stephenson have been reported from the

Oligocene Marginulina-Heterostegina-Discor-

bis zones, and H. kniffent Howe and Law

from the Mariana Oligocene. Seven species,

H. phrygionia Howe, H. lienosa Howe, H.

1 The author expresses his gratitude to Henry

V. Howe, director, School of Geology, Louisiana

State University, Baton Rouge, for guidance and

access to his type collection and library; to Robert

O. Vernon, of the Florida Geological Survey, for

the use of some of his samples; and to Celia Helena

Fajardo for assistance in preparation of plates and

manuscript. All types are catalogued in the Henry

V. Howe collection, School of Geology, Louisiana

State University.

169

cribraria Howe, H. bellula Howe, H. mota

Howe, H. aleatoria Howe, and H. lemniscata

Howe have been reported from the middle

Eocene Avon Park limestone of Florida. Two

species, H. symmetrica Van den Bold and

H. limbata (Bosquet), have been reported

from the Eocene of the West Indies.. To

amplify the characters of Hemuicythere the

genus is redescribed and its genotype, H.

villosa (Sars) figured. A new species, H.

howei, 1s described from the Miocene of

Western Florida. The exact stratigraphic

range of all the species of Hemicythere so

far reported from North America is shown

in the accompanying chart.

HISTORY OF THE GENUS HEMICYTHERE

AND ITS ALLIES

The genus Hemicythere was proposed by Sars

(1925, p. 182) to mclude a number of species

previously referred to Cythereis Jones and Cythere

Miiller. Sars placed the genus in an intermediate

position between Cythereis and Cythere; closer in

some respects to the latter. Sars did not designate

a genotype but instead based the description of

Hemicythere on eight Recent species from Nor-

way, listed in order: Cythere villosa Sars, Cy-

thereis emarginata Sars, C. crenulata Sars, C.

finmarchia Sars, Cythere quadridentata Baird, Cy-

thereis angulata Sars, Cythere latimarginata Speyer,

C. concinna Jones, and C. oblonga Brady. As

regards the generic characters of the carapace

Sars (op. cit. p. 182) observed:

Shell of very solid consistency, calcareous, re-

sembling somewhat in shape that of Cythere.

Valves more or less unequal, with the surface

distinctly pitted or roughly reticulate, marginal

zone closely striated, edges densely hairy in front.

Hinge with closing teeth well developed. Eyes

distinctly separated.

ST FN 9B 196:

170 JOURNAL OF THE

Blake (1933, p. 234) contended that /Hemz-

cythere be reduced to a subgeneric rank. Its

generic nature has been estabilshed by Howe

(1935, p. 27), Edwards (1944, p. 517), and

subsequent authors. Edwards (op. cit.) designated

Cythere villosa Sars (1865, p. 42)—first of the

eight species described by Sars—as genotype.

Skogsberg (1928) divided what he supposed to

be the genus Cythereis Jones into three subgenera:

Procythereis, Cythereis, and Pseudocythereis. Cy-

thereis, however, as shown by Triebel (1940), is a

Cretaceous form. Forms included by Skogsberg

under Procythereis actually belong to Hemicythere.

Skogsberg thought it impossible to subdivide the

genus “Cythereis’” on the basis of shape and

structure of the shell. He instead based his

subgenera on the structure of the appendages and

of the penis. Structure of the penis appeared to

be more significant to Skogsberg (op. cit. p. 16)

who thought this organ to have been the “seat

of the initial morphological changes leading to

speciation.”’ Skogsberg did not give any shell

description of the subgenus Procythereis since

the carapace was broken in most of the specimens

examined by him. He recognized two groups—

Torquata and Radiata within Procythereis, charac-

terised by “‘the shape and structure of the penis

and by the course of the ductus in the genital

verruca of the female.’ Procythereis shows suffi-

ciently distinct characters to deserve a generic

rank and is represented by H. calhounensis Smith

from the Chipola Miocene. Skogsberg’s description

of the carapace of Pseudocythereis is lacking.

However, it is clear from the description and

figures of the subgenotype, Cythereis (Pseudo-

cythereis) spinifera Skogsberg, that he was dealing

with a form closer to Paracytheretta Triebel than

Hemicythere. Forms included under the subgenus

Cythereis by Skogsberg belong to a new genus and

will be described in another paper.

Neviani (1928, pp. 72, 94) described ‘‘gruppo”’

(subgenus) Auris under “‘Cythereis’’. No geno-

type was designated by Neviani, and his de-

scription was based on the following 10 species,

all from the Phocene of Italy: Cythere speyeri

Brady, Cythereis (Auris) subspeyeri Neviani, Cy-

pridina similis Reuss, Cytherina hauert Roemer,

Cythere punctata Minster, Cythere venus Se-

guenza, Cythereis villosa Sars, Cytherets marsupis

Neviani, Cythereis (Auris) micrometrica Neviani,

and Cythereis (Auris) distinguenda (new name for

Cythere oblonga Brady, 1866, not Cythere oblonga

McCoy, 1844). Neviani’s figures appear to be

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 6

Hemicythere, and he even included in Auris,

Cythereis villosa Sars, the genotype of Hemi-

cythere. Auris is here considered to be a synonym

of Hemicythere.

The genus Caudites was proposed by Coryell

and Fields (1937, pp. 10, 11) to include Hemi-

cythere-like thick-shelled elongate, subtriangular

forms witha thickened anterior rim and additional

longitudinal and dorsal ridges. The genotype is C.

medialis Coryell and Fields. Hemicythere sellardsi

Howe and Neill belong to this genus. Only five

species of this genus are known from North

America and their distribution is shown in the

accompanying table. A new species, C. chipo-

lensis is described from the Chipola Miocene.

Elofson (1941, pp. 288, 289) described Para-

cythereis and Heterocythereis as subgenera of “Cy-

thereis”’ (really of Hemicythere). The name Para-

cytheris is preoccupied by Jennings (1936, pp.

55, 56) and is therefore invalid. The group Elofson

described consists of two species C. concinna

Jones and C. latimarginata Speyer, both of which

Sars (1925, pp. 188, 189) considered to be Hemz-

cythere. Sars’s (op. cit.) and Brady’s (1868) figures,

however, do not agree with Jones’s (1857). Since

Elofson neither described nor figured the cara-

pace of his subgenotype C. concinna Jones, the

author does not know for sure which C. concinna

he referred to. Both of these species are here

retained in the genus Hemicythere until Elofson’s

types could be examined. The carapace in Hetero-

cythereis is quite similar to that of Hemicythere

but is relatively thin and smooth. The muscle

scar pattern of the subgenotype, Cythere albo-

maculata (Baird), is rather distinctive and con-

sists of a vertical row of five scars, the spots im-

mediately below the top being a pair; in front of

the upper end of this row is another oblique row

of three smaller scars. Heterocythereis is here

raised to a generic rank.

Elofson (op. cit.) placed under Eucythereis

Khe (1940) Cythereis angulata Sars, Cythere con-

vera Baird, C. crenulata Sars, Cythereis emargi-

nata Sars, and C. villosa Sars. All these species

are good Hemicythere and since Elofson included

in Hucythereis even the genotype of Hemicythere,

Cythereis villosa, Eucythereis of Elofson is here

considered as a synonym of Hemicythere.

Two homeomorphic genera, Cnestocythere and

Schizocythere, externally very much like Hemi-

cythere but radically different in hinge structure

and course of selvage are reported by Triebel

(1950). Neither of these genera have as yet been

discovered in the American Tertiaries.

JUNE 1953 PURL: OSTRACODE GENUS

Howe (1951, p. 17) described a new genus,

Urocythere, from the middle Eocene Avon Park

limestone of Florida with U. attenuata Howe as

its genotype. This genus has the outline of

Caudites Coryell and Fields but does not possess

the surface ornamentation. It is more elongate

than Hemicythere Sars, lacks the reticulate orna-

mentation and differs radically in the hinge struc-

ture and radial pore canals.

Hemicythere has hitherto been placed in the

subfamily Cytherinae Dana. Sylvester-Bradley

(1948, p. 793) included it in the family Trachyle-

beridae. In the opinion of the author the two

genera, T'rachyleberis and Hemicythere, are not

nearly related and can not be included in Trachyl-

eberidae. A new subfamily, Hemicytherinae, in

the family Cytheridae Baird, is here proposed

for the reception of the following related genera,

with Hemicythere as its type genus: Hemicythere

Sars, Procythereis Skosberg, Caudites Coryell and

Fields, Heterocythereis Elofson, and Urocythere

Howe.

LIST OF LOCALITIES

Listed below are the localities from which

samples used were collected. References to loca-

tions contained in the text are indicated by the

index number which precedes each entry.

i ehipola, NHY4 NEY sec. 20, T. 1 N., R. 16

W., Washington County, Fla.

2. Chipola. SEY SE4 sec. 8, T.3 N., R. 16 W.,

Chimney Quarry, Washington County, Fla.

3. Chipola. SEY SEY sec. 5, T. 1 N., R. 16 W.,

Washington County, Fla.

4. Chipola. 1 mile below Scott’s Bridge, NE!4

cece 7eolee 2 Ni. KR. 12 W., Bay County, Fla.

5. Chipola. In a ravine 200 yards east of Holmes

Creek, NW14 NE sec. 28. T. 2 N., R. 16

W., Washington County, Fla.

6. Chipola. 220 yards below Walsingham Bridge,

NEY sec. 15, T. 1 N., R. 138 W., Washington

County, Fla.

7. Chipola. 1 mile below Gainer’s Bridge, NW!4

sec. of, LT. 1 N., R. 13 W., Washington

County, Fla.

8. Chipola. 134 miles below Scott’s Bridge over

Econfina Creek, NE 14 NW sec. 28, T.

Ze Re 12 W., Bay County, Fla.

9. Chipola. At Red Hill Still, NE44 NW!4 sec.

20, T.1N., R. 16 W., Washington County

Fla.

10. Chipola. Lassiter Landing on Choctawhatchee

River, SE'4 SEY sec. 13, T. 2 N., R. 17 W.,

Washington County, Fla.

11. Chipola. Ten Mile Creek, 4 miles south of

Willis, Calhoun County, Fla.

12. Type Chipola. Ten Mile Creek, from bridge

to 14 mile below bridge on the Mariana-

Clarksville Road, 2376 feet south of NW cor-

HEMICYTHERE AND ITS

13.

14.

15.

LG:

18.

20.

ALLIES LAL

NETL OMScea2ach loNe she 10) We 22 miles

south of Marianna, Calhoun County, Fla.

Chipola. NEY SW)4 sec. 28, T. 2N., R. 16 W.,

Washington County, Fla.

Chipola. SW14 NEJ4 sec. 31, T.2N., R. 16 W.,

Washington County, Fla.

Type Oak Grove. At old sawmill near Oak

Grove on right bank of Yellow River, 300

feet south of NW corner of NE14 NE]4 sec.

20, T.5 N., R. 23 W., about 100 yards below

bridge on Laurel Hill-Oak Grove road, Oka-

loosa County, Fla.

Oak Grove. Senterfiet’s or Tanner’s Mill

(abandoned), sec. 14, T. 5 N., R. 23 W., 4

miles southwest of Laurel Hill, Okaloosa

County, Fla.

Shoal River. Small gully, 50 feet south of

road and 150 feet east of bridge over White’s

Creek on Eucheeanna-Knox Hill Road, NE14

SEY SW sec. 23, T. 2 N., R. 18 W., one

mile west of Valley Church, Walton County,

Fla.

Type Shoal River. Small branch 14 mile

southwest of residence of J.T.G. McClellan,

SEM, NW] sec. 4, T.3 N., R. 21 W., about

3¢ mile west of shell bluff, Walton County,

Fla.

Shoal River. Bottom of old fluorspar prospect

shaft at a depth of 50 to 55 feet, about 414

miles south of Argyle, Walton County, Fla.

Shoal River. Under bridge over Shoal River,

234 miles north of Mossyhead, SE corner of

sec. a0, 4 N- R21 W.,, Walton County,

Fla.

. Type Yoldia zone. Frazier’s farm (formerly

Spencer farm), SE}4 sec. 18, T. 2 N., R. 19

W., Walton County, Fla.

. Yoldia zone. Chester Spence farm, NE14 NE14

see: 17, 22 2 N., R219 W., Walton County,

Fla.

3. Arca zone. Road cut leading to an abandoned

bridge on east bank of Alaqua Creek on

Permenter saram, sec. 4-7 es lN = Re 19

W., Walton County, Fla.

. Arca zone. W. E. Collin’s farm, SE4% NEY

see, do, fo 2 Ny Red We Washington

County, Fla.

. Arca zone. SWY4 NEY SW sec. 16, T.2N.,

R. 15 W., Washington County, Fla.

. Arca zone. NW SE sec. 16, T. 2 N., R.

15 W., spring head 100 yards east of road,

Washington County, Fla.

. Arca zone. SW14 NW!4 sec: 15, T. 2 N., R.

15 W., Washington County, Fla.

. Arca zone. SE1¥4 SW, NEY sec. 15, T. 2N.,

R. 15 W., Washington County, Fla.

. Arca zone. NWY4 SW% sec. 15, T. 2 N., R.

15 W., Washington County, Fla.

. Arca zone. NE% SW), sec. 16, T. 2 N., R.

15 W., Washington County, Fla.

. Arca zone. Flournoy’s old mill, NE14 NEW

sec. 34, T. 3 N., R. 18 W., Holmes County,

Fla.

. Arca zone. In a steephead in the SW14 NEl4

SW) sec. 16, T.2N., R. 15 W., along a small

33.

34.

36.

37.

38.

39.

46.

47.

48.

49.

. Ecphora zone.

. Ecphora

. Cancellaria

JOURNAL OF THE

ravine running west into south-side branch,

Washington County, Fla.

Arca zone. Jim Kennedy Branch,

of Red Bay, Walton County, Fla.

Arca zone. stg Anderson’s farm, sec. 10. T. 2

N., R.17 W., 34 mile east of Red Bay, Walton

County, Fla a.

1 mile east

. Arca zone. At small spring head in E. Gomil-

lion’s field near Red Bay, Walton County,

Fla.

Choctawhatchee. Pit of West Florida Power

Co., just east of road at Power Dam, about

300 feet east of the Hydroelectric power

plant near Ward, Liberty County, Fla.

Ecphora zone? 300 feet above Walsingham

Bridge over Econfina Creek, NE}4 sec. 15,

T.1N., R. 13 W., Washington County, Fla.

Ecphora zone. 14 mile above Walsingham

Bridge, SW14 sec. 11, T. 1 N., R. 13 W.,

Washington County, Fla.

Ecphora zone. 14 mile above Walsingham

Bridge, SE sec. 10, T. 1 N., R. 13 W.,

Washington County, Fla.

. Ecphora zone? 220 yards above Walsingham

Bridge, Econfina Creek, NE}4 sec. 15, T.

1 N., R. 13 W., Washington County, Fla.

. Ecphora zone. Jackson Bluff, near top of sec-

tion, Ocklocknee River, Leon County, Fla.

. Ecphora zone. Jackson Bluff, Top shell bed,

Ocklocknee River, Leon County, Fla.

Pecten Bed. Jackson Bluff,

Ocklocknee River, Leon County, Fla.

zone. Jackson Bluff, Ocklocknee

River, Leon County, Fla.

. Ecphora zone. Upper shell bed at Alum Bluff

on the east side of the Apalachicola River,

Sig NEY sec. 24, T. 1 N., R. 8 W., about 4

miles north of Bristol, Liberty County, Fla.

Ecphora zone. Cut in road leading to Watson’s

Landing, about 2 miles north of Alum Bluff

and the same distance from the Apalachicola

River, 2000 feet north and 100 feet west of

SE corner of sec.7, T.1 N., R. 7 W., Liberty

County, Fla.

Ecphora zone. Harvey Creek, 14 mile above

old well at ‘‘“Swimming Hole? n 5 feet below

water, Leon County, Fla.

Cancellaria zone. Gully pond. southeast of

Greenhead, Washington County, Fla., on

the Sales-Davis Lumber Co. property in

the center of N14 NW14 NE}4 sec. 14, T.

12 Ro 14 We-at sopiokindte elevation of

59 feet.

Cancellaria zone. 1 mile above Walsingham

Bridge over Econfina Creek, NW!4 SW14

sec.) 11, DE. LON oRe AS “W.,” Washington

County, Fla.

zone. 14 mile below Gainer’s

Bridge, Econfina Creek, SW14 SE}4 sec.

33, T.1N., R. 13 W., Washington County,

Fla.

. Cancellaria zone. Borrow pit just east of the

power dam at Jackson Bluff, Ocklocknee

River, 500 feet east of NW corner, sec. 21,

T.158., R. 4 W., Leon County, Fla.

. Cancellaria zone. NE%4 sec. 16, T. 1 8., R.

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 6

13 W., on Moccasin Creek beneath bridge,

Bay County, Fla.

53. Cancellaria zone. Blue Sink, corner of NE14

sec. 14, T. 1 N., R. 14 W., Washington

County, Fla.

54. Cancellaria zone. 3g mile above Gainer’s Bridge

on Econfina Creal: NE4 SE}4 sec. 33, T.

1 N., R. 13 W., Washington County, Fla.

55. peas zone. VA $ mile above Gainer’s Bridge

on Econfina Cee SEl4 NE}4 sec. 33, T.

1 ee a a Washingean County, Fla.

56. Cancellaria zone. In a small stream south of

and under Gainer’s Bridge in SW!4 SE4 sec.

33, T. 1 N., R. 13 W., Washington County,

Fla.

57. Cancellaria zone. In a small sink south of a

community road in NW14 SW44 sec. 7, T.

1 N., R. 13 W., Washington County, Fla.

58. Cancellaria zone. Clarke’s Pond, NE%4 SE%4

SW1!4 sec. 12, T.1 N., R. 12 W., Washington

County, Fla.

59. Recent. Shore sand, Dogs Bay, near Round-

stone County, Galway, Ireland. Arther Earl-

and collection.

SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS

Order Ostracopa Latreille

Suborder Podocopa Sars

Family Cytheridae Baird

Hemicytherinae Puri, n. subfam.

Type genus: Hemicythere Sars.

Carapace of firm consistancy, caleareous, usu-

ally somewhat almond-shaped, smooth, pitted,

reticulate or with longitudinal and dorsal ridges;

valves inequal. Hinge of right valve with knob-

like anterior tooth, postjacent socket which is

continued as a groove to an outwardly directed

tooth at the posterior cardinal angle. Pore canals

numerous, long, closely spaced. Muscle sear pat-

tern consists of a vertical row of four with addi-

tional three or four scars in an oblique row

situated anteriorly.

The subfamily comprises the following gen-

era: Hemicythere Sars, Procythereis Skogsberg,

Caudites Coryell and Fields, Heterocythereis Elof-

son, and Urocythere Howe.

Genus Hemicythere Sars

Hemicythere Sars, 1925, p. 182; Klie, 1929, p. 282;

Tressler, 1941, p. 100; Edwards, 1944, p. 517;

Van den Bold, 1946, p. 28.

Auris Neviani, 1928, pp. 72, 94.

Genotype (by subsequent designation by Ed-

wards, 1944): Cythere villosa Sars, 1865, p. 42.

Recent, Norway.

Carpace usually almond-shaped, solid, with a

semiconcave posterior dorsal margin; smooth pit-

ted or reticulate; valves usually unequal in size.

Puate 1.—Genus Hemicythere. All figures X 67.5. Specimen numbers refer to the Henry V. Howe type

collection at the Louisiana State University. Figs. 1, 2, Hemicythere laevicula Edwards, locality 42

(1, left valve, plesiotype no. 2467; 2, right valve, plesiotype no. 2468); Fig. 3, H. amygdala Stephenson,

locality 1 (right valve view of a complete carapace, plesiotype no. 2469); Figs. 4-6, H. confragosa

Edwards (4, left valve view of a complete carapace, plesiotype no. 2470, locality 42; 5, dorsal view of a

complete carapace, plesiotype no. 2471, locality 48; 6, left valve, plesiotype no. 2472, locality 43); Figs.

7-9, H. howei Puri, n. sp. (7, right valve view, holotype no. 2473, locality 27; 8, right valve view of a

complete specimen, paratype no. 2474, locality 43; 9, dorsal view of paratype no. 2474); Figs. 10-12,

H. villosa (Sars), locality 59 (10, left valve, plesiotype no. 2475; 11, dorsal view of a complete carapace,

plesiotype no. 2476; 12, right valve, plesiotype no. 2477)

174

Hinge of the right with a knoblike anterior tooth,

broad postjacent socket which is continued as a

strong, outwardly directed tooth at posterior

cardinal angle. Marginal area broad ; inner margin

and line of concrescence coincide; pore canals

numerous, closely spaced, nearly straight. Muscle

scar pattern consists of a vertical row of five scars

with additional two to three scars situated an-

teriorly.

Range: Eocene to Recent.

The following species are considered to be

good Hemicythere:

H. amygdala Stephenson, 1944, p. 158.

H. angulaia (Sars) (Cythere angulata Sars, 1865,

p. 46).

H. antillea Van den Bold, 1946, p-. 101.

H. arenicola (Cushman) (Cythereis arenicola Cush-

man, 1906, p. 379).

H. balatonica (Zalanyi) (Cythereis balaionica Za-

lanyi, 1913, p. 126).

H. borealis (Brady) (Cythere borealis Brady, 1868,

p. 31)-

H. brunnea (Brady) (Cythere brunnea Brady,

. 442.)

H. californiensis Le Roy, 1948, p. 366.

H. calijorniensis hispida Le Roy, 1948, p. 367.

H. cimbaeformis (Seguenza) (Cythere cimbaeformis

Seguenza, 1882, p. 22).

H. concinna (Jones) (Cythere concinna Jones, 1857,

p- 29).

H. confrayosa Edwards, 1944. p. 518.

H. conradi Howe and McGuirt, in Howe ef al.,

1985, p. 27.

H. convera (Baird) (Cythere convera Baird, 1850,

p. 174).

H. convera turgida (Zalanyi) (Cythere convera tur-

gida Zalanyi, 1913, p. 126).

H.. crenulaia (Sars) (Cythere crenulaia Sars, 1865,

p. 39).

H. emerginaia (Sars) (Cytherets emarginaia Sars,

1865, p. 38).

H. expunctaia (Zalanyi) (Cythereis exrpunciaia Za-

lanyi, 1913, p. 126).

H. finmarchica (Sars) (Cythereis finmarchica Sars,

1865, p. 41).

H. jollaensis LeRoy, 1943, p. 365.

H. kerquelensis (Brady) (Cythere kerquelensis

Brady, 1880, p-. 78)-

H. kniffent Howe and Law, 1936. p. 67.

H. kolesnikovi (Schneider) (Cythereis kolesnikovi

Schneider, 1939, p. 198)-.

H. laevicula Edwards, 1944, p. 518.

H. laiimarginaia (Speyer) (Cythere latimarginata

Speyer, 1863, p. 22).

1898,

H. latiorifiana (Lienenklaus) (Cytherets latiorifiana

Lienenklaus, 1900, p. 513)-.

H. limbata (Bosquet) (Cythere limbaia Bosquet,

1852, p- 78).

H. margariitfera (G. W. Miller) (Cytherets mar-

garttifera G. W. Miller, 1894, p. 368).

H. marginaia (Norman) (Cyihere marginata Nor-

man, 1862, p. 47).

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 6

H. mehesi (Zalanyi) (Cytherets mehest Zalanyi,

1913).

H. merita (Zalanyi) (Cythereis merita Zalanyi,

1913).

H. minuta Edwards, 1944, p. 519.

H. oblonga (Brady) (Cythere oblonga Brady, 1866,

p. 373, not Cythere oblonga McCoy, 1844) =

Cythereis (Auris) distingueda Neviani, 1928 (new

name for Cythere oblonga Brady, 1366).

H. palosensis LeRoy, 1943, p. 365.

H. perforata (Zalanyi) (Cythereis perforata Zalanyi,

1913, p. 141).

H. pulchella (Brady) (Cythere pulchella Brady, 1868,

p. 404).

H. punctistriata (Ulrich and Bassler) (Cythere

punctistriata Ulrich and Bassler, 1904, p. 108).

H. quadridentata (Baird) (Cythere quadridentata

Baird, 1850, p. 413).

H. saginaita Stephenson, 1944, p. 158.

H. sarmatica (Zalanyi) (Cytherets sarmatica Za- :

lanyi, 1913, p-. 127).

H. schreteri (Zalanyi) (Cytherets schretert Zalanyi, —

1913, p. 130). :

H. speyeri (Brady) (Cythere speyert Brady, 1868,

p. 222).

H. stolonifera (Brady) (Cythere stolonifera Brady,

1880, p. 89).

H. strandentia Tressler and Smith, 1948, p. 19.

H. subangusia (Zalanyi) (Cytherets subangusia Za-

lanyi, 1913).

H. symmeirica Van den Bold, 1946, p. 102.

H. iruitti Tressler and Smith, 1948, p. 18.

H. villosa (Sars) (Cythereis villosa Sars, 1865, p. 42).

The following species have been erroneously

assigned to Hemicythere:

H.. calhounensis Smith, 1941, p. 280.

H. dalli Howe and Brown, in Howe ef al., 1935,

p. 28. ;

H. dalli redbayensis Howe and Brown, in Howe

et al., 1935, p. 29.

H. sellardsi Howe and Neill, in Howe ef al._, 1935,

p. 29.

Hemicythere laevicula Edwards

PL. 1, Figs. 1,2

Hemicythere laevicula Edwards, 1944, p. 518, pl.

86, figs. 27-30.

This species was originally described irom the

Duplin marl of North Carolina. It is very close

to H. conradi but differs im its less strong orna-

mentation and somewhat elongate nature of the

carapace.

Dimensions oi the plesiotype no. 2468, a nght

valve: Length 0.625 mm; height 0.371 mm; plesi-

otype no. 2467, a left valve: Length 0.608 mm;

height 0.371 mm. Both the figured specimens

came from locality 42. This species also occurs

at Ecphora zone localities 39, 41, and 47 and

Arca zone locality 27 and questionably at lo-

cality 30.

PLATE 2.—Hemicythere and related genera. All figures X 67.5. Specimen numbers refer to the Henry

V. Howe type collection at the Louisiana State University. Figs. 1,2, Hemicythere conradi Howe and

MeGuirt, locality 43 (1, left valve view of a complete specimen, plesiotype no. 2478; 2, dorsal view of plesio-

type no. 2478); Figs. 3-5, Heterocythereis sp., locality 59 (3, left valve, plesiotype no. 2479; 4, dorsal view

of a complete carapace, plesiotype no. 2480; 5, right valve, plesiotype no. 2481); Fig. 6, Caudites sellardsi

(Howe and Neill) (left valve view of a complete specimen, plesiotype no. 2482, locality 24); Figs. 7, 8,

C. chipolensis Puri, n. sp., locality 6 (7, left valve, holotype no. 2488; 8, right valve, paratype no. 2484) ;

Figs. 9-11, Procythereis calhounensis (Smith), locality 1 (9, left valve, plesiotype no. 2485; 10, right valve,

plesiotype no. 2486; 11, right valve, plesiotype no. 2487).

176 JOURNAL OF THE

Hemicythere conradi Howe and MeGuirt

Pl 2 is 12

Hemicythere conradi Howe and McGuirt, in Howe

et al., 1935, p. 27, pl. 3, figs. 31-34, pl. 4, fig. 17;

Edwards, 1944, p. 518, pl. 86, figs. 17, 18.

Carapace small, subovate in side view. Dorsal

margin moderately arched, ventral margin

slightly concave near the middle. Anterior end

broadly rounded below, obliquely rounded dor-

sally; posterior end narrow and compressed. Both

anterior and posterior margins bear low rounded

rim. Surface of the carapace ornamented with

reticulate pattern of rounded ridges separating

elongate, rounded pits.

Dimensions of the plesiotype no. 2478, a com-

plete carapace from locality 43: Length 0.557

mm; height 0.405 mm.

This species was originally reported from beds

of Chipola to Choctawhatchee in age. It also

occurs at the Arca zone localities 24, 26, 27, 28,

29, and 30; Ecphora zone localities 37, 38, 39, 40, 42,

43, 44, 47, and Cancellaria zone localities 48, 49,

50, 53, 54, 55, 57, and 58.

Hemicythere confragosa Edwards

Pl. 1, Figs. 4-6

Hemicythere confragosa Edwards, 1944, p. 518,

pl. 86, figs. 23-26.

This species resembles H. conradi but could

easily be distinguished from it by its much

stronger ornamentation. It was originally de-

scribed from the Duplin marl of North Carolina

but aiso occurs at Florida localities 39, 41, 42,

and 47.

Dimensions of plesiotype no. 2470, a complete

specimen: Length 0.540 mm; height 0.338 mm;

plesiotype no. 2471, a complete carapace: Length

0.608 mm; height 0.371 mm; plesiotype no.

2472, a left valve: Length 0.591 mm; height

0.354 mm. The figured specimens came from

Ecphora zone localities 42 and 43.

Hemicythere amygdala Stephenson

PIL dt, Pigs

Hemicythere amygdala Stephenson, 1944, p. 158,

pl. 28, figs. 8, 9.

This species is very similar to H. conradi from

which it differs in its more ovate form in side

view, more closely spaced pitting pattern and

more obscure cardinal angles. This species was

originally described from the Marginulina-Hetero-

stegina-Discorbis zones of Texas.

Dimensions of the plesiotype no. 2469, a com-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 6

plete specimen from locality 1: Length 0.591

mm; height 0.371 mm. This species also occurs

at the Chipola localities 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, and

13; Oak Grove localities 15 and 16; and Shoal

River locality 17.

Hemicythere howei Puri, n. sp.

Pl. 1, Figs. 7-9

Carapace small, thickest near the middle, in

side view subovate. Dorsal margin straight, ven-

tral margin slightly convex near the middle.

Anterior end broadly rounded, posterior end

sharply triangular. Surface of the carapace finely

reticulate. There is a thickened marginal rim

present which is generally more pronounced at

the ventral margin. Hinge normal for the genus.

Dimensions of holotype no. 2473, a complete

carapace: Length 0.507 mm; height 0.304 mm;

paratype no. 2474, a complete carapace: Length

0.490 mm; height 0.304 mm. The figured speci-

mens came from the Arca zone locality 27 and

Ecphora zone locality 43.

This species is close to H. conradi, but it can

easily be distinguished from it by its marginal

thickened rim, finely reticulate ornamentation,

and angular shape.

Genus Caudites Coryell and Fields

Caudites Coryell and Fields, 1937, p. 10; Van den

Bold, 1946, p. 31.

Genotype: Caudites medialis Coryell and Fields,

1937, p. 11. Miocene, Gatun formation, Panama.

Carapace small, thick-shelled, elongate, sub-

triangular. The anterior with a thickened rim

and with additional longitudinal and dorsal

ridges. Surface largely smooth. Anterior end

broadly rounded; posterior rather drawn out.

The valves decidedly compressed. Hinge similar

to Hemicythere.

Range: Eocene to Recent.

Caudites sellardsi (Howe and Neill)

Pl. 2, Fig. 6

Hemicythere sellardsi Howe and Neill, in Howe et

al., 1935, pp. 29, 30, pl. 2, figs. 6, 10.

This species was based on a single complete

carapace from the Choctawhatchee locality 34.

It is an excellent marker of the Arca zone and

has also been found at localities 23, 24, 25, 28,

and 30.

Dimensions of the plesiotype no. 2482, a com-

plete carapace from locality 24: Length 0.557

mm; height 0.287 mm.

JUNE 1953

Caudites chipolensis Puri, n. sp.

Pl. 2, Figs. 7, 8

Carapace small, compressed subtriangular in

outline. Anterior end broadly rounded, posterior

~ end much narrower; dorsal and ventral margins

sinuous and converging towards the posterior.

Three prominent transverse raised ribs emerge

at the posterior rostrum and continue for three-

fourths of the distance toward the anterior end

before they merge with the anterior slope. There

is usually a thickened rim around the margins.

A number of short, transverse ribs produce sub-

reticulate effect.

Dimension of holotype no. 2483, a left valve:

Length 0.591 mm; height 0.287 mm; paratype

no. 2484, a right valve: Length 0.625 mm; height

0.304 mm. Both the figured specimens came from

Chipola locality 6. It also occurs at Chipola

localities 4 and 12 and is an excellent marker

for the Chipola formation.

C. chipolensis resembles C. sellardsi but could

easily be identified from it by three transverse

ribs, more pronounced subreticulate pattern of

ornamentation, and slightly larger carapace.

Genus Procythereis Skosberg

Cythereis (Procythereis) Skosberg, 1928, p. 17.

Genotype (by original designation): Cythereis

(Procythereis) torquata Skosberg, 1928, p. 19.

Recent, Tierra del Fuego.

Shell a Hemicythere with a nearly straight

dorsal margin which nearly parallels the sinuous

ventral margin. Anterior end obliquely rounded;

posterior angular below and above, truncated

just below middle. Surface pitted to almost

reticulate, with a strong alate ridge near the

ventral margin which bears a row of oblique

excavations on its upper side. Hinge similar to

Hemicythere.

On the basis of soft parts, Skosberg subdivided

Procythereis into two groups: Torquata and Ra-

diata.

Range: Miocene to Recent.

Procythereis calhounensis (Smith)

Pl. 2, Figs. 9-11

Hemicythere calhounensis Smith, 1941, pp. 280,

eetepls lt: fig. 7; pl.-2, fig. 11.

Carapaece subquadrate, stout, and fat. Inflated

ventrally with an ala. Dorsal margin slightly

convex, ventral margin slightly sinuous; both

margins converging posteriorly. Anterior end

broadly rounded, somewhat produced ventrally,

PURI: OSTRACODE GENUS HEMICYTHERE AND ITS ALLIES

posterior narrow. Surface of the carapace reticu-

late, the pits being arranged in a linear series in

curved rows. Hinge similar to Hemicythere.

Dimensions of plesiotype no. 2485, a left valve:

Length 0.695 mm; height 0.371 mm; plesiotype

no. 2486, a right valve: Length 0.608 mm; height

0.371 mm; plesiotype no. 2487, a right valve:

Length 0.608 mm; height 0.354 mm. All figured

specimens came from Chipola locality 1.

This species was originally described from the

Chipola locality 12. It is an excellent Chipola

marker and occurs at localities 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,

4; 9, 1018, and-13:

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Barrp, WiiuiaM. The natural history of the British

Entomostraca. Ray Soc., London 18: i—viii,

1-364, pls. 1-86 (Ostracoda, pp. 138-182, pls.

18-23). 1850.

BuakE, C. H. Ostracoda, in Biological Survey of

Mount Desert Region. Pt. 5: 229-241, fig.

40. 1933.

Brapy, G. 8S. On new or imperfectly known species

of marine Ostracoda (1865). Trans. Zool. Soe.

London 5: 359-393, pls. 57-62. 1866.

. A monograph of the Recent British Ostra-

coda. Trans. Linnean Soc. London 26: 353-495,

pls. 23-41. 1868.

. Marine Ostracoda from the Mauritius. Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 2: 220-225, pls. 14, 15. 1868.

. Ostracoda from the Arctic and Scandinavian

seas. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 2: 30-35, pls. 4,

5. 1868.

. Les fonds de la mer 1: 54-163, pls. 4-19.

1869.

. Report on the scientific results of the voyage

of H. M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-

1876, Zoology 1 (8): Ostracoda, 184 pp., 44 pls.

1880.

. On new or imperfectly-known Ostracoda,

chiefly from New Zealand. Trans. Zool. Soc.

London 14: 429-452, pls. 43-47 . 1898.

. On new or imperfectly known Ostracoda,

chiefly from a collection in the Zoological Mu-

seum, Copenhagen. Trans. Zool. Soc. London

16 (4) : 179-210, pls. 21-25. 1902.

CoryYELL, H. N., and FIELDs, SUZANNE. A Gatun

ostracode fauna from Cativa, Panama. Amer.

Mus. Nov. 956: 18 pp., 2 pls. 1937.

CusHMAN, J. A. Marine Ostracoda of Vineyard

Sound and adjacent waters. Proc. Boston Soe.

Nat. Hist. 32 (10): 359-385, pls. 27-38. 1906.

Epwarps, Ricuarp A. Ostracoda from the Duplin

marl (upper Miocene) of North Carolina. Journ.

Pal. 18 (6): 505-528, pls. 85-88. 1944.

Exorson, Ouor. Zur Kenntnis der marinen Ostraco-

den Schwedens mit besonderer Berticksichtigung

des Skageraks. Zool. Bidrag. 19: 217-518, 42

figs. 1941.

Howe, H. V. New Tertiary ostracode fauna from

Levy County, Florida. Florida Geol. Surv. Bull.

34, pt. 1: 1-32, 5 pls. 1951.

178 JOURNAL OF THE

Howe, H. V., and CuamsBers, Jack. Louisiana

Jackson Eocene Ostracoda. Louisiana Geol.

Surv. Bull. 5: 1-65, 6 pls. 1935.

Howe, H. V., et al. Ostracoda of the Arca zone of

the Choctawhatchee Miocene of Florida. Florida

Geol. Surv. Bull. 13: 1-37, 4 pls. 1935.

Jonges, T. Rupert. A monograph of the Tertiary

Entomostraca of England. Palaeontogr. Soe.

London 9 (2): 68 pp., 6 pls. 1856 [1857].

Kure, W. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Ostracoden der

sudlichen und westlichen Ostsee, der festlan-

dischen Nordseekueste und der Insel Helgoland.

Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. Leipzig 134: 270-306.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

1929.

VOL. 43, NO. 6

LeRoy, L. W. Pleistocene and Pliocene Ostracoda of

the coastal region of southern California. Journ.

Pal. 17: 354-373, pls. 58-62. 1943.

LIENENKLAUS, E. Die Ostracoden des mitteleren

Nord-deutschlands. Deutsch. geol. Ges. 52:

497-550, pl. 19-22, 10 figs. 1900.

Miuuuer, G. W. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von

Neapal. Zool. Station Naples Mon. 21: vili-—

404, 40 pls. 1894.

Namias, I. Ostracodi fossili della Farnesina e M.

Mario. Paleontologr. Italica 6: 83-112, pls.

14-15. 1900.

NEVIANI, A. Ostracodi fossili d’ Italia. I, Valle-

biaja (Calabriano). Mem. Pont. Ace. Nuovi

Lincei ser. 2,11: 1-118, pls. 1-2. 1928.

RANGE OF HEMICYTHERE IN AMERICA

FORMATIONS

Eocene Oligocene Miocene Recent

SPECIES OF Migr

EES LIC SIUEE BES Avon nulina-

V - Yr 5 - |

stone Discor-

bi» z.

arenicola SEXe

concinna een

crenulata IXGKIK

strandentia XOKK

truitti KuKoK

confragosa EXOKON

laevicula EXON

minuta XGXEX!

howei XXX XxX

punctistriata SXOXOKE

conradi EXOXONE | XGXENG | PXENOXE | XOKOXG | EXONONE xXxxX

antillea xXxX

amygdala XXX

saginata XXX

kniffeni XxX

limbata xXxxX

symmetrica xXxXxX

aleatoria XXX

bellula XXX

cribraria xXxXX |

lemniseata XXX

lienosa xXXX

phrygionia XxX

mota XXX |

RANGE OF CAUDITES IN AMERICA

(Species listed under the generic name under which they were originally described)

FORMATIONS

Species Lower Chipola Arca zone Gatun Pleistocene, Recent

Eocene, Miocene, Miocene, | Miocene, Southern Banana

Guatemala Florida Florida Panama California

Cythere rectangularis Brady, 1869, p. 153.... XxX

Caudites fragilis LeRoy, 1943, p. 372........ xexexe

Caudites medialis Coryell and Fields, 1937,

De ld sikbmee eo er ee ee ree ae eee | XXX

Hemicythere sellardsi Howe and Neill, in

BONE Gs Cllos WORE, toe PO 56 cas cowssssoesse- | XOXO

Caudites chipolensis Puri, n. sp............. | xXxXX

Caudites nipeensis Van den Bold, 1946, :

DiS in ee Ey Otro Ne cree XXX

JUNE 1953

Norman, A. M. On species of Ostracoda new to

Great Britain. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) 9:

43-47. 1862.

Sars, G. O. Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder.

Forh. Vid. Christiania. 1865: 1-130. 1856.

. An account of the Crustacea of Norway:

Ostracoda. 9 (pts. 5-12) : 73-208, 64 pls. 1925.

ScHNEIDER, G. Miocene Ostracoda of the Crimea-

Caucasian region. Problems of Paleontology

5: Moscow Univ. Publ.: 177-202 (Russian),

203-208 (English summary), 4 pls. 1939.

SeGcuEenza, G. Il quaternario di Rizzolo II: Gli

Ostracodi. con I tavola. Passim ne: I] Natura-

lista Siciliano, anni IJ-\V. 1882-1886.

SKOGSBERG, TAGE. Studies on marine Ostracoda,

Part II. Oce. Pap. California Acad. Sci. 15:

1-154, 6 pls., 23 figs. 1928.

Smitu, R. HenDEx. Micropaleontology and stratig-

raphy of a deep well at Niceville, Okaloosa

County, Florida. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petr.

Geol. 25: 263-286, 2 pls., 3 figs. 1941.

SpeYeER, O. Die Ostracoden der Casseler Tertiar-

bildungen. Cassele, 1863.

STEPHENSON, Morton B. New Ostracoda from sub-

surface Middle Tertiary strata of Texas. Journ.

Pal. 18: 156-161, pl. 28. 1944.

SYLVESTER-BRADLEY, P. C. The ostracode genus

SOHNS: FLORAL MORPHOLOGY OF IXOPHORUS UNISETUS

179

Cythereis. Journ. Pal. 22: 792-797, pl. 122,

1 fig. 1948.

TRESSLER, WILLIS L. Geology and biology of North

Atlantic deep-sea cores between Newfoundland

and Ireland, Part 4, Ostracoda. U. 8S. Geol.

Surv. Prof. Pap. 196-C: i-xvili, 96-104, pl. 19.

1941.

TRESSLER, Wiuuis L., and Smitu, Essrz M. An

ecological study of seasonal distribution of Ostra-

coda, Solomons Island, Maryland region. Chesa-

peake Biol. Lab. Publ. 71: 61 pp., 4 pls. 1948.

TRIEBEL, Eritcu. Die Ostracoden der deutschen

Kreide. 3: Cytherideinae und Cytherinae aus

der Unteren Kreide. Senckenbergiana 22: 160-

227, 10 pls. 1940.

. Homéomorphe Ostracoden-Gattungen.

Senckenbergiana 31: 313-330, 4 pls. 1950.

Uxtricu, E. O., and Bassier, R. 8. Systematic

paleontology of the Miocene deposits of Mary-

land, Ostracoda: 98-130, pls. 35-38. 1904.

VAN DEN Boutp, WiLLEM A. Contribution to the

study of Ostracoda with special reference to the

Tertiary and Cretaceous microfauna of the Car-

ribbean region: 167 pp., 18 pls. Amsterdam.

1946.

ZALANYI, Beua. 1913, Miocdne Ostrakoden aus

Ungarn. Mitt. Jahrb. Ung. Geol. Reichstanst.

21 (4) : 85-152, pls. 5-9. 1913.

BOTANY —Ffloral morphology of Ixophorus unisetus (Presl) Schlecht. ERNEST R.

Souns,! U. 8. National Museum. (Communicated by Agnes Chase.)

Ixophorus, a monotypic genus in the

tribe Paniceae (Gramineae), is placed among

those grasses regarded as highly specialized.

The spikelets are 2-flowered; the lower

floret is staminate and the upper floret is

perfect (but the rudimentary stamens of this

floret are nonfunctional). This grass is re-

lated to Setaria, Setariopsis, Chamaeraphis,

Paratheria, Pennisetum, the section Pauro-

chaetium of Panicum and other genera havy-

ing their spikelets surrounded and/or sub-

tended by sterile branches. The spikelet

(or spikelets), with surrounding or subtend-

ing bristle (or bristles), constitutes the

fascicle.

The taxonomic position of this grass has

been in doubt. The genus has been confused

with other panicoid genera. The purpose of

this paper is to clarify the morphology of the

fascicle of this interesting species.

1 Part of a thesis, ‘“The Floral Morphology of

Cenchrus, Pennisetum, Setaria and Ixophorus,”’

submitted to the faculty of the Graduate School

of Indiana University in partial fulfillment of the

requirements for the degree doctor of philosophy.

The writer is grateful to Dr. Paul Weatherwax

for suggesting the problem and for helpful sugges-

tions throughout the investigation.

Historical.—The species was first described by

J.S. Pres] (1830) as Urochloa uniseta, based on a

specimen collected by Thaddaeus Haenke in

Mexico. Schlechtendal (1861-1862), apparently

having access only to Presl’s description and to a

drawing of a species of Urochloa from the Isle de

France (pl. 11, f. 1, in the Atlas of Beauvois, Ess.

Agrost. 1812) established the genus /zxophorus.

He was not certain whether to assign the plant

to a genus or to a section of Panicum, viz.,

‘““. .so bilde ich aus diesen Pflanzen eine eigene

Abtheilung, welche man Gattung oder Panicum-

Section nach Belieben nennen mag, und bezeichne

sie mit einem eigenen Namen: J/zophorus.”

Nevertheless, Schlechtendal properly described

the genus (p. 420-421) and the combination was

made in the index (p. 747). The resemblance of

this species to Panicum led Trinius (1834) to

transfer Presl’s species to Panicum. Fournier

(1886) transferred the species to Sefaria. Vasey

(1893), in naming grasses collected by Palmer in

Sonora and Colima, Mexico, described Presl’s

species under Panicum (P. pringler). Setarta is a

name which was first applied to a genus of

lichens by Acharius and later to a genus of grasses

by Beauvois (Hitchcock, 1925). Beauvois’ name

has been conserved, but the homonym caused

180 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 6

-----NOS

bdl

Fie. 1-12.—Diagrammatic transsections of the rachis and fascicle of Jxophorus unisetus. an—anther;

fa—fascicle; fi—filament; 1 gl—first glume; 2 gl—second glume; gyn—gynoecium; 1 le—lemma of the

lower floret; 2 le—lemma of the upper floret; lod—lodicule; pa—palea; ra—rachis; rae—rachilla; spk—

spikelet; sti—stigma; vas bdl—vascular bundle; vas ple—vascular plexus. All figures approximately —

X 25.

JUNE 1953

much trouble before it was included in Nomina

Generica Conservanda. Nash (1895), seeking a

valid name for Setaria, concluded that Ixophorus

was the earliest valid name and transferred the

species of Setaria to Ixophorus. Beal (1896) mis-

applied the name of the Australian genus, Cha-

maeraphis, to Setaria and Ixophorus. See Pilger

(1928) for a history and discussion of the genus

Chamaeraphis. Hitchcock (1936) stated that Cha-

maeraphis is “‘an Old World genus in which the ar-

ticulation is below the spikelet-bearing branches,

as in Pennisetum.’ F. Lamson-Scribner (1897)

used the generic name Jzophorus and proposed

a new species and a variety (both since relegated

to synonomy under J. wnisetus). The history of

the genus and its synonomy was published by

Hitchcock (1919).

Distribution and economic importance.—

Izxophorus unisetus was first found in Mexico

(Hitchcock, 1919). Its present distribution,

based on specimens in the U. 8. National Her-

barium, includes Mexico, El Salvador, Guate-

mala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica;

Cuba; Colombia, Venezuela, and Brazil. The

grass is cultivated in all these countries and has

been grown in Experiment Stations in the United

States and Hawaii. It is reported to be a good,

palatable, annual forage grass. This species is

known under a dozen or more vernacular names,

e. g., Copo sojo, Honduras grass, Mesmete,

Molino grass, Pasto Atico, Pasto blanco, Pin-

diniqua, Pitillo, Zacate blanco, Zacate dulce,

Zacate conejo, Zacate de Honduras and Tonciro.

Material and method—Material was collected

at Quirigua, Guatemala, and provided by Dr.

Paul Weatherwax. Fascicles were processed ac-

cording to standard methods in microtechnique.

All drawings were made with the aid of a camera

lucida. Figs. 1-12 are diagrammatic drawings

made from serial sections of a portion of an

inflorescence.

Observations —A diagrammatic transsection of

the rachis (ra) is shown in Fig. 1. The vascular

supply of the fascicle (fa) is indicated by the

dotted area in the lower left of the figure, while

the irregular circular areas represent vascular

bundles (vas bdl) of the rachis. A transsection of

the rachis shows a well-defined, cutinized epi-

dermis and a central parenchyma area having

small vascular bundles near the periphery and

two to four larger, centrally located, vascular

bundles. In fig. 2 the vascular‘mass of the fascicle

is divided into two unequal areas, the smaller of

which (indicated by an arrow) is the vascular

SOHNS: FLORAL MORPHOLOGY

OF IXOPHORUS UNISETUS 181

supply of the bristle and the larger is the vascular

supply of the spikelet. Fig. 3 shows the relation-

ship of the fascicle axis (fa) to the rachis (ra). The

relationship of the fascicle axis (fa), spikelet (spk)

and rachis (ra) is shown in Fig. 4. At the level of

Fig. 5, the first glume (/ gl) is shown. The

stippled area in the base of the spikelet represents

the main vascular plexus (vas ple) of the spikelet.

In Fig. 6, the first glume (1 gl), the second glume

(2 gl), and the lemma of the lower floret (/ le) are

shown. The organization of the lower floret is

diagrammed in Fig. 7. The palea (pa) is strongly

2-keeled and each keel has a pronounced wing at

maturity. The pistil does not develop and its

vascular trace terminates blindly. The bases of

the filaments (fi) are multicellular and thick.

The three anthers (an) are indicated by outline.

The lower floret has two lodicules (lod), which

are large and well-developed, and the position

of each is indicated by a dotted outline. The

rachilla segment (rac) below the upper floret is

shown at two successively higher levels in Figs.

7 and 8. The organization of the fascicle above the

level shown in Fig. 8 could not be followed be-

cause shattering ruined subsequent serial sec-

ures approximately X 7.

182 JOURNAL OF THE

tions. Another portion of the same inflorescence

was selected to show the organization of the

upper floret. The first of these diagrams is that

of Fig. 9 showing the lemma (2 le). In Fig. 10,

the upper floret is shown with two lodicules (lod),

three filaments (fi) [shown as black dots], and a

eynoecium (gyn). The palea (pa) of the upper

floret is keeled, but the keels are not as prominent

as those of the palea of the lower floret. At the

levels in Figs. 11 and 12, the anthers (an) of the

lower floret, and the stigmas (stv) of the upper

floret are shown.

Examination of the material in the U. S.

National Herbarium revealed no lower florets

(Fig. 13) with pistils, but an upper floret (Fig. 14)

occasionally has nonfunctional stamens. The

anthers of the upper floret are small, empty, sac-

like structures. In Fig. 14, one anther is missing

as well as one branch of the stigma.

F. Lamson-Scribner (1897) used the character

of smooth bristles as one criterion for separating

Ixophorus from Panicum. Forty-one percent of

the material in the U.S. National Herbarium has

antrorsely scabrous bristles. These bristles vary

from scabrous at the base to half their length.

The remainder (59 percent) of the material has

viscid, smooth bristles. Smooth bristles have a

heavy cuticle. The axis of the inflorescence varies

from scabrous to pilose-pubescent. The individual

plants range from 10 cm to 1 meter in height.

These characters, whether taken separately or

collectively, are of insufficient magnitude to war-

rant segregation of another species or a variety in

this genus.

Discussion.—The fascicle of Ixophorus unisetus

consists of a 2-flowered spikelet with a single

bristle prolonged behind it. The bristle is inter-

preted as a continuation of the axis of the fascicle.

The spikelet has two distinctly different florets.

The lower is larger, membranous, staminate and

the upper is smaller, indurated, and functionally

pistillate. In addition, each floret has two well-

developed lodicules. The paleas of both florets

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 6

are winged at maturity. The very small non-

functional stamens of the upper floret, the

presence of lodicules in both florets, and the

wings on the paleas are types of specialization not

common to most panicoid grasses.

Summary.—The taxonomic history and the

morphology of the fascicle of the monotypic

genus Ixophorus are presented in this paper. A

morphological study of the fascicle indicates that

this genus is separate and distinct in the Paniceae

and has specializations not common to most

panicoid grasses.

LITERATURE CITED

Brea, W.J. Grasses of North America 2: 150-159.

New York, 1896.

FournigER, EK. Mezicanas plantas; pt. 2:43. Ex

Typographeo Republicae, Parisiis, 1886.

Hircucock, A. 8. History of the Mexican grass,

Isophorus unisetus. Journ. Washington Acad.

Sei. 9: 546-551. 1919.

Descriptive systematic botany: 125. New

York, 1925.

The genera of grasses of the United States,

with special reference to the economic species.

(Revised by Agnes Chase). U.S. Dept. Agr.

Techn. Bull. 772: 251. 1986.

PreEsL, J. S. Reliquiae Haenkeanae: 319. Prag,

1830.

LAMSON-SCRIBNER, F. Studies on American

grasses. I.The genus Ixophorus. U.S. Dept.

Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. 4: 5-7, pls. 1-2. 1897.

Naso, G.V. New or noteworthy American grasses.

—I. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 22: 419-424.

1895.

Pinter, R. Ueber Chamaeraphis R.Br. Notizbl.

Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 10: 207-210. 1928.

SCHLECHTENDAL, D. F. L. von. Ueber Setaria

P.B. Uinnaea 31: 420-421, 747. 1861-1862.

Souns, E. R. Floral morphology of Cenchrus,

Pennisetum, Setaria and Ixophorus. Thesis

(Ph.D.), Indiana University, 1949.

Trinius, C.B. Panicearum Genera. Mém. Acad.

St. Pétersbourg VI.. Scr. Nat. B22072 iss2.

VasEy, GEorRGE. Gramineae. In J. N. Rose’s

‘‘Report on a Collection of Plants Made in the

States of Sonora and Colima, Mexico, by

Edward Palmer, in the years 1890-1891.”

Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb: f23baanelsoor

ENTOMOLOGY .—A new species of Climacia from California (Sisyridae, Neurop-

tera). HARRY P. CHANDLER, California Department of Fish and Game, Red

Bluff Calif. (Communicated by Ashley B. Gurney.)

The Sisyridae are small Neuroptera which

are parasites in their larval stage on fresh-

water sponges. Though widely distributed

in North America, especially in the eastern

half of the United States, they are frequently

localized and are poorly known even to most

entomologists. The species here described

constitutes the only record of the family

Sisyridae from California that is known to

the author, and this is the first time the

genus Climacia has been recorded west. of

the Rocky Mountains.

JUNE 1953

Climacia californica, n. sp.

Holotype (male): Head, antennae, and palpi

dark brown with margins of face paler; thorax

dark brown with medial portion paler; legs light

yellow; abdomen dark brown. Ultimate segment

of maxillary palpi (Fig. 1, A) slightly swollen,

widest near middle, outer side straight, inner

side uniformly tapering to lanceolate point. Fore-

wing; length 4 mm, width 1.8 mm, membrane

clear with brown markings, much as in C. areolaris

but less intense; wing bristles more pronounced;

a brown patch extending from base of wing

between Se and MA to proximal third of wing,

then faintly to posterior margin and back through

anal region to base of wing; another triangular

patch extending from two costal veinlets on each

side of base of pterostigma to about middle of

wing; pterostigma hyaline; tip of wing with

light brown colored area extending from outer

fourth of pterostigma which is darker, in an

oblique concave arc to posterior margin at basal

two-fifths, the posterior marginal area faintly

broken into two spots by pale areas near end of

CHANDLER: NEW SPECIES OF CLIMACIA

183

Cul and MP2. Cell R1 between second and third

cross vein not more than twice as long as wide,

third cross vein proximal to junction of R1 with

pterostigma; second cross vein between R4-5

and MA distal to fork in MA; third apparent

cross vein between MA and MP1-2 proximal to

forking of the latter; MP1-2 with third fork

vein originating nearer fourth than second. Hind-

wings; length 3.5 mm, width 1.2 mm; color

pattern about as in front wings but much fainter

except in area of pterostigma. Abdomen; (Fig.

1, D), tenth tergite forming a band of nearly

uniform width which, when viewed posteriorly,

resembles an inverted V with apex slightly

rounded, narrowly divided dorsally, lower mar-

gins slightly produced posteroventrally; tenth

sternite joined at a sharp angle to inner edge of

posterior margin of tenth tergite, the upper

third at right angles to tergite, twisting anteriorly

below so that lower third, which is about twice

as wide, joins the tergite at a 45° angle; covered

with coarse papillae, each bearing a_ bristle;

ninth sternite without projecting processes.

Fig. 1.—Climacia california, n. sp.: A, maxillae; B, wings; C, female genitalia; D, male genitalia.

184

Allotype (female): Forewing 5.2 by 1.7 mm;

hind wing 4.5 by 1.7 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 1, C),

ninth tergite with dorsal margin depressed to

middle; ninth sternite parallel sided to upper

third, than narrowed and bent posteriorly; tenth

tergite horseshoe-shaped, posterior margin

rounded and covered with bristles so that in

lateral view it looks like a bristly pad.

Holotype (male): Clear Lake, Lake County,

Calif., May 19, 1949, elevation 1,318 feet, H.

P. Chandler. Allotype, same collection data.

Paratypes, same collection data, 27 mounted

specimens (16 males and 11 females) plus several

in alcohol. Holotype, allotype, and three para-

types will be placed in the collection of the

California Academy of Sciences, and two para-

types each in the U. 8S. National Museum, the

Museum of Comparative Zoology, the Harley

P. Brown collection, and the ecllection of the

California Insect Survey.

The males are smaller than the females, head

and body often with more yellow, the wings tend

to be less densely colored and with colored area

more restricted as in typical C. areolaris. This

species may be separated from C. areolaris as

redescribed and figured by Carpenter (pp. 255-

256) and as figured by Brown (pp. 152-153) by

the location of the cross veins mentioned in the

description above, especially the third cross vein

in cell R, and the third in cell MA (fig. 1, B, z, y);

the parallel-sided ninth sternite; and the absence

of a notch on the dorsal margin of the ninth

tergite in the female; the sharp edged and con-

cave posterior face of the male genitalia formed

by the tenth sternites. The first branch of MP1-2

is never angular at its base, resembling a cross

vein. The eyes are noticeably smaller and the

antennae less robust than in the specimen figured

by Brown. The number of branches of Cu reach-

ing the margin was variable; 80 percent of the

males had four and 82 percent of the females had

five; none had more than five, and two males

had only three.

The third instar larva resembles the larva

figured by Brown (p. 146). The following ex-

ceptions are noted: The antennae have 14 seg-

ments instead of 16, the third of which is three

times as long as any other segment instead of

two times. The posterior bristles on the abdomen

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 6

extend the width of four segments past the tip

of the abdomen instead of being about even with

the tip. The ‘‘neck” area is more pronounced

and the pronotum more elongate.

The existence of this species was first suspected

by the author while sorting Trichoptera in the

California Academy of Sciences. A specimen

damaged by dermestids with only the thorax and

wings remaining was found among the Trichop-

tera. It had been taken in a light trap at Clear

Lake. Several trips were made to Clear Lake to

find more specimens during 1946 and 1947. A

number of larvae were taken on fresh-water

sponges at Rocky Point, but no adults were ever

taken. In 1949 between May 16 and 19 the

author made a survey of the insect fauna of this

lake for the California Department of Fish and

Game for the purpose of learning something

about the existing fauna before this 43,000 acre

lake was treated with TDE under the direction

of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant

Quarantine to eliminate the Clear Lake gnat

(Chaoborus astictopus D. & 8.). On the fourth

and last day of this survey a determined effort

was made to locate adults of this species. The

site selected was near Jago’s resort at the south

end of the lake where the waves from the pre-

vailing wind beat against the boulders on a

rocky point. The author rowed across Jago Bay

to the point. The first swing of the net in the

bushes above the rocks produced an adult speci-

men. Pupae and parasites were taken in pro-

tected areas on the rocks above water and larvae

from sponges on the rocks below the water

surface. The author has not visited this site

since the lake was treated with TDE, but larvae

have been taken from sponges at Rocky Point

since then. Apparently the species was not de-

stroyed.

REFERENCES CITED

Brown, Haruey P. The life history of Climacia

areolaris (Hagen), a neuropterous parasite of

fresh water sponges. Amer. Midl. Nat. 47

(1): 130-160, 16 figs. 1952.

CARPENTER, F. M. A revision of the Nearctic

Hemerobiidae. Berothidae, Sisyridae, Polysto-

echotidae, and Dilaridae. Proc. Amer. Acad.

Arts and Sci. 74 (7): 193-280, 75 figs., 3 pls.

1940.

JUNE 1953

WHEELER AND WHEELER: LARVAE OF MYRMICINE TRIBES

185

ENTOMOLOGY The ant larvae of the myrmicine tribes Melissotarsini, Metapo-

nini, Myrmicaruni, and Cardiocondylini.! GEORGE C. WHEELER and JEANETTE

WHEELER, University of North Dakota. (Communicated by C. F. W. Muese-

beck.)

The four small tribes treated herein have

little in common except that they are all in

the formicid subfamily Myrmicinae; that

they are all aberrant and highly specialized;

and that their affinities are most obscure.

Tribe MELISSOTARSINI Emery

This highly aberrant tribe comprises only six

species in two genera—Melissotarsus from Africa

and Madagascar and the Indomalayan Rhopalo-

mastix. Emery (1921/22, p. 8) regarded them as

very primitive but very profoundly adapted to

particular conditions of existence. According to

Wheeler (1929, Psyche 36: 100) they are prob-

ably the last survivors of some very ancient

myrmicine stock. y

We find the larva of Rhopalomastix to be quite

aberrant among the Myrmicinae but not notably

specialized.

Genus Rhopalomastix Forel

Moderately slender. Diameter nearly uniform

throughout, slightly constricted between the first

and second abdominal somites. Slightly curved

- ventrally; dorsal profile evenly convex; ventral

profile angulate between the first and second

abdominal somites, otherwise nearly straight.

Anterior end broadly rounded. Posterior end with

a conspicuous dorsal knob projecting posteriorly.

Spiracles minute and uniform. Head protruding

from the ventral surface near the anterior end.

Body hairs of three types: (1) Generally distribu-

ted, short, slightly curved, with short-branched

tip; (2) very long, flexible, with short-bifid tip,

restricted to the lateral surfaces, most numerous

on prothorax, diminishing posteriorly; (3) a few

minute simple spikes on the ninth and tenth

abdominal somites. Cranium quadrate, with the

corners rounded; front bulging enormously. An-

tennae with two sensilla each. Anterior surface of

labrum with 10—12 hairs which are as large as

those on the head; posterior surface with only a

few spinules. Mandibles feebly sclerotized, except

the teeth which are heavily sclerotized; proximal

medial tooth very stout; no spinules. Maxillae

1The research on which this article is based

was aided by a grant-in-aid from the Sigma Xi-

Resa Research Fund.

with the apex short-subconical and directed me-

dially; palp a small low elevation bearing three

sensilla; galea consisting of two small contiguous

cones, each bearing an apical sensillum. Labium

small and hairy. No spinules on the hypopharynx.

Rhopalomastix rothneyi Forel

Figs. 13-20

Moderately slender. Diameter nearly uniform

throughout, greatest at the fifth abdominal so-

mite, slightly constricted between the first and

second abdominal somites. Slightly curved ven-

trally; dorsal profile evenly convex; ventral profile

angulate between the first and second abdominal

somites, otherwise nearly straight. Anterior end

broadly rounded. Posterior end with a conspicu-

ous dorsal knob projecting posteriorly; anus pos-

terior, immediately beneath the knob. Ventral

surface slightly flattened (but still convex), bor-

dered on each side by a lateral longitudinal welt.

Head protruding from the ventral surface near

the anterior end. Anterior end formed from the

dorsal surface of the prothorax. Leg vestiges

present. Spiracles minute. Body hairs moderately

numerous. Of three types: (1) Generally distribu-

ted, short (0.036—0.072 mm), slightly curved,

with a short-branched tip; (2) very long (0.14—

0.31 mm), flexible, with short-bifid tip, restricted

to the lateral surfaces, most numerous on the

prothorax, diminishing posteriorly; (3) a few

minute (0.001—0.002 mm) simple spikes on the

ninth and tenth abdominal somites. Integument

of ventral surface of thorax sparsely spinulose,

the spinules rather coarse and usually isolated.

Cranium quadrate, a trifle broader than long,

the corners rounded; front bulging enormously.

Head hairs rather numerous, short (0.018—0.036

mm), stout, with frayed tip. Antennae each with

two sensilla, each of which bears a_ spinule.

Labrum small, short, subrectangular, slightly

narrowed ventrally; anterior surface with 10-12

hairs which are similar to and as large as head

hairs; ventral border with six sensilla and a few

isolated spinules; posterior surface with a few

spinules and sensilla near the ventral border.

Mandibles rather stout; teeth heavily sclerotized,

otherwise feebly sclerotized; apex curved medially

and forming a slender sharp-pointed tooth; first

medial tooth similar to apical, proximal very

1S6 JOURNAL OF THE

stout; all teeth near the anterior surface and all

pointed medially. Maxillae swollen; apex short-

subconical and directed medially; spinulose, the

spinules minute, stout and isolated; palp a small

low elevation with three sensilla, two of which

bear each a spinule, the third a conical cap; galea

consisting of two small contiguous cones, each

hearing an apical sensillum with its spinule.

Labium small and hairy; palp small, with three

spinule-bearing sensilla, two of which are mounted

on subcones; opening of sericteries a very short

transverse slit dorsal to the palps. (Material

studied: 20 larvae from Singapore.)

Tribe METAPONINI Forel

Genus Metapone Forel

When Forel established this genus in 1911 he

placed it provisionally in the Ponerinae in a

special section which he called Promyrmicinae.

“A year later, Emery examined M. greeni and

its larva more critically and found that alcoholic

specimens of the latter when properly softened

and expanded had the usual shape of body, head

and mouthparts of the Myrmicine larva and were

furnished with long, serially arranged, hooked,

dorsal hairs unlike any known Ponerine larvae,

but like many larval Myrmicinae” (Wheeler,

1919, p. 173). Emery concluded that Metapone

was a true myrmicine but retained the section

Promyrmicinae to include the tribes Metaponini

and Pseudomyrmicini. In the Genera insectorum

(1921/22) he placed it at the beginning of the

Myrmicinae. In 1919 (p. 177) Wheeler was con-

vineed that Metapone was an “aberrant and

highly specialized, though probably ancient genus

of Myrmicinae, neither primitive nor ancestral,”

and placed the tribe “provisionally between

Emery’s Melissotarsini and his Stereomyrmicini.”’

It is most unfortunate, therefore, that we have

no larvae of this genus for study. The published

figures and descriptions are inadequate, contro-

versial and inconclusive.

Metapone greeni Forel

Forel (1911, p. 446) in the definition of his

new section Promyrmicinae characterized the

larvae as ‘‘extrémement sveltes, distinctement

articulées, sans tubercules, mais pourvues de

longues soles, avec une téte distincte et deux

long crocs chitineux ont tout a fait le facies des

Ponérines.”” (Quoted by Emery, 1912, p. 94.)

Fig. 7 showed a larva in side view.

Emery, 1912, p. 94:

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 6

Je donne ici une esquisse d’une jeune larve de

Metapone que j’ai fait gonfler dans l’eau distillée,

ce qui a fait que la cuticule s’est detachée des

muscles, racornis par l’alcool, le contour de la

cuticule est passablement différent de la figure de

Forel qui, évidemment, a dessiné la larve dans l’al-

cool, c’est-a-dire ratatinée et maigrie. Dans ma

figure, la larve n’est plus extraordinairement al-

longée et je connais nombre de larves de Myrmi-

cines et de Camponotines qui sont aussi élancées

qu’elle. La dite larve a une téte passablement

grosse, mais pas plus distincte que d’ordinaire: les

crocs qui font saillie dans la figure de la larve

contractée par l’alcool, sont grands, mais pas

excessivement, dans mon dessin.—J’ai dessiné la

téte d’une larve de Metapone plus grande (ramol-

lie comme il a été dit plus haut), pour montrer les

parties buccales. A mon avis, cette larve n’a guére

le facies d’une larve de Ponérine. Dans la larve

que j’ai dessinée, les trés longues soies sont dispo-

sées par rangées transversales, réguliéres, 4 la

face dorsale de chaque segment et les soies des

segments postérieures sont terminées en crochets

(poils d’accrochage). C’est un caractére de Myrmi-

cine plut6t que de Ponérine.

Fig. 1, a larva and its head enlarged, both

in side view. (See Wheeler below.)

Emery, 1921/22, p. 20: “Larves non hypo-

céphales.”’

Wheeler, 1919, p. 173: See above under the

genus. Fig. 2 (p. 180) reproduced Emery’s (1912)

figure.

Tribe MyrmicariINi Forel

This tribe comprises a single genus of about

15 species. ‘“This extraordinary genus may be

recognized at once by the 7-jointed antennae of

the worker and female and the unique structure

of the abdomen in the male. The species are

distributed over the Ethiopian, Indomalayan,

and Papuan Regions but do not enter Australia.

The majority of the species and the largest ave

Ethiopian. The large species form crater nests

in the soil; some of the smaller, both in Africa

and in the Orient, make small carton nests on

the under side of leaves’? (Wheeler, 1922, Bull.

Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45: 141).

Genus Myrmicaria Saunders

Short and very stout; diameter greatest at the

third abdominal somite, decreasing gradually

toward the anterior end and more rapidly toward

the posterior end which is broadly rounded.

Thorax strongly arched ventrally; head on the

anterior end but directed posteriorly. Dorsal

profile long and C-shaped, ventral much shorter.

JUNE 1953

Spiracles small and uniform. Mouth parts small.

Antennae large and drumlin-shaped. No spinules

on the posterior surface of the labrum nor on the

mandibles or hypopharynx. Mandibles small and

short. Labium narrowed ventrally, with two

small ventral knobs.

Myrmicaria eumenoides opaciventris Emery

Figs. 10-12

Short and very stout; diameter greatest at the

third abdominal somite, decreasing gradually

es 5G

Fies. 1-9.

WHEELER AND WHEELER: LARVAE OF MYRMICINE TRIBES

187

toward the anterior end and more rapidly toward

the posterior end, which is broadly rounded.

Thorax strongly arched ventrally; head on the

anterior end but directed posteriorly. Dorsal

profile long and C-shaped, ventral much shorter.

Anus postero-ventral. Leg and wing vestiges

present. Spiracles small. Integument furnished

with minute spinules, isolated or in short rows.

Head small; cranium subhexagonal in anterior

view, slightly narrowed ventrally, a little broader

than long. Mouth parts small. Head hairs few,

Ss a J

Cardiocondyla elegans uljaninit Emery: 1, Head in anterior view, X 95; 2, left: mandible in

anterior view, X 235; 3, left mandible in medial view, X 235; 4, left labial palp in anterior view, x 340;

5, left galea in anterior view, X 340; 6, left maxillary palp in anterior view, X 340;7,8, two types of body

hairs, X 235; 9, larva in side view, X 32.

Fies. 10-12.—Myrmicaria eumenoides opaciventris Emery: 10, Head in anterior view, X 56; 11, left

mandible in anterior view, X 185; 12, larva in side view (hairs omitted), X 5.

Fies. 13-20.—Rhopalomastixz rothneyi Forel: 13, Head in anterior view, X 95; 14, left mandible in

anterior view, X 185; 15, labial palp in anterior view, X 371; 16, ventral portion of left maxilla showing

palp and galea, X 371; 17-19, three types of body hairs, X 185; 20, larva in side view, X 64.

188 JOURNAL OF THE

short to moderately long (0.075—0.15 mm), stout,

with denticulate tip. Antennae large, drumlin-

shaped; each has three sensilla, each of which

bears a spinule. Labrum small; subtrapezoidal

in anterior view, narrowed ventrally; ventral

border feebly impressed at the middle; anterior

surface with 4-8 sensilla; ventral border with

four clusters of 3-4 sensilla each; posterior sur-

face with two clusters of three sensilla each and

eight isolated sensilla. Mandibles small, short and

subtriangular in anterior view, feebly sclerotized

except apical teeth which are moderately sclero-

tized; apex forming a sharp-pointed tooth which

is directed medially; two medial teeth shorter and

stouter. Maxillae small, with the apex paraboloi-

dal; palp a frustum with three apical and two

subapical sensilla; galea a longer frustum with

two apical sensilla. Labium narrowed ventrally,

with two small ventral knobs; anterior surface

spinulose, the spinules minute and in a few short

arcuate rows; palp a low elevation bearing five

sensilla; opening of sericteries a short transverse

slit.

Sexual larva: Longer and much more volu-

minous; turgid. Head relatively minute. In other

respects similar to worker larva.

Material studied: Eight larvae from the Bel-

gian Congo. Since every specimen has had all or

most of its body hairs broken off, we have made

no attempt to describe these structures.

Myrmicaria exigua Ern. André

Eidmann, 1944, p. 445: “Die Larven sind

mit hakenformigen langen Haaren (Oncochaeten)

dicht bedeckt, durch welche sie sich leicht zusam-

menballen oder auch an den Wanden der Karton-

nester fest haften.”’

Tribe CARDIOCONDYLINI Emery

This tribe consists of two genera. Xenometra

is known only from the female of a single species

from the West Indies. Cardiocondyla comprises

about 20 species occuring throughout tropical

and warm temperate regions; the colonies are

small; males are generally apterous and ergatoid.

Genus Cardiocondyla Emery

Plump, chunky, and subellipsoidal; head ven-

tral near the anterior end, mounted on a stout

but very short neck; ends rounded. Spiracles

minute, the first slightly larger. Body hairs of

one type; with the distal half denticulate. Head

hairs with the tip denticulate. Labrum nearly as

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES’ VOL. 43, NO. 6

long as broad. Mandibles with the apex forming

a rather long tooth which is curved medially and

posteriorly; two stout round-pointed medial teeth

(the subapical anterior and the proximal pos-

terior) separated by a denticulate cavity. Maxil-

lae with the apex conoidal and directed ventro-

medially; palp subcylindrical, with five sensilla.

Labial palp a short peg, with five sensilla. No

spinules on the hypopharynx.

Cardiocondyla elegans uljanini Emery

Figs. 1-9

Plump, chunky, and subellipsoidal; head ven-

tral, near the anterior end, mounted on a stout

but very short neck formed from the anterior

portion of the prothorax; anterior end broadly

rounded and formed from the dorsa of the pro-

thorax and mesothorax; posterior end rounded.

Anus terminal. Leg and wing vestiges present.

Spiracles minute, the first slightly larger. Integu-

ment with a few short to long transverse rows

of minute spinules on the ventral surface of the

thorax and anterior abdominal somites and a

few on the dorsal surface of the posterior abdomi-

nal somites. Body hairs short, numerous and

uniformly distributed; with the apical half dentic-

ulate; most hairs lack alveolus and articular

membrane and range in length from 0.045—0.063

mm; a few, however, are longer (0.054—-0.09

mm) and have alveolus and articular membrane.

Cranium subhexagonal in anterior view, a little

broader than long and slightly narrowed ven-

trally. Head hairs moderately numerous, rather

short (0.036—0.072 mm) with the tip denticulate.

Antennae small, with three sensilla each; a minute

spinule on each sensillum. Labrum nearly as

long as broad, slightly narrowed dorsally, bilo-

bed; anterior surface of each lobe with two minute

hairs and/or sensilla and a few rows of minute

spinules; ventral border of each lobe with one

isolated and two contiguous sensilla and several

minute spinules; posterior surface of each lobe

with one large and three minute sensilla arranged

in a sublongitudinal row; posterior surface spinu-

lose, the middle three-fifths of the dorsal half

with numerous subtransverse rows of minute

spinules, fewer rows elsewhere. Mandibles mod-

erately sclerotized, subtriangular in anterior view;

apex forming a rather long tooth which is curved

medially and posteriorly; two stout round-pointed

medial teeth (the subapical anterior and the

proximal posterior) separated by a denticulate

cavity. Maxillae with the apex conoidal, directed

JUNE 1953

ventromedially and sparsely spinulose, the spin-

ules minute and in short rows; palp subcylindri-

eal, with four apical (two with a cap and two

with a spinule) and one subapical (with a spinule)

sensilla; galea a tall frustum with two apical

sensilla, each bearing a spinule. Labium with the

anterior surface sparsely spinulose, the spinules

exceedingly minute and in short transverse rows;

palp a short peg, with four apical (two with a

cap and two with a spinule) and one subapical

(with a spinule) sensilla; opening of sericteries a

short slit on the anterior surface. (Material

studied: six larvae from Turkestan.)

ANDREWS: A NEW FOLLICULINID

189

BIBLIOGRAPHY

ErpMANN, H. Die Ameisenfauna von Fernando

Poo. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst.) 76: 413-490,

1 pl., 17 text figs. 1944.

Emery, C. Etudes sur les Myrmicinae. Ann. Soc.

Ent. Belg. 56: 94-105, 5 figs. 1912.

. Fam. Formicidae Subfam. Myrmicinae. Gen-

era insectorum, fase. 174: 397 pp., 7 pls.

1921/22.

Foret, A. Sur le genre Metapone n. g. Nouveau

groupe des formicides et sur quelques autres

formes nouvelles. Rev. Suisse Zool. 19: 445—-

459, 1 pl. 1911.

WHEELER, W. M. The ants of the genus Metapone

Forel. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 12: 173-191, 7

figs. 1919.

ZOOLOGY —Valletofolliculina bicornis, a unique new genus and species of follicu-

linid (Ciliata: Heterotricha) from California. E. A. ANDREWS, Johns Hopkins

University. (Communicated by Edward G. Reinhard.)

Cihated Protozoa of the family Follicu-

linidae are found in the Atlantic and Pa-

cific, north and south, living each in its own

bottlelike dwelling, theca or test, but each

is capable of doing away with its compli-

cated feeding apparatus and assuming a sim-

plified actively swimming phase. This swim-

ming phase is of brief duration and ends in

the making of a new dwelling like the former

one. These tests are chitinlike and durable

and present differences in size, form, and

structure used to distinguish species and

genera.

Some tests sent me from California repre-

sent a new species and genus as having sculp-

turing unlike that of any known form, of

which 68 species and 28 genera are found in

the great work of Hadzi (1951). These tests

were very abundant on all small bivalve

shells dredged April 7, 1951; but at the same

place none were found in July; so it is feared

these folliculinids may be nomads, as others

in the Chesapeake (Andrews, 1950), and not

readily found again to furnish the needed

information as to how these tests originate.

As yet we have only preserved tests and no

information about the living animal.

DESCRIPTION

As seen in the photograph (Fig. 1), the tests

stand in small groups scattered over all the inner

face of bivalve shells except the border, which is

clear as probably being on the ground where

the shell lay inside down. Apparently there was

access above at the raised umbo into the quiet

water area under the shell, so that the folliculinid

swimmers went in in conformity with the habit

of folliculinids to settle in depressions, cavities,

or circumscribed areas. In any group (Fig. 5) it

is noteworthy that the tests stand radiating out-

ward from a vague center: often two side by side

or at angles to one nother, giving the impression

that when parking in a group the swimmers had

been influenced by each other. Each test (Figs.

2-4) has a very much elongated pear shape, lying

attached most of its length as a body with

rounded posterior, tapering gradually to a slender

neck that rises upward, as seen in side view (Fig.

3). From the narrowest front of the neck sud-

denly flares out a wide funnellike mouth, sug-

gesting a convolvulus flower. Quite unique is the

presence of two ridges, like ramparts, along the

right and left edges of the roof of the body of the

test. These ridges converge anteriorly to dwind-

ling points but posteriorly to swellings, each of

which is produced as a horn that rises upward

and outward. The two swellings and horns are

generally not opposite, but either the right one

or the left one is nearer the hind end of the test.

It is to be emphasized that the horns and the

ridges are not solid, but hollow, each being a

space covered with membrane as is the main

dwelling space. Thus there are five separated

cavities: the main dwelling cavity, the two of

190 JOURNAL OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL, 43, NO. 6

Figs. 1-3.—Photographs of tests of Valletofolliculina bicornis; n. gen., n. sp., by John Spurbeck: i bs

Inner face of isolated shell of a small bivalve, thickset with tests, in scattered groups (some vague

rounded objects are Cyanea scyphistomas) ; 2, top view of ceramic model of a test; 3, side view of another

model of a second specimen.

JUNE 1953

the ridges, and the two of the horns. The roof of

the dwelling space cuts it off from both ridge

spaces, and the membrane of each ridge space

cuts it off from the cavity of its horn.

In paraffine sections each horn has a somewhat

pyramidal base continued as a long tapering

cylinder, ending abruptly as if truncated, with

small rounded end that seems roughened under

low powers but under immersion lens presents

20 to 30 projecting hollow spines estimated as

20 to 50 mu long, of uniform, more than one mu

diameter, as if tubular outgrowths of the mem-

brane covering the horn and open at each end.

As seen in Figs. 2-4, the colletoderm or cement

that fixes the test to the substratum is wide and

well defined, forming a halo about the test body

as seen from above. When it and the test are

scraped off from the substratum together, its

width brings it to a horizontal position of rest even

in such viscid mounting media as ‘“‘permount”’ of

the Fisher Scientific Co. of New York; hence side

views of the tests are difficult to obtain, though

tests on vertical parts of shells (as on left of Fig.

1) show side views. In cross section (Fig. 6) the

cement runs far out right and left beyond the floor

it forms for the test; hence when the test is re-

moved from the cement, as in Fig. 7, there is a

long narrow vacancy ending sharply in front

representing the floor of the test. The boundary of

this space is comparable to the ‘‘water line”’ of

ship building which runs toward a point under

the bows. Note in Fig. 6 that while a hollow

ridge is cut on the left a swelling and horn are

cut on the right, as being nearer to the posterior

end of the ridge.

The tests are large enough to be plainly seen

on a white background, Fig. 1, and yield the

following measurements, in mu. Fifty tests ranged

from 550 to 795, with average of 635; however,

these were measured straight from mouth to hind

end and hence somewhat less than whole length

if measured on the side along the horizontal body

and uprising neck. Forty-six tests gave body

widths of 106-265, with average of 198. Fifty-

one specimens had neck widths 90-116, average

101. Forty-two specimens gave mouth widths of

148-212, with average 179: thus often twice as

wide as the neck just below it. When side views

are obtained it is evident that here, as in many

folliculinids, the test is somewhat flattened, the

depth being less than the width. With the above

average body width of 198, three depths were

104, 125, and 206; and for the above neck width

ANDREWS: A NEW FOLLICULINID

MUSH

average of 101, three measurements of depths

were 78, 90, and 100. The body dwindles forward

not only in width but also in depth; one was 125

deep posteriorly but only 100 anteriorly, where

becoming the neck.

Some other measurements follow. The cement

stands out beyond the test as seen from above,

like a halo 20 to 78 wide. The ridges are 10-78

in height. The anterior tips of the ridges are 88—

120 apart, leaving about 20 spaces from the edge

of the body. The horns range from 75 to 125 in

length and may be quite unequal, as 78 on the

left and 125 on the right. Their tips stand 100-150

apart.

The meganucleus is spheroidal and measured

52, 56, 60, and 60 in diameter of four specimens;

over it the color stripes were about 5 mu apart.

The food vacuoles are generally anterior to the

nucleus; some few were in the peristomial lobes.

In one specimen a large object 35 mu long was

going into the oesophagus, which was 85 from

the tip of the lobes.

The dark green of the animal is lighter in the

test where the ridges are rather red-brown, while

both cement and horns are colorless.

This new folliculinid from California has con-

siderable resemblance to one called Parafollicu-

lina roestensis by Dons, who (19381) dredged it

on shells in similar latitudes of the west coast of

Norway; both have wide halos of cement about

long pear-shaped recumbent tests with short

necks ending in wide flaring mouths, and photo-

graphs of both show like clustermg in small

colonies. But Dons makes no mention of dorsal

ridges, yet speaks of a local thickening of 40 mu

in position corresponding to one of the posterior

swellings of the new species, a resemblance in-

creased by the occurrence of an abnormality in

one of our specimens in which one ridge bore two

blunt elevations in place of the usual swelling

and horn. However, Dons’ species had a char-

acteristic median pouch from the main cavity at

the foot end and two valves that were right and

left plates, a feature not found in any other

folliculinid. The California specimens looked sc

much like Dons’ figures we expected to see

lateral valves and for a time so interpreted the

sides of the neck rising from the cement! Some

future observations may decide if possibly Dons

was misled as to the presence of lateral valves!

Hollow dorsal ridges along the roof of the body

of the test being something known only in this

new Californian species, we deem it of generic

192 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 6

‘ A\ MEA) -

YN)

‘{

| Mt H

ye,

pao

coo ry

cebmiates

Ma ES:

* eS Lhe

Os)

ois

ares

Figs. 4-7.—Camera-lucida sketches of tests of Valletofolliculina bicornis, n. gen., n. sp.:4, Top view

of a test in better proportion than Figs. 2 and 3; 5, natural group of seven tests, one standing aside from

the rest; 6, cross section of a test to show its cylindrical form, and two hollow ridges on its roof, the

one to the right swollen and sending out a horn, also hollow; 7, under view of a test with its floor, the

cement, cut off to show the line of contact of test side walls with the cement.

JUNE 1953

value; and as the two ridges converge both an-

teriorly and posteriorly they tend to circumscribe

a dorsal area as if by walls, and so we devise the

generic name Valletofolliculina for this genus

aud the name bicornis for this species.

Its chief characters are: Hollow dorsal ridges

prolonged as hollow horns with complex ending;

wide flaring mouth from very narrow end of short

uprising neck; long pear-shaped reclining body;

wide cement; no internal valves; and meganu-

cleus of one lobe.

The posterior end of the test does not show a

pit as Dons found, and as far as preserved speci-

mens reveal the tail end of the animal is rounded

and often broken loose from the test.

Dredged April 7, 1951, 8-10 feet, 30 per cent

salinity in Tomales Bay, Calif., on inner face of

bivalve shells, 1 inch and less in length. Tests

scattered in groups of up to seven.

DISCUSSION

The chief architectural effects produced by

folliculinids result, as in human habitations, from

the placement and form of cavities and their

walls, and not from solid masses as in crystal

aggregates.

As far as known, all skeletal structures in

folliculinids arise from the outer surfaces of

active protoplasm, by secretion and accompany-

ing activity of cilia. Here ciliary activity ac-

companies secretion as in many metazoa, notably

molluses and vertebrates. But having made super-

ficial skeletal structures, cement, tests, valves,

ete., the protoplasm retires and leaves the se-

creted exoskeleton to permanently represent the

former outline and location of the active proto-

plasm. Even the spiral ridges on the necks of

many kinds of folliculinid tests are not simple

solids but made up of layers, as long since recog-

nized by Wright (1859), and arise from special

ciliary and secretion activities (Andrews, 1923;

Das, 1947).

Some of the marked architectural effects caused

by cavities and their walls in folliculinids are the

following: Many have front halls or atria which

in Parafolliculina often have side alcoves; the

genus Pebrilla has the dwelling cavity marked

off into anterior and posterior rooms by an ex-

ternal construction, which is not made by out-

side compulsion but, as Fauré-Fremiet saw

(1936), by special action of the swimming phase,

in constructing first the posterior chamber and

later adding an anterior room. There may be also

ANDREWS: A NEW

FOLLICULINID 193

median posterior outpushings of the main cham-

ber as seen in Pebrilla, in the above Parafollic-

ulina roestensis, and as a long tubular affair in

the upstanding stalked Pseudofolliculina mellita

(Laackmann) (Dons, 1927) from deep Antarctic

waters. Test walls may show numerous out-

pushings or subordinate chambers as seen by Silen

(1947) in some Folliculina gigantea if crowded

against others, with pouches on each side of an

obstacle, and Dons (1927) figures some individu-

als of Lagotia simplex with side alcoves from the

test bodies; finally, in the remarkable Muiro-

folliculina limnoriae (Giard) (Dons, 1927) many

and variable pouches from the main chamber

become a generic character. These folliculinids

settle upon rough surfaces of the outside of the

wood-boring isopod Limnoria, and Fauré-Fremiet

thought the pouches were formed by the secre-

tions of the artificer flowing out about obstruct-

ing roughnesses, hairs, of the substrate. We note

that the protoplasm that makes these pouch

walls may remain anchored to the bottom of

each pouch as in one figure of Fauré-Fremiet, or

it may withdraw as in another figure and as

represented by Giard. In many specimens of this

species sent me from Friday Harbor, Wash.,

by Dr. John Buck there are many instances of

such withdrawals of plasma from former secre-

tions; and many show the pouches not all on one

level, but posteriorly and laterally, below and

above, as if the test had ‘‘broken out” in pustules,

suggesting to me that obstacles to outflow of the

plasm in test making cause a general irritation

that results in pouch formation far from the

points of contact.

With the above facts in mind, we have only

to assume the test-making phase of Valletofollic-

ulina bicornis has special protoplasmic dorsal

ridges; to modify what is known of test making

in some other folliculinids and postulate, the test

is made as follows. The swimming phase, after

gliding over a suitable building site, relaxes as

if a mere drop wetting the substrate and then

secretes over the part of the substrate it covers

the attaching cement, whose form and size will

record the form and size of the animal at that

period; next it resumes a cylindrical form but

with two protoplasmic ridges along its upper

face, each of which projects as a hornlike pseudo-

pod ending with some filose activity suggesting

the anchoring organs of stentor (Andrews, 1945)

but yet not forming the real anchoring organ.

This protoplasmic cylinder with ridges then se-

194 JOURNAL OF THE

cretes the covering of chitin-like exoskeleton

that will remain as the record of the form and

position the protoplasm then had. The tips of

the pseudopods appear to act somewhat as in

forming a scopula, as found in vorticellids as

made out by Fauré-Fremiet (1905); the rest of

the pseudopod secretes the walls of the horns

and then retires into the mass of the ridges. As

the ridges secrete their covering it cuts them off

from the cavities of the horns, and later when the

entire cylinder forms its secreted covering it cuts

off the dwelling cavity from the cavities in the

ridges from which the plasm retreats into the

main mass of the cylinder.

No uses are known for the ridges or the horns.

Possibly the ridges might give some protection

against the rasping effect of some wandering

gastropod’s horny teeth. Conceivably the filose

activity at the tips of the pseudopods might

have some sensory part to play in parking of

tests in groups!

LITERATURE CITED

AnprREws, E. A. Folliculina: Case making, anat-

omy and transformation. Journ. Morph. 38:

207-278. 1923.

. Stentor’s anchoring organs. Journ. Morph.

77: 219-232. 1945.

. Folliculinids of the Chesapeake as nomads.

Journ. Marine Res. 9: 21-28. 1950.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 6

Das, 8. M. The biology of two species of Folliculi-

nidae (Ciliata, Heterotricha) found at Culler-

coats, etc. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 117: 441-

456. 1947.

Dons, C. Folliculina-Studien I-III. Arch. Protis-

tenk. 27: 73-93. 1912.

. Neue und wenig bekannte Protozoen. Norske

Vid. Selsk. Skrifter 1927 (7): 1-17. 1927.

. Parafolliculina réstensis n.sp. Norske Vid.

Selsk. Forh. 3: 173-176. 1931.

Faur&-Fremint, E. La structure de lapparete

fixateur chez les Vorticellidae. Arch. Protis-

tenk. 8: 207-226. 1905.

. La famille des Folliculinidae (Infusoria

Heterotricha). Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique,

ser. 2, 3: 1129-1175. 1936.

Giarp, A. Fragments biologiques XIII. Sur les

genres Folliculina et Pebrilla. Bull. Sci. France

et Belgique, ser. 3, 1: Paris, 1888.

Hanzi, J. Studien ueber Folliculiniden. Academia

scientiarium et artium slovenica. Institutum

biologiae 2: 1-390. Ljubljana, Yugoslavia,

1951.

LAACKMANN, H. Zur Kenntnis der heterotrichen

Infusorien gattung Folliculina Lamarck.

Deutsche Siidpolar Expedition, 1901-1903, 12,

Zool. 4: 77-89. 1910.

SitEN, Lars. On Folliculinidae (Ciliophora Heter-

otricha) from the west coast of Sweden. Ark.

Zool. 389A (12): 1-68. 1947.

Wricut, T. 8. 1859. Description of new Protozoa.

Edinburgh New Philos. Journ. 10: 97-104.

1859.

ZOOLOGY.—A new cyprid ostracod from Maryland.!\ Eywarp FERGUSON, JR.,?

Orangeburg, 8. C. (Communicated by Willis L. Tressler.)

Two females and one male ostracod be-

longing to a new species of the genus Can-

dona were collected during January 1951

from a drainage ditch on Eldon Hall farm

near Princess Anne (Somerset County) Md.

This paper describes the new species Can-

dona hoffi, named in recognition of C. Clay-

ton Hoff, an outstanding contemporary

investigator of American fresh-water Ostra-

coda.

Genus Candona Baird, 1845

The valves of members of this genus are white,

sometimes transparent, occasionally with a

mother-of-pearl sheen. The surface of the valves

1A contribution from the Department of Bi-

ology of the State A. and M. College, Orangeburg,

we (Ge

2 Appreciation is expressed to Dr. Willis L.

Tressler, of the United States Navy Hydrographic

Office, for his aid in the preparation of the draw-

ings.

is smooth, sometimes with hairs. The shape of the

shell varies, generally elongated ovoid to reniform

and in some representatives the dorsal margin

is straight and the ends are truncate. The swim-

ming setae of the antennae are absent; the

antenna of the female has five podomeres, and

that of the male has six podomeres that result

from the division of the penultimate podomere.

The penultimate and ultimate podomeres of the

mandibular palp are short and rounded. The

respiratory plate of the first thoracic appendage

is rudimentary, usually provided with two un-

equal setae, and never with more than three

setae. The third thoracic appendage, which fre-

quently has four podomeres, sometimes appears

to consist of five podomeres through a division of

the penultimate podomere. The terminal podo-

mere of the third thoracic appendage is short

and bears two backwardly directed setae. The

furcal ramus is exceptionally well developed and

bears two strong claws and one or two setae.

JUNE 1953 FERGUSON: NEW CYPRID OSTRACOD 195

Fras. 1-10.—Candona hoffi, n. sp.: 1, Lateral view of left valve of female holotype; 2, lateral view of

left valve of male paratype; 3, mandibular palp of female paratype; 4, maxillary palp of female holotype;

5, left antenna of female paratype; 6, third thoracic appendage of female holotype; 7, first thoracic ap-

pendage of female holotype; 8, second thoracic appendage of female paratype; 9, genital lobes and proxi-

mal end of furea of female paratype; 10, left furca of female paratype. (All drawings were made with the

aid of a camera lucida from specimens stained with acid fuchsin and mounted in Canada balsam. The

scale in Figs. 1 and 2 equals 0.20 mm; the scale in Figs. 3-10 equals 0.40 mm.)

196 JOURNAL OF THE

The genus Candona has not previously been

reported from the State of Maryland. Forty-one

species of the genus have been reported from

North America; of this number 27 species have

type localities in the United States. Turner

(1894, 1895) described three species, two from

Georgia and one from Delaware. Sharpe (1897)

described three species from Illinois. Furtos

(1933) reported 12 new species from Ohio; Dob-

bin (1941) described one new species from the

State of Washington, and Hoff (1942) reported

eight new species from Illinois.

Candona hoff, n. sp.

a Shell.—From the lateral view the left valve of

the female (Fig. 1) has a rounded anterior margin

and an almost straight dorsal margin. The

posterior margin is truncate, and projects shghtly

at the postero-ventral angle. The ventral margin

has a slight sinuation near the center. A few hairs

are present along the anterior border, and also

on the ventral margin of the posterior border.

The surface of the valve is smooth; numerous ir-

regularly shaped dots are seen in valves stained

with a 0.5 percent aqueous acid fuchsin. The

shell is widest at or near the center, with the

greatest width approximately one-half of the

length. The ovaries are located in the postero-

ventral region of the valve.

The left valve of the male (Fig. 2) differs in

shape from that of the female. The anterior and

posterior margins are both rounded. The ventral

margin is slightly sinuate near the anterior end;

the dorsal margin is convex. Hairs and irregularly

shaped dots as in the female. The testes are

situated in the posterior part of the shell.

The left valve of the single male specimen

measured approximately 1.17 mm in length and

0.74 mm in height. The left valve of the female

holotype measured approximately 1.10 mm in

length and 0.52 mm in height. The permanent

mount of the male specimen was broken acci-

dentally, consequently all descriptions of the

appendages are from females.

Cephalic appendages—The antennules do not

show any distinct specific characters.

The antennae have five podomeres; natatory

setae are absent. The terminal end of the ultimate

and the distal end of the penultimate podomeres

each with a spine-like seta (Fig. 5). The sense

organ is situated near the proximal end of the

antepenultimate podomere.

The mandibular palp (Fig. 3) is composed of

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 6

four podomeres; the terminal podomere is oval

with its greatest width equal to the length. The

distal end of the dorsal margin of the penultimate

podomere is armed with three setae; the ultimate

podomere has two strong terminal spines. A

bundle of four setae is situated on the inner

margin of the antepenultimate podomere.

The maxilla is composed of three lobes. The

maxillary palp (Fig. 4) is formed of two podo-

meres; the proximal one bears three terminal

setae on its dorsal, distal margin. The distal podo-

mere is approximately one-half the length of the

proximal one, and bears on its ventral margin

three setae of approximately equal length; two

spinelike setae are situated on the free end of the

distal podomere.

Thoracic appendages.—The first thoracic ap-

pendage (Fig. 7) is composed of two podomeres;

one podomere is perpendicular to the other. The

free end of the vertical podomere bears two un-

equal respiratory setae.

The second thoracic appendage (Fig. 8) has

five podomeres. The antepenultimate podomere

is slightly longer than the penultimate one. The

second podomere is longer than the combined

lengths of the antepenultimate and penultimate

podomeres.

The third thoracic appendage bears five podo-

meres, four of which are shown in Fig. 6. The

five podomeres result from the division of the long

penultimate podomere. Located on the distal

one-third of the penultimate podomere is a long

seta that extends well beyond the terminal part

of the ultimate podomere. The ultimate podomere

bears two long terminal setae of approximately

equal length and oppositely directed.

The furca—The furea (Fig. 10) is well devel-

oped and distinctly curved. The length of the

ventral margin is approximately 10 times the

least width of the ramus. The dorsal seta has a

length approximately 3 times the least width of

the ramus. The length of the terminal seta is

approximately 12 times its least width. The

furca has two strong terminal spines of approxi-

mately equal length.

Reproductive organs —The ovaries are located

in the postero-ventral region of the valve (Fig. 1).

The genital lobe (Fig. 9) is bifurcated; the ventral

lobe is slightly longer and more pointed than

the dorsal. The lobes project posteriorly between

the furcal rami.

Remarks.—The structure of the genital lobes

and the bundle of 4 setae on the antepenultimate

JUNE 1953 HANDLEY:

podomere of the mandibular palp in C. hoffi are

diagnostic characters of the Acuminata group.

The new species resembles C. acuta Hoff, 1942,

very closely; however, the two species may be

readily distinguished by the structural differences

of the reproductive organs. Hoff (1942) describes

the ovary of C. acuta thus: ‘““The ovary appears

as a narrow band, posteriorly much more nar-

rowed than in most Candona.” The ovary of

C. hoffi forms a relatively wide band of uniform

width over its entire length. In C. acuta the

genital lobe as shown by Hoff (1942: fig. 69) is a

single rounded structure barely reaching beyond

the dorsal ramus of the furca. The genital lobe

in C. hoffi is bifurcated; the ventral lobe is longer

and more pointed than the dorsal. Both lobes

extend well beyond the dorsal ramus of the furca.

Type locality—The type specimens were col-

lected on January 11 and 25, 1951 from a drainage

ditch on Eldon Hall farm near Princess Anne

(Somerset County) Maryland. The temperature

of the air and water was 0 degrees Centigrade on

January 25; collections on this date were made

from water covered by a thin sheet of ice. The

muddy water that was always present also served

as the habitat for green algae of several kinds, for

THREE NEW

LEMMINGS 197

numerous rotifers, and for the ostracod Cypridop-

sis vidua.

Type specimens.—The two stained permanent

mounts of dissected specimens from which the

description of the new species reported in this

paper was made have been deposited in the U.S.

National Museum, nos. 93561 and 93562.

LITERATURE CITED

DoBBIN, CATHERINE N. Fresh-water Ostracoda

from Washington and other western localities.

Univ. Washington Publ. Biol. 4: 174-246.

1941.

Furtos, Norma C. Ostracoda of Ohio.

Biol. Surv. 5: 411-524. 1933.

Horr, C. Crayton. Ostracoda of Illinois, their

biology and taxonomy. Illinois Biol. Monogr.

19: 1-196. 1942.

SHARPE, RicHarD W. Contribution to a knowledge

of the North American fresh-water Ostracoda

included in the families Cytheridae and Cy-

prididae. Bull. Illinois Lab. Nat. Hist. 4:

414-484. 1897.

TURNER, CHARLES H. Notes on American Ostra-

coda, with descriptions of new species. Bull.

Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. 8: 13-26. 1894.

Fresh-water Ostracoda of the United States.

2d Rep. State Zoologist Minnesota: 277-337.

1895.

Ohio

MAMMALOGY —Three new lemmings (Dicrostonyx) from Arctic America.

CHARLES O. HANDLEY, JR., United States National Museum.

A revisionary study of the varying or

collared lemmings of the genus Dicrostonyx

has shown that three American populations

_ differ from known races by well-marked

distinguishing characters and should be

recognized by name. I am indebted to the

American Museum of Natural History, the

Harvard University Museum of Compara-

tive Zoology, the National Museum of

Canada, and the University of California

Museum of Vertebrate Zoology for the loan

of comparative material. In the following

discussions, specimens from these museums

are indicated by the abbreviations AMNH,

MCZ, NMC, and MVZ, respectively, and

those from the United States National Mu-

seum, including the Biological Surveys Col-

lection, by US. I am particularly grateful

to the National Museum of Canada and the

U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service for the

privilege of designating specimens from the

collections in their care as types. Capitalized

color terms are from Ridgway, 1912, Color

standards and color nomenclature. All meas-

urements are in millimeters and are given

as averages followed by extremes.

Dicrostonyx groenlandicus clarus, n. subsp.

Type.—U. 8. N. M. no. 290952; old adult male,

skin and skull; collected June 16, 1949, by

Charles O. Handley, Jr.; near sea-level at Cherie

Bay, 5.4 miles ENE. of Mould Bay Station,

Prince Patrick Island, District of Franklin,

Northwest Territories, Canada (lat. 76° 19’ N.,

long. 119° 02’ W.); collector’s number 1285.

Distribution —The Parry Islands of the Cana-

dian Arctic Archipelago. Specimens are available

only from Melville, Prince Patrick, and South

Borden Islands, but the range probably includes

also Ellef Ringnes Island, the Bathurst Islands,

and other smaller islands of this general area.

Zonal range: Arctic.

Description.—Adult summer coloration: Mass

effect bright gray above; dorsum, except for

lighter areas on shoulders, rather uniformly

colored from snout to tail; light band on dorsal

198 JOURNAL OF THE

hairs typically pure white; subapical orange

band on dorsal hairs narrow or absent and con-

tributing little to mass color effect; orange of

sides typically invading dorsum in_ shoulder

region only slightly; faint but readily discernible

black median dorsal stripe extending from snout

to base of tail; rump gray; ear patches between

Sanford’s Brown and Amber Brown; tail and feet

whitish; belly washed with orange ranging in hue

from Pale Ochraceous-Buff to Sanford’s Brown,

darkest color concentrated along midline and on

chest, forming an obscure collar; flanks, espe-

cially at base of fore leg, tinged with orange of

same hue as belly. Juvenal summer coloration:

Dorsum grayish-brown, varying with season and

individual from Snuff Brown to Sudan Brown;

shoulders lghter than remainder of dorsum;

black median dorsal stripe well defined and ex-

tending from forehead to base of tail; underparts

varying from buffy to almost white; throat collar

poorly developed. Winter pelage: white. Size

large; tail long. Skull large, but light and lacking

extreme angularity; rostrum long and narrow;

dorsal root of premaxilla narrow; maxillary part

of zygoma strongly notched on anterior surface

and protruded on posterior surface above infra-

orbital canal; supraorbital ridges of frontals gen-

erally weakly developed; postorbital process of

squamosal poorly developed; zygomata light

and parallel to one another in outline; temporal

ridges poorly developed, but Jambdoidal crest

strong; brain case large; auditory bullae relatively

small: molars light, triangle pattern compressed

antero-posteriorly.

Measurements.—Twelve old adults, including

the type, from Prince Patrick Island: Total

length, 146 (140-154); tail vertebrae, 26 (23-28);

hind foot, 21 (19-23); greatest length of skull,

32.4 (31.3-33.5); length of brain case (from dorsal

midpoint of foramen magnum to antriormost

projection of parietal), 12.9 (11.5-13.8); median

length of nasals, 9.0 (8.5-9.4); greatest breadth

of combined nasals, 3.8 (3.4-4.0); least inter-

orbital breadth, 3.9 (3.6-4.2); maximum zygo-

matic breadth, 20.6 (19.4-21.3); breadth of brain

case (at constriction behind postorbital processes

of squamosals), 13.4 (13.0-13.9); alveolar Jength

of maxillary molar row, 8.2 (8.0-8.5).

Comparisons.—Two races require comparison

with clarus; groenlandicus inhabiting the islands

to the eastward, and kilangmiutak those to the

south. In adult summer coloration clarus re-

sembles groenlandicus in having the dorsum

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 6

almost clear black and white and largely lacking

orange. However, the black tips of the dorsal

hairs are not as long in clarus, and a grayer dorsal

coloration results. Other characters distinguishing

clarus are: black median dorsal stripe more pro-

nounced; rump grayer; flanks less bright; under-

parts considerably paler; throat collar and median

ventral stripe better defined. In juvenal summer

coloration, clarus is darker, more brownish

dorsally, and has the median dorsal stripe better

defined and more extensive. The skull of clarus is

similar in general to that of groenlandicus, but

shows the following differences: lighter and less

angular; nasals somewhat shorter; dorsal root of

premaxilla narrow; supraorbital ridges less

strongly developed and usually well separated;

zygomata parallel-sided and not rounded in out-

line; brain case longer; triangle pattern of molars

more compressed; auditory bullae less inflated.

From kilangmiutak, summer adult clarus differs

as follows: dorsum more grayish, and lacking

pinkish cast in the shoulder region; ear patches

darker; orange flank color darker, less pinkish,

and less extensive; orange median ventral stripe

longer and better defined. In juvenal summer

pelage: slightly darker dorsally; median dorsal

stripe slightly better defined; throat collar less

developed. The skull of clarus differs significantly

from that of kilangmiutak in having much larger

size, more angular and heavier construction,

longer rostrum and nasals, wider nasals, less

developed supraorbital ridges, more conspicu-

ously notched zygoma (anteriorly above infra-

orbital canal), more parallel sided zygomata,

narrower dorsal root of premaxilla, and more

prominent temporal ridges.

Specimens examined.—Canada, N.W.T.: MEL-

VILLE Is~tAND, Liddon Gulf, 1 (NMC); Winter

Harbor, 5 (US); no specific locality, 1 (NMC).

PRINCE Patrick ISLAND, vicinity of Mould Bay,

99 (NMC), 68 (US). SourH BorpEN ISLAND,

south coast, 1 (NMC).

Dicrostonyx groenlandicus lentus, n. subsp.

Type.—Nat. Mus. Canada no. 11404; old

adult male; skin and broken skull; collected June

13, 1931, by J. Dewey Soper at Lake Harbor,

Baffin Island, District of Franklin, Northwest

Territories, Canada (62° 43’ N., 69° 41’ W.);

collector’s number 2384.

Distribution.—Approximately the southern

half of Baffin Island, Northwest Territories,

Canada. North at least to Nettilling Lake and

JUNE 1953

Cape Mercy; south to Hudson Strait. Zonal

range: Arctic.

Description —Adult summer coloration: Black

in dorsal pelage reduced and light band on dorsal

hairs pale buff, rendering mass effect between

Avellaneous and Drab; black median dorsal

stripe not well defined; ear patch Ochraceous-

Tawny; feet and tail whitish; orange wash on

flanks reduced and not extending on dorsum in

shoulder region; underparts typically pale (Pale

Ochraceous-Buff to almost white); throat collar

and orange median ventral line pale, but well

defined because of lighter background. Juvenal

summer coloration: Dorsum relatively dark

(Sayal Brown); shoulders scarcely differentiated

from remainder of dorsum; black median dorsal

line well defined; belly light buff to whitish;

throat collar poorly developed. Winter pelage:

white. Size small. Skull small, light, and lacking

angularity; nasals long and narrow; dorsal root

of premaxilla wide; anterior notch and posterior

protuberance on zygoma above infraorbital canal

poorly developed; supraorbital ridges strongly

developed; postorbital process of squamosal well

developed; zygomata of very light construction,

rounded in outline; maxillary molars small and

light, triangle pattern slightly compressed antero-

posteriorly.

Measurements——Four adults (including the

type) from southern Baffin Island: Total length,

129 (type only); tail, 18 (type only); hind foot, 12

(type only); greatest length of skull, 29.1 (28.6—

29.2); length of brain case, 12.4 (12.4-12.5);

median length of nasals, 8.6 (8.4-8.7); greatest

breadth of combined nasals, 3.3 (3.1-3.4); least

interorbital breadth, 3.7 (3.6—3.8); maximum

zygomatic breadth, 18.3 (18.1-18.5); breadth of

brain case, 12.3 (12.0-12.6); alveolar length of

maxillary molar row 7.2 (6.9-7.4).

Comparisons.—In contrast to the bright

groenlandicus, lentus is dorsally pale and dull in

adult summer pelage, a consequence of reduction

of black and replacement of white with buff on

the individual hairs. It has the black median

dorsal stripe better defined, and the flanks and

underparts less tinted with orange. In juvenal

summer pelage lentus is much darker brown

dorsally than greenlandicus. Cranially, lentus is

quite similar to groenlandicus, differing prin-

cipally in smaller size and less angularity of the

skull. In addition, it lacks the anterjor notch and

posterior protuberance of the zygoma above

the infraorbital canal, and its molars are smaller.

HANDLEY: THREE NEW LEMMINGS

199

In coloration lentus is similar to hudsonius but

is slightly paler, duller, and more buffy on the

dorsum, has a less well defined black median

dorsal stripe, has the belly generally lighter and

less cinnamon, has the throat collar paler and less

extensive, and has a more pronounced orange

median ventral line. The dorsum of the juvenal

summer pelage is not so yellowish in lentws. With

regard to the cranium, lentus is strikingly smaller

and more fragile than hudsonius, and lacks an-

gularity. Furthermore, it lacks the great develop-

ment of the anterior notch and the posterior

protuberance above the infraorbita] canal on the

zygoma, and the heavy, blunt postorbital process

of hudsonius is replaced by a much smaller

structure.

In adult summer coloration, lentus is quite

unlike richardsoni, being much paler and duller

in general, less brown and red on the dorsum,

much paler on the underparts, and with the black

median dorsal stripe poorly developed. The

juvenal summer pelage in the two races is similar,

except that lentus averages somewhat paler and

usually has a less prominent black median dorsal

stripe. In lentus the skull is smaller, somewhat

lighter and less angular, the nasals are longer

and narrower, and the zygomata are lighter.

Specimens examined.—Canada, NWT, Bar-

FIN ISLAND: Amadjuak Bay, 6 (NMC); Bowdoin

Harbor (Schooner Harbor), 1 (MCZ); Bowman

Bay (Camp Kungovik), 1 (NMC); Cape Dorset, 6

(NMC); Cape Mercy, 1 (US); Gordon Bay

(Ikkarashuk), 1 (NMC); Lake Harbor, 6 (NMC);

Nettilling Lake, 5 (NMC); ‘‘southwest coast’’, 3

(MCZ); ‘Baffin Island,” 2 (MCZ).

Dicrostonyx unalascensis peninsulae, n. subsp.

Type—vU. 8. N. M. (Biol. Surv. Coll.) no.

246377; old adult female; skin and skull; col-

lected May 8, 1925, by Olaus J. Murie near sea-

level at Urilla Bay, Unimak Island, Alaska; col-

lector’s number 1993.

Distribution.—Southwestern Alaska, including

Unimak Island, the eastern side of the Alaska

Peninsula to Chignik, and the Bering Sea coast

from Isanotski Strait to Nushagak. Zonal range:

Subarctic.

Description —Adult summer coloration: Red

of flanks extending prominently as a wash on

dorsum; subapical orange bands of dorsal hairs

wide; black tips of dorsal hairs narrow; total

color effect of dorsum reddish-brown, between

Tawny and Orange-Cinnamon; nape and cheeks

200 JOURNAL OF THE

buffy, poorly distinguished from dorsum; ear

patches about Sanford’s Brown; black median

dorsal stripe pronounced; feet and tail whitish;

underparts between Pale Yellow-Orange and

Light Buff; throat collar wide and dark, but

poorly defined (about Amber Brown); well

defined median ventral stripe of same color ex-

tending from collar to middle of belly. Juvenal

summer coloration: Dorsum dark and _ bright,

between Cinnamon-Brown and Dresden Brown

in mass effect; cheeks and ear patches similar to

remainder of dorsum; black median dorsal stripe

well developed; underparts buffy, with poorly de-

fined brownish collar. Winter pelage: At least

some individuals white. Size small. Skull small,

but heavy and angular in construction; nasals

short and wide; zygoma not or only slightly

notched anteriorly above infraorbital canal;

posterior protuberance of zygoma above infra-

orbital canal fairly well developed; zygomata

heavy and of tear-drop shape in outline, tapering

posteriorly; postorbital process of squamosal

large and blunt; supraorbital ridges poorly de-

veloped; temporal ridges prominent; brain case

short and narrowed posteriorly; molars large and

heavy; auditory bullae small and not inflated.

Measurements —Three old adults (including

type) from Unimak Island. Total length, 132

(130-1383); tail vertebrae, 15 (11-18); hind foot 19

(19-19); greatest length of skull, 28.6 (28.2-28.9);

length of brain case, 11.8 (11.5-12.0); median

length of nasals, 8.4 (8.3-8.5); greatest breadth

of combined nasals, 3.5 (8.4-3.5); least inter-

orbital breadth, 3.8 (8.7-3.8); maximum zygo-

matic breadth, 18.7 (18.7-18.7); brain-case

breadth, 11.7 (11.5-11.9); alveolar length of

maxillary molar row 7.6 (7.3-7.9).

Comparisons.—D. wu. peninsulae must be com-

pared with two other populations: that repre-

sented by D. u. unalascensis to the south, and that

inhabiting the Bering Sea coast to the north.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 6

The latter has been considered a segment of D.

groenlandicus rubricatus, whose type locality is

Bering Strait, and whose extensive range includes

the arctic coasts of Alaska and Canada. How-

ever, the lemmings of the northern Bering Sea

coast of Alaska are quite distinct from rubricatus,

having the skull smaller and lighter, the nasals

narrower, the supraorbital ridges stronger, and

the dorsal pelage much more brownish in summer.

The name Dicrostonyx nelsoni Merriam (type

locality: St. Michael, Norton Sound, Alaska) is

available for this population, which should there-

fore be called Dicrostonyx groenlandicus nelsoni.

In adult summer pelage D. u. peninsulae re-

sembles D. g. nelsoni, but has the black in the

dorsal pelage reduced; the cheeks more buffy;

the black median dorsal stripe better developed;

the red on the flanks less extensive; the under-

parts more yellowish; and the throat collar

darker. The skull of peninsulae is smaller, heavier,

and more angular; the nasals and rostrum are

shorter and wider, the zygomata are heavy and

tear-drop shaped rather than rounded; the

postorbital process of the squamosal is larger and

blunter; the temporal ridges are stronger; the

brainease is shorter and narrower posteriorly; the

molars are larger and heavier; and the auditory

bullae are smaller and less inflated.

From D. u. unalascensis in summer pelage,

peninsulae differs in having the dorsum lghter,

brighter, and more reddish; the flanks more red-

dish; the black median dorsal stripe better

defined; the belly more yellowish, and the throat

collar neither so dark nor so extensive. In size,

peninsulae is much smaller. The skulls of the

two forms are almost identical except in size.

Specimens examined—AwasKa: Chignik,

Alaska Peninsula, 1 (US); Muller Bay, Alaska

Peninsula, 1 (AMNH); Nushagak, 4 (US);

Urilla Bay, Unimak Island, 4 (US).

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

eee ee te, Sc as cae lees F. M. Setzier, U. 8. National Museum

SOLE E US 3) F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

(5) ETO... gS ee aera Jason R. Swauien, U.S. National Museum

POCRSUTer. 2 5...... Howarp 8S. Rapp.ere, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

SPC oe oh a doe be oe oe JoHN A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Harawp A. REHDER, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Puaecopeical society of Washington..........-...----...... eens: A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington..................... WILLiaM H. GILBERT

Eaglociea! pociety of Washington......................... Hueu THomas O’NEILL

weemealoociesy of Washington. .......................- GrEorGE W. IrvING, JR.

Papamolenieal Society of Washington. ..................2...22.22000e F. W. Poos

Memaenal Geortaphic Society.............0...2...ce8 enone ALEXANDER WETMORE

Geolerical Society of Washington.............................-/ A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

Sete etrstorical Society .......::..----s2.-s.-eeecessese GILBERT GROSVENOR

Recamica society of Washington..........................- Harry A. BoRTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GEORGE F. GRAVATT

imemean society Of Engincers........... 2.2... 2-- 20s eee tees eee: C. A. BreTTs

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers..ARNoLD H. Scorr

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHaRD S. D1ILu

Helminthological Society of Washington.......................... L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLOocUM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... Fitoyp W. HoucH

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DORSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Evuis

Washington Chapter, American Society of Metals............. JOHN G. THOMPSON

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

LADD EI LESS Se Sara E. BranHamM, MILTON Harris

RMN 95S Ps 5 aise Sa whe coh es = R. G. Batss, W. W. DIEHL

RUPE es oe ne es Sew eee oe en 2 M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

WeeEMEOMPULTUIGETS....-... 0... 6c eee ee eee All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

pert asiors and Associate Hditors...............2..0..05-000000: [See front cover]

permiipe COMMUNE. ............2 25055 F. M. Setzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

J. R. Swatuten, H. 8S. RappLere, W. W. RuBry

Committee on Membership...... E. H. Waker (chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JoHN FaBer, ANaus M. Grirrin, D. BREESE JONES,

FRANK C. Kracexk, Louis R. Maxwe.., A. G. McNisuH, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Satter, Leo A. SHINN, Francis A. Smita, HeInz Specut, Horace M. TRENT,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Commitiee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), Joun W. ALDRICH,

AustTIN CuarRkK, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

NMS oo 5 oS as wo lees ota sa Ekle Shale dees S. F. Buaxe, F. C. Kracex

To January 1955........ Rt ae eet mie ose W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

eeerandary 1956... .... 2... ee eee eee G. ARTHUR CoopPER, JAMES I. HOFFMAN

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman) :

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

Wick, Sara E. BRANHAM, IRA B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN SCHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sctences...... SaMUEL LrEvy (chairman), MicHaEL GOLDBERG,

E. H. Kennarp, E. B. Roperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WiILpHACK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScHUBAUER (chairman), R. S. Burineton, F. C.

Kracexk, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SEEGER, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monror H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HeRzFELD (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. E. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

ier 19542 ce ks Sees: H. B. Couuins, W. W. Ruspey (chairman)

eel, LIES AL Gg eee eens eae L. W. Parr, F. B. SILSBEE

BUN SRPE TERS CI 5 Gs ho ain car oscil wes oo 6 ic a E. C. CrirtENDEN, A. WETMORE

Commitiee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHERson, chairman):

SEMEN TVs. es os ie Seo ic,o® Wels wa deaisee J. M. CaLpweE Lt, W. L. Scumittr

oT DEEL DL ee: ca eee A. T. McPueErson, W. T. Reap

oD DEI Sa ne ea ee AustINn CuarkK, J. H. McMILuen

Seemeexeuiniive on Council of A.A. A. So... se eck cet eae ec cces Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... LoutsE M. Russe (chairman), R. 8. Dri, J. B. REESIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. GaRNER (chairman), L. G. HEnBpest, Myrna F. JONES

CONTENTS

PALEONTOLOGY.—The ostracode genus Hemicythere and its allies.

HARBANS S. Puri

oC ec eee s © 2 2 2 wis ew 2 8 ee 8 Sl lS 6 «6 SS 8 Ss ef 2 PS 22 eee ee

Botany.—Floral morphology of Ixophorus unisetus (Presl) Schlecht.

Eenust RB. SONS. 2... o6 0050. 2282 22S oe ee

ENTOMOLOGY.—A new species of Climacia from California (Sisyridae,

Neuroptera). Harry P. CHANDLER.........:.)-..-2) ae

EntTomMoLocy.—The ant larvae of the myrmicine tribes Melissotarsini,

Metaponini, Myrmicariini, and Cardiocondylini. GrorGE C.

WHEELER and JEANETTE WHEELER. ...2....-..-.<2> >

ZooLtoey.—Valletofolliculina bicornis, a unique new genus and species

of folliculinid (Ciliata: Heterotricha) from California. E. A.

AROTOWS. =. occ ae pie Was Oo ots be Oe

MammMatocy.—Three new lemmings (Dicrostonyx) from Arctic

America, CHarurs O. HANDLEY, JR...00..2. 25.2 +... oe) eee

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

Page

169

179

182

185

189

194

Vou. 438 JuLy 1953 No. 7

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JoHN C. EWERS Re Kk. Cook

U.8. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CuHacs, JR. EvsBert L. LITT es, JR.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan Puitiep DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

Dean B. Cowl1E Davip H. DUNEKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY -

7 oN

ee }

eT A athe aa Va 9

7 A 102

AU G 4 love

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE a INDARY

~~ Sn f aes biped: e

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES >= ————

Mount Royat & GuILFoRD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925.

Authorized February 17, 1949

é Jif

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JouRNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate):

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12) pp: 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3.2 $6.50 $ 9.75 $13 :00 $16.25 $3 .00

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 6.00

300 9.75 19.50 29 .25 39.00 48.75 9.00

400 13.00 26.00 39.00 52.00 65.00 12.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PRocEEpDINGS should be sent to Haratp A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. 8. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JOURNAL.—Per year...........-....se.2-se eee $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. 10, incl.—not available*................ — _

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, incl.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

Monoecrapu No. 1, ‘“The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’? by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete........................-.-05- $25.00

Single volumes, unbound. . 4.0) ..02.5 2. od. . a ek ce ee eee 2.00

Single numbers. i... .5.5.4.2 2025s. deeb ka 8 eee eae oe ee 25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences’’ and

aan to the Treasurer, H.S. Rappers, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

DC.

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

July 1953

ING, 7

PALEONTOLOGY .—A new species of Carinocrinus from Oklahoma. HARRELL L.

STRIMPLE, Bartlesville, Okla. (Communicated by Alfred R. Loeblich, Jr.)

I collected the specimens used in this

study from the upper Pitkin formation

(Chester) in the Cookson Hills, southeast of

Muskogee, Okla. I consider the species to

be referable to the genus Carinocrinus

Laudon, though the arm structure is dif-

ferent from that of C. stevens: Laudon, which

is the genotype species and only form here-

tofore known. According to the description

and illustration of C. stevensi, the first bi-

fureation does not take place before the

fifth primibrachials (PBrBr;), whereas in

C. eventus, n. sp., the first primibrachials are

known to be axillary in at least four of the

arms (the anterior ray has two known rami,

but the point of branching is questionable).

The arms of C. eventus are somewhat stouter

than those of C. stevensz and the dorsal cup

of the former species has a relatively greater

length due mainly to the unusual length of

the basal plates.

Laudon considered Carinocrinus to have

probably evolved through Culmicrinus and

was no doubt influenced by the arm struc-

ture of C. stevensi. The arms of Culmicrinus

do not commence their isotomous branch-

ing until several PBrBr are formed. As

noted above, this is not the case in C. even-

tus. I am inclined to consider Gilmocrinus

Laudon as a possible ancestrial form based

on the steeply conical dorsal cup and rela-

tively stout anal sac. Gilmocrinus has only

five arms; however, strong ramules are

present and it is not unreasonable to suppose

they could have evolved to regular arms.

Carinocrinus eventus, n. sp.

The dorsal cup is elongate, conical shaped,

with infrabasals (IBB) readily visible in side

view of the cup. The five IBB rise.evenly from

the round columnar attachment. Five basals (BB)

201

are considerably longer than wide. Five radials

(RR) are pentagonal, slightly wider than long.

Three anal plates occupy the posterior inter-

radius. Anal X is in full contact with post. B and

extends above well into the interbrachial area.

RA is almost vertical in attitude, and contacts r.

post. B and post. B below, r. post. R to the right,

anal X to the left, and the large RX above.

It is possible to establish at least portions of

the arm structure for all five rays by observing

the three type specimens. PBrBr do not fill the

distal face of RR, and all observed are axillary.

The anterior ray is known to have at least two

arms but the PBr is missing. A second isotomous

branching usually occurs with the seventh to ninth

SBrBr. Thereafter, isotomous branching has been

observed in most rays with the sixth to seven-

teenth TBr. In the right posterior ray, another

division is found with the seventh QBr. The

arms are becoming rather thin as_ preserved

and most likely do not reach the termination of

the massive, club shaped anal tube. Nonaxillary

brachials are wedge shaped and apparently pin-

nular. The arms have a well-rounded exterior.

Near its base, and for a considerable portion of

its length, the anal sac is composed of circlets of

six plates. Along the lateral sides of each tube

plate, a pore slit, or pit, is shared with the plate

below and another with the adjoining plate to the

right or left, as the case may be. The same is

true at the upper corners. In addition, there is a

pit at midlength of each lateral side which is

shared by the apposing plate. This leaves a

divergent ridgelike development which passes

from one row of plates to the other rows. The

slits first appear in the upper portions of anal X

and RX, where they are more numerous than

outlined above. They are present to a lesser

degree in the uppermost portion of the sac; how-

ever, in that area there are numerous smaller

plates interposed amongst the original circlet of

202 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

six. Some tendency toward small spine like ae | "Clee

° : ° . eventus ar :

protrusions has been observed on the terminating (holotype) eee

plates of the sac, but they are relatively in- : = =

conspicous. It appears that the anal tube rises Width of dorsal cup.... 32.2! 19

: ; Height of dorsal cup.. 37.0 22

and then reverses directions so that the anal — wiath of rBB... 89 4

opening is very likely low on the sac. Such de- — Height of IBB.. 12.0 5

velopment was found in C. stevensi pe ei bec sig :

ot en tou a SeBeE St: Height of BB. 21.12 9

Remarks.—The outstanding differences be- Width of RR 12.63 10

. . Height of RR 8. 83 6

‘een C. eventus and C. stevensi have | o1lV ;

twee | tus an iC ter nst have been Given 4-5 sae, length Pp Fe

in the preface to this description. It might be — Anal sac, width at midlength. 21.6 14

added that C. eventus is a more robust form but “22! S@¢ width at expanded distal ,

portion 28.5 19

has a slightly shorter anal sac than found in C.

stevensi.

Measurements in mm.—As follows:

1 Mildly distorted by compression.

2 Left posterior basal.

3 Left posterior radial.

Frias. 1, 2.—Carinocrinus eventus, n. sp.: 1, Holotype from posterior, X 1; 2, paratype from right pos-

terior 5< 2:

JuLy 1953 STRIMPLE:

Occurrence.—Shale break in the upper Pitkin

formation, Chester, Mississippian; exposure in

the bluffs overlooking the Arkansas River about

114 miles southwest of Cedar Creek Community,

which is south of Oklahoma State Highway 10,

between Greenleaf Lake and Gore, Okla. The

exposure is the same as the type Jocality of such

forms as Paianocrinus durus Strimple, Bronaugho-

crinus figuratus Strimple, Telikosocrinus caespes

Strimple, and others.

NEW SPECIES

OF CARINOCRINUS 203

Types.—Holotype and two paratypes are to be

deposited in the U. 8. National Museum.

REFERENCES

Laupon, LowEut R. Journ. Pal. 15: 390, pl. 57,

fig. 5. 1941.

STRIMPLE, HARRELL L. Journ. Washington Acad.

Sei. 41: 260-263, figs. 1-13. 1951.

Journ. Pal. 25: 669-676, pls. 98, 99.

1951.

BOTANY —Studies of South American plants, XIII. A. C. Smiru, U. 8. National

Museum.

Continuing his study! of special families

of phanerogams in South America, the

writer here describes 11 new species in the

families Myristicaceae, Monimiaceae, and

Vacciniaceae, discussing various other note-

worthy plants in these families and in the

Hippocrateaceae and Ericaceae as_ well.

The specimens upon which these notes are

based were obtained in recent years by sev-

eral collectors in the Andean countries

from Colombia to Bolivia; most of them are

deposited in the U. 8. National Herbarium.

Mention should also be made of a very

valuable series of specimens collected in

Colombia and Peru by Christopher Sande-

man, kindly forwarded for study by the

Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens at

Kew. The place of deposit of the specimens

here cited is indicated as follows: BM (Brit-

ish Museum [Natural History], London);

Ch (Chicago Natural History Museum);

Col (Instituto de Ciencias Naturales, Bo-

gota); K (Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew);

NY (New York Botanical Garden); and

Us (U. 8. National Museum).

MYRISTICACEAE

Virola obovata Ducke in Bol. Técn. Inst. Agron.

Norte (Belém) 4: 12. 1945.

Cotomsia: Amazonas: Picada Cotuhé, Schultes

& Black 46-359 (US) (open ‘“‘varial,’ stream-

margin; tree 6 m high; fruit chestnut-colored).

This appears to be the second recorded col-

lection of the species, of which the type comes

from the mouth of the Javary in adjacent

Brazil. As compared with a duplicate of the type

(Ducke 1509), our specimen has the leaf-blades

' No. XII of this series was published in Contr.

U.S. Nat. Herb. 29: 317-393. 1950.

narrowly elliptic rather than slightly obovate,

and the indument of the lower surface evanescent;

the fruit is less developed than that of the type.

As mentioned by Ducke, the long hairs with

conspicuous lateral spurs, which are persistent

on inflorescences and to a certain extent on the

branchlets and petioles, characterize the species.

It is further distinguished from its apparent

allies, V. calophylla Warb. and V. calophylloidea

Markegraf, by its acute leaf-blades. Staminate

flowers are still desired accurately to ally the

species, but this would seem its probable rela-

tionship.

Virola micrantha, sp. nov.

Arbor ad 20 m alta, ramulis juvenilibus gra-

ciibus angulatis leviter flexuosis et partibus

novellis copiose stellato-pilosis (pilis sessilibus

ad 0.1 mm diametro, radiis 5-8), ramulis mox

glabratis teretibus cinerascentibus; foliis pro

genere parvis, petiolis leviter canaliculatis gra-

cilibus 3-7 mm longis ut ramulis pilosis, laminis

papyraceis vel tenuiter coriaceis in sicco fuscis,

elliptico-oblongis, 4.5-7.5 em longis, 1.8-3.2

em latis, basi et apice obtusis (vel apice obscure

mucronulatis), subtus pilis stellatis sessilibus

circiter 0.1 mm diametro plerumque 4—6-radiatis

inconspicue ornatis, costa supra leviter impressa

subtus prominente, nervis secundariis plerumque

utrinsecus 12-15 patentibus supra paullo im-

pressis subtus subplanis, venulis utrinque saepe

minute impressis; inflorescentiis & paniculatis

multifloris 4-6 cm longis latisque, pedunculo

1.5-2.5 em longo et ramulis ut partibus vegeta-

tivis novellis stellato-pilosis; bracteis sub florum

fasciculis submembranaceis deltoideo-orbiculari-

bus circiter 2 mm diametro stellato-pilosis mox

glabratis et caducis; floribus sessilibus in fasciculis

ultimis 1.5-2.5 mm diametro 6-10 aggregatis;

204. JOURNAL OF THE

perianthio membranaceo circiter | mm_ longo

extus stellato-puberulo fere ad basim 3-lobato,

lobis oblongis obtusis; androecio 0.5-0.6 mm

longo, stipite gracili utroque paullo contracto,

antheris 3 minutis (haud 0.2 mm longis) omnino

connatis; planta 9 ignota.

CotompriA: Amazonas: Trapecio Amazénico,

Quebrada Agua Preta, November 8, 1946, R. E.

Schultes & G. A. Black 46-377 (US 1988362

TYPE) (tree 20 m high, in “varial’’).

This well-marked species, with graceful in-

florescences and flowers which are (even for

Virola) minute, is probably best placed in my

species-group Rugulosae (cf. Brittonia 2: 455

seq. 1937), where its closest ally is V. minutzflora

Ducke. That species, however, has the _ leaf-

blades with 30-38 pairs of secondaries and the

flowers pedicellate, larger, and in ultimate clus-

ters of 50-100. The new species also suggests

some members of the species-group Surina-

menses, in particular V. parviflora Ducke, but

differences in foliage and in flower arrangement

and size are obvious.

Virola albidiflora Ducke in Journ. Washington

Acad. Sci. 26: 259. 1936; A. C. Sm. in Brittonia

2: 486. 1937.

Cotomstia: Meta: Sierra de la Macarena, Cen-

tral Mountains, Entrada Ridge, alt. 650 m,

Philipson, Idrobo, & Jaramillo 2233 (BM, Col,

US).

The cited specimen, in fruit, agrees excellently

with earlier known material from the Solimoes

region of Brazil, thus extending the known range

of the species into Colombia. The present col-

lection is described as a tree 25 m high, with green

fruits, occurring in dense forest.

MONIMIACEHAE

Siparuna oligogyna, sp. nov.

Arbor dioica ad 8 m alta vel frutex, ramulis

rectis gracilibus subteretibus ad nodos subcom-

planatis apices versus sublepidoto-pilosis (pilis

pallidis stellatis 0.15-0.3 mm diametro radiis

8-25 centrum versus adnatis); foliis oppositis,

petiolis gracilibus leviter canaliculatis 8-17 mm

longis ut ramulis pilosis, laminis papyraceis in

sicco viridi-olivaceis, obovato- vel lanceolato-

ellipticis, 9-18 em longis, 3.5-6.5 em latis, basi

acutis et in petiolum decurrentibus, apice cuspida-

tis (apice ipso obtuso ad 1.5 cm longo), margine

integris et anguste recurvatis, supra glabris vel

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

secus nervos sparsim stellato-pilosis, subtus pilis

eis ramulorum similibus saepe dispersis ornatis,

costa supra leviter elevata subtus prominente,

nervis secundariis utrinsecus 7-9 arcuato-ad-

scendentibus supra prominulis subtus elevatis,

nervis tertiariis transversis et rete venularum

utrinque inconspicue prominulis; inflorescentiis

co axillaribus solitariis vel binis cymosis 2-3

cm longis multifloris ubique ut ramulis juvenili-

bus flavescenti-sublepidoto-pilosis, pedunculo 5-

10 mm longo, ramis paucis, pedicellis sub anthesi

1-1.2 mm longis; floribus circiter 2 x 1.5 mm,

receptaculo obovoideo tenuiter carnoso margine

apicali integro lato, tepalis et velo omnino nullis;

staminibus 12-14 subaequalibus liberis leviter

exsertis, filamentis membranaceis deltoideo-ligu-

latis circiter 0.5 mm longis copiose glandulosis,

antheris minutis apice obtusis; inflorescentiis 9Q

similibus, floribus paucioribus sub anthesi cir-

citer 2.5 mm longis, receptaculo ellipsoideo car-

noso © simili, tepalis obsoletis; carpellis 3-5,

stylis liberis filiformibus longe exsertis; drupis

immaturis obovoideis ad 7 mm longis persis-

tenter pilosis.

Cotompia: Meta: Sierra de la Macarena, Rio

Guapaya, alt. 500 m, January 21, 1950, W. R.

Philipson, J. M. Idrobo, & R. Jaramillo 2195

(BM, Col, US 2026249 Type) (tree 8 m high, in

dense humid forest; flowers yellow); same lo-

cality, alt. 450 m, Philipson, Idrobo, & Ferndndez

1629 (BM, Col, US) (shrub, in dense forest on

bank of river; flowers greenish; fruits green).

The new species is characterized by its small

flowers, with obsolete tepals and lacking a velum,

and by its indument, which is composed of minute

stellate hairs with 8-25 rays connate toward the

depressed center. The trichome thus suggests a

scale, but since its rays are free for most of their

length it is probably best defined as a stellate

hair. The closest ally of the new species is the

Ecuadorian S. eggersit Hieron., which has a

similar but sparser indument, leaf-margins usually

obviously sinuate-dentate, larger flowers with

obvious but small tepals, fewer stamens, and more

numerous carpels. The type of S. oligogyna is

from a staminate plant, while no. 1629 bears

pistillate flowers and young fruits.

Siparuna idroboi, sp. nov.

Arbor. mediocris, ramulis teretibus copiose

stellato-tomentellis (pilis stramineis, radiis

plerumque 5-10 adscendentibus longitudine di-

JuLty 1953

versis 0.4-0.8 mm longis); foliis oppositis, pe-

tiolis gracilibus subteretibus valde diversis 2-6

em longis ut ramulis dense tomentellis, laminis

papyraceis in sicco fusco-viridibus subtus _ pal-

lidioribus, anguste ellipticis, 15-27 cm longis,

6-11.5 em latis, basi obtusis vel acutis, ad apicem

circiter 1 em longum calloso-obtusum gradatim

angustatis, margine inconspicue undulato-crenu-

latis, ubique stellato-pilosis, pilis facie superioris

radiis 2-5 adscendentibus 0.2-0.4 mm longis,

pilis faciei inferioris et supra ad nervos lon-

gioribus, radiis plerumque 5-12 ad 0.5 mm longis,

costa supra paullo elevata subtus prominente,

nervis secundariis utrinsecus 14-16 erecto-

patentibus subrectis supra leviter subtus valde

elevatis, rete venularum supra plano subtus

prominulo, venulis nonnullis in dentes margi-

nales terminantibus; inflorescentiis © axillaribus

cymosis solitariis vel binis multifloris 2-3 cm

longis ubique pilis 0.2-0.3 mm longis tomentellis,

pedunculo gracili 5-8 mm longo, ramulis paucis

basi pedicellorum delapsorum conspicue in-

erassatis; pedicellis gracilibus sub anthesi 4-5

mm longis, floribus obconicis circiter 3 mm longis

et 4 mm latis; receptaculo subcarnoso, limbo

patente crenulato e tepalis plerumque 6 rotun-

datis circiter 1 x 1.5 mm incrassatis composito

apice circumdato, velo inconspicuo complanato

circiter 0.5 mm lato, ore lato; staminibus 10-12

liberis 2- vel 3-serlatis leviter exsertis, extimis

maximis, filamentis carnosis oblongo-deltoideis

ad 1.2 mm longis latisque luteo-glandulosis,

antheris magnis; inflorescentiis 2 non visis.

Cotompra: Meta: Cordillera La Macarena

(extreme northeast), Macizo Renjifo, eastern

slopes, alt. 600-1300 m, December 30, 1950-

January 5, 1951, J. M. Idrobo & R. E. Schultes

846 (US 2026030 TrPr) (medium-sized tree).

The new species is characterized by its large,

thin leaves, its copious stellate indument (the

hairs of which, however, do not conceal the leaf-

surface), its flowers with an inconspicuous crenu-

late rim of small tepals, its flattened velum, and

its 10-12 free stamens. It seems most closely

related to the Bolivian S. cinerea Perk., from

which it is readily distinguished by its large,

long-petiolate, acuminate leaves and its more

numerous stamens. Siparuna idrobor superficially

suggests S. chiridota (Tul.) A. DC., but that

species has the foliage-indument appressed to

the leaf-surface rather than ascending, and its

stamens are very different, the four marginal

stamens surrounding a single central one.

SMITH: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS

205

HIPPOCRATEACEAE

Salacia opacifolia (Macbr.) A. C. Sm. in Brit-

tonia 3: 434. 1940.

Cotompia: Amazonas: Trapecio Amazénico,

Loretoyacu River, alt. about 100 m, on varzea

land, Schultes & Black 46-300 (US) (flowers

vellow).

This is the first Colombian record of a species

known from several collections in Amazonian

Peru and adjacent Brazil.

Salacia gigantea Loes. in Verh. Bot. Ver. Brand.

48: 182. 1907; A. C. Sm. in Brittonia 3: 450.

1940.

CoLtompiA: Amazonas: Trapecio Amazénico,

Loretoyacu River, alt. about 100 m, Schultes &

Black 8296 (US).

The cited specimen is the third collection of

the species known to me, the others being from

Brazil (Rio Jurua, the type locality, and Rio

Solim6es).

Tontelea congestiflora (A. C. Sm.) A. C. Sm. in

Brittonia 3: 496. 1940.

CoLomsia: Vaupés: Rio Kananari and Cerro

Isibukuri, alt. 250-700 m, Garcia-Barriga 13806

(US) (shrub 2 m high, the flowers red).

This species has previously been known only

from the two Krukoff collections from Amazonian

Brazil cited by me. The morphology of the species

is of particular interest because it represents a

unique condition in Tontelea, being the only

species of the genus that has entire stigmas oppo-

site the stamens. The Colombian specimen agrees

in every fundamental respect with those pre-

viously known, its inflorescence (to 3 cm long)

and petals (to 2.2 mm long) being slightly larger

than those described.

Peritassa laevigata (Hoffmanns.) A. C. Sm. in

Brittonia 3: 508. fig. 11, a-h. 1940.

Cotompia: Meta: Sierra de la Macarena,

Central Mountains, North Ridge, alt. 1400 m.,

Philipson & Idrobo 1944 (BM, Col, US). Vaupés:

Maviso, Romero 1257 (US).

This widespread and rather variable species

is here first recorded from Colombia. Romero

notes the local name as “huevo de gato” and

states that the fruit is edible.

Cheiloclinium obtusum A. C. Sm. in Brittonia 3:

545. 1940.

Brazit: Amazonas: Rio Vaupés, between

206

Ipanoré and confluence with Rio Negro, Igarapé

da Chuva, Taracud, Schultes & Murca Pires

9071 (US) (lana, with small yellow flowers).

The cited collection, the second known for the

species, agrees excellently with the type, from

the vicinity of Iquitos, Peru.

ERICACEAE

Befaria nana A. C. Sm. & Ewan in Contr. U. S.

Nat. Herb. 29: 333. 1950.

VENEZUELA: Zulia: Perijd, alt. 2800-2900 m,

Bro. Ginés 1985 (US) (small shrub on pdramo;

flowers red).

Among the interesting specimens recently

collected by Brother Ginés in Zulia occurs the

second collection of B. nana, otherwise known

only from the type, obtained in the adjacent

Colombian portion of the Sierra PerijAé. The new

material is somewhat the more robust and has a

slightly different indument, but the deviation is

not surprising in Befaria, of which the species

are extremely variable. The original description

may now be amplified as follows:

Glandular hairs of the branchlets and pedicels

up to 2 mm in length (hairs of this type also

present on both surfaces of leaves, especially

along the costa beneath), the softer, canescent

indument of the type specimen completely lack-

ing in Ginés 1985; leaf-blades up to 22 mm long

and 3 mm broad; inflorescence similarly terminal

but comparatively elongate, the rachis up to 3.5

cm long, the pedicellary bracteoles about 3 mm

long.

Tepuia speciosa A. C. Sm. in Contr. U. 8S. Nat.

Herb. 29: 336. 1950.

VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Mount Auyan-tepui,

alt. 2,100 m, Cardona 2659 (US).

The second collection of this very distinct

species, from the type locality, agrees excellently

with Cardona’s earlier material (no. 257) upon

which the species was based. Of considerable

interest also are additional specimens from the

type locality of two of the original species of the

remarkable genus Tepuia, based upon earlier

collections from Auyan-tepui (cf. Camp in Brit-

tonia 3: 178-184, fig. 4, 5. 1939). These collec-

tions represent T. tatei Camp (Cardona 2667,

US) and T. venusta Camp (Cardona 2666, US).

Pernettya purpurascens (H. B. K.) comb. nov.

‘““Gualtheria’’ purpurascens H. B. K. Nov. Gen.

& Sp. 3: 282. 1818.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 7

Cotomsia: Humboldt & Bonpland (type in

herb. Paris; photo. of isotype in herb. Berlin,

Chi. Nat. Hist. Mus. photo. no. 4759, in US, etc.);

Cundinamarca: Pdéramo de Choachi, near Bo-

gota, alt. 3300-3500 m., Pennell 2218 (NY, US)

(shrub on dry pdéramo; fruit black-purple);

Pdramo de Guasca, 8 km east of Guasca, alt.

3500-3600 m, Fosberg 21701 (US) (prostrate,

occasional in open spots on ridges; lower surface

of leaves purple; ripe fruit black).

Gaultheria purpurascens is apparently a very

rare plant, and perhaps for this reason the fact

that it is referable to Pernettya has been over-

looked. The three specimens known to me are

all in fruit and in this condition unmistakably

represent Pernettya, the calyx-lobes remaining

small and free from the mature fruit. The species

is not accounted for in Sleumer’s revision of

Pernettya (in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12:

626-655. 1935), and it appears not to have been

redescribed in either genus. Its position in Per-

nettya is very distinct, the long, stiff, bristlelike

hairs that cover both sides of the leaves and the

distal parts of branches immediately distinguish-

ing it; its relationship to the forms of P. pros-

trata (Cav.) Sleumer that occur in the Andes

seems remote.

VACCINIACEAE?

Gaylussacia cardenasii, sp. nov.

Frutex ad 3 m altus, ramulis gracilibus sub-

teretibus cinereis apices versus dense foliatis et

copiose puberulo-tomentellis (pilis albidis ad

0.5 mm longis) mox glabratis; petiolis gracilibus

canaliculatis 2-2.5 mm longis ut ramulis puberu-

lis glabratisque; foliorum laminis subcoriaceis

in sicco olivaceis oblongis, (2—) 2.5-4 em longis,

0.8-1.2 cm latis, basi obtusis vel subacutis, apice

obtusis vel rotundatis atque glandula crassius-

cula prominente terminatis, margine leviter

recurvatis obscure crenulatis vel subintegris,

junioribus utrinque copiose luteo-glandulosis

et praecipue marginem versus parce puberulis,

maturis glabratis glandulis obscuris, costa supra

subplana (in foliis maturis impressa) subtus

elevata, nervis secundariis utrinsecus 4-6 sub-

adscendentibus et rete venularum utrinque primo

prominulis demum subimmersis; racemis axil-

laribus 8-12-floris basi bracteis circumdatis,

2 The genera of Vacciniaceae are discussed in

the sequence proposed by Sleumer in Bot. Jahrb.

71: 386-389. 1941.

JuLY 1953

bracteis imbricatis papyraceis margine brevi-

ciliolatis, extimis semiorbicularibus, intimis obo-

vatis ad 6 mm longis, rhachi gracili tereti pilis al-

bidis 0.1-0.2 mm longis copiose puberula ac etiam

dispersim luteo-glandulosa, glandulis mterdum

brevi-stipitatis; bracteis sub floribus papyraceis

oblongis vel obovato-ellipticis, 6-9 mm longis,

4-6 mm latis, saepe apiculatis, utrinque obscure

puberulis etiam luteo-glandulosis; pedicellis gra-

cilibus sub anthesi 2-4 mm longis ut rhachi

puberulis et glandulosis supra medium bibrac-

teolatis, bracteolis lineari-oblanceolatis 3-4 mm

longis 0.5-1 mm latis pariter indutis; calyce sub

anthesi 3-4 mm longo apice circiter 5 mm diame-

tro, tubo breviter cupuliformi pilis patentibus

0.5-1 mm longis capitato-glandulosis copiose

hispidulo etiam glandulis numerosis subsessilibus

ornato, limbo campanulato-rotato dorso sessili-

glanduloso intus glabro, margine puberulo-

ciliolato etiam glandulis brevi-stipitatis copiose

ornato, lobis 5 ovato-deltoideis obtusis 2-2.5

mm longis latisque; disco pulvinato centrum

versus obscure puberulo; corolla submembrana-

cea maturitate campanulata circiter 6 mm longa

apice 6-7 mm diametro, utrinque glabra vel

extus pilis paucis brevi-stipitatis glandulosis

ornata, lobis 5 deltoideis obtusis circiter 3 mm

longis latisque saepe recurvatis; staminibus 10

ad 3.8 mm longis, filamentis liberis ligulatis circi-

ter 1.5 mm longis ubique adscendenti-albido-

puberulis, antheris 2.5-2.7 mm longis, thecis

circiter 1 mm longis basi obtusis, tubulis per

rimas ovales introrsas dehiscentibus; stylo crasso

tereti circiter 5 mm longo basim versus puberulo,

stigmate minute peltato.

Botivia: Santa Cruz: Samaipata, ‘El Fuerte,”

alt. 1700 m, November 1950, M. Cardenas 4643

(US 2027184 Typr) (shrub 2-3 m high, on grassy

slopes; flowers pinkish).

The species here described is not closely allied

to the known Andean species of Gaylussacia,

being very different from those recently described

by Sleumer as G. loxensis and G. peruviana (in

Bot. Jahrb. 71: 384-385. 1941). It is more

closely related to those few Brazilian species

that have short, campanulate corollas and a

glandular indument, perhaps especially to G.

rugosa Cham. & Schlechtend., from which it

differs in its narrower leaf-blades, which are

subacute or obtuse at apex rather than prevail-

ingly retuse. The new species, as compared with

G. rugosa, has a shorter inflorescerice and a dif-

ferent distribution of glandular hairs; in the

SMITH: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS

207

Brazilian species such hairs are present on the

branchlets, rachis, and pedicels as well as on the

calyx, but in G. cardenaswi the glands are very

nearly sessile except on the calyx-tube.

Sphyrospermum haughtii, sp. nov.

Frutex gracilis, ramulis elongatis teretibus

inconspicue flexuosis apices versus 0.6—-0.8 mm

diametro breviter villosis (pilis pallidis 0.5-1

mm longis) demum cinereis glabratisque; petiolis

gracilibus subteretibus 0.5-1 mm longis ut

ramulis pilosis et glabratis; laminis in sicco coria-

ceis ut videtur in vivo carnosis opacis, ovatis,

(2—) 2.5-38 em longis, (1.2—) 1.5-1.8 cm latis, basi

rotundatis, apice gradatim acuminatis (apice

ipso saepe 5 mm longo calloso-obtuso), margine

integris incrassatis anguste recurvatis, utrinque

primo inconspicue pallido-pilosis (pilis ad 0.5

mm longis) mox glabratis vel subtus pilos casta-

neos glandulosos minutos dispersim gerentibus,

costa et nervis secundariis plerumque 4 basim

versus orientibus obscuris immersis, venulis

immersis; inflorescentia axillari 1- vel 2-flora

quam foliis breviore, rhachi subnulla, bracteis

sub floribus lanceolatis 0.7-1 mm longis parce

villosis, pedicellis gracilibus teretibus sub anthesi

7-10 mm longis ut calyce copiose villoso-puberu-

lis (pilis albidis 0.2-0.4 mm longis) infra medium

bibracteolatis, bracteolis linearibus circiter 0.7

mm longis; calyce sub anthesi 4-5 mm longo

et apice diametro, tubo turbinato 2.5-3 mm longo

et lato basi acuto apice leviter contracto, limbo

erecto-patente papyraceo intus glabro 5-lobato,

lobis late deltoideis acutis 0.6-1 mm _longis,

sinubus rotundatis; disco annulari-pulvinato

glabro; corolla carnosa urceolata sub anthesi

circiter 6 mm longa et 4.5 mm diametro praeter

lobos interdum puberulos ubique glabra, lobis 5

deltoideis acutis circiter 0.7 mm longis; stami-

nibus 10 quam corolla paullo brevioribus alter-

natim leviter inaequalibus, filamentis ligulatis

alternatim circiter 1 mm et 1.5 mm longis su-

perne pilis circiter 0.5 mm longis pallido-villo-

sulis, antheris 3.5-4 mm longis, thecis circiter

1.5 mm longis basi rotundatis, tubulis quam

thecis longioribus gracillimis per rimas ovales

circiter 0.5 mm longas dehiscentibus; stylo gracili

corollam fere aequante; fructibus juvenilibus

obovoideis et calycis limbo persistenter pilosis.

Ecuapor: Bolivar: Road above Balzapamba,

alt. 2,400 m, May 3, 1942, O. Haught 3302 (US

1708049 Type) (rock plant, the shoots ascending

208 JOURNAL OF THE

or trailing, the leaves rather thick; flowers very

pale yellow).

The new species is characterized by its thick,

acuminate leaves, short-pedicellate flowers, uni-

formly villose-puberulent calyx, urceolate gla-

brous corolla, and stamens with very slender

tubules. In general it seems most closely allied to

S. sodirot (Hoer.) A. C. Sm., but that species has

somewhat smaller, obtuse to subacute leaves, the

corolla cylindric, at least 9 mm long and copi-

ously villose, and stamens with comparatively

long filaments.

Sphyrospermum buesii, sp. nov.

Frutex forsan epiphyticus et dependens, ramu-

lis elongatis gracilibus apices versus hispidulo-

puberulis (pilis pallidis ad 1 mm longis) demum

glabratis, ad nodos incrassatis; petiolis gracili-

bus subteretibus circiter 1.5 mm longis ut

ramulis pilosis; laminis coriaceis ut videtur in

vivo carnosis opacis, oblongo-lanceolatis, (2—)

2.5-3 cm longis, 0.8-1.2 em latis, basi obtusis vel

anguste rotundatis, apice gradatim acuminatis

et calloso-obtusis, margine incrassatis et anguste

recurvatis, utrinque parce pilosis (pilis pallidis

ad 1 mm longis) mox glabratis, e basi 3- vel 5-

nerviis, nervis et venulis immersis; inflorescentia

axillari 1- vel 2-flora quam foliis breviore, basi

bracteis paucis ovato-deltoideis acutis 1-2 mm

longis parce hispidulis cireumdata, rhachi sub-

nulla, pedicellis gracilibus sub anthesi 4-7 mm

longis mox glabratis; calyce sub anthesi circiter

6 mm longo et apice 4 mm diametro extus pilis

pallidis 0.6-0.8 mm longis copiose tomentello,

tubo ellipsoideo 2-3 mm longo 1.5-2 mm dia-

metro, limbo suberecto tubum excedente papyra-

ceo intus glabro profunde 4- vel 5-lobato, lobis

lanceolatis 2—2.5 mm longis subacutis, sinubus

acutis; disco annulari-pulvinato glabro; corolla

tenuiter carnosa urceolata sub anthesi 7-8 mm

longa et medium versus circiter 4 mm diametro,

basi et apice valde contracta, superne pilis cas-

taneis 0.1—-0.3 mm longis parce glanduloso-pilosa,

lobis 4 vel 5 oblongis subacutis circiter 1 mm

longis; staminibus 8 vel 10 similibus longitudine

corollam fere aequantibus glabris, filamentis

gracilibus ligulatis cireiter 3 mm longis, antheris

circiter 3.5 mm longis, thecis 1.5-2 mm longis

basi obtusis, tubulis gracilibus thecas subae-

quantibus per rimas elongatas 1 mm vel ultra

longas dehiscentibus; stylo gracili corollam sub-

aequante.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Law A

VOL. 43, NO. 7

Peru: Cusco: Yanatin Palmacocha, Alturas

de Chaco, Prov. Convencion, alt. about 2700 m,

August 15, 1928, C. Bues 2165 (US 1423528

TYPE) (collected in the “ceja de la montafia’’).

Although the relationship of this new species

appears to be with S. sodirot (Hoer.) A. C. Sm.

and the above described S. haughtit, it is very

distinct from both on the basis of its propor-

tionately narrower leaves and its elongate calyx

with lanceolate lobes and acute sinuses. It is

further distinguished from SS. sodirot by its

shorter, essentially glabrous corolla and_ its

shorter filaments, and from S. haughtii by its

shorter pedicels, slightly longer corolla and fila-

ments, and short anther-tubules dehiscing by

comparatively elongate clefts.

Killipiella stereophylla A. C. Sm. in Contr. U.S.

Nat. Herb. 29: 357. 1950:

Cotomsia: Nariio: Rio Nembi, André 3399

(K) (May 23, 1876; scandent; flowers whitish

rose).

The second known collection of this recently

described species comes from essentially the type

locality, the Rio Nembi being a small tributary

of the Rio Cuaiquer about 20 km west of Ri-

caurte, the locality of von Sneidern’s type (no.

612). In floral characters the two specimens are

nearly identical, but the leaf-blades of the

André specimen are only 10-15 mm long by

3-6 mm broad, somewhat smaller than those of

the type.

Notopora cardonae, sp. nov.

Frutex ad 2 m altus multiramosus, ramulis

rigidis teretibus graciliibus purpureo-fuscis co-

piose pubescentibus (pilis albidis debilibus paten-

tibus 0.5-1 mm longis) demum glabratis cineras-

centibus lenticellatis; foliis confertis saepe subim-

bricatis, petiolis teretibus rugulosis 2-3 mm longis

validis (circiter 1 mm diametro) ut ramulis

juvenilibus pilosis (pils 0.2-0.5 mm _longis);

folorum laminis rigide coriaceis in sicco fusco-

olivaceis, plus minusve orbicularibus, 1.2-2 em

longis latisque, basi rotundatis vel minute corda-

tis, apice rotundatis (apice ipso obscure calloso),

margine valde recurvatis vel subrevolutis, supra

ut petiolis molliter pilosis, subtus sparsius vel

secus costam pilosis, demum interdum subgla-

bratis, subtus immerso-glandulosis, inconspicue

pinnatinerviis, costa supra subplana subtus

leviter elevata, nervis secundariis utrinsecus 3-5

JULY 1953

patentibus et rete venularum supra interdum

inconspicue prominulis subtus planis vel im-

mersis; inflorescentia axillari uniflora, rhachi sub-

nulla; pedicellis teretibus validis, in sicco 0.7-1

mm diametro rugulosis, sub anthesi 3-5 mm

longis, ut petiolis pilosis, basi bracteis pluribus

imbricatis subcoriaceis deltoideis acutis ad 0.5

mm longis parce pilosis circumdatis, paullo supra

medium bibracteolatis (bracteolis bracteis simi-

libus 1-1.3 mm longis), cum calyce conspicue

articulatis; calyce in sicco subcoriaceo, 5-5.5

mm longo, 4.5-5 mm apice diametro, extus ut

pedicellis parce piloso mox glabrato, tubo cu-

puliformi circiter 2mm longo ad sinus inconspicue

5-angulato, limbo campanulato quam tubo lon-

giore margine pilis circiter 0.5 mm longis persist-

enter ciliato 5-lobato, lobis deltoideis acutis 1-1.5

mm longis, sinubus rotundatis; disco carnoso

annulari-pulvinato glabro; corolla cylindrico-

subclavata tenuiter carnosa sub anthesi 22-25

mm longa et supra medium 5-6 mm diametro,

utrinque glabra, lobis 5 sub anthesi patentibus

oblongo-deltoideis obtusis 2-3 mm longis; stami-

nibus 10 longitudine corollam fere aequantibus

glabris similibus, filamentis subcarnosis ligulatis

15-17 mm longis primo corollam adhaerentibus

mox liberis, antheras dorso apice thecarum ad-

nexis, antheris validis 5-6 mm longis, thecis

granulatis 3.5-4 mm longis basi obtusis, tubulis

quam thecis brevioribus erectis liberis amplis per

rimas ovales dorsales 1.5-2 mm longas dehiscenti-

bus; stylo gracili tereti corollam subaequante,

stigmate minute peltato; fructibus juvenilibus

ellipsoideis coriaceis levibus 5-6 mm_longis

ealycis limbo persistente coronatis.

VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Summit of Mount

Auyan-tepui, Alto Caronf, alt. 2500 m, January

1949, F. Cardona 2656 (US 1997672 TYPE)

(shrub 2 m high; corolla red).

The remarkable plant here described, another

representative of the highly endemic flora of

Mount Auyan-tepui, does not at first glance sug-

gest the supposedly monotypic genus Notopora,

which has been extended in range but not in

number of species since its proposal in 1876

ook. im took. Ic.) Pl. 12: 53. pl. 1149).

However, the stamens with elongate filaments

and short, dorsally dehiscing anthers permit of

no other disposition of Cardona’s plant. From

N. schomburgkit Hook. f. our species is distin-

guished by many striking characters, most ob-

viously by its small, coriaceous, suborbicular

leaves with a sparser and quite different indu-

SMITH: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS

209

ment, its flowers lacking the persistent brown

tomentum that covers both calyx and corolla in

the older species, its comparatively small calyx,

and its longer corolla and filaments.

Psammisia fissilis A. C. Sm. in Contr. U.S. Nat.

Herbs 2927372. 1950:

Peru: San Martin: Almirante, Rioja [west of

Moyobamba], Sandeman, August 1938 (K) (tall

shrubby tree, growing in semi-shade in rain-

forest; corolla bright red).

This unnumbered Sandeman specimen repre-

sents the third known collection of the species

and the first from Peru; the species was described

on the basis of two Steyermark collections from

the Province of Loja, Ecuador. The present

specimen agrees excellently with the type (al-

though the Ecuadorean specimens were indicated

as hanas or epiphytic shrubs), except that its

inflorescence-rachis is less than 1 em long and

bears only 4-6 flowers. In view of the similarity

of foliage and floral parts, one cannot consider

the compact inflorescence consequential.

Thibaudia pachyantha A. C. Sm. in Contr. U.S.

Nat. Herb. 28: 415. 1932.

Cotompia: Nariio: Barbacoas, between Co-

rregimiento Santander (Buenavista) and Barba-

coas (mouth of Rio Telembf), alt. 200-840 m,

Garcia-Barriga 13121 (US).

The cited specimen represents the second col-

lection of this very distinct species, which other-

wise has been known only from the type, collected

by Triana also in Narimo. The Garcfa-Barriga

specimen is somewhat better preserved than the

type and larger in some of its parts, having the

lead-blades up to 18 em long and 12 em broad

and gradually narrowed to an acuminate apex,

while some of the pedicels are as long as 5.5 cm.

The plant is said to be a small tree 3 m high, with

red pedicels and corollas and yellowish-green

calyces.

Plutarchia monantha, sp. nov.

Frutex parvus ubique plus minusve glaber,

partibus novellis obscure puberulis, ramulis

gracilibus apices versus circiter 2 mm diametro

angulatis; stipulis intrapetiolaribus ovatis ob-

tusis circiter 1.5 mm longis mox caducis; foliis

parvis confertis, petiolis rugulosis canaliculatis

2-4 mm longis, laminis coriaceis in sicco olivaceis

ovatis, (10—) 15-25 mm longis, (6—) 8-13 mm latis,

basi truncato-rotundatis, apice calloso-acutis,

210 JOURNAL OF THE

margine integris incrassatis, Juventute subtus

interdum elanduloso-strigosis,

pinnatinervils, supra leviter

subtus elevata, nervis secundartis

circiter 3 immersis; floribus axillaribus solitariis

subsessilibus basi bracteis pluribus imbricatis

circumdatis, bracteis extimis parvis reniformibus

interdum glanduloso-marginatis, intimis maximis

papyraceis ellipticis ad 11 mm longis et 7 mm

latis margine scariosis et parce ciliolatis, omnino

eaducis; pedicellis 0.5-1.5 mm _ longis primo

minute puberulis ut videtur ebracteolatis; calyce

sub anthesi circiter 11 mm longo et apice diame-

tro, tubo coriaceo in sicco angulato basi truncato

circiter 2.5 mm longo, limbo papyraceo erecto-

patente fere ad basim 5-lobato, lobis lanceolatis

acutis 7-8 mm longis, 2.6-3 mm latis margine

glanduloso-ciliolatis; corolla carnosa ample cylin-

drica sub anthesi 21-23 mm longa et circiter 8

mm diametro, lobis 5 deltoideis ‘acutis circiter

1.5 x 3 mm; staminibus 10 similibus longitudine

corollam fere aequantibus, filamentis liberis

ligulatis circiter 2.5 mm longis superne pilis ad

0.6 mm _ longis ciliolato-marginatis, antheris

17-18 mm longis, thecis 4—4.5 mm longis basi

obtusis et incurvatis, tubulis quam thecis multo

longioribus per rimas distales ad 2 mm longas

dehiscentibus; stylo tereti corollam subaequante.

CotompiaA: Caldas: Vicinity of Manizales,

alt. about 3,300 m, January 1948, Christopher

Sandeman 5694 (K typr) (subshrub, with

coriaceous, bright green leaves; corolla cherry-

red, greenish white at apex).

The beautiful little Plutarchia here described

is closely related only to the recently proposed

P. minor A. ©. Sm. Gn Contr: U.S. Nat. Herb:

29: 380. 1950), differing in its ovate, larger, acute

leaf-blades and its subsessile, somewhat larger

flowers. From the only other species of this im-

mediate alliance, P. rigida (Benth.) A. C. Sm.,

the new species is distinguished by its smaller

leaves, solitary flowers, and smaller calyx-lobes,

corolla, and stamens.

obscure

impressa

utrinsecus

parce

costa

Cavendishia porphyrea A. C. Sm. in Contr. U.S.

Nat. Herb. 29: 3838. 1950.

CotomsiA: Narifio: Barbacoas, between Co-

rregimiento Santander (Buenavista) and Barba-

coas (mouth of Rio Telembf), alt. 200-840 m,

Garcia-Barriga 13125 (US).

The cited specimen agrees excellently with

the type and only other known specimen of this

recently described species, from the Department

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

of Cauca at low elevation. The Narifio material

has slightly larger leaves than those described,

the blades being up to 8 em long and 2.5 em broad,

proportionately somewhat narrower than those

of the type but with the same abrupt and slender

acumen (up to 25 mm long). The flowers of the

Garcia-Barriga specimen are slightly smaller

than those of the type, having the calyx about

6 mm long and the corolla about 30 mm long,

with proportionately smaller stamens. These dif-

ferences are no more than individual in an ex-

tremely well-marked species.

Cavendishia sandemanii, sp. nov.

Frutex, ramulis subteretibus glabris apices

versus stramineis circiter 3 mm diametro in-

ferne purpureo-cinereis; petiolis semiteretibus

rugulosis 2-4 mm longis supra paullo puberulis;

foliorum laminis coriaceis in sicco olivaceis,

oblongo-ovatis, (3.5-) 5-6 em longis, (2—) 2.5-3

cm latis, basi rotundatis vel subcordatis, apice

obtusis vel obtuse brevi-cuspidatis, margine

integris leviter recurvatis, supra glabris, subtus

minute glanduloso-strigillosis mox glabratis,

costa supra paullo impressa subtus elevata,

nervis secundariis utrinsecus 2 vel 3 e basi vel

paullo supra orientibus adscendentibus costa

similibus, extimis saepe obscuris, rete venularum

immerso; inflorescentia apices ramulorum versus

axillari racemosa multiflora basi bracteis sub-

coriaceis semiorbicularibus dorso subpuberulis

intimis ad 4 x 5 mm circumdata, rhachi gracili

glabra (3-) 4-6.5 cm longa, bracteis sub floribus

papyraceis glabris obovato-oblongis ad 25 mm

longis et 12 mm latis; pedicellis gracilibus tereti-

bus rugulosis sub anthesi et fructu 12-15 mm

longis, superne inconspicue _ sessili-glandulosis,

basim versus manifeste bibracteolatis, bracteolis

papyraceis lineari-lanceolatis 5-6 mm _ longis,

0.7-1 mm latis, glandulas paucas marginales

gerentibus; calyce sub anthesi circiter 5 mm longo

et 7 mm apice diametro, tubo coriaceo cupuli-

formi 2—2.5 mm longo ruguloso glandulis pallidis

dispersis sessilibus ornato, limbo subpatente pa-

pyraceo tubum subaequante glabro 5- vel 6-

lobato, lobis late deltoideis acutis circiter 1 mm

longis glandulas lineares subapicales gerentibus,

sinubus rotundatis; corolla tenuiter carnosa cylin-

drica sub anthesi circiter 15 mm longa et 5 mm

diametro extus pilis ad 0.5 mm longis albidis

copiose puberula intus glabra, lobis 5 vel 6

oblongis obtusis 1-1.5 mm longis; staminibus 10

vel 12 longitudine subaequalibus circiter 14 mm

JuLY 1953

longis, filamentis liberis ligulatis superne intus

puberulis alternatim circiter 1.5 mm et 2 mm

longis, antheris paullo inaequalibus, thecis 44.5

mm longis, tubulis 8-9 mm longis per rimas elon-

gatas dehiscentibus; stylo tereti corollam subae-

quante; fructibus juvenilibus subglobosis ad 6

mm longis glabris, pedicellorum bracteolis sub-

persistentibus.

Cotompta: Boyacd or Santander: Between

Paipa (Boyacd) and San Gil (Santander), alt.

about 3,000 m, May 1948, Christopher Sandeman

6015 (K TyPE) (shrub, growing in full exposure

in moist places; corolla bright cherry-red).

In foliage and fundamental floral characters

the new species is very similar to C. cordifolia

(H. B. K.) Hoer., but it seems to merit specific

recognition because of its elongate racemes (the

rachis in C. cordifolia being insignificant, only

rarely approaching 3 cm in length) and its long,

linear-lanceolate pedicellary bracteoles (those

of C. cordifolia being usually 1-3 mm long and

comparatively evanescent). The pedicels and

calyeces of C. cordifolia are usually copiously

pilose at anthesis and frequently persistently

so, its vegetative parts are often white-pilose,

and its pedicels only rarely exceed 10 mm in

length. The occasionally 6-merous flowers of the

new species are probably not significant. Caven-

dishia cordifolia is now known from a great

number of specimens from the Eastern Cordillera

of Colombia and is quite homogeneous, so that

the inclusion of the extreme form here described

as C. sandemanii at present seems unwarranted.

Cavendishia rigidifolia A. C. Sm. in Contr. U.S.

Nat. Herb. 28: 500. 1932.

Cotompia: Antioquia: Medellin, Rio Negro,

alt. about 2,100 m, Sandeman 5660 (K) (tall

straggling shrub, growing in full exposure and

in semi-shade; corolla pink, tinged with white);

Medellin, camino viejo al Alto de Santa Elena,

alt. about 2,300 m, Uribe Uribe 2073 (US)

(shrub; corolla red).

The second and third known collections of

this rare species, like the type, were obtained in

Antioquia; they agree with the type in all es-

sential characters, but the leaves are slightly

smaller (petioles sometimes only 3 mm long;

leaf-blades toward apices of branchlets as small

as 10 by 2 cm, but more often at least 13 by 2.5

em, with the same proportions, texture, and

venation as those of the type).

SMITH: SOUTH AMERICAN PLANTS

211

Orthaea ferreyrae, sp. nov.

Frutex ad 5 m altus, ramulis rectis sub-

teretibus vel superne angulatis apices versus 1.5—

3 mm diametro puberulis (pilis patentibus

albidis ad 0.4 mm longis) vel glabris cinerascenti-

bus; stipulis intrapetiolaribus interdum _persis-

tentibus lanceolatis 2-5 mm longis; petiolis semi-

teretibus vel canaliculatis rugulosis 3-5 mm

longis ut ramulis puberulis vel glabris, foliorum

laminis in sicco subcoriaceis fusco-olivaceis,

lanceolatis, (5-) 7-11 em longis, 1.5-3 em latis,

basi obtusis, superne ad apicem 1-2 em longum

mucronulatum gradatim angustatis, margine

integris incrassatis saepe recurvatis, utrinque

glabris vel subtus inconspicue glanduloso-strigo-

sis vel secus costam breviter pilosis, costa supra

impressa subtus prominente, nervis secundaris

utrinsecus 2 vel 3 adscendentibus inconspicuis

supra planis vel prominulis, intimis cum costa

5-20 mm interdum concurrentibus subtus paullo

elevatis, aliis e basi orientibus interdum subim-

mersis, nervis tertiarlis e costa paucis inconspi-

cuis et rete venularum immersis vel supra sub-

prominulis; inflorescentia axillari racemosa 10-

20-flora (floribus sub anthesi paucioribus) basi

bracteis mox caducis circumdata, rhachi (2-)

3-7 cm longa ut ramulis parce puberula_ vel

glabra, bracteis sub floribus lanceolatis circiter

2 mm longis caducis; pedicellis sub anthesi 15-20

mm longis superne incrassatis basim versus

bibracteolatis, bracteolis mox caducis, ut calyce

parce puberulis vel glabris; calyce sub anthesi

5-7 mm longo et apice diametro, tubo leviter

apophysato in sicco ruguloso 2-3 mm _ longo,

limbo erecto-patente papyraceo quam _ tubo

longiore margine glandulas inconspicuas sessiles

interdum gerente 5-dentato, dentibus deltoideo-

apiculatis haud 0.5-1 mm longis, sinubus rotun-

datis vel complanatis; corolla tenuiter carnosa

glabra cylindrica sub anthesi 18-21 mm longa et

circiter 5 mm diametro, superne contracta, lobis

5 oblongo-deltoideis obtusis 2—2.5 mm _ longis;

staminibus 10 alternatim valde inaequalibus,

filamentis membranaceis alternatim 3-4 mm et

5-8 mm longis inferne in tubum connatis, lon-

gioribus distaliter gracilibus et ciliolatis vel

puberulis, antheris 4-6 mm longis, tubulis thecas

subaequantibus per rimas ovales 1-2 mm longas

apertas dehiscentibus; stylo tereti corollam sub-

aequante, stigmate minute peltato.

Peru: Hudnuco: Carpish, crest between

Hudnuco and Tingo Maria, alt. 2800-2900 m,

212 JOURNAL OF THE

February 6, 1950, R. Ferreyra 6709 (US 2057842

TYPE) (shrub about | m high, in evergreen woods;

corolla red, the apex white); Loreto: Divisoria,

Prov. de Coronel Portillo, alt. 1,500-1,600 m,

Ferreyra 1671 (US) (shrub 2-5 m high, in tropical

forest; corolla scarlet, white at apex); Junin:

Huacapistana, alt. 1,700-1,800 m, Sandeman,

June 1938 (K) (shrub in semishade on edge of

rain-forest; corolla deep rose), Sandeman 4514

(KX) (subshrub, in scrub on mountainside; corolla

crimson), 4588 (kK) (shrub on overhanging rock

in gully, in semishade; corolla crimson); Agua

Dulee, Prov. Tarma, alt. 2,000 m, Woytkowski

35482 (Ch, US) (shrub 4 m high, in forest; calyx

red; corolla vermilion with white tip).

The cited specimens are not entirely identical,

but there seems little doubt that they represent

the same taxon, apparently localized in central

Peru. The type has a fairly persistent indument

on its branchlets, rachis, and pedicels, while the

other specimens are essentially glabrous; Fer-

reyra 1671 has slightly smaller calyces than the

other collections.

Orthaea ferreyrae is related to a group of three

species of southern Peru and Bolivia, having

flowers most similar to those of O. pinnatinervia

Mansf., from which it differs in having its leaves

with basally oriented, ascending secondaries,

and in its elongate inflorescence, longer pedicels

and calyx, more ample corolla, and stamens with

much longer filaments and somewhat larger

anthers. From O. weberbauert Hoer., which it

resembles in foliage, the new species differs in

obvious floral characters, namely its longer

pedicels, its calyx-Lmb without marginal thick-

enings and with rounded rather than acute

sinuses, and its much larger stamens. As com-

pared with O. ignea Sleumer, O. ferreyrae lacks

the rufescent foliar indument and is further dis-

tinguished by its elongate inflorescence and

larger flowers, especially as regards the pedicels,

calyx, and filaments.

Satyria vargasii, sp. nov.

Frutex ad 2 m altus, ramulis subteretibus

stramineis vel purpurascentibus apices versus

1-2.5 mm diametro et minute albido-puberulis

demum glabratis; foliis pro genere parvis, petiolis

subteretibus rugulosis 1-2 mm longis ut ramulis

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

puberulis glabratisque, laminis in sicco sub-

coriaceis fusco-olivaceis glabris, ellipticis, 2-3

em longis, 1.3-1.8 em latis, basi rotundatis vel

late obtusis, apice rotundatis, margine integris

incrassatis leviter recurvatis, e basi 5- vel 7-

nervus, costa nervisque secundariis intimis

adscendentibus supra prominulis subtus paullo

elevatis, nervis secundariis inferioribus et rete

venularum saepe immersis; inflorescentia 1- vel

2-flora basi bracteis paucis papyraceis deltoideis

obtusis ad 1.5 mm longis ciliolatis caducis cir-

cumdata; pedicellis teretibus in sicco rugulosis

sub anthesi ad 12 mm longis et calyce minute

puberulis basim versus bibracteolatis, brac-

teolis lanceolatis acutis 1.5-2 mm longis; calyce

sub anthesi circiter 4.5 mm longo et 5 mm apice

diametro, tubo cupuliformi 1.5-2 mm longo, limbo

papyraceo erecto-patente intus glabro profunde

5-lobato, lobis ovato-deltoideis apiculatis 2—2.5

mm longis, smubus acutis; disco annulari-pul-

vinato glabro; corolla tenuiter carnosa cylindrica

sub anthesi 10-12 mm longa et circiter 4 mm

diametro extus minute puberula intus glabra,

lobis 5 oblongis haud 1 mm longis; staminibus 10

leviter inaequalibus alternatim circiter 5.5 mm

et 6 mm longis, filamentis membranaceis glabris

in tubum circiter 2.5 mm longum connatis,

antheris alternatim circiter 3.7 mm et 4.2 mm

longis, thecis basi apiculatis incurvatis, tubulis

longitudine thecas subaequantibus apice dila-

tatis per rimas ovales 1-1.5 mm longas dehis-

centibus; stylo gracili tereti corollam suhae-

quante.

Peru: Cusco: Prov. Paucartambo, between

Sanamayo and Tambomayo, alt. 1360 m, May

4, 1947, C. Vargas C. 6493 (US 1997863 TYPE)

(shrub about 2 m high, in open valley).

Although the plant here described is super-

ficially suggestive of such small-leaved species

of Thibaudia as T. biflora (Poepp. & Endl.)

Hoer., its staminal characters make its assign-

ment to Satyria imperative. Here, however, it

has no close allies, being perhaps most nearly

related to S. polyantha A. C. Sm., from which it

is immediately distinguished by its much smaller

leaves, its 1- or 2-flowered inflorescence, its

conspicuously lobed calyx, and its comparatively

large floral parts.

JULY 1953

DRECHSLER: DEVELOPMENT OF PYTHIUM DEBARYANUM

213

MYCOLOGY .—Development of Pythium debaryanum on wet substratum. CHARLES

DRECHSLER, United States Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Sta-

tion, Beltsville, Md.

In a recent paper (Drechsler, 1952) on

swarm-spore development from oospores of

Pythium ultimum Trow (1901) and P.

debaryanum Hesse (1874) the two fungi were

compared with respect to the morphology

of their sexual reproductive apparatus as

displayed in Petri plate cultures prepared

with moderately firm maizemeal agar.

Comparison in such cultures was deemed

appropriate since both fungi are widely oper-

ative as causal agents of damping-off, root

rot, and stem rot in many phanerogamic

crop plants and consequently are most often

encountered by plant pathologists, by whom

pathogenic microorganisms have long been

studied on agar media. As the discussion and

illustrations previously devoted to P. de-

baryanum covered its morphology only in

part, some additional aspects of develop-

ment disclosed by that species on wet sub-

stratum are given attention herein. Besides

encouraging zoospore formation free liquid

water makes for longer antheridial branches

and narrower antheridia, so that sexual re-

productive apparatus developed under wet

conditions has a characteristic rangy appear-

ance. To investigators of the aquatic micro-

flora, who mostly have continued to study

oomycetes in submerged or irrigated ma-

terial, the rangier reproductive habit may

even nowadays be more familiar than the

somewhat compact habit usual in unwet

substrata. The modifications resulting from

aquatic conditions often appear here and

there in Petri plate cultures, owing to con-

densation of water within the covered dishes

in quantities sufficient to form shallow pools

or wet areas on the agar surface. Sometimes,

indeed, when Petri plate cultures are stored

during periods of hot weather in a refriger-

ator equipped with an efficient temperature-

control device the agar becomes wetted so

extensively that indications of zoospore

formation may be found almost everywhere.

The same isolation that was used in preparing

the illustrations of Pythiwm debaryanum in my

earlier paper (Drechsler, 1952, figs. 7, 8) was used

also in illustrating development of the species on

irrigated slabs of maizemeal agar (Figs. 1-3).

Another isolation, one obtained in May, 1922,

from a softened pea (Prsum sativum L.) root

taken near Madison, Wisconsin, was employed in

illustrating development on irrigated slabs of

Lima-bean agar (Figs. 4, 5). When they were

tried out at different times in the greenhouse the

two isolations showed moderate capabilities for

the destruction of seedlings. In wound-inocula-

tion experiments with plant products like cucum-

ber (Cucumis sativus L.), squash (Cucurbita pepo

L.) and watermelon (Citrullus vulgaris Schrad.)

fruits they likewise showed effectiveness as agents

of rapid decay in more mature fleshy vegetable

tissue.

A mycelium of Pythium debaryanum actively

growing in a Petri plate of maizemeal agar often

displays a branching habit generally similar to

that of my P. anandrum (Drechsler, 1939, fig. 12),

in that its long axial hyphae are rather markedly

distinguished from the relatively short, some-

what closely ramified lateral branches borne on

them. The same branching habit is frequently

recognizable also in P. mamillatum Meurs (1928)

and P. spinosum Sawada (1927), whereas in P.

ulttmum growth is more promiscuous, with the

lateral branches more often elongating indeter-

minately much like the hyphae from which

they originated. Later, when mycelium of P.

debaryanum is being emptied of contents to

provide material for the production of sporangia

(Fig. 1, A, t) and oogonia, successive stages in

progressive evacuation of all hyphal components

are marked by deposition, usually at compara-

tively short intervals, of successive convex retain-

ing walls (Fig. 1, A,a-s). The tubular membrane of

the empty filaments often evanesce more rapidly

than the cross-walls, with the result that the

matted empty hyphae on the surface of agar

plate cultures 10 to 15 days old are frequently

visible under the microscope only by their in-

numerable curved septa. Aging Petri plate cul-

tures of P. mamillatum and P. spinosum similarly

may show many crescentic cross-walls within

tubular membranes that have largely vanished

from sight. In P. ultimwm the matted aerial

mycelium affords only a rather meager display of

curved septa.

Hesse, working with water cultures, described

214 JOURNAL OF THE

the zoosporangia of Pythium debaryanum as being

formed terminally both on the lateral branches

and on the main hyphae; and, indeed, terminal

zoosporangia are produced abundantly on myce-

lium that has grown out from irrigated pieces of

natural or artificial substratum. In agar plate

cultures, however, zoosporangia of globose or

prolate ellipsoidal shape are more often formed

intercalanily (Fig. 2, A-E; Fig. 3, A-M; Fig. 4,

E, a). Some sporangia develop close together on

the same hypha (Fig. 2, F’, a, b; Fig. 4, Y, a-c).

Here and there remnants of protoplasm are

gathered into cylindrical cells (Fig. 2, G, a, b;

Fig. 3, N-P) which despite their unmodified shape

are capable of serving as zoosporangia. When

slabs excised from agar plate cultures 10 to 15

days old are placed in a shallow layer of water

under cool conditions—I have used temperatures

near 10° and 17° C.—some of the sporangia

present will often in less than 1 or 2 hours put

forth an evacuation tube (Fig. 2, H, t; Fig. 3, Q,

t; Fig. 4, A, t) that soon forms a cap of dehiscense

at its tip. This cap suddenly yields, and after the

manner usual in the genus becomes inflated into

a vesicle (Fig. 2, I, v) as it receives the proto-

plasmic materials discharged through the evacua-

tion tube. Conversion of the protoplasm into

laterally biciliate motile zoospores (Fig. 3, R, v,

Fig. 4, B, v) ensues in about 20 minutes. Nor-

mally the zoospores escape and swim away when

the vesicle wall collapses under their collective

battering, but where the supply of water is inade-

quate the whole zoospore progeny (Fig. 2, J, a-r)

may encyst without moving from its place of

origin.

The evacuation tube in Pythiwm debaryanum

may arise from any position on the sporangium

(Hie 2. Heosst> Mie oan Ne t. Hic. 4 AVE fy

Its observed length in my cultures has varied from

2u (Fig. 4, V, t) to 135y (Fig. 3, U, t). Instances

in which the tube is shorter than 5y or longer

than 50u are, however, decidedly infrequent.

Examples more than 100, long (Fig. 3, T, t; U, t)

were discovered only by prolonged search in

material displaying many thousands of empty

sporangia in positions favorable for unambiguous

observation. Hesse’s statement that the evacua-

tion tube is longer than the radius and shorter

than the diameter of the sporangium bearing it

sets forth a dimensional relation that assuredly

is frequent in the species.

Although zoospore development often begins

soon after a slab excised from an agar plate culture

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

has been transferred to water, only a small pro-

portion of all the sporangia present will commonly

participate in such development at the start.

Swarm-spore formation usually continues for

several days as more and more of the remaining

sporangia, in apparently haphazard sequence,

produce evacuation tubes and discharge their

contents. After 2 or 3 days considerable numbers

of zoospores, some in encysted condition (Fig. 3,

Y, a-e; Fig. 4, Z, a-g), others in an actively

germinating state (Fig. 3, Y, f), may be found

strewn about. Here and there imperfect cleavage

of discharged masses of protoplasm results in

grouped encysted bodies (Fig. 3, Z, a-d) fre-

quently larger than normal zoospores and often

of irregular shape.

The sexual reproductive apparatus of Pythium

debaryanum formed on wet or submerged sub-

stratum, much like that formed on unwet agar,

may be of either monoclinous (Fig. 1, B-L; Fig.

5, A-L) or diclinous (Fig. 1, M; Fig. 5, M-O)

origin. Often in monoclinous reproductive units

a solitary male branch arising at some little

distance from the oogonium supplies a single

terminal antheridium (Fig. 1, B-K; Fig. 5, A-F),

though occasionally it supplies 2 antheridia

(Fig. 5, G, a, b). Frequently 2 male branches arise

from the oogonial hypha, each supplying an

antheridium (Fig. 5, H, a, b). In some instances,

however, where 2 antheridia are present, only

one is borne on a branch (Fig. 5, I, a), the other

being composed of a hyphal segment immediately

adjacent to the oogonium (Fig. 5, I, b). Some-

times where 3 antheridia are present 2 of them

(Fig. 5, J, a, b; Fig. 5, K, a, b) may be borne on

separate branches arising from the oogonial

hypha either on the same side (Fig. 5, J) or on

opposite sides (Fig. 5, K) of an intercalary

oogonium, while the third may consist of a

cylindrical hyphal segment (Fig. 5, J, ¢; K, ¢)

adjacent to the oogonium. Further variety in

positional relationships of the male cells is pro-

vided now and then in instances where an oogo-

nium is supplied with 4 antheridia, 2 of them

(Fig. 5, L, a, b) perchance borne terminally on

separate branches, a third consisting of a sessile

pouchlike outgrowth (Fig. 5, L, ¢) arising in im-

mediate proximity to the oogonium, and a fourth

composed of a hyphal segment (Fig. 5, L. d) ad-

jacent to the oogonium. Fertilization of an oogo-

nium solely by an antheridium composed of an

adjacent hyphal segment is observable only

somewhat rarely in P. debaryanum (Fig. 1, L),

C. Drechsler del.

Fic. 1.—Pythium debaryanum, on wet maizemeal agar; X 1000. A, Empty mycelium with curved cross-

walls, a-s, and a conidium, t. B-K, Units of monoclinous sexual apparatus, each with a single antheri-

dium borne terminally on a branch. L, Monoclinous reproductive unit with antheridium consisting of a

hyphal segment adjacent to oogonium. M, Diclinous reproductive unit. (Oospore young in B, nearly but

not wholly mature in C, E-M.)

215

216 JOURNAL OF THE

but is exceedingly frequent in P. ultimum. In-

deed, such cylindrica] antheridia as well as pouch-

like sessile antheridia borne laterally in immediate

proximity to oogonia are generally infrequent in

P. debaryanum, and in many cultures are found

only after some search.

Since for the most part the longer antheridial

branches in monoclinous reproductive apparatus

of Pythiwm debaryanum formed on wet sub-

stratum arise at no greater distance from the

oogonium than the male branches in monoclinous

apparatus formed in unwet agar cultures they

necessarily follow more circuitous courses. In

diclinous as in monoclinous reproductive appara-

tus the antheridia borne terminally on branches

are commonly longer and narrower on wet sub-

stratum than in unwet agar cultures. A reciprocal

relation between diclinous reproductive units

comes to light in instances where two neighboring

mycelial hypha (Fig. 5, O, a, b) each bear an

oogonium (Fig. 5, O, c, d) that is fertilized by an

antheridium (Fig. 5, O, e, f) borne on a branch

given off by the other.

Hesse (1874, p. 25, line 2) described the oo-

gonial envelope of Pythiwm debaryanum as being

smooth and in his several illustrations pertaining

to sexual reproduction the oogonium is shown

without protuberances. It seems possible that

only 4 individual oogonia are represented in these

illustrations since 5 of his figures (Hesse, 1874,

figs. 15-19) show such resemblances that they

might well have been prepared at successively

later stages from the same unit of sexual ap-

paratus as his 2 figures (Hesse, 1874, figs. 18, 14)

of earlier stages. In the fungus best conforming

to Hesse’s description smooth oogonia, as a rule,

predominate strongly, yet if a considerable num-

ber of them are examined closely, scattered

examples are usually found that bear one, two,

or three protuberances (Fig. 1, B, H; Fig. 5, D,

G, K). Mostly these protuberances are of cy-

lindrical shape, and are broadly rounded at the

tip like the fingers of a glove. Frequently they are

only 2 or 3u long, yet often, again, they measure

10 to 20u in length. The shorter protuberances

usually remain continuous with the oogonium,

though the longer ones often become delimited by

a basal septum.

This meager ornamentation might be disre-

garded but for the circumstance that isolations

are often obtained which while closely resembling

those with mostly smooth oogonia will rather

commonly show digitations in sufficient numbers

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

to be noticed even under cursory examination.

The oogonia produced when such isolations are

grown on Petri plates of maizemeal agar often

vary markedly with respect to degree of orna-

mentation, some being devoid of protuberances,

and others bearing 1 to 7 digitations in their

upper and equatorial aspects. Throughout a

culture the average number of protuberances ex-

posed to view hardly ever seems much in excess

of 3. In some cultures the same isolations appear

very nearly smooth, with the oogonia there dis-

playing, on the average, considerably less than

one digitation apiece. Nevertheless the tendency

toward development of protuberances in readily

noticeable quantity apparently persists in these

isolations over many years as an inherent char-

acter.

It is difficult to hold very strong convictions

as to whether the isolations with this character

represent merely a variant of Pythium de-

baryanum or a separate species. In the mono-

graphs of Matthews (1931) and Middleton (1943)

P. wrregulare Buisman (1927) is treated as a

separate species with a circumscription that

would evidently admit the noticeably digitate

isolations under discussion and would exclude the

nearly smooth isolations herein considered refer-

able to P. debaryanum. This circumscription may

not be strictly in agreement with the morphology

of Buisman’s fungus. Through the Centraal

Bureau voor Schimmelcultures a culture of P.

irregulare given by Buisman was supplied to me a

few years after the species had been described.

When the culture was transferred to maizemeal

agar and Lima-bean agar the resulting sexual

reproductive apparatus (Fig. 6, A-I) displayed

few oogonial protuberances (Fig. 6, C, D), the

degree of ornamentation observed not exceeding

that usual in the relatively smooth isolations

assigned to P. debaryanum. In the very numerous

monoclinous reproductive units the antheridium

was commonly borne on a branch arising some

distance from the oogonium (Fig. 6, A-F). Where

2 antheridia were present in monoclinous units

each was most frequently borne on a separate

branch (Fig. 6, G, a, b), though in occasional

instances one was borne on a branch (Fig. 6, H, a)

while the other developed from a segment (Fig.

6, H, b) immediately adjacent to the oogonium.

Buisman stated in her account that she never had

seen hypogynal antheridia, yet after some little

search in subcultures of her fungus a monoclinous

reproductive unit was found in which the oogo-

Juty 1953 DRECHSLER: DEVELOPMENT OF PYTHIUM DEBARYANUM DAW,

b_@J

ate >

ATVI.

Fie. 2.—Asexual reproductive apparatus of Pythiwm debaryanum as found produced on wet maize-

meal agar, drawn with the aid of a camera lucida at a uniform magnification; X 1000 throughout. A-E

Interealary zoosporangia. F, Two zoosporangia, a and b, formed near together. G, Two zoosporangia,

a and b, formed in a wide hypha from remnants of protoplasm. H, Zoosporangium with unusually long

evacuation tube, t, surmounted by hyaline cap. I, Newly discharged zoosporangium showing evacuation

tube, t, with vesicle, Vat its tip. Jy Discharged zoosporangium with its progeny of zoospores, a-r, en-

cysted near mouth of its evacuation tube, t. K-S, Empty zoosporangia, each with its evacuation tube, t.

218

nium had been fertilized by 2 antheridia formed

in immediate proximity to it, one consisting of an

adjacent hyphal segment (Fig. 6, I, a), while

the other, of pouch-like shape (Fig. 6, I, b), was

sessile on the oogonial hypha.

Although Buisman distinguished Pythiwm ir-

regulare from P. debaryanum mainly by the

protuberances found on its oogonia, the 8 oogonia

figured by her (Buisman, 1927, figs. 9, 10) show

in all scarcely a dozen protrusions, and of these

only 5 would seem of the digitate type. In some of

her specimens the departures from a globose or

ellipsoidal shape appear as if they might be at-

tributable to collapse of portions of the oogonial

envelope. Such collapse is considerably more

pronounced in P. debaryanum than in P. ultimum

since the oogonial envelope is noticeably thinner

in the former species than in the latter, and

consequently is more easily deformed either

through mechanical disturbance or through loss

of water. On the surface of agar cultures, where

both P. debaryanum and P. ultimum often give

rise to sexual apparatus most abundantly, the

oogonial envelopes in mature reproductive units

of P. debaryanum commonly show very marked

deformation from collapse. As Buisman (1927, p.

10) apparently used no really efficient method

for removing bacteria from her cultures itseems

probable, besides, that at times the oogonia of her

P. wregulare may have developed some of the

promiscuous malformations often resulting from

excessive bacterial contamination.

Buisman gave no descriptive details concern-

ing either the three isolations she dealt with

under the binomial Pythium debaryanum or the

one isolation she identified as P. debaryanum var.

pelargoni Braun. A statement given in her dis-

cussion of P. irregulare and reading ‘‘The an-

theridia are usually of the same type as those of

P. debaryanum, but I never saw hypogynal an-

theridia’’ implies in its use of the adversative

“but” that she recognized hypogynal antheridia

as occurring in P. debaryanum, and thereby sug-

gests that perhaps she applied Hesse’s binomial

to the species herein treated as P. ultimuwm. Such

application, approximately, was urged some

years later by Van Luijk (1934) in his proposal

to adopt for P. debaryanum the circumscription

set forth in De Bary’s (188la, 1881b) publica-

tions. Van Luijk believed this circumscription,

which he intimated was supported by Butler,

had governed usage until 1927 with complete

satisfaction. He held that several faults in Hesse’s

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 7

paper discredited the original account of P.

debaryanum so seriously that by itself it could

not be regarded as providing a valid description.

According to Van Luijk the faults in Hesse’s

account were rectified by De Bary in a charac-

terization accurately portraying a fungus that

can be found any day. In view of the imputed

corrections the authorship of the species was

broadened, so that the familiar binomial ap-

peared as P. debaryanum Hesse em. De Bary.

Van Luijk regarded parasitism and the scope

of asexual reproduction with respect to the

presence or absence of zoospore development as

being of no moment in distinguishing species; and

he held it doubtful whether the differences in the

antheridia of Pythium debaryanum and P.

ulttmum were sufficient to separate these two

fungi. These views are largely contrary to my

observations on the parasites under discussion.

In my collection of cultures sameness or other-

ness has as a rule been indicated reliably by the

capability of newly formed globose asexual re-

productive bodies to produce zoospores and by

the positional relation of the antheridium or

antheridial branch in monoclinous sexual ap-

paratus. The two features are most helpful,

besides, in interpreting some of the early litera-

ture on the species sharing the particular kind

of parasitism here in question, including the

pertinent descriptive writings of Hesse, De Bary,

and Trow.

These writings were all based on fungi ob-

tained from seedlings that had succumbed to

damping-off. Although this serious disease affects

seedlings of many phanerogamic crop plants and

is caused in rather considerable measure by

species of Pythium the number of species effective

enough in its causation to invite notice are few.

In our middle and northern latitudes, where

conditions of temperature and moisture during

spring and early summer should not differ

greatly from those in Alsace and Great Britain,

the two species herein treated as P. ultimum and

P. debaryanum, together with the somewhat

digitate form treated by Matthews and Middle-

ton as P. irregulare, are virtually the only damp-

ing-off parasites found which like the fungi

described by Hesse, De Bary, and Trow give rise

to relatively smooth oogonia and subglobose

zoosporangia or conidia. Through this fortunate

circumstance the few species mentioned are

indicated rather definitely as the ones with which

the writings of Hesse, De Bary, and Trow were

huny £953 DRECHSLER: DEVELOPMENT OF PYTHIUM DEBARYANUM 219

8 o.

as)

iS)

Fic. 3.—Asexual reproductive apparatus of Pythiwm debaryanum as found produced on wet maize-

meal agar, drawn with the aid of a camera lucida at a uniform magnification; X 1000 throughout. A-M,

Intercalary zoosporangia of various sizes and of globose or ellipsoidal shape. N-P, Small cylindrical

zoosporangia formed in hyphae from remnants of protoplasm. Q, Zoosporangium with unusually long

evacuation tube, t, surmounted by hyaline cap. R, Zoosporangium showing an evacuation tube, t, with

a vesicle containing zoospores. S- V, Empty zoosporangia, each with an exceptionally long evacuation

tube, t. W, X, Empty zoosporangia, each with an evacuation tube, t, of ordinary length. Y, Six encysted

zoospores, a-f, of which one, f, is germinating. Z, Group of 4 encysted masses of protoplasm, a-d,

resulting from frustrated development in discharged sporangial contents.

220 JOURNAL OF THE

for the most part concerned. Thus De Bary’s

firsthand account of the damping-off fungus he

considered to be P. debaryanum can be safely

understood as relating unambiguously to a

species found operating very widely and destruc-

tively as a causal agent of damping-off—to the

species herein termed P. ultimwm—though the

morphology it sets forth would apply almost

equally well to a closely related congeneric

species, P. paroecandrum Drechsler (1940),

which so far has come to light only as a cause of

root rot and rootlet-tip discoloration. In Hesse’s

original and earlier description of P. debaryanum

is set forth recognizably another parasitic species

scarcely less widespread and efficient in the

causation of damping-off than the one which De

Bary presented under the same binomial. The

differences whereby present-day isolations can

be separated are detectable in the writings of the

two pioneer investigators. Isolations in which

very frequently the relatively smooth oogonium

is fertilized by an antheridium borne terminally

on a branch arising from the oogonial hypha at a

distance from the oogonium about equal to the

oogonial diameter—the relation of parts depicted

by Hesse—will readily produce zoospores from

zoosporangia of mycelial origin. On the other

hand, damping-off isolations in which the oogo-

nium is commonly fertilized by an antheridium

consisting of an adjacent hyphal segment or of a

lateral pouch-like cell arismg in immediate

proximity to the oogonium—the positional rela-

tionships most frequent in De Bary’s illustra-

tions—are decidedly reluctant to produce zoo-

spores from conidia of mycelial origin, and yet

will form them rather consistently from germinat-

ing after-ripened oospores or from sporangia

borne on germ hyphae extended by after-ripened

oospores. It is hardly surprising that De Bary,

though a master of unsurpassed proficiency,

found zoospores to be produced

whereas Hesse with only the limited experience of

a student would seem to have obtained zoospores

abundantly during the first few weeks he worked

with his fungus. Van Luijk’s success in obtaining

zoospores from the isolations he referred to P.

debaryanum Hesse em. De Bary may have been

due primarily to his use of material from an old

dried-up pure culture, for in such a culture the

sparingly,

oospores present would ordinarily have had

ample time to undergo the changes of after-

ripening. If, as seems probable, the isolations were

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

referable to P. ultimum they need not have been

of exceptional reproductive behavior like the

cultures that Ark and Middleton (1949) observed

giving rise to zoospores from ordinary conidia.

In his text Hesse gave no measurements for

the hyphae and reproductive bodies of Pythium

debaryanum. Apparently he relied entirely on his

illustrations to convey metric information. Un-

fortunately, at the magnifications given in the

legends his figures show excessive approximate

values for all dimensions: 13y for width of a main

mycelial filament; 454 for diameter of zoo-

sporangium; 20 to 23 for diameter of encysted

zoospores; 75u and 50y for length and width, re-

spectively, of an intercalary conidium; 45 to 48u

for diameter of oogonium; 374 and 10, for

length and width, respectively, of an antheridium;

and 37 for diameter of oospore. Since in any of

the damping-off species—and the damping-off

species are among the coarsest members of the

genus—13u is about twice the usual width of an

elongating axial hypha a few hundred microns

from its tip, the actual magnification would

seem about twice that given in the legend. In-

deed, if the magnifications given in all the

legends were doubled the smaller dimensional

values then derived from the figures would be in

tolerably good agreement with the usual measure-

ments for either of the damping-off fungi under

discussion, which except for differences in thick-

ness of oospore wall and in length of monoclinous

antheridial branches are, in general, of nearly

equal size. How the error might have come about

is conjectural. It may perhaps be no mere coin-

cidence that on the two folded plates of the

published dissertation Hesse’s figures occupy

rectangular areas about twice the width of the

printed pages. Should the procedure for making

lithographs 80 years ago have readily permitted

reproduction of illustrations at reduced sizes the

magnifications appearing in the legends might

have been given in the expectation that the plates

would be adjusted to the width of the page. In

any case, the error, though most unfortunate in

the original account of a species which with re-

spect to its binomial has become one of the most

familiar of all fungi, is so very obvious that it

should not occasion any serious misunderstand-

ing as to what damping-off parasite was the main

subject of Hesse’s description.

In sexual apparatus of Pythiwm debaryanum

produced on wet or unwet agar substratum the

antheridia borne terminally on branches are

JULY 1953 DRECHSLER: DEVELOPMENT OF PYTHIUM DEBARYANUM 221

C. Drechsler del. “

Fie. 4.—Pythium debaryanum, on moist Lima-bean agar; X 1000. A, Sporangium shortly before dis-

charge. B, Sporangium with active zoospores in vesicle, v. C-J, Empty terminal sporangia. E, a, K-X,

Empty intercalary sporangia. Y Three empty sporangia, a-c, close together. Z, Encysted zoospores,

a-g. (A-Y: t, evacuation tube.)

222

rather consistently applied to the oogonium by

their tips. However in sexual apparatus formed

on extramatrical submerged mycelium, termi-

nally borne male cells are often observable in

more varied postures. Postural relations infre-

quent in agar cultures are shown in the illustra-

tions not only of early workers like Hesse (1874)

and Sadebeck (1875), who had only submersed

material available for study, but also of later

workers who have studied such material from

preference. Thus, several of the figures of P.

irregulare given by Matthews (1931, pl. 24, fig.

4; pl. 25, figs. 1, 3, 9) show antheridia applied

laterally, and in at least two instances the male

cell seems intimately in contact with the oogo-

nium throughout its length (Matthews 1931, pl.

25, fig. 3, upper; fig. 9). In the few figures of

sexual reproductive apparatus given by Hesse

the antheridium is shown applied laterally,

though the area of contact is rather well for-

ward and of either small or only moderate

extent. Hesse’s text does not mention what por-

tion of the antheridium makes contact with the

oogonium, his most directly relevant phrases

(sich dieser innig anschmiegt; das Anlegen des

Pollinodiums; lagert sich an die Membran; dem

Momente ihres Anlegens; durch Anlegen an die

Membran des Oogoniums) not specifying directly

either lateral or apical application, even if the

word “‘anschmiegt” might connote rather ex-

tensive contact.

Sadebeck (1875, p. 124) in discussing sexual

development in his Pythium equiseti stated that

the antheridium is most often applied by its

tip, that sometimes it becomes attached laterally

to the oogonium, that very often it enwraps the

oogonium, and that therefore the fertilization

tube is extended either apically or laterally. In

one of the figures given by Sadebeck (1875, pl. 4,

fig. 3) a longitudinally applied antheridium is

shown extending a lateral fertilization tube into

the oogonium. In another figure of Sadebeck’s, in

which are shown two connected monoclinous

reproductive units, the antheridium in one unit

(Sadebeck, 1875, pl. 3, fig. 8, right) is narrowly

applied to the oogonium with its tip, while the

antheridium in the other unit (Sadebeck, 1875, pl.

3, fig. 8, left), is applied lengthwise, so that it

enwraps the oogonium closely and rather ex-

tensively. The circuitous male branch in the

former unit arises from the oogonial stalk at a

distance from the oogonium about equal to the

width of that organ. The male branch in the

latter unit arises from the same hypha as the

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY ;OF SCIENCES

? vou. 43, No. 7

oogonial stalk, its origin being separated from

the oogonium by hyphal elements having a

combined length approximately equal to twice

the oogonial diameter. None of Sadebeck’s illus-

trations show any antheridium formed in im-

mediate proximity to the oogonium, and in his

text the antheridia in monoclinous units are, with

regard to their hyphal relations, discussed only

as being borne terminally on branches. As might

be expected from the arrangement of its mono-

clinous sexual apparatus the fungus several times

gave rise to zoospores following transfer of in-

fected Hquisetum prothallia to water. Since in-

fected prothallia always disintegrated completely

without leaving any visible residue, the host sub-

stratum used by Sadebeck for swarm-spore

production must have been rather newly in-

vaded, and thus presumably should not have

contained any after-ripened oospores.

Because of its ready parasitism on many host

plants De Bary considered it likely that his

fungus might have been observed by other

workers besides Hesse. He stated that the de-

scription of Pythiwm equiseti left scarcely any

doubt that Sadebeck’s fungus was identical with

the one he and Hesse had studied. All doubt as

to the presumed identity was dispelled for him

when some healthy Equisetum prothallia, after

being inoculated with his fungus, were destroyed

‘“murderously” in a few days. Without the ad-

vantages provided in collections of pure cultures—

advantages accruing from opportunity not only

to examine isolations wholly free of alien organ-

isms but also to compare with respect to mor-

phology, development, and pathogenicity isola-

tions obtained from different host plants, in

different regions, and at different times—it is not

surprising that De Bary failed to uncover the

correlated differences in antheridial morphology

and zoospore production whereby the damping-

off parasite figured by him is distinguished from

the fungus corresponding better to the descrip-

tions and illustrations of Hesse and Sadebeck. The

latter fungus may well have been present in some

of De Bary’s material, since he mentioned (De

Bary, 1881 b, p. 526) that in some cultures zoo-

sporangia were formed in relatively large num-

bers, intermixed with resting conidia produced

at the same time and under apparently similar

conditions.. Besides, unless he had seen Hesse’s

species now and then in his own material it

appears unlikely that he would so readily have

noted in the description and figures of P. equiseti

JuLY 1953 DRECHSLER: DEVELOPMENT OF PYTHIUM DEBARYANUM es

Seale in jl

? 10 20 30 40

C. Drechsler del.

Fic. 5.—Mature sexual reproductive apparatus of Pythium debaryanum formed on moist Lima-bean

agar; X 1000. A-F, Monoclinous units with single antheridia. G-I, Monoclinous units with 2 antheridia,

a and b. J, K, Monoclinous units with 3 antheridia, a-c. L, Monoclinous unit with 4 antheridia, a-d. M,

N, Diclinous units. O, Two connected diclinous units: a, b, parent hyphae; c, d, oogonia; e, f, antheridia.

224 JOURNAL OF THE

any very persuasive similarity to the damping-off

parasite depicted in his illustrations. His ready

acceptance of Sadebeck’s account would seem to

imply that lateral fertilization tubes and laterally

applied antheridia—even clasping antheridia—

were not regarded by him as features incongruous

with the morphology of P. debaryanum. It ap-

pears probable therefore that De Bary considered

the treatment of antheridial morphology in

Hesse’s dissertation less as being wrong and re-

quiring correction than as being insufficient and

requiring amplification. Unhappily the amplifica-

tion he provided would seem to have been derived

for the most part, if not wholly, from a closely

related species with similar parasitic tendencies.

Corroboration of Hesse’s illustrations show-

ing laterally applied antheridia and_ lateral

fertilization tubes has come mainly from studies

carried out on submerged material in water

cultures. The positional instability usual in such

cultures and the ease with which the more delicate

submerged parts may be pushed out of place or

pressed out of shape are not to be disregarded.

In Butler’s (1907) monograph the treatment

of the sexual reproductive stage in Pythiwm

debaryanum conforms closely to De Bary’s ac-

count. Butler’s relevant firsthand observations

then were limited to material obtained by causing

cress seedlings to damp off at Freiburg im

Sealein uw

oO 10 20

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, NO. 7

Breisgau, Germany. Although he found conidia

and oospores produced abundantly, he saw no

sporangia. His failure to obtain zoospores, to-

gether with his description of antheridia in the

species as “from the same or another hypha as the

oogonium, often formed close below the latter,

and not seldom hypogynal,” suggests strongly

that the Freiburg fungus was the same as the one

figured by De Bary.

A later paper published by Butler (1913) on

Pythium debaryanum presents a firsthand ac-

count of a conspicuously different fungus he

found at Pusa, India, in the caruncle of castor

(Ricinus communis L.) seed that after being sown

in pots of unsterilized soil had failed to germinate.

In this fungus Butler did not observe any an-

theridia that consisted individually of a cy-

lindrical hyphal segment adjacent to the oogo-

nium. Often the antheridium was borne terminally

on a branch arising from the oogonial hypha at

some distance from the oogonium, the distance

in six monoclinous reproductive units pictured

(Butler 1913, figs. 1-4) ranging from about 10u

to 60u. Above the junction of the two sexual

stalks the female stalk was often longer than

the male stalk and consequently was often

curved. The resulting postural relation mani-

festly was the reverse of that shown in the sexual

reproductive unit figured by Hesse, where the

Fic. 6.—Mature sexual reproductive apparatus formed on moist Lima-bean agar inoculated with

Buisman’s isolation of Pythiwm irregulare, X 1000. A-E, Monoclinous reproductive units, each with a

single antheridium. F, Monoclinous reproductive unit with a terminal antheridium bearing a lateral]

protuberance by which it is attached to the oogonium. G, Monoclinous reproductive unit with 2 antheri-

dia, each borne terminally on a branch. H, Monoclinous reproductive unit with one antheridium, a,

borne terminally on a branch, and another, b, formed in immediate proximity to the oogonium. I, Mono-

clinous reproductive unit with 2 antheridia, of which one, a, consists of a hyphal segment adjacent to

the oogonium, while the other, b, is laterally sessile in immediate proximity to the oogonium.

omy £953

straight oogonial stalk is shorter than the longer

curving antheridial branch; and assuredly was

the reverse of the postural relation most usual in

monoclinous reproductive apparatus of the

damping-off parasite herein treated under Hesse’s

binomial. Similar curvature of the oogonial stalk

is found rather often in cultures of P. butleri

Subr. and P. aphanidermatum (Eds.) Fitzp. (=

P. deliense Meurs), and is conspicuous in Butler’s

(1907, pl. 2, figs. 3, 5, 6) illustrations of his P.

indigoferae. Although the text contains no com-

ment on the shape of the antheridium, all eight

of the antheridia figured show a distinctive out-

ward form in that they consist of a somewhat

enlarged clavate terminal part together with a

lateral protrusion by which they are united to the

oogonium. Antheridia of approximately such

design are found somewhat infrequently in P.

debaryanum (Fig. 6, F) but are very numerous in

P. butleri and P. aphanidermatum. It is not

known whether the curious resemblance between

the Indian fungus and P. aphanidermatum with

respect to the make-up of their sexual apparatus

may have had some influence in leading Jochems

(1927) to identify provisionally as P. debary-

anum the stem-burn parasite that Meurs (1934)

later described under the binomial P. deliense.

Apart from its production of zoospores from

globose rather than from lobulate zoosporangia

the Indian fungus with its relatively delicate

mycelium appears clearly alien to Hesse’s damp-

ing-off parasite, as well as to the other widely

distributed damping-off parasite herein dis-

cussed, which after being set forth firsthand by

De Bary was not described under a separate

binomial of unambiguous application until Trow

(1901) presented it somewhat mistakenly (Drech-

sler, 1935) as a new saprophytic species, P.

ulttmum. No species corresponding to the first-

hand description and illustrations given by

Butler has ever come to light among the cultures

I have isolated from diseased plants and other

materials. Since the Indian fungus was found in a

locality where as high a temperature prevails as

is ordinarily found in the tropics, its distribution

may well be restricted to regions considerably

warmer than central Maryland.

LITERATURE CITED

Ark, P. A., and MippLETon, J.T. Pythiwm black

rot of Cattleya. Phytopathology 39: 1060-

1064. 1949. ;

DRECHSLER: DEVELOPMENT. OF PYTHIUM DEBARYANUM

225

Bary, A. DE. Untersuchungen tiber die Perono-

sporeen und Saprolegnieen und die Grundlagen

eines nattrlichen Systems der Pilze. In Bary,

A. de, and M. Woronin, Beitrige zur Mor-

phologie und Physiologie der Pilze IV: 1-145,

pl. 1-6. 188la.

. Zur Kenntniss der Peronosporeen. Bot.

Zeit. 39: 521-530, 537-544, 553-563, 569-578,

585-595, 601-609, 617-625. 1881b.

BuisMAN, C.J. Root rots caused by phycomycetes.

Meded. Phytopath. Lab. ‘‘Willie Commelin

Scholten”? Baarn 11: 1-51. 1927.

Butter, E. J. An account of the genus Pythium

and some Chytridiaceae. India Dept. Agr.

Mem. Bot. Ser. 1 (5): 1-161, pl. 1-10. 1907.

. Pythium de Baryanum Hesse. India

Dept. Agr. Mem. Bot. Ser. 5 (5): 562-567, pl.

oe. SOLS

DRECHSLER, C. Sources of difficulty in recogniz-

ing, identifying, and describing species of phy-

comycetes. Proc. Int. Bot. Congr. 2: 176-181.

1935.

Several species of Pythium causing blos-

som-end rot of watermelons. Phytopathology

29: 391-422. 1939.

Three species of Pythium associated with

root rots. Phytopathology 30: 189-213. 1940.

Production of zoospores from germinating

oospores of Pythium ultimum and Pythium

debaryanum. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 79:

431-450. 1952.

Hesse, R. Pythium de Baryanum ein endophy-

tischer Schmarotzer in den Geweben der Kim-

linge der Leindotter, der Riiben, des Spergels

und einiger anderer landwirthschaftlichen Kul-

turpflanzen. 76 pp., 2 pl. Halle, 1874.

JocuEeMs, 8. C. J. Parasitaire stengelverbranding

bij =Deli-Tabak. Meded. Deli. Proefstat.

Medan, Sumatra, ser. 2, no. 49: 1-35, fig. 1-4.

1927.

MatTtruews, Verma D. Studies on the genus Py-

thium. 136 pp., 29 pl. Chapel Hill, N. C.,

1931.

Meurs, A. Wortelrot, veroorzaakt door schimmels

uit de geslachten Pythium Pringsheim en Aph-

anomyces de Bary. 94 pp. Baarn, 1928.

Parasitic stemburn of Deli tobacco.

topath. Zeitschr. 7: 169-185. 1934.

MippieTon, J. T. The taxonomy, host range and

geographic distribution of the genus Pythium.

Phy-

Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 20 (1): 1-171. 1948.

SADEBECK, R. Untersuchungen vwiber Pythium

Equiseti. Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 1 (8): 117-

£39) pls 4) 1875.

SawapDa, K. Descriptive catalogue of the Formosan

fungi, Part III. Dept. Agr. Gov. Res. Inst.

Formosa, Japan, Rept. 27. 1927.

Trow, A. H. Observations on the biology and cy-

tology of Pythium ultimum n. sp. Ann. Bot.

15: 269-312, pl. 15, 16. 1901.

Van Luisx, A. Pythium de Baryanum Hesse em.

de Bary. Meded. Phytopath. Lab. ‘‘Willie

Commelin Scholten’’ Baarn 18: 23-28. 1934.

226 JOURNAL OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 7

ENTOMOLOGY .—New species of Olethreutidae from Illinois (Lepidoptera). J. F.

GATES CLARKE, U.S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine.

This paper is devoted to the description

of species of olethreutid moths collected

by Murray O. Glenn, of Henry, Ill. Only

SIx species are treated here, although many

more, chiefly represented by uniques, are

in hand. Mr. Glenn deserves great credit

for contributing so much to our knowledge

of host associations and of the Micro-

lepidoptera of the region. The photographs

of the moths’ wings were taken by Robert

Bonde, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.

The drawings are by the author. Types

of all the species are deposited in the U.S.

National Museum, and paratypes are de-

posited in the National Museum and in

Mr. Glenn’s collection.

Eucosma uta, n. sp.

Figs. 1, la, 1b

Alar expanse, 20-22 mm.

Labial palpus with second segment very light

buff, sprinkled with a few grayish scales; third

segment very short, dark gray, buff-tipped. Head

ochraceous-buff, face buff. Antenna ochraceous-

buff with fuscous spot above on some segments;

scape fuscous above. Thorax and forewing light

buff; thorax strongly overlaid with fuscous and

ochraceous-buff almost to the complete suppres-

sion of the ground color; apex of tegula light

buff; basal two-fifths of forewing fuscous, except

costal third, with considerable olivaceous scaling

on basal angle; from slightly before middle of

costa an outwardly slanting fuscous fascia ex-

tending to and broadening at tornus is preceded

and followed by olivaceous; entire costa strigu-

lated with short alternating pale buff and fuscous

dashes, the former with a faint metallic luster;

costal fold of male extending slightly beyond

basal third; in terminal third, and in the dark

fascia, several narrow metallic streaks; ocelloid

patch obsolete, mainly indicated by two, short,

metallic bars and a pair of faintly indicated

longitudinal, black lines; cilia olivaceous strongly

irrorate with blackish-fuscous basally. Hind wing

fuscous; cilia buff with a grayish subbasal line,

except in area of basal angle where they are

almost wholly grayish. Legs buff overlaid and

banded with fuscous. Abdomen buff below,

fuscous above.

Male genitalia.—Harpe as figured. Uncus prom-

inent, broad, rounded apically. Socii moderately

long, fleshy, pendant.

Female genitalia.—Ovipositor with an anterior,

ventral, prominent, evaginated opening. Re-

mainder of genitalia as figured.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 61481.

Type locality —Putnam County, Ill. (July 10,

1939).

Food plant.—Unknown.

Remarks.—Described from the type male and

two female paratypes all from the same locality.

The females are dated ‘13. viii. 45” and ‘5. viii.

47.”

The nearest relative of uta appears to be E.

atomosana (Walsingham), from which it differs

by the presence of the dark basal patch and the

absence of the white costal area and the semi-

metallic spotting of the forewing. In genitalia uta

differs from atomosana by the evenly rounded

uncus, more slender socil, and broader neck of

harpe. No females of atomosana are available

for a comparison of the genitalia.

Epiblema naoma, n. sp.

Figs. 2, 2a, 2b

Alar expanse, 14-18 mm.

Labial palpus with second segment buff, out-

wardly marked with grayish fuscous; third seg-

ment fuscous, buff-tipped. Antenna grayish fus-

cous with paler, narrow annulations. Head with

admixture of buff and fuscous, varying greatly

in different specimens, some with the lghter

color absent. Thorax marked with three pairs of

alternating dark and light transverse bands;

in some specimens the dark bands are blackish

fuscous and the light bands vary from buff to

pale vinaceous. Forewing blackish fuscous; outer

margin of basal patch outwardly oblique from

costa to middle of wing then straight to dorsum;

basal patch followed by a pale transverse shade

from dorsum to costa, broader on dorsum; this

pale shade varies from buff to pale vinaceous,

being more pronounced in the males, and is

followed by an outwardly oblique, narrow bar

of the ground color; this in turn is followed by a

pale terminal portion of the wing; slightly before

apex a transverse dash of the ground color,

frequently interrupted by pale scaling, extends

to vein 5; costa marked for its entire length with

alternating light and dark spots; costal fold of

male extending to middle of costa; terminal half

Jury 1953

of wing marked with dull leaden-metallic scales;

cilia dull leaden-metallic preceded by a fine,

dark subbasal line. Hind wing pale to dark fuscous

with base, in males, almost white; cilia light

fuscous with darker subbasal line. Legs buff to

pale vinaceous the ground color mostly obscured

by fuscous suffusion and banding. Abdomen con-

sisting of alternating dark and light bands the

extent of each varying with the specimen.

CLARKE: NEW SPECIES

OF OLETHREUTIDAE 227

Male genitalia—Harpe as figured. Uncus bi-

lobed. Clasper strong, sharply pointed.

Female gentalia.—Ovipositor not shown; re-

mainder as figured.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 61482.

Type locality—Putnam County, Ill. (June 25,

1950).

Food plant.—Ratibida pinnata (Vent.) Barn-

hart (roots).

Fras. 1-6.—New Olethreutidae from Illinois: Left wings. (See explanation at end of text.)

228 JOURNAL OF THE

Remarks.—Described from the type male and

8 male and 9 female paratypes all from the type

locality. Dates of emergence range from April 28

to June 25 (1948-1950).

As indicated in the description, naoma is an

extremely variable species, difficult to describe.

The wings figured represent an average male, but

many of these exhibit much more light scaling.

In the females the markings are usually more

pronounced and clear-cut, and the majority of

them appear much darker than the males. In

general appearance and genitalia this species

is nearest H. towana McDunnough.

T. N. Freeman, of the Canadian National

Museum, has kindly compared some of the speci-

mens of naoma with McDunnough’s type of

vowana and remarks as follows: E. cowana has

“apex of uncus truncate; ventral edge of sacculus

strongly arcuate; neck of harpe much deeper

excavated ventrally so that the ventral part of

the cucullus projects well beyond; juxta arcuate

dorsally.”’ EH. naoma has ‘‘apex of uncus bilobed;

ventral edge of sacculus less strongly arcuate;

neck of harpe shallowly excavated; Juxta more

truncate dorsally.” He further states that in

iowana “outer edge of basal band runs straight

to radius then obtusely angled to costa” while

in naoma ‘outer edge of the basal band is irregu-

lar and bends in the middle of the wing. Macula-

tion is more distinct and the hind wings are whiter

at base, otherwise quite similar.”

Epinotia atristriga, n. sp.

Figs. 3, 3a, 3b

Alar expanse, 13-19 mm.

Labial palpus sordid whitish suffused with

gray exteriorly on second segment; third segment

gray. Antenna dark gray with narrow, paler

annulations. Head gray, the scales tipped with

sordid white. Thorax and forewing ground color

gray with scales tipped with sordid white; tegula

with black spot at base; forewing with longi-

tudinal, median, irregular black streak for entire

length; on each side of the median streak, particu-

larly dorsally, sordid-white scaling; costal fold

of male extending to basal two-fifths and contain-

ing expansible, whitish hair pencil; outer three-

fifths of costa with some obscure dark spots;

cilia gray with dark subbasal line. Hind wing pale

grayish-fuscous; cilia lighter with dark subbasal

line. Legs dark gray with pale annulations. Ab-

domen dark gray, somewhat lighter ventrally and

anal tuft with ocherous tint.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 7

Male genitalia.—Harpe as figured. Uncus long,

curved, bifid. Socii long, narrow, dilated distally.

Female genitalia.— Ovipositor not shown, re-

mainder as figured.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 61483.

Type locality —Putnam County, Ill. (March

17, 1945).

Food plant.—Unknown.

Remarks.—Described from the type male and

14 male and 6 female paratypes all from the type

locality. Dates range from March 17 to April 12

(1938-1946).

Formerly confused with E. vertumnana (Zel-

ler), to which it is closely related, but differing

from it by the uninterrupted dark median streak

and much less white scaling dorsally on forewing.

The chief differences in the male genitalia are

the much broader base of sacculus and narrower,

longer spine cluster of vertwmnana.

Polychrosis sambuci, n. sp.

Figs. 4, 4a, 4b

Alar expanse, 10-13 mm.

Labial palpus pinkish buff; second segment

with indistinct subterminal fascia and small basal

spot fuscous. Antenna fuscous with paler annula-

tions. Head pinkish buff shading to brownish

posteriorly and with a fuscous spot on each side.

Thorax cinnamon-buff; posterior tuft cimnamon;

base of tegula and median transverse fascia

fuscous. Forewing with basal two-fifths leaden-

metallic the basal patch almost obliterated by this

color and only indicated by a fine blackish-fuscous

transverse line near base and another, outwardly

curved fascia of the same color at one-fourth

nearly obscured by cinnamon-buff scales; from

slightly before middle of costa to middle of

dorsum an outwardly curved, irregular, blackish-

fuscous fascia with a prominent tooth extending

well toward termen; dorsal half of this fascia

largely overlaid with cinnamon-buff; on tornus

a blackish-fuscous spot, overlaid with cinnamon-

buff, and bordered by an inverted V-shaped

leaden-metallic mark; between this and a smaller,

similarly colored apical spot, a large blotch, also

similarly colored, covers most of the subterminal

area; on apical half of costa several alternating

dark and light dashes; cilia mostly leaden-metal-

lic with some cinnamon buff in tornal area.

Hind wing fuscous; cilia grayish with dark sub-

terminal line. Legs buff to pinkish buff overlaid

and banded with blackish fuscous. Abdomen

fuscous above, buff beneath.

aye 1953

Male genitalia—Harpe as figured. Uncus

broad, rounded. Soci small pads with long, coarse

setae. Aedeagus slender, with curved distal end

and single lateral tooth.

Female genitalia.—Ovipositor not shown; re-

mainder as figured.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 61486.

Type locality—Putnam County, Ill. (July 3,

1943).

CLARKE: NEW SPECIES

OF OLETHREUTIDAE 229

Food plant—Sambucus canadensis L.

Remarks.—Described from the type male and

5 male and 8 female paratypes all from the type

locality. The dates range from May 20 to Septem-

ber 4 (1939-1949).

This species is difficult to distinguish from

P. monotropana Heinrich on color and markings

except that in monotropana the dark markings

are clearer and the leaden scaling is smoother.

pts sy

LL".

Z J Le

Fras. la-6a.—New Olethreutidae from Illinois: Left harpes. (See explanation at end of text.)

230 JOURNAL OF THE

The genitalia immediately distinguish the two.

The aedeagus of monotropana is smooth, that of

sambuci is armed with a single tooth. The fluted

genital plate of sambuct immediately separates

it ‘from monotropana.

Exartema comandranum, n. sp.

Figs. 5, 5a, 5b

Alar expanse, 15-18 mm.

Labial palpus pale buff; second segment with

small fuscous spot exteriorly at base and with

smoky suffusion exteriorly at apex; third segment

almost wholly overlaid with fuscous. Antenna

blackish fuscous overlaid with olivaceous almost

entire length above. Head fuscous with some

tawny scaling in front. Thorax and basal three-

fifths of forewing olivaceous, the latter with some

admixture of buff; tegula with suffused fuscous

spot at base; posterior tuft of thorax dark vina-

ceous-tawny; basal patch almost obscured by the

olivaceous scaling and reduced to an oblique mark

from basal angle to slightly before middle of cell;

outer two-fifths of forewing dark vinaceous-tawny

crossed by several irregular leaden-metallic lines;

from middle of costa a short, wedge-shaped, out-

wardly oblique, blackish-fuscous dash, the dark

color almost obscured by vinaceous-tawny scales;

on tornus a similarly colored spot; from vein 8,

slightly beyond end of cell, to termen at vein 5,

an oblique bar of the same color; entire costa

marked with short, alternating dark and light

strigulae; cilia leaden-metallic mixed with dark

vinaccous tawny and fuscous and preceded by a

fine blackish-fuscous and tawny line. Hind wing

light mummy brown; cilia fuscous mixed with

buff with a dark subbasal line. Legs buff over-

laid and banded with fuscous. Abdomen fuscous

this color nearly obscured by buff beneath.

Male genitalia.—Harpe as figured. Uncus broad

basally, tapering to a slender point. Soci small

oval pads.

Female genitalia—Ovipositor not shown; re-

mainder as figured.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 61484.

Type locality—Putnam County, Ill. (June 11,

1942).

Food plant—Comandra umbellata (L.) Nutt.

Remarks.—Described from the type male and

12 male and 4 female paratypes all from the type

locality. Dates of both reared and field collected

specimens range from May 27 to July 31 (1941-

1943).

In appearance comandranum reminds one of

merrickanum Kearfott but lacks the conspicuous

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

subterminal spot and long, pale, oblique line of

that species. The genitalia, however, indicate a

closer affinity with EH. foedanum (Clemens) from

which it differs by the shorter digitus and longer,

stouter spine of Spe’, and the presence of a small

but well-defined signum.

Endothenia microptera, n. sp.

Figs. 6, 6a, 6b

Alar expanse, 10-12 mm.

Labial palpus buff with some fuscous shading

exteriorly on second segment; third segment al-

most wholly fuscous. Antenna fuscous; scape

paler. Head grayish with some light brown mixed

on vertex. Thorax and ground color of forewing

grayish fuscous with darker and ligher markings,

the whole appearing mottled; thorax and tegula

with narrow, transverse, buff bands; posterior

tuft of thorax fuscous; basal patch, an irregular,

median, transverse fascia and a slightly curved,

transverse bar from vein 8, near end of cell, to

vein 5 before termen, fuscous; dark markings

separated by leaden-metallic fasciae and spots;

on dorsum, about middle of wing, a leaden-metal-

lic spot preceded and followed by a slender buff

line; costa with three pairs of short buff strigulae

before the dark transverse fascia and three pairs

of similar strigulae beyond; cilia leaden-metallic

preceded by a narrow fuscous subbasal line. Hind

wing fuscous; cilia grayish with dark subbasal

line. Legs buff, overlaid and banded with fuscous.

Abdomen fuscous above, buff beneath.

Male genitalia.—Harpe as figured. Uncus very

broad, tuberculate. Cornutus one, small, with

large bulbous base.

Female genitalia.—Ovipositor not figured; re-

mainder as shown.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 61485.

Type locality—Putnam County, Ill. (August

14, 1949).

Food plant.—Unknown.

Remarks.—Described from the type male and

3 male and 4 female paratypes all from the same

locality. Dates range from June 12 to September

2 (1946-1949).

In size microptera approaches E. conditana

(Walsingham), to which it ismost nearly related.

The markings of microptera are more pronounced

than those of conditana, and the former has six

pairs of fine, well-defined, buff strigulae on costa

of forewing not found in conditana. The uncus of

microptera is about twice as broad as that of

conditana, the aedeagus is broader and shorter,

and the cornutus is less than half the size.

Hony 1953

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES

Figs. 1-lb.—Eucosma uta, n. sp.:1, Left wings;

la, left harpe; 1b, ventral view of female genitalia

with ovipositor removed.

Fies. 2-2b.—Epiblema naoma, n. sp.: 2, Left

wings; 2a, left harpe; 2b, ventral view of female

genitalia with ovipositor ‘removed.

Fics. 3-3b.—Epinotia atristriga, n. sp.: 3, Left

wings; 3a, left harpe; 3b, ventral view of female

genitalia with ovipositor removed.

CLARKE: NEW SPECIES

OF OLETHREUTIDAE Dem

Fics. 4-4b.—Polychrosis sambuci, n. sp.: 4,

Left wings; 4a, left harpe; 4b, ventral view of

female genitalia with ovipositor removed.

Fics. 5-5b.—Ezartema comandranum, n. sp.:

5, Left wings; 5a, left harpe; 5b, ventral view of

female genitalia with ovipositor removed.

Fics. 6-6b.—Endothenia microptera, n. sp.: 6,

Left wings; 6a, left harpe; 6b, ventral view of

female genitalia with ovipositor removed.

Fias. 1b-6b.—New Olethreutidae from Illinois: Female genitalia. (See explanation at end of text.)

2a2 JOURNAL OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 7 i

ENTOMOLOGY .—Eight new Neotropical chrysomelid beetles (Coleoptera). Doris

H. Buaxe, Arlington, Va.

This paper is composed of the descrip-

tions of eight new Neotropical chrysomelids,

two from the West Indies, one from Peru,

one from Mexico, and four from Costa

Rica.

Phaedon barberi, n. sp.

Fig. 8

Between 6.5 and 7.5 mm in length, shortly and

broadly ovate, moderately convex, shining, very

finely punctate, pale reddish brown with black

antennae, scutellum, and undersurface, except

prosternum, and legs.

Head broad and flat across vertex, surface

polished and finely punctate, a faint median line

connecting with a V line running down on either

side to the antennal sockets, lower front short,

finely punctate, tip of jaws dark. Antennae short,

dark, the five basal joints narrow, remaining distal

joints much thickened and compressed. Prothorax

more than twice as wide as long, with the sides

curving forward so as to conceal the eyes from the

sides partially, a rather coarse punctation along

the lateral margins to basal margin and on

anterior margin behind the eyes, more finely

punctate on disc. Scutellum dark. Elytra broad,

convex, a distinct humeral callosity, surface

shining, distinctly but not coarsely punctate, the

punctures not striate but with a tendency to-

ward striation. Body beneath and legs shining,

often with a bluish or metallic luster, pro-

sternum pale except in the middle about coxae.

First abdominal segment not a great deal longer

than second. Hind tibiae a little curved. Claws

simple. Length 6.5-7.5 mm; width 4.6-5.5 mm.

Type male and 9 paratypes, U.S.N.M. type

no. 61616, collected by R. G. Oakley at Yauco,

Puerto Rico, February 9 and March 28, 1933.

In the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-

bridge, Mass., 5 paratypes from Yauco, Puerto

Rico, collected by R. G. Oakley in April 1934,

and 12 from Lares, Puerto Rico, collected by

Oakley in April 1934.

Remarks.—This, the second species of Phaedon

to be described from the West Indies, is not en-

tirely typical, not having striate-punctate elytra.

Leucocera ferruginea Chevrolat from Haiti is

similar in its ferrugineous coloration but has the

pale yellow antennae typical of the genus as well

as pale legs and undersurface, and is definitely

striate-punctate. This is a species that had been

set aside for future description by H. 8. Barber.

Diabrotica neoallardi, n. sp.

Fig. 4

About 6.5 mm in length, elongate oval, moder-

ately shiny although alutaceous, the prothorax

finely and the elytra coarsely punctate, the head,

undersurface, femora, borders of the prothorax

and elytra, and scutellum pale yellow, two piceous

spots on the prothorax nearly covering the an-

terior half, the elytra, except the margin, deep

blue, tibiae and tarsi and antennae except the

apical joints dark.

Head pale, orange-yellow on top and yellow

on the lower front, smooth, faintly shining,

alutaceous, frontal tubercles clearly marked with

a median depression above them. Antennae ex-

tending below the middle of the elytra, very

slender and hairy, third joint a little shorter than

fourth, remainder subequal, dark, the three distal

joints mostly pale. Prothorax a little less than

twice as broad as long with curved sides and a

somewhat curved transverse depression below

the middle, finely alutaceous and distinctly punc-

tate, pale yellow with two broad piceous areas

covering most of the anterior half of the pro-

thorax except the margin and curving down

towards the basal angles. Scutellum pale. Elytra

wider toward apex, with a wide explanate margin

that is pale, dark blue over disc, densely and

coarsely punctate and alutaceous, slightly pu-

bescent at the apex and about the apical margin.

Epipleura pale. Body beneath entirely pale yel-

low, femora pale, tibiae and tarsi piceous and

very hairy. Length 6.7 mm; width 3.4 mm.

Type male, U.S.N.M. type no. 61617, col-

lected by H. A. Allard at Tinga Maria, Peru,

winter of 1949-50.

Remarks.—Except for the unusual dark mark-

ings on the prothorax, this species resembles a

number of species of Diabrotica with dark elytra

having a pale margin, but I have hunted vainly

through the types of Diabrotica in the British

Museum for one like it. D. albidocincta Baly

from Brazil has a dark head and thorax with a

pale margin, and the elytra are black. D. limbatt-

pennis Baly is smaller and similar in coloring

except for the prothorax. D. ciactipennis Baly

also from Peru has deep blue or green elytra, and

NEOTROPICAL CHRYSOMELID BEETLES

BLAKE

Huny 1953

|. Physi merus melanchimu s

Fat

3.0xygona limbata

ropoda fuscomacu lat a

2.. Hadi

4 Diabrotica neoallardi

8. Phaedon barberi

Fics. 1-8.—New Neotropical Chrysomelidae.

TPanchrestus denticollis

234 JOURNAL OF THE

the prothorax has a dark vitta on each side. There

is also a dark spot on the head. D. digna Gahan

from Brazil is very shiny and without dark tho-

racic markings. D. flavocincta Baly from Colombia

has a black head and the elytra are parallel-sided

with impunctate surface. D. flavomarginata Baly

from Colombia has minutely punctate elytra. D.

staudingeri Baly from Colombia, a larger species,

has the lateral margin of the prothorax alone

pale and is coarsely punctate.

has collected a great many botanical and zoologi-

cal specimens not only in Peru but elsewhere.

There is already a D. allardi Jacoby from Mexico,

named for another Allard.

Ophraea maculicollis, n. sp.

Fig. 5

About 4.5 mm in length, oblong oval, feebly

shining under the short, pale, appressed pubes-

cence, densely and coarsely punctate, black with

the lower front of head, prothorax and basal part

of femora pale, the prothorax with a_ black

longitudinal spot on each side extending from

the middle to the base.

Head coarsely punctate, a median groove down

occiput, space between antennal sockets feebly

carinate, tubercles poorly marked, lower front

from antennal sockets to labrum pale and like-

wise punctate, mouthparts and rest of head dark,

with fine pale pubescence not concealing puncta-

tion. Antennae entirely dark, third joint longer

than succeeding joints which are subequal. Pro-

thorax just about twice as wide as long, sides

rounded, almost angulate, depressed deeply on

each side and in the middle near the anterior

margin; densely and coarsely punctate, pale yel-

low with a spot on each side from the middle to

the base. Elytra elongate, parallel-sided, with

sutural edges a little raised, coarsely and con-

tiguously punctate, with each puncture having a

flat reflecting bottom, so that the whole sparkles

somewhat; a fine appressed pale pubescence, not

concealing surface. Epipleura wide, coarsely punc-

tate and pubescent and extending nearly to the

apex. Body beneath shiny, black, except the

prosternum and basal half of femora, claws

toothed. Length 4.5-4.6 mm; width 2 mm.

Type, U.S.N.M. type no. 61618, taken at San

Francisco, Calif., March 20, 1939, on orchids

from Mexico. A second specimen, also on orchids

from Mexico was taken at Laredo, Tex., January

29, 1945.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 7

Remarks.—None of the eight species described

by Jacoby from Mexico and Central America,

which constitute all the species previously known

in the genus, has markings such as occur on the

thorax of this species, although one, O. opaca, has

a broad median black stripe, and O. subcostata

has a broad central black band.

Oxygona limbata, n. sp.

Fig. 3

Between 8 and 9 mm in length, oblong oval,

shining yellowish brown, the antennae, tip of

jaws, legs, breast and abdomen, and the elytra

except for suture and lateral margins deep red-

dish brown, almost piceous.

Head rounded and polished over occiput with

a median groove down the front to the tubercles,

the tubercles rounded and swollen, the interanten-

nal area below them rather depressed without

much trace of a carina, jaws large and dark.

Antennae long, slender and dark, third joint

shorter than fourth, joints 4 to 7 subequal, distal

joints a little shorter. Prothorax more than twice

as broad as long with curved sides and prominent

toothing at anterior and basal angles, surface

faintly alutaceous and very finely punctate with

a row of coarser punctures along lateral margin,

pale yellowish brown with faintly deeper brown

traces of a transverse fascia. Scutellum reddish

brown. Elytra broader than prothorax, shining,

finely punctate, deep reddish brown, with the

suture and lateral edges pale yellowish brown;

epipleura pale. Body beneath shining, the breast,

abdomen and legs deep reddish brown verging on

piceous. Length 8-9 mm; width 2-4.5 mm.

Type male and 2 paratypes female, U.S.N.M.

type no. 61619, collected on Solanum torvum,

Guadalupe, Costa Rica, May 25, 1936, by E.

Marin.

Remarks.—This is the third species of the

genus to be described from the North American

Continent. The dark color pattern of the elytra

differs from the pale-yellow-colored O. acutangula

Chevrolat, and O. bifasciata Jacoby, the second

one from the North American Continent, is

banded. O. adumbrata Clark, from the Amazon

River, has the elytra clouded with dark ferru-

gineous except at the margin, but the femora in

this species are pale.

_ Panchrestus denticollis, n. sp.

Fig. 7

About 6.5 mm in length, broadly oblong oval,

JuLY 1953

faintly shining reddish brown under a yellowish

brown pubescence, the head and _prothorax

coarsely and densely punctate, the elytra less

coarsely and striately punctate, the antennae

pale with joints 7 to 11 much thickened and dark;

prothorax with three sharp lateral teeth on each

side, hind tibiae appearing double spurred at

apex.

Head with interocular space a little more than

half width of head, coarsely and densely punctate

over occiput and with short yellow-brown pub-

escence, frontal tubercles prominent with a deep

groove between, space between antennal sockets

wide and a little produced, this carina very

short, a triangular depression below over labrum,

the lower front unusually short, labrum large.

Antennae not very long, basal joints pale, first

and third longest, sixth joint shorter and thinner

than fourth or fifth, about the length of second

joint, joints 7 to 11 dark, very hairy, and fully

twice as wide as basal joints. Prothorax short

compared with the elytra, not twice as wide as

long, moderately convex with an oblique depres-

sion below the middle on each side, the sides

3-toothed, the sharp apical angle forming one

tooth, the second below this before the middle,

and the third not so sharp at the basal angle;

the surface of the dise contiguously and coarsely

punctate and with short erectish yellow brown

pubescence, much rubbed in this specimen. Scu-

tellum densely pubescent. Elytra much wider

than prothorax, moderately convex and shining

beneath the vyellowish-brown suberect pub-

escence, the pubescence in this specimen probably

rubbed from the central portion but on the sides

and the apex the hairs tending to mat together

at the tips forming little cone-shaped tufts.

Striate punctures not coarse but darker in color-

ing and toward the apex becoming somewhat

mdistinet. Epipleura broad and extending nearly

to the apex. Body beneath and legs shining red-

dish brown, the posterior femora much thickened

and with considerable yellowish-brown pubes-

cence, posterior tibiae short and straight, end-

ing in a sharp spur with another inserted before

the end, the posterior first two tarsal joints

thinner and shorter than the corresponding ones

in the anterior legs. Anterior tarsal claws ap-

pendiculate, with the basal tooth sharp. Length

6.5 mm; width 3.3 mm.

Type, U.S.N.M. type no. 61620, collected on

the western slope of the Irazu Volcano, Costa

Rica, 1,500 to 2,000 meters, by T. Assmann, on

April 30, 1926, from the Nevermann collection.

BLAKE: NEOTROPICAL CHRYSOMELID BEETLES

235

Remarks.—The Rev. Hamlet Clark’s Cata-

logue of Halticidae, part 1, has been criticized by

both Jacoby and Weise because of the numerous

genera that he has made. Anyone who has ex-

amined the Neotropical Oediopodes is struck by

their great diversity of form and the difficulty of

cataloguing them under a few genera. Bowditch!

wrote of attempting “to squeeze’? a number

of species that he was describing into Clark’s

genera, but apparently with no great faith that

they belonged in those genera, rather than de-

scribe any new genera. So I am placing this very

distinct species under Clark’s Panchrestus, chiefly

because Clark in describing P. pulcher from the

Amazon wrote of that species as having a toothed

prothorax and with the antennal joints much

thickened and darker toward the end. This tooth-

ing of the prothorax is unusual, and I know of no

other species with it in this group.

Hadropoda fuscomaculata, n. sp.

Fig. 2

About 4.5 mm in length, oblong oval, faintly

shining, pale yellow brown with pale yellowish

pubescence, the elytra with a reddish brown area

from the humerus across to the suture and down,

a reddish-brown spot below in the middle and

one near the margin halfway down the elytra.

Head entirely pale, the interocular space about

half the width of the head, occiput coarsely and

densely punctate with a thin median ridge and

on either side a ridge from near the eye to the

tubercles, tubercles well defined, a narrow carina

between antennal sockets running down the lower

front, lower front long. Antennae pale brown,

not extending much below the humeri, fourth

joint longer than third and subequal to fifth and

sixth, remainder shorter. Prothorax a little wider

than long with nearly straight sides slightly con-

stricted near the base, a seta-bearing nodule at

each corner, disc uneven, the anterior middle

being convex and below on either side with a

hollowed out depression, surface densely and

moderately coarsely punctate and with short

fine pubescence. Scutellum reddish brown. Elytra

much wider than prothorax, rather flat and with-

out callosities or depressions, with moderately

coarse striate punctures, faintly shining under

the short pubescence, pale yellow-brown with

reddish-brown spots, a brownish area from the

1 Bowditch, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 41: 498.

1915.

236 JOURNAL

humerus to suture and down, another spot

slightly below in the middle and another on the

side at the middle of the elytra; epipleura pale

and wide and extending nearly to the apex. Body

beneath pale, shining, lightly pubescent, the

hind femora with more pubescence and greatly

thickened, hind claw inflated. Length 4.6 mm;

width 2.2 mm.

Type, female, U.S.N.M. type no. 61621, taken

at Miami, Fla., from a plane from Natal, Brazil,

via Puerto Rico, January 15, 1943.

Remarks.—Although there is no definite lo-

eality for this beetle, the fact that it came from

a plane that flew from Natal, Brazil, to Florida

by way of Puerto Rico makes it pretty certain

that the beetle came aboard in the neighborhood

of the West Indies, and quite probably Puerto

Rico, as it is a typical Hadropoda, a group of

beetles that so far has been found only in the

West Indies. It differs from any of those pre-

viously described in its elytral markings. H.

calua Blake, from the Dominican Republic, is a

little smaller beetle with somewhat similar spot-

ting but has longer antennae.

Hylodromus clarki, n. sp.

Fig. 6

About 4 mm in length, elongate oblong oval,

very shiny, deep reddish brown with pale yellow

anterior legs, hind femora reddish brown, paler

at apex and on underside, antennae with the

first eight joints deep brown, rest paler, joints

3 to 6 much enlarged; elytra finely striate punc-

tate with coarser punctures in the depression

below the basal callosity, hind femora with a

prominent nodule in middle of lower surface and

a tooth below that.

Head with large protuberant eyes, the inter-

ocular space about half width of head, occiput

shining reddish brown, a single puncture in

middle and a fovea on either side, frontal tu-

bercles swollen, a deep groove above and _ be-

tween them; antennal sockets very close and the

space between them slightly carinate, this swell-

ing very short and not extending down the lower

front, the lower front short, labrum wide. An-

tennae more than half the length of the beetle,

joints 3 to 6 enlarged to twice the width of the

first two and longer than the basal joint, joints 7

to 11 abruptly narrowed and short, joints 1 to 8

dark brown, 9 and 10 pale, 11 light brown. Pro-

thorax seareely a third wider than long with

large basal and apical toothing and concave

OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 7 |

sides narrowly margined, disc a little depressed

in basal part, shining deep reddish brown, finely

punctate. Scutellum a little deeper brown than

the reddish-brown elytra, elytra with prominent

humeri and deep intrahumeral depression, also a

broad and deep depression below the basal callos-

ity, finely and striately punctate except in the de-

pression, toward the apex and on sides the pune-

tures becoming faint and disappearing. Epipleura

broad and extending nearly to apex. Body be-

neath shining reddish brown, the anterior pairs of

legs and underside and apex of hind femora pale

yellow, hind femora with a prominent nodule at

the middle on lower side and below this a tooth,

hind femora slender, bowed and long, nearly

glabrous, at the tip ending acutely and with a

spur, thus making it appear two spurred, claw

joint inflated. Length 4.3 mm; width 2 mm.

Type male, U.S.N.M. type no. 61622, collected

at Hamburgfarm, Reventazon, Ibene Limon,

Costa Rica, on March 28, 1930, by F. Never-

mann.

Remarks.—I have not examined Clark’s spe-

cies H. dilaticornis from the Amazon River, on

which the genus Hylodromus is based, but have

seen a cotype of H. basalis Jacoby from Panama.

Possibly neither Jacoby’s species nor mine be-

longs in Clark’s genus, in which the third to sixth

antennal joints are dilated and flattened and in

which the body is pubescent. In the first two

species the antennal joints are dilated but not

flattened, and the beetles are shining and nearly

glabrous except for a few scattered hairs near the

apex and along the apical margin and, as Jacoby

himself stated, resemble a great deal Homam-

matus nitidus Clark except for the antennal dila-

tion and the peculiar curvature of the hind tibiae

which is present in all three species. Whether

Jacoby’s and my species are congeneric with

Clark’s or not, I do not see any reason why Weise?

should synonymize Hylodromus with Euphenges,

and I hereby reestablish Clark’s genus Hylo-

dromus and dedicate this species to him. H.

basalis Jacoby closely resembles H. clarki but

differs somewhat in coloring, having a darker

head and prothorax. There is some difference in

the color of the antennal joints, also; in H. clarkz

the first eight instead of seven joints are dark.

H. basalis also has a wider and deeper intra-

humeral sulcus and stouter, more pubescent hind

tibiae.

2 Weise, Ark. for Zool. 14: 153. 1921.

JuLY 1953

Physimerus melanchimus; n. sp.

Fig. 1

About 5 mm in length, oblong oval, shining

black beneath the fine appressed pubsecence,

prothorax narrow, constricted before the base,

with a median callosity anteriorly, elytra with a

basal callosity on each side of the scutellum,

coarsely and striately punctate, the pubescence

with paler areas in the form of traces of vittae and

an interrupted fascia in the apical half.

Head entirely black with large eyes, interocular

space scarcely half the width of the head, occiput

coarsely punctate and with a fine median ridge

and on either side a groove from the eye to the

tubercles, tubercles swollen, carina between an-

tennal sockets short and narrowly produced,

lower front long with large mouthparts. Antennae

with third joint longest, joints 3 to 5 deep brown,

joints 6 to 8 black and thicker, joints 9 to 11

brown and thin. Prothorax as long as wide with

a tiny seta bearing nodule at each corner, con-

stricted before the base, a callosity in middle

anteriorly and a depression on each side below

this near base, surface entirely dark, covered

SETZER: A NEW HEDGEHOG FROM AFRICA

237

with fine appressed pubescence. Scutellum dark

and pubescent. Elytra considerably wider than

prothorax, entirely dark except for the pale pu-

bescence in the pattern of interrupted vittae and

an interrupted fascia below the middle in apical

half, shinmg beneath the pubescence, rather

coarsely striate punctate, the interstices raised in

slight costae, a callosity on each side of the

scutellum with a depression below it; epipleura

black and shiny and wide to the apical curve.

Body beneath shining black, with a light pub-

escence except on the hind femora that are more

pubescent, hind claws inflated. Length 4.4-5

mm; width 2—2.2 mm.

Type male, U.S.N.M. type no. 61623, Las

Mercedes, Costa Rica, October 30, 1922, from

the Nevermann collection. One other specimen,

a female, collected by N. L. H. Krauss at El

Valle, Panama, January 1947.

Remarks.—The antennae of this species, in

having joints 6-8 thickened, resemble the anten-

nae of Homammatus ntidus Clark, an entirely

glabrous species that is much more robust.

MAMMALOGY.—A new hedgehog from Africa. HENRY W. SerrzerR, U. S.

National Museum.

In cooperation with the United States

Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3 and

the Chicago Natural History Museum,

studies have been started on the mammals

of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan and Egypt.

As a result of these studies the hedgehog

from the Sudan has been found to differ from

the kinds known to inhabit adjacent areas.

It is with great pleasure that I name this in-

teresting mammal for J. 8. Owen, District

Commissioner, Torit, Equatoria Province,

Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, who did so much to

make the field work of the Unit a success.

All measurements are in millimeters, and

the capitalized color terms are from Ridg-

way’s Color standards and color nomenclature.

Erinaceus (Atelerix) pruneri oweni, n. subsp.

Type.—Chicago Natural History Museum, no.

67047, adult female, skin and skull, from Torit,

2,000 feet, Equatoria Province, Anglo-Egyptian

Sudan. Obtained April 9, 1950, by Harry Hoog-

straal, original no. 5478.

Specimens examined.—Seven, all from Torit.

Distribution Known only from the type lo-

eality.

Diagnosis—Spines of upper parts longitu-

dinally striated and marked with the following

pattern: Army Brown followed successively by a

band of pure white (2 to 4 mm), a band of Army

Brown shading into black (5 to 6 mm), a band of

grayish white (2 to 4 mm), and a black base (2 to

4 mm); a few spines are entirely white. The ears

and the muzzle to immediately behind the eyes

Olive Brown; dorsal surfaces of hands and feet

Snuff Brown with a generous admixture of white

hairs; mystacial vibrissae black; forehead, should-

ers, sides of body, upper parts of limbs, and belly

with pure white hairs. Palms and soles naked;

hind foot four toed. Skull robust; rostrum rela-

tively narrow; width across zygomatic arches

relatively small; nasals rather wide and long;

lambdoidal crest moderately developed; upper

molars relatively massive.

Measurements of type specomen.—Total length

215; length of tail 24; length of hind foot 32;

238 JOURNAL OF THE

length of ear 29; condylobasal length of skull

43.9; length of palate 25.2; width of rostrum at

level of infraorbital foramen 11.6; length of nasals

13.1; least width behind postorbital processes

11.4; width across zygomatic arches 26.7.

Comparisons.—Erinaceus prunert owen differs

from Erinaceus prunert hindet, as known from

Ulukenia Hills and Kapiti Plains, British East

Africa, as follows: Dorsal color somewhat darker

but hands and feet lighter; rostrum decidedly

narrower and longer; width across zygomatic

arches less; nasals wider and longer; occipital

region more nearly perpendicular; lambdoidal

crest, in animals of comparable age, more de-

veloped; molars more robust; P? decidedly larger;

postpalatal bridge less developed.

No specimens of Erinaceus pruneri atratus are

available, but from the description, H. p. owent

is lighter in color and larger in all measurements

taken. Also, it is apparent that Erinaceus prunert

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 7

prunerv is different in that the area immediately

below the eye is white whereas in F. p. owen this

region is dark.

Remarks.—There is some variation in color of

these specimens, but this is probably owing to the

manner in which the skins have been prepared.

If the spines are laid flat in preparation the

general tone, as observed from above, is a smoky

color; if the spines are semierect the color is

darker. Another contributing factor is the amount

of pigment on the tip of the spines. If this is slight

the general effect is lighter and conversely if there

is a relatively wide band at the tip the color ap-

pears darker. The only immature specimen in the

series is decidedly darker in color than any of

the adults. In all specimens except one, the

maxillary bone touches the nasal on each side for

at least 1.5 mm.

All the specimens were obtained in savanna

type country between January 7 and April 9.

@bituary

Ipa ALBERTINA BENGTSON.—A pioneer woman

of science passed away on September 6, 1952.

Born in Harvard, Nebr., on January 17, 1881, of

parents who were Swedish immigrants, Ida A.

Bengtson received a liberal education which led

toan A.B. degree from the University of Nebraska

in 1903. In those days few women were interested

in the physical and biological sciences, and these

subjects were not among Ida Bengtson’s interests.

She majored in languages and mathematics. She

was elected to Phi Beta Kappa.

Shortly after graduation she came to Wash-

ington to be a cataloger in the library of the U.S.

Geological Survey. She became acquainted with

one of the few women who at that time held

Federal Civil Service positions in science. She

compared her own professional life with that of

her friend and decided that for her the life of a

scientist would be more interesting than that of

a keeper of scientific books and records.

In Ida Bengtson ideas led to action. She re-

signed from the U. 8. Geological Survey in 1911

and entered the University of Chicago to study

bacteriology, with chemistry and physiology as

minor subjects. She received the M.S. degree in

1913; held a university scholarship for two years;

and received the degree of Ph.D. in 1919. After

a year as bacteriologist in the Chicago Depart-

ment of Health, she was appointed in 1916 to be

an assistant bacteriologist in the Hygienic Labo-

ratory (now designated the National Institutes of

Health) of the United States Public Health Serv-

ice, with an annual salary of $1,800. She was the

first woman of science in U.S.P.H.S. Low as her

entrance salary appears when compared with

those of the present time, it was very good in

those days. Dr. Bengtson told about the astonish-

ment among her professors and fellow graduate

students when she, a woman, received so attrac-

tive an appointment.

Within the next 20 years, eight or ten more

women entered the Hygienic Laboratory as scien-

tists. In obtaining their positions it was well for

all of them that the pioneer woman, who by that

time was a senior bacteriologist, was filling her

position so ably.

In scientific investigation Dr. Bengtson was

painstaking and thorough; her conclusions were

conservative. In teamwork she was capable and

amicable. She was a good teacher, and for a few

weeks annually for many years she had oppor-

tunity to exercise that talent as one of the in-

structors of the orientation class of incoming

medical officers. Other evidence of her ability

Sumy 1953

as a teacher remains in the competent dieners

at the National Institutes of Health who were so

fortunate as to receive training under her.

Dr. Bengtson was the sole or senior author of

many papers, most of which were published in

Public Health Reports or in bulletins of the

Hygienic Laboratory or National Institute of

Health. She published a number of papers on

miscellaneous bacteriological subjects, most of

them appearing during the early years of her

career. She made a prolonged study of three

subjects: (1) anaerobes and their toxins; (2)

trachoma, (3) rickettsial diseases.

Dr. Bengtson’s work on anaerobes and their

toxins covered two periods. During the earlier

period (1920-1923) Clostridium botulinum was

of especial interest to her. In the course of these

studies she experienced the thrill of discovery

when she identified a new variety, “‘C,” of the

organism, which she obtained from a culture

grown from larvae of the green fly, Lucilia caesar.

The toxin was responsible for an outbreak of

paralytic disease (limberneck) in chickens. Dur-

ing the later period (1934-1939) she carried on

basic studies which led to the establishment of

the official U. S. and international units for

standardizing the antitoxins specific for the four

toxins most commonly involved in cases of gas

gangrene—those produced by Clostridium per-

fringens, C. oedematiens, C. septicum, and

C. histolyticum.

In 1924 Dr. Bengtson went to Rolla, Mo., to

study the etiology of trachoma in the U. S.

Public Health Service Trachoma Hospital. It was

a difficult problem, not yet solved. The seven

years spent in Rolla were marked by a slowing in

the publication of scientific papers. The experi-

ence in Rolla was, however, a good preparation

for Dr. Bengtson’s later assignment, because

among the various organisms which she con-

sidered as a possible causal agent of tra-

choma were the rickettsia.

In 1937, as a member of the “‘typhus unit,” the

study of rickettsial diseases became Dr. Bengt-

son’s major assignment. This unit was comprised

of a team which studied the rickettsial diseases

of Rocky Mountain spotted fever, endemic and

epidemic typhus. Later, ‘‘Q”’ fever and Tsut-

sugamushi disease (scrub typhus) appeared and

were included in the studies.

An important problem for the bacteriologist

in the study of rickettsial diseases was to find a

OBITUARY

239

method of growing the organisms free of tissues

in quantities sufficient for making serological

diagnostic tests. In 1938 Herald R. Cox of the

U.S.P.H.S. Rocky Mountain Laboratory discov-

ered that the yolk sac tissue of the developing

chick embryo provided a suitable medium for

prolific growth of rickettsiae. Dr. Bengtson was

in a position to put this discovery into immediate

practical use, and she entered into the most

productive period of her career.

She modified the complement fixation test (a

serologic test) adapting it for the detection and

differentiation of rickettsial infections. It was also

of great value in the study of serum from man

and from rats (a species which harbors the typhus

virus) for the purpose of detecting past infec-

tions. Dr. Bengtson’s technique is now in wide

use.

She had done some of the early work in the

tissue culture of typhus rickettsiae which was of

great importance in the subsequent development

of the vaccine which played such an important

part in the protection of our troops against

typhus, one of the major wartime diseases. As

World War II progressed the demands upon

Dr. Bengtson increased, with many questions

constantly being raised regarding rickettsial in-

fections in the Armed Forces. Dr. Norman

Topping, who was chief of the Rickettsial Unit

during World War II praised her in these words:

“Dr. Bengtson was an indefatigable worker, a

true disciple of the scientific method, and loyal

to her country, her institution and her col-

leagues.”’ She retired in 1946.

Dr. Bengtson was a member of numerous

scientific organizations including Society of

American Bacteriologists; Society for Experi-

mental Biology and Medicine; American Associa-

tion for the Advancement of Science (fellow);

Washington Academy of Sciences; Sigma Xi.

She was president of the Washington Branch of

the Society of American Bacteriologists in 1943—

44, and Councilor from the Branch to the Na-

tional $.A.B. during 1945 and 1946. She was

awarded the Typhus Medal of the American

Typhus Commission in 1947.

During the period of her greatest scientific

activity, Dr. Bengtson found diversion on her

farm, which with its big house of colonial archi-

tecture is beautifully located in the foothills of

the Blue Ridge Mountains of Virginia. She was

240

endowed with great endurance, and after a week

of heavy duty she could turn with equal facility

and skill to the management of her 370 acres.

Although she had not had previous experience of

living on a farm, she had inherited a love of the

land from a long line of Swedish ancestors. During

the ten years of her ownership she converted the

status of her farm from nonproductive to pro-

ductive. She was interested in historic homes and

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 7

made many trips around the country to see them,

especially during garden week.

Ida Bengtson was gentle, pleasant, friendly,

rather reserved; she had a keen sense of humor

which she tried to keep hidden, but a faint twinkle

in her eyes usually gave her away. Her death

brought sorrow and a feeling of deep loss to her

friends.

AuicE C. Evans.

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

USAIN I eno vials oe Osis pais hn da oe bb F, M. Setzier, U. 8. National Museum

RP PCHECIEEL. «5 oc dst ee be ete ees F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

LS ELE G0. 5 Sha, eae Jason R. Swauien, U.S. National Museum

RECOSUTCT. ..2..... Howarp 8S. Rappers, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

TESS JoHN A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Haratp A. REHDER, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

iPadesopuieal society of Washington...................0..0ce cece ees A. G. McNisu

Anthropological Society of Washington. .................... Wiuiiam H. GILBERT

Biolozies! society of Washington...................-..3-- Hucu Tuomas O’NEILL

@hemical Society of Washington. .....................05: Grorce W. IrRvING, JR.

Buraumelorieal society of Washington. .................. 00s ee nese eee F. W. Poos

MinamualGecorraphic Society............... 02sec cece ee eee ALEXANDER WETMORE

Reomo-des) paciety of Washington..................5.seeecaeness A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

PMD EIISEOLICA! OOCICLY ... 0.6... ec ee ce etn e eed GILBERT GROSVENOR

beramieatpeciety of Washington............2.....5662.000 Harry A. BorTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters......... .GEORGE F. GRAVATT

Memmmienon pociety Of Hnpgincers....... 2.2.22... eee ep eee ee eee C. A. Betts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers. .ARNoLD H. Scott

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHarpD 8. DILu

Helminthological Society of Washington........................5. L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLOCUM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... FLtoyp W. HoueH

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DORSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

; Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Eviis

Washington Chapter, American Society of Metals............. JoHN G. THOMPSON

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

(oo 8 oi s%6 062 See Sara HE. Branyam, Mitton Harris

05 LLG 0 LLC gS ae R. G. Bates, W. W. DIEHL

Ln he LOG ee ene ee re M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

MEO EOMGGCTS..........-.---.-22-00- All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

pm nariers and Associate Bditors...............00ccescucnnnescs [See front cover]

Executive Committee................64. F. M. Serzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

J. R. SwaLuen, H.S. Rapreteye, W. W. RuBey

Committee on Membership...... EK. H. Waker (chairman), Myron §S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JOHN Faber, ANcus M. Grirrin, D. BREESE JONEs,

FRANK C. Kracexk, Louis R. Maxwetu, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Sarner, Leo A. SHinn, Francis A. SmitH, Heinz Specut, Horace M. Trent,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Commuitiee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), Joun W. ALDRICH,

AusTIN CuarRK, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

EAM BE ora acu La scale pce ed bales Va ae Pats S. F. Buaxes, F. C. Kracex

SU MATER Ao GD Sane clave, dus Gadd steed a «l6-4 3p W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

emo 1956. 5. 2 see ce cede G. ARTHUR CoopPER, JAMES I. HOFFMAN

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman): °

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

WICK, SARA EK. BRANHAM, IRA B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN SCHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sctences...... SAMUEL LEvy (chairman), MicHarEL GOLDBERG,

E. H. Kennarp, E. B. Roserts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WILDHACK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScouBAUER (chairman), R. 8. Burtneton, F. C.

Kracex, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SEEGER, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monrore H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HerzFevp (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. E. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

Peer eriary 1954 ke eek eee eee H. B. Couturns, W. W. Rusey (chairman)

SuMMPREME RIN oe asc kw ig «3s tome vein wl ws 80 x L. W. Parr, F. B. SILSBEE

i 2D a ee ee ee E. C. CritTENDEN, A. WETMORE

Committee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHERSON, chairman):

(od UCT ee en eae J.M. Catpwe tt, W. L. Scumitt

PME UTEEPR Vere oi) hepa e oc ols idle he Wee's weed A. T. McPuerson, W. T. Reap

2 LEE) 0 eee a a AusTIN CuarK, J. H. McMILLEN

memmrnrrave ainicouneny of A. ALAS. occ bcs kc waa ca cee obec tee eace Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... Loutsse M. Russet (chairman), R. 8. Drut, J. B. REEsSIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. Garner (chairman), L. G. HEnspest, Myrna F. JONES

CONTENTS

PALEONTOLOGY.—A new species of Carinocrinus from Oklahoma. Har-

RELL L. SPRIMPLE. . .. 6 6-2 bas cs nee ee ee

Botany.—Studies of South American plants, XIII. A.C.SmirH.....

Myco.tocy.— Development of Pythium debaryanum on wet substratum.

CHARLES DRECHSLER, - 5. eicss 266 aba cle ne ces eee 2

Entomo.tocy.— New species of Olethreutidae from Illinois (Lepidop-

tera). J..F. Garms Coarge. 02.2 we ee

ENToMOLOGY.—Eight new Neotropical chrysomelid beetles (Coleop-

tera). Doris Hy BLAKE... 2... 00000224. dee oe

Mammatocy.—A new hedgehog from Africa. HENRY W. SErzer....

Opnrruary.—Ida Albertina. Bengtsson. .....522...........- eee

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

237

VoL. 43 Aucust 1953 No. 8

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JOHN C. EWERS R. K. Coox

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CHacsg, JR. ELBERT L. LITTLE, JR.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan Puitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

Dean B. CowiE Davip H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royaut & GuiLrorp AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925.

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JouRNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JourRNat is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices Sapna |

Copies 4 pp. i: 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3.25 $650 $ 9.75 $13.00 $16.25 $3.50

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26 .00 32.50 7.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 10.50

400 13.00 26 .00 39.00 52.00 65.00 14.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PRocEEDINGS should be sent to Haratp A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. 8. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subsertption Rates for the JouRNAL.—Per year. .....-.....-.---=--5255eeee $7.50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vet Per Number

Vol. i to vol. 10, inel —not available* 3" 4 ee — —

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, inel.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

Monocraps No. 1, ‘‘The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’ by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-13. (1899-1911) complete..................... 62s $25.00

Single-volumes, unbound. 246 os... RSs ok ee ee 2.00

Single numbers................ Bilis a GEOR chee ele tue SS ee .29

Missing Numbers will be replaced ‘ithout charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences” and

added to the Treasurer, H.S. Rappers, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

Exchanges.—The Academy does not a its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

August 1953

No. 8

PHYSICS.—Looking ahead in mechanics.! WALTER RAMBERG, National Bureau

of Standards.

Mechanics is an old science. It derives its

name from the Greek word for machine,

unxavn,’ where the ‘‘machine’”’ may be any

means for applying forces to a_ body.

Mechanics was the science to Kepler when

he described the motion of the heavenly

bodies. It was the science to Newton when

he explained these motions by his universal

law of gravitation. Mechanics was _ the

science to mathematicians and physicists

like Euler, Lagrange, Cauchy, Poisson,

Green, and Lord Kelvin, who worked out

the relations between loads and displace-

ments in elastic bodies (ref. 1, p. 1-31), and

the propagation of waves in elastic media,

including the elastic ‘‘aether’”’ which filled

the void between the stars and transmitted

the vibrations of light between them ac-

cording to the physicists of a hundred years

ago (ref. 2, p. 89-103).

Mechanics ushered in the _ industrial

revolution with Watt’s steam engine,

Stephenson’s locomotive, and Fulton’s

steamship. It continued to advance man’s

productivity and to speed him and _ his

goods ever faster from place to place during

the last half of the nineteenth century,

but it gradually lost to electricity its hold

on the imagination of the young. It could

not match the speed and agility of the

electron in carrying messages around the

globe in one-fifth of a second and in carrying

out commands of infinite variety with

practically no inertia or delay. The age of

the electron started with Morse’s telegraph

in the 1840’s, and it is still with us. Its

position as the ‘“‘prima donna” of the

sciences has not been challenged until a

1 Retiring address as President, Washington

Academy of Sciences. Presented before Academy

on February 19, 1953.

241

few years ago when the nucleus showed its

explosive possibilities.

Mechanics is taken for granted today

by the public, and it is remembered by its

shortcomings rather than by its accomplish-

ments. It is remembered when an airplane

crashes because of mechanical failure or

when our advance into the “‘push-button”’

age is delayed because we do not have the

materials which retain their strength and

rigidity at the high operating temperatures

contemplated for some of the engines and

missiles of the future.

These mechanical failures and _ short-

comings have made us painfully aware of the

need for keeping research in mechanics

abreast of that in the other branches of the

physical sciences. They illustrate once again

the interdependence of the physical sciences,

the fact that no one branch can advance far

without requiring added support from the

other branches.

As one who has been interested in research

in mechanics for most of his professional

life, I propose to review briefly present

trends in the mechanics of solid materials

and structures and to extrapolate these

trends for some years ahead. We all know

the dangers of extrapolation, but as human

beings we all share a passion for forecasting

the future, whether it 1s about a better

world or about the outlook in our _ pro-

fession.

NEW MATERIALS

Let us consider new materials first.

Man’s state of civilization is often charac-

terized by the materials from which he

fashions his tools and armor. We speak of

a stone age, a bronze age, an iron age.

The iron age extends into the beginning of

242 JOURNAL OF THE

our century. It has not come to an end, but

aluminum alloys have shown that they can

provide a lighter structure than steel alloys.

Today we have aluminum alloys which are

more than four times as strong as structural

steel of the same weight. These alloys have

acquired a monopoly position in the struc-

tures of aircraft and they are invading other

fields of engineering formerly reserved for

steel. We now have busses, railroad cars,

ships, tall buildings, and even _ bridges

constructed of aluminum alloys. The alu-

minum alloys with their density of 2.7 are

being jostled at the lower end of the scale

of densities by the magnesium alloys with

their density of 1.8. These alloys have

already proved their advantages in applica-

tions such as airplane passenger seats, the

skin of high-speed research airplanes, and

liquid fuel tanks, in which adequate flexural

rigidity as well as strength at minimum

weight is required. We may expect an

extension in the use of magnesium alloys

as better alloys are developed which will

equal the best aluminum alloys in values

of strength-weight ratio as well as flexural

rigidity-weight ratio.

Densities still lower than 1.8 are possible

with structural plastics. There were those

who expected that these plastics would

revolutionize airplane construction with the

coming of the brave new world after the

end of World War II. They have been

disappointed. Structural applications have

been confined to a few types of small air-

craft in which most of the wing, fuselage,

and tail structure consists of panels molded

from reinforced plastic, and to certain special

cases such as airplane canopies and radomes

in which adequate structural strength had

to be combined with other requirements such

as transparency to light and to radio waves.

However, it must be emphasized that

plastics are making a vital and growing

contribution to the structural performance

of aircraft in a very different manner.

Plastics in the form of synthetic adhesives

of surprising strength, adhesion, and sta-

bility have been developed for the bonding

of metals to metals as well as metals to

non-metals (3). These adhesives have made

possible the so-called “sandwich construc-

tion”? (4) in which two thin sheets of high

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 8

strength metal are bonded to a light weight

core to form a stiff plate. This is used as a

structural element in the control surfaces in

flooring, and in other places on aircraft.

Synthetic adhesives of British manufacture

have been used extensively in England to

replace rivets on aircraft resulting in definite

savings in weight and corresponding gains in

performance. An example of this is the

“Comet” jet-propelled airliner (4).

Perhaps the greatest disappointment of

all new materials to date has been the

beryllium alloys. L. B. Tuckerman pointed

out in a remarkable paper about 18 years

ago (6) that structural materials regardless

of density had roughly the same value for

the ratio of Young’s modulus to density

E/p, with the one notable exception of

the berylium alloys. Fig. 1 is a plot of

values of EF and p for the materials con-

sidered by Tuckerman and for a good many

other materials besides. It is apparent from

the figure that, with the exception of

quartz, E/p for beryllium is more than

four times as great as for the other ma-

terials. Apparently the beryllium alloys

should be favored over all other materials

for applications where high rigidity at

minimum weight is paramount. The quantity

E/p is also the square of the velocity of

longitudinal sound waves in the material.

Hence beryllium is singularly favored as an

element in dynamic pickups in which the

speed of response is limited by the speed of

sound in the material. We may expect many

applications for beryllium for small parts

requiring high rigidity at minimum weight

if it becomes available at relatively low cost

and ina workable condition. In the meantime

there is a great demand for beryllium be-

cause of its excellence as an alloying element

with copper to produce spring materials

with a‘’wide elastic range and because of

its importance as a neutron source in

atomic-energy work.

Steel alloys retain their position in engine

parts subjected to temperatures which are

too high for aluminum with its relatively

low melting point. But even there new

materials such as the titanium alloys (7)

challenge its position. Titanium takes the

lead in the challenge with a density of only

4.5 as compared to 7.9 for iron and with a

Aueust 1953

1S)

“

eS.

RAMBERG: LOOKING AHEAD IN MECHANICS

243

50 vA

ax 7 «RA

‘© 40 |

S Be

> Ni_alloys

3 JO Fe alloys ae

= a °To pe,

= i Monel “Pr

S es

20g Quartz ” Cu alloys aes

= °7/ *Pd

S Gh lz ; ‘i Ve a

S/O BOO ee Peel

Mg. Al alloys oO Sn

ood —.Concrete ° Pb

O Plastics i \ l

O Ol O02 O3 O4 OS O6 O7 O8

Density, Ib/in>

Fig. 1.—EHlastic modulus and density for solid materials.

melting point of 3300°F as compared to

2800°F for iron. Ores containing titanium

in combination with other elements are

plentiful and the cost of producing the

metal has dropped from $1,000 per pound

to $5 per pound during the past five years.

Titanium alloys are available now with a

tensile strength of about 65,000 lb/in? at

800°F, which is comparable, on a strength-

weight basis, to the tensile strength of

special steel alloys for service at elevated

temperatures, Fig. 2.

Alloys of iron, nickel, and cobalt, such as

2400

Ceramels

Ceramics

Temperature, F

O 20 40

stellite and hastelloy, have been developed

(Fig. 2) which retain some strength and

rigidity at temperatures as high as 2000°F.

(8). For example the tensile strength for

stellite (9) is reported as 28,000 Ib/in? at

1800°F.

An intensive search is going on for

materials which retain some strength and

rigidity at temperatures as high as 2500°F.

It appears that the most promise in this

field hes with the ceramels or cermets.

These are sintered mixtures of powdered

ceramics and metals. The ceramic provides

Cobalt Base Alloys

Hastelloys

Austenitic Steels

Nickel -Chrome Alloys

Stainless Steels

Titanium

Aluminum Alloy

Low Corbon Stee/s

60 80

Tensile Strength, OAT SO

Fia. 2.—Static tensile strength of structural materials used at high temperatures.

244

the strength at high temperature and the

metal is added to give the combination

some ductility. Cermets have been re-

ported (/0) which have a tensile strength as

high as 14,000 lb/in? at a temperature as

high as 2200°F. We may count on great

advances in this field as we learn more of

the mechanism of adhesion and cohesion in

sintered materials, as more combinations

of materials are tried, and as better tech-

niques of fabrication are developed.

NEW METHODS FOR DETERMINING PROPERTIES

OF MATERIALS

Until a few years ago it seemed adequate

to describe a material mechanically by its

Young’s modulus, or stiffness in tension, its

yield strength, or stress at which it begins

to flow appreciably, its ultimate strength,

or stress for fracture; the elongation in two

inches preceding fracture in tension or

ductility. Today materials are used under

conditions of two-dimensional stress, low

temperature, high temperature, vibration

and impact, and more complicated me-

chanical properties must be determined.

A generally adequate description of static

behavior of metals at room temperature is

obtained from the complete tensile stress-

strain curve and the compressive stress-

strain curve up to stresses well beyond the

yield strength. The tensile and compressive

stress-strain curves should coincide for an

isotropic material; the difference between

the two can be taken as a measure of

anisotropy. For isotropic materials the

stress-strain relations in states of combined

stress can be estimated on the assumption

that the octahedral stress-strain curve is

independent of hydrostatic pressure (//).

This condition has been verified for a

number of materials (12, 13, 14) which were

loaded under combined stress and in which

the ratio of principal stresses was kept

constant during the test. It is not valid if the

direction of the principal stress is changed

during the loading (ref. 13, p. X9-X138).

A knowledge of the compressive stress-

strain curve is of practical importance for

estimating the buckling strength of columns

and plates. The buckling strength is gen-

erally proportional to an effective modulus

(15) which is a known function of the

tangent modulus or slope of the compressive

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

stress-strain curve of the material, the

Young’s modulus or initial slope, and, in

the case of a column the shape of cross

section. Approximate values of tangent

modulus can be obtained for many materials

by approximating the stress-strain curve

with a simple formula involving three

constants (16, 17). Fig. 3 indicates that this

formula gives a very good approximation

even to stress-strain curves with a relatively

sharp ‘“‘knee”’ beyond the elastic range.

The ductility of the material is a property

which is only roughly described by the

elongation over a prescribed gage length.

In most materials the elongation is con-

centrated in the region of fracture and hence

the percentage elongation increases rapidly

with decreasing gage length (18). Measure-

ments of local elongation and of strain

distribution over local regions have been

made possible by photographing accurately

prepared networks, or ‘‘photogrids” (79) on

the surface of the specimen in its unstrained

/ De

€

Fria. 3.—Comparison of experimental values of

strain e plotted against stress o for 248-T alu-

minum alloy (indicated by A) with computed

curve (indicated by heavy line). Computed curve

is obtained by inserting in formula given on figure

values of E equal to the initial slope of the stress-

strain curve and values of K, n obtained from the

intersection with the empirical stress strain curve

of lines with slopes equal to 0.85E and 0.70E

respectively (see ref. 16).

August 1953

Fie. 4.—Photogrid around circular hole in

tensile specimen at load near fracture load (ref.

20).

state and observing the distortion of the

network after straining the specimen up to

fracture. It is likely that this technique

will be exploited in the future to study

strain distributions near points of strain

concentration, such as that around a hole

in a tensile specimen (20) illustrated in

Fig. 4.

The dynamic behavior of materials at

room temperature covers a much greater

range of properties and only spot checks are

possible. The elastic constants of solids

under very rapid (adiabatic) loading are

practically identical with those under static

(isothermal) loading (2/). Hence these

constants may be determined either from

static strain measurements in the elastic

range or (sometimes more rapidly and

conveniently) from the frequencies of known

modes of vibration (22). The dynamic test

has the advantage of giving, in addition,

another property of the material, its internal

friction or internal damping capacity. This

may be computed from the logarithmic

decrement of the vibration, from the half-

width of the resonance curve, from the peak

of the resonance curve, or from the decay

of a pulse of ultrasonic vibrations.

The ultrasonic pulse technique is being

RAMBERG: LOOKING AHEAD IN MECHANICS

245

studied in many laboratories because of its

possibilities for studying the polycrystalline

structure of metals as well as determining

elastic constants and internal friction at

elevated temperatures. As a result of this

activity we can count on advances leading

to improved apparatus and to more reliable

interpretations of the sometimes puzzling

patterns of pulses and their echoes on the

recelving screen of the cathode ray tube.

Pronounced differences between static

and dynamic behavior will appear as we

go up along the stress-strain curve. Methods

for testing metals under controlled rates of

loading or of straining have been developed

(23), but the technique is still in its infancy

and there is a need for better methods which

will give the stress-strain curve under

dynamic conditions. Several difficulties must

be overcome and these difficulties will in-

crease as we go to very high rates of strain-

ing, rates of straining that become com-

parable to the velocity of propagation of

plastic strain waves in the material (24, 25,

26, 27). In the case of some important

materials, such as mild steel we have to

cope, In addition, with the phenomenon

discovered by Clark and Wood (28) that

yielding may require the application of the

load over a definite and appreciable interval

of time. Other materials, including certain

plastics and rubber (26), show “memory”

and “recovery” effects. The tests so far

made indicate that the yield strength under

dynamic conditions may greatly exceed the

static tensile yield strength (26, 29) and

that the material may be less ductile than

under static conditions.

Particularly great differences between

static and dynamic behavior are found for

the ultimate strength of metals. Metals

may be “fatigued” to fracture under re-

peated loads at a stress as little as 40 per

cent of the static tensile strength of the

material. The fatigue crack or fracture

originates, in general, in a region of stress

concentration due to a flaw, hole, scratch,

notch, or other discontinuity. The basic

nature of the fatigue phenomenon is still a

mystery. Fatigue seems to start by forming

dislocations (30) on a submicroscopic scale.

After many cycles of loading the dislocations

grow and coalesce into minute cracks.

246 JOURNAL OF THE

Only the last stage of the failure is visible.

During this last stage one or more of the

small cracks spreads through the structure,

unless stopped by a reduction in stress,

until the structure breaks completely.

Repeated loads are common in _ the

operation of modern machinery, perhaps

more common than steady loads, and

fatigue failure has become the most common

type of failure in service. It is also the most

ageravating since the “‘fatigue strength” of a

structure cannot be predicted from the

fatigue strength of the material with the

same accuracy as the static strength of a

structure can be predicted from the static

strength of the material. The fatigue

strength of materials is estimated by

subjecting a large number of specimens to

alternating axial stress, bending stress, or

torsional stress of constant amplitude and

determining the number of cycles to failure

for each amplitude of stress. The tests are

time-consuming in that they require far

more specimens than static tests and usually

more testing time per specimen. An appalling

amount of fatigue testing is going on in the

mechanical testing laboratories of the earth,

but the data obtained from these tests do

little more than tell us that one material

has greater or smaller fatigue strength than

another. The data tell us little of the

mechanism of fatigue failure and they do

not answer the practical question of how

to predict fatigue failure in a structure from

the fatigue strength of the material. The

engineering fraternity is much disturbed

by this shortcoming in our testing tech-

niques and much work is under way to

study the phenomenon of fatigue failure

on the one hand (3/) and to devise new

fatigue tests, which can be tied in with

service conditions (32), on the other. We

can hope to see within the next decade or

two, methods for determining fatigue dam-

age on a given material and methods for

accelerated fatigue test. We can expect to

see more methods for fatigue tests under

variable stress amplitude, under combined

stress, and in the presence of a known stress

concentration.

At least as puzzling as the fatigue strength

of materials is their strength under shock

loads. These are defined as loads which

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

vary appreciably during a time interval

comparable to the time required by elastic

waves to spread through the body. Shock

loads, like alternating loads, may lead to

premature failure at a point of stress con-

centration. The resistance of materials to

shock loads is usually determined from the

energy required to fracture, by transverse

impact, a specimen with a standard notch

(Fig. 5) such as a Charpy, an Izod, or a

Schnadt specimen. The mechanics of this

test is complicated and unsuitable for

analysis. There is a need for the develop-

ment of a shock test with a much more

clearly defined state of stress.

The range of properties of materials of

interest is increased if operating tempera-

tures other than room temperature have an

important effect. At low temperatures cer-

tain metals such as mild steel (33) and zinc

become brittle and notch sensitive. This

property is usually determined by tear

tests on specimens with prescribed notches

(34, 35) or by transverse notched-bar impact

tests on notched bars over a range of tem-

peratures. Brittleness at low temperature

shows up in transverse impact tests by a

rapid transition from appreciable values of

impact energy to very low values as the

temperature is decreased. Unfortunately,

Fic. 5.—Transverse impact specimens: 4a,

Charpy; b, Izod; c, Schnadt.

AuGust 1953

the “transition temperature” indicated by

these tests depends not only on the ma-

terial, but also on the stress concentration

around the notch. It rises, in general, with

increasing stress concentration (36).

At elevated temperatures creep appears

as an additional material property to

confound the user of metals. Creep can be

disregarded in measurements at elevated

temperatures only if the strains are applied

very rapidly. This puts a premium on the

determination of elastic constants at high

temperatures by measurements of natural

frequency of a mode of vibration or of the

speed of propagation of ultrasonic pulses

(37). Under more sustained loads the strain

due to creep may be comparable or even

greater than the strain produced by the

first application of the load. Creep like

fatigue is a field where a great deal of test-

ing has been done but, so far, it has not

been possible to fit these data into a theory

which would enable one to determine the

creep in a structure from the load-time-

temperature program of the structure and

the creep properties of the material. Most

creep tests are made today in tension and

in torsion (ref. 38, pp. 45-49). These have

generally shown three stages of creep, Fig. 6,

a first stage of rapid transient creep, a

second stage of sustained linear creep, and a

third stage of accelerated creep to failure.

In the field of creep, as in the field of fatigue,

we may expect distinct advances during

the next decade both in our understanding

of the phenomena and in the development

of accelerated creep tests and tests in the

presence of stress gradients.

In all this work of determining the

properties of materials under combined

stresses, at elevated temperatures, under

oscillatory loads and under impact loads,

one is faced with the problem of eliminating

the effects of other variables such as varia-

tions in properties and dimensions of

nominally identical specimens, variations in

testing machines, and differences in the

technique of the persons making the tests.

Careful selection of the specimens and

careful planning of the test schedule are

required to eliminate the effect of the

extraneous variables as far as_ possible.

Statisticians have been concerned with

RAMBERG: LOOKING AHEAD IN MECHANICS

247

Fic. 6—Schematic of strain e due to creep

under constant load as a function of time f.

this problem of ‘‘randomizing” tests for

some years and they have worked out

definite procedures (39, 40). The possi-

bilities of obtaining adequate test results

with fewer specimens by these statistical

procedures are being realized increasingly.

Ultimately they should lead to the consult-

ing of statistically trained engineers in the

planning stages of any extensive test pro-

eram on properties of materials.

NEW METHODS OF DESIGN

Design can be regarded as the utilization

of material with known properties to ac-

complish a given task such as the transmis-

sion of known forces in the operation of a

piece of equipment or structure. The

structure is designed efficiently if its weight

is reduced to a minimum compatible with

adequate performance throughout its serv-

ice life. Efficient design is. important in

bridges, vehicles, and ships, but it is of

paramount importance in aircraft where

every pound of structural material saved

adds a pound to the pay load. The needs

for precise stress analysis in aircraft design

are responsible for most present-day ap-

plications of the theory of elasticity and

they have inspired a phenomenal growth

in the number of new contributions to

elastic theory and in the number of text

books and treatises on this subject. Most

present day design is based on the assump-

tion that the material is elastic and follows

Hooke’s Law, tempered by the recognition

that high stress concentration near points of

contact and around notches will be reduced

248

by local yielding at these points. Stress

analysis under these conditions is the

principal topic in textbooks on the strength

of materials. It is a major activity in the

design offices of aircraft companies, bridge

builders, and structural designers in general.

It has the supreme virtue of linearity so

that the stress components due to various

systems of loads can be superposed. This

makes it possible to build up complicated

solutions from simple elements and makes

it convenient to apply computing machines,

which are adapted most readily to the

solution of linear systems.

Linearity disappears as we leave the

elastic range and go into the plastic range.

It is not surprising, therefore, that we are

only beginning to cope quantitatively with

plastic yielding in structural design. The

foundations were laid by Nadai (4/) in his

classic book on ‘‘Plasticity’’ published

twenty years ago. Most present day ap-

plications are confined to an ideal plastic

material which is elastic up to the yield

strength and then yields indefinitely at

that stress (Fig.7). Fortunately for structural

engineers, structural steel approaches this

idealized stress-strain relation. Thus it has

been possible to take account of certain

types of plastic yielding in steel structures

by the “limit design” or “plastic hinge

design’ procedures of Van den Broek (42),

J. F. Baker (43), Wm. Prager (44), and their

associates. By these methods it is now

possible to estimate the capacity of steel

frame structures to sustain loads and to

absorb energies during explosions (45) far in

excess of those given by the conventional

linear stress analysis. A particularly suc-

cessful example of ‘‘plastic hinge” design

is the Morrison air raid shelter constructed

in large numbers in Great Britain during

World War II. This consists of a 2.5 by 4

by 6.5 ft. box framed by angle section

beams rigidly joined at the corners and

covered with a )<-inch steel plate on the

top and with a mesh of steel wires or strips

on the bottom and the sides. The shelter

is designed to withstand not only collapse

against the loads imposed by falling debris

but also against permanent deflection be-

yond a point at which the occupants of the

shelter would be in danger of being crushed.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 8

Fic. 7.—Stress strain curve for ideal plastic

material.

Reference 46 contains descriptions of spec-

tacular instances in which this shelter saved

lives by behaving plastically as intended

during the destruction by bombing of the

house in which it was located.

The theoretical bases for estimating

plastic flow and fracture in more compli-

cated and more general cases have been

studied thoroughly by a group of mathe-

maticians working under Prof. Wm. Prager’s

direction at Brown University (47). A

great deal of experimental work must be

done during the next few years to test their

conclusions and to make them of practical

use for design.

Design procedure may be affected bas-

ically by this work on plastic flow of solids

in so far as it has shown that it is shear

stresses rather than tensile stresses that are

primarily responsible for deformation. Shear

stresses are more important in the elastic

range as well. Hetenyi (48) has pointed out

how much more damaging shear stresses are

than normal stresses in the contact and

friction between two solid bodies and he

has even proposed an ingenious procedure

for estimating stress concentration factors

around notches in elastic rods under axial

load by considering the shear stresses only.

All this may lead ultimately to a shift from

tensile stress to shear stress as the principal

quantity to be computed in the stress

analysis of structures.

Further complications appear in design

when we bring in time as a variable in de-

signing against creep, as in a turbine oper-

ating. at elevated temperature. In such

machines it is essential that the creep during

the lifetime of the machine should be small

Aueust 1953

enough to maintain a safe clearance be-

tween stationary and moving parts. Design

against creep is generally based on the rate

of creep during the second or “‘linear’’

stage (Fig. 6). More refined methods taking

account of the transient creep during the

first stage have been proposed by Nadai

(49) and Odqvist (50). We may expect

further development along these lines during

the coming years since creep will become of

increasing importance as materials have to

be used at temperatures closer to their

melting point. This will create a demand for

design procedures which allow for creep

under tensile, compressive, and combined

stresses, and in the presence of stress con-

centration.

But the greatest advances in design

procedures are to be looked for in the design

against fatigue failure, i.e., failure under

alternating loads. Service failures have

taught us the very important lesson to

avoid as far as possible any stress concentra-

tions by a notch, a hole, or sudden change

in section as these might favor the initia-

ation of a fatigue crack. However, we are

still far from a quantitative understanding

on which a design procedure could be

based, except for isolated cases such as ball

and roller bearings (52). As mentioned

above we know too little about the factors _

that control the start and the finish of the

fatigue crack. We know that both are subject

to large statistical variations even under

ideal laboratory conditions. In service the

conditions are far from ideal and there are

large uncertainties in the loads to which the

structure is subjected.

It is clear that the difficulties are great, but

the challenge of working out an adequate

method for design against fatigue failure

is perhaps the greatest challenge in mechani-

cal design, since fatigue failures predominate

among mechanical failures in service.

An adequate design procedure against fa-

tigue failure would have to start from a knowl-

edge of the loads imposed on the structure

during its service and would consist of

computing the response of the structure to

these loads and then estimating its “‘life”’ in

the presence of this response.

Strain, acceleration, and displacement pick-

ups for measuring loads in service are coming

RAMBERG: LOOKING AHEAD IN MECHANICS

249

on the market in increasing numbers.. A

prodigious volume of data under service

conditions is being accumulated with these

pickups. These data remain to be digested,

with the help of statistics, to give an ade-

quate picture of loads in service.

Fortunately, the picture looks brighter

when it comes to computing the response of

a structure to impact loads. The procedures

in this field have been well developed thanks

to the work of Biot (43), Bisplinghoff

(53), and others (4, 55).

The problem is treated as one more case

of the transient response of a structure

regarded as a linear system (56). The re-

sponse is usually computed in terms of the

normal modes of vibration of the system

which are excited by the impact. This in

turn has put a new incentive behind the

solution of normal modes by rapidly con-

verging numerical methods such as the

matrix iteration method of Duncan and

Collar (57). A tremendous field remains to

be cultivated to accomplish the last phase,

the estimate of the life of the material

under the imposed cycles of stress.

I have mentioned the application of

statistics in the design against fatigue

failure. There are many other applications

of statistics in design. Statistics should be

used in estimating the probable life of a

structure just as it is used to estimate our

personal life span for the computation of our

life insurance premium. Statistics provides

the only rational basis for estimating

margins of safety against failure. For ex-

ample, it enables one to’ estimate the

probability of failure of a part subjected to

loads P with a scatter described by p,(P)

Fic. 8—Schematic distribution p; of load P

acting on structural element in service and dis-

tribution ps of strength P of element.

250

when the strength of the part under this

type of load is described statistically by

p(P), Fig. 8. The probability of failure in

a given period of time is then proportional

_ are

| Pi | | Pe uP | dP.

‘0

Statistics provides the only sound estimate

for the probability that a given complicated

mechanism, such as a missile, consisting of

elements each with their own characteristic

scatter of properties, will function as a

whole in service. For all these reasons we may

expect a large scale invasion of design

procedures by statistical considerations.

Designers in general should become con-

scious of the basic function of statistics in

placing their estimates on a sound basis,

properly related to the scatter in the external

loads and in the properties of the material.

I have said nothing about one class of

design problem that has fascinated mathe-

maticians, physicists, and engineers from the

days of Euler in 17938, that is, the problem

of instability, whether static as in columns

or dynamic as in flutter. This problem will

continue to engage the attention of the best

brains among us and we can count on

specific solutions for much more complicated

structures as the new high speed computing

machines are drafted for the laborious

computations that are involved (58). Solu-

tions by the mathematical theory of elas-

ticity for the stresses at the base of notches

(59) or near a hole in a shaft or structure

have taken on added practical value with

the realization that these stresses are a

major factor in determining fatigue strength.

Another class of problems which has not

been mentioned, but which is nevertheless

on the minds of the best analytical talent

in mechanics is that of the nonlinear phe-

nomena in mechanics. Von Karman has

given an excellent exposition of some of these

problems and of the special techniques

developed to cope with them in his notable

paper entitled ‘““The engineer grapples with

nonlinear problems” (60). Practically any

physical phenomenon becomes nonlinear as

one refines its analysis beyond the first

approximation. The elastic stress-strain re-

lation becomes nonlinear when the strains

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

are no longer negligibly small compared to

1, as in the case of rubber. Resonant vibra-

tions frequently lead to amplitudes that are

far from infinitesimal, consequently the

resonance curve may deviate greatly from

the classical shape based on the linear

theory. Phenomena such as the buckling of

thin shells, the bowing of a violin string,

water hammer, the galloping of a trans-

mission line loaded with sleet, can not be

explained even qualitatively without taking

account of the nonlinear relation between

the exciting forces, restoring forces, and

friction forces involved. Nonlinear phenom-

ena plague us also in the analysis of

control systems which have small but

definite amounts of backlash or play in

them. Very few of these problems can be

solved with any generality because of the

nonlinearity and complexity of the equa-

tions for the problem. A great deal of

numerical computation is usually required to

get a specific solution for a given set of

conditions. The more general solutions con-

fine themselves to questions such as the

determination of boundaries between stable

and unstable operation in a given system

(61).

The chances for general analytical solu-

tions are diminished still further if we deal

with problems which require more than one

differential equation for their description.

An example is the phenomenon of plastic

impact (62) in which we have to deal

simultaneously with advancing and re-

flected waves, which cannot be super-

posed as in the elastic range. In such

problems we can expect little more, for

years to come, than specific solutions by

numerical methods of specific relatively

idealized cases which can be checked in the

laboratory.

I have said nothing about an entirely

different field of design, the field of bio-

mechanics. Biomechanics appears uncon-

sciously in all our thinking because we have

through thousands and tens of thousands of

generations adapted ourselves to the me-

chanical forces about us such as the force of

gravity. As stated so eloquently by d’Arcy

Thompson (63):

Gravity not only controls the actions, but also

influences the forms of all save the least of or-

Aueust 1953

ganisms. The tree under its burden of leaves or

fruit has changed its every curve and outline since

its boughs were bare, and a mantle of snow will

alter its configuration again. Sagging wrinkles,

hanging breasts and many another sign of age are

part of gravitation’s slow relentless handiwork.

We realize that modern civilization 1m-

poses upon man forces that were unknown

to him three generations ago, and we know

that these forces are sometimes too much

for him. We can predict that the field of

biomechanics is in for a great expansion

because the designers of modern equipment,

particularly aircraft operating at high speeds

and accelerations, are becoming increasingly

concerned with man’s limitations as the

guiding operator in a machine, his finite

time of response, the limits to his vision, his

finite dimensions, his need for oyxgen, his

abhorrence of acceleration, and his many

other limitations as a pilot.

TESTS

The development of a new design must be

accompanied by tests at many stages along

the way to check on the predictions of the

analysis which is based on simplifying

assumptions. The first tests are made on

coupons cut from the material to determine

mechanical properties. Next there are tests

of simple components of the structure, the

simple beams, struts, plates, hinges, to

check on the stress distribution and strength

of these elements.

Faper base

Felt covering

RAMBERG: LOOKING AHEAD IN MECHANICS

251

A vigorous new field of engineering,

termed experimental stress analysis, has

organized itself during the past ten years to

cultivate the many special techniques re-

quired for this purpose. For many years

photoelasticity was the leading technique

for the experimental stress analysis of ele-

ments that were too complicated for a

theoretical stress analysis. Strain gages, such

as the Tuckerman strain gage, were used to

measure strains on the structure itself

particularly in cases in which photoelastic

models could not be used because of the

limitation of photoelasticity, as then known,

to two-dimensional states of stress inside

the elastic range. Unfortunately, strain

gages were usually too limited in number and

too cumbersome to be used at many points

of a structure.

All this changed with the arrival of the

wire strain gage about ten years ago. The

wire strain gage (Fig. 9) is nothing more than

a fine wire which is glued to the structure and

is strained along with the structure. The

wire changes resistance in proportion to the

strain and this change in resistance may be

amplified and recorded. The wire strain

gage is small, light, and inexpensive. It may

be fastened by the hundreds to a compli-

cated structure to measure strain on that

structure as it 1s proof loaded. Its lightness

and consequent lack of inertia together with

its electrical output makes the wire strain

gage a nearly ideal pickup for dynamic

lead-in wire

Strain-sensitive wire, dia.= O.OO/”

Fic. 9.—Construction of wire resistance strain gage.

252 JOURNAL

measurements, such as strain and vibration

measurements, on engines in operation, on

aircraft in flight, on structures under im-

pact. It is not surprising, in view of all these

advantages that the consumption of wire

strain gages is of the order of magnitude

of one million per year.

The wire strain gage has a few serious

shortcomings. Its output is small and re-

quires expensive apparatus for amplifica-

tion. Its resistance changes appreciably over

long periods of time because of creep in the

bonding medium. The resistance of most

wire strain gages changes with changes in

temperature. No adequate method is known

to calibrate an individual gage and hence

establish the precision with which strain is

measured with it. Most gages fail to func-

tion at elevated temperatures, again because

of creep in the bonding medium. Investiga-

tions are under way here and abroad to

improve the wire strain gage in all these

respects and to develop gages which can be

used far beyond the elastic range. Evapo-

rated coatings of carbon and of metals are

being studied (64) because of their promise

to provide us with strain gages of very large

output and gages which will function at

high temperatures.

Major improvements are also well under

way in the field of photoelasticity. It is

possible now to determine stress distribu-

tions for three-dimensional as well as two-

dimensional states of stress by using the

“freezing technique” (65). Some years ago

Hetenyi (66) tried out this technique on an

important three-dimensional problem, the

stress distribution in bolts with various

threads. Recently Leven (67) and Frocht

(68) showed that excellent results can be

obtained with the technique using certain

relatively inexpensive new plastics.

Qualitative surveys of strain distribution

on structural elements are often possible by

coating the element with a brittle lacquer

(ref. 38, pp. 636-662) and observing the

crack pattern in the lacquer as the element

is subjected to load. We can count on im-

provements in this technique and its ex-

tension to strain surveys at high temper-

atures as the characteristics of existing

coating materials are controlled more closely

and as new ceramic coatings are tried

out (69).

OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 8

After checking on the structural elements,

these are assembled into more complicated

structures, such as built-up beams, airplane

wings and fuselages. The structures generally

undergo a proof test, usually under static

loads to check on the design up to that

stage. Certain structures such as landing

gear of aircraft are drop-tested; others sub-

ject to vibration in service, are tested under

alternating loads for 50,000 or more cycles

to indicate any weaknesses which might

lead to premature fatigue failure.

Finally the complete’ structure is

assembled from its major components and it

goes through a series of tests under service

conditions. We have the shake-down cruises

for ships and test flights for aircraft to show

up weaknesses that escaped notice in the

laboratory tests.

Some weaknesses will not develop until

after a long period of service. Hence a careful

investigation should be made of any failures

in service of a structure, such as an abplane,

a crankshaft or a ship’s hull, in order to

prevent similar failures in the future. The

failed structure should be examined for clues

which might establish the sequence of

causes and effects leading to the failure.

Tests should be made on the parts to check

the structure for weaknesses in the material

or in the design. The value of this sort of

autopsy is being realized increasingly and

several collections (41, 70, 71) of typical

service failures have been assembled to aid

the engineer in this detective work.

Service failures have been traced down

occasionally, though rarely, to internal

cracks or flaws in the material. This, in turn,

leads to a demand for inspecting a large

number of similar structures for the pres-

ence of flaws. Inspection is possible today

by several techniques, leading among them

is the magnetic powder method (72),

radiography (73) with high voltage X-rays

or other sources of penetrating radiation,

and the use of ultrasonic pulses (74). Many

of the inspection methods, such as the

magnetic induction method to inspect tubes

for flaws (75), have found their way into the

producers’ plants and their adoption has,

no doubt, greatly reduced the number of

cases in which failures can be traced to

faulty material. As mentioned earlier, the

most common mechanical cause of failure

AucGust 1953

appears to be not faulty material, but in-

adequate design against fatigue failure.

CONCLUSION

We have seen that mechanics is far from

being a dead science. It has many frontiers

and many problems to solve. Most of the

problems come from the demands of combat.

It was that way from the time of the first

bowman through Leonardo da Vinci to the

present day of conflict on a global scale.

However, the benefits of mechanics tran-

scend the immediate needs of war. They are

at the basis of our prosperity. The war

planes of yesterday lead to the passenger

planes to today. Lamé’s (76) equations for

designing gun barrels to withstand the

internal pressure of the powder blast pro-

vided us with a basis for designing pressure

vessels of other types for use by the chemical

industry. The solution of almost any war-

time need may bear fruit someday in

peacetime. It is for this reason that most of

us working in the field of mechanics feel that

we have a real part to play in bettering the

material standards of our civilization, even

though most of our salaries may come

directly or indirectly from the demands for

national defense.

REFERENCES

(1) Love, A. E. H. The mathematical theory of

elasticity, 4th ed. Cambridge University

Press, 1934.

(2) Bucktey, H. A short history of physics.

London, 1929.

(3) De Bruyne, N. A., anp Houwink, R. (ed).

Adhesion and adhesives. Amsterdam, 1951.

(4) Sandwich Construction for Atrcraft: Part 4,

Fabrication, inspection, durability and re-

pair. Issued by Subcommittee on Air Force-

Navy-Civil Aircraft. Design Criteria of the

Munitions Board Aircraft Committee,

120 pp. Washington, 1951.

(5) Povey, H. Planning and production methods

used in the construction of the De Havilland

Comet. Journ. Roy. Aeron. Soc. 55: 459-

517. Aug. 1951.

(6) TuckeRMAN, L. B. Aircraft materials and

testing. Edgar Marburg Lecture. Proc.

Amer. Soc. Test. Mat. 35: (pt. 2): 46 pp.

1935.

(7) The Titanium Seminar. Report of Engineer

Research and Development Laboratories,

95 pp. Fort Belvoir, Aug. 1952. °

(8) Van Ecuo, J. A., Pacs, L. C., Srmumons,

W. C., Cross, H. C. Short-time creep

properties of structural sheet materials for

RAMBERG: LOOKING AHEAD IN MECHANICS

253

aircraft and missiles. U.S. Air Force Tech.

Rep. 6731 (pt. 1): 65 pp. Aug. 1952.

(9) Preston, D. Exploratory investigation of

high temperature sheet materials. Amer.

Soc. Test. Mat. Preprint 85. 1952.

(10) Boprowsxy, A. R. The applicability of

ceramics and ceramels as turbine blade ma-

tervals for the newer aircraft power plants.

Trans. Amer. Soc. Mech. Eng. 71: 621-629,

1949.

(11) Napatr, A. Theories of strength. Amer. Soc.

Mech. Eng. Trans. App. Mech. 1(8): 111-

129. 1933.

(12) Oscoop, W. R. Combined stress tests on 24

S-T aluminum alloy tubes. Journ. Appl.

Mech. 14: A1l47—A153. June 1947.

(13) DruckER, D.C. Stress-strain relations in

the plastic range—A survey of theory and

experiment. Brown Univ. Rep. Contr.

N7onr-358 T.O.I. NR-041-032. Dec. 1950.

(14) RaMBERG, W., AND MILLER, J. Stress-strain

relation in shear from twisting test of an-

nulus. Nat. Bur. Standards Journ. Res.

50: 2, R.P. 2389. Feb. 1953.

(15) TrmosHEenKo, 8S. Theory of elastic stability:

156-165, 384-390. New York, 1936.

(16) RamBere, W., and Oscoop, W. R. Descrip-

tion of stress-strain curves by three param-

eters. Nat. Adv. Comm. Aeron. Tech.

Note 902: 13 pp. July 1948.

(17) Osacoop, Witt1aM RR. Stress-strain formulas.

Journ. Aer. Sci. 13 (1): 438-48. Jan. 1947.

(18) Miiier, James A. Stress-strain and elonga-

tion graphs for Alclad Aluminum alloy 24S-

T 86 sheet. Nat. Adv. Comm. Aeron. Tech.

Note 2094: 31 pp. May 1950.

(19) Brewer, GIvEN A., and Guassco, RoBERT B.

Determination of strain distribution by the

Photo-grid process, Journ. Aer. Sci. 9(1):

1-7. Nov. 1941.

(20) Miuuer, JAMES A. Improved photogrid tech-

niques for determination of strain over short

gage lengths. Proc. Soc. Exp. Stress Analysis

10(1): 29-34. 1952.

(21) Poyntine, J. H., and THomson, J. J.

302-3805. London, 1906.

(22) Fine, M. E. Dynamic methods for deter-

mining elastic constants and their tempera-

ture in metals. Symposium on Determina-

tions of Elastic Constants. ASTM Special

Tech. Publ. 129: 43-67. 1952.

(23) CLARK, DE S:, and Duwzz, PB. BE: The-in-

fluence of strain rate on some tensile proper-

ties of steel. Proc. Amer. Soc. Test. Mat.

50: 560-576. 1950.

(24) Duwnz, P. E., and Cuark,D.S. An experi-

mental study of the propagation of plastic

deformation under conditions of longitudinal

umpact. Proc. Amer. Soc. Test. Mat. 47:

502-522, discussion 523-532, 1947.

(25) CAMPBELL, W.R. Determination of dynamic

stress-strain curves from strain waves in long

bars. Presented before Soc. Exp. Stress

Analysis, May 1951 (to be published).

(26) Kousky, H. An investigation of the mechani-

Heat:

cal properties of materials at very high rates

of loading. Proc. Phys. Soc. (B) 62: 676-

700. 1949.

(27) CAMPBELL, J. D. An «investigation of the

plastic behaviour of metal rods subjected to

longitudinal impact. Journ. Mech. and Phys.

Solids 1: 1138-1238. Jan. 1953.

(28) (CLARK, D. S.,e9nGd) WooD, 5D). so: he time

delay for the initiation of plastic deforma-

tions at rapidly applied constant stress.

Proc. Amer. Soc. Test. Mat. 49: 717-737.

1949.

(29) CaMpBELL, W. R. Dynamic stress-strain

curves for mild steel using the tangent modu-

lus procedure. Journ. Washington Acad.

Sei. 43: 102-103. 1953.

(30) Macuuin, E. 8. An application of disloca-

tion theory to fracturing in fatigue. Proc.

A.S.M. Chicago Seminar 1947: 282-289.

Cleveland, 1948.

(31) Pererson, R. E. Review of the fatigue of

materials field. Rev. Appl. Mech. 5: 1-3.

amie 1952:

(32) Smita, F. C., Howarp, D. M., Smits, Ira,

and HarRwELu,R. Fatigue testing machines

for applying a sequence of loads of two ampli-

tudes. Nat. Adv. Comm. Aeron. Tech. Note

2327. March 1951.

(33) WittiamMs, M. L. Brittle fractures in ship

plates. Nat. Bur. Standards Cire. 520 on

Mech. Prop. Metals at low Temp.: 180-

206. May 1952.

(34) Kaun, Noan A., and ImBempo, Eit A.

Notch sensitivity of steel evaluated by tear

test. Welding Res. Suppl. 14(4): 1538-1658.

April 1949.

(35) VANDERBECK, R. W., and GENSAMER, M.

Evaluating notch toughness. Welding Journ.

29(1): Research Suppl.: 378-488. Jan.

1950.

G6) Sioun, who De and MecGramyomtinws = itive

meaning and measurement of transition

temperature. Welding Journ. Res. Suppl.

27 (6) : 2995-3028. 1948.

(37) SCHNEIDER, Witiiam C., and Burton,

CHARLES J. Determination of the elastic

constants of solids by ultrasonic methods.

Journ. Appl. Phys. 20: 48-58. Jan. 1949.

(88) Heteny1, M. Handbook of experimental

stress analysis: 1077 pp. New York, 1950.

(39) CocHRAN, WM. G., and Cox, GERTRUDE.

Experimental designs: 454 pp. New York.

1950.

(40) Witson, E. B., JR. An introduction to

scientific research: 375 pp. New York, 1952.

(41) Napat,A. Plasticity. New York, 1931.

(42) VAN DEN Broek, J. A. Theory of limit de-

sign: 144 pp. New York, 1948.

(43) Baxer, J. F., RopEericx, J. W., and Horne,

M. R. Plastic design of single bay portal

frames. Brit. Weld. Res. Ann. Rep. FE

1/2: 24 pp. Aug. 1947.

(44) Symonps, P. 8., and Pracrer, W. Elastic-

plastic analysis of structures subjected to

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

loads varying arbitrarily between prescribed

limits. Journ. Appl. Mech. 17(3) : 315-323.

Sept. 1950.

(45) Newmark, N. M. Analysis and design of

structures subjected to dynamic loading.

Univ. Illinois Civ. Eng. Studies, Struct.

Res. Ser. 37. Nov. 1952.

(46) Baker, J. F. Plasticity as a factor in the

design of war-time structures. The Civil

Engineer in War, Inst’n. of Civil Engineers,

3: 30-52. London, 1948.

(47) Prager, Wiuuiam. Recent developments in

the mathematical theory of plasticity. Journ.

Awol. Phys. 20(3): 235-241. Mar. 1949.

(48) Herenyr, M. Investigation of the effects of

surface shear loadings. Techn. Inst. North-

western Univ. Interim Report. July 1952.

(49) Napai, A. Strain hardening and softening

with time in reference to creep and relaxation

in metals. Amer. Soc. Mech. Eng. Advance

Paper 50- A121 for meeting Nov.—Dec.

1950, 24 pp.

(50) Opevist, F. K. G. Influence of primary

creep on stresses in structural parts. Paper

presented before 8th International Con-

gress for Applied Mechanics, Istanbul,

August 1952.

(51) Svrarr or BatTTreELLE Memorial INSTITUTE.

Prevention of the failure of metals under re-

peated stress. New York, 1941.

(52) LunpBERG, G., and PanmMGREN, A. Dynamic

capacity of roller bearings. Acta Polytech-

nica 96: 32 pp. 1952.

(53) Brot, M. A., and BispuincHorr, R. L. Dy-

namic loads on airplane structures during

landing. Nat. Adv. Comm. Aeron. War-

time Report W-92. Oct. 1944.

(54) RamBerc, Wattrer. Transient vibration in

an airplane wing obtained by several meth-

ods. Journ. Res. Nat. Bur. Standards 42:

437-447. 1949.

(55) Pian, T. H. H., and Fiomensort, H. I.

Analytical and experimental studies on dy-

namic loads in airplane structures during

landing. Journ. Aeron. Sci. 17: 765-774.

1950.

(56) Levy, SamuEL. Computation of influence co-

efficients for aircraft structures with discon-

tinuities and sweepback. Journ. Aero. Sci.

14(10) : 547-560. Oct. 1947.

(57) Duncan, W. J., and ConuAn; AS Boe

method for the solution of oscillation prob-

lems by matrices. Phil. Mag. 115: 865-900.

May 1934.

(58) Levy, S. Influence coefficients of tapered

cantilever beams computed on SEAC. Journ.

of Appl. Mech. 20(1): 131-133. March 1953.

(59) Neuser, H. Kerbspannungslehre. Berlin,

1937. (See also Translation 74, David Tay-

lor Model Basin, 180 pp. Nov. 1945.)

(60) Karman, Tu. von. The engineer grapples

-with non-linear problems. Bull. Amer.

Math. Soc. 46(8) : 615-683. Aug. 1940.

(61) Minorsxy, N. Introduction to non-linear |

Avueust 1953

mechanics. David Taylor Model Basin Re-

ports 534, 546, 558, 564. 1944-46.

(62) tee BH; and Woir, H. Plasive wave

propagation effects in high speed testing.

Brown Univ. Grad. Div. Appl. Math.

Tech. Rep. 48, 33 pp. April 1950.

(63) THomerson, D’ARcY WENTWORTH. On growth

and form: 1116 pp. Cambridge University

Press, 1948.

(64) CamMpBELL, W. R. A preliminary investiga-

tion of the strain sensitivity of conducting

films. Proc. Nat. Bur. Standards Sym-

posium on resistance strain gages. Nov.

1951. (To be published as NBS Circular.)

(65) Frocut,M.M. The growth and present state

of three-dimensional photoelasticity. Ap-

plied Mech. Rev. 5(8): 337-340. Aug. 1952.

(66) Herenyr,M. A photoelastic study of bolt and

nut fastenings. Journ. Appl. Mech. 10(2):

93. June 19438.

(67) Leven, M. M. A new material for three-di-

mensional photoelasticity. Proc. Soc. Exp.

Stress Analysis 6(1) : 19-28. 1948.

(68) Frocut, M. M. A new cementable material

for two- and three-dimensional photoelastic

research. Presented at 8th International

Congr. Theor. Appl. Mech. Istanbul,

Turkey, Aug. 1952.

STONE: NEW TABANID FLIES

250

(69) StnepaLe, F. M. Improved brittle coatings

for use under widely varying temperature

conditions. Presented before Soc. Expr.

Stress Analysis, New York, Dec. 1952.

(70) Lipson, C. Why machine parts fail. Machine

Design 22(5): 95-100, May 1950; (6) 111-

116, June 1950; (7) 141-145, July 1950; (8)

157-160, Aug. 1950; (9) 147-150, Sept. 1950,

(10) 97-100, Oct. 1950; (11) 158-162, Nov.

1950; (12) 151-156, Dec. 1950.

(71) Wyss, Tu. Die Sachschaeden an Motor-

fahrzeugen: 418 pp. Zurich, 1951.

(72) Doanz, F. B., and Maces, M. Magnaflux

procedures. Iron Age 149: 47-52, Mar. 12,

1942; 56-58, Mar. 19, 1942.

(73) CARPENTER, O. R. Some results of advances

in welding and radiography on the welding

of pressure vessels. Welding Journ. 25(6):

531-542. June 1946.

(74) De Lano, RaupH B. Supersonic flaw de-

tector. Electronics 19(1): 1382-136. Jan.

1946.

(75) Knerr, H.C. Electrical detection of flaws in

metals. Metals and Alloys 12(4): 464-469.

Oct. 1940.

(76) Lams. Lecons sur la

Paris, 1852.

theorie d’elasticité.

ENTOMOLOGY .—New tabanid flies of the tribe Merycomyuni. ALAN STONE, U. S.

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine.

The tribe Merycomyiini (Diptera) was

proposed by Philip (Can. Ent. 73: 4. 1941)

to include the single genus Merycomyza Hine,

1912. This genus contains two described

species from eastern United States, M.

mixta Hine and M. whitney: (Johnson).

The purpose of the present paper is to de-

scribe from the collection of the U. S. Na-

tional Museum two new species of Mery-

comyia and a new genus and species in the

tribe.

The tribe Merycomyiini falls into the sub-

family Pangoniinae because the hind tibiae

each bear a pair of spurs, although in the

genus Merycomyia these are reduced in size.

The tribe is separated from other members

of the Pangoniinae by having only three

flagellar segments in the antenna.

Merycomia haitiensis, n. sp.

Figs. la-c

Predominately brown species of medium size;

frons broad, distinctly narrowed above.

Female: Length 17 mm, wing 14.5 mm. Head

grayish brown with darker brown hairs. Frons

as high as width at lower margin of eyes; width

at vertex about 0.8 width below. Eyes with

dense, short hair, when relaxed uniformly green.

Ocelli on a prominent tubercle, the hairs behind

the tubercle somewhat stouter, curving forward:

frontal callus diamond-shaped, about 0.4 width

of frons; a very slender darker line extends dor-

sally, about halfway to ocelli. Subeallus dis-

tinctly swollen, yellowish brown, this and the

upper part of genae without hairs; a distinct

median groove from lower angle of callus to

interantennal area. Genae and clypeus with long

dark hair. Antenna: Scape and pedicel both

grayish brown, short, stout, with long black hairs;

flagellum orange brown, with a few short hairs;

first segment about twice as long as broad, the

dorsal margin nearly straight, the ventral margin

distinctly convex; second and third segments

subequal, the third tapering. Palpus short and

stout, the first segment subglobular, the second

swollen, and curved to an acute apex; both with

long hairs. Proboscis less than 1 mm long, the

labellae large. Dorsum of thorax reddish brown

and grayish, subshining, the gray forming five

narrow stripes, the outermost one on each side

256 JOURNAL OF

dividing just behind the transverse suture;

humeri yellowish; sides of scutellum paler than

middle; pleura brown; hairs of thorax dark brown

to blackish. Halteres light brown. Wings pale

brown all the veins broadly margined with

dark brown, venation unmodified. Legs uniformly

yellow-brown, with brown hairs; hind _ tibial

spurs small but distinct, dark. Abdomen dark

brown, the sides of segment one and basal half

of tergite four grayish brown; hairs mostly

blackish brown, with some admixture of paler

hairs.

Holotype, female, U.S.N.M. no. 61675.

Type locality: Haitien. (This is presumably

Cap Haitien on the north coast of Haiti.)

The only other data on this specimen are

“June 25/28”’ and the number 5. The collector is

unknown. The shape of the frons and frontal

callus distinguish this from all other known spe-

cies of the genus.

Merycomyia brunnea, n. sp.

Figs. 2a-c

Small for the genus; the entire body, pilosity,

and wings uniformly brown.

Female: Length 12 mm, wing 11.5 mm. Eyes

bare, when relaxed uniformly green. Frons twice

as high as width across lower margin at inner

angles of eyes, very slightly narrowed above.

Ocelli prominent, yellow, each one narrowly

ringed with blackish; frontal callus about two-

thirds width of frons, slightly wider than high,

with a short, acute dorsal projection that merges

into a narrow groove reaching nearly to ocelli;

the frontal callus very weakly shining, scarcely

differentiated from the rest of the frons in this

respect. Subeallus slightly protuberant, pollinose,

without hairs. Antenna: Scape short, stout, tri-

angular in profile, the angles rounded; pedicel

short, stout, somewhat narrowed above; first

flagellar segment oval in profile, slightly longer

than broad; second slightly broader than long;

third twice as long as broad, tapering; scape,

pedicel, dorsum of first flagellar segment, and

last two flagellar segments with hair. Palpus

short and stout, the second segment about twice

as long as broad, tapering to a blunt apex and

with long hairs. Proboscis very short, the labella

not exceeding palpi. Genae slightly swollen, with

long brown hair. Thorax, abdomen, halteres, and

legs entirely brown, with brown hair; thorax with

very thin pollen; abdomen distinctly shining.

Wing almost uniformly brown, the anal cell

THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

slightly paler, the stigma slightly darker; wing

venation unmodified. Tibial spurs not as long

as some of the adjacent hairs.

Holotype, female, U.S.N.M. no. 61676.

Type locality: New Smyrna Beach, Fla.

The single specimen was collected by C. M.

Jones, July 20, 1951, from grass. Its small size

and uniformly brown color readily separate it

from the previously described species, as well

as the one described above.

A KEY TO THE FEMALES OF THE GENUS MERYCOMYIA

1. Frons more than twice as high as width at

lower margin; frontal callusa denuded area

tapering above and extending nearly to

ocellar tubercle. ...... 22 see 2

Frons not more than twice as high as width

at lower margin; frontal callus much

shorter, scarcely higher than wide....... 3

2. Abdominal tergites 4 and 5 each with a pair

of prominent white-pollinose patches

whitney: (Johnson)

Abdominal tergites 4 and 5 without promi-

nent white patches. . .mizta Hine

3. Frons broad and distinctly narrowed above;

larger species, the length 17 mm

haitiensis, n. sp.

Frons narrower, with nearly parallel sides;

smaller species, the length 12 mm

brunnea, Nn. sp.

Asaphomyia, n. gen.!

Small, rather stout, dark. Head very short.

Ocelli on a very prominent tubercle in both sexes.

Eyes nearly bare. No frontal callus in female.

Antenna with scape and pedicel short; first

flagellar segment short and stout, the second and

third very slender and the third much longer

than the second. Palpus stout, densely haired.

Proboscis very short. Wing rather broad; vein

Ry with a stump, the venation otherwise un-

modified. Hind tibial spurs small, but distinct.

Type of genus: Asaphomyia texensis, n. sp.

Asaphomyia texensis, n. sp.

Figs. 3a-c

Female: Length 8 mm, wing 7.5 mm. Almost

uniformly dark brown, the head and thorax

tinged with grayish, the abdomen darker, sub-

shining. Frons about 1.5 times as high as width

below, at vertex about three-fourths as wide as

below. Ocelli very prominent on a nearly black,

shining tubercle, bearing short dark hairs pos-

teriorly; hairs on frons sparse, short. Eyes with

a few short hairs, when relaxed uniformly green.

1 From asaphos, uncertain, baffling, obscure +

myta, fly.

c, antenna.

c, antenna. (Draw-

)

’

w of head

, of head

no)

Ped

ao,

cere

~20

eS) eee

oe a

nie) O55 as

SOS

Om 1.0

ae a

aH a

cee) fas}

BLL

eR ee

Sao [=

oT a

ES 2a

en i

‘fy © by

Si 2

55 3 1)

: oD

Sys q

7 “s

vay

1a ha

ycomyia

Fic. 2—Merycomyia brunnea, n. sp.

Fig. 3.—Asaphomyia texensis, n. sp.: a, Front view of head

Fig. 1.—Mer

No frontal callus but a pair of curved grooves,

deepest and narrowest above, weakly outline a

central raised area; subcallus small, flat, with

a median groove and without hairs. Antenna:

Scape and pedicel small, dark brown, with short

dark hairs; first flagellar segment small, nearly

round in profile, the extreme base slightly paled;

second and third flagellar segments straw yellow,

the second segment very short, the third long,

narrowest at base, with a few pale hairs at tip.

Clypeus and genae dark brown, with black hair.

Palpus short, stout; second segment distinctly

longer than first, curved and tapering distally.

Proboscis very short, the palpi extending well

beyond the labellae. Thorax brown, the dorsum

tinged with gray, but with no stripes. Halteres

brown. Wings brown, somewhat darker along

anterior margin; vein Ry with stump parallel to

vein R45. Legs dark brown with concolorous

hair; hind tibial spurs short but distinct. Ab-

domen stout, dark brown, subshining.

Male: As in female except: Length 9 mm;

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

head large, holoptic, the facets above level of

antennae distinctly enlarged; ocelli on an even

more prominent tubercle. Abdomen somewhat

tapering posteriorly. Hind tibial spurs slightly

longer.

Holotype, female, paratype male: U. S. Nat.

Mus. no. 61677; paratypes, 2 females, 2 males,

American Museum of Natural History.

Type locality: Columbus, Tex.

The type bears no further data. The male in

the U. S. National Museum was collected at

Victoria, Tex., on May 3, 1913, by Mitchell and

Coad. The two pairs in the American Museum of

Natural History, lent me by C. H. Curran, were

collected at Weser, Goliad County, Tex., May 11,

1952, by Cazier, Gertsch, and Schrammel. The

generic name was suggested to M. D. Leonard

in 1921 by E. A. Schwartz. At that time the

family position of the species was very uncertain,

but it is quite evidently closely related to Mery-

comyia in spite of its small size and unusual

antennae.

ZOOLOGY —A new genus of bonelliid worms (Hchiuroidea). WALTER K. FISHER.

Associate in Zoology, Smithsonian Institution. (Communicated by Fenner A.

Chace, Jr.)

The new genus and species described

herein belongs in the phylum Echiuroidea,

order Echiuroina, family Bonelliudae, and

was taken from the depths of the central

lagoon of Onotoa, Gilbert Islands, by Dr.

PoE Cloud; Jr som Aucust: 25, 19aie

Achaetobonellia, n. g.

Diagnosis.—Differing from typical Bonellia

in the absence of setae; in the presence of a

thick-walled bulbous expansion of the neck of

the nephridium between the subbasal nephro-

stome and body wall, functioning as a specialized

androecium; in having an extraordinarily long

segment of the gut between the mouth and

point of attachment of the neurointestinal blood

vessel to gut; siphon apparently rudimentary;

anal vesicles numerous. Type, Achaetobonellia

maculata, 0. sp.

Achaetobonellia maculata, n. sp.

Description.—Body form a broad ellipsoid,

45 mm long; body wall thin, translucent; skin

smooth with slight rugosities at ends of body;

skin marked by small dark brown spots, most

numerous on proboscis. The latter is 95 mm

long and about 6 mm broad when flattened;

each terminal branch is about 20 mm _ long.

The mouth is inconspicuous, in the base of

proboscis the margins of which do not fuse to

form a definite lower lip. The nephridiopore is

very inconspicuous.

The alimentary canal is very long, about 400

mm, the first 150 mm being the segment be-

tween mouth and attachment of neurointestinal

blood vessel (B*). Pharynx subspherical, thin-

walled, distended by white coral mud. A rather

short esophagus follows, beyond the end of

which the entire gut is filled with chalk-white

pellets. There is no clear differentiation into

gizzard and stomach. At certain places on the

badly preserved intestine traces of what may

be a rudimentary siphon can be seen, but there

is not observable a definite beginning at or

near the attachment of the neurointestinal

vessel as is normal in bonelliids. A portion of the

intestine just anterior to the small, very thin-

walled cloaca is enlarged but there is no trace

of a ciliated groove such as is obvious in the

“hind gut”’ of Nellobia eusoma (Fisher, 1946, pl.

29) fie 3).

The anal rather

vesicles are numerous

August 1953 FISHER: NEW GENUS

arborescent structures on the walls of the

cloaca rather than 2 definite elongate sacs with

branches. They are not so voluminous as in

Nellobia eusoma. The elements are similar to

those of Eubonellia valida (Fisher, 1946, pl.

28, fig. 2), but the ciliated funnels have dis-

appeared. The gonads could not be found.

The single, left, nephridium, about 25 mm

long, has a subbasal nephrostome on a short

stalk directed toward the nerve cord. Its dis-

tinctive feature is a thick-walled proximal

chamber between the nephrostome and body

wall, functioning as an androecium. One male

was found with its posterior end immersed in

the soft glandular lining, to which it may be

permanently attached. Distal to the nephrostome

Fig. 1.—Achaetobonellia maculata, 1.5: Map

of the anatomy from above, to show especially

the single nephridium or ‘‘uterus’’ and the very

long segment of gut anterior to attachment of

dorsal blood vessel, B!. Between X and Y 300-

350 mm of intestine have been removed. (An, andro-

ecium; AV, anal vesicles; B!, B?, B‘, dorsal, neu-

rointestinal, ventral blood vessels respectively;

CF, nephrostome; Cl, cloaca, E, eggs in nephri-

dium; HG, enlarged terminal part of intestine;

I, presiphonal segment of gut; m, anterior part

of a male taken from androecium; N, nephridium;

NC, nerve cord; O, esophagus; P, proboscis; Ph,

pharynx; +, position of male in the andoecium.)

OF BONELLIID WORMS

209

the walls are translucent and small eggs occupied

the middle portion.

The male is without hooks, and is slenderer

than that of Bonellia viridis. The posterior part

is missing; possibly it remained attached to the

tissue of the androecium. The spermatheca is

relatively small. Its duct opens at or close to

the anterior end.

Type.—U.S.N.M. no. 24618.

Type locality—Onotoa, Gilbert Islands, in

deep central part of lagoon. P. E. Cloud, col-

lector, August 25, 1951.

Remarks.—lt is regrettable to have to add

another monotypic genus to the Bonelliidae,

but until we learn the value of the characters

available for taxonomic purposes analysis will

have to precede synthesis. In my review of the

Bonelliidae (1948) I gave a synopsis of the 16

genera into none of which the present species

fits, although it seems to be nearest Nellobia. If

Nellobia eusoma has a typical Bonellid proboscis

it may be possible to squeeze Achaetobonellia

maculata into that genus but there will remain

the big discrepancy in structure of the gut,

for Nellobia has a normal siphon, does not have

the same nephridial structure, nor the exces-

sively long ‘“‘foregut”’. It has about the thickest

body wall of any known Bonellid.

The new genus will fall into section a’, b? of

my synopsis, as follows:

cl. Two nephridia; no setae—Hamingia Koren

and Danielssen

c?. One nephridium.

d'. Two typical setae; no specialized andro-

ecium. Bonellia Rolando

d2. Setae numerous, seated in two muscular

pads from which muscles radiate; no

androecium. Acanthobonellia Fisher

d?. No setae; a specialized androecium at base

of nephridium. Differing also from d!

and d? in having an abnormally long fore-

gut and rudimentary siphon, and more

diffuse anal vesicles. Achaetobonellia, n.g.

LITERATURE CITED

Fisoer, W. K. Echiuroid worms of the North

Pacific Ocean. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 96: 215-

292, pls. 20-37. 1946.

A review of the Bonelliidae (Echiurordea).

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (11) 14: 852-860. Dec.

1947 (= Aug. 1948).

260 JOURNAL OF THE

MALACOLOGY .—

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 8

The gross anatomy and occurrence in Puerto Rico of the pelecypod

Yoldia perprotracta. GERMAINE L. WARMKE,

Mayagiiez, Puerto Rico, and

R. T. Asport, U.S. National Museum. (Communicated by Harald A. Rehder.)

Yoldia (Adrana) perprotracta Dall,

hitherto believed to be extinct, was first

collected by D. F. MacDonald near Mount

Hope, Canal Zone, and described by Dall

(1912, p. 1) as a new species from the

Pleistocene. This species was also reported

as a Pleistocene fossil from the oyster shell

layers of the Black Swamp near Mount

Hope by Brown and _ Pilsbry eae 0:

496).

Live specimens of Yoldia perprotracta

were collected by the senior author on

August 15, 1951 while dredging between the

city of Mayagtiez and the mouth of the

Afiasco River, Puerto Rico. Many speci-

mens came up in from 10 to 25 feet of water

from a muddy bottom. Since then, scores of

live specimens have been dredged from three

other localities on the west coast of the

island (Punta Arenas; Boquerén; and off

Pinero Island).

Our Recent specimens closely match those

from the type lot (holotype: U.S.N.M. no.

214350; paratypes: 605551). The type was

figured by Dall (1925, pl. 18, fig. 3) and

described (Dall, 1912, p. 1) as thin, elon-

gated, inequilateral, rather bluntly pointed

at the posterior, and more rounded at the

anterior end; beaks depressed and incon-

spicuous. Exterior polished, showing regular

concentric striae with wider interspaces;

hinge with about 38 anterior and 48 pos-

terior teeth separated by a small, subtri-

angular pit. Length 29 mm., height at the

beaks 8, maximum diameter 5 mm. In

Recent specimens, the number of posteiorr

teeth ranges in number from 45 to 51,

anterior teeth from 31 to 34. Fossil para-

types have from 44 to 51 posteriors, 35 to

38 anteriors (5 specimens).

Fic. 2.—Yoldia ares nerneees Dall (1

inch), Mayagitiez, Puerto Rico.

The general gross anatomy of Yoldia

perprotracta is very similar to that described

for Yoldia limatula Say (Drew, 1899a and

1899b). Our preserved specimens did not

show the presence of a siphonal tentacle.

The postero-ventral margins of the mantle

bear a series of from 30 to 37 small, swollen

papillae, each of which bears three tiny,

fleshy protuberances. The papillae and

protuberances are largest at the posterior

end. The palp-appendages (used as food

gatherers) appear to be _ proportionately

larger than those found in Y. lzmatula.

The gills are typical for the genus and con-

tain about 90 closely packed lamellae.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, A. P., and Pirspry, H. A. Two collec-

tions of Pleistocene fossils from the Isthmus of

Panama. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia

1913: 493-500.

11?) DEY DPIVIDDDDDYIII I BBE OLE EC LICE ( }

mm,

Fic. 1—Main anatomical features of Yoldia (Adrana) perprotracta Dall: f, Foot; g, gills; is, in-

halant siphon; lp, right labial palp; pap,

palp-appendages.

| Aueust 1953

Dati, W. H. New species of fossil shells from

Panama and Costa Rica. Smithsonian Misc.

Coll. 59(2) : 1-10. 1912.

Illustrations of unfigured types of shells

in the collection of the United States National

Museum. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 66(2554):

1-41. pls. 1-36. 1925.

PROCEEDINGS:

THE ACADEMY 261

Drew, G. A. Yoldia limatula. Mem. Biol. Lab.

Johns Hopkins Univ. 4(3): 1-87, pls. 1-5,

1899a.

Some observations on the habits, anatomy

and embryology of members of the Proto-

branchia. Anat. Anz. 15(24) : 493-519. 1899b.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY AND AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

55th ANNUAL MEETING

The 55th Annual Meeting, concurrently with

the 360th monthly meeting of the Academy, was

held as a dinner meeting in the ballroom of

Hotel 2400 on the evening of January 15, 1953.

President WALTER RaMBERG presided.

After the dinner President Ramberg called the

meeting to order at 8:15 p.m. No changes were

suggested for the minutes of the 54th Annual

Meeting as published in the Journal 42(6): 198-

204, June 1952.

Excerpts from the following reports by officers

and committee chairmen were presented:

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

During the Academy year—January 17, 1952,

to January 15, 1953—62 persons were elected to

regular membership, including 59 resident and 3

nonresident (62 were elected last year). Of these,

52 resident and 3 nonresident have as of this date

qualified for membership. Three resident mem-

bers elected in the preceding Academy year

qualified during the year just ended. Two elected

to membership on January 12, 1953, have not

yet been notified of their election. The new

members were distributed among the various

sciences as follows: Physics 11; chemistry 9;

entomology 5; 4 each in zoology and anthro-

pology; biology 3; 2 each in astronomy, astro-

physics, bacteriology, biochemistry, geology,

mathematics, medicine, physiology, and _ psy-

chology; and 1 each in aeronautics, archeology,

anatomy, botany, histology, philosophy, pathol-

ogy, and mycology. Eight members, having held

membership for over 10 years and having retired

from the gainful practice of their professions,

were placed on the retired list entitled to privi-

leges of active membership without further pay-

ment of dues. Nine resident and 2 nonresident

members resigned in good standing. No members

were dropped for nonpayment of dues, as the

list has not been reviewed by the Board.

Deaths in 1952 of 21 members were reported

to the Secretary. as follows:

Matcoim M. Harine, on January 1

T. WAYLAND VAUGHN, on January 16

Wa.tTeR T. SWINGLE, on January 19

WiuuiaM §. EICHELBERGER, on February 3

CuHarRLes E. CHAMBLIss, on February 10

JOSEPH S. CALDWELL, on February 18

GrEoRGE W. McCoy, on April 2

JAMES L. PETERS, on April 19

RayMonpD A. KELSER, on July 15

EUGENE C. AuUcHTER, on August 12

Ipa A. BEN@TSON, on August 15

Pau F. NEMENYI, on August 29

ALBERT E. McPHERSON, on September 6

Epwarp F. WEnpT, on September 30

Haroutp E. McComs, on October 11

Pau A. NEAL, on October 13

Harvey N. Davis, on December 3

CHARLES L. G. ANDERSON, on December 10

MrrraM L. BomMuarp, on December 16

ARTHUR B. Lams, on December 18

M. C. MERRILL, on December 22

On January 15, 1953, the status of membership

was as follows:

Dao F Hono-

\Regular |Retired Tay Patron | Totals

Resident... 626 55 Oye 0 681

Nonresident........ 186 36 10 0 232

otal woes tees 812 91 10 0 913

The net changes in membership during the

past year are as follows:

Regular|Retired spices pion Totals

Residents eect od +1 0 0 +38

+4 +1

Nonresident. ....... | —3 0 0

During the Academy year 1952 the Board of

Managers held 8 meetings, with an average

attendance of 17. The following summarizes inci-

dental items, not covered elsewhere in this annual

report, pertaining to activities of the Academy

and its Board of Managers.

A Committee on Science Education was ap-

pointed to cooperate on behalf of the Academy

with the D. C. Council of Engineering and

Architectural Societies in an effort to achieve in

the high schools in the metropolitan area ade-

quate courses and interest among qualified stu-

dents in mathematics and science. This committee

consists of Wallace R. Brode, Chairman, W. T.

Read, and N. L. Drake.

A special committee for Considering the Estab-

lishment of a Junior Academy of Sciences was

appointed consisting of Martin A. Mason, Chair-

man, A. T. McPherson, and EK. H. Walker.

Subsequently by vote of the members of the

Academy sponsorship was approved, and the

Bylaws of the Washington Academy were

amended to provide that a member shall be

appointed annually by the President to serve as

Chairman of the Governing Board of the Wash-

ington Junior Academy of Sciences.

The Academy has continued its support of

publication of the weekly Science Calendar in

local newspapers.

In April the District of Columbia Section of the

Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

by vote of the Academy members became the

20th Affiliated Society of the Academy. N. R.

Ellis was named Vice-President of the Academy

representing the D. C. Section.

Grants-in-Aid for Research totaling $400 were

made to Freeman A. Weiss and to Edward

Hacskaylo. This allocation is from funds received

by the Academy from the American Association

for the Advancement of Science on the basis of

the number of Academy members who also belong

to the AAAS.

The Board approved publication of the Red

Book in an abbreviated form. It will contain

material descriptive of the Academy and its

objectives, together with the Bylaws and Stand-

ing Rules of the Board of Managers. A page each

will be devoted to the Affiliated Societies. This

will contain a brief statement on the history,

purpose, and operations of the Society and a list

of current officers. Other members of the Affiliated

Societies will not be listed unless they are also

members of the Academy.

During the Academy year,

Academy were held, as follows:

On February 21, 1952, L. I. Barrer, chief of

the Division of Forest Management Research,

U.S. Forest Service, delivered a lecture on The

status and development of the Federal program of

forest genetics research.

On March 20, 1952, the 1951 Academy Awards

were presented to Epwarp WILLIAM Baker,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, for

7 meetings of the

2 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 8

work in the biological sciences; Max A. Konumr,

Weather Bureau, for work in the engineering

sciences; MitToN SEYMOUR SCHECHTER, Bureau

of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, for work in

the physical sciences; and Howarp B. OwEns, a

special award for the teaching of science.

On April 17, 1952, Witi1am L. Wuitson,

deputy director, Operations Research Office,

Johns Hopkins University, delivered a lecture

entitled Can scientists diagnose the most important

maladies of the nation?

On May 15, 1952, M. H. Trytrsn, director,

Office of Scientific Personnel, National Research

Council, spoke on Significant aspects of scientific

personnel problems.

On October 16, 1952, the Academy held a joint

meeting with the Entomological Society of Wash-

ington at which Carrott M. WriiaMs de-

livered an illustrated lecture on The ae de

and metamorphosis of insects.

On November 20, 1952, Joun P. Hacen, of the

Naval Research Laboratory, delivered a (oe

on Radio astronomy.

On December 18, 1952, HENRY RANDALL, of

the Research and Development Board, spoke on

The Activities and responsibilities of the Research

and Development Board.

The Annual Dinner meeting was held at Hotel

2400 on January 15, 1953. J. W. Joycr, deputy

science adviser, Department of State, spoke on

Science in the State Department. (Published in this

JOURNAL 43(4): 97-103, April 1953.)

F. M. DEFANDORF.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER

The Treasurer submitted the following report

concerning the finances of the Washington

Academy of Sciences for the year ended De-

ember 31, 1952.

RECEIPTS

Dues, OAS ee pee ae $ 6.00

BOAO T See eta eee 11.00

QSOS Ke ee eee 57.00

TQS 1 net aa see sree tet 167.00

LOPS V220 5 ae Peele Ean ea ys 4,153.25

NOS Sie agkle Pe cde ee eee 133.00

TCG Ya i RTE AO S28 6.00 $4,533.25

Journal,

Subscriptions, 1950... 15.00

15 Ee 150.00

QOD see 717.41

O53 ee 819.91

1954...... 18.56 1,720.88

Aveust 1953 PROCEEDINGS:

Reprints, QAO 29.28

1950. . 7.44

1951.. 556.86

NO S2 a. 2S. 547.24 1,140.82

Sales, 1952

Miscellaneous; Journals,

Proceedings and Direc-

EOIPCCE ME Cea... 169.47

Journals in sets......... 100225 lag2

Cine raya ING Le re 137.90

Interest and Dividends,

IGE IL cues at a rr 167 .00

(382.4 4a 2,360.84 2,527.84

Annwal Dimmer Jian. 1952)........... 346 . 50

Meetimes Committee................. 31.50

Derenpaymmemis:......-..-.62-.--2--- 1.00

Grants-in-Aid from A.A.-

AUSo:) 365) 400.00

Grants-in-Aid returned.... 170.00 570.00

Contributions for Science Calendar... 5.70

Contributions for Science Fair....... 480.00

JUSTO? ACG2C Enthie tae 104.00

Motalmecerpus, 1952. 2.........-.. snl Tactile 1!

Cash book balance as of Jan.1,1952.... 4,078.07

$16,849.18

DISBURSEMENTS

1951 1952 Total

Secretary’s

Ofitce... J... MemEono2 =o 4ol.87 % 505.39

Treasurer’s

@iice oS... 164.38 85.46 249 .84

Subscription

Manager

and Cus-

todian of

Publica-

MOMS n ss). 25.70 25.70

Arehivist..... 9.00 9.00

Meetings

Committee.. 108.49 343.27 451.76

Membership

Committee.. 9.72 9.72

Journal

Printing

and mail-

AION wee Hoo sOON ss o020592 5,575.92

Illustra-

IOMGs 5... 38.47 459 .07 497 .54

Reprints.... 164.45 637 .33 801.78

Office

Ed. Asst 25.00 425.00 450.00

MiSG.. © 1. 1.53 44.51 46 .04

Monograph

NGe 1 aa 5.96 5.96

Refund, over-

payment.... ICO 1.00

Refund, sub-

scription... 6.75 6.75

THE ACADEMY 263

Bad check.... 30.00 30.00

Annual din-

Newer eee 395.70 395.70

Grants-in-aid. 630.00 630.00

Science Calen-

dare 89.09 89.09

Science Fair. . 189.20 189.20

Junior Acad-

CMY a ae 50.98 55.58

Charges

against

sales, 1952... 2.50 2.50

Academy

Conference

A.A.A.S 5.00 5.00

ARO aleaseeen $1,130.84 $8,952.63 $10,083.47

Cash book

balance as

of Decem-

ber 31, 1952. 6,765.71

Total ac-

counted

TOG oe $16 , 849.18

RECONCILIATION OF BANK BALANCE

1952 T otal

Cash book balance, Decem-

DerolelO ness ran Se we a te ne $6,765.71

Balance as per Amer.

& Trust Co. Statement of

IDCs Gs MOBY Se a Se ORI

Receipts undeposited. ...... 1,810.36

$6 , 960.65

Checks outstanding as_ of

December 31, 1952

No. 1018 $ 5.41

1263 5.00

1596 6.75

1598 63 .00

1599 1.75

1600 2.01

1601 36.75

1602 59.04

1603 19.23 194.94 $6,765.71

INVESTMENTS

Potomac Electric Power Co.

Certificate No. TAO 1977—

40 shares 3.6% pref. at $48.50.... $1,740.00

City of New York

3% (Transit Unification) Due

June 1, 1980

Certificate No.

OAV 5 Mies: ame $ 500.00

CamlOssae ey os 100.00

Cxl0soe ee ee 8 100.00

CrlOlO teeters. 2. 100.00 800 . 00

Northwestern Federal Savings &

Loan Association

Certificate No.

$4 , 500.00

500.00 $ 5,000.00

264

United States Government

Series G Bonds:

No. M332990G..... _. $1,000.00

M332991G.... 2.5... 1,000.00

M332992G........ 1,000.00

M332998G. 222... 1,000.00

M1808741G....... 1,000.00

M2226088G..... . 1,000.00

M2982748G....... 1,000.00

M4126041G....... 1,000.00

M5141346G....... 1,000.00

M5141347G2 ; . 1,000.00 $10,000.00

Massachusetts Investors Trust

S30 Shares @ $20 4245". See $17 ,050.70

Investment Company of America

400 shares @ $12 S3e5= 2s kee 4,932.00

State Street Investment Corporation

100 shares @ $68. 502s... 2 ee: 6,850.00

American Security & Trust Co.

SAVIN -ReECOUNnL Ho eee cee 161.52

Rotel so eee se $46 , 534.22

Cash book balance as of December

531 Peat! 57a, et aeaespcene Ce pene mae 6,765.71

Potala. 5.2 ek: are ee ee $53 , 299 .93

Total as of December 31,

NOS is a iS oe $48 301.19

Total as of December 31,

NOB 2s a au nes ee 53,299.93

TRETERSE.: 52... 5 eee $ 4,998.74

At the close of business December 31, 1952,

there were a total of 69 members who were de-

linquent in dues—an increase of 11 over the

number reported a year ago.

Howarp S. RappLEYE.

REPORT OF AUDITING COMMITTEE

The accounts of the Treasurer of the Washing-

ton Academy of Sciences for the year 1952 were

examined by the auditing committee on January

i, 1953.

The Treasurer’s report attached was found to

be in agreement with the records. All disburse-

ments had been authorized and were found to be

supported by vouchers and canceled checks. The

securities of the Academy were inspected and

found to be in agreement with the list given in

the report and to have all coupons attached that

are not yet due.

The committee is unanimous in its commenda-

tion of the Treasurer, Mr. Rappleye, for the

efficient and orderly way in which the records are

kept.

C. L. Gazin, Chairman.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

REPORT OF THE ARCHIVIST

The highlight of the year was the discovery of

the minutes of the proceedings of the Joint Com-

mission of Scientific Societies of Washington from

its organization on February 25, 1888, until it

adjourned sine die with the formation of the

Academy on March 22, 1898. Included also was a

set of directories of the members of the scientific

societies of Washington 1889 to 1898. These

records in three volumes were found by J. G.

Thompson, chief of the Metallurgy Division,

National Bureau of Standards, in the course of a

clean-up operation at the Bureau and were turned

over to President Ramberg for the Academy’s

files. The minutes provide a valuable historical

background to the history of the Academy and a

very human document on the workings of politics

in local scientific circles for the period involved.

The Joint Commission was set up by formal

action of the Washington scientific societies of

1888, the Chemical Society, the National Geo-

graphic Society, the Anthropological Society, the

Philosophical Society, and the Biological Society

to care for matters of ‘‘“common interest.” At a

later date the Geological and Entomological So-

cieties were admitted to the sacred circle, al-

though not without considerable maneuvering.

The Commission during its existence sponsored

the 1891 meeting of the American Association for

the Advancement of Science in Washington,

collecting for the purpose about $2,700 of which

$1,600 was expended for program printing, a free

trip to Mount Vernon for the visitors and other

expenses. The balance after lengthy discussion

was left in the Treasury to finance the Commis-

sion’s other activities. Annual directories of the

membership of the affiliated societies were pub-

lished as forerunners of the Academy Red Book

series. A series of Saturday afternoon scientific

lectures were sponsored and for a brief time the

Commission managed the meetings at which

addresses of retiring presidents of the several

societies were presented.

These records have been added to the Archives

of the Academy.

JoHN A. STEVENSON.

REPORT OF THE BOARD OF EDITORS

Volume 42 of the JourNat brought out during

1952 includes 396 numbered pages, 8 less than

volume 41 for 1951. Published papers include 46

in zoology and its branches; 22 in geology,

paleontology, and mineralogy; 8 in botany; 3 in

Avueust 1953

anthropology and ethnology; 2 in biochemistry;

and 1 each in physics and meteorology. Distri-

bution of subjects did not differ greatly from that

of the previous volume. Also published were 10

obituaries; the proceedings of the Academy for

1951 and 1952 and of two affiliated societies; and

a list of newly elected members.

The disbursements for the JournaL during

1952 were:

Printing, engraving, wrapping, mailing, etc.... $6,473.44

LRSM TTI) ee Beene 5 bo} aca SS Se ee eee 824.60

Office—editorial assistance... ................... 465.00

Cii@E— DOSER. 2 es Bae oe ee a eee 31.28

TOG, | o..2asecsueeee eee ee $7,794.32

CIDSTRE TD DIVE OOS Aa ise eee ee eee 1,154.73

Net cost of volume 42 to the Academy........ $6, 639.59

WituraM F. Fosnaa, Senior Editor

REPORT OF CUSTODIAN AND SUBSCRIPTION

MANAGER OF PUBLICATIONS

Subscriptions

Nonmember subscriptions in the continental

“UEC, S20 =i 149

Nonmember subscriptions in U.S. possessions

POEUN AMES. 5... cs. OL ee ee 15

We ig. . 5 i225 ee 224

Inventory of stock as of December 31, 1952

Reserve sets of the Journal

Gamplete sets, vols. 1-42............... 1 set

OO) Rnenes, ao. 5 ee 6 sets

Lie? 3 rr 9 sets

luSe. oe 7 sets

Total sets more or less complete......... 23 sets

Back numbers of the Journal

Numbers held in complete sets......... 687

Numbers held in reserve for complete

S208... 2... 02 ee 8,839

Numbers held for individual sale....... —*

Hovalmumbers on hand.............. =

* A complete count has not been made.

Proceedings

Complete sets (volumes 1-13).......... 47 sets

(the individual volumes outside of the

complete sets, and the copies of the

separate articles that appeared in the

Proceedings have never been counted. )

Monograph No. 1

BercaseisSle se es sss. 1,010

Copies sold or distributed in pre-

PO ISOVCALES:. Sebo oe SSP Ai)

PROCEEDINGS:

THE ACADEMY 265

Copiesssoldiani 1952-2 sions. oo See. 30

“otalisoldvormdistributeds. 255... ae e203

Number of copies on hand............ $07

Sales

During the year 1952 one complete set of the

Journal and of the Proceedings was sold to the

Humble Oil & Refining Co., of Houston, Tex.

Of the numbers of the Journal 186 were sold,

either individually or as volumes.

Seventy-five numbers of the Proceedings were

sold this year, the largest number in many

years.

The sales of the Monograph showed a con-

tinuing decline, although the decrease from sales

in the previous year was small. Thirty copies

were sold in 1952, as against 32 in 1951. I feel that

in order to sell more of these books the price will

have to be reduced considerably.

This year again many members and _ insti-

tutional libraries very generously turned over to

the Custodian unwanted back numbers of the

Journal. For these donations the Academy is

very grateful.

The income from sales of individual numbers

and volumes of the Journal and Proceedings was

$169.47, and from sales of the Monograph was

$137.90. Payment was received for three complete

sets of the Journal and one set of the Proceedings,

two of these having been sold in 1951 and one

last year; this amounted to $1,002.25. The total

income from sales was $1,309.62.

Expenditures

Supphicas cee ee ee hi eee $ 4.24

Purchase of directories (Red Book)....... 6.75

Expenses in connection with Journal,

Cet oe geet ae. si oe eee arama 10.21

Expenses in connection with Monograph... 2.29

IC TN TAR SR AS Re x) RO ec oe nee $23 .49

Storage

Further progress was made in the rearrange-

ment of the storage facilities that we have in the

Smithsonian Institution Building. I hope that

this present year will see the completion of this

project, so that a complete count and rearrange-

ment of the stock of the Journal and the Pro-

ceedings can be made.

Haratp A. REHDER.

266

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP

The membership committee during the past

year has received, examined, questioned, and

finally accepted and recommended to the Board

of Managers for membership in the Academy 61

nominees. All have had such high qualifications

that none were turned down by the committee or

the board. Hence, the committee may be accused

of lowering the Academy’s traditional high stand-

ards. However, we are willing to let the records

speak in our defense.

I wish to take this opportunity to advance our

work and the welfare of the Academy by bringing

to your attention the way this committee operates

and what is needed to make it better serve

its ends.

The function of the committee is: (1) To re-

ceive and evaluate nominations and to recom-

mend approved names to the board; (2) to

prepare nominations for other eligible scientists;

and (3) to encourage and aid Academy members

at large to prepare nominations.

There are 16 members of the committee repre-

senting about that same number of organizations

which contain members and potential members

in this community. But there are in our midst

more than 16 organizations with scientists on

their staffs. Hence, during the past year we have

broadened our contacts by soliciting the active

participation of 38 additional Academy members

in the same number of additional organizations.

Many of the 61 nominations received during the

past year have been submitted by these special

representatives. Others have been submitted by

members not connected with this committee and

the rest by committee members. I am sure that

we as well as these new members are all grateful

to these sponsors for taking the trouble to bring

into the Academy so many highly qualified

people.

But the committee is not satisfied as long as

there are vacancies in the Academy and there are

qualified scientists who have not been invited

to accept membership. And both of these condi-

tions currently exist.

In spite of our 16 committee members and 38

other representatives there are overlooked offices

and scientists with no one to nominate them.

Some of our special workers have been too busy

and procrastination exists in all of us. Therefore

we need active participation by all Academy

members. It is the privilege and responsibility of

each member who values his membership in this

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

organization to see that no qualified associate of

his is overlooked. I consider it an honor to belong

to this organization and believe my qualified as-

sociates will appreciate the same privilege. It is

my responsibility to see that they are nominated.

Let me outline briefly the procedure in case it

is unknown to some of you. First, any member of

the membership committee or the secretary can

supply you with nomination forms. The names

of all committees are published in each issue of

the Journal of the Washington Academy of

Sciences. Secondly, the form should be filled out

in full. This is sometimes not a simple task, es-

pecially since it is generally considered advisable

not to seek directly the participation of the

nominee. Thirdly, the signatures of three

Academy members are needed for sponsors on

each nomination. The nomination when com-

pleted may be turned over to any member of the

membership committee or to the secretary of

the Academy.

The committee then reviews the nominee’s

qualifications and presents acceptable names to

the Board at its next meeting. At the Board’s

following monthly meeting names are voted on,

after which the secretary sends an invitation to

the nominee to accept membership. We have just

instituted the practice of notifying at the same

time the chief sponsor that his nominee has been

accepted.

Eepert H. Waker, Chairman

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON AWARDS FOR

SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVEMENT

The recommendations of the Committee on

Awards for Scientific Achievement for 1952 were

presented to the Board of Managers of the

Washington Academy of Sciences at its regular

December meeting. The recommendations were

unanimously approved, and awards were granted

as follows:

For the Biological Sciences, to ERNest A.

LACHNER, of the United States National Museum,

in recognition of his distinguished service in ich-

thyology, especially in the taxonomy of apogonid

and mullid fishes.

For the Engineering Sciences, to Wiuu1AmM R.

CAMPBELL, of the National Bureau of Standards,

in recognition of his distinguished research in the

strength of materials of structures.

For the Physical Sciences, to Harotp Lyons,

of the National Bureau of Standards, in recogni-

tion of his achievement in using the absorption

Avueust 1953 PROCEEDINGS: THE ACADEMY 267

SOReOONTAS ERENT

SSSss

Ernest A. LAcHNER, United States National Wiii1aAM R. CampBety, National Bureau of

Museum, for the Biological Sciences Standards, for the Engineering Sciences

Haroitp Lyons, National Bureau of Stand- Keita C. JoHNSON, District of Columbia Pub-

ards, for the Physical Sciences lic Schools, for the Teaching of Science

Washington Academy Award Winners, 1952

268 JOURNAL OF THE

of microwaves in developing the first atomic

clock.

A special award for the Teaching of Science

was granted to Keira CuHarues Jonnson, De-

partment of Science, District of Columbia Public

Schools, for his achievements in attracting and

encouraging the interest of our youth in science

and providing through the Science Fair the

recognition and encouragement so necessary to

continued activity in science by youth.

JASON R. SWALLEN, General Chairman

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON ENCOURAGEMENT OF

SCIENCE TALENT

The organization of the Washington Junior

Academy of Sciences on June 13, 1952, was the

culmination of plans that had been in process of

development for about six years. The present

membership of the Junior Academy consists of 65

regular members who are pupils in the local

secondary schools, 19 alumni members, and 29

fellows who are either teachers or scientists par-

ticularly interested in young people. Election to

membership is based on demonstrated accom-

plishment in science, just as membership in the

Academy proper. With pupils this accomplish-

ment consists in winning an award or substantial

recognition in a science talent search or the

science fair; teachers are elected on the basis of

the accomplishments of their pupils. The Junior

Academy is governed by a council made up of its

officers together with other elected representa-

tives and the Committee on the Encouragement

of Science Talent. Funds are handled by the

treasurer of the Academy.

An important function of the Junior Academy

consists in bringing students into touch with

professional scientists in fields of their interest.

The George Washington University was host at

a conference on September 19 at which, after a

general program, ten teams of well-known

scientists met with the Junior Academy members

in small groups to aid in the selection and plan-

ning of projects to be worked on during the

current year.

As a further means of stimulating interest in

science in the schools, the Committee on the

Encouragement of Science Talent has joined with

a similar committee of the D. C. Council of

Engineering and Architectural Societies in as-

signing the local Junior and Senior High Schools

to teams of scientists and engineers for the pur-

pose of arranging assembly programs and con-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 8

ferences with science clubs and other small

groups of interested students.

The Philosophical Society of Washington in-

stituted this year an annual Christmas Lecture

for Young People patterned after the Christmas

Lectures of the Royal Society. The first lecture

was given on December 30 by Dr. E. H. Land, of

the Polaroid Corporation, on The réle of science

in the technique of wimnvention—a demonstration

lecture in the fields of two-dimensional and three-

dimensional photography. The Junior Academy

gave the lecture publicity in the schools and pro-

vided much of the audience.

The Committee on the Encouragement of

Science Talent conducted, as in previous years, a

District of Columbia Science Talent Search

among students who had entered the national

competition conducted by Science Service for

the Westinghouse Educational Foundation. Six

students were found to have done work of out-

standing originality and were recommended for

Certificates of Merit which were awarded by

the Academy. In the future this local science

talent search will include all schools in Maryland

and Virginia within a radius of 25 miles, which is

the territory of the Washington Academy.

While the Science Talent Search is an activity

restricted to pupils graduating from Senior High

School, the local Science Fair is open to all pupils

of both Junior and Senior High Schools, and hence

reaches a much larger number. The Sixth Annual

Washington D. C. Science Fair was sponsored by

the Science Clubs of America, the Washington

Academy of Sciences, and its affiliated societies,

and was held at the Gymnasium of the Catholic

University on April 23-27, 1952. Many members

of the Academy participated as judges. The ex-

penses of the Fair, amounting to $906, were met

by a benefit performance of the documentary mo-

tion picture, Kon-Tiki, and by gifts.

Plans are well under way for the Seventh

Annual Science Fair to be held April 30 to May 3,

1953, in the two gymnasiums of the American

University. ae

A. T. McPHERson, Chairman

The President on behalf of the Academy spoke

appreciatively of the work during the year (1)

of the Meetings Committee, Harry W. WELLS,

Chairman; (2) of the Committee on Grants-in-

Aid, L. E. Yocum, Chairman; (3) of the Policy

and Planning Committee, W. A. Dayton, Chair-

man; (4) of the Committee on Monographs,

W.N. Fenton, Chairman; and (5) of the Special

AueGust 1953

Committee on Science Education, W. R. Bropg,

Chairman.

After a report of G. P. Walton, Chairman of

the Committee of Tellers, the President declared

the following elected:

Francis M. Deranporr, President-Elect

JASON R. SwWALLEN, Secretary

Howarp S. RAppLeye, Treasurer

Martin A. Mason and Raymonp J. SEEGER,

Elected Members Board of Managers to Janu-

ary 1956.

The following members of the Academy, nomi-

nated by the Affiliated Societies, were duly elected

Vice-Presidents of the Academy:

Anthropological Society of Washington—

WituiaM H. GILBERT

Biological Society of Washington—HucGcu

Tuomas O’NEILL

Chemical Society of Washington—GrorcE W.

IRVING, JR.

Entomological Society of Washington—F. W.

Poos

National Geographic Society—ALEXANDER

WETMORE

Geological Society of Washington—A. NELSON

SAYRE

Columbia Historical Society—Gitpertr H.

GROSVENOR

Botanical Society of Washington—Harry A.

BoRTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American

ForESTERS—GEORGE F.. GRAVATT

Washington Society of Engineers—C. A. Betts

Washington Section, American Institute of

Electrical Engineers—ARNOLD H. Scorr

Washington Section, The American Society of

Mechanical Engineers—RicHarp §. DILu

Washington Branch, Society of American

Bacteriologists—GLENN SLocuM

Washington Post, The Society of American

Military Engineers—FLoyp W. Houcu

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engi-

neers—H®RBERT GROVE DORSEY

District of Columbia Section, American So-

ciety of Civil Engineers—Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Ex-

perimental Biology and Medicine—N. R.

SE ALTES

As a consequence of this annual meeting taking

place earlier than executive committee meetings

of the following Affiliated Societies, their nomina-

tions for Vice-Presidents were not yet available

and will therefore await action at a later meeting

of the Board of Managers: Philosophical Society

of Washington, Medical Society of the District

of Columbia, Helminthological Society of

Washington.

PROCEEDINGS:

THE ACADEMY 269

President Ramberg introduced J. W. Joyce,

deputy science adviser of the Department of State

and also a member of the Academy, as the speaker

of the evening. Mr. Joyce outlined developments

that led to the establishment of the Office of

the Science Adviser to the Department of State.

He cited the need for better and prompt inter-

change of scientific information on new develop-

ments in various fields and explained how this

need was being met by having individuals with

scientific backgrounds as attaches in foreign

offices. Missions have been established in London,

Paris, Rome, and Stockholm with the necessary

provisions for travel and liaison work. Thus it is

now possible through this facility for travelling

scientists from this country to obtain help in

establishing prompt connections with others ac-

tive in similar fields. Several members mentioned

the desirability of publishing the material pre-

sented in the Journal.

President Ramburg thanked the Academy

members for their willing cooperation in the work

of the Academy during the year and then intro-

duced the new President, FRANK M. Srerzuer,

who had served as President-Elect during 1952.

After appropriate remarks the new President sug-

gested adjournment of the meeting at 9:57 p.m.

F. M. Dreranporr, Secretary.

461ST MEETING OF THE BOARD OF

MANAGERS

The 461st meeting of the Board of Managers,

held in the Library of the Cosmos Club on Febru-

ary 16, 1953, was called to order by the President,

FRANK M. SETZER, at 8:05 p.m., with the follow-

ing in attendance: J. R. SwWALLen, J. A. STEVEN-

son, J. P. E. Morrison, A. G. McNisu, W. H.

GitpertT, F. W. Poos, G. F. Gravart, C. H.

Betts, A. H. Scott, L. H. SpinpLER, GLENN

Stocum, F. W. Houen, N. R. Eis, R. J.

SEEGER, and, by invitation, E. H. Wa.kmr,

W. W. Rupry, A. T. McPuHerson, anp J. C.

EWERS.

The following Vice Presidents who were not

nominated in time for action at the Annual

Meeting were unanimously elected: A. G.

McNisu for the Philosophical Society of Wash-

ington, F. O. Con for the Medical Society of the

District of Columbia, and L. H. Sprypuer for the

Helminthological Society of Washington.

The President announced the following ap-

pointments for 1953:

270 JOURNAL OF THE

Board of Editors of the Journal: Senior Editor,

J.P. EK. Morrison; R. K. Cook (to January 1956).

Associate Editors: D. B. Cow1r, Davin H.

DUNKLE, and ALAN STONE (to January 1956);

K}. L. Lirr.e (to January 1954), replacing Miriam

L. BoMHARD.

Executive Committee: F. M. Serzuer (Chair-

man), F. M. DeranpvorF, H. 8. RAppLeEYeE, W. W.

RuBEY, JASON R. SWALLEN.

Archivist: JoHN A. STEVENSON (to January

1956).

Committee on Meetings: Warson’ Davis

(Chairman), Joun W. Aupricu, AUSTIN CLARK,

ID ais IBVaaisy

Committee on Membership: E. H. WALKER

(Chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON, CLARENCE

Cottam, C. L. Curist, JoHN FaspEerR, ANGuS M.

GRIFFIN, D. BREESE JONES, FRANK C. KRACEK,

Louis R. MaxwE.u, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C.

REINHARD, REESE I. SarLER, LEO A. SHINN,

Francis A. SmirH, Heinz Specut, Horace M.

TRENT, ALFRED WEISSLER.

Committee on Monographs: W. N. FENTON

(Chairman). To January 1956—James I. Horr-

MAN, G. ARTHUR COOPER.

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achieve-

ment: A. V. Astin, General Chairman.

For the Biological Sciences: HERBERT FRIED-

MANN (Chairman), Harry A. BorTHwickK, SARA

E. BranyuamM, Ira B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN

Scowartz, T. Date STEWART.

For the Engineering Sciences: SAMUEL LEvy

(Chairman), MicHaEL GoupBerG, EK. H. KeEn-

NARD, EK. B. Roperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WILD-

HACK.

For the Physical Sciences: G. B. ScHUBAUER

(Chairman), R. S. Burineton, F. C. Kracex,

J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SrrcER, J. S. WILLIAMS.

For the Teaching of Science: M. A. Mason

(Chairman), F. E. Fox, Monror H. Martin.

Committee on Grants-In-Aid for Research:

Karu F. Herzretp (Chairman), HrRBERT N.

Eaton, L. E. Yocum.

Committee on Policy and Planning: To January

1954—W. W. Ruspey (Chairman). To January

1956— EuGENE C. CRITTENDEN, ALEXANDER WET-

MORE.

Committee on Encouragement of Science

Talent: A. T. McPHERsoN (Chairman). To Janu-

ary 1956—AusTINn CiarK, J. H. McMILien.

Committee of Auditors: Louise M. RussELuL

(Chairman), R. 8S. Dri, J. B. REESIDE.

Committee of Tellers: C. L. GARNER (Chair-

man), Luoyp G. Henssst, M. F. JongEs.

The report of the last meeting of the Executive

Committee was read:

A meeting of the Executive Committee was

held at the home of Mr. SETzuER, on February 5,

at 8:00 p.m., with F. M. Serzuer, F. M. Deran-

porF, H.S. RAPpPLEYE, and J. R. SWALLEN present.

Mr. SETZLER reported on the progress of the

index to the Journal. The first galley proof has

been received and is being corrected by Pau. H.

OEHSER, of the Index Committee. It is estimated

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 8

that the index will contain about 350 pages and

that the cost of printing will be about $4,500 for

1,000 copies, and $6,000 for 2,000. The price to be

charged and the number of copies to be ordered

was discussed at length. It was the general opinion

that 1,000 copies would be sufficient and that $6

would be a fair price. Some felt that asking a

higher price might curtail sales. Every effort will

be made to recover the cost of publication through

select mailing list advertisement.

It is hoped that the Red Book, in charge of the

Executive Committee, will be ready for the printer

by the end of April. It will contain data of the

Academy and affiliated societies, an alphabetical

list of Academy members only, and lists of mem-

bers under institutions and geographical areas.

Data of most of the affiliated societies have already

been received, and cards requesting information

will be sent to all members in the near future.

The Treasurer presented the tentative budget

for 1953, showing estimated receipts of $9,050.

After considerable discussion, the proposed budget

was approved by the Committee, and is now

recommended to the Board of Managers for ap-

proval. The breakdown and allotment of these

funds are shown on the statement prepared by the

Treasurer, copies of which are available for the

members of the Board of Managers.

Copies of the proposed budget presented by

Mr. Rappleye were distributed to members of

the Board of Managers.

Receipts

1952 1953 (Estimated)

Duest: 2tee ets Ree $4,533.25 $4,600.00

Journal subscrip-

GONG Se So ele 1,720.88 1,800.00

Interest and divi-

dend sts: ae 2,527 .84 2,500.00

Sallesen te wc Hee eo 169.47 150.00

TBO WAS tes ee Sate erie $8,951.44 $9,050.00

Expenditures

Journal and Journal

Oca. eee ee $6 ,569.50* $7,250.00*

Secretary’s Office....... 555.39 550.00

Treasurer’s Office....... 249 .84 300.00

Meetings Committee.... 451.76 550 .00

Membership Committee. 9.72 20.00

Anchivistess sn oe 9.00 20.00

Science Fair (1953)..... 189.20 200.00

Science Calendar (1953-

DA) cota Baers, NALD epee 89.09 75.00

Certilicatesse se ee 85.00

TOMAS Ja See a $8,123.50 $9,050.00

* Plus charges to authors.

The 1953 budget as recommended to the Board

of Managers by the Executive Committee was

unanimously approved.

In commenting on the report of the Executive

Committee, it was suggested that printing the

Avueust 1953

Red Book by the offset process be considered

and that several bids be obtained. The President

indicated it was his desire to recover as much of

the cost of the Index as possible from sales and

that steps are being taken in regard to

advertising.

Chairman A. T. McPHERson presented the

following report:

The Committee on the Encouragement of

Science Talent examined all papers entered by

students of the Washington area in the Twelfth

Annual Science Talent Search conducted by the

Science Clubs of America for Westinghouse Educa-

tional Foundation. This year, for the first time,

students from Maryland and Virginia schools

within a 25-mile radius of Washington were in-

cluded. This arrangement was cleared with the

Maryland and the Virginia Academies of Science.

On the basis of original work in their science

projects, the following five students are recom-

mended for Certificates of Merit:

JAMES WoopwortH CoNLEY, age 17, 4406 Coles-

ville Road, Hyattsville, Md. Northwestern

High School, Project: Application of Modern

Principles of Design to Automatic Computa-

tions.

Wituiam ALAN FULLARTON, age 17, 6609 West-

moreland Avenue, Takoma Park, Md. Mont-

gomery-Blair High School, Project: Experi-

ments in Paper Chromatography.

Rosser A. RupoupH, JR., age 17, 2017 North

Illinois Street, Arlington, Va. Washington-Lee

High School, Project: A Study of E. coli Bac-

teriophage.

WaLTER SELDEN SAUNDERS, age 17, R.F.D. 3,

Gaithersburg, Md. Bethesda-Chevy Chase High

School, Project: A Study of Human Reaction

in an Audio Visual Loop.

BENJAMIN BRENEMAN SNAVELY, age 16, 1314

Erskine Street, Takoma Park, Md. North-

western High School, Project: Measurement

of Velocity of Light.

On the basis of having gained Honorable Men-

tion in the national competition, the following

two students are recommended for Certificates of

Merit:

IRENE ADELAIDE BEARDSLEY, age 17, 3215 Van

Hazen Street, NW., Washington 16, D. C.

Woodrow Wilson High School, Project: Culture

and Curing of Tobacco.

Loretta Mat ReEEvEsS, age 17, 2115 Branch

Avenue, SE., Washington 20, D. C. Anacostia

High School, Project: Synthesis of Mauve and

its Use in Cancer Research.

The Committee recommends that these

students be invited to set up demonstrations of

their projects in the rear of the assembly room

at the time their awards are presented.

The Committee has been asked by the Washing-

ton Daily News to obtain a news release from the

Academy regarding these awards and would like

to have instructions from the Board regarding the

handling of press relations.

PROCEEDINGS:

THE ACADEMY Pfal

The following members of the Committee

participated in reviewing papers and recommend-

ing students for the Certificate of Merit: Austin

He Clark We. E- Read, A. IT. McPherson, and

Frank M. Setzler, ex officio.

The Board approved the seven students recom-

mended by the Committee to receive the Certifi-

cate of Merit.

Publicity for meetings of the Academy was

discussed, especially in connection with the

Academy awards. It was suggested that press

releases be prepared and cleared through the

Chairman of the Committee on Meetings.

Letters were read from ARTHUR C. CHRISTIE

and GEorRGE P. WALTON requesting that they be

placed on the retired list. The requests were ap-

proved as of December 31, 1952. A letter was read

from Davip Minarp, who was elected in March

1952. Because of extenuating circumstances he

was able to complete his membership and asked

that he be reinstated. The completion of his

membership was approved.

A letter was read from the Washington Section

of the International Association for Dental Re-

search, through H. J. Caul, chairman of the

section, applying for affiliation with the Academy.

The application was referred to the Committee

on Policy and Planning for recommendation of

action by the Board of Managers.

Senior Editor Morrison reported that suffi-

cient manuscripts were on hand for at least six

issues of the JouRNAUL. He said that priority will

be given to articles on the physical sciences. A

brief discussion followed on ways and means of

improving the JouRNAL. The Board approved a

suggestion by the President that the matter be

referred to the Committee on Policy and Plan-

ning to determine whether a special committee

should be appointed.

Vice President McNisx urged that action be

taken by the Academy to equip the Assembly

Hall of the Cosmos Club with a moving-picture

projector. He suggested the appointment of a

special committee to approach the affiliated so-

cieties for suggestions and donations.

JASON R. Swauen, Secretary.

ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The Anthropological Society of Washington

held its annual business meeting on January 13,

1953, and elected the following officers: President,

MarsHatu T. Newman; Vice-President, WILLIAM

H. GinBert; Secretary, Cari F. Mruuer; Treas-

ore

ay rs

JOURNAL OF THE

urer, Lucite E. Hoyme; Councilors to the Board

of Managers, Joun A, Jones (to Jan. 1955),

JoHN C. Ewers (to Jan. 1955), Marran L.

VANDERBILT (to Jan. 1954), Sipnry ApaAmMs (to

Jan. 1954), Jonn H. Cox (to Jan. 1956), and

Puitip Drucker (to Jan. 1956); Representative

to the Washington Academy of Sciences, WILLIAM

H. GILBERT.

A report of the membership and activities of

the Society since the last meeting follows: The

total membership on January 1, 1953, was 106,

a net increase of 8 over a year ago. New members

elected during the year totaled 16 and were:

Dr. Paut L. Garvin, Dr. Epwarp T. Hatt, Jr.,

J. Nrxon Hapiey, Dr. Harvey C. Moors,

JoHN M. Ecuots, Dr. Frank G. ANDERSON,

Marra Scuirr, Mrs. Barpara B. Hyatt, Dor-

oTHy Lipsy, MarsHatyt D. Moopy, Grace I.

Bove, ARTHUR J. JELLINEK, THEODORE H. Haas,

Dr. Marcus §8. Go.pstein, Dr. WItLiaM

NEGHERBON, and Myron F. Lewis. Dr. CHARLES

L. G. ANDERSON, a former President of the So-

ciety, died on December 10, 1952, and 7 mem-

bers resigned because of their moving from the

area.

The report of the Treasurer for the year ended

December 31, 1952, follows:

Credit:

Balanceviorward!cr cen eee see Se ousead

Duesicollectedsteeess sane ee ee 140.88

Dividends, Investment Co. of America... 113.30

Dividends, Mass. Investor’s Trust........ 121.89

Dividends, Washington Sanitary Housing

COE Sn ng ee = ey OR cen. 20.00

Dividends, Perpetual Building Association 16.20

Cosmos Glubmetundees eee. oe 10.00

ol Wa 1) Pe eee eS a 5 PRs oe ee ame eee $ 986.14

Expenditures:

Meetings and speakers...............-.... $ 106.20

Printing and mailing notices............. 94.39

AAA dues for Secretary and Treasurer... 15.00

SecretanyisieXpensesee eats eee <r 6.38

‘Treasurer:s. expenses). Se eee. ee 6.33

IGEISUSE tLe cee een ee neem» Ones 5.10

Reinvestment, Investment Co. of America 60.45

Reinvestment, Mass. Investor’s Trust.... 19.44

Reinvestment, Perpetual Building Asso-

CIAGIOM eos yA ee ee A 2s 16.20

MeO Gales ke Sees oy Oe oe I A ee $ 329.49

Balance: (int banks)" sce nee eee see aot oe S$ 656.65

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Statement of Assels:

Funds in Perpetual Building Association. $ 552.32

4 shares Washington Sanitary Housing Co. 200.00

115 shares Investment Co. of America.... 1, 431.05

103 shares Massachusetts Investor’s Trust 1,935.53

Cash in Bank. 656.65

Total as of December 31, 1952... [32-20 ee ee $4,775.55

Corrected total as of December 31, 1951.......... $4,586.68

Tncrease soc. 360.0% oss 2d. bao ee ee $ 188.87

During the early part of the year programs

were arranged by Dr. EuGENE Worman, then

resigning program chairman, and by the Presi-

dent and Secretary. The latter part of the year

saw the appointment of a program committee

consisting of Drs. Jonn A. Jones and Harvey C.

Moore. The following is a list of speakers and

their topics.

January 15, ALLAN WarcGon and Dr. Wm. N.

FENTON, commentators, The Longhouse people;

a documentary color film on the Iroquois Indians

of Canada.

February 19, Dr. Berry MrecceErs; The aborigi-

nal history of Marajo, Brazil (with kodachrome

slides).

March 18, KENNETH E. Kipp; The quest for

Indian trade goods in the Northeast (with slides).

April 15, Dr. Martin GusInbE, The Bushmen

of the Kalahari Desert, South Africa (illustrated).

October 21, Mrs. Ciarre Hout, Intercultural

communication with peoples of nonindustrial so-

cieties.

November 18, RALPH KEPLER LEwis, Bedouin-

Village Relationships in the Middle East (illus-

trated).

December 16, Kertmm Key, Cultural changes in

rural areas of Turkey.

Plans for celebrating the 75th anniversary of

the founding of the Anthropological Society of

Washington in 1954 were discussed at the annual

business meeting of the Society, January 13,

1953. It was resolved that a committee be ap-

pointed by the President to be designated with

the functions of drawing up plans for the 75th

anniversary observance and plans for budgeting

and investing the Society’s capital.

The sum of $25 was voted to be used to further

the Washington Science Fair of 1953, provided a

report was made by an observer of the Fair to

the Society at its next annual meeting.

WiuuiamM H. Gitsert, Secretary

VOL. 48, No. 8

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

SSE PIT. oe SS Oe a ga F. M. Serzzier, U. 8. National Museum

RSME ME SACEE. oe. Li ee ee ss F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

(LED te Dee eS eee Jason R. Swauien, U. 8. National Museum

DTPESUTEY, Oo. ....- Howarp 8S. Rappterye, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

a 0 op. Joe ee Joun A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Harawp A. Reuper, U. 8. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Pmsapurest! society of Washington........-................00008: A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington..................... WiuuiaM H. GILBERT

Biplosieal society of Washington......................... Huexw Tuomas O’NEILL

hemes! society of Washington. ........................ GEORGE W. IRVING, JR.

Mniouplersteal pociety of Washington. ..................2 2. 0cceeeeeee F. W. Poos

Mittens Georriphic Society..-.....-..........05..502-0ees ALEXANDER WETMORE

Saerieotmpeiciy of Washington.....:.............5.2200 50268 A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

Pemenutinareeboterical Society ........-..-. 22.6 .cee ce ee eee GILBERT GROSVENOR

Barauieal society of Washington...............:-.......... Harry A. BorTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters......... . GEORGE F. Gravatt

Siisnmnnan Society Of Hneineers......... 2... 2222 2. ee pee eee C. A. Betts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers... ARNOLD H. Scotr

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHarpD 8S. DILu

Helminthological Society of Washington.......................... L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLocUM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... Fitoyp W. HoueH

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DORSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

, Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Evuts

Washington Chapter, American Society of Metals............. JoHN G. THOMPSON

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

2 a Sara E. Branaam, Mitton Harris

ode SES LS EI aad R. G. Batses, W. W. DiexL

SEMNEAIMA SSD. 0.3). 2s. <--- ssh es-s-+-++--+s...-M. A. Mason, R. J. Seecer

Mae IRRGGETS... 2.2... eee ee All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

mmnmia, Pastors and Associate Bditors................2..2 2220 e eens [See front cover]

aermrwve Commitice................... F. M. Serzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

eee J. R. Swatuen, H. 8. Rappteyve, W. W. RuBey

ommittee on Membership...... E. H. Waker (chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JoHN Faber, ANaus M. Grirrin, D. BREESE JONEs,

FRANK C. Kracrex, Louis R. Maxwetu, A. G. McNisH, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Sarter, Leo A. SHinn, Francis A. Smita, HreINz Specut, Horace M. TRENT,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Conmitice on Meectings................. Watson Davis (chairman), Joun W. ALDRICH,

AusTIN CxuarE, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

a PERIPRINI Ee ke ink ie Sale e wera ce ecu s S. F. Buaxe, F. C. Kracex

SENSEI REN is ar ce acc fateh esa ote W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

a G. ARTHUR CoopPER, JAMES I. HOFFMAN

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman):

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

wick, Sara E. BRANHAM, [Ra B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN ScHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sctences...... SAMUEL LEvy (chairman), MicnarEL GOLDBERG,

EK. H. Kennarp, E. B. Roserts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WinpHAcK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScHuBAUER (chairman), R. 8S. Burtneton, F. C.

Kracex, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SEEGER, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monror H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HeERzFELD (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. E. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

Me tO ALY 1954 eke eee ees H. B. Couuins, W. W. Rusey (chairman)

PRIEST ED f-ing wl se lence ke eee ee L. W. Parr, F. B. SILsBEE

ME MIRE ONG 8 oe ee bn eee ee da saeco s E. C. CrittENDEN, A. WETMORE

Commitiee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHERSON, chairman):

PEANUT ARE 2 eS Seite og ed sc oe hon $a eS J. M. Catpwe tu, W. L. Scumitr

i REO LS 5 I ge ee em rn ne A. T. McPHeErson, W. T. Reap

PERRIN RN Si ia ie ss Ada wee se AusTIN Cuark, J. H. McMILLENn

rrr on Caunett ay A. A. A Sook. ic ol aslo c tinelenie nec cue ees Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... Louise M. Russeuu (chairman), R. 8. Dru1, J. B. REESIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. GaRNER (chairman), L. G. Henpest, Myrna F. JoNnEs

CONTENTS

Puysics.—Looking ahead in mechanics. WALTER RAMBERG........

ENTOMOLOGY.—New tabanid flies of the tribe Merycomyiini. ALAN

STONE 0). oa Six bos ee 2 SR owe el ewib Sule ele we ae oS

ZooLocy.—A new genus of bonelliid worms (Echiuroidea). WALTER

MautacoLtocy.—The gross anatomy and occurrence in Puerto Rico of

the pelecypod Yoldia perprotracta. GERMAINE L. WARMKE and

Ry. E. ABBOPP. 6.65 654 coo ute «a kine a ee ee eo ee

PROCEEDINGS: THm ACADEMY... ..2..6.0..s:2602.+5. oo

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

250

258

“J

5 Ob:

oa W238

;

Vou. 43 SEPTEMBER 1953

JOURNAL

OF THE

No. 9

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JoHn C. EwEers R. K. Coox

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.8. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CHacr, JR. ELBERT L. LITTLeB, JR.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan Puitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

DEAN B. Cowl1E Davin H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royat & GuILForRD AVEs.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925,

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JOURNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JourNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprinis.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices or ee

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 np: 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3.25 $6.50 $ 9.75 $13.00 $16.25 $3.50

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 7.00

300 miape ares 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 10.50

400 13.00 26.00 39.00 52.00 65.00 14.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the ProcErEpINGs should be sent to Haratp A. RexpER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, Do.

Subscription Rates for the JOoURNAL.—Per year.................2---s-ceeeree $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. ‘10, incl.—not available*..........25.... — ~-

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vo!. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, incl.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

MonoaraPH No. 1, ‘‘The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’’ by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROcEEDINGS, vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete...........................268 $25.00

Single; volumes, unbound: 6.2... s0 le Ae Se ee 2.00

Single mumibers 107. oo ecc ka oe ls aoe Se ee .25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences”? and

addressed to the Treasurer, H.S. Rappieys, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

D.C.

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Worn. 43

September 1953

No. 9

ARCHEOLOGY Additional information on the Indian pottery from Pissaseck

(Leedstown), Westmoreland County,

American Ethnology.

After the death of David I. Bushnell, Jr.,

in 1941, a number of sherds marked ‘‘From

Leedstown, 1936”? were found among his

possessions. These turned over to the

Smithsonian Institution. It is assumed that

gaeesnerds, U. S. N. M. nos. 392206-/,

were collected from the surface of a village

site in or near Leedstown, Westmoreland

County, Va.

Previously, Bushnell (1937) published on

12 sites below the falls of the Rappahan-

nock River in Virginia, one of which is of

special interest in that it deals with the

material on hand—this is the village of

Pissaseck upon which a portion of Leeds-

town was later built. Inasmuch as his

pottery description of this site is rather

meager, the collection warranted further

study in order to point out the correlation

with surrounding types of the same chrono-

logical age.

Pissaseck, as the village site was known

during early colonial times, was a large

aboriginal settlement. It stood on the north

bank of the Rappahannock River and was

represented by Capt. John Smith (1884) on

his map of 1624 with a “‘Kings Howse” to

show its relative importance. This village

was not mentioned in the earlier narratives

of 1608 when Smith and his party went up

the river. Smith’s map of 1624 indicated a

number of villages occupying position along

the Rappahannock River which were no

longer evident when Hermann (SEE: Bush-

nell, 1937, p. 11) mapped the same area in

1673. Thus, just a little over 59 years after

Captain Smith had been conducted by his

1 Published by permission of the Secretary,

Smithsonian Institution.

Virgima.! CarL F. MILLER, Bureau of

Indian captors to their settlements on the

banks of the Rappahannock, the native

population of the entire valley had been

dispersed and many of their village sites had

become the property of English settlers.

Using Tooker (1911), a self-styled Al-

gonkinist, as a source of information, an

attempt was made to determine the meaning

of the word ‘‘Pissaseck.”’ It was found that

the suffix “‘seck”’ is mostly spelled ‘“‘suck,”’

which has been interpreted to mean “‘brook,”’

ereek,? “outlet,” or “a ‘small stream

flowing out of a pond.” The stem of the

word, ‘“‘piss,” was interpreted to mean

either a “mire,” ‘‘meadow,” or ‘‘marsh.”’

Knowing that the village was located on a

level area above the river, below and ad-

joining an extensive marsh, known as

Drakes (Drake’s) Marsh, presents a clue as

to the possible suggested meaning of the

word. From the above study, the possible

suggested meaning may be: the place where

the marsh empties into the river.

Smith noted that Pissaseck occupied a

level area above the river, below and ad-

joining an extensive marsh, known as

Drakes Marsh, where there was much game

and wildfowl to be found. Vast amounts of

broken pottery and innumerable objects of

stone covered the surface of this area. The

description conforms to one made by

Strachey (1849). He tells us that:

Their habitations or townes are for the most

part by the rivers, or not far distant from fresh

springs, commonly upon a rive of a hill, that they

may overlooke the river, and take every small

thing into view which sturrs upon the same. Their

howses are not many in one towne, and those that

are stand dissite (dispersed) and scattered with-

out forme of a street, far and wyde assunder.

273

274 JOURNAL OF THE

In going over the early records of this

section of Virginia, we find allusions to the

Iroquois bringing pressure to bear upon the

small loosely grouped Algonquian towns

causing them to move into more concen-

trated areas for mutual protection. The in-

trusion of white man’s settlements hastened

this regrouping and later final abandonment.

The Iroquois were pushing them around in

1608 and by 1624 the village was well

established only to be abandoned some time

before 1673.

The area of the falls of the Rappahan-

nock River formed ‘“‘the bounds betwixt the

Kingdome of the Mannahocks and the

Nandtaughtacunds.”’ Apparently the Manna-

hocks were the better known Manahoac

tribes which have been assigned to the

Szouan group, while the Nandtaughtacunds

formed a part of the Powhatan Confederacy

which were of Algonquian stock. The

territory occupied and claimed by the

Algonquian group in Virginia included the

tidewater section from the Potomac south

to the divide between Jamestown Island

and Albemarle Sound, N. C., and extended

into the interior as far as the falls of the

principal rivers about Fredericksburg and

Richmond. To the west of them in the

Piedmont region were the hostile Monacan

and Manahoac, while to the south were the

Chowanoc, Nottoway, and Meherrin of Iro-

quoian stock. It seems that no considerable

number of the Powhatan Indians ever

removed from the general tidewater area of

the Chesapeake Bay. Apparently they just

gradually died out or retired into one or two

small reservations where a number of mixed-

bloods still live.

Bushnell (1937) indicated that by the

latter part of the seventeenth century the

English traders were probably well estab-

lished in the town of “‘Leeds”’ at or near the

Indian village of Pissaseck. It was during

the meeting of the General Assembly that

convened at Williamsburg, Va., in May

1742 that an Act was passed for the estab-

lishment of a town “‘on the north side of the

Rappahannock River in the County of King

George, where the church and public ware-

houses are built... The said town shall be

called by the name of Leeds.”

Later Leeds became known as Leedstown.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES VOL. 438, NO. 9

It was an active center of trade, with

wharves and warehouses from which vast

quantities of tobacco and other products of

the colony were sent to England and where

sailing vessels landed supplies for the rich

plantations on the Northern Neck.

Seant traces of the colonial town remain, and

these are now encountered intermingled with the

stone implements and bits of earthen vessels made

and used by the earlier occupants of the region.

However, the brick structures erected in the town

covered only part of the land that had formerly

been included in the native settlements, assuming

the site to have been occupied and reoccupied

through generations, long before the coming of

the English. (Bushnell, 1937, p. 18.)

ARCHEOLOGY

Holmes (1903), in his study of Algon-

quian pottery, thought that this pottery was

developed mainly in the general region from

a common source and was manufactured by

all members of the Powhatan Confederacy

as well as other members of the same stock

along the Carolina coast. He suggested that

environment may have played a large part

in the rate of its development resulting in a

tendency of keeping it rather simple in form

and uniform throughout the whole Algon-

quian cultural area. Why a group who was

relatively skillful in other arts, such as the

cultivation of maize, etc., should keep their

pottery-making in such a simple form is

rather hard to explain. By “simple form”

we mean that all vessel types were confined

to deep bowls and wide mouthed pots of

medium to small size. Holmes (1903) further

States:

Save in remote sections where western and

southern tribes are known to have wandered, we

do not encounter such features as eccentric or

compound forms, animal shapes, constricted

mouths, high necks, handles, legs, or flat bases of

any kind. Ornament is archaic, and curved lines

are almost unknown. These statements are in the

main true of the whole Atlantic Algonquian belt

from Albemarle Sound to the Bay of Fundy.

Even though the ware was simple in form

and decorated with archaic-looking methods

it was well made and shaped. Supposedly

the vessels are largely if not exclusively

culinary in nature.

A fair number of sherds demonstrates that

the ware was manufactured by means of

SEPTEMBER 1953 MILLER: INDIAN POTTERY FROM LEEDSTOWN 275

Fra. 1.—Sherd tvpes from Pissaseck (Leedstown), Va.: Net-impressed A-E; Fabric-impressed F, G,

O, and Q; Cord-wrapped paddled H-N; Plain P, R’, and R”.

276 JOURNAL

coiling and that a uniform thickness through-

out the vessel is not the usual result.

Thickness varies from place to place within

the same body wall. As a rule the bases are

medium thin with the adjoining walls

thickest tapering in thinness as the lip area

is approached. Local clays were utilized

throughout the area with a wide range of

ingredients used as tempering material.

Whether type of temper has any strati-

graphic significance is not known at this

time. Tempering material consists of sand,

large particles of grit, pulverized limestone

and just a trace of crushed shell. Sand

particles vary in size from very fine, less

than 1.0 mm in diameter, to comparatively

coarse particles of grit or gravel which

ranged from 4.0 to 5.0 mm in diameter. In

some cases the grit and gravel particles were

so large that they occupied the whole of the

wall thickness.

! 5 d e f g

Fig. 2—Lip Forms: Cord-wrapped paddle—

sand tempered. f had faint cord impression on the

lip area.

Color, caused by firing, ranges from a

hight buff into a reddish brown and into a

chocolate-gray, indicating either a reduced

or an oxidized condition during this stage of

manufacture. Evidences of fire clouds are

found on the exterior of sherds.

As far as we can tell from the sherds, the

surfaces were smoothed while the vessels

were still in the plastic state. After this any

subsequent exterior treatment was performed,

such as impressing fabrics or textiles into the

surface of the vessel so as to decorate or

ameliorate it.

Lips, in all instances, are simple being

either rounded or flattened with gradations

between the two showing on a single

specimen. One sherd has a scalloped edge

formed by pressing a medium heavy cord

into the soft walls of the vessel at intervals

roughly about an inch apart. Such treat-

ment is the exception rather than the rule

and is not characteristic of the whole as-

semblage.

OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 9

Fic. 3.—Principal vessel shape as restored from

sherds.

Rims are slightly modified for the esthetic

effect. One modification that occurs in the

fabric-impressed ware was found on the

interior of the rim where a number of

trough impressions were arranged side by

side at the top of the vessel. These in-

dividual impressions are arranged in a row

and appear to have been made by pushing

the tip of the finger into the moist clay so

that a line of semicircular depressions were

raised on the side of the vessel toward

which the force was applied. Other samples

show further modification in that this

pinched effect has been smoothed down

eradicating the ripple effect leaving a slight

bevel instead. As a consequence the lip

area is thinner than the wall of the neck

area. No folding or collar effects in the neck

area are present.

A number of measurements were taken to

determine the over-all size of the orifice of

various vessels represented within the col-

lection. It was found that they averaged

around 9 inches (22.7 em) in diameter with

some smaller and some larger. In this same

manner, the average body diameter and

depth were determined. It was found that

the diameter varied very little from the

average diameter of the mouth opening,

while the mean depth was around 11 inches

(28.0 cm). Estimating from these measure-

ments we would judge the volumetric con-

tent of an average vessel to be around

2 gallons, with some of the smaller ones

holding around 2 quarts.

ie 4—Lip Forms: Plain ware, a—shell

tempered; b—limestone tempered; c—h sand

tempered.

SEPTEMBER 1953

We find that the Algonquian was given

to the use of cordage and textile fabric im-

pression as a means of embellishing his

vessels—either intentional or accidental.

Generally, the entire body of the vessel is

covered with impressions of either coarse

cloths, various texture of nets or cords.

Besides the textile impressions there a few

eases in which punctations occur, Fig. 1,

R’. These punctations are rather large,

diameter 6 mm, which almost pierce the

exterior walls of the vessel leaving a node or

pustule opposite each separate punctation

on the interior of the vessel, Fig. 1, R’ and

R”’. Similar punctations have been re-

ported for other sections of the eastern

seaboard.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

As near as we could determine, the

pottery recovered from Pissaseck was manu-

factured by means of coiling and some

molding out of local clays. A number of

fractures along the original coils clearly

demonstrate the method of manufacture.

This was further demonstrated when small

fragments or sections were broken off each

sherd to test for tempering. In a number of

cases these breaks occurred at the juncture

of the two coils. The pottery was developed

mainly in the general region from some

unknown origin and was made by all

members of the Powhatan Confederacy and

to some extent by outside groups coming

under their influence.

RPAAAFH A |

Fic. 5.—Lie Forms: Net-impressed wares; all

SG An)

are sand tempered. ‘‘?’’ shows scalloped edge.

Slight cord impressions occurred on: a, d, and h.

In testing for temper each individual

sherd was freshly broken in order to examine

an unweathered rather than a long exposed

surface. Four different types of tempering

materials were identified: sand, crushed

quartz, crushed limestone and crushed shell

with but small emphasis on particles of

water worn gravel. The majority of the

sherds were tempered with either sand or

erushed quartz (grit), next to be followed

MILLER: INDIAN POTTERY FROM LEEDSTOWN Dd.

by crushed limestone while crushed shell

was just barely represented. Of the latter

two, most of the tempering material had

leached away leaving only the impressions

of the original material and as a conse-

quence all sherds thus effected were filled

with a number of holes. This feature makes

the sherd fragments comparatively light in

weight. Sand particles are usually small

with rounded edges. The actual amount of

sand used readily determines that the rough-

ness of the paste is in direct ratio to the

amount of sand used as tempering material.

Crushed quartz, or grit, varies in diameter

from 1 to 5 mm. In the latter case some par-

ticles of the larger size have been noted to

occupy the complete thickness of the body

wall of the vessel and can readily be recog-

nized on the interior as well as the exterior

wall. This characteristic is demonstrated in

Biewsie IVE

VAR EERE

Fig. 6—Lipe Forms: Fabric-impressed ware.

a,c, and g have been modified by pinching. Shght

nodes are present on the interior surface formed

by pinching on a. ¢ and g have been smoothed.

Interior surfaces are represented to the right on

each profile.

Again, we say that the color ranges from

a light buff through light orange through

grays and in one instance is a real dark gray

or black.

As a rule, after the vessel was fashioned,

the surfaces were roughly ‘smoothed. In

the decorated wares and various impressions

were next applied to the exterior only and

the vessel allowed to dry before firing.

While the vessel was still plastic any other

alterations such as finger pinching on the

interior rim of the vessel, beveling of the

rim area in the interior of the vessel, as well

as giving the rim a scalloped effect was

then performed.

Decoration, if truly it was thus, consists

of the impressing of various sized nets,

fabrics, cords, and baskets on the exterior

of the vessel. In addition, a cord-wrapped

paddle was used to apply the impressions of

parallel arranged sections of cords to the

exterior.

278 JOURNAL OF THE

Bushnell (1937) tells about one sherd

which was found at Pissaseck ‘decorated

with straight, very regular lines, which had

been made by impressing some hard ma-

terial into the clay when the latter was in a

plastic state.’ This technique has _ been

termed ‘‘simple stamping”’ and is illustrated

in his plate 7, a. It appears that this sherd

was tempered, at one time, with crushed

limestone which had leached away leaving

a surface similar to Fig. 1, P.

Funkhouser and Webb (1929, pp. 86-102)

noted five different types of materials

utilized to impart this simple stamping

technique to exteriors of vessels. These are:

shredded fibrous bark, stems and leaves

of some of the tough wiry grass, flat strips

of bark, flat pieces of corn husk or stalk,

and narrow strips of skin or leather. They

listed additional material thus used which

include: pawpaw, Indian hemp, milkweed,

eat tail, rushes, and inner bark of leather-

wood or moosewood, linden or basswood,

rattlesnake master and canary grass.

Bushnell (1937) illustrates a number of

textile types identified from pottery frag-

ments from Nandtanghtacund which are

almost identical to those recognized on the

sherds from Pissaseck. Comparable surface

treatment is to be found through the

Algonquian area with slight modification

noted in borderline areas.

Rims are usually straight with only an

occasional one showing a slight incurving

of the exterior wall. Rims are usually of the

same thickness as the body wall; in only

three instances are they thinner than the

wall. A distinct rim modification appears

in the form of medium large punctations

which form nodes or pustules within the

throat section of the vessel.

Lips, as a rule, are very simple either

rounded, flattened and sometimes beveled.

Only rarely has the impression of cords

carried over onto this area of the vessel.

Of all the lips in the collection only one

has been fashioned into a scalloplike ap-

pearance. This was brought about by im-

pressing into the plastic clay a cord whose

impression is to be found in the troughs of

the scallop.

The typical body form is cylindrical and

tapering down to a rounded base. The body

is not of uniform thickness, as thickened

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES — VOL. 43, NO. 9

portions appear throughout the vessel.

Bases are no thicker than the average wall.

All specimens in the present collection,

after they were separated into the various

decorative types, were measured for thick-

ness. Plain sherds, which may have originally

formed the basal portions of decorated

vessels, ranged from 3 to 13 mm, with a

mean of 8 mm; net-impressed ranged from

5 to 11 mm with a mean of 7.5 mm; cord-

wrapped paddle, taken as a whole irrespec-

tive of the diameter of the elements, ranged

from + to 12 mm with an average of 8 mm;

fabric-impressed ranged from 5 to 12 mm

with an average of 8.5 mm.

The type of pottery found here is charac-

teristic of the Algonquian groups found

north to the Bay of Fundy, between Nova

Scotia and New Brunswick, Canada, and

south to Albemarle Sound in North

Carolina. The southern portion extended

westward to the falls of the principal rivers

around Clarksville, Fredericksburg, and

Richmond, Va. This wide range will allow

for a number of local variants. It is believed

that the pottery types found along the

Rappahannock belong to this general classi-

fication. It is also felt that certain influences

coming in from the Ohio Valley may have

influenced it to some extent.

On one plain sherd there is the appearance

of the use of a red slip both interiorly and

exteriorly. Under magnification it appears as

a thin light red layer 0.25 mm in thickness

with no penetration into the core of the

sherd. The slip is much thicker on the

exterior than it is on the interior and appears

as though it was brushed on lightly over

this surface. The sherd is tempered with

moderate sized grains of sand. The slip

has been rubbed somewhat, but was not

polished.

There is no direct evidence of the use of

handles or lugs of any description on the

pottery from this area. Bushnell (1937)

illustrates a handle in his plate 7, 6, which

could have been an importation from farther

west since such features are customarily

found along the headwaters of the James.

It would appear that the ceramic trend

of the sites along the Rappahannock River

was toward a transition from purely early

Woodland into an early aspect of Algonquian

tradition which may be termed a late phase

SEPTEMBER 1953

of late Woodland. This is paralleled in the

tempering material which is sand and grit in

the early stages and crushed limestone and

shell in the later ones. Up to this stage there

is no complexity in vessel shapes and form,

and such embellishments as lugs, handles

and feet are lacking.

TECHNOLOGICAL AND ARTISTIC ACTIVITY

PoTTreERY COMPLEX:

Manufactured by means of the coiling system

Manufactured by molding, rare

Tempered with:

Sand

Crushed quartz (Figure M)

Crushed limestone (Figure P)

Crushed shell, rare

Deep bowl shapes dominant

Wide-mouthed jars, present

No handles, lugs or feet

Lips are simple

Rims are straight

Rims occasionally partially punctuated with

nodes or pustules on the interior, throat

area, of vessels (Fig. 1, R’, R”)

Drill holes below lips (Fig. 1, N)

Net-impressed (Fig. 1, A, B, C, D, N)

Fabric-impressed (Fig. 1, G, O. Q)

Cord-wrapped paddle impressed (Fig. 1, H,

iJ, 15, LM)

Plain smoothed (Fig. 1, P, R”)

Basket impressed (Fig. 1, F)

WILLIAMS: OLDHAMINID BRACHIOPODS

iw)

“I

de)

LITERATURE CITED

BUSHNELL, Davin I., Jr. Indian sites below the

falls of the Rappahannock, Virginia. Smith-

sonian Misc. Coll. 96: no. 4. 1937.

FUNKHOUSER, W. D., and Wess, W.S. The so-

called ash caves of Lee County, Kentucky. Re-

ports in Archaeology and Anthropology 1(2):

86-102. Lexington, 1929.

HENNING, Wr~t1amM WaLLER. The Statutes at

Large; being a collection of all the laws of

Virginia from the first session of the Legis-

lature in the year 1619. Vol. 5, pp. 193-197.

1823.

HERMANN, AUGUSTINE. (See: Bushnell, 1937.)

Hotmes, W. H. Aboriginal pottery of the eastern

United States. 20th Ann. Rep. Bur. Amer.

Ethnol. 1903.

SmitH, JoHN. The generall historie of Virginia,

1624. (All references to Smith’s writing are

quoted from the English Scholar’s library

edition.Edited by Edward Arber, Birmingham,

England, 1884.)

STRACHEY, WILLIAM. The historie of travile into

Virginia Britannia. Hakluyt Society, London,

1849.

Tooker, Wiit1amM Wawuace. The Indian place

names on Long Island and islands adjacent.

New York, 1911.

Wess, WILLIAM S8., and FUNKHOUSER, W. D.

Rock shelters in Menefee County, Kentucky.

Reports in Archaeology and Anthropology 8

(4). Lexington, 1936.

PALEONTOLOGY —The morphology and classification of the oldhaminid brachio-

pods. ALWYN WIuLIAMs,! Glasgow University. (Communicated by G. Arthur

Cooper.)

The grotesque nature of that short-

lived but widespread group of brachiopods

including Oldhamina Waagen and Leptodus?

has long been a source of palaeontological

interest and has led to many conflicting

interpretations of the morphology and

habit. Before Waagen’s masterly exposition

(1887) of the morphology and affinities of

the group the occasional specimen obtained

from the marine Permian of China and India

were so confusing that de Koninck de-

seribed Oldhamina as a bellerophon and

Kayser named Leptodus in the belief that it

represented part of a fish skeleton.

‘TI record with pleasure the stimulating and

helpful discussions I have had with Prof. T. N.

George and Mr. G. Owen, both of Glasgow Uni-

versity, on the subject matter of this paper.

> The use of Lyttonia Waagen, 1887, in place of

Leptodus Kayser, 1883, is without warrant.

In the past 50 years a number of impor-

tant papers, notably by Fredericks (1925),

Watson (1917), Wanner (1935), and Licha-

rew (1932), have not only substantiated

Waagen’s conclusions but also added greatly

to our knowledge of the diversification and

derivation of the group so that now there

is no doubt that although the oldhaminids

are exceptional in a number of characteris-

tics they were derived from the normal

strophomenoids and are but unusual mem-

bers of that group.

Oldhaminid peculiarities are manifold.

The shell is disproportionately inequivalve,

the hinge-line together with the articula-

tory apparatus is rudimentary and the

muscles (as judged from the muscle scars)

were correspondingly degenerate and often

asymmetrically developed, the brachial valve

280

is typically highly lobate and the pedicle

valve equipped with a complementary

septal apparatus. But unusual as these

features are the shell structure of the

brachial valve appears to be the most

radical departure from that of normal

brachiopods.

SHELL FORM AND STRUCTURE

In all articulate brachiopods the shell, ex-

cluding the periostracum, is composed of two

layers, an outer lamellar layer of constant thick-

ness consisting of a mosaic of calcitic platelets

and an inner fibrous layer of variable thickness

built up of fibrous caleite. Work on the relation-

ship between the shell and mantle in modern

Terebratulina to be published jointly with G.

Owen in the near future has shown that the dif-

ferentiation of the shell layers begins at the

mantle edge (Pl. 1, Fig. 1). The lamellar layer is

deposited only by a few epithelial cells forming

the tip of the outer lobe, the deposition of the

fibrous layer begins immediately behind this

narrow lamellar zone and is carried on to a vary-

ing degree by the outer epithelial layer of the

mantle over the entire shell surface. Thus all

internal processes and protuberances such as the

terebratuloid loop are composed only of fibrous

calcite and are deposited by enveloping invagina-

tions of the outer epithelial layer of the mantle.

The shell of the oldhaminid pedicle valve (PI.

2, Figs. 6, 7) is like that of any other brachiopod.

It consists of an outer lamellar layer, and an inner

fibrous layer traversed as in all strophomenoids

by spicules of eryptocrystalline calcite which do

not penetrate the lamellar layer but protrude

through the innermost fibrous layers to give the

internal shell surface a tuberculate appearance.

The brachial valve (Pl. 2, Fig. 2) however

appears not to possess this twofold differentiation

of the shell, for the outer lamellar layer is almost

completely absent, the entire shell anterior to a

small apical triangular area being composed

only of fibrous calcite so that the external and

internal surfaces are pierced by spicules. The

absence of the lamellar layer over so large an

area is not known in any other brachiopod and

calls for a reinterpretation of the nature and

growth of the brachial valve.

If analogy with modern terebratuloids is valid

and in strophomenoids, too, those structures

which are composed only of fibrous material

were deposited within invaginations of the outer

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 9

epithelium, then that part of the oldhaminid

brachial valve which is also composed of fibrous

calcite was strictly internal and formed no part

of the protective shell. In this event most of the

structure hitherto identified as the brachial

valve is no more than an internal skeletal sup-

port to a highly lobated mantle infold.

The brachial valve which in normal brachio-

pods is a part of the enclosing protective covering

to the viscera and mantle is thus vestigial and

obsolescent. It is represented by the small

obtusely triangular portion of the shell situated

apically and consisting of the usual outer lamel-

lar layer and inner fibrous layers. It forms only

the lobes of the degenerate cardinal process and

the posterior part of the denticular sockets (PI.

L eweSs 59)

This interpretation is not as far-fetched as

first impressions convey. Comparable develop-

ments in the strophomenoids are found in both

the thecideids and the plectambonaceids whose

strongly elevated platforms, deposited by the

outer epithelium, are developed for the support

of the lophophore. In the plectambonaceid Lep-

telloidea musca Opik (ef. Figs. 6, 7 of Pl. 1) the

lophophore platform is so pronounced that it

protrudes well into the interior for over half the

length of the shell as a bilobed pseudopunctate

plate diverging from the brachial valve just

anterior to the cardinala. The difference be-

tween such a development and that of the

oldhaminids les in the disproportionate size of

the oldhaminid internal plate in comparison

with the brachial valve the growth of which was

arrested at an early stage of development.

The extraordinary development of the old-

haminid brachial valve and internal plate pos-

sibly occurred in the following manner. During

the earliest stages of growth both lamellar and

fibrous layers were laid down by the mantle

which advanced from an initial locus of growth

lying immediately posterior to the cardinal proc-

ess and expanded laterally to cover an obtusely

triangular area. Such a structure is reminiscent

of an obsolescent interarea and chilidium but

hardly homologous with them for the direction

of growth was the reverse of that governing the

deposition of a true interarea and chilidium. The

mantle edge did not advance beyond the base

of the triangular lamellar layer; but as growth

proceeded the outer epithelial layer continued

the enlargement of the incipient cardinalia and

an inwardly directed plate-like ridge, the latter

PLATE 1

Fic. 1.—Radial section through the mantle edge of Terebratulina sp., Crinan Loch, Seotland, show-

ing the relationship between the shell and the mantle lobes: F, fibrous layer; I, inner epithelium; IL,

inner lobe; L, lamellar layer; N, setal groove; PE, periostracum; O, outer epithelium; OL, outer lobe.

Fig. 2.—Structure of a lobe of the brachial internal plate of Oldhamina decipiens Koninck as recon-

structed from serial sections of specimen BM. 18646, Permian, Salt Range, India: I, internal surface;

E, external surface. (x 10)

Figs. 3-5.—Internal, external, and lateral views respectively of the posterior portion of brachial

valve and internal plate of Leptodus sp. Permian (Word), W. Texas: B, vestigial brachial valve; D,

sockets for dental areas; IP, internal plate. (Xx 3)

Fic. 6.—Enlargement (X 6) of Fig. 5 for comparison with Fig. 7 representing a lateral view of Lep-

telloidea musca Opik, Middle Ordovician, Baltic Provinces (X 7): BV, brachial valve; CP, cardinal proc-

ess; D, socket for dental areas; IP, internal plate; L, lobe; LP, lophophore platform; 8, socket; X,

external profile of brachial valve.

281

282

encased in an epithelial sac, expanding anteriorly

to form the internal plate. General oldhaminid

morphogeny would lead in the subsequent de-

velopment of the internal plate to the early

appearance of a median incision by the ac-

celerated growth of the submedian areas, and

later, in phylogeny as well as ontogeny, the ap-

pearance of the lateral lobes.

In addition to imparting rigidity to the infold

of the dorsal mantle, the internal plate probably

gave support to the lophophore, a conclusion

already advocated especially by Watson (1917)

and Wanner (1935). The most primitive old-

haminid known is the upper Pennsylvanian

Potkilosakos Watson, immature specimens of

which possess a subcireular internal plate with a

median incision (cf. Cardinocrania Waagen).

If the lophophore was adherent to the periphery

of such a plate it closely resembled the schizo-

lophus so characteristic of many brachiopods.

Moreover if the lobation of the internal plate

was accompanied by a corresponding lobation

of the lophophore it assumed the familiar pat-

tern of the ptycholophous stage.

The shell composition of the oldhaminid

brachial valve then, suggests that the brachial

valve proper is a vestigial apical triangular

structure, whereas the greater part of the shell

consists of a lobated plate ensheathed in mantle

tissue and giving support during life to a schizo-

lophous or ptycholophous lophophore. The old-

haminid brachiopods were therefore functionally

univalves (Pl. 2, Fig. 8).

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 9

The oldhaminid pedicle valve was normally

developed to form a protective covering to the

viscera and the ventral mantle lobe by which it

was deposited; although it must be noted that,

since the brachial valve and associated internal

plate lay well within the periphery of the pedicle

valve, a considerable area of the mantle must

have been exposed.

The structure of the posterior portion of the

pedicle valve is however exceptional. The apex

of the valve is usually malformed through at-

tachment, but it is evident that in place of an

interarea there existed a small triangular patch

of lamellar calcite which lay immediately poste-

rior to the vestigial brachial valve (Pl. 2, Figs.

3, 4). This triangular patch forms the postero-

median area of an enormous flap of fibrous and

lamellar shell material apparently representing

an extension of the posterior part of the pedicle

valve and invariably sharply reflexed just dorsal

of the base of the triangular lamellar layer.

The shape of the flap varies considerably: speci-

mens attached to a regular surface possess a flap

which resembles a pair of expanded ears extend-

ing laterally from the median reflexed area (PI. 2,

Fig. 5); in those which lay free on the sea floor

throughout most of their lives the flap is greatly

extroverted so that the distal edge is usually in

contact with the external surface of the pedicle

valve (Pl. 2, Fig. 1); in those attached to ir-

regular surfaces or crinoid stems the flap is

closely adherent and moulded to the base (PI.

2, Fig. 3); and in two distinct stocks, Chaoella

and Adriana, the flap grew forward and is anky-

Prarn 2

Fic. 1.—Submedian portion of the posterior flap of Oldhamina decipiens, reconstructed from serial

sections of BM. 18646, Permian, Salt Range, India: 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 are successive layers of shell de-

posited by the posterior flap, the circles (R) represent the minimum point of retractibility of the mantle

flap necessary for the deposition of each succeeding layer; D, dental area; L, lamellar layer; P, pseudo-

punctate fibrous layer; PV, pedicle valve; T, triangular area of lamellar calcite. (X 9)

Fic. 2.—Submedian view of interior of pedicle valve of Chaoella sp., Permian (Leonard) W. Texas:

L, lamellar layer; P, pseudopunctate fibrous layer; PF, posterior flap; PV, pedicle valve; T, triangular

area of lamellar calcite. (x 2.5)

Fries. 3, 4.—Submedian and posterior views of the apical part of the pedicle valve of Leptodus sp.,

Permian (Word), Texas: D, dental area; L, lamellar layer; P, pseudopunctate fibrous layer; PF, pos-

eS flap; PV, pedicle valve; R, reflexed region of posterior flat; T, triangular area of lamellar calcite.

x 3

Fie. 5.—Apical part of pedicle valve of Leptodus sp., Permian (Word) Texas: D, dental area; PF,

posterior flap; PV, pedicle valve. (X 3)

Frias. 6, 7.—Portion of septal apparatus of Leptodus ef. richthofeni Kayser, Permian (Sosio), Sicily

and Oldhamina decipiens, Permian, Salt Range, India respectively, reconstructed from serial sections:

L, lamellar layer; F, pseudopunctate fibrous layer. (x 8)

Fic. 8—Submedian view of a reconstruction of a Leptodus to show the relationship between the

mantle and the shell (portrayed in solid black in section): C, cirrus of schizolophous lophophore; EM,

exposed part of the ventral mantle lobe (M); IP, internal plate enveloped by an infold of the dorsal

mantle lobe; PF, retractible posterior flap; V, visceral region.

SAAN

lf sg I

UGA

Wie SARS

WF <9) DSS

ay Wg Wwe

f S

I 7 SW

ill (ifr 4

Meret!

ASSESSES

SMO

PLATE 2.— (See opposite page for legend).

284

losed to the sides of the pedicle valve to form a

deep cone (PI. 2, Fig. 2).

The posterior flap, although apparently an

integral part of the pedicle valve, lies dorsal to

the brachial valve and was the prime organ of

fixation (indeed the only one in those oldhami-

nids attached to crinoid stems). It is envisaged

as having been laid down by a posterior exten-

sion of the mantle capable of a rapid deposition

of cementing shell material and disposed in such

a way that the inner epithelial layer was in-

variably exposed. This posterior mantle flap was

highly variable in shape, moulding itself closely

to the base of attachment and it must be con-

cluded that the mantle was greatly retractible

so that paper-thin layers of shell consisting of

both fibrous and lamellar calcite could be plas-

tered one on top of another (Pl. 2, Fig. 1).

The origin of the posterior mantle flap is un-

known, for no homologue is known to exist in

other brachiopods; but it is a constant feature of

all oldhaminids and is as prominent in primitive

forms like Poikilosakos as it is in later Permian

forms.

THE ARTICULATORY APPARATUS

If these conclusions on the form of the shell

are acceptable it is not surprising to find that

the leptodid articulatory apparatus is degenerate.

The cardinal process is undoubtedly bilobed

but is usually rather inconspicuous in marked

contrast to the pronounced development of the

structure among strophomenoids generally. An-

terolaterally to the cardinal process le a pair

of concave surfaces oval in outline and extend-

ing down to the first pair of lateral lobes. These

surfaces are usually striated and represent sockets

for the reception of a pair of similarly striated

slightly convex surfaces (dental areas of Watson,

1917, p. 213) in the apical region of the pedicle

valve.

The fact that the muscle scars are usually

asymmetrically and sporadically impressed has

been fully discussed by paleontologists. Well

preserved interiors of the brachial valves some-

times bear a pair of variably defined impressions

anterior to the cardinal process which have been

taken to be the adductor scars. Occasionally too

a full complement of diductor and adductor

scars may be seen in the postero-median region of

the interior of the pedicle valve (e.g., Potkilosakos

variabile Wanner and Sieverts, 1935); and _ it

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 9

seems that the diductors, when normally dis-

posed, were inserted in a pair of narrowly di-

vergent depressed areas sometimes bounded by

ridges and lying lateral to submedian adductor

scars. These scars however are frequently un-

equally developed and asymmetrically disposed.

In Poikilosakos petaloides Watson and Old-

hamina decipiens (de Koninck) as figured by

Noetling (1905) the left adductor sear is rudi-

mentary compared with the right adductor and

the right diductor appears to have atrophied:

this indicates, according to Watson (1917, p.

215), that the brachial valve was moved laterally

rather than dorsally in response to diductor con-

traction, although such movement must have

been impossible in those oldhaminids having

convex pedicle valves.

In general it is safe to assume that the old-

haminid musculature was degenerate to a degree

of almost total atrophy and, although muscle

fibres probably separated the epithelial layers of

the mantle infold enveloping the internal plate,

it is likely that the brachial structures were never

elevated or slewed laterally as in normal brachio-

pods. This lack of movement was not detrimental

to the living animal: the internal plate was ele-

vated above the floor of the pedicle valve by the

septal apparatus: a steady flow of nutrient water,

circulated by the lobated lophophore, could have

entered the brachial cavity by way of the distal

ends of the lateral lobes and left by the median

incision.

MORPHOGENY OF THE OLDHAMINID

SEPTAL APPARATUS

The development of the septal apparatus in

the oldhaminid pedicle valve corresponding to

the lobation of the internal plate has been fully

discussed by Fredericks (1925) and Wanner

(1935) and needs but a brief review here.

In the primitive Potkilosakos a low ridge

(flange of Watson, 1917), lying well within the

pedicle valve margin completely surrounds the

median area of the interior. The flange is roughly

subcircular in outline and is indented to form a

median loop only, but in adult forms the outline

is more irregular, the flange being thrown into a

small number of asymmetrically disposed lateral

loops in addition to the median one. These loops

are not greatly constricted and consequently in-

clude medianly a narrow strip of the valve

floor bounded by an indented segment of the

‘YOB[G Ppoe1o[Oo SI SNUdS B JO BABA o]dIped

‘Auasoydiou prourmeyplo jo [uoeyuesoided o1yeurUeIse tq

oy} ul yuoudoyaAop [eydos 10 dooy ayy Jo uol4I0d vATYeYUVSaIda1 B JO aTyOId oy

¢ ALVIg

BLSNWAS

— == == == ae

YLINWASY

YOLSSONV AIONSWOHdOULS

NOllvgO1 w>)

a= &@P a=

OlLvgO7 Iw)

yo worsns $4001 ‘Iwu3.Lv7 40 LN3INdON3A3Z0

“SONWVSOTMIOd

a DNs

Ne = w/ ' a \ IONVIg “a wolval

VNI JSA3N \

Cd ws Ae

VINOLLAIOS

asvnaNvT duwHs \

BOR EREDAR 3ATWA

$d0O1 NVIGaN@Ns - 31903d TWINOD

INaNdO13Az0 \ oe ‘Sas wr

301 GaLsauuy \ ert >

VINVUDONIGUVD

VNVINOV

eae

VINOLLAIVYVd

ahs

VT13NINVHO70

286

flange. The internal plate of the brachial valve

corresponds in outline to the disposition of the

flange so that it is irregularly lobate and lies so

close to the pedicle valve that each lobe is seem-

ingly isolated distally from its neighbour by a

loop of the pedicle valve.

In later oldhaminids like Keyserlingina and

Paralyttonia the loops begin to close by an in-

crease in the size of the flange boundaries and

their encroachment onto the median strip of the

valve floor until in extreme forms like Oldhamina

and Leptodus the flange boundaries to each loop

are completely united into one solid septal struc-

ture. In this manner the looped flange of the

earlier and more generalized oldhaminids is

transformed into a series of variously fashioned

septa constituting the septal apparatus of more

specialized stocks.

These views on the evolution of the septal

apparatus are generally accepted but there seems

to be disagreement on the systematic value of the

modifications resulting from loop and_ septal

morphogeny (see Wanner, 1935, pp. 265 et seq.)

which appear to have been gradually introduced

during the ontogeny of the various stocks as

well as phylogenetically. Thus in one specimen

of Leptodus from the Permian of Texas the high

sharp septa of the earlier formed posterior region

of the septal apparatus are replaced by lower,

weaker septa in the later stages of growth, and

the initially undifferentiated interseptal strips

of the valve floor become elevated into low broad

ridges in the anterior part of the shell. These

changes were first introduced at the distal ends

of the earlier formed septa and gradually en-

croached anteriorly on to the median line as the

animal grew, in such a way that the changeover,

which is quite sharply demarcated, occurred

along a front convex to the anterior and roughly

concentric with the growing edge of the valve.

Other modifications usually associated with

the evolution of the septal apparatus included

an increase in the number of septa and a closing

up of the median incision of the internal plate;

but the most important appears to have been a

reorganisation of the disposition of loops and

septa so that during Permian times two main

stocks existed—one characterized by asymmetry

the other by symmetry in the development of

loops and septa.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 9

OLDHAMINID CLASSIFICATION

The placing of the oldhaminids within the

framework of the existing brachiopod classifica-

tion has been a matter of considerable specula-

tion. Fredericks (1925) considered the group to

be derived from the productid Marginifera, but

more accurate comparative morphology has

caused the rejection of this belief. Other paleon-

tologists including Waagen and Wanner have

been impressed by the apparent similarity (es-

pecially in lobated nature of the lophophore sup-

port) between the oldhaminids and the theci-

deids, and have considered them to be related

groups. Both Watson and Noetling, however,

have attributed the superficial lkenesses to

convergence and thus have regarded the stocks

to be entirely independent, an opinion supported

by the writer.

The various opinions expressed on the af-

finities of the oldhaminids is a reflection of the

profound morphological differences separating

them from all other brachiopods, and while most

paleontologists place them within the strophomen-

olds no cogent reason has yet been put forward

for allocating them either to the Strophomenoidea

or to the Productoidea. That they are stroph-

omenoids is left in little doubt when reference is

made to the pseudopunctate shell, the absence

of a functional pedicle and the presence of a

bilobed cardinal process. But it is impossible to

recognise in any of the Upper Carboniferous

productoids and orthotetaceids any one stock

displaying the characteristic oldhaminid features

apart from the ordinal characters listed above.

In view of these fundamental differences and the

consequent unique nature of the oldhaminid

morphology it is proposed to erect a new sub-

order Oldhaminoidea to embrace Oldhamina and

its associates.

The oldhaminoids include a wide variety of

forms (Pl. 3) but appear to be divisible, as a

result of a basic and early divergence, into two

distinct suprageneric groups dependent upon the

disposition of the septa and loops and it is pro-

posed to recognise these differences by the erec-

tion of a new family, Poikilosvkidae, in the man-

ner Ceye od =

OLDHAMINOIDEA, n. suborder

Pseudopunctate brachiopods without a fune-

tional pedicle, usually cemented throughout

ontogeny, shell surface without radial ornament,

SEPTEMBER 1953

shape often highly irregular. Brachial valve

vestigial occupying a small posterior triangular

area of a large plate of fibrous calcite presumed

to have been deposited by an infold of the mantle

and to have given support to a ptycholophous or

more usually a schizolophous lophophore. Pedicle

valve extending posteriorly as an enormous flap

intimately connected with the pedicle valve

apically and posterolaterally and invariably retro-

flexed along a narrow median zone lying imme-

diately dorso-posteriorly to the brachial valve,

posterior flap highly variable in form, usually the

principal organ of fixation and moulded to the

base affording anchorage, less frequently strongly

retroflexed to come in contact with the external

surface of the apical part of the pedicle valve or

growing anteriorly and ankylosed to the sides

of the pedicle valve to form with it a deep cone.

In early stocks the median area of the pedicle

valve interior surrounded by a low ridgelike

flange indented to form a median loop and a

variable number of lateral loops; in later stocks

the sides of loops coalesced to form solid septa;

internal plate of brachial valve lobated to cor-

respond to the loops or septa. Upper Carbonif-

erous to Permian.

Family OLDHAMINIDAE Schuchert and LeVene,

1929

Oldhaminoids with the loops or septa and

hence the lobation of the brachial internal plate

ROSS: PHYLOGENY AND DISPERSAL OF ATOPSYCHE

287

symmetrically disposed about the median line.

Upper Carboniferous to Permian. Type genus

Oldhamina Waagen.

POIKILOSAKIDAE, n. fam.

Oldhaminoids with the loops or septa and

corresponding lobes of the brachial internal

plate developed in an irregular fashion. Upper

Carboniferous to Permian. Type genus Porkilo-

sakos Watson.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

FREDERICKS, G. New Lytteniinae from Upper

Palaeozoicum of the Oural. Bull. Soc. Oural

Amis Sci. Nat. 11 (1). 1926.

LicHarEW, B. Fauna of the Permian deposits of

northern Caucasus: Brachiopoda family Lyft-

toniidae Waagen. Trans. United Geol. and

Prosp. Serv. U.S.S.R. 215. 1932.

Noetiine, F. Untersuchungen wiber die Familie

LyttoniidaeWaag. Palaeontographica 51 : 129—

153. 1905.

WaacEN, W. Salt-range fossils: Productus lime-

stone fossils. Palaeont. Indica, ser. 13, 1. 1887.

WANNER, J., AND SIEVERTS, H. Zur kenntnis der

permischen Brachiopoden von Timor: 1. Lyft-

toniidae und ihre biologische und Stammes-

geschichtlich Bedeutung. Neues Jahr. fiir Min.

74: 201-281. 1935.

Watson, D. M. S. Poikilosakos, a@ remarkable

new genus of brachiopods from the Upper Coal

Measures of Texas. Geol. Mag. 54: 212-219.

1917.

ENTOMOLOGY —A dditional material on the phylogeny and dispersal of Atopsyche

(Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae).1 Hprpert H. Ross, Illinois Natural History

Survey, Urbana, IIl.

The intermingling of elements of South

American and North American biotas across

the Central American region is a study full

of fascination. The fossil record for any

terrestrial group in this critical area is very

scanty, so that pertinent evidence from

biogeography may be our best source of

information on certain phases of the sub-

ject for some time to come.

Since Dr. King and I prepared our first

paper on the dispersal pattern of the

genus Atopsyche, known only from this area,

I have been fortunate in obtaining several

additional lots of material and -in being

_ 1 This study was aided by a grant from the John

Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation.

able to study the type of A. amplexa (Navas).

Although the new material adds only eight

species to the 21 previously analyzed, it

brings out several points of biogeographic

interest. These fit well the concepts and

postulates set forth in the earlier paper on

the genus (Ross and King, 1952, Ann.

Ent. Soc. Amer. 45: 177-204) extending

some ideas and suggesting modifications of

others.

In the first place, the new species ulmerz

from Peru is a close relative of cera from

Costa Rica and demonstrates a spread of

this otherwise northern group from Cen-

tral America into South America. This was

probably a post mid-Phlocene dispersal.

288 JOURNAL OF THE

It was originally suggested that at this

time two South American lines spread into

North America, and we wondered why

we had no evidence of a complementary

spread of a North American form into South

America. Here it is.

Two items concern the zkonnikovit com-

plex, here renamed the kingi complex. We

thought this complex originated in South

America in the Miocene, but had no really

primitive South American species as evi-

dence. The new species king: from Peru

proves to be such a primitive member. In

addition, a new subgroup of the king: com-

plex has been discovered, typified by a

pair of curious, setose, oval bodies on the

third and fourth tergites of the males, fig.

5C. This subgroup contains three known

species—a primitive one, vatucra, from Peru;

a more specialized species, banksz, from

Colombia; and the hitherto misplaced spe-

cles implexa from Costa Rica. This dis-

tribution pattern complements that of the

kingi, dampfi, and boneti triad.

A fourth point is the finding of a very

primitive member of the batesz group in Peru,

the new species alconura. It was postulated

on phylogenetic evidence that this lne

originated from South American ancestors,

although the known members came from

Mexico and the West Indies. The discovery

of a primitive form, alconura, in Peru sug-

gests that the progenitor of the group may

have differentiated in South America be-

fore dispersing to other areas.

The other two new species involve no

controversial points. A. explanata from

Peru is a close relative of kamesa, from Bo-

livia. A. serica from Brazil is the most

primitive member yet known of the longi-

pennis group, and emphasizes the relation-

ship between the different lines within

the group.

Unless otherwise stated, types of the new

species are deposited in the collection of the

Illinois Natural History Survey.

Subgenus Atopsyche Banks

The opportunity to study the type male of

Ventrarma implera Navas, the genotype of

Ventrarma Navas, shows that it is a member of

the typical subgenus Atopsyche and not a member

of the group considered as the distinctive sub-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 9

genus Ventrarma by Ross and King, 1952.

Ventrarma must therefore be placed as a synonym

of the subgenus Atopsyche. A new name, Atop-

saura, is proposed later in this paper for the

other segregate.

Atopsyche ulmeri, n. sp.

Male.—Length 5.5 mm, front wing 5mm. Color

light brownish yellow with darker areas on the

mouthparts, front legs, and thorax; wings varie-

gated with irregular light and medium spots of

brown. General structure typical for genus.

Abdomen with third tergite bearing a faint

basal band of minute setae, fifth sternite with a

small dorsal projection near base of segment.

Male genitalia as in Fig. 1. Paracercus elongate

with a high sharp point in middle, apical portion

elongate, narrow, and curved sharply laterad at

apex. Filicercus short, with a few setae at or

near tip. Clasper very elongate and slender, with

apical segment short, hooked at apex, with the

ventral margin rounded. Aedeagus short and

broad, with a narrow lateral flange.

Holotype-—Male, Paucartambo, Ccosnipata

Valley, Cusco, Peru, November 15, 1951, Felix

Woytkowski. Paratypes—Same data, but No-

vember 26, 1951, 307.

This species is most closely related to cira

(Mosely), differing in the slender apex of the

paracercus and the undivided apex of the aedea-

gus.

Atopsyche explanata, n. sp.

Male.—Length 7.5 mm, front wing, 7 mm.

Color yellowish brown below, darker brown

above, the wings a light shade of chocolate

brown. Abdomen simple, without setal bands on

segment three and with only a small process on

the fifth sternite. Male genitalia as in Fig. 3.

Paracercus slender and elongate, apparently

with only the apical point, and bearing at the

apex a cluster of long, stout setae. Filicercus of

moderate length, with an irregular scattering of

setae on the apical half. Clasper with basal

segment twice as long as wide, apical segment

slightly more than half length of basal one,

curved and constricted in middle so as to form

a clavate apex and a bulbous base. Aedeagus

with a large, high, bilobed central portion, and

produced on each side of this into a wide, up-

curved flange. In repose the paracercus fits be-

tween the flange and the central high portion of

the aedeagus.

SEPTEMBER 1953

Holotype-——Male, Paucartambo, Ccosnipata

Valley, Cusco, Peru, November 17, 1951, Felix

Woytkowski.

This species is a close relative of kamesa

Ross and King, differing in the shorter apical

segment of the clasper and the shallower lateral

flange of the aedeagus. The true division between

the two segments of the clasper is sometimes dif-

ficult to see and in the original description of

kamesa was not truly shown. A corrected drawing

ROSS: PHYLOGENY AND DISPERSAL OF ATOPSYCHE

289

of the clasper of kamesa is included here for

reference, Fig. 2A.

Atopsyche kingi, n. sp.

Male.—Size and color almost identical with

the preceding except that the color is slightly

darker and the tibiae and tarsae are covered with

brownish hair. Abdomen with third tergite

bearing an irregular, somewhat oval, corner

patch of minute hairs on anterolateral angle;

Fies. 1-6.—Male genitalia and associated structures of Atopsyche: A, Genital capsule, lateral aspect;

B, aedeagus, lateral aspect; C, oval body on fourth abdominal tergite.

290 JOURNAL

this same corner of the segment on the third

and fourth tergites is produced into a_ short

internal sclerotized band ending in a_ broader,

rounded apex, Fig. 7F. Fifth sternite with only

a short process. Genitalia as in Fig. 7. Paracercus

with a high middle projection and a lower point

at apex. Filicercus elongate and clavate. Clasper

with basal segment moderately long and stout,

with a somewhat angulate mesal shoulder near

middle; apical segment short, broad, and curved

ventrad at tip. Aedeagus with apical portion di-

vided into two pairs of processes, the ventral

pair shorter and dark, the dorsal pair longer and

asymmetrical.

Holotype—Male, Paucartambo, Ccosnipata

Valley, Cusco, Peru, November 27, 1951, Felix

Woytkowski. Paratypes—Same data, including

dates November 20, 26, and 27, 17%.

This spezies is a primitive member of the

king: complex differmg from the other mem-

bers of the complex in lacking the basal tooth

on the paracercus and from other species of the

genus in the elongate pair of processes on the

aedeagus.

The internal straplike appendage at the base

of the third and fourth tergites is a most useful

character in this complex. It occurs in all the

members of the king: complex which are avail-

able for study. In these complexes also the in-

ternal rod appears to have moved from the

ventral end of the basal angulation to the dorsal

end, and the apex of the aedeagus is divided into

several foliatious lobes. These are at variance

with the available description of tkonnikovi, in

which the internal rod of the aedeagus is illus-

trated as being attached at the ventral end of its

basal angulation, and the apex of the aedeagus is

simple as in the bolivart complex. For this reason

the exact placement of ikonnikovt is open to

question. If it is indeed related to kingi and its

relatives, then tkonnikovt would seem to be a

more primitive member of the same line. On the

other hand the two pre-apical processes on the

paracercus are most unusual in that the basal

one is the larger instead of being the smaller

as in members of the king: complex. Until actual

material is available for study, ikonnikovi can

be placed only tentatively, and perhaps best

at the base of the kingz line. Under these condi-

tions it seems better to use a new complex name

for the aggregation of species boneti, dampfi,

kingt and the three following, and I am using

OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 9

the term king complex, naming it after the

most primitive known member.

Atopsyche vatucra, n. sp.

Male.—Length 6.5 mm, front wing, 6 mm.

Color identical with the preceding, being a

moderately dark brown for the genus. Abdomen

with tergite three and four each bearing a

curious oval body, Fig. 5C, on the antero-lateral

corner of the tergite, and also the internal

spatulate strap as in Fig. 7F; process of fifth

sternite small. Genitalia as in Fig. 4. Parace cus

with three points, the middle one large and high,

the basal one smaller and spur-like, the apical

one small. Filicercus elongate and slightly clavate.

Basal segment of clasper almost rectangular,

the ventral margin slightly incised and the

apico-dorsal corner slightly produced on the

mesal side; apical segment with the apical por-

tion slender, finger-like and hooked. Aedeagus

with three pairs of lateral processes as shown

in Fig. 4B.

Holotype——Male, Paucartambo, Ccosnipata

Valley, Cusco, Peru, November 26, 1951, Felix

Woytkowski. Paratypes—Same data, 20”.

This and the following two species form a dis-

tinct subgroup of the kingi complex in which the

third and fourth abdominal tergites have the odd

oval bodies shown in Fig. 5C. Of the three,

vatucra is the most primitive as shown by the

three distinct points on the paracercus.

Atopsyche banksi, n. sp.

Male.—Length 10 mm, front wing 9.5 mm.

Color fairly dark brown with the usual mottling

of various colored hair on the front wings.

Abdomen with structures of the third and fourth

tergites and fifth sternite identical with the pre-

ceding. Genitalia as in Fig. 5. Paracercus trian-

guloid, the apical point not evident, the middle

point small but on a high triangular crest, the

basal point short and stubby, its tip divided into

several minute points. Filicercus elongate and

clavate. Clasper with basal segment somewhat

rectangular, the ventral margin slightly incised,

and bearing a short mesal pointed projection

near apex and a broad shoulder near base;

apical segment with basal portion round, apical

portion narrow, fingerlike, and curved sharply

ventrad. Aedeagus with apical portion divided

into three pairs of lateral lobes shaped as shown

in Fig. 5B.

Holotype.—Male, Colombia,

San Antonio,

SEPTEMBER 1953

1,800 meters elevation, February, Fassl. coll.

(Museum of Comparative Zoology).

This species is a close relative of vatucra,

the two being obviously grouped together on the

basis of the odd clasper. From vatucra, banksi

differs in the shape of the point on the paracercus

and the lobes of the aedeagus.

Atopsyche implexa (Navas)

Thanks to the courtesy of officials of the

Paris Museum, the type male of this species was

studied in detail and compared with a second

specimen, also labeled ‘‘Costa Rica’’ which was

identical with the type and was made available

for further study. To supplement the original

description the following is added, together with

illustrations of parts in Fig. 6.

Male—Length 8 mm, front wing 7.5 mm.

Structures of abdominal tergites three and four

and sternite five, identical with those of the

preceding two species. Male genitalia as in Fig.

ROSS: PHYLOGENY AND DISPERSAL OF ATOPSYCHE

291

6. Paracercus high and trianguloid, with no

apical point but with middle and basal points

spurlike. Filicercus elongate and almost clavate

at apex. Clasper fairly broad, with apico-ventral

corner produced into a long fingerlike projec-

tion which extends two thirds along the apical

segment; apical segment almost triangular but

also sinuate, tapering to a sharp point. Aedeagus

with three pairs of lateral processes, the upper

pair very long, the middle pair fairly long, and

the ventromesal pair very short and _ scarcely

visible from lateral view.

The resemblance of the clasper to that of

majada is quite striking, and on this evidence

alone the species was originally considered a

possible close relative of majada. Details of ab-

dominal tergites three and four, of the various

structures of the aedeagus, and the paracercus,

however, demonstrate clearly that this species

is not at all close to majada but instead belongs

in the kingi complex.

SERICA

Fics. 7-9.—Male genitalia and associated structures of Atopsyche: A, Genital capsule, lateral as-

pect; B, aedeagus, lateral aspect; C, apex of aedeagus, ventral aspect; D, apical portion of paracercus.

ventrolateral aspect; #, anteroventral corner patch on fourth abdominal tergite; F, inner view of op-

posite anterior corner showing spatulate process; G, apex of aedeagus, dorsal aspect.

292

To date this species is known only from the

type, bearing the data “La Caja, Costa Rica,

Paul Serre 1920,” and specimen here studied,

labeled “‘Costa Rica.”

Atopsyche dampfi Ross and King

Previously known only from Mexico, a record

for another country may be added: Rosario

Mines, Honduras, April 30, M. Bates, | male.

(Museum of Comparative Zoology)

Subgenus Atopsaura, n. subgen.

As explained earlier, the genotype of Ven-

trarma actually does not apply to the group

which was called the subgenus Ventrarma by

Ross and King. For this latter segregate I am

proposing the name Atopsaura. The genotype is

hereby designated as Atopsyche hamata Ross and

King.

Atopsyche alconura, n. sp.

Male.—Length 6.5 mm, front wing 6 mm.

Color fairly light brown, intermediate between

the yellowish brown of ulmert and the darker

brown of the other species. Abdomen with tergite

three having a very faint basal band of minute

hairs, and with process of fifth sternite small.

Genitalia as in Fig. 8. Paracercus elongate and

curved dorsad, the apex divided into two sharp

processes, with no projections basad of these.

Filicercus elongate; its apex is almost capitate,

and is irregular due to the wartiness of the bases

of the setae. Clasper with basal segment some-

what bowed, its apico-ventral corner slightly

produced into a rounded extension overlapping

the corner of the apical segment, apical segment

moderately slender, largest in middle, the ex-

treme apex produced into a short ventral point,

and the mesal margin armed with several long

sharp setae. Aedeagus simple, except for the

dorsal spine typical of the batesi group.

Holotype-——Male, Paucartambo, Ccosnipata

Valley, Cusco, Peru, November 26, 1951, Felix

Woytkowski. Paratype—Same data, 10; Can-

gallo, south Peru, 2,600 meters elevation, 107

(Hamburg Museum).

Judged by the short apicoventral process of

the basal segment of the clasper, this species

seems to be the most primitive known member

of the batesi group. It is readily distinguished

from the other members by this character and by

the curious bifurcate tip of the paracercus.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 9

Atopsyche serica, n. sp.

Male.—Length 8.5 mm, front wing 8 mm.

Color dark brown with the usual mottling. Ab-

domen without special structures on the third

and fourth tergites and with only a small process

on the fifth sternite. Genitalia as in Fig. 9.

Paracercus very short, directed more dorsad

than posteriad, and with neither middle nor

basal point. Filicercus slightly shorter, fingerlike.

Ventrad and mesad of these two structures is a

short thumblike projection. Between the filicerci

and below the tenth tergite is a curious horse-

shoe-shaped structure beneath which the aedea-

gus protrudes. In lateral view this appears as an

inconspicuous hoodlike structure between the

paracerci. Basal segment of clasper bowed and

directed more dorsad than usual; its ventral

mesal margin is apparently produced into a

long, narrow flange which extends along the

inner side of the apical segment, which is

grooved to receive it; apical segment elongate,

oval, widest near base, and rounded at apex.

Aedeagus very simple, the internal rod coiled as

in longipennis.

Holotype—Male, Nova Teutonia, Brazil

(27°11’ B, 52°23’ L) October 471939) shar

Plaumann (Museum of Comparative Zoology).

This species is closest to longipennis but the

claspers are a little more suggestive of hamata.

It is distinguished from all other members of the

group by the extra pair of short lateral processes

below the filicercus and the sclerotization of the

structure above the opening for the aedeagus.

This species emphasizes the unusually rapid

rate of morphological differentiation which has

occurred between species of the longipennis

group in contrast with the species of other groups

in the genus. It is also interesting to note that

in this species unusual pairs of processes have

been added which are reminiscent in both position

and appearance of structures in some of the

Australian and New Zealand genera which are

only distantly related to Atopsyche. This demon-

strates the tendency toward the parallel de-

velopment of similar genitalic structures in the

tribe.

Atopsyche falina Ross and King

An additional record has been received from

Argentina, the only country for which this

species is known: El Tuncho Catanarea, Ar-

gentina, 2500 meters elevation, May 5, Jorgan-

sen, 2o7 (Museum of Comparative Zoology).

SEPTEMBER 1953

Atopsyche mexicana (Banks), n. comb.

Philopotamus mexicanus Banks, Trans. Amer. Ent.

Soc. 27: 370. 1901.

The type, in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology, was examined in 1951 and found to

be without abdomen, so that it is not possible

at present to identify the specimen beyond genus.

BEECHER: FEEDING ADAPTATIONS IN PICIFORMES

293

The venation indicates definitely that it belongs

to Atopsyche.

Atopsyche callosa (Navas)

I had an opportunity to study the type in the

Paris Museum. Although labeled and recorded

in the original description as a male, the specimen

actually is a female, and could not be identified

except to genus.

ORNITHOLOGY —Feeding adaptations and systematics in the avian order Pici-

formes. WiLLIAM J. BeecuErR, Chicago Natural History Museum. (Communi-

cated by Herbert Friedmann. )

Recently Dr. Herbert Friedmann of-

fered for my study some spirit specimens of

honeyguides (Indicatoridae), together with

other members of the order Piciformes.

It was hoped that such an investigation as I

carried out for the Neotropical honey-

creepers (Beecher, 1952) might cast further

light on both the feeding adaptation and

systematic position of these birds so well

studied by Friedmann (in MS.). Checking

the systematic position of the honeyguides

required a somewhat hasty completion of a

long-time survey of jaw musculature in the

class Aves which I will publish elsewhere.

The present paper simply deals with the

food adaptations in the head region of the

piciform honeyguides, barbets, puffbirds,

jacamars, toucans, and woodpeckers, which

seem to occupy an interesting position be-

tween the perching birds (Passeriformes)

and the remaining avian orders. Specimens

used are from the collections of the United

States National Museum and Chicago

Natural History Museum. For their use or

for advice, I am indebted to Herbert

Friedmann, Austin L. Rand, Emmet R.

Blake, and D. Dwight Davis.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED

Although a limited number of anatomical

specimens was studied, the use of numerous skulls

of related species considerably swells the list of

material examined. This material is sufficient to

suggest very strongly that the same constancy of

muscle pattern found to hold for the species of

passerine families holds for non-passerine families

as well. Species dissected are: (Indicatoridae)

Indicator minor conirostris, I. exilis, I. maculatus,

I. minor minor; (Ramphastidae) Pteroglossus

torquatus, Ramphastos cuviert, Selenidera

spectabilis; (Capitonidae) Lybius leucocephalus,

Megalaema haemacephala, M. raffles, M.

zeylanica, Trachyphonus purpuratus; (Buc-

conidae) Chelidoptera tenebrosa; __(Picidae)

Colaptes auratus, Dryocopus pubescens, Melaner pes

carolinus, M. erythrocephalus, Piculus chryso-

chloros, Picumnus squamulatus. No specimens of

jacamars were on hand to dissect, unfortunately,

but skulls strongly suggest their close alliance

with the barbets.

INVESTIGATION TECHNIQUES

In undertaking this study I have pursued es-

sentially the plan laid out in my paper men-

tioned above and in the more comprehensive

work on the phylogeny of the Oscines (Beecher,

1953). This consists in comparing various systems

throughout the groups considered, as illustrated

in the figures for the families. In each of these the

jaw musculature is illustrated in side view and

oblique view (with eye removed), as indicated in

black on the accompanying skull drawings. The

tongue is drawn on the right above and the

ectethmoid plate with its foramina (separating

the orbital and nasal cavities), on the left. In the

center is figured the horny palate pattern and the

bill. The logic behind the comparison of systems

is that it should be possible in an avian order to

establish a ground plan from which the groups

(families) are adaptively specialized. Special em-

phasis was placed on jaw muscle pattern as a

family trait in the Oscines because song-bird

families appear to be diverging from such a

ground plan under the selection pressure of dif-

ferent food types and because each family tends

to have a very constant pattern. In the present

294 JOURNAL OF THE

order the muscle patterns seem to exhibit con-

servative differences between the families that

prove ideal both for emphasizing their adaptive

differences and at the same time encompassing

them within the diagnosable ground plan of

Piciformes. The other characters illustrated serve

to safeguard against erroneously including a con-

vergent species, occasionally possible if a single

character is used blindly—and to further point

up functional differences between the families in

these less conservative parts. These systems will

now be taken up below to see how well they

support the current ornithological opinion that

the piciform families are closely related and to

show the extent to which they are differently

adapted for food-getting.

THE JAW MUSCLE PATTERNS

No systematic account of muscle origins or in-

sertions will be included here. This is well covered

in Moller (1931) and Fiedler (1951); the ab-

breviated account in Beecher (1951b) should

suffice for the understanding of muscle function

stressed in the present paper since the same mus-

cles are concerned.

A strong facies resemblance between the jaw

muscle patterns of the piciform families persists

through their quite different food adaptations,

which constitutes one of the best arguments for

close relationship. The far posterior position of

the flattened pterygoid bones where they articu-

late with the palatines along the sphenoidal

rostrum causes M. pterygoideus dorsalis posterior

(M3b in Figs. 1 and 2) to be nearly obscured from

view, suggesting relationship with Trogoniformes

and Coraciiformes. M. pterygoideus dorsalis an-

terior (M3a) is correspondingly enlarged to make

up the needed power for retracting the pterygoids,

its broad insertion on the sphenoidal clasp, formed

by the articulation of the palatines and ptery-

goids, covering M. pterygoideus ventralis posterior

(M46). The functional result is unusual emphasis

on palate retraction in the kinetic bills of all of

these families. Since this retraction is translated

by the nasofrontal hinge into a downward drag

on the upper mandible, the unusually heavy con-

struction of this part is clearly functional in

feeding. Along with this is a considerable

emphasis on the adductors. In Capitonidae and

Ramphastidae M. pseudotemporalis profundus

(M5) is powerfully developed for dragging on

the orbital process of the quadrate and rocking

this important bone backward on its articulation

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 9

with the cranial part of the skull, initiating palate

retraction and adduction of the upper mandible.

This emphasis on the palatine retractors and

the adductors is about proportional to the mass

of the bill in the several families studied. In

Capitonidae, and particularly in Lybius with its

stout, notched bill, M. pterygoideus ventralis pos-

terior (M 4b) originates all along the outer surface

of the mandibular ramus posteriorly, as well as

on the customary inner surface. This is also noted

in Ramphastidae and Picidae in progressively

lesser degree (the former with M4a and 6 fused)

but not in Indicatoridae. The adductors are also

most strongly stressed in the Capitonidae and

Ramphastidae, the temporal slip of M. adductor

mandibulae externus superficialis (M7a), particu-

larly, showing a deep incursion to the dorsal

midline of the skull posteriorly. This is not met

with in the Oscines but is characteristic of the

Suboscines and a vast majority of other avian

orders. |

The Picidae have a good expression of both

palatine retractors and adductors but are out-

standing for the extreme emphasis on the pro-

tractors of the mandibles, M. depressor

mandibulae (M1) and M. protractor quadrati (M2).

This is especially so in the latter, which originates

over most of the area of the interorbital septum

which (unlike most birds) is thoroughly ossified

in woodpeckers to protect the brain and un-

usually ossified in the other piciform families.

This arrangement, which is met in the piculets

as well as in the more highly-adapted wood-

peckers, is also found among passerines in the

nuthatch Sitta. Its effectiveness in prying is evi-

dent, and it is seen (with M2 less well expressed)

in Numerous species of prying birds (Beecher,

1950; 195la and b); but in woodpeckers it prob-

ably serves as part of an interesting shock ab-

sorbing mechanism. I disagree with Burt (1930)

that the woodpecker bill is immovably joined

to the skull in even the most highly adapted

forms. The only unkinetic bird skull is seen in the

lizard-like subclass Archaeornithes. In all other

birds the upper mandible joins the skull at the

naso-frontal hinge and the jugal-palatopterygoid

armature joins its base to the quadrate in a frame

that slides along the sphenoidal rostrum under

the control of the jaw musculature. The key

bone in this process is the movable quadrate

which permits these antero-posterior movements

of the armature to be translated into elevating

and depressing movements of the upper mandible

SEPTEMBER 1953

BEECHER: FEEDING ADAPTATIONS IN PICIFORMES

295

HONEY GUIDE ~lndicatoy minox ~ INDICATORIDA-

= |

—

a g

2 4

Fig. 1.—Detail drawing of jaw muscle pattern of the honeyguide (Indicatoridae).

Protractors. 1 depresses the lower mandible; 2 elevates the upper mandible.

1. M. depressor mandibulae

2. M. protractor quadrati

Palatine retractors. Combined action draws upper mandible downward.

3. M. pterygoideus dorsalis: a) anterior; b) posterior (underlies 2)

4. M. pterygoideus ventralis: a) anterior; b) posterior (underlies a)

5. M. pseudotemporalis profundus

Mandibular adductors. Combined action draws lower mandible upward.

6. M. pseudotemporalis superficialis

7. M. adductor mandibulae: a) externus superficialis; b) externus medialis; c) externus profundus;

d) posterior

In the shock-absorbing mechanism of wood-

peckers and nuthatches the antagonistic action

of the enormous M2 against the retraction of the

pterygoid musculature probably holds the bill

in a state of resilient rigidity as it rains its blows

on a tree trunk. Woodpeckers also have a special

nasal mucous gland (Technau, 1936); this is

visible in the floor of the orbit just ventral to

the ectethmoid plate and is less well expressed

in sapsuckers (Sphyrapicus) than other genera.

Since this may serve to trap dust raised by peck-

ing (an occupational hazard of woodpeckers like

silicosis among humans!) sapsuckers, habitually

working soft, green wood, may not need it so

much. This has nothing to do with the enormous

sub-lingual mucous gland which serves to make

the woodpecker tongue sticky.

The Indicatoridae, strange to say, show no

specializations of the jaw musculature or salivary

glands at all. The bill, too, is more generalized

than that possessed by any other piciform family,

except for the unusual feature that the tips of the

peculiarly blunted mandibles meet without

notable overlap of the upper—an adaptation,

possibly, for biting off bits of wax and honey.

But the general facies of the order is recognizable

in the jaw muscle pattern which is more gen-

eralized than in any of the other families. This is

clearly seen in the simple M. pseudotemporalis

superficialis (M+) which, in the other families,

shows a slight approach to the Suboscines and to

Coraciiformes and possibly Trogoniformes. The

honey-guide musculature is, in fact, the nearest

seen in any of these families to the ideal ground

plan for the order. This is not to state that this

family is actually ancestral to the others but only

that it may more nearly resemble the less spe-

cialized common ancestor. In other respects I am

inclined to think the basic stock might have been

more like the barbets but these have now, in

process of developing a massive musculature for

power, sheathed much of the musculature in

tough aponeuroses to which shorter fibers fuse in

semblance to the pinnate muscles so important

in the higher Oscines. This is an arrangement

found in_ primitive shrikes like

Cracticidae, Prionopidae and Vangidae. The only

muscles that could class as pinnate in Piciformes

are the temporal slip of M7a and M7c. This

supports the general opinion as expressed in

Wetmore (1940; 1952) and in Mayr and Amadon

(1951) that the group is somewhat more primitive

than Passeriformes.

oscinine

296 JOURNAL OF THE

THE TONGUE

The tongue is not generally a very reliable

index of relationship in birds (Beecher, 1951a)

because it 1s apparently so readily modified in

conjunction with an extreme feeding adaptation.

This is true in Piciformes. The tongues of barbets

are the generalized tongues of insect eaters, not

distinguishable by any reliable characters from

those of some passerine insect eaters, except that,

like the other piciform families, the papillae of

the posterior surface of the tongue are unusually

abundant. The moderately frayed out horny tip

is unspecialized in barbets and the tongues of

honey eaters are very similar. The tongues of the

toucans are simply elongate and narrow, with

the fringe extending well posterior; such a tongue

would be useful in lapping juice from pulpy

fruits as well as in the usual process of biting out

pieces. The woodpecker tongue is so vastly modi-

fied from the ground plan of the order that little

external evidence of relationship remains here.

The frayed horny fringe is directed backward as

a battery of barbs and the papillae of the posterior

border are directed inward to permit withdrawal

of the tongue within a skin sheath. The long hy-

oids of woodpeckers and the great extensibility

of the tongue need no special description.

HORNY PALATE

The horny palate is in large measure dependent

on the tongue and does not always provide direct

evidence of relationship where adaptive re-ar-

rangement has been extensive, as in the Picidae.

In the other four families dissected there is a

notable resemblance in the thin cutting edge of

the tomium in the upper mandible, combined

with the vaulting of the palate itself. This is so

pronounced that little evidence of a lateral palate

ridge, generally present in passerines, can be seen.

The central ridge is strong in all families. Pos-

terior palate relief is rather non-descript.

ECTETHMOID PLATE

The ectethmoid plate is convincingly similar

in all of the piciform families and all have the

foramen double. This condition is considered

advanced in my work on the Oscines, primitive

forms having a single foramen which is larger the

more primitive they are. In Galliformes, a possible

ancestor, the foramen may be said to occupy the

entire plate which is not closed ventrally at all.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 9

THE BILL

The bill is similar in ground plan in all but the

woodpeckers and jacamars, with a very strongly

bowed culmen and rather massive upper

mandible. The nostril is far posterior, non-

operculate and (in honeyguides) raised into a

membranous tube. In barbets the bil! may be

long or short with the tomium sometimes notched

as in Lybius, a feature that seems to be multiplied

with length in the toucan bill. Barbets have

abundant narial and chin bristles as do puffbirds,

but the elongate, straightened bill of jacamars

shows reduction of bristles. Puffbirds generally

have narrowed, hooked bills. Toucans, wood-

peckers, and honeyguides have the bristles

virtually lacking and the bills without hooks,

except for a slight tendency in toucans which are

also much notched. The toucan bill is, of course,

unique in the degree of lightness achieved with

its cancellous internal structure.

In connection with the bill the barbets seem to

be fruit and insect eaters, often expert flycatchers;

puffbirds are lethargic flycatchers; jacamars,

graceful and swift flycatchers. Toucans are fruit

and insect eaters. Woodpeckers are specialized

insect eaters, eating many wood-boring insects,

but also anteaters and flycatchers, some taking

sap and flower juices as well as fruit. Honey-

guides are insect eaters that evidently have be-

come specialized for eating honey and even

getting nutrition out of beeswax. This adaptation

will be discussed further.

PLUMAGE

Barbets generally have brilliant plumage—

barring and streaking on a ground of yellow or

green with flashmarks of crimson—which is

clearly similar to that of some woodpeckers.

Puffbirds, with barred and streaked plumage

also, are duller in color and jacamars are more

often coppery green and iridescent brown in solid

masses. The puffbirds Nystalis and Malacoptila

(and the woodpecker, Jynx) resemble owls and

nightjars in plumage, the jacamars resemble

hummingbirds. This resemblance is not taken as

evidence of direct relationship but other lines of

evidence suggest that these orders and many

others may be springing independently from

Galliformes which I am inclined to regard as our

most primitive, unspecialized bird stock. Toucans

have plumage patterns of solid greens and yellows

and reds suggestive of barbets. Honeyguides re-

BEECHER: FEEDING ADAPTATIONS IN PICIFORMES 297

SEPTEMBER 1953

BARBET~ \yous \eucocepnalus ~ CAPITONI

WOODPE-CKER~Ma\anevpes evytnvocephalus ~ PIC [DA-

<Zil>~}

Fig. 2.—Detail drawing of jaw muscle pattern in the barbet (Capitonidae), toucan (Ramphastidae)

and woodpecker (Picidae).

298 JOURNAL OF THE

semble certain dull-patterned barbets like Lybtus

leucocephalus. On the basis of plumage, in fact,

one would be inclined to say that all piciform

families may have originated from the barbets.

If so, it would have been before the bills became

as specialized as they are now, in all probability.

OTHER CHARACTERS

The idea that the barbets may be the ancestral

piciform family is supported by other characters

which might be preadaptive to traits highly

expressed in the other families. All these families

have zygodactylous feet in which the second and

third toes are directed forward, the first and

fourth, backward. This arrangement of toes is

particularly advantageous for birds climbing

about on tree trunks as barbets and woodpeckers

do or for perching. Toucans and honeyguides

may have largely abandoned this trait without

the toes being under any selection to return to

the usual condition. Barbets have many of the

woodpecking traits of Picidae with highly ossified

interorbital septum, a feature found throughout

the order, but especially in Picidae. Barbets

excavate holes as do woodpeckers. Toucans nest

in hollow trees. Honeyguides are parasitic on

hole-nesting birds, often members of Piciformes,

according to Bannerman (1933). In the pelvic

appendage, the re-arrangement of the toes has

resulted in changing the position of tendons and

loss of the ambiens muscle, considered of im-

portant diagnostic value by Garrod (1873).

WAX-EATING IN THE HONEYGUIDES

As to the honey- and wax-eating adaptation

in honey guides, no notable specialization of di-

gestive organs was found. There is no sign of

enlarged palatine salivary glands such as are

found in all the nectar-eating groups of the world

(Beecher, 1953)—Dicaeidae, Nectarinidae,

Meliphagidae, and the New World humming-

birds and honeycreepers. If only honey were

taken this would not be surprising because the

bulk of this is immediately assimilable and there

would be little need for invertase or any enzyme

for breaking down sucrose. But Friedmann (MS.)

has evidence that honeyguides are able to derive

nutrition from beeswax, implying a rather com-

plex enzyme action. With the specimens available

I could carry out only the crudest sort of sampling

technique aimed at studying wax digestion. I

removed food material from the oral cavity,

stomach, and hind gut of the species studied and

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 9

heated it on a scalpel blade. A wax residue was ob-

tained on the blade from contents so treated of

oral cavity and stomach of J. ezilis and TJ.

maculatus in some samples—never from the hind

veut. This might suggest wax digestion in the

stomach or small intestine were the sampling

adequate. As it stands these results are merely

suggestive.

This trait of the honeyguides is the more

interesting because of their general flair for

parasitism. They lay their eggs in the nests of

other birds, often close relatives, and they have

learned to get animals more capable than them-

selves to uncover the honey combs they prefer

to feed on. They must have started this specializa-

tion in habit by leading animals, perhaps the

honey badger (Mellivora) to hives. Chapin (1939)

suspects other mammals, including squirels and

monkeys, of aiding the birds in getting at honey.

The discovery, apparently only by Indicator

indicator, that man could be led to bee trees with

satisfactory results is necessarily a recent spe-

cialization of the trait.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

An investigation of feeding adaptations in the

head region of the piciform bird families,

Capitonidae, Bucconidae, Ramphastidae, Picidae

and Indicatoridae, was undertaken to study their

morphological and systematic relationships. The

jaw muscle pattern shows a strong facies re-

semblance in all, suggesting that the order Pici-

formes is a real unit. The honeyguides have the

least specialized pattern and may represent the

ground plan from which the other families have

been derived, though other indications are that

the barbets are nearer the ancestral stock. From

this ground plan the barbets diverge by having

more massive adductors and palatine retractors,

the toucans by fusing the slips of M. pterygoideus

ventralis and sheathing the musculature increas-

ingly in aponeuroses for increased palate

retraction. The woodpeckers extend enormously

the origins of the mandibular protractors, par-

ticularly M. protractor quadrati, a powerful

antagonist to the muscles of palate retraction,

to produce a shock absorber for the bill. The

tongue is so far modified in toucans and wood-

peckers as to offer little positive evidence of rela-

tionship but the horny palate is less modified and

the ectethmoid plate is similar in all. Bills and

feeding habits suggest close but disjunct relation-

ships in a single series and plumage suggests origin

SEPTEMBER 1953

of piciform families from the barbets or an an-

cestral group with a somewhat less-pronounced

bill. Zygodactylous feet and the hole-nesting

habit, taken in combination with the above, sup-

port present ornithological thought as to the

unity of the order. The trait of honey guides of

leading animals to bee hives seems to be part of

a general parasitic complex which includes brood

parasitism as well. No digestive abnormalities

were noted but enzymes for wax digestion may be

produced in stomach or small intestine.

LITERATURE CITED

BANNERMANN, D. A. The birds of tropical West

Africa 3: 1-487. Edinburgh and London, 1933.

BEECHER, W. J. Convergent evolution in_ the

American orioles. Wilson Bull. 62: 51-86. 1950.

Adaptations for food-getting in the Ameri-

can blackbirds. Auk 68: 411-440. 195la.

. Convergence in the Coerebidae. Wilson

Bull. 63: 274-287. 1951b.

HOFFMAN: PSAMMODESMUS

299

A phylogeny of the Oscines. Auk 70: 270-

goo. 1953.

Burt, W.H. Adaptive modifications in the wood-

peckers. Univ. California Publ. Zool. 32:

455-524. 1930.

CuHapPin, J. P. The birds of the Belgian Congo.

Part 2. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 75: 1-632.

1939.

FrepLerR, W. Beitrage zur Morphologie der Kiefer-

muskulatur der Oscines. Zool. Jahrb. (Anat.)

T: 235-288. 1951.

FRIEDMANN, H. The honey-guides. (MS.)

Mayr, E., and AmMapon, D. A classification of

Recent birds. Amer. Mus. Nov. no. 1496: 42

pp. 19ol-

Mouter, W. Uber die Schnabel- und Zungen-

mechanik. bliitenbesuchender Vogel. TI. Biol.

Gen. 7: 99-154. 1931.

Tecunatu, Gert. Die Nasendriise der Vogel.

Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Morphologie der

Nasenhohle. Journ. fiir. Orn. 84: 511-617. 1936.

WeTmorRE, A. A revised classification for the birds

of the world. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 117: 1-22.

1951.

ZOOLOGY —Psammodesmus, a neglected milliped genus (Polydesmida: Platyrhaci-

dae). RicHARD L. Horrman, Clifton Forge, Va. (Communicated by H. F.

Loomis.)

It is unfortunate that much of the pre-

vious work on diplopod taxonomy has been

of rather poor quality. Far too often one

finds himself obliged literally to revise a

genus or tribe before feeling sate in placing

an undescribed species. This is precisely the

situation I encountered on endeavoring to

place a new platyrhacid milliped found in

the collections of the U. 8. National Mu-

seum. Fortunately, however, the problem

has been of fairly easy resolution although

depending upon some rather extensive

nomenclatorial changes. Although the group

directly involved is a South American one,

it has been necessary to consider the entire

family of the Platyrhacidae. This has been

made possible by the exceptionally useful

treatise by Carl Attems, in Das Tierreich,

Lief. 69, 1938. Despite the value of this

reference, I believe that Attems’s somewhat

conservative treatment does not give proper

recognition to the numerous species-groups

whose characters seem clearly to be of

generic level. Attems recognizes a_ single

genus—divided into six subgenera—with

the characters which I ascribe to the family

Platyrhacidae. (The other six genera of

“Platyrhacidae” treated in his monograph

are referable to the family Euryuridae in the

sense of Pocock and Chamberlin. )

Interestingly enough, the first contribu-

tion to the systematics of the tropical Amer-

ican platyrhacids, by O. F. Cook (1896),

still appears to provide the most logical

arrangement of the species! Cook was the

first worker to break up the large wide-

spread genus Platyrhacus (Acanthodesmus

or Stenonia of early writers) with the pro-

posal of numerous generic names. His ar-

rangement, although reasonable, was never

generally accepted, and the most authorita-

tive recent workers have reverted to the use

of the name Platyrhacus tor the majority

of the species. There are, however, within

the family a great number of diverse types

which, if they occurred in the temperate

regions where faunas are better known,

would long ago have been recognized as well-

marked genera.

Cook’s paper ‘‘New American Platyr-

rhacidae”’ (Brandtia, 1896, no. 12) included

the diagnoses of nine new American genera.

Four of these (Nyssodesmus, Tirodesmus,

Nanorrhacus, and Rhyphodesmus) have been

recognized at one time or another by Ameri-

can workers. Various others were accepted

300 JOURNAL OF THE

by Silvestri in his papers on the neotropical

forms and one of these, Psammodesmus, be-

comes the subject of the present paper. The

genus is redefined on the basis of gonopod

structure and a new species is proposed.

The type species designated by Cook has not

been examined,! but the characters of the

genus, as stated in Cook’s description, seem

to be quite adequate for at least a generic

recognition. The specimens at hand keyed

out readily to Psammodesmus on the basis

of nonsexual characters; somewhat later

it was found that in gonopod structure they

are very close to the two species which

Silvestri described in that genus in 1897.

APPLICATION OF THE NAME PLATYRHACUS

The primary difficulty involved in the

systematics of the American species is the

identity of the type species of Platyrhacus.

Concerning this matter, Cook wrote (op.

Gli. pawl):

The genus Platyrrhacus was based by C. L.

Koch on a Brazilian species, Polydesmus scaber

Perty, or at least on a specimen so determined,

and described as being slightly convex, densely

granulate, and with a row of distinct, pearl-like

tubercules along the posterior margin of each seg-

ment. There are said to be two other rows of some-

what smaller tubercules placed wider apart. Al-

though the carinae are said to be strongly toothed,

they appear from the plate that the teeth are

broad and rounded. After studying the descrip-

tion in connection with that of another American

species described by Koch, Platyrrhacus rufipes,

the opinion has been gained that it would not be

safe to identify it, even generically, with any of

the material which has come into my hands for

study.

Since no types of Koch’s species have

ever been found, to my knowledge, and since

it was not customary in his time to designate

and retain type specimens, it seems to me

that some sort of arbitrary action may be

needed to resolve the matter satisfactorily.

About the only tangible information for a

starting point is the likelihood that since

1 Psammodesmus cos was based on a specimen

lent to Cook by the Academy of Natural Sci-

ences of Philadelphia. Dr. J. A. G. Rehn, curator

of insects at that institution, informs me that it is

not now in their collection and probably was not

returned. I have not been able to locate it in the

National Museum collection, wherein most of

Cook’s material was deposited.

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 9

Perty’s original animal came from Brazil,

the specimen identified as scaber by Koch

most probably had a like provenance even

though we can never be sure it was even

congeneric with Perty’s species.

If Platyrhacus as used by Attems is to be

divided into more natural genera, the generic

name in its restricted sense must be applied

to one of the South American genera. At-

tems disregarded this necessity in designat-

ing Polydesmus pfeifferae Humbert and

Saussure, 1869, an East Indian species, as

type of the genus.

There is a considerable number of recog-

nizable American genera, distinguished for

the most part by the structure of the gono-

pods. Of these genera, Tvzrodesmus and

Aymaresmus are disqualified, so far as ap-

plication of the name Platyrhacus is con-

cerned, because of the shape of the keels

in those two groups. Of the remainder, it

seems best to apply the name to that genus

which is most numerous in species and has

the widest range; and thus would be most

likely encountered by early collectors. The

group which most readily qualifies is that

including clathratus, bilineatus, propinquus,

tenebrosus, and their close relatives. It ex-

tends from Nicaragua into western Brazil.

There is nothing in Koch’s description and

plate to preclude association of his generic

name with this group (of which Cook ap-

parently had seen no specimens—cf. the

last sentence of his paragraph quoted above).

It is felt that an eventual decision regard-

ing the identity of P. scaber, involving a

redescription and designation of type speci-

mens, will be desirable and necessary for a

final settlement of this issue. At the present

time this step can not be taken, in the lack

of adequate material for study.

Should the present allocation meet with

general approval, it will become necessary

to select one of the numerous generic names

already available for the group of Indonesian

species treated by Attems in his subgenus

Platyrhacus. Ten such names (proposed by

Cook, Pocock, and Silvestri) are listed as

synonyms in Attems’s account. Since his

“subgenus” seems clearly to be heterogene-

ous, itis probably advisable to delay nomen-

clatorial settlement until at least a partial

SEPTEMBER 1953

restudy of the East Indian forms has been

made.?

Genus Psammodesmus Cook

Psammodesmus Cook, 1896, Brandtia, no. 12: 52.—

Silvestri, 1897, Boll. Mus. Torino 12 (305): 15.

Platyrhacus subgenus Tzirodesmus Attems, 1938,

Das Tierreich, Lief. 69: 229 (in part).

Ernostyx Chamberlin, 1941, Bull. Amer. Mus.

Nat. Hist. 78: 497 (type, EH. moyobambus Cham-

berlin).

Type species—Psammodesmus cos Cook, by

original designation.

Generic diagnosis—Platyrhacid millipeds

* characterized by the following combination of

features: Dorsum slightly arched, keels set high

on sides; lateral edges of keels almost smooth,

bearing only two or three small teeth (somewhat

emarginate in moyobambus) ; tergites divided into

three transverse rows of poorly defined polygonal

areas, each of which has a tiny median tubercule;

repugnatorial pores small, removed from the edge

of the keels by a distance of from 2 to 6 times

the diameter of the peritreme area; collum with

an anterior row of large tubercules, behind which

is a distinct transverse depression.

Male gonopods with the prefemur and femur

coalesced into a rather stout, straight, and un-

modified trunk, terminating distally in a large

flattened tibiotarsal blade and a tapering, slender

solenomerite branch. The genus is especially

characterized by the fact that these terminal ele-

ments are bent in a direction away from the coxal

portion of the gonopod. The impression given is

that of an arm bent at a right angle at the elbow,

with the thumb and opposed cupped fingers

pointing away from the shoulder. In the genus

Platyrhacus the tibiotarsus and solenomerite are

2 Attems’s treatment of the Platyrhacidae

leaves much to be desired in the way of consist-

ency. Despite his inclination to reduce the number

of supraspecific categories as much as possible,

his own groupings are not always defensible. A

case in point is the subgenus Ozorhacus, proposed

in Das Tierreich (69: 253) for the inclusion of 10

species. As shown by the illustrations of the gono-

pods, none of the referred forms are closely related

to the type species (katantes Attems). Rather, of

them, amblyodon and coelebs are very close to

singulus and microporus, resvectively, which At-

tems places in the subgenus Platyrhacus; mortonz,

postumus, tetanotropis, and sarasinorum are allied

with the group of species (particularly mediotaent-

atus) placed by Attems in Psaphodesmus. Further-

more, fecundus and sterilis on the one hand, and

arietis on the other, cannot be allocated to any

currently recognized grouping; doubtléss generic

names will have to be proposed for them.

HOFFMAN: PSAMMODESMUS

301

bent in the opposite direction—back toward the

coxa.

Synonymy.—Attems (op. cit., p. 226) grouped

almost all the American platyrhacids in a sub-

genus to which he applied Cook’s name Tirodes-

mus (type, fimbriatus Peters). It is felt that this

species is quite worthy of generic distinction from

the other Neotropical forms (because of the char-

acteristic shape of the lateral carinae as well as

the male gonopods) ; Tvroedesmus is at present con-

sidered to be monospecific.

Chamberlin has recently described several new

genera of the family from northeastern Peru. It

is apparent from his paper that he did not con-

sider the known diplopod faunas of immediately

adjacent countries such as Ecuador and Brazil;

furthermore the drawings given for his genus

Ernostyx are strongly suggestive of the sort

typical of Psammodesmus. At my request, Dr.

Willis J. Gertsch very generously lent the holo-

type of Ernostyx moyobambus from the collection

of the American Museum of Natural History.

Examination of this specimen disclosed that it is

congeneric with the new species of Psammodesmus

to be described (cf. Figs. 4, 5), and that if my

understanding of that genus is correct, Ernostyx

must fall as a junior synonym.

Species.—KHight.

Range.—Cordilleran region of northwestern

South America; from northeastern Peru to the

isthmus of Panama.

Psammodesmus schmitti Loomis and Hoffman,

Mer siee

Figs. 1-4

Type specuomens.—Male holotype in the collec-

tion of the U. S. National Museum; collected at

Port Obaldia, Province of Darién, Panama, by H.

Pittier (around 1914). Two male paratypes, also

in the National Museum, from Cana, Province of

Darién, collected by E. A. Goldman in June 1912.

Diagnosis.—Characterized primarily by the

shape of the tibiotarsal lamina of the male

gonopod. Its distal edge is gently arcuate, only

slightly extended beyond the level of the soleno-

merite. In the other known species the distal

3 This species was recognized as new and a de-

scription was prepared by H. F. Loomis from the

Port Obaldia specimen. On learning of my interest

in Psammodesmus he kindly forwarded the speci-

men and his description and drawings. All these

have been utilized in the above text, and it seems

appropriate to consider the species as described

jointly by Loomis and myself.

302

margin of this part is produced upwards into a

pronounced angulation.

Description of type —Body 53 mm long and 9.5

mm wide. Dorsum moderately convex; lateral

carinae projecting from above the middle of the

body, slightly deflexed and extending far from

the sides, decidedly broader than long, anterior

margin with a prominent square shoulder at the

base.

Head with the ridges of the vertex broad,

tortuous, converging backward but not quite

meeting at the groove; shining-coriaceous clypeal

area triangular with the upper angle opposite

the lower margin of the antennal sockets; re-

mainder of surface finely tubercular. Antennae

relatively long, reaching caudad to middle of

the third tergite; articles sparingly hirsute, 2nd

to 5th similar in size and shape, 6th very slightly

longer.

Collum with the median two-thirds of the

anterior margin broadly rounded, the outer

sixth on each side straight and bent sharply

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 9

ectocaudad and with 6 to 8 rounded crenations or

nodules; outer fourth of the posterior margin on

each side slanting obliquely inward to the trans-

verse median half. Surface of the segment densely

beset with small tubercules and a row of 10 to 12

large, rounded, pearllike ones just behind the

median portion of the front margin; another row

of 8 to 10 similar tubercules near the posterior

margin, and the disk with 8 to 10 large scattered

tubercules. Behind the depression following the

anterior row of tubercules the surface of the

segment is raised into a reniform swelling, having

the emargination in front.

Succeeding segments with the surface sculpture ~

as on the collum, having large tubercules in a

row in front of the posterior margin and scattered

ones in front, except on the posterior segments

where these tubercules are arranged in two rows

in addition to the marginal series. On the posterior

segments the smaller tubercules are much less

distinct than toward the front of the body.

Lateral carinae considerably broader than

WAST

f Z <<

Fies. 1-5.—1, Gonopods, in situ, of male holotype of Psammodesmus schmitti, n. sp., Port Obaldia,

Panama; 2, lateral carina of tenth segment of same, dorsal view; 3, last tergite of same, dorsal view;

4, left gonopod of same, mesial view (abbreviations: c, coxa; pf, prefemur; ti, tibiotarsus; s, soleno-

merite); 5, left gonopod of male holotype of Psammodesmus moyobambus, Moyobamba, Peru, mesial

aspect.

SEPTEMBER 1953 HOFFMAN:

long, with a distinct shoulder in front just ectad

of the base; posterior angles very gradually in-

creasing in length toward the back. Nineteenth

segment with the keels bent caudad and their

posterior margins almost longitudinal. Pore for-

mula normal; the pores surrounded by a broad,

flat rim (peritreme); pores remote from the

margins of the keels—being 4 to 7 times the

diameter of the pore area from the outer margin,

and 3 to 4 times its diameter from the posterior

margin. In the drawing of the carina of segment

10 (Fig. 2) the pore appears about equidistant

from the outer and posterior margins. However

the downward slant of the carina causes a fore-

shortening effect and the pore is actually much

more remote from the outer than from the pos-

terior margin.

Last segment elongate-rounded; below and at

the base of this dorsal production the surface on

each side is produced into a distinct setiferous

tubercule (Fig. 3).

Anal valves with each raised margin bearing

a setiferous tubercule above, and another tuber-

cule on the disk of each valve close to the margin

below the middle.

Preanal scale with the anterior production

covering a considerable portion of the ventral

posterior margin of the last segment; setiferous

tubercules of the posterior margin long, closely

placed, divergent, the margin between them

short, rounded-acute.

Ventral surfaces and legs generally very

smooth and shining. Prozonites somewhat longer

than metazonites. Legs attached to a small raised

area that is noticeably elevated above the level

of the prozonite. Spiracles opening through small

rounded tubercules, one above the insertion of

each leg.

Legs moderately long (apical third of third

joint visible from above when legs are extended)

and slender, sparingly bristled. Length of joints,

in decreasing order of length, 3-6-5-2-4-1. Third

joint slightly longer than the basal two. Anterior

legs without processes. Tubercules of the sterna

between legs 4, 5, and 6 distinctly compressed

from side to side, other sterna with rounded

tubercules at the bases of the legs.

Gonopods projecting from a rounded-ovate

sternal aperture, the posterior margin of which

is strongly elevated. Seen in ventral aspect, the

gonopods (Fig. 1) appear nearly straight for two-

thirds of their length, with the distal third bent

at a 45 degree angle mesiad and away from the

PSAMMODESMUS

303

sternites. Coxae of gonopods rather small, some-

what ovoid, without projections or large hairs.

Prefemur and femur inseparable, unless the point

of their coalescence is indicated by an indenta-

tion on the side near the coxa (this indentation

is also present in moyobambus). Setose area along

outer margin extends about two-thirds the length

of the joimt, which is robust and relatively

straight. Course of seminal channel indicated by

a long gently arcuate groove. Tibiotarsus repre-

sented by a large, somewhat crescent-shaped

blade, the terminal end of which points away from

the coxa. The distal margin of this part is arcuate,

the free proximal margin concave, as shown in

the drawing. Arising at the base of the tibiotarsus

is a slender, unbranched, somewhat sinuate

solenomerite.

After 40 years of preservation the specimen

is completely bleached, and no conjecture can be

made concerning the color of the living animal.

Remarks.—The two paratypes from Cana

differ slightly in that sternal spines are so faint

as to be easily overlooked. In them, too, the

tergites show a tendency to be divided into three

transverse rows of polygonal areas which are,

however, perceptible only with the specimens

dried. The gonopods of all three specimens are

identical in every respect.

The species is named for Dr. Waldo L.

Schmitt, head curator of zoology in the U. S.

National Museum, in recognition of his con-

tributions to the knowledge of Middle American

Crustacea and in appreciation of his cooperation

and assistance which have greatly facilitated my

work at the U. 8. National Museum. |

THE SPECIES OF PSAMMODESMUS

Eight species are at present referable to

the genus. It is a matter of some regret that

males of the type species are as yet unknown;

however, it is believed that P. cos can read-

ily be distinguished on the basis of non-

sexual characters. Another species is like-

wise known only from the female sex. This

was described by Chamberlin (op. cit) as

Platyrrhacus cainarachus. The description

and figures given, however, agreed so well

with the characters of Psammodesmus that

the type specimen of cainarachus was re-

examined. I am again indebted to Dr.

Gertsch for making this specimen available

for examination. It is clearly a species of

304

Psammodesmus, and very close to moyobam-

bus.

In order to summarize what is now known

about the genus, I subjoin a tentative key

for identineanion of the species, and a list

indicating pertinent literature and distri-

bution.

1. Repugnatorial Bones removed from edge of keel

by a disteace of 5 or 6 times the diameter of

Cook

REDUEHaNEL pores removed from edge of keel

by a distance generally not exceeding 4 times

diameter of the peritreme. . 2

. Lateral margin of midbody keels excavated or

indented adjacent to the pores............ 5)

Lateral margins of keels not excavated or in-

ented schist Ge Sei tnt cyan | ite ee See ete 4

3. Dorsal tubercules of normal, moderate size, at

most hemispherical in shape

moyobambus (Chamberlin)

Dorsal tubercules enlarged, higher than wide

and very prominent

cainarachus (Chamberlin)

4. Solenomerite short, simply arcuate

. chuncho (Chamberlin)

Solenomerite longer, definitely bisinuate or

Somewhat sigmoid in, Shape... 2.0... 5.5... 5

5. Tibiotarsus of gonopod semicircular or nearly

so in shape, its inner edge straight and in-

dented from inner edge of femur, thus expos-

ingsbase ol Solemomentte ge yore ee 6

Tibiotarsus not semicircular, its inner (or dis-

tal) margin continuous with that of femur,

not exposing base of the solenomerite...... 7

6. Dorsum dark brown, with the keels lighter

. camerani Silvestri

Dorsum dark gray with two paramedian longi-

tudinal light gray stripes

fasciolatus Silvestri

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 9

7. Tibiotarsus subcrescentic in shape

schmitt Loomis and Hoffman

Tibiotarsus subtriangular in shape

dasys (Chamberlin)

PSAMMODESMUS

cos Cook:

Brandtia,

Colombia.

no. 12:52; 1896s

cameranit Silvestri:

Boll. Zool. Mus. Torino 12 (305): 15, fig. 41.

1897.

Ecuador: San José, Gualaquiza, San Antonio.

fasciolatus Silvestri:

Boll. Zool. Mus.

1898.

Ecuador: Rio Peripa.

cainarachus (Chamberlin) :

Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 78 (7): 491, figs.

W167, Oda

Peru: Dept. of Loreto, Rio Cainarachi.

chuncho (Chamberlin) :

Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 78 (7): 497, fig.

197A. 1941.

Peru: Dept. of Loreto, Iquitos.

dasys (Chamberlin) :

Bull. Amer. Mus.

figs. 193-96. 1941.

Peru: Dept. of Loreto, Contayo Hills, Rio

Tapiche.

moyobambus (Chamberlin) :

Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 78 (7): 498, figs.

188-92. 1941.

Peru: Dept. of Loreto, Moyobamba,

sapuerto Trail.

schmitti Loomis and Hoffman

Journ. Washington Acad. Sci.

figs. 1-4. 1953.

Panama: Prov. of Darién; Cana, Port Obaldia.

Torino 13 (824): 4, fig. 6G.

Nat. Hist:, 78°): 43

Bal-

43: 301-303,

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

NPRM ER Go eed cae ewan nee wou F. M. Serzuer, U. S. National Museum

Wercotdemt-Clect. =... ee tee ee F, M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

ETS). . ee ese are “Jason R. Swauuen, U.S. National Museum

PREMSUTER 2 4... :- .'- Howarp S. Rappuere, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

Pe Ee gs Sone ee eee Joun A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Haratp A. REupDER, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Pnilosopnical Society of Washington................ 0.2... c ee eens A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington..................... Wi.i1amM H. GILBERT

Biolosical Society of Washington.................5....... Hueu THomas O’NEILL

Ghemies! society of Washington. ................000..00 GEORGE W. IRVING, JR.

Entomological Society of Washington. ................0.6. 00sec eee F. W. Poos

miaitona! Geographic Society............5-....-c.cee es ceees ALEXANDER WETMORE

meaiarical society of Washington................ 05.505 0..0s0 es A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

Samia eiistorical Society... 2... 0.052. eas cece cece wee dee GILBERT GROSVENOR

Potanies| society of Washington.....................6..5.- Harry A. BorTHWICcK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GEORGE F. GRAVATT

iesmmmnton Society Of Mngincers.... 222. 0... ee a ca ene n wenn eas C. A. Bretts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers..ARNoLD H. Scotr

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHarD §. Diruu

Helminthological Society of Washington.......................... L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLocuM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... Fiorp W. HoucH

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DORSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

j Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N.R. Evxis

Washington Chapter, American Society of Metals............. JoHN G. THOMPSON

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

oS gL So Soa Sara E. BrannamM, Mitton Harris

RR Me il fae oy ac sine bp n'a wk ole hn otha grtces 0 R. G. Batges, W. W. DIEHL

MRE EMEP A PS os as Sted sie ain gee Rees ee M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

MriaE ay NECUAQETS... 2»... 2. eee ees All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

marae Hatters and Associate Hditors... ... 0... ww. ee ees [See front cover]

mircemme COmmillee,...:........-...4% F. M. Serzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

J. R. Swatuen, H.S. Rappieve, W. W. Rupey

Committee on Membership...... E. H. Wax.xker (chairman), Myron §S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JoHN Faser, ANaus M. GrirFin, D. BREESE JONEs,

Frank C. Kracex, Louis R. Maxwe.u, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. SaiterR, Leo A. SHINN, Francis A. Smita, Heinz Specut, Horace M. TRENT,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Committee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), JoHN W. ALDRICH,

AusTIN CuarkK, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

REID ee yd Sala we alareanae ib Ste gay c's 34s S. F. Buaxke, F. C. Kracex

URIPEEUAN TS Soa wiv cca Ski musa ven bw ree egiga xe eae we W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

Meomary 19567 sce ce eek G. ARTHUR CoopPER, JAMES I. HOFFMAN

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman):

For Biological Sctences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

WICK, Sara E). BRANHAM, [RA B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN SCHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sciences...... SAMUEL Levy (chairman), MicHaEL GOLDBERG,

K. H. Kennarp, EK. B. Rosperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WiLpHAcK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. SchuBavuER (chairman), R. 8S. Burtneton, F. C.

Kracex, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. Srreaer, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. KE. Fox, Monror H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HerzFrevp (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. E. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

Meoebamany 1954 oo ke oa leases H. B. Couuins, W. W. Rusery (chairman)

ce PESTER LADS en RE 0 pe L. W. Parr, F. B. SILsBEE

Prem PIE, WONG. eile see ews a oR Ma eee sale « E. C. CritTENDEN, A. WETMORE

Committee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPueErson, chairman):

Midna Wont ae 4s ofr ound cchoa edge oe aes a 6 J. M. CatpweE .u, W. L. Scumittr

Mr ienmary A955 oo ak ew de we SN Aaa A. T. McPuerson, W. T. READ

parE Ey iy ete AL oss i i's oar ie abe Austin Cuark, J. H. McMILLEN

meanesemiative on Council.of A. A. AL S.y ooo wees lee. wc csc cence eae Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... Loutsse M. Russe (chairman), R. 8. D111, J. B. REESIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. GarNnzER (chairman), L. G. Henspest, Myrna F. JoNEs

CONTENTS

ARCHEOLOGy.—Additional information on the Indian pottery from Pis-

saseck (Leedstown), Westmoreland County, Virginia. Cart F.

WEB oo ee ace Se ae ee

PALEONTOLOGY.—The morphology and classification of the oldhaminid

brachiopods. ALWYN: WILLIAMS ......:.)....%...1.9>. a3

EntTomoLocy.—aAdditional material on the phylogeny and dispersal of

Atopsyche (Trichoptera: Rhyacophilidae). Hrrspert H. Ross....

ORNITHOLOGY.—Feeding adaptations and systematics in the avian order

Piciformes. Wi.iraM J.beECHER ... 2) ..2)-25)..5 Pee

ZooLocy.—Psammodesmus, a neglected milliped genus (Polydesmida:

Platyrhacidae). Ricnarp L. HoFFMAN ...........2...... 53a

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

Page

273

279

287

299

Sf fee ee ee Ss

$06.73

PAward

VoL. 43 OcToBER 1953 No. 10

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison Joun C. EwrErRs R. K. Coox

U.8. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CuHaceg, JR. EvBertT L. LIrtyez, JR.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan Puitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

DEAN B. CowlIE Davip H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

a wee

NOVS 1953

LIBRARY

—

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royat & GuILFoRD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JouRNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JouRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate) :

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3.2 $6.50 $ 9.75 $13.00 $16.25 .50

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 7.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 10.50

400 13.00 26 .00 39.00 52.00 65.00 14.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PRocEEDINGS should be sent to Haratp A. ReHnpER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JoURNAL.—Per year............--.c-.-0+2+-se5eee $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. 10, incl.—not available*................ — _—

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JouRNAL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, inel.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

MonograPu No. 1, ‘‘The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’’ by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete... .........+......-eseeeeeeee $25.00

Single volumes, unbound .:\...25 0 0i00k. Capea e wat ek cent oss. oe eee er 2.00

Sins@le MuMBers. . sacs co aw oe cite Jake. cael Sees Ameen ee eee .25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences’? and

addressed to the Treasurer, H.S. RappLeye, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

D.C.

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

October 1953

No. 10

BIOLOGY .—Speculation on the cosmic function of life. A. A. Witttamson, Wash-

ington, D. C. (Communicated by Waldo L. Schmitt.)

“«..the demonstration of the existence of a

general trend which can legitimately be called

progress, and the definition of its limitations, will

remain as a fundamental contribution of evolu-

tionary biology to human thought.’’—JULIAN

HUXLEY.

The principles or laws of thermodynamics

have been variously stated. The most suc-

cinct formulation of the so-called first law

of thermodynamics was given by Rudolf

Clausius in 1850: that the energy of the

universe is constant. This is the principle

of the conservation of energy: it can be

neither created nor destroyed. Clausius also

formulated what is known as the second law

of thermodynamics: that the entropy of

the universe tends to a maximum. This is

the principle of the dissipation of energy,

theoretically ending in the ‘‘heat-death”’ of

the universe when all energy will be uni-

formly distributed at a dead level of ineffec-

tiveness.

At first sight, these two laws seem con-

tradictory. For if cosmic energy, however

indestructible, tends to reach a common

dead level at which it can perform no more

work, then is it not thereby reduced to

zero? Is not that what the theoretic ‘“‘heat-

death”’ of the universe actually means, and

can it mean anything else? The answer is,

of course, that the first law remains theoret-

ically true even after the second has robbed

it of practical meaning: the potentiality is

still there but it is not ‘‘available.”’

Since the discovery of radiation the theory

has been advanced that the effective energy

of the universe is constantly being replen-

ished or restored by radiation changing back

to matter just as matter is known to change

into radiation. Millikan, Smuts, and the

mathematician Bishop C. W. Barnes have

held this view. It is a ‘‘mechanical”’ theory

which, in characteristic fashion, excludes as

needless all consideration of animate nature,

that world of life of which man is a part.

So does Maxwell’s proposed sorting of mole-

cules except that it would involve control

by intelligence.

One of the greatest if not the most im-

portant of the problems of philosophy is to

discover and define man’s relation to the

universe. To explain how he is able to know

about it, to perceive and to theorize, is the

particular problem of epistemology. Many

answers to these problems have been pro-

pounded since the early Greeks wrestled

with them, and—in the Western World—

they have had or lost validity commensur-

ately with their conformity to the scientific

knowledge of their time. As advancing scien-

tific knowledge has required readjustments

of thought when new and better concepts

superseded older, less adequate ones, so have

the philosophical and epistemological an-

swers had to change. Science forced it upon

them. And so, what with modern advances

in science, philosophy may find itself com-

pelled to seek new readjustments in its an-

swers, perhaps even of a basic character.

These matters are not of academic interest

only. The vital part played by systematic

philosophy in the life of man is now well

known. As F. 8. C. Northrop has pointed

out in The Meeting of East and West, the

world has come at last to realize, through

World War II and its aftermath, that our

present ‘“‘time of troubles” has its roots in

conflicts of ideologies or philosophical under-

standings. By and large, such conflicts have

lain close to the roots of war throughout

history.

306 JOURNAL OF THE

It is the purpose of this paper to outline—

to sketch in impressionistic manner almost

to the complete neglect of supporting argu-

mentation and therefore dogmatically—

a schematic concept, philosophical in char-

acter, which, despite its ultimate reliance

on speculation, suggests in a new and differ-

ent way how the energy of the universe may

be in a constant process of restoration in

effectiveness despite its dissipation. This

novel concept may have a special interest

because it does include the world of animate

nature and finds a specific, even a necessary

place for humanity in its philosophical dis-

course. And lest there be doubt as to the

power of biological science to profoundly

affect philosophical understandings, it may

be well to recall that it was Aristotle, the

very father of biology as a science, whose

philosophy, powerfully influenced by his bio-

logical studies, became basic through St.

Thomas Aquinas to the present or later

(post-Augustinian) Roman Catholic ortho-

dox doctrine, while it was Darwin who forced

basic ideological change upon the modern

world.

Through Darwin’s insistence upon natural

selection as a causative force in speciation,

we now have a general acceptance of evolu-

tion in lieu of specific spontaneous creation.

But—despite shifts away from and back to

Darwinism—evolution still has no prophetic

meaning. It looks backward, not forward,

and few can derive much satisfaction from

it as explanatory of man’s place in nature’s

scheme of things and the course of human

history, past, present, or future. While some

authorities see evolution as a progressive

process, their definition of progress (that it

consists in greater control over or independ-

ence of environment) defines what is actu-

ally only a corollary of progress. They also

deny that evolution has or can have any

End, Purpose, or Objective, thus disregard-

ing the difference between progress and mere

progression. Other authorities hold that evo-

lution is not progressive at all but is, on the

contrary, regressive. Others, again, look upon

it as nothing more than mere change. Evolu-

tion thus has its optimistic, pessimistic, and

neutral schools of thought.

The uncertainty and confusion of thought

thus evident comes, it would seem, from the

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 10

fact that all three schools fail to take into

consideration what has the appearance of

being the master biologicals phenomenon of

this planet.

That phenomenon is the so-called “pyra-

mid of life,’ but especially the great mam-

mahan pyramid to which man belongs and

in which he finds his place. This figure of

speech is a one-time well known expression

epitomizing a biological truism. But, because

it was as useless or merely curious an item

of knowledge as the equally well known fact

that (with only three known constant ex-

ceptions) all mammals have seven cervical

vertebrae, it fell into disuse and is now so

seldom employed as to make it require ex-

planation, which will be made as brief as

possible here.

The pyramid of life phenomenon results

from two basic facts, with a supplementary

third: (1) all living things require food or

sustenance for their growth and mainten-

ance; and (2) only vegetable forms of life

can manufacture their own food, they having

the power to transmute inorganic substance

into organic. Therefore all other forms of

life depend for their existence upon the green

things of the earth, with such negligible

exceptions as the sulphur and the iron bac-

teria as chemoautotrophs.

The supplementary third fact is that ani-

mal life evolved in two main, general classes

with respect to food sources: herbivores and

carnivores.! Hence a very large number of

plants is required to sustain the necessarily

smaller but still large number of herbivores

which must die in order that one single

carnivore may live. There is thus a diminu-

tion of number as life rises, level by level

from plant to herbivore and from herbivore

to carnivore. The second (herbivorous) level

is superimposed upon the first (vegetal) level

and the third (carnivorous) level is super-

imposed upon the second. This superimposi-

tion of level on level, together with the

necessarily consequent diminution of num-

ber, is what gives the pyramid its figurative

name.

1“Tn general, land animals fall rather sharply

into herbivores and carnivores, and omnivorous

tvpes are exceptions rather than the rule.’’ ALLER,

Emerson, Park, O., Park, T., and Scumipt:

ee of Animal Ecology, p. 241. Philadelphia,

49,

OcToBER 1953

Each individual carnivore is the capstone

of its own pyramid, but the phenomenon is

world wide and so all those little, individual

pyramids may be envisioned as components

of one grand pyramid of worldwide extent.

It is, however, a truncate pyramid, having

no apex of numerical singularity.

Since there are many carnivore-including

categories of lifeforms—birds, reptiles, fishes,

insects, mammals, and so on—there are a

corresponding number of particular pyra-

mids, at least one for each such category, and

the more primitive the category is, the less

distinctly formed is its pyramid. But the

only one which concerns us here is that one

to which the mammals, including man, be-

long. For it alone has carried pyramid con-

struction beyond the carnivorous level in

such a way as to give promise of eventually

producing an apical capstone for that world-

wide structure. In so doing, it will more

surely confirm what is here contended: that

biological evolutionary progress is factual;

that its perpetual landmarks are the succes-

sively superimposed levels of the grand,

mammalian pyramid of life; and that the

End toward which that progress marches is

that pyramid’s adumbrated eventual apex.

By and large, wherever there are plants,

there also are feeders upon them; and

wherever there are enough such feeders to

sustain it, even briefly, there will carnivorous

life be also. Thus the areas of aggregate

territorial dominion are, in effect, the same

for all three levels, and by identity. But

each individual member of a superimposed

(evolutionarily superior) level will, on an

average and as compared with individual

members of its imposed-upon level, exercise

a greater expanse of that territorial dominion

the assertion and maintenance of which is

the price of existence among the living, a

universal law of life with a wide range of

application but no exceptions. This succes-

sive augmentation of individual territorial

dominion, level by level, follows necessarily

from the domination of the same territorial

ageregate by a diminished aggregate of dom-

inators. It is, indeed, simple arithmetic, for

when the same dividend of aggregate domin-

ion 1s divided among a decreased number

of dominators as divisor, the quotient of

average individual dominion must increase

WILLIAMSON: COSMIC FUNCTION OF LIFE

307

in inverse proportion. (Halving the divisor

doubles the quotient.)

Now, the atoms of physical matter are

emergents in the sense of William Morton

Wheeler’s definition, which states that emer-

gence in the scientific sense is “‘a novelty of

behavior [new properties] resulting from the

specific interaction or organization of a num-

ber of elements, whether inorganic, organic

or mental, which thereby constitute a whole

as distinguished from their mere sum or

‘resultant’.”’? For atoms are constituted of

electrons, protons, neutrons, and so on, all

specifically interacting to form a whole.”

The physical organisms of animate nature

are also emergents in the same scientific

sense, for they are constituted of cells,

whether they be plants or animals and in-

cluding biological man, the herbivorous and

carnivorous levels of the pyramid being most

fundamentally differentiated by their mode

of securing sustenance. But the habits of

predators require of them the constant exer-

cise of superior mental powers. “It takes

brains to stalk a prey; if the would-be eater

is more stupid than his potential dinner, his

chances are poor,” says Alfred 8S. Romer in

Man and the \ ertebrates. Thus, it appears to

be in carnivorous animal life that mind be-

gins to assume particularly significant evolu-

tionary value in the pyramid-building proc-

ess, It becoming highly significant in man.

There are anatomical and historical rea-

sons for beheving that man had a carniv-

orous ancestry, and that he did not ‘‘come

down from the trees,” for he never was in

them, as (among others) the African fossil

primate known as Proconsul appears to indi-

cate (W. E. Le Gros Clark). Man’s erect

posture seems to have been made possible

by the shorter, less bulky and ponderous

intestines characteristic of carnivores in gen-

eral, as is also the frontal eye-placement

permitting stereoscopic vision and favoring

brain-case enlargement. These useful effects

of the predatory habit, to which they are

especially valuable, seem to be man’s by

inheritance. Not just meat-eating, but the

morphological effects of the hunting habit

2 Emergence, sometimes called epigenesis, vio-

lates the maxim that there can not be in the con-

sequent anything more than or different in nature

from that which was in the antecedent.

308 JOURNAL OF THE

helped materially in making man the dom-

inant physical organism that he is, and on a

world wide scale.

All physical organisms——plants, animals,

and human beings—when they die, make a

final return to the general ‘“‘atom bank’

of the universe, that return consisting of the

chemical elements composing their bodies

at the time of death. This is a residual

reversion back to matter by the disintegra-

tion of produced effects.

Expositions of the biological evolutionary

process commonly carry it up to man and

there they stop. There, “natural history”’

ends and ‘‘human history” begins. The gen-

eral biologist is through, and the experts of

the various disciplines which (in English-

speaking countries) come under the omnibus

heading of anthropology take over. In one

way or another they all study man as what

Aristotle said he is: namely, ‘‘a political ani-

mal,’ which means one given to social or-

ganization.

Man shares with certain insects the dis-

tinction of being able to create societies

which are just as much emergents in the

sense of Wheeler’s definition as are atoms

and physical organisms, being wholes‘ or -in-

dividualizations resulting from the specific

interaction or organization of their consti-

tuting, living elements and exhibiting new

properties as a direct consequence, in cul-

tures and civilizations. It is worthy of note

that the power of a human culture to ad-

vance to civilization seems to hinge upon its

ability to accumulate and exploit conserv-

able, need-supplying surpluses. These have

been called ‘‘margins of vitality,’ and they

may be of a material or an ideational char-

acter. The greater their number and diver-

sity, the higher and more complex may be the

stage of civilization attained.

In all societies the family appears to be

the basic unit, comparable in that respect

to the cell of physical organisms and to the

atoms of matter. But the societies of the

social insects are only grandiose families,

and, being fiercely hostile to strangers even

of their own kind, they have never produced

more broadly constituted societies, whereas

man has. The most stable large-scale human

social organization is the nation, and the

$3 HasKINS, Caryu P.: Of Societies and Men,

p. 231. New York, 1951.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 10

position here taken is that nations, however

constituted politically, are true organisms

which, in aggregate, form a new and higher

level in the mammalian pyramid of life,

thus carrying the evolutionary process on

beyond man as an accomplished fact. In the

pyramid of life so viewed, national societies

constitute a level higher than and superior

to man by the same general, source-of-sus-

tenance criterion of superiority valid with

respect to other levels in it, that sustenance

now being the aggregated, composite mental

activity of the human sustainers, institu-

tionally embodied and organized. But indi-

vidual man, in the role of sustainer, has an ey-

olutionary priority which cannot be reversed

and which steadily becomes increasingly

significant, even from the strictly evolu-

tionary point of view, as the sustenance-

supplying value of cultivated human intel-

lects is more and more heavily accented in

the course of history and democracy as a

political system (which alone it is) ap-

proaches the ideal of private liberty and

public order successfully maintained in bal-

‘ance, one against the other.‘

Analytical study of the mammalian pyra-

mid of life up to and including the level of

the carnivores reveals the following princi-

ples, which appear to be universal with

respect to it:

I. The law of territorial dominion. (In

one or more of a great variety of possible

ways, every individual must rule the source

of its sustenance or lose its liberty if not its

life.)

II. All evolutionary superiors depend for

their existence upon the prior and continued

existence of their evolutionarily inferior sus-

tainers. (A lower level must precede a

higher. )

III. Diminution of number, level by level.

IV. Identity of aggregate territorial do-

minion for all levels. (Each level must finally

establish worldwide dominion.)

V. Increased individual territorial do-

minion in inverse proportion to diminution of

* Public order (governmental organization) is

essential to community life, while the greatest

degree of private liberty consistent therewith

alone can give effective expression to those

superior, creative mentalities which may appear

sporadically in all levels of society by whatever

criterion and which cannot be predicted. Only

democracy can well assure both these desirables.

OcTOBER 1953

number. (A necessary consequence of III

and IV as previously noted.)

All these principles apply with full force

to societies, both insect and human, and,

in this paper, nations, as true organisms, are

held to constitute a new level of existential

reality: the mental or psychozoic.

It was when man, adopting systematic

agriculture, began to form sedentary socie-

ties that he was forced to become definitely

omnivorous, just as were the nesting ants

despite their carnivorous ancestry, they hav-

ing evolved from wasps. For only vegetable

sources can furnish the abundant and de-

pendable food supply required by a populous,

permanently located. society, while meat-

hunger persists for both phylogenetic and

physiological reasons, meat still being man’s

most perfect natural food.

It has been argued (among other reasons)

that nations do not qualify as organisms

because they have no natural span of life.

But there are arguments, not adducible here,

which, in rebuttal, suggest that should na-

tions actually have such a life span, history

is still too brief to reveal it. Nations do,

however, cease to be, and when they do they

may leave archeological remains comparable

to the fossil remains of physical organisms.

Here, too, there appears to be a residual

reversion to the ‘“‘atom bank” of the uni-

verse, also by the disintegration of produced

effects.

In recent years the vision of a unitary

World Order has risen once again as it has

risen repeatedly in the mind of man through

the ages. There is reason to believe that

realization of that vision is at last approach-

ing the possible but that it is contingent

upon the prior formation of (cultural?) re-

gional supranational organizations if not or-

ganisms. Only when they first shall have

been constituted in permanence does it seem

probable that the vision of One World can

later be realized. And in that realization,

far in the future though it now may lie, our

planetary mammalian pyramid of life will

find its apex.

One of the greatest obstacles to such reali-

zation is that only democratic nations as

known in the West seem able to cooperate

in harmony, wherefore they alone appear to

give promise of carrying the process to its

apical End, its Final One of diminution of

WILLIAMSON: COSMIC FUNCTION OF LIFE

309

number, and democracy is still only a West-

ern phenomenon. But back of that lies the

still greater difficulty that One World can-

not permanently eventuate until one basic

philosophy is common to the nations. The

pyramid of life concept—giving meaning to

the evolutionary process such as it does not

now have and stressing the cooperative, or-

ganizing impulse as primary therein—could

become the cornerstone of such a philosophy,

rooted in natural law and growing logically

from it as all valid philosophies must, or

must appear to in the light of the scientific

knowledge of their time.

The pyramid of hfe concept, however,

will not be adequate if it can be said that it

is valid for our planet alone. No matter how

much its present faults (the inevitable con-

comitants of innovational incipiency) may

be corrected and its truths elaborated and

confirmed, even to the point of gaining for

it a general acceptance, it will still remain a

fact that the earth is but an infinitesimal

part of the universe. What happens here may

be quite insignificant as measured against

the immensity of the cosmos. And modern

scientists are cosmic minded. There has

lately been a veritable spate of matihemati-

cally conceived cosmologies: Einstein’s, de

Sitter’s, Le Maitre’s, Tolman’s, and others.

Latest of all is Hoyle and Lyttleton’s.

Astronomical science no longer asserts that

the earth is the only inhabited planet. Most

of our leading astronomers now agree that

there are literally thousands of planets scat-

tered through the cosmos on some of which

life as we know it not only can but probably

does exist. And that is interesting indeed, for

life as we know it means pyramid-bualding

life! Perhaps those ‘‘dark companions,”’ espe-

cially those planets which are life-bearing

planets, may have greater significance than

we yet realize. The very numerosity of them

would seem to suggest some cosmic relation

in life’s evolutionary process.

These are problems whose answers we

may never know with any degree of cer-

tainty. But the mind reasons. It imagines

and theorizes. Indeed, the first step toward

the formulation of scientific theory often is

the use of the imagination to make tentative,

exploratory guesses. It is legitimate so to

use the imaginative faculty if it is logically

employed and its fruits subjected to such

310 JOURNAL OF THE

experimental or observational tests as can

be devised. Should that be impossible, there

can be no more than a hypothesis, not even

a working hypothesis but merely speculation

pure and simple. Yet that, too, can serve if

it must. So let us consider.

One of the characteristics of the pyramid

of life as we know it is that there is an

evident successive refinement and concen-

tration of energy in the form of sustenance

and ‘‘margins of vitality” as life rises through

its realms and levels, its source-of-suste-

nance-determined fields of actuality. It may

therefore not untruthfully be said that by

the worldwide pyramid-building process life

gathers and builds up energy stores in more

and more concentrated-by-refinement form:

from gross vegetable matter to animal; from

animal to self-conscious, perceptive mental-

ity. Thus are created the vegetable kingdom,

the animal kingdom, and the kingdom of the

mind. And always there appears to be a

residual reversion back to the universal

“atom bank.”

If, now, this is not merely an isolated

phenomenon but is a cosmic one, then may

it not be possible—and here imagination

takes wings indeed !—that as planetary pyra-

mids evolve their apical capstones there is

another, a fourth transmutation, by which

energy is still further refined and concen-

trated, to be sent forth to sustain some

Ultimate Unity of the Universe, the Final

One of cosmic diminution of number, a cosmic

Final One whose area of territorial dominion

is the cosmos itself? And if again there is

that residual reversion after use, would it

not most probably be in the form of the stuff

of which the ‘‘dead”’ matter of the physical

universe 1s made?

Wild as this speculation may seem, there

may be more than a little truth in it. It

might, for example, account for that new

hydrogen which Hoyle and _ Lyttleton’s

mathematical cosmology postulates as con-

tinually appearing but coming from they

know not where. For hydrogen is the com-

monest, most plentiful and, at the same time,

the most basic of all the chemical elements.

It is out of hydrogen ‘‘pennies” that the

larger ‘‘coins” of the ‘“‘atom bank” of the

universe are made, releasing the ‘‘packing

fraction’? energy of fusion in the process.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 10

Should all this be indeed true, then it

would seem that life has a cosmic function

by which the operation of the second law of

thermodynamics is offset and counteracted,

reminiscent of Newton’s law of action and

reaction. Thus may the ‘‘heat death” of the

universe be made forever impossible.

Here we are dealing with something akin

to the postulated existence of God: no one

can prove it, but neither can anyone dis-

prove it. Yet the charge of insufficiency of

theoretic range of applicability of the pyra-

mid of life concept can at least be met and

challenged.

Objections to this speculative conclusion

can, of course, be raised. Only two will be

noticed here.

First, the expanding universe theory based

on Hubble’s observed shift to the red end of

the spectrum, increasing with distance, is

now seen to require the continual appear-

ance of new hydrogen in order to keep the

average density of the matter of the universe

constant despite that expansion, and the

velocities involved are so great that far more

hydrogen is required to appear than any

conceivable number of planetary life pyra-

mids could possibly supply by any process

of transmutation and residual reversion. Any

such speculative conclusion is therefore com-

pletely negated by the expanding universe

theory.

In rebuttal, it can be said that the ex-

panding universe theory is only one of sey-

eral scientifically satisfactory explanations

of that ‘“‘Doppler effect.’ It might, for ex-

ample, actually be a sort of “Compton effect’

produced by the passage of the light rays

through the intervening ‘‘cosmic dust,” re-

ducing their energy and lengthening them,

an. effect also increased by distance. The

expanding universe theory objection is of

questionable validity.

Second, no reference to life is necessary

since the newly appearing hydrogen is held

to bea true creation, being made out of nothing,

says Sir Harold Spencer Jones, British As-

tronomer Royal.® This is indeed a_ bold,

almost an outrageous assumption. How des-

perate must the case be when such measures

have to be resorted to! One is reminded of

5 The Listener (July 17, 1952), London. Con-

densed in Science Digest, November 1952, p. 56.

OcToBER 1953 DUNKLE AND

Bertrand Russell’s remark: ‘It is the privi-

lege of pure mathematicians not to know

what they are talking about.’’ Compared to

this, the demands upon credulity made by

the speculative conclusion advanced in this

paper as to life’s cosmic function are mild

indeed! And it does not require nullification

of the first law of thermodynamics, as this

postulation of such newly created hydrogen

. does. What it does require is merely that the

evolutionary process should continue to op-

erate precisely as it has through countless

millennia and follow the same general pattern

with that consistency for which nature is

famous.

Brushing aside now the thousand and one

objections of detail which can be raised

against the pyramid of life concept (most of

which seem to have their satisfying answers),

let us turn to an aspect of it which may es-

cape notice. It is that through that concept

we can have an idea of how the mechanical,

chemico-physical world of matter and the

MALDONADO-KOERDELL: MESOZOIC FOSSIL FISH

oll

world of animate nature are joined at—so to

speak—both ends of the latter. Their differ-

entiation begins when inorganic substance

is transmuted into organic. Then the process

of building up the grand, mammalian pyra-

mid, supported by lesser, subsidiary ones,

proceeds in an ordered manner, gathering

and concentrating energy as it rises. It ends

in the pyramidal finality of numerical singu-

larity and the fulfillment of its cosmic. func-

tion by (the electromagnetic forces of?) life.

Then, by residual reversion, matter returns

to its condition at the starting-point, closing

the cycle of this continuous process. Thus do

we obtain an idea of the animate and inani-

mate worlds as complementary phenomena,

two interacting, reciprocal parts of one great

whole.

Is it not time for cosmologists, mathe-

matical or otherwise, to take notice of the

fact that life, too, may be of cosmic signifi-

cance, and to admit consideration of it into

their calculations? It would seem so.

PALEONTOLOGY .—Notes on some Mesozoic fossil fish remains from Mexico.

Davip H. Dunkin, U.S. National Museum, and M. Matponapo-KoERDELL,

Petroleos Mexicanos.

The remains of two identifiable fossil fishes

have been recovered recently from horizons

in the sequence of upper Jurassic and lower

Cretaceous rocks near Taman, San Luis Po-

tosi, Mexico. The surprisingly deficient rec-

ord of marine fishes of these ages in the

Western Hemisphere has prompted study

of the present materials and suggested the

desirability of publishing the following ob-

servations.

The region about Tamazunchale and

Taman in the State of San Luis Potosi has

attracted the attention of several geologists

during the past 30 years. Heim (1926, pp.

84-87, 2 figs.) was the first to offer a gross

~ account of the rock formations outcropping

between Tamazunchale, Tamdén, and Pi-

mienta, a village on the Rio Moctezuma a

short distance southwest of Taman. In the

geologic column elaborated from his field

1 The original fish specimens herein described

are retained in the private collection of the Junior

author. Replicas, however, have been deposited in

the U. S. National Museum.

observations, Heim recognized a thick se-

quence of Jurassic sediments overlain by a

limestone which although very similar to the

Tamasopo limestone was given the new name

Tenestipa formation and considered, accord-

ing to the ideas of the time, of lower middle

Cretaceous age. The Jurassic section was

conceived as of two parts; a lower formation

called the Taman beds assigned a Kimmer-

idgian age on the basis of fossils collected in

the valley of the Rio Moctezuma at and

east of Taman; and an upper unfossiliferous

formation named the Pimienta beds tenta-

tively referred to the Portlandian stage of

the upper Jurassic.

Burkhardt (19380, pp. 90-91, fig. 28) in

speaking of the Tamazunchale-Taman sec-

tion, stated that the Jurassic strata there

were simply the northwestern extremity of

outcrop of the Liassic and “‘suprajurassic”’

formations of the Huasteca region. In addi-

tion he considered the highly folded and

faulted Tamadn beds, reported by Heim as

measuring more than 1,000 m in thickness,

312 JOURNAL OF THE

to be equivalent to the rocks at Mazapil,

Zacatecas, containing Haploceras fialar (Op-

pel) and the bivalve genus Awlacomyella.

No reference is made by Burckhardt to the

unfossiliferous Pimienta beds of supposed

Portlandian age.

In Muir’s work (1936, pp. 13-15) a tran-

scription of Heim’s interpretation of the geol-

ogy of the area was given with additional

information on some cephalopods which had

been collected on the newly opened Mexico-

Laredo Highway some 10 km. southwest of

Tamazunchale and studied by W.S. Adkins.

Following this latter contribution, Heim

(1940, pp. 332-334) published a second de-

scription of the section which was, in general,

a repetition of his original conclusions.

Imlay shortly thereafter (1948, p. 1513)

expressed the opinion that the region was

worthy of thorough investigation in order

to determine whether or not valid names

for stratigraphic units had been used or if

new names should be introduced along with

correlations with well established zones else-

where in Mexico. He subsequently discov-

ered numerous cephalopods in the brown

tuffaceous and calcareous beds containing

thin bands of black chert along the highway

southwest of Taman. In his opinion (Imlay,

1952, p. 971) these fossils, derived from part

of the Pimienta beds of Heim and identified

as Paradontoceras, Substeuroceras, Himalay-

ites, Corongoceras, Hildoglochiceras, Pseudo-

lissoceras, and Durangites, served to confirm

the presence of the Portlandian in the

Tamazunchale-Taman region. In regard to

the Taman beds, Imlay (1952, p. 971) also

accepted their Kimmeridgian age as evi-

denced by fossils (Haploceras fialar (Oppel),

Sutneria sp., Aspidoceras sp., and Aulaco-

myella sp.).

In the same year Maldonado-Koerdell

(1952, pp. 234-239) gave an account of the

stratigraphy of the Tamazunchale-Taman

section, as a result of a systematic search

for fossils along the Rio Moctezuma and the

Laredo highway. Cephalopods, bivalves, and

fishes, two of which are described in this

paper, were collected, indicating the pres-

ence of several levels of Cretaceous and

upper Jurassic beds. The following descrip-

tion 1s a summary of his interpretation of the

geologic column between Tamazunchale and

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 10

Taman, including a few kilometers of the

highway to the southwest of Taman.

1. Méndez shales. Along the highway in

Tamazunchale, and northeast of that town,

shales of upper Cretaceous age, with Globo-

truncana cretacea, Globigerina sp., Marsso-

nella oxycona, Gumbelina excolata, G. globosa

and Gyroidina sp., outcrop in exceedingly

well preserved condition. The basal portion

of the formation, with a certain amount of

calcareous beds, should be considered as

transitional with underlying strata. The age

of the shales is Maestrichtian and Cam-

panian, according to the general consensus

of opinion among oil geologists in Mexico.

2. San Felipe limestone. Very characteristic

layers of uniform thickness, between Kms.

358 and 357 of the Laredo highway, to the

southwest of Tamazunchale, are shown in a

quarry. Their basal portion is highly folded

and faulted. The San Felipe limestone is

Senonian in age.

3. Agua Nueva limestone. Exposed in the

same quarry with the overlying San Felipe

and similarly folded and faulted, there are

some 15 m of a black, shaly limestone, with

pyrite concretions and badly preserved im-

pressions of Jnoceramus labiatus, of Turonian

age.

4. Tamaulipas limestone. Underneath

shales and limestones of upper Cretaceous

age, a thick sequence of a gray, finely grained

crystalline limestone, with thin bands of

black chert in the higher portion, and a

certain amount of shaly and other impurities

in the lower portion, outcrops along the

highway and the river for more than 20 kms.

The limestone is tremendously folded and

faulted, but after some familiarity with the

section 1s acquired, it is not difficult to follow

downwards the sequence of beds, and to

recognize at least two levels or portions in

the rocks. The higher portion shows.a tend-

ency to maintain the typical lithology of the

upper Tamaulipas limestone, while the lower

portion is mixed with impurities of diverse

nature, and has rounded or flattened con-

cretions of variable dimensions, in more or

less abundance, in the lowest levels. Fossils

like aptychi of at least two cephalopods,

bivalvés, and one of the fishes here described,

were found in this portion of the limestone,

which provisionally has been ascribed to the

OcToBER 1953

Neocomian, in view of positional relation-

ships.

The interval between the lower portion of

the limestone and the Taman beds is every-

where covered in the near vicinity of Taman,

on the highway and the river. Should the

Pimienta beds of Heim and Imlay be found

close to the village, and their Portlandian

age confirmed, their place would come between

nos. 4 and 5 of this column.

5. Tamdn beds. On the bottom of the

Moctezuma canyon, east and west of Taman,

well-defined beds of a black-gray limestone

of variable dip and strike crop out on the

south side of the river. They represent the

top of an anticline, oriented from southeast

to northwest, and also contain aptychi,

cephalopods, and the other fossil fish of this

report. Their age is Kimmeridgian.

Order PYCNODONTOIDEA

Family Pyenodontidae

Genus Gyrodus Agassiz, 1844

(Refer to A. S. Woodward, 1895, p. 233, for

generic synonymy and diagnosis.)

Gyrodus cf. G. macrophthalmus Agassiz

An incomplete right mandible with complete

splenial dentition illustrated in Fig. 1, exhibits

well the fundamental characteristics of the as-

signed genus. ,

The presence of an associated dentary element

is uncertain. As incompletely preserved and ex-

posed in ventral aspect, the splenial bone has an

over-all length of 48 mm and a maximum width

of 14 mm. The dorsal surface is occupied for

about two-thirds of its extent by the tooth

studded area. This dentigerous portion appears

flat without either transverse or frontal flexure

and presents an elongate, trapezoidal outline

only slightly broader behind than anteriorly and

with the posteriorly diverging mesial and lateral

borders of about equal length.

Although showing some small irregularities, all

the teeth are generally circular in coronal outline.

Each exhibits either an apical pit or tubercle

surrounded concentrically by two elevated and

mammilated rings. They are set in four regular

longitudinal rows. In each of these four linear

series the structures show a progressive increase

in diameter from front to back. As usual, count-

ing from the symphysis laterally, the second row

DUNKLE AND MALDONADO-KOERDELL: MESOZOIC FOSSIL FISH

313

contains the largest teeth. The fourth or labial

row is made up of the next to the largest. This

greater size causes the crowns of the teeth in

these two rows to project noticeably above the

levels of those of the symphysial and third rows.

The symphysial row is composed of 11 well

spaced teeth; the second, 8; the third, 10; and

the fourth, 9. It is of interest to note that the

lateral fourth row has the shortest longitudinal

dimension of any in the dental battery. Its com-

ponent teeth are all flattened on their labial side

and the crowns above these lateral points are

raised into cusplike eminences which interrupts

the continuity of one or both of the concentric

mamumilated rings.

Geologic horizon and locality.—Collected from

the type section of the Taman beds (Kimmerid-

gian) (Heim, 1926 and 1940) on the right bank

of the Rio Moctezuma at the village of Tamdn,

San Luis Potosi, Mexico, by M. Maldonado-

Koerdell and D. H. Dunkle, October 1951.

Discussion.—Numerous species of pycnodontid

fishes, varying in age from the middle Jurassic to

upper Cretaceous, have been referred to the

genus Gyrodus. The majority of these, unfortu-

nately, have been based on unassociated splenial

and vomerine dentitions and defined without

adequate information on the quality and quantity

of variation shown by the few species known by

series of complete skeletons. For the purpose

of this report, therefore, no attempt at detailed

specific comparisons has been made. The present

assignment of this Mexican specimen to the

contemporaneous genotypic species macrophthal-

mus is entirely arbitrary although -the generic

reference cannot by current criteria be questioned.

Two occurrences of Gyrodus in the Western

Hemisphere are listed by Romer (1945, p. 580).

Of these two, the questioned upper Cretaceous

occurrence in North America has not been located

in the literature. However, the other, upper

Jurassic one refers to Gyrodus macrophthalmus

cubensis Gregory (1923) from the Jagua shales

of Western Cuba. This latter pycnodontid fish is

very poorly known but extensive series of speci-

mens now available, while showing tremendous

variation in dental characters, seemingly differs

constantly from the Mexican type, as follows:

the labial row of splenial teeth is the longest of

the four linear series present and contains the

greatest number of component denticles which

never appear appreciably enlarged; and the teeth,

especially those of the principal row, tend toward

Fig. 1.—Gyrodus ef. G. macrophthalmus A

314 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Bases. Lingual (A) and

VOL. 43, NO. 10

{Oa © ,

ga (fj, ty, B

Yay,

crown (B) views of fragmentary

right mandible from the type section of the upper Jurassic (Kimmeridgian) Tamdén formation at Taman,

San Luis Potosi, Mexico. X 2.

an ovoid outline through increase of the transverse

diameter of the crowns.

Order ISOSPONDYLI

Suborder Clupeoidea

Family Leptolepidae

Genus Leptolepis Agassiz, 1832

(Refer to A. S. Woodward, 1895, p. 501, for

generic synonymy and diagnosis.)

Genotype: Leptolepis coryphaenoides (Bronn).

Leptolepis tamanensis,? n.sp.

Diagnosis.—A leptolepid as shown by anteriorly

attenuated frontals and characteristically de-

veloped mouth parts which differ from the

genotype and all adequately known Jurassic

leptolepids from the Western Hemisphere by pos-

session of the following combination of struc-

tural features: vertebrae, with minute notochordal

perforation, heavily ossified and generally longer

than deep; only the last four centra involved in

support of the externally homocereal tail; no

demonstrable urostyle or uroneurals; the five

hypurals supporting the dorsal lobe of caudal

fin abutting directly on the last reeumbent neural

2 Named for the village of Tamdn, San Luis

Potosi, which is near the occurrence of the holo-

type.

arch and two spineurals; the four hypurals sup-

porting the ventral lobe arising from the last

three vertebrae; and all 20 of the articulated

and branched caudal fin rays hypaxial, and

preceded directly both dorsally and ventrally by

series of small fulcra-like spinelets.

Holotype.—An incomplete fish on slab of tuffa-

ceous matrix showing major visceral components

of the head and an articulated series of vertebrae

with attached caudal fin; from the lower Creta-

ceous (Neocomian) beds at Kilometer 342 + 650

on the Mexico-Laredo Highway, above the village

of Taman, San Luis Potosi, Mexico; collected by

M. Maldonado-Koerdell, August 1951.

Description.—The structural details of the one

known specimen on which this type description

is based are somewhat obscured by secondary

mineralization. Accurately discernible, however,

are the major visceral components of the head, a

cleithrum, and an articulated series of vertebrae

with attached caudal fin. Compared with the

averaged dimensions of several species of Lepto-

lepis an elongate fusiform fish is indicated with

head occupying perhaps 20 mm of a standard

'ength estimated as about 90 mm.

The form and disposition of determinable skull

elements are illustrated in Fig. 2. Characteristic

OcTOBER 1953

of the family to which the form is referred are

the anteriorly attenuated frontals; the small pre-

maxillary; the maxillary with anteriorly con-

stricted neck and posteriorly convex oral border;

and the distinctive, dorsally produced dentary.

The orbit appears to have been large and situated

DUNKLE AND MALDONADO-KOERDELL: MESOZOIC FOSSIL FISH

315

centrally in the length of the head. The angle of

the lower jaw lies below the middle of the orbit.

The maxillary was probably of normal leptolepid

size, although as preserved overlain by the man-

dible, its observable extent scarcely equals the

preorbital length of the skull. Teeth are not to

Fra. 2.—Leptolepis tamanensis, n. sp. Habit sketch (A) and photograph (B) of specimen as found, in

here interpreted lower Cretaceous strata, at Kilometer 342 + 650 above Taman, San Luis Potosi, Mexico.

x 2. (Legend of abbreviations: Br, branchial arch elements; Bstg, branchiostegal rays; Chy, ceratohyal;

Clt, cleithrum; Deth, ?mesethmoid plus dermethmoid; Dn, mandible; Ebr?, paired epibranchial ele-

ments; Epn, epineurals; f, spinelets in advance of both dorsal and ventral caudal rays; Fr, frontal; Hhy,

paired hypohyals; Hyp, hypurals; Mx, maxillary; Na, nasal; Ne, neural arches; Pmx, premaxillary; and

1, 2, 3, & 4, respectively, the last and anteriorly preceding 3 vertebrae centra involved in support of

caudal fin.)

316 JOURNAL OF THE

be seen on any of the mouth parts. An undoubt-

edly incomplete series of eight strongly. arched

and rodlike branchiostegal rays lie adjacent to

the ventral border of the right ceratohyal. Long,

slender, and closely set parallel rods extend from

the surfaces of several of the branchial elements

and seem best interpreted as gill raker supports.

The cleithrum exhibits a prominent longitudinal

ridge and a relatively large postero-ventral ex-

pansion.

Preserved vertebrae number 11. All possess an

average length of 2mm, with the exception of the

last three centra which are shorter. This length is

greater than the depth anteriorly in the series, but

progressively toward the rear is equalled and

then exceeded by the dorso-ventral dimension.

Each centrum appears to have been heavily

ossified, with markedly constricted dorsal and

ventral margins, and some present evidences

laterally of pits above and below a longitudinal

strengthening rib. The internal notochordal per-

foration is minute.

The structure of the tail is externally homo-

cereal. Apparently only the last four vertebrae

take part in the support of the caudal appendage.

The neural and haemal arches of this region are

robust and are inclined backwardly in acute

angles from free articulation with the centra to

almost parallel the longitudinal axis of the verte-

bral column. Each possesses a strong forward

process which abuts on the next preceding arch.

A total of nine hypurals are present. Neither a

urostyle nor paired uroneural elements can be

discerned. In consequence, the five upper hy-

purals supporting the dorsal lobe of the fin

appear in direct contact with two epineurals and

the last neural spine. Of the four hypurals sup-

porting the ventral lobe, two arise from the last

centrum and 1 each from the second and third

vertebrae from the back. The fourth forwardly

succeeding centrum also bears an enlarged haemal

arch, which, however, is directed only to the

spinelets preceding the fin rays, ventrally.

Observable caudal! rays total 20. These, regu-

larly articulated and branching as many as three

times, are presumably all hypaxial. The first

ray dorsally and the twentieth ventrally are

preceded anteriorly by an incompletely preserved

series of fulera-like spinelets. The fin, in all

probability, was equilobate and relative to the

degree of posterior emargination, the middle

rays have indicated lengths exceeding one-half

those of the longest rays.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 10

Discussion.—The widely recognized genus

Leptolepis is comprised of numerous species of

fossil fishes from all parts of the world and from

strata ranging in geologic age (Romer, 1945, p.

581) from lower Jurassic to the middle Cretaceous.

Despite this apparent commonness of occurrence,

it is impossible to obtain from an extensive

literature either the detailed morphology of most

defined forms or the range of structural variation

within the population of any given species. In

view of such incomplete knowledge and absence

of adequate comparative series of specimens, the

erection of new species on fragmentary specimens

may well appear to be ill advised. However, on

the basis of currently employed taxonomic criteria,

the present definition of L. tamanensis seems

warranted. The characters listed in the above

diagnosis readily distinguish this Mexican species

from the genotype L. coryphaenoides (Bronn)

(Rayner, 1937). Excluding the Argentine Lepto-

lepis australis Saez as too poorly described for

comparison, only two other Jurassic leptolepids

are known from the Western Hemisphere: Lepto-

lepis schoewet Dunkle (1942) from the Todilto

limestone (Oxfordian) of New Mexico and Luwisi-

chthys vinalesensis White (1942) from the Jagua

shales (Oxfordian) of Cuba. Affinity between

these two and L. tamanensis is suggested by the

common absence of a demonstrable urostyle and

direct abutment of the hypurals supporting the

dorsal lobe of the caudal fin on the neural ele-

ments. L. tamanensis differs specifically from

Luisichthys in the details of caudal fin structure.

It is distinguishable from L. schoewer on the same

basis but also noticeably in vertebral structure:

all available specimens of the species from New

Mexico exhibiting poorly ossified diplospondylous

ring centra.

REFERENCES

BurckHarpt, C. Etude synthétique sur le Méso-

zoique Mexicain. Mém. Soc. Paléont. Suisse

49-50: 280 pp., 32 figs. 1930.

DE Sanz, M. D. Noticias sobre peces fosiles Argen-

tinos. Notas Mus. La Plata 4(Paleont. 19):

423-432, figs. 1-5. 1939.

DunxKiE, D. H. A new fossil fish of the family

Leptolepidae. Sci. Publ. Cleveland Mus. Nat.

Hist. 8 (5): 61-64, pl. 6. 1942.

GreGorY, W.K. A Jurassic fish fauna from western

Cuba, with an arrangement of the families of

holostean ganoid fishes. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.

Hist. 48: 223-242, 6 figs. 1923.

Heim, A. Notes on the Jurassic of Tamazunchale

(Szerra Madre Oriental). Eclog. Geol. Helvetiae

20 (1): 84-89, 2 figs. 1926.

OcTOBER 1953

. The front ranges of Sierra Madre Oriental,

from Ciudad Victoria to Tamazunchale. Eclog.

Geol. Helvetiae 33 (2): 313-363, 10 figs., 1

geol. map and sects. 1940.

Imuay, R. W. Jurassic formations of Gulf Region.

Bulle Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. 27 (11):

1407-1533, 14 figs. 1943.

. Correlation of the Jurassic formations of

North America, exclusive of Canada. Bull.

Geol. Soc. Amer. 60 (9) : 953-992. 1952.

MaALpoNaDO-KoERDELL, M. Contacto Jurdsico-

Cretdcico entre las formaciones de Tamdn y

Tamazunchale, Estado de San Luis Potosi,

en sus relaciones con la presencia de yacimientos

petroleros. Mem. Primera Conven. Interame-

CLARKE: AMERICAN GELECHIIDAE

317

ricana Rec. Miner., Mexico, 1951; 234-239, 1

pl. 1952.

Murr, J.M. Geology of the Tampico Region, Mexico:

280 pp., 15 pls., 40 figs. Tulsa, Okla., 1936.

Rayner, D. H. On Leptolepis bronni Agassiz.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, 19: 46-74,

figs. 1-14, 1937.

Romer, A. 8. Vertebrate paleontology, ed. 2: x +

687 pp., 377 figs. Chicago, 1945.

Waite, T. E. A new leptolepid fish from the Jurassic

of Cuba. Proc. New England Zool. Club 21:

97-100, pl. 1. 1942.

Woopwarp, A. 8S. Catalogue of the fossil fishes in

the British Museum (Natural History) 3: xlii

+ 544 pp., 18 pls., 54 figs. 1895.

ENTOMOLOGY —Notes, new synonymy, and new assignments in American Gele-

chudae. J. F. Gates CLARKE, U.S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quaran-

tine.

August Busck’s excellent paper on the

restriction of the genus Gelechia! is limited

in scope to the treatment of North American

species, although a few from Europe that

concerned him are included. His studies were

further limited by the unavailability of

material, particularly specimens of species

described by the late Edward Meyrick.

Moreover, he made no attempt to include

species from South America, which are an

important part of the American fauna.

Since Busck’s paper was written, the

present writer has had the opportunity to

examine the types of many of Meyrick’s

species and those of other authors. The

study of these types has revealed previously

unrecognized facts which are recorded in

the following notes.

The new assignments and other changes

indicated below are based on a study of the

genitalia. Extensive revisionary studies in

the family are necessary, but the present

paper makes possible the proper assign-

ment of the species treated.

The genus Chionodes Hiibner has not

previously been recorded from South Amer-

ica, although one species, C. leucocephala

(Walsingham), is recorded from St. Croix,

West Indies. The genus is holarctic in dis-

tribution and also occurs as far south as

southern Chile.

Genus Aroga Busck

Aroga Busck Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 47: 13. 1914.

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 86: 563-5938, pl. 58-71.

1939.

Aroga bispiculata (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia bispiculata Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 23. 1923.

Type locality—Congress, Ariz.

Remarks.—Meyrick compared this with Lita

variabilis (Busck) to which it bears a_ slight

resemblance but from which it is structurally

distinct. The genitalia of bispiculata are charac-

teristically those of an Aroga and leave no

doubt as to its assignment here.

Aroga speculifera (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia speculifera Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 4: 59. 1931.

Type locality—Hope, Ark.

Remarks.—Known only from the type.

Aroga trachycosma (Meyrick), n: comb.

Gelechia trachycosma Meyrick, Exotic Microlepi-

doptera 3: 21. 1923.

Type locality —Venice, Calif.

Remarks.—In this species the harpe is re-

duced to a mere nodule emitting a moderately

strong seta. The aedeagus is unusually robust

and the vesica armed with many strong, short

cornuti.

Aroga xyloglypta (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia xyloglypta Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

WELa on 22— 1925

Type locality—vVenice, Calif.

Remarks.—When he described this species

Meyrick stated, ‘“‘Probably allied to trichostola.”

The latter, however, is referable to Chionodes

as shown by Busck.

318 JOURNAL OF THE

Genus Chionodes Hiibner

Chionodes Hiibner, Verzeichniss bekannter

Schmetterlinge: 420. 1825.

Chionodes agriodes (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia agriodes Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 350. 1927.

Type locality —Dividend, Utah.

Remarks.—This species is very near C. secu-

laella (Clarke) but appears to be distinct.

Chionodes clistrodoma (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia clistrodoma Meyrick, Exotic Microlepi-

doptera 3: 21. 1923.

Type locality —Nogales, Ariz.

Remarks—The female genitalia of clistrodoma

are somewhat atypical for the genus but cer-

tainly the species belongs here, rather than in

Gelechia. The anterior margin of the ovipositor

is clothed with dense, long hairlike setae and the

posterior margin bears about 10 long, stout,

hooked setae.

Chionodes consona (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia consona Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon-

don, 1917: 50.

Type locality—tLima, Peru.

Remarks—Meyrick believed this to be allied

to the North American unifasciella, but the lat-

ter species is referable to Aroga.

Chionodes dryobathra (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia dryobathra Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon-

don, 1917: 49.

Type locality—La Crumbre, Colombia, 6,600

feet.

Remarks——A typical Chionodes except for a

somewhat aberrant genital opening in the female

which, I think, may be regarded only as cf spe-

cific Importance.

Chionodes eburata (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia eburata Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lon-

don, 1917: 50.

Type locality—La Crumbre, Colombia, 6,600

feet.

Remarks.—Examination of the male genitalia

leaves no doubt as to the proper assignment of

this species in Chionodes.

Chionodes halycopa (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia halyccpa Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 350. 1927.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 10

Type locality —Alpine, Brewster County, Tex.

Remarks.— Despite the rather abnormal palpi

the female genitalia are typical of this genus

and no doubt the species is referable here.

Chionodes icriodes (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia icriodes Meyrick, Ann. Mus. Nac. Hist.

Nat., Buenos Aires, 36: 384. 1931.

Type locality.—Peulla, Llanquihue Province,

Chile.

Remarks.—The occurrence of this species in

southern Chile represents the southernmost

point at which a Chionodes is known to exist.

Chionodes lacticoma (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia lacticoma Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lon-

don, 1917: 48.

Type locality—Chosica, Peru, 2,800 feet.

Remarks—This small species is similar in

aspect to the North American C. xanthophilella

(Barnes and Busck).

Chionodes litigiosa (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia litigiosa Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon-

don, 1917: 49.

Type locality —Huigra, Ecuador, 4,500 feet.

Remarks—In size and general appearance

litigiosa is similar to the California lupine-feeding

C. lophosella (Busck) but may be distinguished

from it at once by the absence of raised scales

on the forewing.

Chionodes perissosema (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia perisscsema Meyrick, Exotic Microlepi-

doptera 4: 351. 1932.

Type locality—Alta Gracia, Argentina.

Remarks.—The genitalia of perissosema leave

no doubt as to its assignment here.

Genus Filatima Busek

Filatima Busck, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 86: 575.

1939.

Filatima asbolodes (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia asbolodes Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 349. 1927.

Type locality —Alpine, Brewster County, Tex.

Remarks.—A distinct species belonging in the

group without sex scaling on the underside of

the hindwing of the male.

OcToBER 1953

Filatima collinearis (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia collinearis Meyrick, Exotic Microlepi-

dotpera 3: 349. 1927.

Type locality —Alpine, Brewster County, Tex.

Remarks.—There are no described North

American species which appear to be closely

related to collinearis.

Filatima isocrossa (Meyrick), n. comb.

Gelechia isocrossa Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 346. 1927.

Filatima virgea Clarke, Journ. Washington Acad.

Sci. 37: 272, figs. 10-10b, 13. 1947. (New synon-

ymy.)

Type localities—Alpine, Brewster County,

Tex. (isocrossa); Presidio, Tex. (virgea).

Remarks—The genitalia of this species are

distinct, and there can be no doubt virgea is a

synonym.

Filatima monopa (Meyrick)

Gelechia monopa Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 350. 1927.

Filatima monopa (Meyrick), Busck, Proc. U. 8.

Nat. Mus. 86: 576. 1939.

Gelechia epigypsa Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 351. 1927. (New synonymy.)

Type localities—Alpine, Brewster County,

Tex. (monopa, epigypsa).

Remarks.—I have examined the types of both

species and the genitalia are identical. Meyrick’s

epigypsa is only a strongly marked specimen.

Filatima nucifer (Walsingham), n. comb.

Gelechia nuzifer Walsingham, Biologia Centrali-

Americana 4: 69. 1911.

Type locality—Sonora, Mexico.

Food plant—Mesquite (leaves).

Remarks—I have compared a series of 12

specimens, from South Airport Road, El Paso,

Tex., with paratypes of Walsingham’s species

in the U. S. National Museum collection and

they are identical. This is the first record of the

occurrence of nucifer in the United States but

it will undoubtedly be found throughout the

southwest wherever its food plant occurs. In

addition to the above there are five specimens

from San Benito, Tex. (April 1952; P. A. Glick).

The El Paso specimens were reared by J. A.

Baker and show the emergence date of August 16,

Pol.

Filatima sperryi Clarke

Filatima sperryi Clarke, Journ. Washington Acad.

Sei. 37: 270. 1947.

CLARKE: AMERICAN GELECHIIDAE

319

Type locality—Barton Flats, Calif.

Remarks.—Since describing this species I

have been able to examine six specimens from

Mojave County, Ariz. Only one of these, a fe-

male, shows the contrasting brown costal area

of the forewing and this not so conspicuously as

in the type specimens. In one male the brown is

slightly indicated but in the others there are only

occasional scattered scales or none at all.

Filatima tephrinopa (Meyrick), n. comb.

Nothris tephrinopa Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 496. 1929.

Type locality—Fort Davis, Tex., 5,000 feet.

Remarks.—The brush of second segment of

palpus is expanded more than usual for this

genus but the male genitalia of tephrinopa leave

no doubt as to its proper placement.

Filatima ornatifimbriella (Clemens)

Gelechia ornatifimbriella Clemens, Proc. Ent . Soc.

Philadelphia 2: 420. 1864.

Filatima ornatifimbriella (Clemens), Busck, Proc.

U.S. Nat. Mus. 86: 575. 1939.

Gelechia xanthuris Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 346. 1927.

Type localities—‘Tlinois” (ornatifimbriella);

Dividend, Utah (xanthuris).

Remarks.——This common, variable, lupine-

feeding species is found throughout western United

States and Canada. The only other described

species with similar genitalia is lepidotae Clarke,

but there are abundant specific differences.

Genus Gelechia Hiibner

Gelechia Hiibner, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmet-

terlinge: 415. 1825.

Gelechia gracula (Meyrick), n. comb.

Nothris gracula Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidoptera

3: 495. 1929.

Nothris diaconalis Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 495. 1929. (New synonymy.)

Type localities—Alpine, Brewster County,

Tex., 7,000 feet (gracula); Fort Davis, Tex.,

5,000 feet (diaconalis).

Remarks.—Aside from size I can see nothing

substantial on which to base specific separation.

The genitalia match perfectly.

Gelechia bianulella (Chambers)

Oeseis bianulella Chambers, Cincinnati Quart.

Journ. Sci. 2: 255. 1874. .

JOURNAL OF THE

Nothris melanchlora Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 496. 1929. (New synonymy.)

Type localities—‘‘Texas” (?) (bianulella);

Fort Davis, Tex., 5,000 feet (melanchlora).

Remarks.—The two agree in every respect,

including genitalia, and must be considered

synonymous. The shape of the tuft of second

segment of palpus, on which Chambers based

his genus Oesis, led Meyrick to describe this and

other species of Gelechia in Nothris. As pointed

out by Busck, the genitalia of the latter genus

are of an entirely different type.

Gelechia mundata (Meyrick), n. comb.

Nothris mundata Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 495. 1929.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 10

Type locality —Mescalero, N. Mex., 7,000

feet.

Remarks.—This species is very close to gracula

and may even be a form of it, but more material

from the type locality will be necessary to deter-

mine that point.

Gelechia thymiata (Meyrick), n. comb.

Nothris thymiata Meyrick, Exotic Microlepidop-

tera 3: 497. 1929.

Type locality —Nogales, Ariz.

Remarks.—This, like the three foregoing

species, clearly belongs in Gelechia and, on the

structure of palpus, is allied to the branulella-

monella group of the genus.

ENTOMOLOGY .—Two new species of mosquitoes from the Yemen (Diptera: Culi-

cidae).!| KenNetH L. Knicut, U. 8. Naval Medical Research Unit No. 3,

Cairo, Egypt.?

This paper describes the new species oc-

curring in a collection of mosquitoes made

by the author while a member of a medical

survey team to the Yemen from U.8. Naval

Medical Research Unit No. 3. A complete

account of this collection is being prepared

for a subsequent paper. The larval chaeto-

taxal nomenclature used in this paper is

that of Belkin (1950).

Culex (Culex) mattinglyi, n. sp.

1941. Culex (Culex) laticinctus Edwards. Edwards,

Mosq. Ethiopian Region 3: 313. The record

from San’a, Yemen (Scott and Britton).

Adult—A brown species of medium size with

sparsely haired male palpi and broad straight

pale basal bands on the tergites.

Mate: Wing length approximately 4.5-5.0

mm. Head: Proboscis dark. Palpus approximately

equal to proboscis in length; dark, a variable

amount of pale scaling laterally along apical

portion of III and baso-ventrally on IV and V;

very sparsely-haired, most of those present being

confined to IV; IV and V not markedly uptilted.

Vertex with narrow white scales dorsally and

1 The opinions or conclusions contained herein

are those of the author and are not to be construed

as official or reflecting the views of the Navy

Department or of the Naval Service at large.

2 Now officer-in-charge, U. S. Navy Preventive

Medicine Unit No. 1, Naval Air Station, Jackson-

ville, Fla.

‘pale-scaled,

broad white scales laterally, upright-forked scales

pale brownish. Thorax: Scutum with brownish-

golden narrow scales, the scales paler in color

along the scutal margins and on the prescutellar

space. Scutellar scales narrow, pale. Apn and

ppn with some white scales present, usually both

broad and narrow. Each of the following pleural

areas with a patch of broadened whitish scales:

propleural, dorsal sternopleural, medio-posterior

sternopleural, dorsal mesepimeral (confluent with

hair tuft), and medial mesepimeral. A single lower

mesepimeral bristle present (two on one side of

each of two specimens). Legs: Coxae each with

an anterior patch of white scales. Fore and mid

femora anteriorly dark except for an apical line

of yellowish scales; hind femur with basal half

pale except for the dorsal margin and apically,

apex with a line of pale scales. Tibiae anteriorly

dark except for apical pale patches. Tarsi dark.

Fore and mid tarsal claws unequal, each

unidentate; hind equal, simple (from slide

mount). Wings: Dark-scaled. Halter knobs at

least partially pale. Abdomen: Tergites III-VII

with broad straight basal whitish bands. Sternites

scattered dark scaling may be

present. Genitalia (Fig. la, b): Basistyle dis-

tinctly swollen; tergal surface bearing a dense

covering of short and long setae, outer and sternal

surface -bearing the usual elongate setae; ap-

pendage a (terminology of Edwards, 1941: 280

and fig. 103a) markedly proximal to appendages

OctToBER 1953

b and ¢ and strongly bent medially, appendage c

distinctly shorter than b, appendages d, e, and f

absent (possibly represented by three short setae

near base of b and c), leaflet (g) and appendage h

present. Dististyle extremely broadened, with a

distinctive recurved portion near apex. Paraproct

KNIGHT: NEW SPECIES OF MOSQUITOES

321

with an elongate curved basal arm. Phallosome

relatively simple in structure.

FEMALE: Wing length approximately 6.0 mm.

Differmg from the male as follows: Palpi ap-

proximately one-sixth to one-fifth length of pro-

boscis, dark. Some pale scaling present basally on

Fie. 1.—Culex (Culex) mattingly:. Male genitalia: a, Mesal spect of right basistyle; b, sternal aspect

of mesosome and paraprocts. Larva: c, Head, d, terminal segments; e, pecten tooth; f, comb scale.

322 JOURNAL OF THE

costa. Upper fork cell approximately 3.8-4.3

times longer than its stem. Tarsal claws equal,

simple (from slide mount).

Larva (described from 10 skins, representing

five separate collections).—Antenna: Shaft rather

evenly pigmented throughout, densely spiculate

from base to level of hair tuft, slenderer and

nearly smooth from there to apex. Antennal hair

tuft (hair 1) inserted slightly distad of the middle

(0.56-0.64 from base), with numerous elongate

frayed branches, hairs 2 and 3 distinctly subapical

and extending anteriorly slightly further than

hair 4. Head (Fig. 1c): Clypeal spines single,

long, slender; hair 4 single; 5 with 3-7 branches;

6 with 3-6; 7 with 6-9; 8 with 2-4; 9 with 2-6;

10 with 2-5; 11 with 2-5; 12 with 2-3; 13 with

2-4; 14 single; 15 with 2-4. Mentum with 10-12

teeth on each side of median tooth. Thorax:

Integument with distinct spiculation. Abdomen,

I-VII: Hair 6 of I with 2-5 branches, hair 7

with 2-3. Hair 6 of II, III, and IV with 2-5

branches, of V and VI with 2-3. Abdomen, VIII

(fig. 1d, e, f): Hair 1 with 5-7 branches, hairs 2

and 4 single, hair 3 with 9-14, hair 5 with 4-5.

Comb consisting of a patch of 34-44 scales, each

scale with an evenly-expanding lateral and apical

fringe. Siphon: Pale; index 3.4-4.5; acus present;

11-16 more or less paired multiply-branched

elongate hair tufts present, all latero-ventral

except the subapical pair which is lateral, several

of the tufts inserted basad of pecten apex; pecten

composed of a line of 14-19 teeth, each tooth

with 1-3 baso-ventral denticles. Anal Segment:

Anal plate complete; hair 1 (lh) with 2-3

branches; hair 2 (zsc) with 2-3 branches (once

single); hair 3 (osc) single; hair 4 (ventral brush)

with 12 tufts (twice with 13), each tuft arising

from the barred area. Anal gills elongate, sub-

acutely tapered, the dorsal pair 1.2-1.5 the length

of the anal plate and 1.0-1.3 the length of the

ventral pair.

Types.—Holotype: Male (coll. no. 330), geni-

talia mounted on a slide, U.'S.N.M. no. 61658,

Birket Shiekh Kunnaf, San’a, Yemen, February

13, 1951, elevation 7100 feet, collected as a

pupa from a cement animal-watering trough by a

well just outside the city walls. Paratypes: Five

males, 18 females, 1 set associated skins, same

data as for holotype (coll. no. 330); 3 females, 1

set associated skins, Wadi Dhahr, 8 miles north-

west of San’a, Yemen, February 13, 1951, eleva-

tion 7,000 feet, collected as larvae and pupae

from a broad open well in which the water level

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 10

was 15 feet below the surface (coll. no. 331); 18

larval skins (10 slides), 1 set associated skins,

Wadi Dhahr, February 11, 1951, collected as

larvae from a large cement basin (coll. no. 328);

1 larval skin, Rouda, 3 miles north of San’a,

February 15, 1951, elevation 7100 feet, collected

from a large cement tank (coll. no. 333).

The holotype and a portion of the paratypes

are deposited in the U. 8. National Museum. The

remainder of the paratypes are in the collections

of the British Museum (Natural History) and

of the author.

Discussion.—According to the classification of

Edwards (1941: 282), this species is a member

of the pipiens series of Group B (pipiens group).

Based on both adult and larval characters, it is

most closely related to Culex laticinctus Edwards.

In the adult stage laticinctus differs mainly in

possessing two or more mesepimeral bristles and

in many details of the male genitalia. Two

specimens of the new species possess two lower

mesepimeral bristles on one side but none were

observed with this number occurring on both

sides. The larva of laticinctus differs from that of

the new species in that the antenna is not uni-

formly colored, the mentum has only 7-8 lateral

teeth on a side, the dorsal surface of the siphon is

straight from near the base when seen in lateral

view, the pecten teeth are of quite a different

form; the upper caudal seta (hair 2 or isc) has

- four or more branches, the anal gills are shorter

than the anal plate, and the ventral brush

usually has 14 hair tufts.

Since the only specimens of laticinctus col-

lected by me in the Yemen were from Ta’izz, a

locality which lies at the much lower elevation

of 4,100 feet, it seemed quite reasonable to

assume that the record of laticinctus from San’a

given by Edwards (1941: 314) actually refers to

this species. Upon request Mr. Mattingly of the

British Museum kindly checked these specimens

and found them indeed to be mattinglyi.

In Edwards’s (1941: 284) key to the Ethiopian

species of the subgenus Culex, this species goes to

ninagongoensis Edwards and calurus Edwards

(couplet 35). However, it differs markedly from

them on the basis of male genitalia. Also, the

larva of ninagongoensis is strikingly different in

that the comb is entirely composed of spines.

The larva of calurus is unknown.

In the larval key of Hopkins (1952: 246) this

species will not completely pass the second

bracket in that, like C. (Neoculex) stellatus van

OcToBER 1953

Someren, it has the thoracic integument rather

densely spiculated.

It is believed that the unusual development of

the dististyle alone adequately distinguishes this

new species from all other known Ethiopian

Culex.

This species is dedicated to P. F. Mattingly,

Department of Entomology, British Museum

(Natural History), who has contributed so much

to the modern taxonomy of mosquitoes and who

has so generously and unceasingly made available

his time for the help of others.

KNIGHT: NEW SPECIES OF MOSQUITOES

323

Culex (Neoculex) jenkinsi, n. sp.

Adult—A rather small species with sparsely

haired male palpi, pale yellowish scutal scales,

postspiracular and prealar scales, and apical pale

abdominal bands.

Mave: Wing length approximately 3.5 mm.

Head: Proboscis dark, apical portion darker than

the remainder. Palpus longer than the proboscis

by nearly the length of segment V; dark; a few

short hairs arising apically on III, along IV, and

basally on V. Vertex with narrow white scales

dorsally and broad white scales laterally; up-

Fic. 2—Culex (Neoculex) jenkinsi. Male genitalia: a, Mesal aspect of right basistyle; b, lateral aspect of

paraproct; c, ninth tergite; d, sternal aspect of mesosome.

O24 JOURNAL OF THE

right-forked scales pale brownish in color, some-

what darker laterally. Thorax: Scutum with pale

yellowish narrow scales, the scales paler in color

around the margins and on the prescutellar space.

Seutellar scales narrow, pale. Apn with a few

broadened pale scales; ppn usually with some

narrow white scales. Pleural integument brown-

ish, without obvious markings. Each of the

following pleural areas with a patch of broadened

whitish scales: propleural (very few), postspiracu-

lar (very few), prealar knob (very few, on lower

portion of knob), dorsal sternopleural, medio-

posterior sternopleural, dorsal mesepimeral (con-

fluent with hair tuft), and medial mesepimeral.

Prosternum without scales. One lower mesepimeral

bristle present (one specimen with two bristles

present on either side). Legs: Coxae each with

an anterior patch of white scales. Fore and mid

femora anteriorly dark except for an apical line

of pale scales; hind femur pale, a dorsal dark

line from near base that apically widens across

the anterior surface, an apical line of pale scales.

Tibiae dark except for apices. Tarsi dark. Fore

and mid tarsal claws unequal, each unidentate;

hind equal, simple (from slide mount). Wings:

Dark-sealed. Upper fork cell approximately 2.2—

2.5 times longer than its stem. Cross veins

separated by somewhat more than twice the

length of posterior one. Abdomen: Tergites II-VII

with distinct apical pale bands. Sternites pale-

scaled, baso-lateral dark scaling usually present

on the more apical segments. Genitalia (fig. 2):

Tergal surface of basistyle bearing a distinctive

clump of long apically-twisted setae; subapical

lobe with two stout rods (probably a and 6) and

about 5—6 short setae. Dististyle enlarged basally.

Paraprocts with a subapical lobe. Phallosome

with lateral plates smooth. Lateral lobes of ninth

tergite prominent, each bearing from 3-7 promi-

nent setae; no prominent median lobe.

FEMALE: Wing length approximately 3.9-4.4

mm. Differing from the male as follows: Palpi

approximately one-fourth the length of the pro-

bosecis, dark. Torus and first flagellar segments

with white scales. Propleural and postspiracular

areas with more scales than in male. Upper fork

cell approximately 2.8 times longer than its stem.

Tarsal claws equal, simple (slide mount).

Larva—Not known.

Types: Holotype. Male (coll. no. 308), genitalia

mounted on a slide, US.N.M. no. 61659, EI-

Hauban, Wadi el-Malah, about 3 miles east of

Ta’izz, Yemen, January 16, 1951, elevation about

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 10

3,700 feet, collected as larvae from emergent

vegetation in the quiet marginal water of a drying

wadi stream. Paratypes: Two males, 5 females,

same data as for holotype (coll. no. 308); 1 male,

1 female, Wadi Mal el-Ghail, about 14 miles west

of Ma’bar, Yemen, February 7, 1951, elevation

about 6,500 feet, collected as larvae from pools

along small stream flowing from mountain spring

(filamentous green algae present) (coll. no. 325).

The holotype and a portion of the paratypes

are deposited in the U. 8. National Museum. The

remainder of the paratypes are in the collections

of the British Museum (Natural History) and

of the author.

Discussion.—Based on the classification of Ed-

wards (1941: 249), this new species is a member

of Group B (Neoculex s. str.). In the Ethiopian

region Group B includes the following species:

peringueyt Edwards, seyrigi Edwards, salisburi-

ensis Theobald, andreanus Edwards, kingianus

Edwards, kilara Van Someren, and rubinotus

Theobald. Culex coursi Doucet, 1949, described

from the larva from Madagascar, may belong

here since the larva resembles that of salis-

buriensis.

In Edwards’s key (1941: 253) to the Ethiopian

species of Neoculex, this species keys to seyrigt

(female unknown). The adult is similar to the

description of seyrigi by Edwards (1941: 256)

except that the scales of ppn are mostly narrow,

no mention is made of the dorsal mesepimeral

patch, and all of the tibiae have pale apices.

The male genitalia differ in having the dististyle

humped sub-basally instead of straight and taper-

ing, the two bristles on the dististyle are not as

near to one another as shown by Edwards (1941:

fig. 82b), the ninth tergite is not as strongly

lobed medially and the lateral lobes have 3-7

bristles each instead of 8-10, and the tips of the

lateral plates of the mesosome are not tuberculate.

The larva of seyrigi is unknown but possibly

courst Doucet (Madagascar) is the larva of this

species (Hopkins, 1952: 253). C. seyrigi is known

only from Madagascar.

Although distinct, this species shows a close

relationship to published descriptions of Medi-

terranean material of Culex (Neoculex) apicalis

Adams. A re-evaluation of European apicalis

has been made by P. F. Mattingly and is to be

published soon. The exact relationships of the

new spécies described here will be elaborated in

that paper.

This species is dedicated to Dr. Dale W. Jen-

OcTOBER 1953

kins, Medical Division, Army Chemical Center,

Maryland, who has contributed so materially to

our knowledge of medically important insects.

LITERATURE CITED

BELKIN, J. N. A revised nomenclature for the

chaetotary of the mosquito larva (Diptera: Culi-

cidae). Amer. Midl. Nat. 44(3): 678-698, 1950.

GURNEY: TAXONOMY OF GRYLLOBLATTA

325

Epwarps, F. W. Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian Re-

gion. III. Culicine adults and pupae, 499 pp.

British Museum (Natural History), London,

1941.

Hopkins, G. H. E. Mosquitoes of the Ethiopian

Region. I. Larval bionomics of mosquitoes and

taxonomy of culicine larvae, ed. 2, 355 pp.

British Museum (Natural History), London,

1952.

ENTOMOLOGY —Recent advances in the taronomy and distribution of Grylloblatta

(Orthoptera: Grylloblattidae). ASHLEY B. GuRNEy,' U.S. Bureau of Entomology

and Plant Quarantine.

This paper summarizes the important de-

velopments regarding the genus Grylloblatta

which have come to my attention during the

past five years. In 1948 I brought together

the principal taxonomic and distributional

data on these unusual insects (Gurney, 1948)

and it is a tribute to the zeal of numerous

diligent collectors that several extensions of

the generic distribution have recently been

made, and at least two new species have been

found. Best of all, both sexes of the two new

species here described are known, and the

great importance of the male terminalia as

specific characters is now evident. The con-

tents of the alimentary canal have been

removed from specimens of three species

(rothi, bifratrilecta, sculleni), and notes on

the results of the examination appear in the

discussion of those species. Annotations are

included on several important papers which

have appeared since my 1948 catalogue was

' The cooperation of the following persons, who

have assisted by making specimens and notes

available, is gratefully acknowledged: Henry K.

Townes, North Carolina State College; Vincent

D. Roth, Oregon State College; J. W. MacSwain,

E. G. Linsley, and Paul D. Hurd, Jr., University

of California (Berkeley); E. Philip Pister, U. S.

Fish and Wildlife Service, Berkeley, Calif.; Harry

P. Chandler, California Division of Fish and

Game; John A. Chapman, Montana State Uni-

versity; and W. L. Nutting, Harvard University.

Thanks are also given to the following University

of California students who made a special and

highly successful attempt to find Grylloblatta at

Sonora Pass, Calif., while engaged in summer

field activities with Dr. MacSwain: O. R. Ali,

C. A. Downing, J. J. Drea, S. M. Kappos, S.

Katana, J. L. Mallars, and B. Puttler. For several

days these men worked very hard at a task which

was difficult and sometimes dangerous, and as a

result the specimens of bifratrilecta. are more

numerous and complete than the original series of

a previously described species of Grylloblat-

tidae.

written. Special interest is attached to a

related new genus from Siberia described by

Bei-Bienko (1951), whose paper has been

translated by Miss Ruth Ericson, of the

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quaran-

tine.

KEY TO SPECIES OF GRYLLOBLATTA

1. Dorsal valve of ovipositor reaching to middle

of cercus, or at least to apical half of fifth

segment; antenna of adult composed of 36

segments or less, of nymph not over 30... .2

Dorsal valve of ovipositor not reaching to

middle of cercus, or beyond base of fifth

segment; antenna of adult often composed of

39 or more segments, of nearly mature nymph

usually more than 30 (northern California,

CIRER OME fy et area e so eas PREP sae ot 5

2. Apical half of male supra-anal plate symmetri-

cal or nearly so (Fig. 3) (Washington to Mon-

fa0a, and norkoward) 920). 2249.) ahs 2 oe Bi}

Apical half of male supra-anal plate asym-

metrical (Figs. 4, 5) (Oregon, California). .4

3. Stylus of male about three times as long as

wide (Fig. 8); antenna of adult with an

average of less than 30 segments (Alberta,

British Columbia, Montana)

campodeiformis campodetformis Walker

Stylus of male about four times as long as

wide (Fig. 8a); antenna of adult with an

average of more than 30 segments (Washing-

ton, British Columbia)

campodeiformis occidentalis Silvestri

4. Stylus of male attached laterally (Fig. 6);

male supra-anal plate with left apical corner

conspicuously developed, lobelike (Fig. 5);

segments of cerci comparatively short (Figs.

Pf AG) (Oremonm)y 82 fon. for rothit, n. sp.

Stylus of male attached basally (Fig. 7); male

supra-anal plate with left apical corner angu-

lar rather than lobelike (Fig. 4); segments of

cerci comparatively elongate and slender,

especially the more apical ones (Fig. 15)

(Gahftoruragy 8) 20 30 bifratrilecta, n. sp.

5. (Adult unknown), antenna of nymph composed

of 36-40 segments; compound eye prominent,

proportion of greatest length of eye to width

326 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

of head about as 1:4.4; color of body grayish

brown (northern California)

barbert Caudell

Antenna of nymph normally containing 31-32

segments; compound eye distinctly smaller

than above, proportion of greatest length of

eye to width of head about as 1:5.8; color of

body light amber, paler than in barberi

(Oregon) Gotou. ssea-e. 5. J HSCILLICni eal ner.

Giylloblatta rothi, n.sp.

Figs, 15,167 10-125 14716

Male (holotype): Size small for genus; body

clothed with fine pubescence; major body setae

less conspicuous than usual for genus. Antennae

with 29 segments (left), 19 (right, broken); com-

pound eye large (Fig. 1), longer with respect to

head size than in C. campodeiformis; pronotum

with lateral margins noticeably converging pos-

teriorly, more so than in holotype of scullenz; legs

comparatively short and stout; leg ratios (length

divided by width) as follows: front femur, 2.8;

hind femur, 4.8; front tibia, 5; hind tibia, 9.

Supra-anal plate borne asymmetrically, so that

base of left cercus is posterior to right cercus

(Fig. 5); plate with highly distinctive lobelike

development of left posterior apical corner; left

coxite more elongate than in c. campodeiformis,

oblique mesal margin decidedly rounded rather

than nearly straight as in latter, pubescent but

lacking distinctive major setae; right coxite with

usual pubescence, but lacking strong lateral setae

such as those of befratrilecta; left and right styli

each borne laterally on basal half (Fig. 6); phallic

sclerites of same pattern as in campodeiformis,

but differing in details; main phallic sclerite

with dorsolateral lobe (Fig. 10, dll) about half

as long as lateral margin below the dorsal cap,

unlike much shorter lobe in campodezformis; ven-

trolateral lobe (vill) not as produced as in c.

campodeiformis; apical lobe of accessory sclerite

vou. 43, No. 10

of right phallomere (Fig. 12) rounded and lobe-

like, less elongate and tapering than in c. cam-

podeiformis (Fig. 13). Cerci without dark major

setae such as occur in other species, though pale

delicate counterparts appear to occur amid pu-

bescence; segments relatively short, basal seg-

ments as in female (Fig. 16), terminal segments

(Fig. 14) much shorter than usual for genus.

Coloration: General coloration very pale, much

of body antimony yellow (Ridgway), grading to

dark yellow ocher (Ridgway) on dorsal surface of

abdomen and the posterior half ventrally; anten-

nae, legs, coxites, and cerci lighter (warm buff,

Ridgway); eyes black.

Measurements (lengths in millimeters): Body,

14.5; antenna, 8; eye, 0.53; pronotum, 2.35;

hind femur, 3.3; hind tibia, 3.2; cercus, 3.4;

width of head, 2.4; of pronotum, 2.18; of hind

femur, 0.7.

Female (allotype) (specimen relaxed and trans-

ferred to alcohol after being dry on a pin):

Differing from male in somewhat larger size,

proportionately more slender hind tibia, much

darker color (possibly due to method of preserva-

tion), and the usual sexual features. Antennae

with 23 segments (left, broken), 29 (right); leg

ratios (length divided by width) as follows:

front femur 3, hind femur 4.9, front tibia 5.7;

hind tibia 11.

Abdominal appendages (Fig. 16) with three

terminal segments of cerci missing, dorsal valve

of ovipositor apparently reaching to segment

seven, with weakly developed setae on basal

half; several transverse fracture lines on middle

and lower valves (apparently due to breakage).

Coloration: General body color brown, legs,

abdomen and its appendages paler. and about

cinnamon; antennae prout’s brown (Ridgway),

with some irregular paler areas.

Measurements (lengths in millimeters): Body,

Fies. 1-16.—1, Grylloblatta rothi, male holotype, lateral view of head; 2, G. campodeiformis campodei-

formis, male from Gallatin County, Mont., lateral view of head; 3, Same specimen as Fig. 2, dorsal view

of supra-anal plate; 4, G. befratrilecta, male holotype, dorsal view of supra-anal plate; 5, G. rothz, male

holotype, dorsal view of supra-anal plate; 6, G. rothi, holotype, lateral view of right coxite and stylus;

7, G. bifratrilecta, holotype, lateral view of right coxite and stylus; 8, G. c. campodeiformis, male specimen

from Gallatin County, Mont., lateral view of right coxite and stylus; 8a, G. c. occidentalis, male topotype

from Mount Baker, Wash., lateral view of apex of right coxite and stylus; 9, G. c. campodeiformis, male

specimen from Gallatin County, Mont., oblique view of main phallic sclerite; 10, G. rothi, holotype, ob-

lique view of main phallic sclerite; 11, G. roth, holotype, lateral view of main phallic sclerite; 12, G.

rothi, holotype, apical lobe of right phallomere; 13, G. c. campodeiformis, Gallatin County, Mont., apical

lobe of right phallomere; 14, G. rothz, holotype, terminal three segments of cercus; 15, G. bifratrilecta,

female allotype, terminal structures of abdomen; 16, G. rothi, female allotype, terminal structures of

abdomen, (three terminal segments of cerci missing) same scale as Fig. 14. (dll-dorsolateral lobe of main

phallic sclerite; e—apex of copulatory process; st—stylus; vll—ventrolateral lobe of main phallic

sclerite.)

OcToBER. 1953 GURNEY: TAXONOMY OF GRYLLOBLATTA BT

16; antenna, 9; eye, 0.5; pronotum, 2.5; hind feet, about 2,000 feet below lowest snowfields.

femur, 3.4; hind tibia, 3.4; width of head, 2.4; of | Collected September 12, 1948, by Vincent D.

pronotum, 2.2; of hind femur, 0.7; of hind tibia, Roth. Found in the center of a rotten log about

O:31: 216 to 3 feet in diameter while Mr. Roth was

Type—U.S.N.M. no. 61656. A male from collecting spiders. ‘“‘The wood was almost com-

Happy Valley, on Century Drive about 15 to pletely decayed and it was fairly damp in the

20 miles south of Sisters, Oreg. Altitude, 6,450 center. The area around was typical for the

LS. i leh

Fias. 1-16.—(See opposite page for legend).

328

country, small pine with not too much under-

growth. There was a stream about 100 feet away

and a meadow about the same distance” (V.D.R..).

Mr. Roth also wrote that the specimen was ex-

posed to the sun but moved slowly. Then it was

placed in a vial with some damp organic matter,

and when removed from his pocket a few minutes

later it had died. Fragments of unidentifiable

insect material were in the digestive tract.

Allotype— A specimen in the U. S. National

Museum, one of two females reported by Elsea

(1937). They were found beneath a stone at

6,500 feet altitude at Crater Lake, Oreg., on

November 27, 1936. The location of Elsea’s

second specimen is unknown. Crater Lake is

approximately 90 miles south of Happy Valley,

and both localities are situated along the eastern

margin of the Cascade Mountains.

The shortness of the cercal segments separates

rothi from all other species except possibly barberi,

and the character is so distinctive that the

association of sexes is believed correct. Judged

by nearly mature nymphs, which appear to

give a satisfactory indication, barber has a much

larger number of antennal segments than rothz.

The latter is the first of the genus to be found

with a highly asymmetrical male supra-anal plate.

The type locality of rothi, Happy Valley, is only

some 20 miles southeast of McKenzie Pass where

scullent occurs, but the nature of the cerci leaves

no doubt regarding the distinctness of the two

species, though the male of scullenz is still un-

known.

It is a pleasure to name this new species for

Vincent D. Roth, who for several years has

shown a remarkable and persistent interest in

collecting Grylloblatta.

Grylloblatta bifratrilecta,? n. sp.

Figs. 4, 7, 15

Male (holotype): Size medium for genus; fine

body pubescence and major setae moderately

conspicuous, more so than in rothi; antennae with

28 segments (left), 30 (tight); compound eye

proportionately smaller than in rothi, about as in

c. campodetformis; pronotum with lateral margins

moderately converging posteriorly; legs much as

in c. campoderformis, ratios (length divided by

width) as follows: front femur, 3.1; hind femur,

5.7; front tibia, 6.2; hind tibia, 10.8.

Supra-anal plate borne asymmetrically; plate

> Meaning ‘‘collected by two brothers,” with

reference to Henry K. and George Townes.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

vou. 43, No. 10

with apical half moderately asymmetrical, with

apical corners angular, the left corner more pro-

duced than the right (Fig. 4); left coxite with

mesal margin broadly rounded, unlike c. campo-

deiformis, but less produced than in rothi, a

major seta on disc of coxite slightly laterad of

and a little posterior of the middle, another

major seta near mesal margin at about middle;

right coxite (Fig. 7) with two major setae; styli

each borne basally, more elongate than in ec.

campodeiformis; main phallic sclerite with apical

lip of copulatory process (e) stouter in lateral

view than in rothz, dorsolateral and ventrolateral

lobes much as in rotht; apical lobe of accessory

sclerite of right phallomere differing from rothi in

having the lateral margins nearly parallel.

Measurements (lengths in millimeters): Body,

20; antenna, 12.5; eye, 0.5; pronotum, 2.8; hind

femur, 4; hind tibia, 4.3; cercus, 5.9; width of

head, 2.7; of pronotum, 2.45; of hind femur, 0.7;

of hind tibia, 0.4.

Coloration: Body mainly ochraceous buff

(Ridgway); the terga slightly darker than sterna;

coxites, cerci, and tarsi paler; head and antennae

darkened to zinc orange (Ridgway), latter paler

in apical third; eyes black.

Female (allotype) : Differing from male in some-

what more robust body and slightly more elon-

gate legs, in addition to usual sexual characters.

Antennae with 31 segments (left), 30 (right);

leg ratios (length divided by width) as follows:

front femur, 3.1; hind femur, 6.6; front tibia, 6.4;

hind tibia, 12.3.

Abdominal appendages (Fig. 15) with short,

stout setae well represented on basal half of

dorsal valves and basal half and ventral margin

of ventral valve; dorsal valve reaching to seg-

ment 6 of cercus; major setae of cercus con-

spicuously developed.

Coloration: As in male.

Measurements (lengths in millimeters): Body

(rather contracted), 17; antenna, 12.5; eye, 0.5;

pronotum, 3.1; hind femur, 4.6; hind tibia, 4.9;

cercus, 6; width of head, 3.1; of pronotum, 2.7;

of hind femur, 0.7; of hind tibia, 0.4.

Type.—U.8S.N.M. no. 61132. Male from Sonora

Pass, Calif., elevation 9,000 to 10,000 feet, col-

lected July 20, 1951, by J: W. MacSwain.

(Sonora Pass is on California Highway 108 about

50 miles southeast of Lake Tahoe and about 10

to 15 miles north of the northern boundary of

Yosemite National Park.)

Allotype—U.S.N.M. Female from two miles

OcToBER 1953

west of Sonora Pass, Calif., elevation about

8,600 feet, collected by Henry K. Townes and

George Townes, July 7, 1948.

There are 13 paratypic adults, 12 females and

1 male. Five rather large and 25 small nymphs

are not considered paratypes. All are from Sonora

Pass, though differing in exact spot, elevation,

date, and collector. In addition to the allotype,

the Townes brothers collected one adult female

and 12 nymphs on July 4, 1948, and 7 females

and 9 nymphs on July 7, 1948. Dr. MacSwain

collected one nearly mature female on August 4,

1948, and the remainder of the series was taken

by him or his associates in 1951, as follows: June

27, three nymphs; July 11, one male, two females,

four nymphs; July 13, one nymph; July 20,

two females. In addition to the U. 8. National

Museum, paratypes will be deposited at the

following institutions: Academy of Natural

Sciences of Philadelphia; Museum of Zoology,

University of Michigan; University of California;

California Academy of Sciences.

The body length of the male paratype is 19

mm, pronotal length 2.7 mm. Female paratypes

vary in body length from 17 to 20 mm, in pronotal

length from 2.7 to 3 mm. The antennae of the

paratypes which clearly are unbroken (16 anten-

nae) range in the number of segments from 27

to 32, with an average of 30.2. Two paratypes

have the ovipositor reaching only to the apical

half of the fifth segment of the cercus. Two

females and a male taken July 11, 1951, are

noticeably redder than the others, being reddish

cinnamon-rufous (probably due to some differ-

ence in preservation). Other adults are com-

parable to the type and allotype in color. The

nymphs are paler, the smallest one whitish ex-

cept for the black eyes.

Females of bifratrilecta may easily be confused

with those of campodeiformis campodeiformis,

though the leg proportions are slightly different.

The front tibia of c. campodeiformis is propor-

tionally stouter, with the several pairs of spine-

like setae along the ventral margins closer to each

other than in bifratrilecta. The terminal segments

of the cercus of bifratrilecta are less elongate than

those of scullent.

The Townes specimens were found on the

north-facing slope of the canyon which walls

Chipmunk Flat near the main highway that

crosses the Sierras at Sonora Pass. The slope

includes many cliffs and talus rock slides. The

erylloblattids occurred by an isolated patch of

GURNEY: TAXONOMY OF GRYLLOBLATTA

329

snow, about 50 by 20 feet located in a depression.

The majority of specimens were taken near one

side of the snow patch, where both large rocks

and gravel occurred. Small nymphs were fairly

common in the wet gravel, but large nymphs

and adults were mainly under the larger rocks.

The zone from about a foot away from the snow

to about 4 inches in from the margin beneath

it was preferred habitat. The Towneses also

observed a good deal of decaying organic ma-

terial—including a few patches of dead grass and

blown pine needles, and they found that Collem-

bola, centipedes and millipedes were common.

Dr. MacSwain’s 1948 nymph was found just

below the 9,000-foot level under the retreating

margin of a snow field on a north-facing slope.

Specimens taken in June 1951 were at about

10,500 feet and either were at the margin of

snow or under large rocks protruding through or

near the snow. Other 1951 collections were made

in several situations. Several specimens were

under large rocks on either side of a stream

running beneath a snow field. By digging away

the loose rock and soil, Dr. MacSwain observed

but was unable to capture two nymphs under a

large boulder. This boulder was easily 15 feet

from a large snowfield.

A night collecting trip was made July 20.

Four students (Katana, Kappos, Puttler, and

Downing) accompanied Dr. MacSwain to the

9,000 foot level by car, from where they climbed

before dark to the base of some high cliffs. Just

before darkness, which fell at 8:30 p.m. (daylight

saving time), one female and two nymphs were

found in a rocky crevice in the cliffs. They

occurred under rocks on the moist side of the

crevice a distance of several feet from snow and

running water. Insect fragments found near the

female suggested that she may have been feeding.

After dark various patches of snow were ex-

amined and three adults were taken separately,

one under the margin of a snow field, and two

moving over the surface above. The holotype

was taken at 10 p.m. running over the snow

about 18 inches from the margin of a large snow-

field. All the other specimens were either more

closely associated with the retreating margins

of snow patches or with places from which snow

had disappeared. The temperature was warm

enough so that sweaters were not needed and the

moon was full but the sky overcast.

An adult female collected July 20, 1951, had

many fragments of insects in the digestive tract,

330

especially broken sclerites and parts of legs.

Pieces of an ovipositor and of a wing from a

small hymenopteron, possibly a braconid, were

recognized. Three other adults yielded fragments

of a spider, of beetles, and the scales of a moth.

In two small nymphs, 8 and 9 mm long, re-

spectively, were found fragments of a tiny beetle,

possibly one of the Pselaphidae, and of a spider.

Dr. MacSwain informed me that specimens kept

alive in a refrigerator at a constant temperature

of 8°C. were fed freshly collected moths which

were first immobilized by pinching. These speci-

mens have been noted briefly by MacSwain (Pan-

Pac. Emnte292°625 1953):

An attempt to induce matings in captivity

was abandoned by Dr. MacSwain because the

male and female concerned tried to chew each

other and had to be separated to prevent injury.

Grylloblatta spp.

What may prove to be an undescribed form of

Grylloblatta occurs in Mono County, Calif., near

the Mammoth Crest. Available material consists

of a single adult female collected July 8, 1950,

by Norman Reimers, a University of California

student then engaged in making a biological

survey for the U. 8. Fish and Wildlife Service.

The specimen was found at an altitude of about

12,000 feet, at the base of a snowfield adjacent

to a small pool in which water temperature was

about 36°F. The pool is near Lake Dorothy in

the Upper Convict Basin. On the Mount Mor-

rison Quadrangle of the U. 8. Geological Survey

topographic maps of the area, the pool is ad-

jacent to a tiny lake southwest of Lake Dorothy

~ on a direct line between Lake Dorothy and Lake

Virginia, and about three-fourths of the distance

from Lake Dorothy to the county line between

Mono and Fresno Counties.

The specimen is much like bifratrilecta in

general appearance, but the femora are more

slender than in Sonora Pass females. There are

34 (right) and 33 (left) antennal segments, re-

spectively, which is slightly more than have been

found in bifratrilecta. Until more material is

available, preferably including a male, it is de-

sirable to postpone any definite judgment regard-

ing the status of this population.

The Mammoth Crest is located in the area of

the Mammoth Lakes and Devil’s Postpile Na-

tional Monument, and it forms an offshoot from

what is considered the main crest of the Sierra

Nevada Range. It is about 70 miles southeast of

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 10

Sonora Pass, suggesting that the distance and

more especially the location rather apart from

the main Sierra Nevada Range may have con-

tributed to the development of a form at least

subspecifically distinct from bifratrilecta.

Thanks to Harry P. Chandler, of Red Bluff,

Calif., I have learned that he and his associates

have collected Grylloblatta at several localities in

the area surrounding Mount Lassen, and it is

to be expected that they will publish on their

discovery. It would naturally be suspected that

the population might represent G. barberi Caudell,

- the type locality of which is some 25 miles or

more south of Mount Lassen.* Unfortunately,

the type series of barberi consists of nymphs only,

though several specimens are nearly mature.

Through Mr. Chandler’s kind cooperation, I

have examined some of the new material, in-

cluding both male and female, but I am un-

certain whether the specimens represent barbert.

The discovery of a mature male at the type

locality of barber: is highly important to a

thorough comparison and resulting sound deci-

sion regarding the identity of populations in

northern California.

Grylloblatta sculleni Gurney

Grylloblatta scullent Gurney, Pan-Pac. Ent. 13:

164, figs. 7-11. 1937. Type locality by original

designation: Scott Camp (6,600 feet altitude),

Three Sisters, Cascade Mountains, Oreg.

One adult female and 48 nymphs, collected

at the type locality October 11-12, 1952, by

Vincent D. Roth, have been examined. The

adult is much paler than the holotype. The

ovipositor extends to the base of the fifth segment

of the cercus, slightly longer than in the holotype,

and both specimens have 39 segments in the

right antenna and 32 in the apparently unbroken

left antenna. Regardless of the contraction or

extension of the terminal terga, which accounts

for some difference in the respective positions of

the ovipositor and cerci, the cerei of sculleni

proportionally are distinctly longer than those of

bifratrilecta. The nymphs here recorded include

numerous specimens of both sexes. The antennae

of two pairs of nymphs ranging from 13 to 15

mm in body length have 35 to 38 segments.

The smallest nymph is 4 mm long.

3'The type locality of barberi is about 20 miles

southwest of Westwood, Calif., near an entrance

of the Sunnyside Mine, on the North Fork of the

Feather River just above the junction of Butte

Creek and about 3 miles below Seneca.

OcTOBER 1953

The type locality consists of talus slopes which

terminate a small valley a hundred yards wide

and a few hundred yards long just above the

Sunshine Shelter on the slope between the North

and Middle Sister. The valley faces south and

the talus slopes are mainly on the westerly part

and present a very rocky path to the treeless

sides of the Middle Sister.

Mr. Roth writes regarding his collection: ‘‘The

majority of the specimens were obtained from

under rocks within 114 feet from the snow and

ice, and one specimen was collected on the snow

under a large rock. The microhabitat most suit-

able for the insects seemed to be one which was

damp but not wet, cold but not freezing, and

where there were loose rocks and some soil.

At the base of one talus slope where the rocks

were partly silted in, no specimens were found.

Since the grylloblattids are considered to have

nocturnal habits, I visited the talus slope from

which I collected most of the specimens about

7 p.m., after the sun had disappeared. Only one

specimen was seen during a half hour searching

and that was on a rock about 4 inches from the

snow.”

Several arthropods were found by Mr. Roth

in the same environment with scullenz, either on

or beneath rocks at the snowline. A fungus gnat

which occurred .in fairly large numbers on the

rocks and which did not seem inclined to fly,

has been identified by Alan Stone as a new

species of Boletina (Fungivoridae), a staphylinid

by M. H. Hatch as Phloepterus sp., and a centi-

pede by R. V. Chamberlin as Linatenia chionophila

(Wood), ‘‘a characteristically northern form, wide-

spread across Canada and the northern United

States.’’ M. C. Lane identified an elaterid larva as

Hypolithus nocturnus (Esch.), and Clarence J.

Goodnight identified two phalangids as Sabacon

crassipalpe (lu. Koch) and referred to them as a

cireumboreal form often found in cold areas.

A nymph 8 mm long had many insect frag-

- ments in the digestive tract, imcluding pieces

appearing to be from the wing of a fly, and the

antenna apparently from a tiny beetle. It seems

quite possible that Boletuna sometimes serves as

food for G. sculleni in this locality.

Grylloblatta campodeiformis campodeiformis

Walker

ise 2300, JS

Grylloblatta campodeiformis Walker, Can. Ent. 46:

93-99, figs. 1-7. 1914. Type locality by original

GURNEY: TAXONOMY

OF GRYLLOBLATTA Soll

designation: Sulphur Mountain, near Banff,

Alberta.

New distribution records: Missoula, Missoula

County, Mont., 3,700 feet, February 11, 1950

(1 female); same, about 3,500 feet, April 12,

1953 (1 male, 1 female), (taken separately under

surface rocks at base of rock slide, temperature

34°F .); Mission Mountains, Lake County, Mont.,

7,000 to 10,000 feet, September 14, 19, 20, 1952

(1 female, 9 nymphs); vicinity of Holland Look-

out, Swan Valley, Lake County, Mont., at sum-

mit and localities between there and three miles

to the north, elevations from about 6,500 feet

to 10,400 feet at summit, October 4, 1952 (5

males, 7 females, 14 nymphs). All collections

were made by John A. Chapman, of the Depart-

ment of Zoology, Montana State University.

Previous Montana records have been sum-

marized and the localities shown on a sketch

map (Gurney, 1948, pp. 90-91). Until now,

Montana records from west of the Gallatin Can-

yon have been limited to one large male nymph

taken on the snow January 26, 1947 by W. L.

Jellison along the East Fork Road, 10 miles east

of Sula, Ravalli County. Three counties in a

vertical tier along the Rocky Mountains of west-

ern Montana are now represented. The wide-

spread character of the distribution is shown by

the individual localities in the Mission Moun-

tains area at which Mr. Chapman found speci-

mens, as follows: McDonald Peak, about 10,000

feet; North Branch of the Mission Basin, about

8,000 feet; in the Duncan Lake Drainage, about

7,500 feet. Mr. Chapman found an adult female

beneath a board in the yard of his home near

Missoula on April 12, 1953. The 16 adults here

recorded have a total of 24 unbroken antennae

which range in number of segments from 26 to

29 (average, 28.5). As many as 30 segments

appear to be uncommon in c. campodeiformis.

ANNOTATED LIST OF REFERENCES

1. Ber-Brenko, G. Ia. A new representative of

orthopteroid insects of the growp Grylloblat-

toidea (Orthoptera) in the fauna of the USSR.

Ent. Obozr. 31 (3-4): 506-509, 4 figs. 1951.

(In Russian.)

Grylloblattina djakonovi, n. gen., n. sp., described from a

single female found Sept. 20, 1934, by A. M. Djakonov in a rot-

ting tree stump in woods at [? Island] of Petrov in the [? bay] of

Siaukh near the mouth of the river Sudzukh, southern Maritime

Provinces [of Siberia]. (The locality, ascertained through the

cooperation of consultants in the Slavic Room of the Library of

Congress, is approximately 90 miles east of Vladivostock, at

latitude 42° 52’ N. This first locality for the Grylloblattidae

JOURNAL OF THE

from the Asiatic mainland is about 200 miles farther north than

localities in northern Honshu at which Galloisiana has been

taken, but some 400 miles south of British Columbian habitats

of Grylloblatta. The genus is most closely related to Galloisiana

and is especially distinguished by 5-segmented cerci, the apical

segment of which is specialized. The latter is widened toward

the apex, but is conically and strongly narrowed and finally is

cylindrical to the apex.—A.B.G.)

2. CAMPBELL, Marruew G. Notes on Grylloblatta

at Kamloops. Proc. Ent. Soc. British Colum-

bia 45: 1-5. 1949. Presented posthumously,

with editorial notes by G. J. Spencer.

Detailed notes from the personal observations of an amateur

entomologist who collected numerous specimens at Kamloops,

B. C., and maintained cultures in the basement of his home.

The conditions of the natural habitat and those of the culture

containers are carefully explained. It is suggested that in cul-

tures soft rotted humus among loose stones is a good medium,

with temperatures between 30 and 40° F. It is emphasized that

the Kamloops population can survive higher temperatures than

the one in Alberta (typical campodeiformis), and that exposure

to 26° F. is fatal. (It is important that the taxonomic status of

the Kamloops population be re-examined by carefully com-

paring Kamloops males, when available, with those of G. c.

occidentalis.—A.B.G.)

3. CHOPARD, LucIEN. Notoptéres, pp. 587-5938, figs.

232-235. In Traité de Zoologie 9: 1117 pp.

1949. Edited by Pierre P. Grassé.

A brief summary in keeping with the reviews of other groups

in this basic French text and reference book. No original data

apparently. One of the best summaries to be found in a general

book.

4. Epwarps, GrorGcE A., AND NutTTING, WILLIAM

L. The influence of temperature upon the

respiration and heart activity of Thermobia

and Grylloblatta. Psyche 57: 33-44. 1950.

The oxygen consumption, heart rate, and activity at various

temperatures were determined, in the case of Grylloblatta based

on specimens from Montana. ‘“‘Grylloblatta is normally active

from —2.5 to 11.3 degrees C. At lower temperatures activity is

decreased and at higher temperatures activity is increased until

at 18 degrees the animals become stuporous and at 20.5 degrees

become irreversibly damaged by heat.’’ These insects are

“strictly poikilothermal in that they make no metabolic adap-

tations to offset unfavorable temperatures.”’

5. Eusgea, J. E. A new locality for Grylloblatta.

Pan-Pacifie Ent. 13: 57. 1937.

6. GuRNEY, ASHLEY B. The taxonomy and distribu-

tion of the Grylloblattidae. Proc. Ent. Soe.

Washington 50: 86-102, 11 figs., 4 text-figs.

1948.

7. Jupp, W. W. A comparative study of the pro-

ventriculus of orthopteroid insects with refer-

ence to use in taronomy. Can. Journ. Res.

(sect. D) 26: 93-161, 98 figs. 1948.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 10

The proventriculus of Grylloblatta is compared to that of

other orthopteroids. In Grylloblatia it is described as of globular

shape, with t2 longitudinal folds in the intima and two ranks of

12 pyramidal ‘‘teeth’”’ each at its posterior end.

8. Nurrinc, WiLuiam L. A comparative anatomical

study of the heart and accessory structures of

the orthopteroid insects. Jour. Morph. 89:

501-598, 21 pls. 1951.

A valuable, basic study of the heart in all principal groups

of orthopteroids. The position of Grylloblatta at the base of the

saltatorial Orthoptera is strongly suggested. The incurrent-

excurrent system in this insect “illustrates the basic ancestral

plan from which all of the orthopteroid variations may well

have been derived,”’ though the author does not conclude that

Grylloblatta is the ancestral orthopteroid.

9. Pietscu, D. J. The alpine rock crawler, Gryllo-

blatta campodeiformis Walker, in Montana.

Proc. Montana Acad. Sci. 5 and 6: 17-20.

1947.

Grylloblatta collections made in Montana are reviewed, the

first specimen having been found by Fred Skoog in 1936 in the

Gallatin Canyon south of Bozeman. Nearly all Montana speci-

mens have been taken in the fall, suggesting that the conditions

of spring and summer are unfavorable for G. campodeiformis

in the portions of rock slides and other habitats that are near

the surface. In the extreme northwestern corner of Yellowstone

National Park, Wyoming, a single specimen was found in May

1939. An ecology class from Montana State College established

a study plot of 119 square yards at 7,500 feet altitude in the

Bridger Mountains 20 miles north of Bozeman. It is moderately

wooded, with a coarse rock slide on an incline of 20 degrees from

the horizontal. The total specimens resulting from one visit

during each of five years (October or early November, 1938-

42) was 121 (18 adults, 103 nymphs). One specimen occurred

at least a foot above ground level in a rotten stump. Rarely

does more than one specimen occur under the same stone, and

ants and other insects seldom are found with Grylloblatta. Adults

seldom occur under small stones, though rarely they have been

found beneath stones as small as 2 x 3 x 4 inches.

10. WALKER, E. M. On the anatomy of Grylloblatta

campodeiformis Walker. The organs of di-

gestion. Can. Journ. Res. (sect. D), 27: 309-

344, 1 pl., 14 figs. 1949.

A detailed description of digestive organs, with special at-

tention to the proventriculus. The latter is much different from

that of the Ensifera in that there are 12 longitudinal divisions

characterized by flexible, backwardly directed lamellae instead

of six divisions armed with columns of complex sclerotized teeth.

The Ensifera have the most powerful and elaborate system of

hard toothlike structures on the internal lining of the proven-

triculus of any group of orthopteroid insects. The proventricu-

lus of Grylloblatta is believed to serve as a regulatory valve and

also possibly as a propulsive organ for the movement of food

through the digestive tract. It is concluded that (1) the gryl-

loblattids are the nearest relatives of the Ensifera, but differ

too widely to be included within that group, and (2) the salta-

torial habit has been independently evolved in the Ensifera

and Caelifera.

OcTOBER 1953

SETZER: FOUR NEW MAMMALS

333

MAM MALOGY.—Four new mammals from the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Henry W.

SETZER, U.S. National Museum.

Through the efforts and cooperation of

the United States Naval Medical Research

Unit No. 3 and John S. Owen, formerly

district commissioner of Torit District,

Equatoria Province, a large collection of

mammals has been made available through

the Chicago Natural History Museum for

study. The specimens, here designated as

types, are a part of a larger collection pur-

chased by Harry Hoogstraal from John 8.

Owen for the Chicago Natural History

Museum. The only specimens previously

reported from this province were obtained

by the Smithsonian Roosevelt African Ex-

pedition of 1909-1910 near Nimule and

Lado, which were then politically a part of

Uganda. The bulk of the present collection

was made near Torit and in the Imatong

Mountains, both of which le on the east

side of the province. Capitalized color terms

are from Ridgway’s Color standards and color

nomenclature. All measurements are in

millimeters.

Graphiurus murinus sudanensis, n. subsp.

Type.—Chicago Natural History Museum, no.

79429, adult female, skin and skull, from Torit,

Equatoria Province, Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Ob-

tained December 4, 1951, by J. 8. Owen; original

number, 2143.

Specimens examined.—Twelve, from Equatoria

Province; Torit, 11; Obbo, 1.

Distribution —Known only from the above

localities.

Diagnosis.—Hairs of upper parts with a broad

basal plumbeous band, a narrow subterminal

band of Clay Color, and then finely tipped with

black; color darkest on top of head; hairs of

shoulders with a basal plumbeous band and a

broad terminal band of Cinnamon-Buff, thus

giving the animal a ‘‘collared”’ appearance; black

orbital rings conspicuous; cheeks, belly and dorsal

surface of hind feet whitish; chest, throat and

inside of forelimbs strongly washed with Mikado

Brown; tail brownish gray, most hairs white

tipped; dorsal surface of hands brownish. Brain-

case vaulted; width across zygomatic arches

greatest at middle; upper toothrows parallel;

auditory bullae strongly inflated ventrally; ex-

ternal pterygoid processes widely flaring.

Measurements of type specimen.—Total length

175; length of tail 82; length of hind foot 18;

condylobasal length of skull 22.2; greatest zy-

gomatic width 14.6; least interorbital width 4.2;

crown length of upper toothrow 3.1; condyloin-

cisive length 23.8; length of nasals 9.6; width of

rostrum at level of infraorbital foramen 5.6.

Comparisons.—Graphiurus murinus sudanensis

differs from G. m. griseus from the Isiola River,

British East Africa, in that the brainease is

less vaulted; the width across the zygomatic

arches is greater; the rostrum is wider; the nasals

are more rounded anteriorly; the auditory bullae

are smaller but more inflated ventrally; the

upper toothrows are parallel instead of divergent

anteriorly. The color is lighter throughout and

the hairs of the tail are white tipped and not

concolor.

From Graphiurus murinus saturatus, as known

from Kaimosi, British East Africa, G. m. sudanen-

sis differs in that the bullae appear larger antero-

posteriorly but equally inflated ventrally; width

across zygomatic arches less, the widest point

being, in general, near the middle of the arch

and not near the temporal root; the rostrum is

narrower; the least interorbital width is generally

less. Dorsal color is lighter; the tail is brownish

eray instead of brownish; there is more white on

the cheeks; and the belly instead of being strongly

washed with buff is whitish.

From Graphiurus parvus parvus and G. p.

dollmant, G. m. sudanensis differs in being de-

cidedly larger and darker in color.

From Graphiurus christyt, as known from

Medje, Belgian Congo, G. m. sudanensis differs

in having the braincase less vaulted; the width

across the zygomatic arches less; the rostrum

narrower; the nasals not projecting so far pos-

teriorly; the auditory bullae larger and more

inflated; the upper toothrows parallel and not

diverging anteriorly. The color is lighter; the

white markings of the face are present; and the

hairs of the belly are more broadly tipped with

white.

No specimens of Graphiurus butleri are avail-

able for comparison, but on the basis of published

measurements it appears that G. m. sudanensis is

smaller; the skull is shorter and narrower; the

interorbital constriction is less; the nasals are

334 JOURNAL OF THE

markedly shorter; and the upper toothrow 1s

shorter.

Specimens of Graphiurus orobinus are not avail-

able for comparison, but it seems to me that

because of its extremely short hind foot this

species is in no way related to G. m. sudanensis.

From the type of Graphiurus personatus, G. m.

sudanensis differs in being markedly larger and

erayer.

Remarks.—Even though actual intergradation

cannot be demonstrated with allied races of

Graphiurus murinus, the majority of the charac-

ters of the Sudanese specimens place them in

that species. It may well be that as additional

specimens are acquired, the species christy: and

butlert will be shown to intergrade with adjacent

races of murinus.

It is interesting to note that all the specimens

except two were taken in native huts. The two

exceptions were taken from a tree in the savanna.

Otomys orestes giloensis, n. subsp.

Type.—Chicago Natural History Museum, no.

73901, adult female, skin and skull, from Gilo

(long. 32° 50’ 38” H., lat. 4° 2’ N.), Imatong

Mountains, 6,500 feet, Torit District, Equatoria

Province, Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Obtained 10

November 1952 by J. 8. Owen; original number,

2278.

Specimens examined.—Nine, all from Gilo.

Distribution —Known only from the type lo-

cality.

Diagnosis.—Over-all coloration of upper parts

Olive Brown shading into the plumbeous belly;

no sharp line of demarcation between upper parts

and belly; plumbeous of belly washed with buff.

Tail black above, buffy gray below, the colors

not sharply separated. Rostrum of skull relatively

long and narrow; nasals not greatly expanded at

tip; interorbital region relatively wide; bullae

relatively large; upper toothrow relatively long.

Measurements of type specumen.—Length of

head and body 161; length of tail 71; length of

hind foot 28; length of ear from crown 17;

condyloincisive length of skull 34.7; alveolar

length of upper toothrow 8.8; length of anterior

palatine foramina 6.6; width across zygomatic

arches 18.5; least interorbital width 4.6; length

of nasals 15.7.

Comparisons.—From the type of Otomys orestes

dollmani, O. o. giloensis differs in darker color,

larger body, and longer hind foot. The rostrum

is longer and narrower; the nasals less expanded

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 10

distally; the interorbital region wider; the upper

toothrow longer; the auditory bullae larger and

more inflated; the width across the zygomatic

arches greater; and the wings of the mesoptery-

goid less flaring.

From Otomys orestes orestes as known by speci-

mens from Mount Kenia, British East Africa,

O. o. giloensis differs in generally darker colora-

tion and somewhat smaller hind feet. The skull

differs in wider interorbital region; nasals less

flaring anteriorly; anterior palatine foramina

shorter; auditory bullae smaller but relatively

more inflated ventrally; and upper toothrow

shorter.

Remarks.—This new subspecies is well marked

both in color and in cranial characters. In mor-

phological characters it is closer to O. 0. dollmani

than to the nominate race. All of the specimens

in the type series show the six laminae of M*,

which appear to be typical of the orestes, irroratus,

kempi section of the irroratus group as defined

by Ellerman in The families and genera of liwing

rodents, vol. 2.

Mus triton imatongensis, n. subsp.

Type.—Chicago Natural History Museum, no.

79535, adult male, skin and skull, from Gilo

(long. 32° 50’ 38” EH. lat. 49°27 NG) ioien=

Mountains, Torit District, Equatoria Province,

Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Obtained January 18,

1952, by J. S. Owen.

Specimens examined.—Twelve, all from Gilo.

Distribution —Known only from the type lo-

cality.

Diagnosis.—Upper parts Warm Sepia in over-

all tone; hairs finely tipped with Saccardo’s

Umber; belly, throat, chin, upper lips, and ventral

surfaces of forelegs whitish with hairs plumbeous-

based and lightly washed with buffy; dorsal

surfaces of hands and feet blackish. Skull with

narrow interorbital region; auditory bullae rela-

tively large; upper toothrow relatively short;

interpterygoid space relatively wide.

Measurements of type specimen.—Length of

head and body 69; length of tail 53; length of

hind foot 16; length of ear from crown 7; con-

dyloincisive length of skull 19.5; width across

zygomatic arches 10.3; length of nasals 7.8; least

interorbital width 3.9; length of upper toothrow

out

Comparisons.—Mus triton imatongensis differs

from M. t. triton, as represented by the type and

type series of Mus naivashae Heller, from the

OcToBER 1953

Aberdare Mountains, British East Africa, in:

Color generally darker, that is with less yellow

in the pelage; skull with markedly larger bullae;

shorter maxillary toothrow and narrower in-

terorbitum; more vaulted and less laterally ex-

panded cranium.

The only other form with which Mus triton

imatongensis might be confused is Mus muscu-

loides, from which it may be distinguished by the

plumbeous instead of pure white belly.

Remarks.—The specimens in the type series

were all taken in grassy situations either in

coffee plantations or along forest streams. The

outstanding characters separating M. t. imaton-

gensis from the nominate race are in the develop-

ment of the auditory bullae and the vaulting of

the cranium. These two characters may be of

specific importance, but I feel that it is better to

refer these animals to Mus triton to which they

are closely related.

Mus bellus aequatorius, n. subsp.

Type—Chicago Natural History Museum, no.

79510, adult female, skin and skull, from Torit,

Torit District, Equatoria Province, Anglo-Egyp-

tian Sudan. Obtained by J. 8. Owen, March 1,

1952.

Specimens examined.—Thirty-one, from: Torit,

29, Ikoto, 1; Obbo, 1.

Distribution Known only from the above

localities.

Diagnosis—Coloration of upper parts Clay

Color strongly intermixed with black; Clay Color

purest on cheeks, above eyes, a thin band on

upper arm, and a thin line between the dorsal

color and the belly. Dorsum with conspicuous

wide blackish stripe, almost lacking Clay Color,

from tip of nose to base of tail. Belly, hands, feet,

throat, chin, hips, and postauricular and sub-

auricular spots pure white. Rostrum and _ in-

terorbital region of skull relatively narrow; maxil-

lary toothrow short; sides of anterior palatine

foramina not flaring.

Measurements of type specimen.—Total length

SETZER: FOUR NEW MAMMALS

339

82; length of tail 32; length of hind foot 11;

length of ear 7; condyloincisive length of skull

15.9; crown length of upper toothrow 2.8; width

across zygomatic arches 8.8; least interorbital

width 3.1; length of nasals 6.2; width of rostrum

at level of infraorbital foramen 2.2.

Comparisons.—From the type of Mus bellus

gondokorae, M. b. aequatorius differs in darker,

more Clearly defined dorsal stripe; less yellow in

pigmented areas; pronounced subauricular and

postauricular spots as opposed to a minute sub-

auricular and no postauricular spot in M. 6.

gondokorae; rostrum narrower; toothrow shorter;

lateral margins of anterior palatine foramina

nearly straight rather than bowed laterad; in-

terorbital region narrower.

Mus bellus aequatorius differs from the type of

M. b. enclavae in: Color lighter in all respects

but with the dark dorsal stripe more pronounced;

postauricular and subauricular spots conspicuous

(there is only a suggestion of the subauricular

spot in WM. b. enclavae); rostrum narrower; upper

toothrow shorter; auditory bullae larger; in-

terorbital region narrower; width of skull at

level of temporal root of zygomata narrower;

wings of pterygoid less flaring.

Remarks.—Most of the specimens examined

came from savanna, but a few were taken in

buildings occupied as a laboratory at Torit.

One specimen from Obbo is intermediate in

color between M. b. aequatorius and M. b. en-

clavae and has only a faint subauricular spot as

in the latter. The skull, however, is like that of

aequatorius in all critical characters. This speci-

men is, therefore, referred to aequatorius but is

not considered to he within the normal range of

variation of the typical form.

The most outstanding character of this new

subspecies is the pronounced white band below

and in back of the ears. This one character alone

separates M. b. aequatorius from M. b. enclavae

and M. b. gondokorae. In none of the subspecies

from British East Africa does this white spot

show so conspicuously.

336 JOURNAL OF THE

ZOOLOGY.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 10

Three new species of coccidia from the Canada goose, Branta canaden-

sis (Linné, 1758). Marion M. Farr, U.S. Bureau of Animal Industry. (Com-

municated by E. W. Price.)

For several years the Zoological Division

of the Bureau of Animal Industry and the

Disease Section of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife

Service have been cooperating in a study to

determine the cause or causes of mortality

among Canada geese overwintering at Pea

Island National Wildlife Refuge, which is

located in North Carolina. During this in-

vestigation three species of coccidia, appar-

ently not heretofore described, were recov-

ered. The descriptions of these species, as

well as notes on the life cycle of one of the

species, are given in this paper.

Critcher (1950) reported Eimeria truncata

(Railliet and Lucet, 1891) from the Canada

goose on Pea Island National Wildlife Refuge

and suggested that this parasite might be

a factor in mortality among Canada geese

there. Levine (1951) described Ezmeria mag-

nalabia from Branta canadensis interior on

Horseshoe Lake Game Refuge, Illinois. In

1952, he gave a brief description of another

new species, Hzmeria brantae,! from the lesser

Canada goose, Branta canadensis leucopareia.

Eimeria hermani, n.sp. Figs. 1, 2

Sporulated oocyst—17.5 to 19.5u by 24.3 to

27.64; most frequently 18.9 by 25.6u. Shape

index (width divided by length) 0.64 to 0.76;

most frequently 0.71. Shape ovoid, slightly flat-

tened at one end. Micropyle prominent, 3.2u in

diameter, located at narrower flattened pole of

oocyst. Oocyst wall colorless, thick, smooth;

composed of two layers which are not easily

distinguished unless wall is broken as shown in

Fig. 2. Outer layer 0.95u thick, slightly thinner at

micropyle; inner layer 0.44 thick, expanding

around micropyle into irregular lobes which hang

down into oocyst. A dark line of refraction is

visible within wall of sporulated oocyst, par-

ticularly at end opposite micropyle; this may

represent an inner membrane, although none was

seen when wall was broken. No oocystic residual

body and no polar body seen. Sporocysts 7.6 to

94u by 13.5 to 14.1u; each slightly pointed at

1 After this paper was submitted, a description

and figure of the unsporulated oocyst of #. brantae

from the feces of Brantac. parvipes were published:

LEVINE, N. D. A review of the coccidia from the avian

orders Galliformes, Anseriformes and Charadrit-

formes, with descriptions of three new species. Amer.

Midl. Nat. 49 : 696-719. 1953.

ends, with thin wall, an inconspicuous Stieda

body, and finely granular sporocystic residuum

dispersed around sporozoites. Each sporozoite

elongated, rounded at one end and pointed at the

other, and doubled over within sporocyst.

Nucleus of sporozoite almost centrally located,

being a little nearer rounded posterior end. A

large ellipsoidal refractile body fills rounded end

of sporozoite and a smaller spherical, refractile

body is just anterior to nucleus. Under favorable

conditions (e.g., when slide is gently warmed)

sporozoites move about vigorously within sporo-

cyst. Sporulation is completed within 48 hours at

room temperature.

Prepatent period.—F ive days.

Hosts.—Branta canadensis (type host); Anser

anser (experimental host).

Location.—Throughout small intestine.

Localities —Pea Island National Wildlife Ref-

uge, North Carolina (type locality); Seney

National Wildlife Refuge, Michigan.

This species is named in honor of Dr. Carlton

M. Herman, U. 8S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

Table 1 is a chart of the species of Eimeria

reported from ducks and geese. Reference to this

chart shows that E. hermani is readily differen-

tiated from all other species, except, perhaps, #.

brantae Levine, 1952. However, the oocysts of EL.

hermani are in general larger than those of E.

brantae.2 Since the description of EL. brantae is too

inadequate for identification, the present species

is considered as new.

Eimeria striata, n.sp. Fig. 3

Sporulated oocyst—13.7 to 18u by 18.9 to

23.64; majority varying between 15.5 to 17.5u

by 20.2 to 22.9u. Shape index 0.65 to 0.86,

majority 0.72 to 0.78. Shape elliptical to ovoid;

micropyle prominent, 2.74 in diameter. Oocyst

wall thick, composed of two layers; outer layer

pale yellow, finely striated and pitted, about

0.95u thick, slightly thinner at micropyle; inner

layer smooth, colorless, about 0.4u thick, expand-

ing slightly at micropyle. One or more refractile

polar granules present but no oocystic residuum

observed. Sporocysts 7 to 8u by 10 to 12u, each

with a. small Stieda body at one end; the other

> At the micropyle the oocyst wall of EF. hermani

is slightly flattened, and the inner layer of the wall

is expanded into irregular lobes, while E. brantae is

not flattened and the expanded portion of the inner

wall is apparently smooth.

OcTOBER 1953 FARR: THREE NEW

end rounded or slightly pointed; coarsely granular

sporocystic residuum present. Sporozoites elon-

gated and doubled over within sporocyst, at least

2 refractile bodies within each sporozoite. Spor-

ulation completed within 72 hours at room tem-

perature. However, polar bodies do not usually

appear until a day or two after sporulation has

been completed.

Prepatent period.—A few oocysts on fifth day,

major shower on sixth day.

Hosts —Branta canadensis (type host); Anser

anser (experimental host).

SPECIES OF COCCIDIA

337

Location.—Small intestine.

Localities —Pea Island National Wildlife Ref-

uge, North Carolina (type locality); Seney Na-

tional Wildlife Refuge, Michigan.

Eimeria striata most closely resembles Eimeria

magnalabia Levine, 1951. However, the oocyst

of E. striata has one or more polar bodies, each

sporocyst has a small Stieda body, the pale

yellow outer layer of the oocyst wall becomes

thinner around the micropyle and the colorless

inner layer becomes thicker around the micropyle.

On the other hand the EF. magnalabia oocyst has

neither polar bodies nor Stieda bodies, the brown-

Figs. 14.—1, Eimeria hermani, un. sp., sporulated oocyst; 2, Eimeria hermani, n. sp., broken oocyst

showing the two layers of the wall; 3, Eimeria striata, n. sp., sporulated oocyst; 4, Eimeria fulva, n.

sp., sporulated oocyst.

—)

SCIENCES

[MY OF

ACADE

WASHINGTON

THE

—

;

_—

-_~

SABP G

SABP

SAP 6

SARD 1

potiad

Juayedaig

SARP Z

SAup

fF OF €

SAG) F |

SABDP

2.07

awit}

uonrpni0ods

JuOsqy

}UOSqy

JUosoad

Aqyensy)

SUOTSN]O

-ul

1G]

-Od Mog]

Apoq

1P|[Od

A|WO

ysA00.10d8 UT

A[UO

ysAov010ds Uy

AyUO

ysA0010dS UT

A]UO

ysA0010dS UT

ysA0010ds8

pues 4s ADVOO uy

Apoq [enptsoy

juosqy

OBIL]

7, aE

JUOSOL |

ODI]

y yar

JUDSOA J

OBIE]

‘JUOSOL |

Od1V]

(3, Ar

JUDSOL |

MOLIBU

Ioyye

‘, nae

}UOSOA

JUST |

yuou

-1ur104d

“JUOSOA |

a ACO. 1 yy

OPBOTTOP “SSo]Lo]or

yor) “UMOLET,

éLOAV] LOU

-UL SSopLOTOO SorAd

-OADTUL YR SOQO] OFT

yosiuvjue ‘pod

poole] POT

O[JOA YSUMOAE

oyAd

-OLOTU YR Posrepuo

IOAV] LOUUL SIOAR] Z

‘YJOOUS “SSopLO[OO,

o[ACO.L91UL YB SOQO]

YIM JOAR] LOUUT

YJOOUIS SSop1o;oOo

‘poyjid puv poyeiys

‘LOA LOJNO UMOLE

pommydynos Apouy

ALOA SUMOLQ YOST]

SO[ TOTO)

SO[LO[OC)

| TUM

[wordy

-[9 40 punoy,

ojod az01.104

“Uv poyRouNnAy

‘podvys-335]

Ploao ATVYSYG

a] Adou.t0

“1 YB pou yy

ATIYBYS *Ploagd

of Ado.

-IUI 48 pouoy

“yey ALS

“ULLO JIA YSOUr

-|@ SOUILPOUIOS

‘ploaod A[pworg

pojyuopul

oq ABU opts

ouo Syeplosdiy

-[O JO plOaA()

PIlOAQ

podvys-avog

advys

"GT-OL

bTL-OL

MEE-GZ

MPS-LT

"C-L 1G

OS AU Waa

M9" LG-E' PG

Mh‘ SE-9' GS

NZ GS-% 0%

66-9

06-€1

noe X 81

mEZ-91

NSI-€E1

9218

A[ULeU TOTY

-1od 101104

-sod ‘oury

“SOUT [BUG

uot}

-Lod O10}

-sod ‘oury

-SOPUL [RUG

SO00)]

our)

-SoOJUL [[RUIG

our}

-SOJUL |[BUIG

OUTJSOJUI

[[VUUIS OLY U]

UMOUYUL)

uo1ytod

Lo1oysod

Ayureu “oury

-SoJUL []BUg

UOL}VIO'T

dso003

OLSOULOC]

®&

OS003

OLSOULO CT

LOWWAIJUL SISUAP

“DUDI DIJUDLGE

ylOSUD

lasuy ‘sisuap

-DUDI DIUDLE

aSUn

MOSUY ‘SUsUap

-DUDI DIJUDLE

DULISS1)JOUL

DIMIIDUWOS

piaipd

-O0NA] SIsUap

-DUDI DIUDLE

Osoo3

OLSOULOC]

SOP]

ASadY) GNV SMOOC, WOU AULHOdHyY VIUUININ, TO SHIOMdG WO SLSANO() ONILVIENGUOATC, SULOVAV He )—" | OTA J,

EEG “UBTIOS

‘pynaiod * hy

C861 UEOM

‘SUdIOU * iT

IGG] “outaoy

‘PIQD)DUBDUL * iT

‘

so lis| 01

“VUDULMOY *

‘ds cu ‘ayn

(SP61)

uospRyyy pus

UdSUBIYSLIYS)

‘opypydaong fy

ZGG | “OULAOT]

‘ODJUDLG * HT

SE61

‘URTJOS, “PUoUto

(GE61) UBTOM

‘ L 4 .

OSUD * HT

sorods

339

‘CID

Coc

IES

, SPEC

NEW S

BE Je

- TH

JES

FAR

195

Oct

| is

val

sty

Cys

OOC)

f tl

r layer o

7 out

vellow

ish-vel

ish v

vle,

nicrop) t

he 1 ly a

1 t on

OUne Mae le

U b

; aro Visl

jel =

thi - Jay

bene ae the mic

ite Sp

and t d oppos ia fulva, n 5.6 to

he en K eria = 25:

Z : re eee 2u by Shape

= O.4 ad ZR

= — to 2 F 29.7 veen

0.2 ty

ae 2 6 by ine be a

eg 2 & YS Oe varying ovold,

g a a d 00C tly itxr Wee) dly d

a. late uentl) jority broadh tene

See 42 = oru freq z= 1a) r r flat

oF gc a Sp ost 85, 1 sually ightly 3 to

S12 = ss Sanat to 0. eu sligh nt 3: a

= oo — m ) ~ » )

28 g22e36 ee te: ae ee See

ear oo = c : : fu

° ae aos index nd 0.7 10st a pyle p rer pole trams

a 2 ccasiona or pole. ted at puted elon, er

= c re a rer faann inn

= £ narrow ter, loc ter laye Tellow ; yle; ae X-

oD at in diame d: ou mish y rerODy and e3

S oA rall 2- : ‘jated, thinn 0.6u ‘ound ithin

5 2 9 wa , str ightly ‘less, idge aro wit

2 sely ighth lor ‘idg nt t

Oo mS ° ‘ek th a oe n is , evi al

= 8 thi 100 ‘athe ‘actio ially nt

Bec * sn ra ‘efra ecl ‘ese

ee el into a f re esp ‘eDI le

5 So lay ing int < line o veal ee Cl Sern

2 So SS P ne. A c of 00¢; le; ‘actile | JOY.

iS 2 GS zo vle. ‘face : ropy efra of ST} 14 Su,

2. — aS : n 1 ; Cc Te Z = 1

2 in Os f TOW ian it

= nd opp ibrane. at aa Tu by cyst Ww ular

= = e anon ee Se ranal sporo Beg ane

2 inne ’ pl s 8. ach s sely g ratec

R Sp vi lly ‘sts ea arsely nga

> gi is usually ‘ocys ds COe s elong ‘0-

re — is us Spor ends, A ures oro

Die a= mst. t both dy. - obse ithin sp 6

2 & o0cy ae ade hg Pails sae D to.9

oe = ~ = ie Stie a Vi y D,

as a pointe nt S iduum p bled ae hin 7

= O — J ine sidu lou wit PS

g25 Le site mucin rleted fections

g a z aE 3 eee ites we ee re. imental in howed

=) aS 5 a = = JOTOZO ‘ulatio yeratu sperm SCESE S the

z ee Qo SI} Spot tem} —Exy la ge shout

o = = < o 5 BS) 5 urs a venta ; and irred ngest n-

a _ 3 5S a 2 O "oO ho velopn 1estie : ite OCCL and EO ee gree

~ o = so = : aA re >

¥ os = He a0 De th be € paras kening vulation | n. The

Lg.5 ro) : ot 0) ic n lon. e

a s& in b at A thi accu infect ife cycle

=e gross ce es all a . se

23 Z near sti mp p lay

° _ inte acco com ur day tal

Ss the cus for the last fo men

— = o : h mu ired 0 the velop NOr-

S os - e BELL rg ced on he de rr J

5S z O° time : e days. sue fix that t he ante rs after

= 5 rasan f tis red in t hou ch

=e 3 = wa so how nt 144 ea,

a < z= x S ; evele abu Abo hizon r 16 to

i) cx x Oo) he life és most testine. ai SC taining the

A x ae cee ee oer ‘1

x l - tag sn bers 5m an red w ill.

= > = SS) he al -VeC \

Lxd ion of t nui by 15u bsery f the f

i oO tion tion, t 13 2 rere oO ides O TS O

> = Z la u ve 1 be

a 5 inocu ing abo ites, i and i tes hum

[5 2 TSU 1eroz0 e tips lation, HORSE

R os 3 nee mall n lls of th inocu in the ep which

g s = 2 s s ter t1 S r

— és 1 te ?

= Z=4 30 1 ce 's af esel . 5,

= és = ep t 169 ts were ture 2g f 2. 3; chi tips

qs Sie Abou hizon f imma oups of 1 of the the

ea = 2 mall se bers o in gro itheliun Seo WL he

= § S ZN NE 1

eS oS an d sing A in t wel func

S = Rn o & ~ = rre withi i: some nd

S = S| Soe lees O un 711 | ec

Sea: oe 5 = fo the v the n

3 ~” a aD o = were : of Lin

s 3 = as and s ropria

= ® 3 2 7 p

oti fee | 8 panics

Sas ea

z Sa7 ;

M =}

. ~ _ a

= SS S

S -e3

— <a} ad

<3)

340 JOURNAL OF THE

intestinal glands. In cases where the host cell

was not completely destroyed the cytoplasm was

stretched in a thin line around the parasite and

there was no hypertrophy of the nucleus. How-

ever, in many cases the host cell was destroyed,

consequently, some of the gametocytes had

moved to the basement membrane and others

had penetrated into the tunica propria. Often

there was a clear space between the parasite and

the host tissue. At 193 hours after inoculation,

masses of developing gametocytes and numbers

of nearly mature macrogametocytes and micro-

gametocytes were present. Microgametocytes

measured between 29 to 37.7u by 34.8 to 46.4u

and the more mature ones appeared to be multi-

centric. The more mature macrogametocytes

varied from 20.3 to 23.7u by 26 to 30.4y. At

217 hours after inoculation, masses of gameto-

cytes were seen along the basement membrane

and numbers of oocysts were present.

Prepatent period.—Nine days.

Hosts —Branta canadensis (type host), Anser

anser (experimental host).

Location.—Throughout small intestine.

Localities —Pea Island National Wildlife Ref-

uge, North Carolina (type locality); Seneca Falls,

N. Y.;Seney National Wildlife Refuge, Michigan.

Type specimens—U. 8. N. M. Helm. Coll.

no. 47605.

This species is unlike any of the coccidia de-

scribed from geese and ducks except H. nocens

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 10

Kotlan, 1933. FE. fulva differs from EH. nocens in

that the outer wall of the oocyst of H. fulva is

pitted and transversely striated; and a large

polar body is usually present in the sporulated

oocyst and the parasite occurs throughout the

small intestine. Kotlan (1933) did not mention

the shape of the sporocysts of H. nocens nor did

he state whether a Stieda body was present.

LITERATURE CITED

Critcuer, 8S. Renal coccidiosis in Pea Island

Canada geese. Wildlife in North Carolina 14:

14-15, 22. 1950.

CHRISTIANSEN, M., and Mapsren, H. Eimeria

bucephalae n.sp. (Coccidia) pathogenic in gold-

eneye (Bucephala clangula L.) in Denmark.

Danish Rev. Game Biol. 1: 61-73. 1948.

Korian, 8. Adatok a vizimadarak (kacsa, liba)

coccidiosisénak ismeretéhez. Allat. Lapok. 55:

103-107. 1932.

. Zur Kenntnis der Kokzidiose des Wasserge-

flugels. Die Kokzidiose der Hausgans. Zentralbl.

Bakteriol., Abt. 1, Orig., 129: 11-21, 1933.

LEVINE, N. D. Tyzzeria and Eimeria from the

Canada goose. Proc. Amer. Soc. Protozool.

22 7 AGS

. Eimeria magnalabia n.sp. and Tyzzeria sp.

(Protozoa: Eimeriidae) from the Canada goose.

Cornell Vet. 42: 247-252. 1952.

RaIiuuieET, A., and Lucret, A. Note sur guelques

especes de coccidies encore peu étudiées. Bull.

Soc. Zool. France 16: 246-250. 1891.

Ripaua, V. Hanede neerukokstidioos. (Renal coc-

cidiosis of geese.) Eesti Loomaarstlik Ring-

vaade 12: 177-199. 1936.

SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT

INDEX TO JOURNAL OF WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The long-anticipated Index to the first 40 volumes of the Journal of the Washington Academy of

Sciences and to the Proceedings (13 volumes that preceded the Journal) is scheduled to be off the

press in December 1953. It will be a book of about 275 pages, well printed and bound, in the same

size as the Journal.

Every member of the Academy, whether or not he has a set of the Journal or the Proceedings, will

want a copy of this Index for reference purposes. It was prepared by Miss Mary A. BRADLEY under

the direction of Paut H. Oruser, Chief of the Editorial Division of the Smithsonian Institution, and

is published by direction of the Board of Managers of the Academy through its special Index Com-

mittee. It indexes by author and title every article, abstract, obituary, and review published in the

Proceedings and the Journal down through the year 1950 and is designed to serve as a ready guide to

the vast quantity and wide variety of scientific material that has appeared in the Academy’s publica-

tions.

Order your copy now from Dr. Haratp A. REHDER, Custodian and Subscription Manager of the

Academy’s publications, U. 8S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. You will find it an indis-

pensable addition to your science library. The price will be $7.50, with a 20 percent discount to mem-

bers of the Academy.

FRANK M. Serzimr, President, W.A.S.

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

rare EP SN ao SA nla a a0 eS aapha x wel wines F, M. Serzuer, U. 8. National Museum

JOR DRUG a re F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

Pen Re ee ccna ayo vids sins ofa cies ss Jason R. Swauwen, U.S. National Museum

TEMSIUTET «|... 2... - Howarp S. Rapp.terye, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

2 9 TOS). 5. ee Joon A. StEvENsOoN, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Harrap A. REHDER, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Paiesepaical society of Washington..................2..0..ceeeee A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington..................... WILiiaM H. GILBERT

Brolosical Society of Washington.......................-- Hueu THomas O’NEILL

Wrcnneapociety of Washington..............6. 0060008. GrorcE W. IrvING, JR.

Mutomolorical Society of Washington. ..............2..020cee cee cee F. W. Poos

MrmeanaGcorraphic Socicty................6605ecee seen ees ALEXANDER WETMORE

Geeamndteal paciety of Washington...........2.....2...026.6002- A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

Masmmiste Historical Society ........ 2.20.2 cn ec cee cece cee eess GILBERT GROSVENOR

Boetaniesa) society of Washington....................5.6.00. Harry A. BortTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GEoRGE F. GRAVATT

Meaanmetou pociety of Hingineers.......-......6..22. 0.0 ee cece ee eee C. A. Betts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers.. ARNoLD H. Scorr

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHarp 8. DiLu

Helminthological Society of Washington.......................... L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLOCUM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... FLoryp W. Houce#

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers.......HmERBERT GROVE DorRsEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

: Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N.R. Evuis

Washington Chapter, American Society of Metals............. Joun G. THOMPSON

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

CoE L258 Di) LE 2 Sara E. Branaam, Mitton Harris

I MEMMIDCUMIRES SS ces ea iss Sain wa eae va aa aS 8 R. G. Bates, W. W. DIEHL

0 SS Tn M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

Weer Gs WIGHGGCTS.............-+---+.0-- All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

mim ietars and Associate Bditors............ 00.05.00 ee eee eens {See front cover]

MERCCMIAVe COMMINCE..........5..+.00-- F. M. Serzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

J. R. Swatuen, H. 8. Rappreyve, W. W. RuBey

Committee on Membership...... E. H. Waker (chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JoHN Faser, ANaus M. GRIFFIN, D. BREESE JONES,

Frank C. Kracgx, Louis R. Maxwe tu, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Satter, Leo A. SHiInn, Francis A. Smita, Heinz Specut, Horace M. TRENT,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Ganmmiieeion Meectings................. Watson Davis (chairman), Joun W. ALDRICH,

AusTIN Ciark, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

Co EE ee ce eee S. F. Buaxke, F. C. Kracex

Oo og coy | OSG SSR GP 8 W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

TF gina 20S G. ARTHUR CoopPER, JAMES I. HOFFMAN

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman):

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. BortTu-

WICK, SARA EH}. BRANHAM, IRA B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN SCHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sctences...... SaMuEL Levy (chairman), MicHaEL GOLDBERG,

E. H. Kennarp, BE. B. Roperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WILDHACK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScHuBAUER (chairman), R. 8. Burtneton, F. C.

Kracex, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SEEGER, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monroe H. Martin

Commitiee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HeRzFELD (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. E. Yocum

Commiitee on Policy and Planning:

Mirerrmary 1954 mk ee eee eae H. B. Conturns, W. W. Rusery (chairman)

We se ce ae i a ckgwle BE a 8 eae aa vias L. W. Parr, F. B. SILSBEE

MIPS EVE TODO 2k Oka 2 42d e diac enc s.dovisibae amine. E. C. CrittENDEN, A. WETMORE

Commitiee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHERson, chairman):

Bem Rea LE Ae es a ale Sweats wee ee J. M. CantpweE ut, W. L. Scumitt

SR UEIUU SUE VOUS olen cio oss dis oe Wakes wise wie s Shea es A. T. McPHerson, W. T. Reap

STRIPE IDO Fh ian «oii cis s aps. See titel ais Saye ae 3 AustTIN Cuark, J. H. McMILLEN

MeEETve One CONC al A. AA. So. . inset tk wes ce ween ees Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... LouisEe M. Russewu (chairman), R. 8. Diu, J. B. REESIDE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. GARNER (chairman), L. G. Hensest, Myrna F. JoNnEs

CONTENTS

BroLoay.—Speculation on the cosmic function of life. A. A. WiL-

TPAESON sc 6 Did niin. dah: 5055 He eset en ocd ot the eels lear ee

PALEONTOLOGY.—Notes on some Mesozoic fossil fish remains from

Mexico. Davip H. DUNKLE and M. MaALponapo-KOERDELL...

ENTOMOLOGY.—Notes, new synonymy, and new assignments in Amer-

ican Gelechiidae. - J. F. Gatms CLARKE...............900eee

ENTOMOLOGY.—Two new species of mosquitoes from the Yemen (Dip-

tera: Culicidae). Kennera L. KNIGHT.....<...../. 25309

ENTOMOLOGy.—Recent advances in the taxonomy and distribution of

Grylloblatta (Orthoptera: Grylloblattidae). AsHLEY B. GURNEY. .

MamMaLocy.—Four new mammals from the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan.

Henry W. SETZ6R. 2). 00.0000 .5.... 22.08 aa eee

ZooLocy.—Three new species of coccidia from the Canada goose,

Branta canadensis (Linné, 1758). Marion M. Farr...........

ANNOUNCEMENT OF INDEX TO JOURNAL OF WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIUNCHS. ou ook os) ke a ee es oe ee ee

This Journal is Indexed in the Internationa! Index to Periodicals.

Vou. 43 NovEMBER 1953 No. 11

O citatiataitie.

DEC go 1953

LIBRARY

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JoHN C. EWERS R. K. Coox

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. CuHacs, JR. Evsert L. LItryez, Jr.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan Puitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

Dean B. Cowi1E Davip H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royat & GuitrorD AVEs.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JoURNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued »

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JourRNAL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper. Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprints.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices (approximate):

Copies 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp... 20a Covers

100 $3 .25 $6.50 $ 9.75 $13.00 $16.25 $3.50

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 7.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 10.50

400 13.00 26 .00 39.00 52.00 65.00 14.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PROCEEDINGS should be sent to Haratp A. REHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JouRNAL.—Per year............... 020 e cece ee eeeee $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: 2s pei ees Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. 10, incl.—not available*...............: — —

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 0.60

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 10 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JourRNAuL (vol. 1 to vol. 42, incl.) available

for sale to libraries at $356.00.

Monocrapu No. 1, ‘“The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’’ by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

PROCEEDINGS, Vols. 1-13 (1899-1911) complete. ....2:.......... 3. eee $25.00

Single volumes, unbound .... 92034213. Gees ce Cells cee oe eee ee 2.00

Single -mumbers. aac. oe ee oe eee ee PEPE ie 29

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences’’ and

eae to the Treasurer, H. 8. Rappieye, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

D.C.

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

Changes of Address —Members are requesicg to report changes of address promptly

to the Secretary.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Viol? 43

November 1953

Nos

GEOLOGY —The Geological Society of Washington.! Rotanp W. Brown, U. 8.

Geological Survey.

Until the organization of the Geological

Society of Washington on February 25,

1893, the geologists of Washington and

vicinity had no adequate outlet for full

discussion of their mutual geological in-

terests and studies. The Philosophical So-

ciety, founded in 1871, provided opportunity

for only an occasional paper on a geological

subject. Consequently, realization of this

need early in 1893 precipitated a call, signed

by 25 persons, for a meeting to consider

the advisability of creating a geological

society. This meeting, attended by 23

persons, was held on Tuesday, February 21,

in the office of C. D. Walcott, Director of

the United States Geological Survey, then

located in the Hooe Building on the south

side of F Street midway between 13th and

14th Streets, NW., about where the Capitol

Theater now stands. The group decided

unanimously to organize a society and,

after appointing a committee, consisting

secretary, S. F. Emmons, W. H. Holmes,

and G. P. Merrill, to prepare a constitution

and bylaws, selected Saturday, February 25,

for the organization meeting. This meeting

was also held in the office of Director Wal-

cott, with 50 persons present. A constitution

and bylaws were adopted and the following

officers were elected: President, C. D.

Walcott; Vice-Presidents, S. F. Emmons,

W. H. Holmes; Secretaries, Whitman Cross,

J. S. Diller; Treasurer, Arnold Hague;

Members-at-large of the Council, G. F.

Becker, T. M. Chatard, G. H. Eldridge, G.

1 Publication authorized by the Director, U.S.

Geological Survey. This paper contains the sub-

stance of an informal communication, celebrating

the sixtieth anniversary of the Society at the 723d

meeting, February 25, 1953.

K. Gilbert, G. P. Merrill. The purpose of

the Society was stated to be “the increase

and diffusion of geological knowledge.”

The first regular meeting was held on

Wednesday, March 8, with 49 persons

present, in the basement of the Cosmos

Club at Madison Place and H Street, NW.

Maj. J. W. Powell opened the program with

a review of the advance of geology in the

United States as influenced by the work

of the geological surveys in the West under

government auspices. Then H. W. Turner

spoke on ‘““The Structure of the Gold Belt

of the Sierra Nevada” and S. F. Emmons

on ‘The Geological Distribution of the

Useful Metals.’ By this date 109 persons

had signed the constitution and, according

to a resolution adopted by the Society, were

entitled to enrollment as founders—upon

payment of dues, $2 for active and $1 for

corresponding membership.

With relatively few exceptions all sub-

sequent meetings until May 1952 were held

at the Cosmos Club at Madison Place and

H Street, first in the basement, then in the

renovated carriage shed that was euphe-

mistically called the Assembly Hall. Since

October 1952 the meetings have been held

at the new location of the Cosmos Club

at Massachusetts and Florida Avenues, NW.

At the annual meeting on December 13,

1893, with 20 persons present, the secretary

reported a total of 134 members, 112 active

and 22 corresponding. The treasurer re-

ported receipts of $177 and disbursements of

$79.17, leaving a balance of $97.83; but

30 members, about 23 per cent of the mem-

bership, had not paid their dues! For this

there were, doubtless, extenuating circum-

stances. It will be recalled that on March 4,

1893, Grover Cleveland became President

341

NOY2.5 1953

i aa ane Ce aa ee eee ia ae io EA eI a 6 4a eae

342 JOURNAL OF THE

(for the second time), and Adlai E. Steven-

son, Vice-President of the United States.

Not because of these men but in spite of

them, the clamor, particularly by westerners,

for the free and unlimited coinage of silver,

the unchecked speculation in dubious enter-

prises, and the unfavorable foreign trade

balance caused normal business to be very

cautious. Production fell off. One bank after

another failed until more than 400 had

collapsed, spreading much distress across

the land. This was the Panic of 1893, and

its tight money very likely had much to do

with the nonpayment of dues by some of

the founding fathers of the Society. Never-

theless, after things leveled off, and after a

courteous lapse of time, the list of founders

on February 28, 1895, as published in the

proceedings of the Society, totaled 98. Of

all these, according to present information,

the only living founder is T. W. Stanton,

now 92 years old. .

Sixty years have passed since the Society

was founded. The twenty-fifth anniversary

was unobserved because that came during

war conditions in 1918 when many members

were not in Washington and only one

meeting a month was held. The fiftieth

anniversary was celebrated appropriately on

February 24, 1943. President Herbert Insley

called on the attending founders and some

of the older members for reminiscences.

T. W. Stanton told about the telephone call

inviting the paleontologists working at the

National Museum to the first meeting to

consider organization of a society; and also

recalled, as he humorously put it, how he

and F. H. Knowlton in the early 1900’s had

solved the Laramie problem! George Steiger

showed pictures of the old U. 8. Geological

Survey chemical laboratory in the F Street

building and said that when Survey funds

had been cut 50 per cent and personnel was

being reduced during the depression of 1893,

F. W. Clarke was retained because he was

the best chemist and he, Steiger, was kept

because he received the least money. W. C.

Mendenhall remembered his awe in the

presence of Gilbert, Powell, and Dutton.

T. W. Vaughan related stories about Gilbert

and others. G. W. Stose had lantern slides

showing pictures of Walcott, Powell, and

others. Finally, Arthur Spencer said dryly

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 11

that he also could tell stories about the

“old boys” but that he considered such to

be inappropriate at that time! At the close

of the meeting, beer, cider, doughnuts, and

pretzels were served.

Condensed proceedings of the Society for

the first years were published by the So-

ciety. At the turn of the century the pro-

grams began to be reported fairly regularly

in Science; and from 1911 to 1949, with a

few interruptions, they were published in the

Journal of the Washington Academy of

Sciences. Some of these proceedings are to

be found in bound volumes on the shelves of

the Library of the U. 8. Geological Survey.

Deposited there also are some of the books

containing the secretarial minutes.

How shall the worth of the Society and

its activities during the past 60 years be

appraised? First, the Society has provided

the opportunity for a stimulating fellowship

of younger with older geologists. Second,

the Society has cooperated with other

groups, such as being host to the Geological

Society of America when that organization

has held its annual meeting in Washington.

In 1898 the Society became affiliated with

the Washington Academy of Sciences, with

which it has sometimes held joint meetings.

Third, through the faithful performance of

duties its officers have provided a long

succession of instructive, and nearly always

lively, programs. These cannot be analyzed

here seriatim, but the list of presidential

addresses at the annual meetings in De-

cember gives a cross section of the kind and

scope of subject matter that has been

discussed. In this list, an asterisk (*) after

a name indicates a founder. If the address

was given at some other time than the

annual meeting, that date is given. If

known, the place of publication is cited.

PRESIDENTS OF THE SOCIETY AND

THEIR ADDRESSES

1893, 4. C. D. Watucotr.* The United States

Geological Survey. (Pop. Sei. Monthly

46:. 479-498. 1895.)

1895. G.K.GrILBERT.* The origin of hypotheses.

(Science 3: 1-13. 1896.)

1896. S. F. Emmons.* The geology of govern-

ment explorations. (Science 5: 1-15,

42-51. 1897.)

1897, 8. ARNoLD HaGusE.* Early Tertiary vol-

NOVEMBER 1953

1899, 0.

1901, 2.

1903, 4.

1905, 6.

1907, 8.

1909.

1910.

1901

1912.

1913.

1914.

1915.

1916.

1917.

1918.

1920.

1921.

1922.

1923.

BROWN: GEOLOGICAL

canoes of the Absaroka Range. (Science

9: 425-442. 1899.)

WHITMAN Cross.* The development of

systematic petrography in the _ nine-

teenth century. (Journ. Geol. 10: 332-

376, 451-499. 1902.)

J.S. DiuuEer.* The wreck of Mt. Mazama.

(Science 15: 203-211. 1902.)

department of mines?

G. P. Merriti.* Development of the

glacial hypothesis in America. (Pop.

Sci. Monthly 68: 300-322. 1906.) The

composition and structure of meteorites

compared with those of terrestrial

rocks. (Amer. Journ. Sci. 27: 469-474.

1909.)

WALDEMAR LINDGREN.* Present tenden-

cies in the study of ore deposits. (Econ.

Geol. 2: 743-762. 1907.)

GEORGE O. SmiTH. Scientific by-products

of applied geology. April 13, 1921.

(Journ. Eng. and Min. 111: 66-67. 1921;

Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 11: 203-

207. 1921.)

M. R. CampBeuu.* Review of theories re-

garding origin and accumulation of oil.

(Econ. Geol. 6: 363-395, 812. 1911.)

AuFRED H. Brooxs. Applied geology.

(Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 2: 19-48.

1912.)

T. W. Sranton.* Some variations in

Upper Cretaceous stratigraphy. (Journ.

Washington Acad. Sei. 3: 55-70. 1913.)

F. L. Ransome. Tertiary orogeny of the

North American Cordillera and _ its

problems. (Problems of American ge-

ology : 287-376. 1915.)

ARTHUR KerTH.* Main features of Ap-

palachian structure. (Bull. Geol. Soc.

Amer. 34: 309-380. 1923.)

T. W. VauGuan. Some problems in the

geologic history of the perimeters of

the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean

Sea.

ARTHUR SPENCER. Stream terraces in the

Rocky Mountain province.

W. C. MENDENHALL.

F. H. Knowrrton.* Evolution of geologic

climates. (BuJl. Geol. Soe. America 30:

499-566, 1919.)

EK. O. Utricu. Major causes of land and

sea oscillations. (Journ. Washington

Acad. Sci. 10: 57-78. 1920.)

Davip Wuits.* Deposition of oil shales.

April 13, 1921.

G. W. Srosz. Relation of faults to folds

in the Appalachians.

W. C. ApEn. Physiographic develop-

ment of the northern Great Plains.

(Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 35: 385-423.

1924.)

G. F. Loucuiin. The development and

outlook of economic gelogy.

SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

1924.

1925.

1926.

1927.

1928.

1929.

1930.

1931.

1932.

1933.

1934.

1935.

1936.

1937.

1938.

1940.

1941.

1942.

1943.

1944.

1945.

1946.

1947.

343

F. E. Wricut. Methods for relative grav-

ity measurements.

L. W. STEPHENSON. Major features in the

geology of the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal

Plain. (Journ. Washington Acad. Sci.

16: 460-480. 1926.)

N.H. Darton.* Erosion planes and over-

laps in the eastern Maryland region.

December 12, 1934.

CHARLES Butts. Variations in Appa-

lachiah stratigraphy. (Journ. Wash-

ington Acad. Sci. 18: 357-380. 1928.)

D. F. Hewett. A review of European

metal production.

S. R. Capps. Glaciation in Alaska. (U.S.

Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 170: 1-8. 1931.)

G. R. MaNnsFIELD. Problems of the Phos-

phoria formation in the Rocky Moun-

tains. (Econ. Geol. 26: 353-374. 1931.)

O. E. Mernzer. History and development

of ground water hydrology. (Journ.

Washington Acad. Sci. 24: 6-82. 1934.)

F. E. Marrues. The evolution of the

glacial cirque.

C. N. FENNER. Some magmatic problems.

(Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 24: 113-

124. 1934.)

H. G. FERGUSON.

W. T. Scoauuer. A mineralogist ventures

in geology.

M. I. GoutpmMan. Petrographic features

of salt dome cap rock.

R. C. WEtts. Present trends in geochem-

istry. (Journ. Washington Acad. Sci.

28: 415. 1938.)

H. D. Miser. Our petroleum supply.

(Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 29: 93-

109. 1939.)

J.T. Parpvesr. Unusual currents in glacial

Lake Missoula. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.

53: 1569-1599. 1942.)

J. B. Reesrmer, Jr. Upper Cretaceous

sediments of the western States. (U.S.

Geol. Surv. Oil and Gas Inv. Prelim.

Map 10. 1944.)

C. 8. Ross. Clays and soils in relation

to geologic processes.

HerBerRT INSLEY. Contact deposits in

an artificial silicate magma. (Journ.

Washington Acad. Sci. 35: 156-161.

1945.)

GEORGE TUNELL. Some thermodynamic

and leptologic threads in the geologic

tapestry.

L. W. Currier. Granitization as a re-

gional metamorphic process in New

England. (Journ. Washington Acad.

Sci. 37: 75-86. 1947.)

W. H. Brapiey. Limnology and the

Eocene lakes of the Rocky Mountain

region. (Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 59:

635-648. 1948.)

W. P. Wooprine. Central America land

bridge and sea land.

344. JOURNAL OF THE

1948. W.W. Rupey. The problem of changes in

composition of sea water and atmos-

phere during the geologic past. (Bull.

Geol. Soc. Amer. 62: 1111-1148. 1951.)

J.S. WiiuraAMs. Boundaries between geo-

logic systems, illustrated by Paleozoic

examples.

1949.

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES’ VOL. 43, No. 11

1950. L. H. Apams. Orbis terrarum: a century

of progress.

1951. <A. N. Sayre. Our water supply.

1952. Jostan Brinae. The extent and signifi-

cance of the post-Lower Ordovician

discontinuity.

1953. ArtTHUR A. BAKER.

PALEONTOLOGY —A new pelecypod genus from Upper Triassic strata in Peru

Davin Nicou and Wiui1AmM T. ALLEN, U.S. National Museum.

Dr. R. W. Imlay, of the U. 8. Geological

Survey, showed the senior author a collec-

tion of fossils from the Atacocha Mine near

Cerro de Pasco, Peru. Among the material

were six valves of a peculiar species of pele-

eypod which Dr. Imlay thought might

belong to the genus Tutcheria Cox, 1946.

After four of the specimens were prepared,

it became obvious that this material repre-

sented an undescribed genus which seems

to be most closely related to the family Car-

diniidae.

Family CarpDINIIDAE Zittel, 1881

Isopristes Nicol and Allen, n. gen.

Type species.—Isopristes crassus Nicol and

Allen, n. sp.

Description.—Shell thick, porcellaneous(?) ;

valve outline subquadrate, elongate, of slight

convexity; no escutcheon or lunule, although

area below beak has small but deep depression;

no apparent gape; beaks prosogyrate, located

nearly at anterior end of dorsal border; ornamen-

tation consisting of gentle concentric folds which

are steeper at the ventral side and appear to be

resting stages of growth; radial ornamentation

consisting of many small, closely spaced ribs;

interior margin has small but well-marked

crenulations; anterior adductor muscle scar

small, nearly round, deep and located below

the anterior end of the hinge; posterior adductor

muscle scar twice as large but not so deeply

indented, located below the posterior end of the

hinge plate; pallial line distinct, integripalliate

(musculature much lke that of the trigoniids).

The hinge, unfortunately, is

preserved in all specimens. The most striking

imperfectly

‘The authors greatly appreciate the help of

Dr. R. W. Imlay, of the U. 8. Geological Survey,

for allowing us to work on the material and giving

us helpful suggestions on locality and literature

data. R. F. Johnson, of the U. 8. Geological Sur-

vey, gave us additional locality information.

feature is the well-marked ridges on the sides of

the teeth, which are like those of Trigonia

except that the ridges are much farther apart,

larger, and more rounded. The preserved part

of the hinge is like that of the unionids or cardi-

niids. On the left valve there is an elongate tooth

which is nearly parallel to the dorsal border.

The anterior end of this tooth is just behind the

beak. At its forward extremity it is joined with

another tooth which is shorter and nearly per-

pendicular to the dorsal border. Anterior to this

latter tooth is a wide flat area, and at the anterior

end of the hinge plate are two small teeth which

nearly surround a socket. The right valve has

one prominent tooth which fits in the socket

between the two prominent elongate teeth of the

left valve. There also appears to be one small

round tooth on the anterior portion of the hinge

plate. The hinge plate of Jsopristes is much more

massive than that of the trigoniids and is more

like some of the unionids and cardiniids. There

is a groove behind the umbo and below the dorsal

margin which may have lodged the ligament.

Whether the ligament was external or internal

cannot be ascertained.

Comparisons.—I sopristes resembles some of the

genera included in the family Cardiniidae.

Unfortunately, the family is not well defined,

and its relationship to other groups is not well

understood. Isopristes most closely resembles

Cardinia Agassiz, 1841, in outline position of

beaks, and some aspects of the hinge, but differs

from it in having radial ribs and a crenulated

interior margin. Pachycardia Hauer, 1857, has

an outline and hinge that somewhat resemble

Isopristes but differs from it in the absence of

radial ribs, absence of crenulations on the interior

margin, and the presence of a lunule. In outline

and position of the beaks Isoprisies is also similar

to Pinzonella Reed, 1932, from the Triassic of

Brazil; however, Pinzonella differs from Isopristes

in having a posterior ridge on the exterior of the

shell and in not having radial ornamentation

NOVEMBER 1953

and crenulations on the interior margin. The

hinge and outline of Puinzonellopis Mendes,

1944, also from the Triassic of Brazil, are some-

what like those of Jsopristes, but Pinzonellopis

differs from it in having the beak near the center

of the dorsal border and in not having radial

ribs and a crenulated interior margin. Jsopristes

also resembles some species of Paleocardita

Conrad, 1867, although it has no lunule, and its

hinge is different.

Isopristes crassus Nicol and Allen, n. sp.

Figs. 1-4

Description.—Shell thick, porcellaneous(?);

valve outline subquadrate, dorsal and anterior

borders nearly straight, ventral margin gently

rounded, posterior border broadly arched; orna-

mentation consisting of six to eight concentric

folds which appear to be resting stages of growth

and are steeper on ventral side; radial ornamenta-

tion consisting of numerous small, rounded,

closely-spaced radial ribs; anterior, ventral, and

posterior interior margins have numerous small

NICOL AND ALLEN: NEW PELECYPOD GENUS

345

closely spaced crenulations; lunule and escutch-

eon apparently absent, but a small and deep

depression present under beaks; beaks prosogy-

rate, located at anterior end of dorsal margin;

anterior adductor muscle scar small, round, deep,

situated below anterior end of hinge plate; pos-

terior adductor scar larger, not so deep, located

below posterior end of hinge plate; pallial line

integripalliate, well marked, located far from

margin of shell; hinge plate high and well de-

veloped; left valve has one elongate tooth which

is nearly parallel to dorsal margin and terminates

under beak; tooth has coarse schizodont pro-

jections on ventral side; this tooth is connected

with a shorter one at anterior end; the second

tooth has few schizodont projections on dorsal

side, and is nearly perpendicular to hinge plate;

wide flat area present between the shorter tooth

and a socket which appears to be almost sur-

rounded by two small teeth located near anterior

end of hinge plate; details of this part of hinge

not well preserved. Right valve appears to have

two teeth; one somewhat elongate, fits between

Fires. 1-4.—Isopristes crassus: 1, Exterior view of right valve, paratype, U. S. N. M. no. 108692a;

2, interior view of part of right valve, paratype, U.S. N. M. no. 108692b; 3, interior view of part of left

valve, holotype, U.S. N. M. no. 108691; 4, exterior view of left valve, paratype, U.S. N.M. no. 108692.

All figures X 1. All specimens are from Upper Triassic (Noric Stage); Atacocha Mine, 34 km northeast

of Cerro de Pasco, Peru.

346 JOURNAL OF THE

the two large teeth of left valve; the other tooth

is small and round, fits into socket at anterior

end of hinge plate of left valve; hinge of right

valve not so well preserved as that of left valve.

Measurements in Some specimens are

too incomplete to be measured accurately.

man,

je Convexity

Height Length (one value)

Holotype 108691...... 12.2

Paratype 108692. Some 49.3 16.7

Paratype 108692a..... 29.3 44.6 fl 27/

Paratype 108692b....

27.3 10.7

Comparisons.—Isopristes crassus most closely

resembles Unio crasstssimus Sowerby, 1817, and

Unio listert Sowerby, 1817, but it differs from

both these species in having a crenulated interior

margin and radial ribs.

Types.—Holotype, left valve, U.S. N. M. no.

108691; five paratypes, four right valves and one

left valve, U.S. N. M. no. 108692.

Age.—According to Dr. R. W. Imlay (oral

communication) the bed in which TJsopristes

crassus was found is Upper Triassic (Noric Stage).

Locality —U. 8. Geological Survey locality

no. 24388; Atacocha Mine, 16 km by airline

(34 km by road) northeast of Cerro de Pasco,

Department of Pasco, Atacocha District, Peru.

The fossils came from the north side of Quebrada

Chicrin, 215 meters N.85°E. from the portal of

the 4,000-meter level of the Atacocha Mine.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 11

REFERENCES

Acassiz, L. Etudes critiques sur les mollusques

fossiles. Monographie des Myes. 287 pp., 39

pls. Neuchatel, 1842-1845.

Birrner, A. Lamellibranchiaten der Alpinen Trias.

Abh. Geol. Reichsanstalt. 18(1): 235 pp., 24

pls. 1895.

Cox, L. R. Tutcheria and Pseudopis, new lamelli-

branch genera from the Lias. Proc. Malac. Soe.

London 27(1): 34-48, pls. 3-4. 1946.

. Proposed use of the plenary powers to vali-

date the generic name ‘‘Cardinia”’ (class Lamel-

libranchiata) as from Agassiz {1841|, for use in

its accustomed sense. Bull. Zool. Nomencla-

ture 4: 59-64. 1951.

. Notes on the Trigoniidae, with outlines of a

classification of the family. Proc. Malac. Soe.

London 29(2-3): 45-70, pls. 3-4. 1952.

MeENDEs, Josukb C. Lamelibranquios Tridssicos de

Rio Claro (Estado de Sao Paulo). Univ. S.

Paulo Faculdade Filosofia, Ciéncias e Letras,

Bol. 45, Geol. no. 1: 41-74, 2 pls. 1944.

REED, F. R. Cowper. Triassic fossils from Brazil.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, 2(7): 39-48,

1 pl. 1928.

. Some new Triassic fossils from Brazil.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, 10(59) : 479-487,

pl. 19. 1932.

SoweErRsy, JAMES. The mineral conchology of Great

Britain 2: 251 pp., 203 pls. London, 1817-1818.

WaaGEN, Luxas. Die Lamellibranchiaten der

Pachycardientuffe der Seiser Alm, etc. Abh.

Geol. Reichsanstalt 18(2): 180 pp., pls. 25-34.

1907.

ZiTTEL, Karu A. Handbuch der Palaeontologie

1(2): 893 pp., 1,109 text figs. Miinchen und

Leipzig, 1881-1885.

ENTOMOLOGY —\Hollandipsylla neali, a new genus and new species of flea from

North Borneo, with comments on eyeless fleas (Siphonaptera). RoBERT TRAUB,

Lt. Col., M.S8.C., Department of Entomology, Army Medical Service Graduate

School, Washington, D. C.!

A new genus of ceratophyllid flea was

among the distinctive ectoparasites collected

in North Borneo during investigations on

arthropod vectors and rodent reservoirs of

disease conducted by a joint U. S. Army-—

British Colonial Office Medical Research

Unit in July and August 1951. This new

genus, collected from a flying squirrel, is

described and illustrated below.

Hollandipsylla, n. gen.

Unique among squirrel fleas of the subfamily

Ceratophyllinae in being eyeless and in possessing

only three pairs of lateral plantar bristles on

1 The illustrations were prepared by the author,

with the exception of Fig. 4, which was drawn by

Thomas Evans, of the Department of Entomology,

the last segment of the tarsi, two proximal pairs

being displaced mesad.

Caput integrecipit. Eye completely vestigial.

Pre-antennal region with two rows of bristles.

Frontal tubercle small. Postantennal region with

but one complete row of bristles and that mar-

ginal. Antennal segment II with bristles short in

male, not reaching beyond proximal fourth of

club; in female, extending beyond middle of

club. Antennal groove extending onto propleuron

in male. Labial palpi subequal in length to

forecoxae. First vinculum or link plate (Fig. 1,

VC. 1) received in distinct sinus of prosternosome;

second and third vincula well developed; fourth

Army Medical Service Graduate School, to whom

I am indebted.

NOVEMBER 1953 TRAUB: HOLLANDIPSYLLA NEALI 347

absent. Pronotal comb consisting of about 11-13 _ bristles. Dorsolateral bristles of tibiae mainly

spines on a side; spines typically about as long paired, and of unequal length; ‘‘tibial comb” there-

as pronotum. Pronotum with one row of long fore lacking. Procoxae with many lateral bristles

Figs. 1-5.—Hollandipsylla neali, n. gen., n.sp.: 1, Head, male; 2, anal stylet, female; 3, eighth tergum,

male; 4, fifth segment of male hind tarsus; 5, modified abdominal segments, male.

348 JOURNAL OF THE

scattered over length of segment; other coxae

with very few such bristles and these marginal

or submarginal; mesal bristles virtually absent.

Profemora lacking lateral, nonmarginal bristles.

Lateral metanotal area (Fig. 9, L.M.) distinct.

Lacking a pleural arch, j.e., pleural ridge of meta-

sternosome not fitting into a socket. The skeletal

sclerotization formed by dorsal ridge of lateral

metanotal area and the pleural ridge extending

dorsad into metanotum but becoming weakly

sclerotized before reaching dorsal region of

metanotum. Metanotum and some of typical

abdominal terga with apical spinelets. Metepi-

sternum lacking a squamulum. Meso- and meta-

notum and unmodified abdominal terga with

two rows of bristles. First segment of hind

tarsus subequal in length to II and III. Fifth

segment of all tarsi bearing only three pairs of

lateral bristles; with two proximal pairs dis-

placed towards midline (Fig. 4). Mesotarsal seg-

ment V relatively broad, only about twice as

long as broad. Typical abdominal spiracles small;

on anterior segments resembling a flattened ovoid.

Small apical teeth present on anterior abdominal

terga. Male with one antesensiliary (antepygidial)

bristle, female with three or four. Eighth sternum

reduced to a long narrow structure which is

produced apically into an elongate filamentous

process. Distal arm of male ninth sternum with a

subacute secondary proximal lobe (Fig. 11,

SY.L.). Lateral lobes of aedeagus (Fig. 10, L.L.)

well developed and extending proximad of prox-

imal lobes of distal arm of ninth sternum.

Crochets (CR.) fairly large but weakly sclerotized;

apically subtruncate. Movable finger of digitoid

bearing spiniforms. Penis rods uncoiled (Fig. 5,

P.R.). Anal stylet (Fig. 2) with an apical and

also a ventromarginal long bristle. Ventral anal

lobe rounded, not angulate. Bursa copulatrix

(Fig. 6, B.C.) apically subglobose and with a

long vermiform subacute duct. Spermatheca (Fig.

7, SP.) with head much longer than broad, and

longer than tail.

Genotype.—Hollandipsylla neali, n. sp. The

genus is named for George P. Holland, head,

Systematic Entomology, Department of Agri-

culture, Ottawa, Canada, whose studies on

Siphonaptera have been truly outstanding and

to whom his coworkers in the field are greatly

indebted.

Hollandipsylla neali, n. sp.

Types.—Holotype male and allotype female, ex

FHylopetes sp., a small flying squirrel, North

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 11

Borneo, Mt. Kinabalu, Tenompok, elevation 5000

ft.; collected by R. Traub, 1951; host collected

by D. H. Johnson. No other specimens known.

Types deposited in U. 8. National Museum.

Head (Fig. 1).—Pre-antennal region with a

posterior row of three bristles preceded by a

row of about five or six much smaller bristles, of

which the upper two or three in the male border

the antennal groove. Eye completely vestigial,

inapparent. The genal process subacute. Labial

palpi five-segmented, reaching nearly to apex of

forecoxae. Maxillary palpi with second segment

subequal to first in length; palpi extending to

about level of apex of third segment of labial

palpi. Scape of antenna with marginal short

bristles. Second antennal segment with apical

bristles short in male, not reaching beyond apex

of third segment; in female some of these bristles

reaching to level three-quarters length of club.

Postantennal region with a long bristle above

midpoint of dorsal margin of antennal groove and

with a caudomarginal row of bristles; ventralmost

of row by far the longest; with a series of very

short bristles in one or two longitudinal rows

delimiting border of antennal groove.

Thorax.—Pronotum with a row of about seven

bristles per side; with a comb of about 10 or 11

spines on a side in the male, 12 or 13 in the

female; the spines fairly straight or slightly

concave. Most spines slightly longer than pro-

notum is broad, as measured from anterior mar-

gin to base of spine. Mesonotum (Fig. 9, MSN.)

with two rows of bristles. Mesonotal flange on

each side with two or three pseudosetae (PS.S.).

Mesepisternum (MPS.) with four or five fairly

long bristles. Mesepimere (MPM.) with about

seven such bristles, of which three long ones are

in a horizontal line slightly below level of third

vinculum. Metanotum (MTN.), together with

its flange, as long as mesonotum; flange with one

dorso-apical tooth. Lateral metanotal area (L.M.)

slightly less than twice as long as broad; with

three or four bristles, of which those near pos-

terior margin are longest. Metepisternum (MT'S.)

with one long bristle in posterodorsal region

flanked by one or two shorter ones. Metepimere

(MTM.) with about six or seven bristles in

three rows. Spiracle here is a short, oblate sphe-

roid.

Legs.—Profemur with one fairly long apical

ventromarginal bristle and two such proximal

bristles; lacking lateral nonmarginal bristles; with

only one mesal nonmarginal bristle; mesofemur

NOVEMBER 1953 TRAUB: HOLLANDIPSYLLA NEALI 349

the same; metafemur quite similar but with an (in microns) of tibiae and segments of tarsi

additional small ventromarginal subproximal (petiolate base deleted) of holotype as follows:

bristle and lacking the mesal one. Protibia with

stout dorsomarginal bristles arranged as follows: TRessall Seeramnteatis

1-2-2-2-1-2-2: mesotibia: 1-2-2(1 in female)-2-1- Leg _ Tibia x

2-2; metatibia: 1-2-1-2-2-1-2-2. In mesotarsus, | ae ee eee ae

third segment with a distal bristle which extends Pro-............. | 188 [70r | 64) G2 | 47° \ct05

beyond apex of fourth; in metatarsus this bristle Meso-...-.........) 317 141) 118 | .82 | 59 |:112

aoe Vie ta sete 2 3988 ale || 3,76 | 236 Pree Gir ere

merely reaching apex of fourth. Measurements | |

Fries. 6-8.—Hollandipsylla neali, n. gen., n. sp.:6, Modified abdominal segments, female; 7, sperma-

theca; 8, process and digiloid of male clasper.

300 JOURNAL OF THE

Abdomen.—First tergum (/7'.) with two rows

of bristles and one apical spinelet per side. Basal

sternum lacking lateral or mesal bristles; with

one ventromarginal bristle in male, two in female.

Terga II to IV with apical spinelets as follows:

2-2-1 per side. First row of bristles on typical

terga with about five to seven bristles per side,

terminating well above spiracle; second row of

bristles extending to or slightly below level of

spiracle. Typical sterna in male with three or

four subventral bristles per side, preceded by

two to four smaller ones; in female with a row of

five to seven bristles preceded by four to six

smaller bristles in one or two ventromarginal

rows. Antesensiliary (antepygidial) bristles as

follows: one long bristle in male; in female either

three or four long bristles, of which upper two

are slightly the longer.

Modified abdominal segments, male (Fig. 5).—

Eighth tergum (S87. and Fig. 3) very large and

enclosing most of genitalia, as is typical for

subfamily; with a dorsomarginal row of bristles

of increasing size extending to just short of

midpoint; remainder of dorsal region lacking

bristles; with a closely appressed group of five

submarginal bristles near ventrocaudal angle;

and with three long lateral or subdorsal bristles.

Eighth sternum (8S.) dorso-apically produced

into a long semimembranous filamentous flap

or projection as long or longer than rest of

segment; apically minutely frayed; tufted; with a

long, conspicuous ventromarginal bristle at origin

of above long narrow flap; sclerotized portion of

segment, as measured from base to insertion of

long bristle, more than five times as long as

broad at midpoint—at base the ratio is three to

one. With a frayed or spiculose semimembranous

intersegmental process (J.M.) between eighth

and ninth sterna. Immovable process of clasper

(P. and Fig. 8) a long, thumb-like projection, with

three small apical bristles. Acetabular bristle

(AC.B.) inserted on a subacute convexity at a

level shghtly below midpoint of caudal margin of

P. Movable finger or digitoid (F.) very large,

essentially roughly cleaver-shaped; anterior and

dorsal margins fairly straight; posterior margin

angled and somewhat hooked, producing apparent

caudal and ventral margins—of these, caudal

margin mildly undulate and running slightly

obliquely to anterior margin; ventral margin

twice as long as dorsal margin, sinuate, with

anterior half convex, posterior half concave. F.

somewhat more than half as broad at midpoint

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 11

as long at maximum point; with two heavy

stout bristles at dorsocaudal angle; with a sub-

spintform at hook of ventrocaudal angle; im-

mediately above this another marginal spiniform;

a third such subspiniform inserted at ventral

third of caudal margin. Manubrium (MB.) broad

but apically acuminate. Ninth sternum with

proximal arm (P.A.9) narrow, subapically up-

turned and then straightening so that apical

portion is somewhat beak-shaped. Distal arm of

ninth sternum (fig. 11) as long as proximal arm;

its apical two-thirds modified along the ventral

margin as follows: a conspicuous, ovate proximal

lobe (PR.L.) which bears three short stout bayo-

net-shaped marginal bristles; immediately above

and laterad to proximal lobe a peculiar broad

subacute, downward-directed secondary lobe

(SY.L.) which is devoid of bristles; distally ex-

panded to form a long ovate apical lobe (AP.L.)

which bears about 12 to 15 marginal bristles. In

addition, distal arm with scattered thin bristles

on apical lobe and two such dorsomarginal bris-

tles; with about six ventromarginal thin bristles

between secondary lobe and apical lobe.

Aedeagal apodeme (A£.A.) relatively narrow,

about eight times as long as broad, as measured

from the middle of the constricted neck (NV .) to

the short acuminate apical appendage (AP.A.);

with a long, well-developed proximal spur (P.S.).

Aedeagal endchamber (Fig. 10) characterized by

the well-developed lateral lobes (L.L.) which are

produced into conspicuous acuminate cephalad-

directed flaps anterior to proximal lobe (PR.L.) of

D.A.9. Median dorsal lobe (M.D.L.) slightly

sinuate, heavily sclerotized where it turns straight

ventrad at apex of inner tube. Crochets (CR.)

quite long, about twice as long as broad but

weakly sclerotized so that its outlines are difficult

to see; caudal margin fairly well sclerotized,

concave; ventral margin straight for about two-

thirds its length, then curving upwards towards

point of insertion; the peg-like sclerotization,

characteristic of the crochet of ceratophyllid

fleas, undeveloped, inconspicuous. Sclerotized

inner tube (S.J.7.) short, bearing a prominent

dorsoproximal thumb-like armature (A.J.T.) and

with its apex (A.S.J.) produced upwards as a

narrow spur. With sclerotized narrow band of

inner tube (B.J.T.) extending distad of S.J.T.

Lateral sclerotization of inner tube (Z.S./.) rather

prominent. Crescent sclerite (C.S.) overlying

apodemal strut, which is of the usual type.

Sensilium (SN.) very flat, with about 15 pits

NOVEMBER 1953 TRAUB: HOLLANDIPSYLLA NEALI BYO)IL

per side. Dorsal lobe of proctiger (D.A.L.) an Modified abdominal segments, female (Fig. 6).—

isosceles triangle lying on its side; with a dorsal Seventh sternum (7S.) with a shallow broad

row of bristles; ventral lobe of proctiger longer sinus on caudal margin. Lobes above sinus evenly

and narrower, with an apical tuft of bristles. rounded; with an irregular oblique row of about

Fies.'9-11.—Hollandipsyllaneali,n. gen., n. sp.:9, Thorax; 10, end chamber of aedeagus; 11, distal arm

of ninth sterum, male

302 JOURNAL OF THE

eight fairly long bristles which merges with a

ventromarginal row of approximately eight; with

a row of three or four smaller bristles preceding

the oblique row; in addition, with about five or

six small ventromarginal bristles. Eighth tergum

(ST.) with four or five bristles below sensilium

five or six caudomarginal bristles below ventral

anal lobe (V.A.L.) and a lateral and subventral

group of about 13 bristles, two or three of which

are submarginal; in addition, with three short

mesal bristles below ventral anal lobe. Eighth

sternum (8S.) lightly sclerotized, devoid of bris-

tles. Dorsal anal lobe of proctiger with a row of

marginal bristles and about 10 to 12 scattered

lateral or lateromedian bristles; in addition, with

five marginal bristles below anal stylet (A.S.).

Anal stylet (Fig. 2) about three times as long as

broad at base; with a very long apical bristle

and a long ventromarginal bristle; with a tiny

dorso-apical bristle. Ventral anal lobe (V.A.L.)

almost evenly curved, not conspicuously angled.

Spermatheca (SP. and Fig. 7) somewhat deformed

in specimen extant but the head more than twice

as long as broad; dorsal margin somewhat convex,

ventral margin almost straight, with tail ap-

parently recurved over head and much shorter

than head. Bursa copulatrix (B.C.) subglobose,

its duct shghtly curved, short; with a narrow

blind duct narrower than but more than twice

as long as ductus bursae.

This species is named for Dr. William Neal,

director of the Medical Services in North Borneo,

who rendered great assistance to the Medical

Research Units working in the field in North

Borneo.

Comment.—KEyeless fleas are either parasites

of typically subterranean or wholly nocturnal

hosts, or else are forms that are characteristic

inhabitants of rodent nests and modified ac-

cordingly (7, 2). The nest inhabitants are rarely

found on the hosts themselves and apparently

feed while the mammal or bird is sleeping. Such

species of fleas typically possess elongate mouth-

parts and reduced chaetotaxy, including reduc-

tion in the size and/or number of spines of the

genal and other combs (3). In the description of

Ceratophyllus arcuegens, collected from the nest

of cliff swallows, Holland (4) points out that

this species is evidently rather sedentary, ‘‘as

indicated by the rather large and deep abdomen

as well as by some reduction of the legs and

thorax.”? C. arcuegens lacks the pleural arch, a

socket arrangement or ‘‘head”’ capping the pleural

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 11

ridge. Certain other nest-fleas also lack a pleural

arch, e.g., Anomtopsyllus Baker, 1904, Megarth-

roglossus Jordan and Rothschild, 1915, Conorhi-

nopsylla Stewart, 1930, Stenistomera Rothschild,

1915, and Wenzella Traub, 1953. The pleural

arch is also absent in some squirrel fleas, i.e.,

Hollandipsylla gen. nov., and, as pointed out by

Traub (5), Syngenopsyllus Traub, 1950, Tar-

sopsylla Wagner, 1927, Libyastus Jordan, 1936,

Myoxopsylla Wagner, 1927, Brachyctenonotus

Wagner, 1929 and the fleas of the genus Opiso-

dasys Jordan, 1938, which parasitize flying

squirrels (O. pseudarctomys (Baker, 1904) and

O. vesperalis (Jordan, 1929)). These squirrel fleas

are relatively rare in collections even though

their true hosts are fairly frequently encountered.

Some (i.e., Tarsopsylla) have been found to be

rather abundant in the nest of the host, but too

little is known of the habits of these fleas to

indicate whether such occurrence is the rule. The

long labial palpi (i.e., Syngenopsyllus), the elon-

gate legs (1.e., Tarsopsylla) and reduction in the

size of the spines of the pronotal comb (i.e.,

Brachyctenonotus) in this group of fleas indicate

that the squirrel fleas lacking the pleural arch

may also be nest-inhabiting species. A pleural

ridge of this type may therefore be an important

structural modification of nest-fleas, and may be

associated with the corresponding sedentary

habits, as Holland suggests in the case of Cera-

tophyllus arcuegens.

Our current knowledge of the habits of Hol-

landipsylla are insufficient for us to determine

whether the reduction of the eye is correlated

with nest-inhabitation or with the nocturnal or

crepuscular nature of the host, a flying squirrel.

It is interesting, however, that reduced or vesti-

gial eyes occur in unrelated fleas which par-

asitize subterranean or nocturnal hosts. Thus

Foxella Wagner, 1929, and Dactylopsylla Jordan,

1929 (Ceratophyllidae), are parasites of American

pocket gophers. Pulex sinoculus Traub, 1950

(Pulicidae), an eyeless species closely related to

P. irritans, was collected on Guatemalan pocket

gophers. The eyeless flea of the Cape dune mole,

Bathyergus maritumus, is Cryptoctenopsyllus in-

gens (Rothschild, 1900) which is essentially a

combless Dinopsyllus (Dinopsyllinae, Hystricho-

psyllidae). Among the primarily nocturnal or cre-

puscular animals which carry fleas with reduced

eyes are bats, parasitized by fleas in a distinct

family, Ischnopsyllidae, and shrews (i.e., Blarina,

Sorex) which are typically parasitized in North

NOVEMBER 1953

America by Doratopsylla Jordan and Rothschild,

1912, and Corrodopsylla Wagner, 1929 (Cteno-

phthalminae, Hystrichopsyllidae). It should be

pointed out that the above correlation is by no

means perfect. In fact, the converse is apparently

also significantly true. Certain nocturnal mam-

mals have adapted themselves to their dim en-

vironment by developing enlarged eyes. The

flying squirrels, the slow lorises (Vycticebus), and

the tarsier are in this category. Certain fleas

have apparently paralleled this development.

Thus, some Xenopsylla occurring on nocturnal

rodents in the desert have unusually large eyes.

Other Xenopsylla, associated with similar hosts,

have reduced eyes (e.g., Xenopsylla crinita Jordan

and Rothschild, 1922), while the genus Roose-

veltiella C. Fox, 1914, was established for a

species occurring on the Cape mole rat, Geory-

chus, or a similar burrowing mole-like animal, is

actually an eyeless Xenopsylla.

Summary.—Hollandipsylla neali, a new genus

and species of flea from a North Borneo flying

squirrel, is described and illustrated in detail. It is

unique among squirrel fleas of the subfamily

Ceratophyllinae in being eyeless and in possessing

only three pairs of lateral plantar bristles on the

last segment of the tarsi, two proximal pairs being

displaced mesad. Included is a discussion of

species of fleas which are characteristic inhabi-

tants of the nests of the hosts. It is pointed out

that such fleas usually have elongate labial palpi

and legs and are further characterized by a re-

duction of the eyes and in chaetotaxy and in the

development of the thorax. Loss of the pleural

arch of the thorax is common. It is pointed out

that fleas which parasitize subterranean or noc-

turnal hosts usually have reduced or vestigial

eyes, regardless of the true affinities of the flea

species involved.

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

A.B. Antesensiliary bristle.

AC.B Acetabular bristle.

AE.A Aedeagal apodeme.

AP.A Apical appendage of aedeagal apodeme.

AP.L. Apical lobe of ninth sternum.

A.L.L. Accessory lateral lobe.

AP.R.9 Apodemal rod of ninth sternum.

A.I.T. Armature of inner tube.

A.S Anal stylet.

A.8.I. Apex of sclerotized inner tube.

B.C. Bursa copulatrix.

B.1.T. Sclerotized band of inner tube.

CR Crochet.

TRAUB: HOLLANDIPSYLLA NEALI

309

C.S. Crescent sclerite.

D.A.L. Dorsal anal lobe of proctiger.

D.A.9 Distal arm of ninth sternum.

F. Movable finger or digitoid of clasper.

Vie Intersegmental membrane.

Wiel ine Lateral lobe of aedeagus.

L.M. Lateral metanotal area.

he Sak Lateral sclerotization of inner tube.

MB. Manubrium.

M.D.L. Median dorsal lobe of aedeagus.

MPM. Mesepimere.

MPS. Mesepisternum

MSN. Mesonotum.

MTM. Metepimere.

MTN Metanotum.

MTS. Metepisternum.

N. Neck or constriction of aedeagus.

Pe Immovable process of clasper.

P.A.9 Proximal arm of male ninth sternum.

ARS Penis rod.

IPR D Proximal lobe of distal arm of ninth

sternum.

RES: Proximal spur of aedeagus.

PS.S Pseudosetae.

Soler Sclerotized inner tube of aedeagus.

SN. Sensilium.

ee Spermatheca.

S:8. Subpygidial sclerite.

SY .L Secondary proximal lobe of D.A.9.

7S. Seventh sternum.

8S. Eighth sternum.

7SPR Seventh spiracle.

8SPR Eighth spiracle.

if te First tergum.

TAN Seventh tergum.

8T. Eighth tergum.

V.A.L. Ventral anal lobe.

VC First vinculum, or link plate.

eG: So-called X-gland of Wagner.

REFERENCES

(1) Traus, R. Johnsonaepsylla audyi, a new genus

and new species of flea from North Borneo,

with notes on the subfamily Leptopsyllinae

(Siphonaptera). Journ. Washington Acad.

Sci. 42(9): 288-296, 9 figs. 1952.

(2) Traus, R. Siphonaptera from Central America

and Mexico, a morphological study of the

aedeagus, with descriptions of new genera

and species. Zool. Mem. Chicago Nat. Hist.

Mus. 11): 1-127, 54 pls. 1950.

(3) Traus, R., anp Tipton, V. J. Jordanopsylla

allredi, a new genus and species of flea from

Utah (Siphonaptera). Journ. Washington

Acad. Sei. 41(8) : 264-270, 7 figs. 1951.

(4) Hotuann, G. P. Descriptions of fleas from

northern Canada. Can. Ent. 84(10) : 297-808,

25 figs. 1952.

(5) Traus, R. Notes on Indo-Malayane fleas, with

descriptions of new species (Siphonaptera).

Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 52(3) : 109-143,

64 figs. 1950.

354 JOURNAL OF THE

INTOMOLOGY.

larva of

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 11

A new species of Culex from the Marquesas Islands and the

Sulex atriceps Mdwards (Diptera: Culicidae). ALAN Strong, U. S.

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, and Leon Rosen, National

Microbiological Institute.

In the course of mosquito surveys con-

ducted in connection with filariasis studies

on the six inhabited Marquesas Islands, the

junior author found an apparently unde-

scribed indigenous species of Culex, which is

herein described. Because of similarity of

this species to Culex atriceps Edwards, which

is known only from the Society Islands, a de-

scription of the heretofore undescribed larva

of the latter species is also given. The drawings

are by Sally Kaicher.

Culex marquesensis, n. sp.

Rigs. 1) A-C- 2 A—6

Male.—Length of body 3.5 mm. Vertex with

eurved decumbent yellowish-white scales cen-

trally, these broader and more abundant on

sides; centrally with numerous erect, forked,

dark-brown scales. Palpus dark brown, the

last two segments and apical part of the third

with long unmodified hairs. Proboscis extending

to middle of fourth palpal segment, entirely

dark brown except for the yellowish labellae.

Torus yellow; antenna not as long as proboscis.

Seales of anterior pronotal lobe, posterior pro-

notum, scutum, and scutellum pale yellowish

to brown; integument of scutum brown with a

pair of straight central and a pair of curved

lateral stripes of paler color in the usual pattern.

Postsecutellum pale. Thoracic setae brown.

Pleuron greenish yellow, sometimes faintly

mottled with darker; a few scattered flat pale

scales on pleuron. One or two lower mesepimeral

setae. Scales of wing dark; knob of halter dark,

with dark scales. Legs entirely dark scaled

except for paler posterior surfaces of the femora.

Dorsum of abdomen dark scaled, with basal

bands of pale scales on tergites 2-6, that on 2

slightly separated from base by an unscaled

area; venter likewise banded, the pale basal

bands often broader. Terminalia: Basistyle

nearly three times as long as broad, without

scales, but with long hairs dorsally and laterally;

subapical lobe slightly beyond middle, divided

into two parts, the ventral portion a short lobe

bearing three stout, parallel filaments, the two

distal ones hooked at tips, the third shorter and

straight; inner (more dorsal) portion a short

cone with a single straight, tapering filament;

between these a striated leaf and distad of this

leaf a single slender hair on a tubercle. Dis-

tistyle broad and flattened, the end abruptly

tapering with a short distal spine. Dorsal arms

of mesosome straight, untoothed, — slightly

divergent; ventral arms a mass of curved teeth;

tenth sternites distally with a mass of tapering

spines; lateral arms broad, blunt, curved ven-

trally. Ninth tergite forming a broad V, weakly

haired.

Female.—Coloration essentially as in male,

but scales generally slightly darker and pale

areas of posterior surfaces of femora usually

restricted to basal halves on mid and _ hind

femora; pale abdominal bands narrow, the hind

margins straight. Palpus about one-sixth length

of proboscis.

Larva.! Head: Length three-fourths of width;

color yellow, usually with a dark band across

frontal hair area. Antenna smooth, short, its

length slightly more than one-third distance

between bases of antennae, cylindrical, about

six times as long as thick, not tapering; shaft

hair usually triple, at middle of antenna and

reaching about to apex. Clypeal spine moderately

stout, curved; outer clypeal hair small, no post-

clypeal hair; inner frontal hairs single, widely

separated, placed behind level of antennal

bases; midfrontal hairs single, long, directly in

front of inner frontals and in front of level of

antennal bases; outer frontal hairs usually triple,

directly above or slightly anterior to base of

antenna. Mental plate subtriangular, the sides

convex, with about eight teeth on each side.

Thorax: Integument smooth; prothoracic

hair 0 very small, double; 1-3 on one tubercle,

all single, 1 longest, 3 shortest; 4 single, halfway

between shoulder hairs and hair 5; 5-7 close

together, 5 and 6 single, 7 double; hair 8 small,

single; hairs 9, 10, and 12 long, simple; 11 very

small, double; 14 small, single.

Abdomen: Segments IIJ-VI each with only

one large lateral hair, 3- to 5-branched. Segment

1The nomenclature of the larval chaetotaxy

used here is that of Belkin (1950).

NOVEMBER 1953

VIII with pentad hair 1 3- to 9-branched; 2

single and very close to 1; 3 7- to 10-branched;

4 single; 5 2- to 4-branched. Comb scales 21

to 26 in a triangular patch, each scale broadened

apically with an even fringe of hairs. Air tube

three times as long as broad, only slightly taper-

ing at distal third; acus well developed. Siphonal

hairs 4 or 5 in each of two straight, widely

separated rows, each hair about as long as width

of siphon, multiple, the first at basal fifth to

third, the last at about apical third. Pecten of 6

STONE: NEW SPECIES OF CULEX

JOO

to 11 teeth, each with 5 slender, deep, serrations.

Anal segment ringed by the saddle, the ventral

half abruptly narrowed to about one-half the

length of the dorsal half. Only very minute spines

dorsally at apex. Lateral hair of saddle very

small, 4- to 5-branched. Inner dorsal hair with

about 5 long branches, outer dorsal hair long,

single. Anal gills four, rather stout, the dorsal

pair about twice as long as dorsal length of sad-

dle, the ventral pair about three-fourths as long

as dorsal pair. Ventral brush of about 12 tufts.

Fie. 1—Culex marquesensis, n. sp.: A, Basistyle and dististyle of male, ventral view; B, dististyle,

lateral view; C, mesosome and tenth sternites, dorsal view.

356 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON

Holotype.—Male, ex barrel top, Atuona Bay,

Hivaoa, Marquesas Islands, June 12, 1952

(Leon Rosen) with genitalia and larval and

pupal exuviae on slide. Paratypes, same data,

182 males and females. Holotype and paratypes

(U. S. National Museum no. 61839); paratypes,

British Museum, Museum, California

Academy of Sciences, Bishop Museum, School

of Hygiene and Public Health of the Johns

Hopkins University, and South Pacifie Com-

mission, Noumea, New Caledonia. Additional

specimens were collected on Nukuhiva (Taiohae

and Tiapivai Bays), Uapou (Hakamaii Bay),

Uahuka (Vaipae and Hokatu Bays), and Tahuata

(Hapatoni Bay).

This species shows no close relationship to

any described Pacific species other than Culex

atriceps of the Society Islands. Both of these

species appear to fall into Edwards’ decens

series, of the pipiens group of the typical sub-

genus Culex. This is an African group, in which

the proboscis and tarsi are all dark, the abdominal

tergites usually have only basal lateral pale

spots, and the male palpi are usually without

any white line on the lower surface of the last

two segments. The terminalia of marquesensis

are rather similar to those of several of the

decens series. Edwards noted that the larvae of

this series show great variation, a condition

further developed if both atriceps and marque-

sensis are included.

Although marquesensis is not closely related

to C. quinquefasciatus, the only other known

Culex in the Marquesas, it could be confused

with it by superficial examination. The best

external characters to distinguish the adult of

marquesensis are the yellow labellae, strongly

contrasted with the dark proboscis, and the

uniformly dark brown scaling of the mesoscutum.

In quinquefasciatus the labellae may be somewhat

paler but never as strongly contrasted, and the

mesonotal scales are distinctly tinged with yellow

or orange. The single inner and midfrontal hairs

of the larva of marquesensis readily distinguishes

this stage.

Biology—The larvae of marquesensis have

been found in the following types of breeding

places: water drums, rock holes, coconut husks,

and barrel tops. They have been found in as-

sociation with both Aedes polynesiensis Marks

and Culex quinquefasciatus Say. The adults of

marquesensis were not found in nature.

Paris

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 11

Two other species of mosquitoes, A. polynesi-

ensis (formerly known as A. pseudoscutellaris)

and C. quinquefasciatus, have previously been

reported from several of the Marquesas Islands.

(Marks 1951) New distribution records from the

recent surveys are as follows: A. polynesitensis—

Uapou; C. quinquefasciatus—Uapou, Uahuka,

and Nukuhiva. Both A. polynesiensis and C.

quinquefasciatus have now been found on all

six inhabited islands of the group and C. marque-

sensis has been found on five of these six islands.

Culex atriceps Edwards

Fig. 3, A-B

Bull. Ent. Res. 17: 105, 1926. Type locality,

Papeari, Tahiti.

Larva.—Head: Length about three-fourths

width; yellowish, weakly darkened on the disk

posteriorly and a darker spot behind but sepa-

rated from eye. Antenna sparsely spiculate,

short, its length about one-third distance between

bases of antennae, cylindrical, about eight times

as long as diameter, slightly narrowed beyond

shaft hair, which is slightly beyond middle of

antenna, multiple. Clypeal spines _ slender,

curved; outer clypeal hair small; post clypeal

hairs very small, double, about on line of mid-

frontal hairs; frontal hairs distinctly plumose;

inner frontal hair 5- to 8-branched, well behind

level of bases of antennae; midfrontal hair 4-

to 6-branched, near inner frontal hair and on

line between inner and outer frontals; outer

frontal hair 7- to 11-branched near to, but

slightly posterior to antennal bases. Mental

plate subtriangular, with a very strong, promi-

nent median tooth and 10 to 11 lateral teeth,

the 7th and 8th from apex being largest.

Thorax: Integument smooth. Prothoracic

hair 0 small, multiple; 1 to 3 on one tubercle,

all single, subequal; 4 double; 5 and 6 rather

close together, single; 7 more distant, double;

8 rather small, single; prothoracic pleural group

with one long simple hair, two much shorter

and finer, and a much smaller one 4-branched;

14 small, single or double.

Abdomen: Segments III to VI with one long

lateral hair, 2- or 3-branched. Segment VIII

with pentad hair 1 3- to 5-branched, 2 single and

close to 1, 3 7- to 9-branched, 4 single, 5 usually

2-branched. Comb scales 30 to 40 in a triangular

patch, each scale broadened apically with an

even fringe of hairs. Air tube 3 to 3.5 times as

NOVEMBER 1953

long as basal width, rather evenly tapered to

apex; acus well developed. About six pairs of

siphonal tufts rather irregularly arranged on the

median three-fifths of the siphon ventrally,

none of the hairs displaced to the side; tufts

mostly longer than width of siphon at point of

insertion, except for the small apical pair.

Pecten of 10 to 20 teeth extending to or somewhat

beyond middle of siphon; each tooth usually

with 2, 3, or rarely 4, serrations. Anal segment

ringed by the saddle, the ventral length about

two-thirds dorsal length; lateral hair small,

single, or rarely, double. A patch of rather large

spines on the saddle at apex to each side of

dorsal hairs. Inner dorsal hair 11- to 14-branched;

outer dorsal hair long, usually single, rarely

double. Anal gills 4, rather stout, subequal,

STONE: NEW SPECIES OF CULEX

from about length of anal segment to more than

twice length of saddle. Ventral brush of 11 or 12

tufts.

This description is drawn from specimens

collected by the junior author from a tree hole

at Paoa, Tahiti, January 2, 1952, and from the

exuviae of reared specimens from a coconut

husk at Vairao, Tahiti, May 8, 1952.

The forward position of the multiple head

hairs and the length of the pecten are character-

istic of the larva of this species. A closely related

larva was collected from Pandanus axils on

Tahiti but no adults were reared. It does not

seem advisable to describe this species until

adults can be associated.

Biology.—The larvae of C. atriceps have been

found on the islands of Tahiti and Moorea

SS & _\\

=== Se RO \

=F WSSSESRALY

> = \

SSN

Fig. 2.—Culex marquesensis, n. sp.: A, Head of Larva; B, end of abdomen of larva.

Fia. 3.—Culex atriceps Edwards: A, Head of larva; B, end of abdomen of larva.

358 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

(Society Islands) in the following types of breed-

ing places: tree holes, coconut husks, and various

types of artificial containers. The larvae are

frequently found in association with those of

A. polynesiensis. The adults have been observed

to attack man at night, but rarely in considerable

numbers. They are sometimes seen resting in

houses but are more commonly found in natural

resting places such as tree buttresses.

The junior author has shown that occasional

specimens of the species are capable of allowing

complete development of Polynesian strains of

ENTOMOLOGY —Laelaps oryzomydis, n.

voL. 43, NO. 11

Wuchererta bancroftt. C. atriceps would not seem

to be an important vector of this parasite in

nature because of its inefficiency as a host and

the rarity with which it attacks man.

LITERATURE CITED

BELKIN, JOHN N. A revised nomenclature for the

chaetotary of the mosquito larva (Diptera:

Culicidae). Amer. Midland Nat. 44(3): 678-

698. 1950.

Marks, EvizaBetH N. Mosquitoes from south-

eastern Polynesia. Occ. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop

Mus. 20(9): 23-30. 1951.

sp., with a key to some American

species of Laelaps (Acarina: Laelaptidae). H. D. Pratrr and JoHn E. LAng,}

U.S. Public Health Service, Atlanta, Ga.

A new species of mite in the genus Laelaps

has been collected in several States in

southeastern United States. The species

name oryzomydis here assigned to it refers

to the fact that the type series was collected

on rice rats (Oryzomys palustris).

Female (Fig. 1).—Length, exclusive of gnatho-

soma, about 0.6 mm, width about 0.4 mm.

Chelicera with basal segment about as long as

apical segment without chelae, fixed chela with

two fine teeth and a seta, and movable chela

with two teeth opposite seta of fixed chela.

Jugularia absent but a differentiated jugular

area present which extends across the sternal

plate. Sternal plate widest between coxae II

and III, posterior margin moderately, irregularly

concave, anterolateral corners pointed, the

usual six setae present with slightly expanded

sternal pores behind the four anterior setae.

Endopodal plates distinct and small. Genito-

ventral plate with anterior margin faintly

striate, strongly expanded behind fourth coxae,

bearing four pairs of setae which are longer than

the interval between adjacent setae. Anal plate

similar in shape to that in Haemolaelaps glasgow

(Ewing), the anterolateral corners rounded,

anus about three-fourths its length from the

1 The writers wish to acknowledge the construc-

tive criticism of Dr. E. W. Baker, of the U. S.

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,

during the preparation of this paper. They are

also grateful to Drs. S. W. Simmons, H. P. Nichol-

son, and C. M. Tarzwell, of the Technology Branch

of the Communicable Disease Center, and B. A.

Barrington and C. B. Worth, who made available

these collections of ectoparasites upon which the

new species is based.

anterior margin of anal plate, the paired setae

tangential to posterior margin of anus and

distinctly more slender than the posterior seta.

Coxa I has the internal spine distinctly stouter

than the external spine; coxa II has a slender

anterior and stout posterior spine; coxa III

has a long slender anterior and stout, short,

posterior spine; coxa IV has a single minute

seta near the coxaltrochanteral articulation.

Dorsal shield nearly covering dorsal surface,

the majority of the seta almost as long and

strong as those on the genito-ventral plate.

Laelaps oryzomydis is closest to Laelaps

nuttallt Hirst, which is collected in large numbers

by workers of the U. S. Public Health Service

Typhus Control Program. It differs from this

last species in having the internal spine on the

forecoxa stouter than the external spine, while

the reverse is true in nuttalli. The anal plate is

more triangular in nutallz than in oryzomydis.

The two setae on the posterior margin of the

genito-ventral plate are more widely separated

in nuttalli, being tangential with the anterior

corners of the anal plate, while in oryzomydis

these setae are placed closer together, being

definitely median to the corners of the anal

plate. There are expanded pores behind the two

anterior and two middle setae on the sternal

plate in oryzomydis. These are reduced and

slit-like in nuttallz.

Male.—About 0.5 mm long. Very similar to

other male Laelaps. It falls in the group having

the sternal, genitoventral, and anal plates all

fused into one arrowhead-shaped holoventral

plate and the dorsal plate with long, slender

NOVEMBER 1953

setae. Chelicera with chelae long and slender,

smooth, apparently twice as long as the segment

which bears them. The second and fourth tarsi

with slender setae, peritreme extending to

middle of coxa II.

Holotype—Female, Jasper County, 8. C.,

December 8, 1948, H. P. Nicholson. Collected

from rice rat (Oryzomys palustris palustris

(Harlan)). U.S. National Museum no. 2073.

Allotype—Male, same data as above, in the

U. S. National Museum.

Paratypes.—Tampa, Fla., March 1949, C. B.

Worth, host Oryzomys palustris natator Chap-

man, 8 paratype females; Gainesville, Fla.,

November 17, 1946, B. A. Barrington, host

PRATT AND LANE: LAELAPS ORYZOMYDIS

309

Oryzomys palustris natator Chapman, 8 paratype

females; Jasper County, 8. C., from March 5

to December 10, 1948, all on Oryzomys palustris

palustris (Harlan), 50 paratype females mounted

on slides.

Holotype, allotype, and paratypes in the U.S.

National Museum collection. Paratypes in the

U. $S. Public Health Service, Communicable

Disease Center collection, Atlanta, Ga.;

Rocky Mountain Laboratory at Hamilton,

Mont.; and Western Communicable Disease

Center Laboratory, San Francisco, Calif.;

Texas State Department of Health collection,

Austin, Tex.; and the private collection of Dr.

R. W. Strandtmann, Lubbock, Tex.

Fia. 1.—A-C, Laelaps oryzomydis, n. sp.: A, Chelicerae; B, ventral aspect of female; C, dorsal plate

of female. D, E, Laelaps nuttalli Hirst: D, Forecoxa of female; E, genitoventral and anal plate of female.

360

This species probably breeds throughout the

year on rice rats, various subspecies of Oryzomys

palustris. The biggest collection, from Jasper

County, 8. C., game refuge, contained at least

46 Laelaps oryzomydis. The rice-rat louse (Hoplo-

pleura oryzomydis Pratt and Lane) and the

following mites were also found in collections

from rice rats: Gigantolaelaps cricetidarum

Morlan, Haemolaelaps glasgowi (Ewing), Haemo-

laelaps megaventralis Strandtmann, Bdellonyssus

species near bacoti, Androlaelaps species, and

often hundreds of mites of the family Listro-

phoridae on a single rice rat. The cotton-rat

flea (Polygenis gwynt (C. Fox)) was also found

in these same collections.

The following keys to male and female Laelaps

are modified from those of Grant (1947):

A KEY TO SOME SPECIES OF MALE NORTH AMERICAN

LAELAPS

—

. Dorsal plate with long, hairlike setae; sternal,

genitoventral, and anal plates all united into

zsmeole holoventEaltolates:--..-:. see ee. 2

Dorsal plate with short, spiniform setae;

sternal and genitoventral plates united, but

separatectrom analeplate.. 72:2... Aes ss. 5)

2. Second tarsus with some short curved spiniform

setae near tips (on microtine mice)

L. alaskensis Grant

Second tarsus without curved spiniform setae,

allastraiwhie nena ches fis oo eee eee 3

3. Peritreme tube extending to coxa II; second

tarsus with slender setae only (on rice rats,

genus Oryzomys)......... L. oryzomydis, n.sp.

Peritreme tube extending forward beyond

coxa II; second tarsus with some stout

SQUAG cae Soest ee ee A ye. PC eee eee ar +

4. Larger species at least 0.9 mm long (on domes-

tic rats, genus Rattus)..L. echidninus Berlese

Smaller species 0.5 to 0.8 mm long (on domestic

5. United sternal and genitoventral plate widely

separated from the anal plate and with pos-

terior border slightly concave (on microtine

MICE) CAG ee L. kochi Oudemans

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

voL. 43, NO. 11

United sternal and genitoventral plate with

posterior border proximal to the anal plate

(on muskrats, genus Ondatra)

L. multispinosus Banks

A KEY TO SOME SPECIES OF FEMALE NORTH AMERI-

CAN LAELAPS

—

. Anal plate contiguous with genitoventral plate

and fitting into a strong concavity in genito-

ventral plate (on domestic rats in genus

TOLRIS) At etl ee L. echidninus Berlese

Anal plate separated from genitoventral plate,

which is usually convex or straight on poste-

rior margin, not strongly concave.......... 2

2. Dorsal setae long and slender) 2 3372 3

Dorsal setae small and short.) 22-225) 30 ee 5

3. Internal spine on forecoxa distinctly stouter

than external spine (on rice rats in genus

Onyzomiys): sa eee L. oryzomydis, n.sp.

Internal spine on forecoxa more slender than

external spine...... Bg oe:

4. Genitoventral plate widely separated from anal

plate; anal plate with anterior margin

rounded (on microtine mice)

L. alaskensis Grant

Genitoventral plate extending posteriorly al-

most to anal plate; anal plate with anterior

margin truncate and definite angular an-

terolateral corners (on domestic rats in

FENUS- LOWS). .: ee cee L. nuttallt Hirst

5. Anal plate subtriangular; posterior border of

sternal plate deeply arched; coxal spines

not greatly enlarged basally (on microtine

TICE) B45 pe eG ees Se L. kochi (Oudemans)

Anal plate suboval; posterior border of sternal

plate poorly defined, not greatly arched;

coxal spines greatly enlarged basally (on

muskrats of genus Ondatra)

L. multispinosus Banks

REFERENCES

GRANT, C. Donatp. North American mites of the

genus Laelaps (Arachnida: Acarina: Parasiti-

dae). Microentomology 12(1): 1-21. 1947.

Hirst, 8. On the parasitic acari found on the species

of rodents frequenting human habitations in

Egypt. Bull. Ent. Res. 5(3): 215-229. 1914.

ZOOLOGY .—Two new semiparasitic harpacticoid copepods from the coast of New

Hampshire. ARrHUR G. Humes, Department of Biology, Boston University.

(Communicated by Fenner A. Chace, Jr.)

Two new species of semiparasitic harpac-

ticoid copepods were found in the summer of

1952 during routine classroom study of living

invertebrates at the University of New

Hampshire. One, belonging to the genus

Nitocra Boeck (Ameiridae), inhabited small

pits in the exumbrellar surface of a scypho-

zoan medusa. The other, a memebr of the

genus Mesamphiascus Nicholls (Diosacci-

dae), occurred on the first maxillipeds of the

American lobster.

Nitocra medusaea, n. sp.

Approximately 1,030 individuals of this cope-

pod were discovered on the exumbrellar surface

NOVEMBER 1953

of a living medusa of an unidentified species of

Aurelia, about 3 inches in diameter, collected by

Dr. Mary D. Rogick on July 17, 1952, off Fort

Stark, in the harbor of Portsmouth, N. H. When

undisturbed, the copepods remained in flask-

shaped pits in the exumbrella, the largest pit

being about 1-1.5 mm deep and 1 mm in diame-

ter. There were more than thirty pits on this

medusa, each with 10-30 or more copepods. Since

the bodies of the copepods massed together in

the pits were opaque or slightly cream-colored,

the medusa appeared to the unaided eye as

though there were sand grains embedded in the

jelly. One might presume that the pits resulted

from the presence of the copepods, but whether

or not the copepods excavate the pits is not

known. When examined under intense illumina-

tion or when disturbed with a needle, the cope-

pods became active and crawled in and out of the

pits and over the exumbrellar surface, clinging

tenaciously to bits of debris and jelly fragments.

The type material consists of more than 1,000

individuals, representing both sexes. The holo-

type female (No. 95305), allotype (No. 95306),

and paratypes (300 females and 100 males, No.

95307) have been deposited in the United States

National Museum. Other paratypes are in the

author’s collection.

Female.—tIn life the body (Fig. 1) is trans-

parent, without distinct color. The eye is bright

red. The total length (measuring from the tip

of the rostrum to the posterior end of the caudal

rami), based on five specimens, is 0.79 mm (0.75-

0.82 mm). The ratio of length of the head (plus

rostrum) and the first five leg-bearing thoracic

segments to the genital segment and abdomen

(plus caudal rami) is 49:30. The genital segment

has a slight indication of subdivision into two

segments, especially visible on the dorsal side.

The abdomen is 3-segmented. The actual and

proportional lengths of the rostrum, body seg-

ments, and caudal rami are:

a Head

os- plus = Caudal

of leg 1 |

2% «| 177 79

3 22 10

66 |109 | 68 | 54 | 50 |23

4S ee Oe eee Oe ou OO

The greatest body width is at the level of the

first leg-bearing thoracic segment where it is

206u. The length of the inner long seta on the

caudal ramus is 419u.

HUMES: TWO NEW HARPACTICOID COPEPODS

abl

The rostrum (Fig. 2), curved slightly ventrally,

narrows to a rounded point distally, and bears

two small setae dorsally. The head and first four

leg-bearing thoracic segments bear minute setae

(Fig. 3) whose number and arrangement are

difficult to discover because of the opacity of the

body in preserved specimens. The fifth leg-bear-

ing thoracic, genital, and abdominal segments are

armed as indicated in Figs. 1, 3, and 4. The dorsal

subdivision of the genital segment is marked by

a medially interrupted transverse row of small

setae as well as by the cuticular furrow. The anal

operculum has a row of dentiform setae along the

free edge. On either side of the operculum there

1s a row of spines which continues around on the

ventral surface, becoming progressively smaller.

The caudal ramus (Figs. 5 and 6), slightly

wider than long, bears distally two long setae

of unequal length. These setae show a distinct

“Joint” near their bases of slightly different ap-

pearance in dorsal and ventral views. Four shorter

setae are also associated with the caudal ramus,

two on the outer distal corner, one on the inner

distal corner. and one with a jointed base on the

distal dorsal surface of the ramus. In a single

individual the two long setae on the left caudal

ramus were retracted by a double folding near

the bases, as shown in Fig. 7, while the setae on

the corresponding right caudal ramus were in

the usual extended position.

The egg sac (Figs. 3 and 8), flattened dorso-

ventrally and measuring about 262 x 157u,

by 85, in thickness, reaches well beyond the

caudal rami. It contains 28-30 eggs arranged in

two layers, each egg about 5lyu in diameter.

The first antenna (Fig. 9) has eight podomeres

with the actual and proportional lengths as

follows:

ty eta wae) A | 5 | euler | 8

| | | | | |

19 | 38 | 18 | 2 | 13 | 16 | 13 | 2

12 | 2b | 12 | 1b Se | 8 14 = 100

| |

The entire antenna exclusive of setae is about

160u long. On the fourth podomere there is an

aesthetask or sensory filament 110 in length,

extending beyond the tip of the antenna. The

first podomere bears a longitudinal row of small

slender spines and a feathered seta at the inner

distal corner. There is a small feathered seta about

midway on the inner edge of the second podo-

mere. The second antenna (Fig. 10) has a short

basipodite, an endopodite of two podomeres,

362 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. I1

0.5 MM.

SCALE A,

0.) MM.

SCALE 8B,

WN we

Fies. 1-16.—Nitocra medusaea, n. sp., female: 1, Body segments, dorsal view; 2, rostrum, dorsal

view; 3, lateral view of body, thoracic and head appendages omitted; 4, genital segment and abdomen,

ventral view; 5, caudal ramus, ventral view; 6, caudal ramus, dorsal view; 7, caudal ramus with retracted

setae, ventral view; 8, egg sac; 9, first antenna; 10, second antenna; 11, mandible; 12, first maxilla; 13,

second maxilla; 14, maxilliped; 15, first swimming leg, anterior view; 16, second swimming leg, anterior

view. (All figures were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida. Scale A applies to Figs. 1, 3, 4, and 21;

scale B to Figs. 2, 5, 6, 9, 15-18, 23, 25-27, and 42-46.)

NovEMBER 1953 HUMES: TWO NEW HARPACTICOID COPEPODS 363

0.05 MM.

FAA = =

4 SSF

DiGA\s Ear

IZLE EE RE

Pap

Figs. 17-27.—Nitocra medusaea, n. sp., female: 17, Third swimming leg, anterior view; 18, fourth swim-

ming leg, anterior view; 19, fifth leg; 20, sixth legs and opening of reproductive system on ventral surface

of genital segment. Same, male: 21, fifth legs, genital segment, and abdomen, ventral view; 22, first

antenna; 23, first swimming leg, anterior view; 24, spine on inner distal corner of basipodite of first swim-

ming leg; 25, second swimming leg, anterior view; 26, third swimming leg, anterior view; 27, fourth swim-

ming leg, anterior view. (Scale C applies to Figs. 7, 24, and 31; scale D to Figs. 10-14, 19, 20, 22, 28, 36,

37, 60, and 62.)

304

and an exopodite of a single podomere bearing

three terminal setae.

The mandible (Fig. 11) has a swollen basi-

podite with a long slender masticatory lobe and

a palp of two podomeres. The first and second

maxillae are as illustrated in Figs. 12 and 13.

The maxilliped (Fig. 14) consists of an elongated

basipodite bearing a single feathered seta distally

and a single endopodite podomere having a long

prehensile claw at the distal end.

The first four pairs of swimming legs have rami

of three podomeres. The first pair of legs (Fig. 15)

is somewhat smaller than the succeeding pairs.

The coxopodite is armed on the outer anterior

surface by a group of spines, on the outer pos-

terior surface by two groups of fine hair-like

setae (present on all four swimming legs), on the

mid-anterior surface by a transverse row of fine

setae, and on the inner lobe by a row of small

spines. The basipodite bears externally a finely

denticulate spine, with a row of spines near its

base, another row of spines along the distal edge

of the basipodite between the bases of the two

rami, and a large spine with smaller spines at its

base on the inner distal corner. The middle podo-

mere of the exopodite bears an inner seta. The

first podomere of the endopodite bears an inner

distal seta and is about as long as the first two

exopodite podomeres together. The distal two

endopodite podomeres combined are shorter than

the first podomere, so that the entire endopodite

is slightly shorter than the exopodite.

The coxopodite of the second pair of legs (Fig.

16) lacks the group of spines on the outer an-

terior surface and the transverse row of setae.

The spines on the inner lobe are very slender

and hair-like. There is no spine on the inner distal

corner of the basipodite. The endopodite is

distinctly shorter than the exopodite. The coxo-

podite of the third pair of legs (Fig. 17) is armed

only with two groups of fine hair-like setae on the

posterior outer surface. The outer corner of the

basipodite bears a seta raised on a short pedicel,

instead of a spine. The coxopodite and basipodite

of the fourth pair of legs (Fig. 18) are armed like

the third pair. The setal formula for the first

our pairs of legs is:

Bees aie hers 2 Leg 3 Leg 4

Exp. |End Exp.| End Exp. | End Exp. | End

} |

Ist podomere..... f= 0)5 | cO2 1 ehO 0: LO Os AlsO Oat

2d podomere...... A500: fA Oat Gala | O:1 | 1:1 | 0:1

3d podomere...... Deiae Ole eee ies are) (Es

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 11

The proximal podomere of the fifth pair of

legs (Fig. 19) has an outer pedicellate seta and

an inner swollen lobe bearing five setae, the three

inner ones being shorter and of about equal

length. Adjacent to the outermost seta on the

lobe there is a row of 2-4 short spines. Along the

almost straight inner edge of the lobe there are

several small spines. The inner lobes of the two

fifth legs are not united medially. The distal

podomere is slightly longer than wide, with the

outer edge nearly straight and the inner edge

expanded. Distally there are five setae, the next

to the innermost one being over twice as long

as any of the others. Along the outer edge there

are two groups of small spines, and on the inner

edge there is a row of 5-6 slender spines. The

sixth pair of legs is represented by a single small

seta at either side of the opening of the oviduct

(Fig. 20), visible on the anterior ventral part of

the genital segment.

Male.—In general appearance the male re-

sembles the female, but the body is distinctly

smaller. The total length, based on five specimens,

is 0.62 mm (0.60-0.64 mm). The ratio of length

of the head (plus rostrum) and the first five leg-

bearing thoracic segments to the genital segment

and abdomen (plus caudal rami) is 37:25. The

abdomen is 4-segmented. The actual and pro-

portional lengths of the rostrum, body segments,

and caudal rami are:

Head plus |

Rostrum somute of |2|/3/4/5]6]1/2|3]4] Caudal rami

eg 1

22u | 140 57/|50/52/49|53/52/48/43 |38 18

3 23 9| 8} 8} 8} 9} 8} 8] 7| 6 3 = 100

The greatest body width is 157» at the level of

the first leg-bearing thoracic segment. The

length of the inner long seta on the caudal ramus

is 337 yu.

The head and first four leg-bearing thoracic

segments have a setal ornamentation much like

that in the female. On the fifth leg-bearing

thoracic and genital segments (Fig. 21) a row

of small setae passes around the posterior dorsal

area from the base of one leg to the correspond-

ing leg on the opposite side, leaving the area be-

tween the bases of the legs free of setae. Both

first and second abdominal segments have a

transverse row of setae encircling the posterior

region of the somite. The third segment has a

similar transverse row and in addition a short

row on each side of the somite. The last abdominal

NOVEMBER 1953 HUMES: TWO NEW HARPACTICOID COPEPODS 365

ee ec

WV ANVWVY. vt] WVV

Pry Wy

SCALE G, 0.1 MM,

SCALE E, 0.5 MM,

SCALE F. O MM.

Fig. 28.—Nitocra medusaea, n. sp., male: fifth and sixth leg.

Fias. 29-45.—Mesamphiascus ampullifer, n. sp., female: 29, lateral view; 30, rostrum, dorsal view;

31, a seta from the posterior border of a thoracic segment; 32, genital segment and abdomen, dorsal

view; 33, genital segment and abdomen, ventral view; 34, part of last abdominal segment and caudal

ramus, ventral view; 35, part of last abdominal segment and caudal ramus, dorsal view; 36, caudal ramus,

showing partly retracted flask-shaped seta, ventral view; 37, caudal ramus, showing partly retracted

long terminal seta, dorsal view; 38, egg sac with 6 eggs, lateral view; 39, egg sac with 7 eggs; 40, egg

sac with 8 eggs; 41, first antenna and rostrum; 42, second antenna; 43, mandible; 44, first maxilla; 45,

second maxilla. (Scale E applies to Figs. 29, 32, 33, and 54-56; scale F to Figs. 34, 35, 41, 47-53, 57-59,

61, and 63; scale G to Figs. 38-40.)

3606 JOURNAL OF THE

segment has two lateral rows and a transverse

ventral row. The armature of the anal operculum

and caudal rami is like that of the female.

The first antenna (Fig. 22) has eight podo-

meres of the following actual and proportional

lengths (measuring along the outer margins):

4 5 6 7 8

22u 25 7 28 21 21 11 10

15 18 4 |

The first and second podomeres both bear a single

feathered seta as in the female. The inner margins

of podomeres three, four, and five are thickened

_ and irregular, the last two with processes bear-

ing a row of small spines. From the distal edge

of the fourth podomere arises an aesthetask

118 x 6yu, extending far beyond the end of the

antenna. When the antenna is bent in the usual

geniculate position, the aesthetask is equal in

length to the antenna from its base to the outer

angle of flexure.

The second antenna, mandible, first maxilla,

second maxilla, and maxilliped are like those of

the female.

The first pair of swimming legs (Fig. 23) is

armed in most respects like that of the female,

except for the coxopodite lacking the transverse

row of small setae on the anterior surface and the

basipodite having the inner spine modified. The

form of the spine (Fig. 24) might be described as

subchelate. There is no indication, however, that

the finger is movable. A row of small spines occurs

near the base of this modified spine. The second

pair of legs (Fig. 25) is in all important features

of armature like that of the female. The third

pair of legs (Fig. 26) is also similar to that of the

female, except that the middle seta on the end of

the last endopodite podomere is less than half

as long as in the female. The fourth pair of legs

(Fig. 27) resembles closely that of the female,

even to the extent of having the next to the inner-

most seta on the last podomere of the exopodite

characteristically spined, whereas in the second

and third legs it is coarsely feathered. The setal

formula for the four pairs of swimming legs is

identical with that given for the female.

The proximal podomere of the fifth pair of

legs (Fig. 28) bears an outer pedicellate seta and

an expanded inner lobe bearing three feathered

setae in a row. The inner lobes of the two fifth

legs are not united medially. The distal podo-

mere is slightly longer than wide, of a somewhat

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 11

irregular shape, bearing six setae along the distal

edge as indicated in the figure. A group of small

spines occurs on the inner edge and two larger

spines on the outer edge. The sixth pair of legs

(Fig. 28) is represented by a low expansion bear-

ing two unequal setae at the outer distal corner.

Remarks.—According to Lang (1948) there

are eighteen certain species in the genus Nitocra.

Nitocra medusaea, with the first endopodite

podomere of the first leg of the female shorter

than the exopodite, differs from N. typica Boeck,

N. pontica (Jakubisiak), N. pusilla Sars, N.

mediterranea (Brian), N. hibernica (Brady), N.

affinis Gurney, N. elegans (T. Scott), and N.

minor Willey, which have that podomere at

least as long as the exopodite. Having the termi-

nal podomere of the endopodite of the first leg

of the female about as long as the middle podo-

mere, it differs from N. bdellurae (Liddell), in

which the terminal podomere is twice as long

as the middle one. In having six setae on the

distal podomere of the fifth leg in the female, it

is unlike N. fallaciosa Klie and N. fragilis Sars,

which have five. With the first podomere of the

endopodite of the first leg of the female about as

long as the first two exopodite podomeres, it

differs from N. lacustris (Schmankevitsch), N.

spinipes Boeck, N. dubia Sars, and N. platypus

Daday, in which it is distinctly shorter than the

two exopodite podomeres. In having three setae

on the inner expansion of the proximal podomere

of the fifth leg in the male, it differs from JN.

malaica Kiefer and N. sewelli Gurney, which have

only two. With the caudal rami slightly wider

than long, it is unlike N. divaricata Chappuis

where they are 1.5-2 times longer than wide.

Other differences are also to be found, but the

single characters selected above serve to dis-

tinguish each already known species from JN.

medusaea.

Nitocra chelifer Wilson (1932) is thought by

Lang (1948) to represent a mixture of at least

two species, the male being a Nztocra perhaps

identical with hibernica, and the female being

probably a Proameira. The taxonomic uncer-

tainty is difficult to clarify because of the ex-

istence of only two known specimens, a holotype

male and a paratype female, both undissected,

in the U. 8. National Museum. The female, how-

ever, differs from N. medusaea in having the

terminal podomere of the endopodite of the first

leg narrow and more than twice as long as the

middle podomere. The male differs from the new

NovEMBER 1953 HUMES: TWO NEW HARPACTICOID COPEPODS 267

' A\

Sey

Fies. 46-52.—Mesamphiascus ampullifer, n. sp., Female: 46, maxilliped; 47, first swimming leg; 48,

second swimming leg; 49, third swimming leg; 50, abnormal exopodite of third swimming leg; 51, fourth

swimming leg; 52, fifth leg.

308

species in having the first podomere of the endo-

podite of the first lez much longer than the first

two exopodite podomeres and in having five

setae on the inner expansion of the proximal

podomere of the fifth leg.

Members of the genus Vitocra occur in fresh,

brackish, or salt water. Two species are known

to be semiparasitic. V. bdellurae lives in the egg

capsules of Bdelloura propinqua Wheeler and

B. candida (Girard), flatworms which live upon

the carapace of the horseshoe crab, Limulus.

There it feeds on the embryos of the worms, ac-

cording to Liddell (1912). N. divaricata lives in

the gill chambers of crayfishes, Astacus fluviatilis

according to Chappuis (1926) and A. lepto-

dactylus according to Jakubisiak (1939). Nitocra

medusaea is thus the third species in the genus

known to have definite semiparasitic relation-

ships.

Mesamphiascus ampullifer, n. sp.

Several hundred specimens of this copepod

were recovered from the mouthparts of eight

small adult American lobsters, Homarus amert-

canus Milne-Edwards, purchased alive on July

30, 1952, from a lobster market at Portsmouth,

N. H. Except for the statement of the proprietor

that all the lobsters had been caught locally in

the vicinity of Portsmouth, their origin is un-

certain. The copepods, including nauplii, cope-

podids, and adults, were found clinging to the

many hairlike setae on the flattened inner edges

of the proximal endite lobes (presumably belong-

ing to the coxopodites) of the first maxillipeds.

They occurred nowhere else unless disturbed by

probing with a needle or intense light. Then they

crawled actively over the other mouthparts,

reminding one very much of lice as they crawled

among the setae of these appendages. When re-

moved to a watch glass of sea water, they swam

vigorously at first, but soon came to rest on the

bottom of the dish, from which they would then

only sporadically arise to swim freely. Their

behavior toward light seemed to be slightly nega-

tive.

The type material consists of a holotype female

(No. 95308), an allotype (No. 95309), and para-

types (150 females and 100 males, No. 95310),

all deposited in the United States National Mu-

seum. Other paratypes are in the author’s col-

lection.

Female.—The body (Fig. 29), excluding the

intestinal contents, is colorless except for a bright

red eye. The intestine of specimens freshly re-

moved from the host is pale yellow and may con-

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 11

tain reddish or orange droplets, conferring a tinge

of color to the animal. The total length (measur-

ing from the tip of the rostrum to the posterior

end of the caudal rami), based on five specimens,

is 1.041 mm (0.975-1.081 mm). The ratio of

length of the head (plus rostrum) and the first

five leg-bearing thoracic segments to the genital

segment and abdomen (plus caudal rami) is

60:44. The genital segment shows a slight indica-

tion of subdivision into two segments, marked

by weak lateral furrows and a row of setae. The

abdomen is 3-segmented. The actual and pro-

portional lengths of the rostrum, body segments,

and caudal rami are:

Ros- plus = Cauda

| of leg 1 |

73u 268 78 | 79 | 66 | 34 130 | 97 | 85 | 65 (65

7 26 8] 8] 6| 3} 18) 9) 8) eae

The greatest body width is 188 at the level of

the first leg-bearing thoracic segment. Length

of longest seta on caudal ramus is 430xz.

The rostrum (Fig. 30) curves slightly down-

ward, tapering to a blunt, rounded end and bear-

ing two small setae on the dorsal surface. The

head and first four leg-bearing thoracic segments

bear minute setae (many only 10u long) as shown

in Fig. 29. Many of the setae on the posterior

borders of these segments arise from slender

pedicels (Fig. 31). The fifth leg-bearing thoracic,

genital, and abdominal segments are armed with

setae as indicated in Figs. 29, 32, and 33. The

anal operculum bears a row of fine setae distally.

The caudal ramus (Figs. 34 and 35), about

twice as long as wide, bears two flask-shaped setae

at the outer distal corner. The base of the longest

terminal seta is slightly swollen. On the dorsal

surface of the ramus there is a small seta with

a 2-jointed pedicel. Three oblique rows of small

spines pass around the inner margin of the ramus.

Both the flask-shaped setae and the longest

terminal seta may be partially retracted as in

Figs. 36 and 37 respectively. The remaining

setae of the ramus are indicated in the figures.

The two egg sacs (Fig. 38), each about 47 x

32u, are laterally flattened and extend only to

a little beyond the middle of the first abdominal

segment. Each sac usually contains six eggs,

each egg about 50u in diameter. Occasionally

there are seven eggs (Fig. 39) or eight eggs

(Fig. 40).

The first antenna (Fig. 41) has eight podomeres

NOVEMBER 1953 HUMES: TWO NEW HARPACTICOID COPEPODS 369

SAAMAARAP

AL ANY

a .

FEE EERE

s SSS SSSA HSHAQINSYS SS SAS SSS

Figs. 53-63.—Mesamphiascus ampullifer, n. sp., female: 53, Genital segment, ventral view, showing

reproductive opening and sixth legs. Same, male: 54, lateral view, head and thoracic appendages omitted;

55, fifth legs, genital segment, and abdomen, ventral view; 56, genital segment and abdomen, dorsal

view; 57, part of last abdominal segment and caudal ramus, ventral view; 58, first antenna; 59, first swim-

ming leg; 60, inner basipodite spine and associated spines on first leg; 61, second swimming leg; 62, dis-

tal endopodite podomere of second leg; 63, fifth and sixth legs.

370 JOURNAL OF THE

with the actual and proportional lengths as

follows:

1 Head Oe IP eral in| Tal fs a 8

| | =

Gan 4) “ey=-| 3gR leer | 18 | 20 27

16 14 | 14 | | 9 | 9 | 10 14 = 100

The entire antenna is 197 long. On the fourth

podomere there is an aesthetask 73 long, reach-

ing to about the tip of the antenna. On the distal

podomere there is a second aesthetask, slenderer

than the previous one, and about 38 long. There

are no feathered setae. The second antenna

(Fig. 42) bears an exopodite of three podomeres,

the middle one of which has a single seta.

The mandible (Fig. 43) has a small exopodite

and endopodite, both of a single podomere. The

first and second maxillae are as shown in Figs.

44 and 45. The maxilliped (Fig. 46) bears a

pectinate claw distally.

The first four pairs of legs have rami of three

podomeres. In the first pair (Fig. 47) the exopo-

dite is only one-half as long as the endopodite.

The coxopodite bears a row of spines on the outer

distal area. The basipodite bears an inner and an

outer seta, with smaller spines as indicated in the

figure. The middle podomere of the exopodite

bears a single seta. The first podomere of the

endopodite is much longer than the entire exopo-

dite, while the two distal segments are short, the

proportions of the three being about 77:9:14.

The basipodite of the second pair of legs (Fig. 48)

lacks the inner spine, there being a row of slender

setae near that point. The third pair of legs

(Fig. 49) is in most respects similar to the second,

except for an increase in the number of setae on

the endopodite as indicated in the table below.

In a single specimen an abnormal exopodite

(Fig. 50) with only six setae instead of seven on

the terminal podomere was noted, the exopodite

of the opposite side being normal. The fourth

leg (Fig. 51) closely resembles the third except

for one less seta on the terminal endopodite

podomere.

The setal formula for the first four pairs of

legs is:

| Leg 1 Leg 2 Leg3 | Leg 4

‘Exp. | End lExp. | End |Exp. | End Exp. | End

Ist podomere..... | EOD POs eee BOS speed |

2d podomere...... TEA | OS) ateliey OF25), alta O: 11 | 0:

3d podomere...... | & | 3 7 4 7 GO 78) bres

| | | |

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 11

The proximal podomere of the fifth pair of

legs (Fig. 52) has an outer pedicellate seta and

an elongated lobe bearing five setae plus a row

of small spines along its distal edge. The two

lobes of the right and left sides are not fused

medially. The distal podomere is in the shape of

an elongated oval, with the length to width as

15:9. There are six setae along the distal edge,

the two nearest the innermost seta being slender

and without lateral spines. Of these two slender

setae the outer one is characteristically only a

little more than one-half as long as the inner one.

Both inner and outer edges of this podomere

proximal to the large distal spines are armed with

groups of small spines. A sixth pair of legs (Fig.

53), each leg consisting of a minute base bearing

three setae, is present on either side of the genital

opening. Of these three setae the innermost is

the longest and the outermost is relatively short

with long lateral hairs.

Male.—In general appearance the male re-

sembles the female, except for the smaller body

size and the modified first antennae. The total

length, based on five specimens, is 0.88 mm (0.87—

0.89 mm). The ratio of the head (plus rostrum)

and the first five leg-bearing thoracic segments

to the genital segment and abdomen (plus caudal

rami) is 52:36. The abdomen (Fig. 54) is 4-

segmented. The actual and proportional lengths

of the rostrum, body segments, and caudal rami

are:

Head plus |

Rostrum | somite of |2/3)4/5|6/1|2|)3|4]| Cauda! rami

leg 1

62u 238 67 |64/56/30/54|66|68/66|57 49

7 27 8] 7| 6} 3] 6] 8} 8} 8| 7 6 = 100

The greatest body width is 157» at the level of

the first leg-bearing thoracic segment. The

length of the inner long seta on the caudal ramus

is 415y.

The head and first four leg-bearing thoracic

segments bear small setae as indicated in Fig. 54.

These setae are arranged in general like those of

the female. The fifth leg-bearing thoracic, genital,

and abdominal segments are armed as shown in

Figs. 54, 55, and 56. The arrangement of the

seven major setae on the caudal ramus (Fig. 57)

is like that of the female. Instead of the two

flask-shaped setae on the outer distal corner, how-

ever, there are two tapering setae with minute

lateral spines.

NOVEMBER 1953

The first antenna (Fig. 58) has eight podomeres

of the following actual and proportional lengths

(measuring along the outer margins) :

1 2 3 | 4 5 6 7 8

29u 34 39 13 29 30 13 19

14 17 19 6 14 15 6 9 = 100

On the inner edge of the fourth podomere there

is a minute feathered seta. From this region there

arises also an aesthetask about 77u long. A second

aesthetask much slenderer and about one-half

as long is borne on the end of the distal podomere.

Podomeres 3-6 have irregular chitinized proc-

esses along their inner surfaces. The third

podomere is noticeably swollen. The second

antenna, mandible, first maxilla, second maxilla,

and maxilliped are like those of the female.

The first swimming leg (Fig. 59) has propor-

tions and armature much like the female. The

inner basipodite spine, however, is hooked at its

tips and bears a row of minute spines along the

edge (Fig. 60). Near its base there are two smaller

spines. The second swimming leg (Fig. 61) differs

from the first, third, and fourth in that the endo-

podite has apparently two podomeres, the second

and third podomeres having become fused. The

six setae on the distal endopodite podomere

(Fig. 62) may be homologized with the setae of

the second and third podomeres of the female

endopodite. The two setae on the middle inner

edge correspond to the two belonging to the

second podomere in the female. The long feath-

ered seta distal to these two corresponds to the

seta arising from the middle inner edge of the

third podomere of the female. The three greatly

modified terminal setae correspond to the three

terminal setae of the female. The third and

fourth swimming legs are like those of the female.

The setal formula for the first four pairs of

legs is:

Leg 1 Leg 2 Leg 3 Leg 4

Exp. | End Exp. | End Exp. | End ‘Exp. | End

Ist podomere..... 1:0 weil | Oeil) Weil | Oeil |) Tsth | Oar

2d podomere......| 1:1 : isi 6 sil | Osi) isit | We

3d podomere......| 5 3 7 7 6 7 5

The proximal podomere of the fifth leg (Fig. 63)

bears an outer pedicellate seta and an inner lobe

with two setae and a row of small spines. The

distal podomere is slightly wider than long, the

HUMES: TWO NEW HARPACTICOID COPEPODS

oil

two dimensions being in the proportion of 11:9.

It bears four setae, the seta next to the outer-

most being longest and without lateral hairs.

The sixth leg (Fig. 63) consists of three setae

arising from a low ridge along the posterior mar-

gin of the genital segment.

Remarks.—Although M. ampullifer has certain

very distinctive features, such as the sexual

dimorphism of the two outer setae on the caudal

rami, its generic position may be subject to at

least two interpretations of the species in the

Diosaccidae. Lang (1948) described sixteen new

genera in the family, bringing the total to

twenty-seven. M. ampullifer possesses charac-

teristics which seem to be of taxonomic im-

portance equal to those used to separate genera

within the family. It does not seem possible,

therefore, to place this new species in any of the

genera recognized by Lang.

It is possible, however, to place the new species

in the genus Mesamphiascus Nicholls. In his re-

vision of the Diosaccidae Nicholls (1941)

erected the subfamily Amphiascinae, basing his

concept upon the setation of the middle podo-

meres of the second and third endopodites. In

this subfamily he placed Robertsonia Brady,

Schizopera Sars, Amphiascopsis Gurney, Amphi-

ascus sens. str., and the new genera Amphiascoides

and Mesamphiascus. The last named genus he

described as having two inner setae on the middle

podomere of the second endopodite and one inner

seta on the middle podomere of the third endo-

podite. Mesamphiascus as thus defined by him

included twenty-six species, the type selected

being Amphiascus parvus Sars. Until more is

known about the species of the Diosaccidae and

their true generic relationships can be inter-

preted, it seems better to place this new species

from the lobster in Mesamphiascus Nicholls than

to erect a new genus for it.

M. ampullifer may be distinguished from the

recognized species of Mesamphiascus by the

flask-shaped setae on the caudal rami of the

female. Only one other species in the genus

M. bulbifer (Sars) has setae on the caudal rami

modified in a similar manner. In this species,

however, it is the outer of the two long setae

which is modified, not the two setae at the outer

distal corner as in M. ampullifer. Whether or

not this modification is sexually dimorphic as

in M. ampullifer is not known, since only females

of M. bulbifer have been described. Sexual di-

morphism, however, is known in a few other

ate JOURNAL OF THE

harpacticoid genera, such as Attheyella and

Huntemannia. Basal swelling or expansion of

the setae on the caudal rami has been described

in many harpacticoids, as discussed by Sewell

(1940), but usually the two long setae are the ones

affected and often it is not clear whether the

condition is sexually dimorphic. Swollen setae

on the outer distal corner of the caudal ramus

are not entirely unknown in other harpacticoids,

one having been described by Klie (1929) in

the female of his Paramesochra holsatica.

M. ampullifer differs further from all other

species in the genus in the character of the inner

basipodite seta of the first leg of the male and

in the armature of the endopodite of the second

leg of the male. It seems also to be unlike most

other known species in having a small aesthetask

on the terminal podomere of the first antenna.

This feature, however, may be common to other

species. Such an aesthetask is apparently figured

by Sewell (1940) in his new species Amphiascus

calcarifer, f. major, though not mentioned in the

text. The aesthetask is so small that in the group

of terminal setae it might easily be overlooked.

The majority of the members of the Dio-

saccidae for which ecological information is avail-

able are free-living, in salt, brackish, or fresh

water. Numerous species of marine harpacticoids

have been found by Jakubisiak (1932 and 1936)

among the algae and animal colonies attached to

the carapace of the crab, Maia squinado (Herbst),

among them Dvosaccus tenwcornis (Claus),

Amphiascopsis phyllopus (Sars), Mesamphiascus

parvus (Sars), Amphiascoides debilis (Giesbrecht),

and Amphiascoides hispidus (Norman MS, Sars).

These five species of Diosaccidae also occur,

however, in sand and among algae, being found

normally in the latter habitat, according to

Monard (1935). They probably live not as true

commensals or as semiparasites but as free

animals in the ecological niche provided by the

thick growth on the crab carapace. Another

species, Amphiascoides commensalis (Seiwell),

lives as a commensal in the branchial chamber

of the ascidian, Amaroucium, according to Seiwell

(1928). M. ampullifer thus appears to be the

second species in the Diosaccidae known to have

definite relationships with a host animal, al-

though its morphological modifications for cling-

ing to the host are not highly developed.

The only other harpacticoid known from the

lobster is Unicalteutha ovalis Wilson, 1944 (Pelti-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 11

diidae). This copepod occurs commonly on lob-

sters in Newfoundland (Templeman and Tibbo,

1945), where it is found chiefly in restricted

areas on the chelipeds.

After the above description had been com-

pleted, twelve preserved lobsters, comprising

nine females and three males, were found para-

sitized by M. ampullifer. These lobsters had

been used for class study for five years and their

collection locality is unknown. Three of the

females and two of the males had many nauplii

and copepodids as well as adults. All stages of

the copepods were confined to the setose flattened

edges of the proximal endite lobes of the first

maxillipeds.

Nine live lobsters, including four males and

five females, collection locality unknown, pur-

chased from a Boston fish market in March,

1953, were also parasitized by these copepods.

Over 100 copepods, including nauplii, copepo-

dids, and adults, were removed from each. From

one female 370 adult copepods were recovered.

When it is considered that the combined area of

the flattened edges of the two endite lobes where

they were clinging was not more than about 28

square millimeters, the heavy degree of infesta-

tion may be appreciated.

M. ampullifer seemed to be particularly hardy

when removed from the host, since some indi-

viduals survived for 41 days at about 70 degrees

F. in a watch glass of sea water changed weekly

but without special aeration.

M. ampullifer thus appears to be a common

parasite of lobsters in the New England area,

since it has been found on all 29 thus far ex-

amined. This, together with the fact that it

occurs in such large numbers and on such a re-

stricted part of the host’s body, would tend to

support the conclusion that it normally lives

upon the lobster.

LITERATURE CITED

Cuappuis, P. A. Harpacticiden aus der Kiemen-

hohle des Flusskrebses. Arch. Hydrobiol. 17:

515-520. 1926.

JAKUBISIAK, S. Sur les harpacticoides hébergés par

Maia squinado. Bull. Soc. Zool. France 57:

506-513. 1932.

. Matériaux a la faune des harpacticoides de

Roscoff (cétes bretonnes, France). Fragm.

Faun. Mus. Zool. Polon. 2: 315-321. 1936.

. Sur le copépode Nitocrella divaricata

(Chappuis) commensal de l’écrevisse. Arch.

Hydrobiol. i Rybactwa 12: 117-121. 1939.

Kure, W. Die Copepoda Harpacticoida der stidlichen

NOVEMBER 1953. TOMLINSON: BURROWING BARNACLE OF GENUS TRYPETESA

und westlichen Ostsee mit besonderer Beruck-

sichtigung der Sandfauna der Kieler Bucht.

Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. 57: 329-386. 1929.

Lane, K. Monographie der Harpacticiden, 2 vols.

Lund, Sweden. 1948.

LippELL, J. A. Nitocrameira bdellurae, nov. gen.

et sp., a copepod of the family Canthocamptidae,

parasitic in the egg cases of Bdellura. Journ.

Linn. Soc. London, Zool., 32: 87-94. 1912.

Monaprp, A. Etude sur la faune des harpacticoides

marins de Roscoff. Trav. Stat. Biol. Roscoff,

fase. 13: 5-88. 1935.

Nicuouts, A. G. A revision of the families Dio-

saccidae Sars, 1906 and Laophontidae T. Scott,

1905 (Copepoda, Harpacticoida). Rec. South

Australian Mus. 7: 65-110. 1941.

Sars, G. O. An account of the Crustacea of Norway

303

with short descriptions and figures of all the

species. 5 and suppl. Bergen, Norway, 1911.

SEIWELL, H. R. Two new species of commensal

copepods from the Woods Hole region. Proc. U.

S. Nat. Mus. 73 (art. 18): 1-5. 1928.

SEWELL, R. B. 8S. Copepoda, Harpacticoida. The

John Murray Expedition 1933-34 Scientific

Reports 7: 117-882. 1940.

TEMPLEMAN, W., and T1Bso, 8. N. Lobster investi-

gations in Newfoundland 1938 to 1941. New-

foundland Govt. Dept. Natural Resources,

Res. Bull. 16 (Fisheries): 1-98. 1945.

Witson, C. B. The copepods of the Woods Hole re-

gion Massachusetts. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull.

58: 1-635. 1932.

. Parasitic copepods in the United States

National Museum. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 94:

529-582. 1944.

ZOOLOGY —A burrowing barnacle of the genus Trypetesa (order Acrothoracica).!

Jack T. Tomuinson, Department of Zoology, University of California. (Com-

municated by Fenner A. Chace, Jr.)

A previously unreported acrothoracican

barnacle has been found burrowing in

Tegula shells occupied by hermit crabs in the

intertidal zone of central California. A

description and certain aspects of the life

history of this form are given. A more de-

tailed morphological study is in preparation

for future publication.

Subclass CirripEpiIA (Lam.) Burmeister, 1834

Order AcrotTHoracica Gruvel, 1905

Diagnosis.—Boring cirripeds with soft mantle

without calcareous plates; cirri reduced, con-

centrated toward posterior end of body, one

pair in vicinity of mouth (‘mouth cirri’), and

widely separated from other pairs, remaining

pairs 2, 3, or 4 in number. Three pairs of mouth

appendages. Abdomen lacking (?). Hermaphro-

ditic or sexes separate. Males dwarf. Ovaries in

a more or less flattened part of mantle (‘‘disk’’),

which serves at same time to anchor it in the

hole. Development always includes a cypris

stage, with a nauplius stage in most of the

species studied. Live buried in chiton and

barnacle plates, gastropod shells, and corals.

Suborder Apygophora Berndt, 1907

Diagnosis——Sexes separate. Female: An ex-

ternal chitinous mantle ‘sack’? more or less

1 This work was completed in partial satisfac-

tion of the requirements for the degree of master

of arts in zoology at the University of California,

under the supervision of Dr. Willard D. Hartman,

to whom I am indebted for encouragement and

assistance.

regularly rounded or oval serving to fix the

animal in a burrow in a shell; one pair of bira-

mous mouth cirri; three pairs of quadriarticu-

lated and uniramous thoracic eirri, the first

two pairs possessing small prickly pads on second

articulation; two lateral folds on inside of mantle

which are perhaps ovigerous frenae; alimentary

canal a sacculated system without an anus;

esophagus spineless; nervous system consists of

brain and one ventral ganglion.

Rudimentary (dwarf) males: Small, fixed on

upper part of disk of female or grouped on

cavity in shell; in the form of an elongated bag,

naked and transparent; with a small opening

for passage of a well-developed probosciform

penis; only eyes, testis, seminal - vesicle, and

penis are developed.

Cyprid larvae with six pairs of thoracic

appendages biramous and natatory; abdominal

segment with two large appendages.

Family Trypetesidae Kruger 1940 (=Alcippidae

Gerstacker, 1866; Gruvel, 1905).

With the characteristics of the suborder

Genus Trypetesa A. M. Norman, 1903

(= Alcippe Hancock, 1849; Darwin, 1854; Berndt,

1903, 1907; Genthe, 1905; Kuhnert, 1935; Al-

cippoides E. Strand, 1928. Non Alcippe Blyth,

1844.)

Trypetesa lampas (Hancock)

‘Capitulum’’ laterally compressed, perpen-

dicular to surface of the shell, with ‘‘disk’’ or

ovigerous portion dorsoventrally compressed and

parallel to surface of host shell; nauplius free-

swimming; adult exceeding 8 mm; bilaterally sym-

metrical; male attached only to disk of female;

reported from the sublittoral of the northern

Atlantic Ocean and the Mediterranean Sea.

Trypetesa lateralis, n. sp.

Laterally compressed throughout; no _ free-

swimming nauplius; adult does not exceed 5 mm;

not bilaterally symmetrical in mantle structure

(lips of mantle opening asymmetrical; with a

large external flap on left side of mantle only);

male attached to disk of female or to the cavity

wall near the external flap; found in littoral zone

of central California.

Diagnosis —Female laterally | compressed

throughout and situated laterally to right of

slit in host shell, relative to point of attachment;

“horny knob” of disk relatively small, on a

recognizable stalk or peduncle; size not in excess

of 5 millimeters; flap on the left surface of the

mantle extends in adult to external surface of

host shell, which it minutely perforates; retains

young to cyprid stage; body proper resembles

that of Trypetesa lampas, but much smaller;

mantle sac not bilaterally symmetrical (Fig. 1);

males may be numerous and attached to horny

disk or knob of female or grouped on wall of

cavity near external mantle flap.

The species is named for the wholly laterally

compressed body and the orientation of the

animal within the shell, laterally from the

aperture.

DORSAL

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

voL. 43, No. 11

Type specimen.—U. 8. National Museum no.

93450.

Type locality.— Moss

County, Calif.

Dimensions of type.—Maximum diameter,

3.2 mm; right lip length 1.1 mm; dimension

“A” (see Fig. 7), 1.85 mm; dimension ‘“B”,

Zul HO.

Repositories of other type material.—California

Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif.,

no. 9857; Allan Hancock Foundation, University

of Southern California, Los Angeles, Calif.:

University of California Museum of Paleontology,

Berkeley, Calif., no. 32960.

Distribution.—Point Arena, Mendocino

County, Calif., to Shell Beach, San Luis Obispo

County, Calif. (search for it was made at inter-

vals from San Juan Island, Wash. to Ensenada,

Baja California, Mexico. See Fig. 5). Intertidal.

In Tegula shells occupied by all species of

Pagurus within the range (all were in shells of

Tegula brunnea and T. funebralis except for 3

Calliostoma costatum and 1 Acanthina spirata.

Hermit crabs: Pagurus granosimanus, P. hem-

phillii; P. hirsutiusculus, and P. samuelis). A

significant preference in the total sample for 7.

brunnea shells and for those occupied by P.

samuelis. (This latter preferred association may

result from the fact that P. samuelis is more

abundant at the higher levels of the intertidal

region where the barnacle itself is more abundant.

Beach, San Mateo

LATERAL iN SITU

LATERAL DORSAL IN SITU

TRYPETESA LAMPAS TRYPETESA

LATERALIS

Fig. 1.—Trypetesa lampas (after Genthe) and 7. lateralis.

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN FIG. 1

a—point of attachment.

ap—aperture of shell cavity.

e—capitulum.

e.m.f.—external mantle flap.

h.d.—horny disk.

h.k.—horny knob.

lip—lip or edge of mantle.

s.s.—shell surface (approx. relative position).

s.—slit (early aperture)

NOVEMBER 1953. TOMLINSON: BURROWING BARNACLE OF GENUS TRYPETESA

200;

180°

90°

COLUMELLA

O° (INNER LIP OF APERTURE) 0°

TEGULA SHELL

SECTION A—A (APICAL VIEW)

Fig. 2.—Plan of the body whorl of a Tegula shell to show the location of burrows of Trypetesa lateralis.

Barnacles of different ages are shown.

At Haven’s Neck, Mendocino County, P.

hemphillia replaces P. samuelis in the higher

zones, yielding evidence that the vertical zonation

of the barnacle is dependent upon intertidal

position rather than upon the species of hermit

crab.) Specimens found in shells measuring from

7 to 16 mm in length of aperture; no correlation

between size of shell and incidence of barnacles

within the size range (over 1,000 shells examined).

Distribution within the shell: Of 1,315 bar-

nacles 98.5 per cent were found in the body whorl

with a slightly higher concentration at about

255° from the edge of the aperture (Fig. 2).

They burrow on the posterior surface inside the

shell (in the ‘floor’? of the shell as viewed with

the apex upward). The larvae apparently attach

at random, but burrow with the point of attach-

ment away from the columella. They may burrow

entirely within the columella.

The flattened mantle is oriented parallel to

the surface of the shell with its left side, bearing

the external mantle flap, more deeply buried.

The ovigerous “disk’’ extends to the right of the

opening in the shell when viewed from the point

of attachment (Fig. 1, 2).

Methods.—The study of this barnacle requires

certain special methods because of its habit of

living inconspicuously on the inside of the shell.

The shell has to be broken to check for the

presence of the barnacles, which are found to be

almost totally confined to the body whorl. They

are situated largely on the ‘floor’ of the inside

of the shell (with the apex upwards). Thus the

tip or apex of the shell can readily be removed

with a geologist’s pick or chipping hammer

without injury to the occupants. It is most

satisfactory to remove the apex gently with the

hermit crab alive and still in the shell. The crab

is then pushed out of the shell with a bent wire

or other probe.

If the shells cannot be opened soon after

collection, they may be placed in 10 per cent

formalin and kept for a short time. After such

treatment the crabs may be removed most easily

by pulling them bodily from the shell with curved

forceps. Detached portions of abdomen may be

removed after chipping off the apex of the shell.

If the barnacles are to be saved, the crabs should

be removed as soon as possible to allow the

fixing fluid to penetrate to the barnacles.

The barnacles are located by a ‘‘candling”’

process in which the shell is illuminated from the

apertural side by a narrow beam of light and

viewed from the removed apical end. The bar-

nacles appear as yellow, orange, -or at times

reddish areas with a definite outline, the latter

depending upon their age. Very small ones

appear as slitlike spots of light.

The adult barnacles adhere quite firmly to the

shell, in part because they are cemented to it

and in part through the action of the ‘“‘teeth”’

or ‘‘thorns” by which they abrade the shell. The

barnacles can be freed from the shell by placing

them in a dilute (1 per cent or less) solution of

hydrochloric acid in 70 per cent alcohol for a

few days. Von Ebner’s decalcifying fluid is also

satisfactory. In a few days the overlying shell

can be carefully picked away and the barnacle

lifted out. Bouin’s fluid is excellent for removing

the larger barnacles in perfect condition, but

many of the smaller animals are lost. In using

this fixative the shells are covered with fluid

376 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 11

VENTRAL

ANTERIOR CARINAL

POSTERIOR

LEFT RIGHT

DORSAL

Fig. 3.—The orientation of Trypetesa lateralis.

until they are quite soft, which may require The collecting of the shells in the field was

several changes of fluid. Jeweler’s forceps are done under varying conditions of tide level and

valuable in removing the smaller barnacles. of depth at which the crabs were found. All

LAR

‘ SREY

—

Fic. 4.—Trypetesa lateralis, n. sp. A mature female with three males attached. Left lateral view.

Camera lucida drawing, X 92.

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN FIG. 4. M!2.3—Muscles (numbered).

BR—Brain. MC—Mouth cirrus.

BRIS—Bristles on the side of the head. MG—Manxillary gland.

EMF—External mantle flap. MP—Mouth parts.

ES—Esophagus. RL—Right lip.

H—Head. STO—Stomach.

HK—Horny knob. T—Thorax

L—Lip of the mantle. TC@—Ehoracie cirri:

LAR—Larva. ~ TO—Tooth.

LL—Left lip. VG—Ventral ganglion.

LMF—Left internal mantle flap. o'—Males.

NOVEMBER 1953 TOMLINSON: BURROWING BARNACLE OF GENUS TRYPETESA

hermit crabs were collected at random, with no

selection for crab or shell types. The differences

in the composition of these collections may be

seen in Table 1.

Several hundred living Tegula brunnea and

T. funebralis were collected at Moss Beach,

San Mateo County, and inspected for specimens

of Trypetesa, but none were found. Likewise

examination of several hundred Mytilus cali-

fornianus shells, living and dead, and of several

specimens of large balanoid barnacles from the

Monterey Peninsula revealed no Trypetesa.

The life cycle—An analysis of the numbers

and sizes of Trypetesa lateralis from collections

at Moss Beach, San Mateo County, at different

times of the year has been made to determine the

life cycle. The percentage infection of shells, the

average number of barnacles per infected shell,

the percentage of larvae in the population, and

the average size of the barnacles has been plotted

(Fig. 6). Larval-sized barnacles have a. slit

length of 0.25 mm; when the barnacle starts to

mature the slit rapidly becomes longer.

The results seem to indicate that the period

of greatest larval settling is during the months

of November, December, and January, and

again to a lesser degree in June. An increase in

the numbers of barnacles per infected shell and

the percentage of larvae, with a concommitant

decrease in the average barnacle size, give evi-

dence for this larval settling. The drop in the

percentage infestation of shells may indicate

the breakdown of older shells with larger bar-

nacles, resulting in a decrease in the average

size and the increase in the percentage of larva.

In the latter case the number of barnacles per

infected shell should not increase, which it does.

This increase favors the argument for the actual

influx of larvae rather than the breakdown of

shells.

The recruitment of young barnacles must be

very rapid, for during the period of study the

percentage of larval-sized barnacles did not fall

below 50 per cent. This would imply a very

high mortality of barnacles in proportion to the

rate of growth. The data are not adequate for a

determination of this factor. The life cycle of

this barnacle is intimately associated with the

length of time that the host shell remains intact.

Information on this subject would be of great

interest.

The growth of the females of Trypetesa

lateralis is accompanied by molts, but distinct

molt stages or instars are not evident from

Byes

available data. The results of measurements of

152 barnacles along two axes have been plotted

(Fig. 7). The diameter of the lips and disk was

CANADA

= SAN JUAN ISLAND (164)

WASHINGTON

SEASIDE (435)

YACHATS

OREGON

coos HEAD (721)

HARRIS BEACH (297)

WILSON CREEK (2i!)

TRINIDAD BEACH (22)

CALIFORNIA

HARDY CREEK (307)

2 POINT ARENA (550)

\ HAVENS NECK (238)

DUXBURY REEF (301)

MOSS BEACH (3237)

PIGEON POINT (625)

MONTEREY PENINSULA (II7!)

MILL CREEK (i02)

\\ PIEDRAS BLANCAS (520)

=m CAYUCAS (289)

sy SHELL BEACH (121)

PERCENTAGE INFESTATION (SHELLS COLLECTED)

LAGUNA BEACH (540)

LA JOLLA (226)

MEXICO

ENSENADA (210)

Fig. 5—Distribution of Trypetesa lateralis in

the western United States littoral. The shaded

area indicates the range. The figures at the left

indicate the percentage of infestation, while the

figures in parentheses at the right denote the num-

ber of shell specimens collected. The double line

at the Monterey Peninsula indicates extensive

collections at several points.

378 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 11

48 a 85 5l

aT hy,

3 . em Ness

4 ~-

Aaa PERCENT INFESTATION /. z br 2

- nae ‘sig? OR ASHELLS : my 80 a. ee

a w as \ a F

4 e =

Ww re) at) my

o rg “ 2

z ° =

ploy CMC) 75~ 45

ve x z

fo) ne = —

a o

oA ” w

° aa 36 TOM, 42 eA

- oO a

ie ° BARNACLES PER < <

e . INFECTED G @ =

Ww <a ye / nig a

u = SHELL AVERAGE a

°o

(o) \ > o

FE IC ; /

z x f / - Ww

& FA if = N

oO WwW a

x ae PERCENT OF 69: 0.5 |faaee

a z. \ ‘ Vs LARVAL SIZE w as

N \ eS a oO

5 8 \ / P

< Ww

a Bs arf 55 ee

z \ Ve

fe) 0 ee ee eee rs .30

7-28 8-17 10-14 12-10 1-25 3-9 4-6 7-8

Fre. 6.—Analysis of barnacle numbers and sizes at Moss Beach at different times of the year. The

per cent larval size is the percentage of the total barnacle sample which was of larval size, or 0.25 mm in

slit length. The numbers on the abscissa indicate the month and day, 1951 to 1952.

fo)

DIMENSION "a"

SPECIMENS

62!

e 5

1LOMM. 2.0

DIMENSION "B" ~2 4.0

Fie. 7.—Bidimensional growth. A growth curve obtained by plotting lengths ‘“‘A’”’ and ‘‘B”’ on 2 axes.

In all, 152 specimens (a mixed sample) were measured. Different areas, plotted separately, did not give

a significant difference.

NOVEMBER 1953 TOMLINSON: BURROWING BARNACLE OF GENUS TRYPETESA

measured from the distal (carinal) notch of the

mantle slit to the furthest corner of the horny

knob (dimension ‘“‘A’’). The body diameter was

measured perpendicular to the plane of the

outside edge of the lip and knob to the opposite

edge of the reproductive fan at the widest point

(dimension ‘B’’). The growth curve obtained

by plotting these two measurements shows that

the slit (dimension “‘A’’) grows rapidly at first

during the juvenile stage, while the reproductive

TABLE 1.—ANALYSIS

379

fan (dimension “B”) grows markedly during

adulthood. No grouping of the results is obtained,

however, to warrant the designation of larval

instars.

LITERATURE CITED

BERNDT, W. Zur Biologie und Anatomie von Al-

cippe lampas Hancock. Zeitschr. Zool. 74: 396-

457. 1903.

. Uber das System der Acrothoracica. Arch.

Naturg. 73: 287-289. 1907.

oF INFECTED AREAS

2 3 3 | ee eet g

Se |e Same ales woe [eae ot) ote SSL OES MCR | Gite

Se cc we ieee oe yee he he |e

Point Arena 2/24/52

| | ]

a NGM ics ed. naga Fels aa Ge alt acO age eel g

ene se 3 0 0 Bap es DESIRED 0 0 OF) ele 2aels

St 0 56 4 7 Sele Oe 0 2 0 Gurl GON es Agi aeG

S210 | 230,12 5 6 31 haooy || a6 OF Hiss G0) 2420 CesT Sia NG

CEI elit 0 0 3 Zale Gian ei aC Ae Ole Mach: ye 4 a tA

| 462 | 19 | 14 Ee PA CO 0) oe0 e334 laeG

Havens Neck 8/7/51

l | l

san). oe Pe '67 0 0 11 6 | 55 1 0 0 ou 1G ules

Ho Presa 25s Poel OF.) 0 275) <0 Ons 2243 Pes

cca 2 fe eeOF| 2 Oe ea 3 1c 25 2 0 Oi 28 aa esearch

| |

143 Raheacs 90| 43 | 48 5 0 Ta ORE) || SUES el) Oe

Moss Beach

mesh... Sets 26n4) L1G) 306). 260 2 Ol Ore “Os t74- le 45 i936

8/17 Low gran...... ae Olea’ OS otse | 18 0 Oe 105) 102s 18" 57

RESP... pes Onis «0 17 (ing ae 0 0 0 19 Neey

Gr nO 0) Wes op tienoe CO OM SOM Pe oh alo

High gran...... 1 0 50 1Scies soe Pl OF Oa MUe OY We s19 seis) ate

on 41 ea) O7 hy 32 33 0 0 On rEsSa lies aoe

42 Sipe ee NS Su ke dO 0 0 Ola 4055

Tin 48 On 250) MerGOl: 26 DC 0 | 2781 65 | 23

M5... .........: 126s Ged eotee | AI OME SOM IL TELS 2 0 0 | 540] 106 | 20

Po. 5... 10) |e tc Ou 23981) 56h ot Da 0 0 | 251) 56 | 22

200) Ch are 2a ee ees ee NO 52k aoe OFT a 0 O | 194] 56 | 29

380 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. I1

TABLE 1—Continued

| o zr 7 ek

3 D | rc a See o rs) n 3 | rs) a) =

ss 5) Oo =| 3) Oo | rs) | Oo ee: = 5

Sv — = =o a 4 ° oS a = Pets o

So = S 5 = & 2 = 5 “3 » lect a)

=o a = ~~ wn = +2 < 235 a D

\sa| 22 |2¢! 21.2 |45 | 2) 2 | =o

Rs Rog AV ofa ees WW A eh Yi o | 3 aoe

= = Ay w = os = rae & & &

‘ an a /

1/20 (02 STAM Aina 14 0 401 | 52 | 13 3 1 33 418. | So eiaeS

| |

Say tae 10 1 10 15 | A |) 2a 0 0 25 | 39 | 20

| | | } ;

Unkn' We. eee se 0 0 20 onli 0 0 0) PA) 7 | 30

27| 1| 37 | 436) 63 | 14 | 3) 1 | 33 | AGgueeeeeee

CE IY aioe cae 104 | 916° |, aie. lease: 2 78h) ene eet nO 0} 593| 94 | 16

YR ca haere o9| 12 | 12 | a2} 4] 1 5 | 0 | 0 tees | 11

TRL AEE 120 | 23.) 19. | ta5,| 297] “Se “ot | 0 0 | 255| 52 | 20

Total.............| 619| 102 | 16 | 2602| 489 | 19 | 16 | 1 | 6 | 3987] soa)

Monterey County, July 1951

Pomt Pimese sess 5280 | SOM a alg Lz 20 16 1 0 0 656'.| “110 ieee

Point. Joes + Aen tee oO 3) jaw 40 10 25 0 0 0 67 18 | 27

Fan Shell Beach..... 26 QF 239 20 1 ao 1 0 0 47 | 16 | 34

Pescadero Point..... ee Ss 0 0 12 3 25 2 2 100 By Am Mapes So |

Mission Point....... kh. gerd 1 4 5 0 0 0 i) 0 30 | 1 =

Fa etits 2 eae ee keg otsit|, «259: 0 18: a/eeto2ae moze 60 1 | 0 | 0 | 29e;eaemeiiee

BAT es ee ea. 168,| 280% AS Soule a ot 0} 0 | 0 | 26) sons

inl aitegh Sele ne, ee 10: |. 6 | 60s | 9) eee sat 0} 0 0 | 19 | 10s

Ee me ees i = ale |

309 | 109 | 35. us229.|" 148, | srGa) Spool pal 0 | 539) 257 | 48

Cayucas 9/16/51

\ | I

Shell Beach 8/6/51

ee eee eee e457: tie eek 5 ale Oe tO aes all 93 | 53 )) onus

Sar |i 2 aes be 60 ka 28 ey 6 ales 2S 0 0 | 68] 30 | 44

105 | 35 | 33 | 4136-1. 5 | 1-| 90 | aes

Tiobal, Babee | 1875 | 387 | 21 | 2278| 608 | 27 | 24 | 4 | 17 | 4177 | gggmieeem

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN TABLE 1

ber—Pagurus beringanus. sam—P. samuelis.

gran—P. granosimanus. unkn—Unknown.

bemp—P. hemphillii. * —Whelk type of shell.

hirs—P. hirsutiusculus. 7 —Tegula ligulata.

NOVEMBER 1953

Biytu, Epwarp. Mr. Blyth’s monthly report for

December meeting, 1842. Appendix to Mr.

Blyth’s report. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 13:

384. 1844.

Burmeister, H. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der

Rankenfusser. Berlin, 1834.

DaRWIN, CHARLES. A monograph on the subclass

of Cirripedia: 529-586. Ray Society, 1854.

GenTHE, K. W. Some notes on Alcippe lampas and

its occurrence on the American Atlantic shore.

Zool. Jahrb. Anat. 21: 181-200. 1905.

GruvEL, A. Monographie des cirrhipedes: 310-335.

Paris, 1905.

GerstAckEeR, A. Arthropoda, in Bronn’s Klassen

und Ordnungen 5: 406-589. 1866.

WOODWICK: POLYDORA NUCHALIS

381

Hancock, A. Notice of the occurrence, on the British

coast, of a burrowing barnacle belonging to a

new order of the class Cirripedia. Ann. Mag.

Nat: Hist. 4(2): 305-314. 1849.

KRuGER, PAUL. Cirrepedia. in Bronn’s Klassen und

Ordnungen 5:1:3:3. 1940.

KuHNERT, L. Beitrag zur Entwicklungeschichte von

Alcippe lampas Hancock. Zeitsch. Morphol.

Okol. 29: 45-78. 1934.

Norman, A. M. New generic names for some En-

tomostraca and Cirripedia. Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. 11(7) : 367-369. 1903.

STRAND, E. Miscellanea nomenclatorica zoologica

et palaeontologica. I-II. Arch. Naturg. 92A

Crustacea: 40-41. 1926.

ZOOLOGY —Polydora nuchalis, a new species of polychaetous annelid from Calt-

fornia.! Keira H. Woopwicx, Allan Hancock Foundation, University of

Southern California. (Communicated by Waldo L. Schmitt.)

The spionid worm described herein is the

tenth species of Polydora to be reported

from California (for others see Hartman,

1941). Although resembling several other

species in some characteristics, the worm is

clearly and consistently different; it is there-

fore described as a new species.

Polydora nuchalis, n. sp.

The body is generally depressed; it is most so

at the modified fifth segment where it is more

than twice as wide as deep. It is less depressed

in front of and behind this segment. The body

tapers posteriorly just before the terminal

flaring pygidium. The range observed in the

number of segments is 80 to 110; in millimeters

of length 15 to 20. In life this polydorid is trans-

lucent yellow in color, some individuals having a

smoky surface pigmentation in the anterior

two-thirds of the body and in the pygidial

region. The palpi lack pigment granules but are

colored bright red by the blood as are the mid-

dorsal and midventral lines and the branchiae of

living specimens.

The prostomium is bifid anteriorly and ex-

tends posteriorly as the caruncle to the forward

margin of the third setigerous segment [third

segment below] (Fig. 1, b). A median nuchal

tentacle, on which the specific name is based,

arises from the prostomium at the level of the

1 Contribution no. 119 from the Allan Hancock

Foundation, University of Southern California,

Los Angeles, Calif. This study was aided by the

personnel and made possible through the use of

the facilities of the Allan Hancock Foundation.

first segment. Two pairs of eye spots in a trape-

zoidal arrangement are found near the palpal

bases. The posterior ones are closer together and

slightly smaller than the anterior pair. The

palpi are long and extend back to the twentieth

segment in preserved specimens. The peristomium

flares to each side of the prostomium; it is

bounded above by the latter and in front and

ventrally by the oral aperture.

The first segment lacks notosetae; the para-

podia are represented by notopodial and neuro-

podial lobes and a neuropodial fascicle of setae

(Fig. 1, a). The neuropodial lobe and setae are

oriented on a line with the notopodial lobes of

the succeeding segments. The short, first noto-

podial lobes are located dorsally just behind the

palpal bases.

The next three segments have well-developed

notopodial and neuropodial postsetal lobes and

fascicles of long slender setae. The notopodial

fascicle has two rows of setae including an anterior

row of short limbate and a posterior one of

longer capillary setae. This notopodial arrange-

ment continues through segments 6 to 9. The

neuropodia of segments 2 to 4 have capillary

setae.

Segment 5 (Fig. 1, a) is larger than either the

fourth or the sixth segment; it lacks postsetal

lobes. Its notopodium has a bundle of anterior

dorsal capillary setae and a slightly curved

single series of large spines alternating with as

many companion setae. The spines are largest

anterodorsally and are gradually reduced in

size posteriorly. They are weakly falcate in

shape (Fig. 1, d); the companion setae are

Fig. 1.—Polydora nuchalis, n. sp.: a, Anterior end, in left lateral view, X 53; 6, anterior end, in dor-

sal view, X 53; c, pygidium, in posterior dorsal view, X 53; d, stout spines of the modified fifth segment

showing new, worn, and developing spines, X 122; e, companion seta of the modified fifth segment,

xX 529; f, ventral hooded hook from the seventh segment, X 710.

NOVEMBER 1953

plumose (Fig. 1, e). The neuropodium of segment

5 is vestigial; it has a fascicle of short capillary

setae.

Segment 6 resembles segments 2 to 4. Seg-

ment 7 differs abruptly in having the beginning

of the branchiae dorsally and the hooded hooks

ventrally (Fig. 1, a). The vertical series of hooded

hooks vary in number from 8 to 6; the anterior

segments have the greater number. The hooks

are distally bidentate. The main tooth forms an

angle with the shaft of approximately 90° and

an acute angle with the accessory tooth (Fig.

1, f). (See Séderstrém, 1920, p. 41, for method

of angle measurement.) The notopodial lobes

decrease in size from segment 7 to 15. They are

small, papillar behind segment 15.

The branchiae are finger-shaped and overlap

at the middorsal line. They are full-sized from

segment 7 to the posterior fourth of the body

There is a gradual reduction in size from this

point. There are no specialized posterior noto-

podial spines or hooks. The pygidium is broad

and flaring; it has a wide dorsal notch (Fig. 1, ¢).

The anus is situated slightly dorsal of center.

This species resembles Polydora cirrosa

Rioja (1948, pp. 233-238, figs. 8-25) in many

characteristics but varies from it in the following

features: (1) The caruncle extends only to the

third instead of the fifth segment; (2) a neuro-

podial fascicle is present, not absent, in the

fifth segment; (3) the notopodial lobes of the

first segment and the median nuchal tentacle

are short, never cirriform, even in mature

specimens; (4) the stout spines and companion

setae of the fifth, and the ventral hooded hooks

are different.

Polydora nuchalis is also close to Polydora

lignt Webster (1886, pp. 148-149, pl. 8, figs.

45-47) from which it differs by the following

characteristics: (1) It lacks, instead of has, an

accessory tooth on the stout spines of the modified

segment; (2) the caruncle extends only to the

third, instead of to the fourth, segment; (3)

the hooded hooks differ.

It also resembles Polydora websteri Hartman

(1948, pp. 70-72, figs. 1, a-h) but varies from

it in that: (1) The caruncle extends only to the

third, instead of to the fourth, segment; (2) it

WOODWICK: POLYDORA NUCHALIS

383

has a median nuchal tentacle; (3) the stout

spines and companion setae of the fifth segment

are different.

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 24724, from Playa

del Rey, Calif.

Distribution.—P. nuchalis occurs abundantly

in the lagoon at Playa del Rey, Los Angeles

County, Calif. |

Biology—The water of the lagoon at Playa

del Rey varies considerably in salinity owing to

alternate seasonal rains and evaporation. This.

species tolerates these varying salinities. It

constructs mucus-lined tubes that are externally

covered by a thin layer of sand; they penetrate

the substratum to a depth of one or two inches.

Associates in the lagoon are Streblospio benedicti

Webster, Capitella capitata (Fabricius), and the

amphipod Corophiwm insidiosum Crawford. A

fiddler crab, Uca crenulata (Lockington), is

abundant near the water’s edge.

The eggs of P. nuchalis are deposited in trans-

parent mucous capsules. The capsules are

oriented in rosarylike chains and are individually

attached to the wall of the tube by two strands

which are continuations of the capsular material.

Each capsule has as many as 100 eggs. Only one

to eight of the eggs in each capsule develop into

larvae; the remaining ova serve as food for the

encased larvae. The latter ordinarily reach the

9-12 segmented stage before being freed from

the capsule. A short planktonic life may precede

settling and tube building.

LITERATURE CITED

Hartman, OuGa. Some contributions to the biology

of Spionidae from California. Allan Hancock

Pacific Exped. 7: 289-324, 4 pls. 1941.

———, Description of Polydora websteri, n. sp.

In Loosanoff, V. L., and J. B. Engle. Biol.

Bull. Woods Hole 85: 70-72, fig. 1, a-h. 1948.

Riosa, E. Estudios anelidologicos VIII. Datos

acerca de las especies del genero Polydora Bosc.

de las costas Mexicanas del Pacifico. Anal. Inst.

Biol. Mexico 14: 229-241, 25 figs. 1948.

SopverstrROM, A. Studien tiber die Polychaeten Fami-

lie Spionidae. Dissertation. 286 pp., 1 pl., 174

figs. Uppsala. 1920.

WesstTER, H. The Annelida Chaetopoda of New

Jersey. Annual Report New York State Mus.

Nat. Hist., 39: 128-159, 7 pls. 1886.

384. JOURNAL OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, NO. 11

ZOOLOGY A new species of polychaete worm of the family Ampharetidae from

Massachusetts. MArtAN H. PertTrBoneE, University of New Hampshire, Dur-

ham, N. H. (Communicated by Fenner A. Chace, Jr.)

In working over the polychaetous annelids

in the Woods Hole region, a new species of

ampharetid was found in a salt pond—James

Pond on Martha’s Vineyard, Mass. It is re-

ferred to the genus Hypaniola Annenkoya,

which previously contained a single species,

namely, Hypaniola kowalewskiz, known from

the Caspian Sea. Hypaniola, as well as the

closely related Hypania Ostroumov and

Parhypania Annenkova, includes species

noted for their euryhaline properties. The

new species is named in honor of Milton Gray.

who collected the specimens. The types are

deposited in the U. 8. National Museum

(no. 24734).

Family AMPHARETIDAE

Genus Hypaniola Annenkova, 1927; char. emend.

Type species: Hypaniola kowalewski (Grimm,

1877) Annenkova, 1927, in Caspian Sea. Pro-

stomium trilobed, with or without glandular

crests (without in type species; a variable char-

acter depending on amount of folding?), with

two eye spots. Retractile oral tentacles smooth

(not pinnate). Paleae present but poorly de-

veloped, delicate, inconspicuous. Branchiae

three or four pairs, fused basally. Without pair of

dorsal hooks posterior to branchiae (as in

Melinna). Notosetae begin on segment 3, present

on 17 thoracic segments. Notopodia without

cirri. Thoracic uncinigerous pinnules begin on

segment 6 (setigerous segment 4). Thoracic

uncini with a vertical row of teeth. Abdominal

uncini with three vertical rows of teeth (type

species) or a single row (H. grayi). Abdominal

uncinigerous pinnules without cirri (type species)

or with cirri (H. grayz). Pygidium without anal

cirri. Nephridia 3 pairs, in segments 4-6 (seti-

gerous segments 2-4).

Hypaniola grayi, n. sp.

Fig. 1, A-M

Size.—Length 9-15 mm., greatest width I-

1.5 mm.

Description —Body inflated anteriorly, tapered

gradually to a narrower posterior end (Fig. 1, A).

Body wall thick, opaque, and distinctly seg-

mented on ventral side; very thin, transparent,

iridescent, and indistinctly annulated on dorsal

side. Prostomium trilobed, the median lobe

widest anteriorly, may be flat (in life, Fig. 1, E)

or somewhat folded so as to form a more de-

pressed median part and lateral longitudinal

crests (Fig. 1, B); basal part a transverse raised

area with a pair of lateral eyespots; lateral lobes

encircle the median lobe laterally and posteriorly.

First achaetous or buccal segment extended

ventrally forming a rounded lobe under the

prostomium, as long as the next three segments

(Fig. 1, B—C). Oral tentacles may be completely

retracted within the mouth or more or less

extended; they are digitiform, smooth, up to 20

in number, in paus arranged dorsoventrally on a

somewhat folded tentacular membrane, longest

and largest near midline, gradually becoming

smaller and shorter laterally (Fig. 1, D).

Second or paleal segment with a raised ridge

into which the prostomium and buccal segment

may be partially withdrawn, the ridge being

especially prominent middorsally (Fig. 1, B—-C,

F); with first pair of branchiae and weakly

developed paired lateral bundles of paleal setae.

Paleae in each bundle seven or eight in number,

forming a spreading bundle, small, very delicate,

iridescent, tapering gradually to slender capillary

tips, as long as the thoracic notosetae but more

delicate (easily overlooked). Segments 3-5

(thoracic setigerous segments 1-3) _ short,

crowded, with cylindrical notopodia bearing

notosetae, and with the next three pairs of

branchiae. Branchiae four pairs, subequal, long,

tapering, subulate, first pair on paleal segment,

second pair more laterally on first setigerous

segment, third pair more dorsally on second

setigerous segment (second and third branchiae

almost in transverse line due to crowding of

setigerous segments 1-2), fourth pair on seti-

gerous segment 3, in line with the first pair

(Fig. 1, A-C, F). The bases of the four branchiae

form a close group, with their basal portions

distinct but fused to one another on the paleal

segment.

Thoracic region with cylindrical notopodia

containing bundles of notosetae on 17 segments

(beginning on segment 3; Fig. 1, A, C, H-J).

Notosetae widest basally, tapering gradually

III (set 1

f ) set 15

IV (set 2) uss

II jj

Eg mold i)

0.5 mm

VII (set 5) we?

Py~

2 -\---VI (set 4) G

fe the

E 1F=TN ep 3

pai f 8

eo ee * M

L-M a

Fie. 1.—Hypaniola grayi, n. sp.: A, Lateral view entire animal; B, dorsal view prostomium, first

two segments, and bases of branchiae; C, lateral view anterior end, with bases of branchiae only shown;

D, dorsal view prostomium and extended oral tentacles; E, dorsal view prostomium (sketched in life) ;

F, dorsal view right group of branchiae and first few thoracic segments; G, lateral view posterior end;

H, parapodia of first few segments from right side; I, parapodia of last few thoracic segments and first

few abdominal segments from right side; J, parapodium from thoracic region; K, parapodium from ab-

dominal region; L, thoracic uncinus, (a) lateral view, (6) frontal view; M, abdominal uncinus, (a) lateral

view, (6) frontal view. (abd, abdominal uncinigerous segment; br, branchia; neC, neuropodial cirrus;

nep, nephridial papilla; nePz, neuropodial uncinigerous pinnule; no, notopodium; pa, paleal setae; pr.

prostomium; py, pygidium; set, setigerous segment; th, thoracic setigerous segment; J, first or buccal

segment; J7, second or paleal segment; ///, third or first thoracic setigerous segment, etc.)

386 JOURNAL OF THE

to slender capillary tips. Thoracic neuropodial

uncinigerous pinnules begin on segment 6

(setigerous segment 4); pinnules without cirri

or may be short cirri on upper parts of pinnules

on few of more posterior thoracic segments

(Fig. 1, H-I). Thoracie uncini pectiniform, with

four teeth in a single row above the rounded

basal part (Fig. 1, L). Abdominal region with

achaetous remnants of notopodia on about

first six abdominal segments (Fig. 1, I), with

uncinigerous pinnules on 22-25 segments (may

have one or two achaetous posterior rings;

Fig. 1, G), with neuropodial cirri on upper parts

of pinnules (Fig. 1, I, K); abdominal uneini

pectiniform, with five teeth in single row above

rounded basal part (Fig. 1, M). Pygidium short,

rounded, without papillae or cirri, may be

somewhat lobulated (Fig. 1, G). Anus terminal.

Posterior end, including pygidium and last few

uncinigerous segments, may be turned inside.

Nephridial papillae 3 pairs, posterior to notopodia

on segments 4-6 (setigerous segments 2-4;

Bice at is

Color: in life, greenish with whitish spots;

in alcohol, colorless or shghtly brownish. Tube

several times the length of the animal, rather

straggly, composed of debris and few lght-

colored sand grains or may be composed mostly

of light-colored sand grains and a small amount

of debris.

MALACOLOGY .—Review of the living

U.S. National Museum.

A few months before the publication of

my paper on Hchinochama (1952), I received

10 specimens of the genus from Dr. H. 8.

Lopes, of the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Rio

de Janeiro, Brazil, and Dr. C. N. Gofferjé,

of the Museu Paranaense, Curitiba, Brazil.

The material was collected on the coast of

the State of Santa Catarina, Brazil. Besides

the fact that these specimens extend the

recorded range of the genus considerably,

they are also distinctive enough morpho-

logically to be considered a heretofore un-

described species. This paper contains a de-

scription of the new species and a review of

the living species of the genus as well as its

geographic distribution.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 11

Remarks.—Hypaniola grayi differs from H.

kowalewskii (Grimm, 1877; see Annenkova,

1927, 1929; known from the Caspian Sea) as

follows: The prostomium is shaped differently;

there are four pairs of subequal branchiae (//.

kowalewskii has three or four pairs of branchiae;

when the fourth pair is present, it is rudimen-

tary); the abdominal pinnules have cirri (with-

out in the Caspian species); abdominal uncini

with five teeth in a vertical row (in H. kowalew-

sku, uncini with 15 or 16 teeth in three vertical

rows).

Locality.—James Pond (salt pond), Martha’s

Vineyard, Mass., found by digging in sandy

mud under water, collected by M. B. Gray,

August 8, 1950, August 25, 1951, and August

21, 1952. It was found along with other poly-

chaetes, Haploscoloplos fragilis (Verrill),

Heteromastus filiformis (Claparéde), and Poly-

dora lignt Webster.

REFERENCES

ANNENKOovVA, N. Uber die pontokaspischen Poly-

chaeten. I. Die Gattungen Hypania Ostrowmov

und Hypaniola, n. gen. Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad.

Sci. URSS. 28: 48-62, 1 pl. 1927.

—_——. Uber die pontokaspischen Polychaeien. if.

Die Gattungen Hypaniola, Parhypania, ¥a

bricia und Manayunkia. Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad.

Sci. URSS. 30: 13-20, 2 pls. 1929.

species of Echinochama. Davip NIcou,

Genus Echinochama Fischer, 1887

Type species—(Monotypy) Chama arcinella

Linné, 1767. Recent, Caribbean Sea.

Echinochama brasiliana Nicol, n. sp.

Figs. 1-4

Description.—Shell thick, large; generally higher

than long; ratio of convexity to height 0.80;

number of spine rows from 18 to 29, averaging

24 for 10 specimens; spine rows closely spaced

and most spines small and closely spaced; largest

specimen 61.6 mm high, 54.3 mm long, convexity

52.6 mm; smallest specimen 40.5 mm high, 39.7

mm long, convexity 32.0 mm; average height

51 mm; average length 46 mm, average con-

vexity 41 mm.

NOVEMBER 1953 NICOL: REVIEW

Comparisons.—Echinochama brasiliana is most

closely related to H. arcinella arcinella but differs

from the latter in the following ways: It is larger

and has a thicker shell; it is more obese (ratio of

convexity to height 0.80 in EF. brasiliana as

compared with 0.75 in FE. arcinella arcinella); the

spine rows are more numerous, and there are

more and smaller spines on each row in E.

brasiliana; the height and length are about equal

in E. arcinella arcinella, whereas E. brasiliana is

higher than long. EL. brasiliana differs from E.

arcinella californica in the same ways. E. brast-

liana differs from E. cornuta in having a larger

OF LIVING

SPECIES OF ECHINOCHAMA 387

number of rows of spines (average 24 as compared

to average 10 in EF. cornuta); E. brasiliana also

has more numerous small spines.

Types.—The holotype is in the U. 8. National

Museum, no. 605546; one lot containing two

paratypes, no. 603965, and one lot containing one

paratype, no. 605771, are also in the U. S§S.

National Museum. Five paratypes have been

sent to the Museu Paranaense, Rua Buenos

Aires, 200-Curitiba, Paranda, Brazil, and one

paratype has been sent to the Instituto Oswaldo

Cruz, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Fias. 1-4.—Echinochama brasiliana Nicol, n. sp. Holotype, U. 8. N. M. no. 605546; Recent, Ilha do

Francés, Santa Catarina, Brazil; X 1;1, Exterior view, right valve; 2, exterior view, left valve; 3, poste-

rior view, both valves; 4, anterior view showing lunule, both valves.

388 JOURNAL OF THE

KEY TO THE RECENT SPECIES OF ECHINOCHAMA

| Average number of spine rows 10... cornuta

Average number of spine rows 20 or more. .2

Height and length equal, umbones low, spines

general lwalargees ect et E. arcinella

Higher than long, umbones high, many rows

OLMAMIAL| Spies ost. eln ae E. brasiliana

Geographic distribution.—The new species oc-

curs at the extreme southern end of the range of

Echinochama in the western Atlantic, and it has

been found only off the Ilha do Francés, which

is 1,200 meters north of Ilha de Santa Catarina,

Santa Catarina, Brazil. According to Dr. Gofferjé

(1950, p. 262, and also personal communication),

E. arcinella arcinella is found on the coast of

Paranda, Brazil. Additional collecting may extend

the range of the genus still farther south. The

accompanying map (Fig. 5) shows the distribu-

tion of the living species of Echinochama, and a

rae

~~ -

REVILLA GIGEDO 18.

(Mexico) oS

Clarion I=

" HONDURAS — ,

J) orecucigat Cres

Lo.™-

#ChppertonI

(Fr)

‘Arch.de Colon) , %s.

GALAPAGOS 16 “\\*o

(Ecuador) ss

Paits

o Sala Gomez

Easter Ie Fone

hile)

Fig. 5.—Map showing distribution of living species of Echinochama. Hexagons

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 11

more detailed account of the distribution of the

genus is given in my paper (1952, pp. 811-813).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am greatly indebted to Dr. H.S. Lopes, of the

Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,

and to Dr. C. N. Gofferjé, of the Museu Para-

naense, Curitiba, Brazil, for the gifts of specimens

for study. William T. Allen, of the U.S. National

Museum, made the photographs for the paper.

REFERENCES

GorrEeRJE, C. N. Contribuicgdéo a zoogeografia da

malacofauna do litoral do Estado do Parand.

Arq. Mus. Paranaense 8 (7): 221-282, pls.

31-35. 1950.

Nicot, Davin. Revision of the pelecypod genus

Echinochama. Journ. Pal. 26 (5): 803-817,

pls. 118-119, 15 figs. 1952.

WEST INDIES

; sors os

ak: a USS & tAntigna (er)

we oe oo |”

Oy m2 §Dominicais-)

ami que (Fr)

t Lucia (6r)

f | *Barbadosie)

& f%PGrenada(e-)

"> SLA PAZ gos

e*Mollendo ° 5

<\ Bs (O 2h) I Ni at eA: ye

oSucre

—. ?

= eASUNCION

i iF:

: 5 7

Pa aa 770

apo ee

~ 2

Echinochama cornuta

(Conrad). downward pointing triangles—Echinochama arcinella arcinella (Linné). Upward pointing

triangles—Echinochama arcinella californica Dall. Squares—Echinochama brasiliana Nicol.

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

PIRI a Ss 5g wes wie ode «<0 Uns os F. M. Serzurr, U.S. National Museum

Soe EE F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

on Ly 2 oe ee JASON R. SWALLEN, U.S. National Museum

SeGSUrer....-.... Howarp S. Rappuere, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

PUREE re Se ee ec os Joun A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Haraup A. REupDER, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

Pamasepaical pociety of Washington......:..5.........20- 0 cece cee A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington..................... Wiuu1amM H. GILBERT

Biological Society of Washington....... ee ete ee Core Hues Tuomas O’NEILL

Chemical Society of Washington........... Soe he Aes esi) a GEORGE W. IRVING, JR.

Bapemeleries! Society of Washington. ..............0..000 000. eee F. W. Poos

Matsa! Georraphic Society.................00000eecccncee ALEXANDER WETMORE

Geolevical Society of Washington.........................-2... A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. CoE

Samm s tictories! Society. ................00ceccceceecase GILBERT GROSVENOR

Botames! pociety of Washington..........................:. Harry A. BorTHwick

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GrorGeE F. GRAVATT

Washington Society ‘of CEN Seon sete ng aera ced Soe Tn Rael C. A. Brtts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers.. ARNOLD H. Scorr

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Ricwarp §8. DIuu

Helminthological Society of Washington.......................... L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN Sitocum

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... Fioyp W. HoucH

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DORSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N.R. Evuis

Washington Chapter, American Society for Metals............ Joun G, THOMPSON

Washington Section, International Association for Dental Research

Epwarp G. Hamp

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

ME IOMIN OGL. oon oe cee eee eee eee ees Sara E. BRannamM, Mitton Harris

EE ES LES A ee R. G. Bates, W. W. DIEHL

EMEP os os ke ee eee ce eas M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

pum MIEAGCTS. 22... 2. ee ee ee All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

faery, Pstors and Associate Editors................0.00.000.0000 ees [See front cover]

Wiemeurve Commitice...............:... F. M. Serzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDoRF,

J. R. Swatuten, H. S. Rappteye, W. W. Rusey

Committee on Membership...... K. H. Waker (chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JoHN Fasper, ANcus M. Grirrin, D. BREESE JONES,

FRANK C. Kracex, Louis R. Maxwetu, A. G. McNisu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Sater, Leo A. SHINN, Francis A. SmitH, Heinz Specut, Horace M. Trent,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Commitiee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), JoHN W. ALDRICH,

AusTIN CuarRK, D. J. Davis

Commitiee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

NR MNGEEY Cr ys ol So. Ss a Vee eee awe’ S. F. Buaxs, F. C. Kracrex

Co) LOE RSI Si ee SS ain ne one W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

Oo DTS Doi 5 re G. ARTHUR CoopER, JAMES I. HOFFMAN

Commitiee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. ASTIN, general chairman):

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

Wick, SARA ): BRanHAM, IRA B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN SCHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sciences...... SAMUEL Levy (chairman), MicHaEL GOLDBERG,

. H. Kennarp, E. B. Roperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WiLpHAcK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScHUBAUER (chairman), R.S. Burtneton, F. C.

Kracex, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. Seeqer, J. S. WILLiaMs

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. E. Fox, Monroz H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HeRzFELD (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. EK. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

Peeriamtitey 1954 oe oe es ee ee ka. H. B. Couuins, W. W. Rusey (chairman)

EAP STON 2 HY IRSA a a Pe E. C. CriftrenDEN, A. WETMORE

Commitiee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHERsON, chairman):

MPS OE acide da sw ae oe Memes we J. M. CALDWELL, W. L. Scumitt

Peper ICMILe ta ey 8 oe haw PSs Sn os 7: all McPuHERSON, W.T. Reap

SCMUPEBBLE VI OE, 00. 2s Sees Ae Wo Seca eit eS a AUSTIN CLARK, J. H. McMi.ien

Representative on Council of A. PASO R re Sai em oc ho aN Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... LoutsE M. Russe (chairman), R. 8. Dix, J. B. REEsIpE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. GaRNER (chairman), L. G. Henpest, Myrna F. JoNEs

CONTENTS

GroLocy.—The Geological Society of Washington. RoLanp W.

BROWS 6 505, cn un alee ne BENE BAe tO

PALEONTOLOGY.—A new pelecypod from Upper Triassic strata in Peru.

Davin Nicon.and Winniam TT. AMLEN >... ......). 2.)

Entomo.ocy.—Hollandipsylla neali, a new genus and new species of

flea from North Borneo, with comments on eyeless fleas (Siphon-

aptera). RoBeRT TRAUB...........0-..5.5.:5+¢: eer

EnTomo.Locy.—A new species of Culex from the Marquesas Islands and

the larva of Culex atriceps Edwards (Diptera: Culicidae). ALAN

STONE. and Leon ROSEN)... Ya. 2 oS oe

Entomo.tocy.—Laelaps oryzomydis, n. sp., with a key to some American

species of Laelaps (Acarina: Laelaptidae). H. D. Pratr and

Jorn DAN) ee OP as 2 StS es ne

ZooLoGy.—Two new semiparasitic harpacticoid copepods from the coast

of New Hampshire:. Artour G; HuMES........<.... 5 9eeeee

ZooLtocy.—A burrowing barnacle of the genus Trypetesa (order Acro-

theracitca): \JACcK T...TOMLINSON: «o>... J)... 2.2.2 ee

Zootocy.—Polydora nuchalis, a new species of polychaetous annelid

from California. Kerra Eh: Woopwick..........2 ... 2.) eee

ZooLocy.—A new species of polychaete worm of the family Amphareti-

dae from Massachusetts. Martian H. PETTIBONE..............

Matuacotoey.—Review of the living species of Echinochama. Davin

INICOG 6 Ss by SR ak Se Ok. tne 6 natn ee ee

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.

346

304

358

Vou. 43 DECEMBER 1953 No. 12

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY

OF SCIENCES

BOARD OF EDITORS

J. P. E. Morrison JoHn C. EwrErs R. K. Coox

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM NATIONAL BUREAU

OF STANDARDS

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

F. A. Cuace, Jr. EvBEertT L. Littus, JR.

ZOOLOGY BOTANY

J. I. HorrMan Puitie DRUCKER

CHEMISTRY ANTHROPOLOGY

Dean B. Cow1E Davip H. DUNKLE

PHYSICS GEOLOGY

ALAN STONE

ENTOMOLOGY

PUBLISHED MONTHLY

BY THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Mount Royat & GUILFORD AVES.

BALTIMORE, MARYLAND

Entered as second class matter under the Act of August 24, 1912, at Baltimore, Md.

Acceptance for mailing at a special rate of postage provided for in the Act of February 28, 1925

Authorized February 17, 1949

Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

This JouRNAL, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes:

(1) Short original papers, written or communicated by members of the Academy; (2)

proceedings and programs of meetings of the Academy and affiliated societies; (3)

notes of events connected with the scientific life of Washington. The JouRNAL is issued

monthly. Volumes correspond to calendar years.

Manuscripts may be sent to any member of the Board of Editors. It is urgently re-

quested that contributors consult the latest numbers of the JourRNAtL and conform their

manuscripts to the usage found there as regards arrangement of title, subheads, syn-

onymies, footnotes, tables, bibliography, legends for illustrations, and other matter.

Manuscripts should be typewritten, double-spaced, on good paper, Footnotes should

be numbered serially in pencil and submitted on a separate sheet. The editors do not

assume responsibility for the ideas expressed by the author, nor can they undertake to

correct other than obvious minor errors.

Illustrations in excess of the equivalent (in cost) of one full-page halftone are to

be paid for by the author.

Proof.—In order to facilitate prompt publication one proof will generally be sent

to authors in or near Washington. It is urged that manuscript be submitted in final

form; the editors will exercise due care in seeing that copy is followed.

Unusual cost of foreign, mathematical, and tabular material, as well as alterations

made in the proof by the author, may be charged to the author.

Author’s Reprinis.—Reprints will be furnished in accordance with the following

schedule of prices areas

Copies 4 pp. p. 12 pp. 16 pp. 20 pp. Covers

100 $3.25 $650 $ 9.75 $13 .00 $16.25 $3.50

200 6.50 13.00 19.50 26.00 32.50 7.00

300 9.75 19.50 29.25 39.00 48.75 10.50

400 13.00 26.00 39.00 52.00 65.00 14.00

Subscriptions or requests for the purchase of back numbers or volumes of the Jour-

NAL or the PrRocEEpDINGS should be sent to Haratp A. ReEHDER, Custodian and Sub-

scription Manager of Publications, U.S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.

Subscription Rates for the JouRNAL.—Per year.................+--+s:eeeeeee $7 .50

Price of back numbers and volumes: Per Vol. Per Number

Vol. 1 to vol. 10, incl.—not available*................ — —

Vol. 11 to vol. 15, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... $10.00 $0.70

Vol. 16 to vol. 22, incl. (21 numbers per vol.)......... 8.00 . 88

Vol. 23 to current vol. (12 numbers per vol.).......... 7.50 0.90

* Limited number of complete sets of the JourRNnaL (vol. 1 to vol. 43, inel.) available

for sale to libraries at $363.50.

MonoarapPu No. 1, ‘“The Parasitic Cuckoos of Africa,’? by Herbert Friedmann. $4.50

INDEX to JOURNAL (vols. 1-40) and PRocwEDINGS. ........:...... 2.5522 0n ee $7.50

PRocEEDINGS, vols. 1-138 (1899-1911) complete. .....)... 2... ....2.02. eee $25.00

Single volumes, unbound... 04s. cna) eh way ad ee eee lee 2.00

Single numbers. <24..00000 V2 Ss eg Vn ed ok way ete ee oe ee .25

Missing Numbers will be replaced without charge provided that claim is made to the

Treasurer within 30 days after date of following issue.

Remittances should be made payable to ‘‘Washington Academy of Sciences’’ and

ei to the Treasurer, H.S. Rappers, 6712 Fourth Street, NW., Washington 12,

Exchanges.—The Academy does not exchange its publications for those of other

societies.

Changes of Address Members are requested to report changes of address promptly

to the Secretary.

JOURNAL

OF THE

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vou. 43

December 1953

INOn 2

ARCHEOLOGY Site patterns in the eastern part of Olmec territory. PHiwip

DRUCKER and EDUARDO CONTRERAS.

During the spring of 1953, from February

to the middle of May, the writers carried

out an archeological reconnaissance of the

eastern and southern borders of Olmec

territory, in the states of Tabasco and Vera-

cruz, Mexico. The study was made possible

by a grant from the Wenner-Gren Founda-

tion for Anthropological Research, through

which field expenses were provided, and

through the cooperation of the Bureau of

American Ethnology, Smithsonian Institu-

tion, which made the senior author available

for the work and provided various items of

equipment. In addition, the courteous co-

operation of the Instituto Nacional de

Antropologia e Historia, of Mexico, whose

officers granted the necessary work permit

and gave letters of introduction to civil

and military authorities in the region in-

vestigated, is gratefully acknowledged.

The purpose of the work was to attempt

to define the extension, on the east and

south, of the territory occupied by the arche-

ological culture known as “Olmec.’’ It was

essentially a continuation of the archeologi-

cal program begun a number of years ago

by Stirling, in much of which the senior

author participated.! In the course of that

work, during which several major sites were

thoroughly tested, a previously unknown

Mesoamerican culture was identified, its

internal history and relative chronological

placing was determined through analysis

1 Stiruine, M.W. Stone monuments of southern

Mexico. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 138. 1943; Stone

monuments of the Rio Chiquito, Veracruz, Mexico.

Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 157, Anthrop. Pap. 43

(in press).

Drucker, Puiuip, Ceramic sequences at Tres

Zapotes, Veracruz, Mexico. Bur. Amer. Ethnol.

Bull. 140, 1948; La Venta, Tabasco: A study of

Olmec ceramics and art. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull.

bos. 1952.

of its ceramic sequences, and its highly dis-

tinctive art style was defined. Nonetheless,

the actual geographical extent of the culture

had not been determined, except that in its

developed phases, at least, it appears not

to have extended north of the Papaloapan.?

The question of territorial extent of the

culture during its several periods was

brought into relief by recent recognition

of obvious Olmec stylistic influence in carved

monuments in other parts of Mesoamerica,

notably at San Isidro Piedra Parada, Guate-

mala, and in the Mexican highland, in

Morelos and the ceramic and figurine pat-

terns of Tlatilco.* If the Olmec patterns, as

identified at sites tested in the southern

Veracruz-western Tabasco region, could be

shown to have extended back from the

coast into the adjoining highlands, the dis-

tant apparent manifestations of the culture

could be more easily accounted for. The

problem thus bears on the larger one of the

inter-relations of the several Mesoamerican

culture centers or focz, and the means by

which they influenced each other at various

periods of their development to bring into

being the overall high civilization of the

area. In short, the survey here reported on

was undertaken in an attempt to contribute

to the understanding of basic areal problems.

The survey was designed to cover as much

territory as possible in the course of the

field season. On the basis of past knowledge

2 DruckER, Puitie. Ceramic stratigraphy at

‘Cerro de las Mesas, Veracruz, Mexico. Bur. Amer.

EKthnol. Bull. 141. 1943.

3THompson, J. E. 8S. Some sculptures from

southeastern Quetzaltenango, Guatemala. Carnegie

Institution, Notes on Mid-American Archaeol.

and Hthnol. 1: (17), 1948; Porter, Murrie. N.,

Tlatileo and the pre-Classic cultures of the New

veoniee Viking Fund Publ. in Anthropology No. 19.

389

Aahas A» AAG »

390

of the region and its routes of communica-

tion, it was decided that the most eff.cient

means of transport would be use of saddle

and pack animals, utilizing watercraft occa-

sionally. Sites found would be test-pitted

sufficiently to obtain small ceramic samples,

on the basis of which they might be classi-

fied as to cultural affiliation, and, where

there were features such as complexes of

mounds that seemed to have significance,

they were to be sketch-mapped. The loca-

tions of sites found were to be pinpointed

by celestial observations, since available

maps of the region show lttle topographic

detail and are often inaccurate.

The field party consisted of Drucker and

Contreras, with two Tabascan arrieros and

laborers, plus various local guides and

laborers. In the course of just over 100 days

in the field, the party traveled an estimated

1200 kilometers of trail and river, located

80 archeological sites, and collected ap-

proximately half a ton of ceramic samples.

The pottery collections were crated and

shipped in small increments as frequently

as the occasion offered, to the Museo Na-

cional de Mexico, to relieve the burden on

the pack animals. Special thanks are due

the director of the museum, Dr. Eusebio

Davalos H., for his kindness in receiving

these small-lot shipments and having them

stored pending our return to Mexico. Con-

treras took charge of the mapping part of

the project, as well as a good share of the

test-pitting; his sketches will be presented

in the final report on the work. The least

successful part of the project was that re-

ferring to determining site locations by

celestial observations. Probably because

of the mode of transport, the two watch-

chronometers carried refused to settle down

to uniform rates during the trip, thus adding

a variable error factor to the observations.

The procedure followed was to establish

temporary quarters, usually at some ranch

or in some village, where pasturage could

be obtained for the livestock and the party’s

gear left in someone’s custody, and then

visit the sites in the vicinity in the course

of the next couple of days. Often, to save

time, we split our small force, Drucker ex-

amining some sites and Contreras the others.

One of the chief reasons for making our

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

bases at modern villages and ranches was

the constant need for local information. It

is probable that archeologists who have not

worked in this type of terrain do not appre-

ciate how dependent one must be on local

euides, to find sites. A great part of the area

surveyed is covered with heavy vegetation,

either virgin jungle or second growth bush.

One could easily ride within a few meters

of a second La Venta, or a second Uaxactun,

for that matter, and never know it was there.

We did find a few sites that were situated in

cleared pasture lands, or that lay squarely

across the trail, but we were taken to most

of the archeological zones by local people.

We found this information to be for the

most part accurate and freely given. Only

in a few instances did people, apparently

suspicious of our motives, refuse to tell us of

sites or to show them to us.

The track of the party is shown on the

accompanying map. We set out from Hui-

manguillo, Tabasco, heading westward out

of the Grijalva basin, then proceeding

downstream along the Rio Zanapa, with

the general plan of circling to the northward

of the Laguna Rosario. At one point we

doubled back to visit some localities on

tributaries of the Zanapa, then crossed into

the watershed of the Rio San Felipe, which

we followed to the Laguna del Carmen, on

the Gulf coast. Retracing our course, we

returned to the Zanapa, then turned south-

ward, west of the Laguna Rosario, to the

town of San Francisco Rueda, on the rail-

road. From this point we crossed overland

to the Rio Pedregal, and proceeded upstream

into the mountains. On our return from

this jaunt, we crossed overland to San José

del Carmen, on the Rio Tancochapan

(which farther downstream becomes the

Rio Tonala), then traveled up the Rio de

las Playas to the foothill country. We also

made a couple of short trips by launch down-

stream from San José. Next, we crossed

overland to the Rio Uzpanapa, followed

that river up to the edge of the foothills,

then back down to the village of Chichiga-

pan. Leaving the Uzpanapa, we crossed

overland to the Coatzacoaleos drainage.

We traveled upstream to the tributary Rio

Jaltepee and the railroad town of Jestis

Carranza, then back downstream, terminat-

ing the trip at Minatitlan.

o91

PATTERNS

TERN OLMEC SITI

DECEMBER 1953. DRUCKER AND CONTRERAS: EA

T 914

iwuuwo Snsar

Ny TLILOSTVGINf

Erp NBNYV9

i} 130 3sor NVS

NVONAVOV

NVILILVNIW

O IWLIHINVN

QAJNN O18

341133 NVS

-J @ 307NG vnov :

4 4 ;

pl ee ee OE

snd, (Pall

PIVNOL

DWwWwILyYD

ASAYAMS SS61 JO HOVYL ONIMOHS

AYOLIYYSL DSW10 4O NOILYOd NY3Z1SV3

o92

While this coverage seems fairly exten-

sive—and in the course of the trip 1t seemed

a long, long road at times—it must be recog-

nized that the coverage is by no means

complete. For one thing, we did not cover

the coastal area and the lower reaches of

the rivers between the Laguna del Carmen

and the Coatzacoalcos. Much of this region

is, and was, uninhabitable swamp, but there

are undoubtedly elevated areas on which

archeological sites occur. Nor did we in-

vestigate the low but rugged hilly region

between Las Choapas and Nanchital, al-

though we had some reports of sites there.

These two stretches were left out of the

itinerary as we came to realize that the

allotted time would not permit us to tra-

verse them and the area to the south as well.

Consequently, since our problem related

to searching for the boundaries of the Olmec

area, and not just finding sites in what was

probably the heartland of the culture pat-

tern, we deliberately bypassed these sec-

tions to concentrate on what seemed to be

the border region. Another sector that was

slighted is that lying between the middle

courses of the Uzpanapa and the Coatza-

coalcos. There are probably a good many

sites in the section, but because of the

sparse population and few trails, it is diff-

cult of access. It seemed advisable, owing

to the lateness of the season, to by-pass

this region and to concentrate, instead, on

the middle course of the Coatzacoalcos. In

effect, we by no means pretend to have

located all the sites in the region covered.

We do believe, however, that we secured a

good sampling of sites, especially in the

zones critical to our problem. The region

west and northwest of the Coatzacoalcos,

including the San Juan and Tesechoacan

drainages, according to the original plan

was left for another season.

A brief sketch of the regional geography

must be given, since there are so few data

published on it. Most of the coastline in this

part of Mexico consists of sandy beaches

behind which les a belt of high dunes, al-

though this dune belt may be quite narrow,

as for example at the Laguna del Carmen.

Neither beaches nor dune belt offer much

inducement to human habitation, the former

because of the pounding they get by heavy

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 12

seas during the ‘‘nortes” or northerly storms,

the latter because of soil poverty and

scarcity of water (although in recent years

there has been considerable increase in

settlement in the dunes, connected with

coconut plantations). South of the dune

belt lhe the swamps, bordered by dense

erowths of mangrove along the water-

courses. Here and there elevated areas occur,

islandlike, amid the swamps, and such places

are commonly occupied today, and were

also used for human habitation in the past.

Intermediate between the swamps and dry-

land areas are the locally termed “ac-

aguales.’’ These are tracts that flood during

the wet season, and dry out, or partly dry

out, during the dry half of the year. The

natural vegetation is a dense tangle of scrub

and vines, a prominent member of which is

a small palm armed with quantities of

vicious spines, mixed with large trees. These

acaguales, when cleared, become the “‘po-

treros”’ or dry season pastures (in this part

of Mexico, at least, the term potrero in-

variably refers to pastures that flood part

of the wet season), but probably had little

utility except as hunting areas prior to the

introduction of animal husbandry in the

area. As one proceeds inland, and to the

westward as well, elevated hilly lands be-

come both more frequent and larger. La

Venta, of course, 1s situated on such a struc-

ture; there is a larger and quite broken area

farther down the Tonala where the oil town

of Agua Dulce is, and the entire stretch

transected by the road from Las Choapas

to Nanchital consists of low but quite rough

hills. In other places the swamps extend in-

land much farther. From the railroad be-

tween Rueda and San José del Carmen one

can see an immense stretch of swamp to the

northward, interrupted only by the man-

grove galleries along the Zanapa and the

Blasillo rivers. Beginning a short distance

west of Huimanguillo, between the Zanapa

and the Pedregal, is a strip of arid plains,

locally termed ‘‘sabanas.’’ These are char-

acterized by a thin layer of dark gray sur-.

face soil, apparently containing a large pro-

portion of very fine sand, overlying clays

with great amounts of gravel and sand mixed

into them. Apparently this soil profile is so

porous that the soils have extremely poor

DEcEMBER 1953. DRUCKER AND CONTRERAS

water-holding capacity, and are totally un-

suitable for agriculture, either modern or

ancient. The terrain is gently rolling, with

numerous streamlets bordered by narrow

gallery-forests. These savannahs are now

used for grazing for the weeks or months

that the potreros are flooded but they will

not even support good pasture grasses; cattle

lose considerable flesh during the few weeks

they are kept there.

This discussion of soils and agricultural

qualities of the savannahs is stressed, be-

cause we believe that this strip formed a

barrier to Olmec expansion southward in

this part of the region. We could find no

trace of archeologic remains in the plains,

with the exception of two small sites (one

visited, and one only reported) on the north-

ern shores of the Laguna Rosario.

South of the savannahs are a series of

hills and ridges, and then a low-lying belt

of acaguales (and now mostly potreros) that

extends to the rather abrupt edge of the

foothills.

South of San José del Carmen, between

the Rio de las Playas and the Rio Uzpanapa,

there is a strip of savannah that merges

into hilly country as one proceeds inland.

This is a somewhat peculiar section for it is

for the most part very poorly watered, and

consequently, seems to have been sparsely

inhabited in the past, and has only few in-

habitants today. It may be that the two

rivers and their tributaries, ike the Arroyo

Mancuernillas which is said to head far

back in the mountains, cut off the drainage

from the mountains. The area between the

Uzpanapa and the Coatzacoalcos, at least

as much as we saw of it, is quite rugged, but

has more year-around brooks and streams.

Along the major stream courses, above

the edge of the swamp lands, there are exten-

sive stretches of potreros, interrupted at

intervals by ridge systems that parallel the

course of the river. Many of these suggest

remnants of older eroded structures; many

have, in places, but shallow soil with fre-

quent outcrops of sandstones and limestone.

Others consist of coarse gravels, and perhaps

are old gravel-bars. Modern settlements

are almost invariably situated on and along

such ridges where they occur close to the

river bank, the rivers providing the chief

>: HASTERN OLMEC SITE PATTERNS

393

communication routes of the region. It is

only the newer villages established along

rail lines and the new highways that are

to be found any distance from the rivers.

In the course of the survey, 80 sites were

located, and of these, 71 were tested. Ce-

ramic samples were not collected at all the

71 sites tested, however, for at some of them

no sherds could be found. At others, sherds

were quite scarce; at still other sites they

were abundant. This varying frequency of

sherds raises a number of questions as to

occupation patterns and/or duration of

occupation which will be discussed in subse-

quent paragraphs. Wherever possible, the

samples were taken from what appeared to

be normal depositional areas, between and

around the mounds. Testpits were dug in

mounds only as a last resort, when occupa-

tional zones could not be found. The point

to avoiding mound samples where possible

was of course that one can never be sure

just how much of the ceramics included in

the mound-fill was contemporaneous with

the construction, and how much of it came

originally from earlier occupational deposits

scraped up to get aggregate for the mound.

At the present writing, the pottery sam-

ples are somewhere en route from Mexico

to Washington. Until they have been ana-

lyzed, nothing can be said as to cultural and

temporal affiliations of the sites. However,

there were certain variations in site patterns

which were revealed by the survey that

have interesting implications. These will be

described and discussed briefly.

Previous investigations of Olmec sites

have made clear that the major centers are

characterized by earth mounds, including

both conical (originally pyramidal?) and

long forms, some of which are scattered

about apparently irregularly, but some, and

usually the larger structures, are arranged

according to some obviously preconceived

plan. Frequently, sets of long and conical

mounds form quadrangular enclosures, or

‘plazas.”’? At La Venta the arrangement is

not quite so obvious, but nonetheless exists:

the major features, mounds and stone monu-

ments, are oriented along a single line,

which is just a few degrees off true north.

The sites Stirling has called ‘“‘Rio Chiquito,”

and “San Lorenzo,’ near Tenochtitlan,

394

Veracruz, have several large quadrangular

“plazas”? and so do several subsidiary sites

in the vicinity of Tres Zapotes. Presumably,

such arrangements had some ceremonial

significance or function.

Other sites occur in which earth mounds

of various sizes were built in no obvious

relationship to each other, that is, they

appear to be arranged without any plan.

Whether this interpretation as to lack of

planning is correct, or whether the structures

were spaced according to some abstruse

scheme, these sites certainly present an

appearance quite different from those of

the preceding class.

Mention should be made of the small

mounds usually found in the vicinity of the

larger structures. These are usually roughly

elliptical in plan (perhaps they were more

or less quadrangular originally), 10 to 14 m

long by 5 to 8 m wide, and from 0.3 m to

about 1 m high. Such structures have not

been observed to occur in obviously planned

arrangements, but are scattered about ir-

regularly, often to one side of, or surround-

ing, the larger structures. While we cannot

offer definite proof, we are of the opinion

that these small structures were platforms

for dwellings. Many of them are built on

today, because of the excellent drainage they

provide. We found no sizeable aggregation

of these small mounds that did not have

one or more larger (ceremonial) mounds

associated with it, although the opposite

occurs in a few instances: several sites con-

sist of a single conical mound of moderate

size with no ‘Shouse mounds” anywhere

about. |

Borrow pits are frequently associated

with mound groups, particularly in certain

parts of our region. These are irregular in

shape, and probably were originally rather

deep since they have not been filled in by

accumulation of vegetal matter and aggra-

dation during the rains.

A third type of site, distinct from the

preceding ones, is that which we character-

ized as a defensive position. This interpreta-

tion has not been proved, but is strongly

suggested by the nature of these sites: they

are usually small, and situated on the very

top of some steep little knoll or ridge. The

structures consist principally of low long

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

mounds, from just under a meter to about

two meters in height, arranged in a rec-

tangle that encloses the flattish top of the

hill or ridge. In at least one instance, several

flanking mounds had been built on what

appeared to have been small prepared ter-

races some few meters down the slopes.

Another distinctive feature of these sites

is that the few that we examined were

situated at some distance from a river or

navigable arroyo. In fact, In no case was

there even a non-drying brook, that could

have provided water for domestic purposes

throughout the dry season, very near at

hand. It is conceivable that these may have

been seasonally occupied (during the rainy

season, of course). Once again we can bring

no direct proof, but it seems reasonable

enough that a group or groups pushing into

a frontier region might begin by establish-

ing seasonally used outposts away from

routes of water-communication, in easily

defensible positions.

A fourth variety of site encountered was

the occupation area, as marked by more or

less extensive distributions of sherds on and

in the top layers of the soil, with no mounds

or other structures. Such deposits occurred

consistently in hilly areas, along the slopes

and less commonly on top of ridges.

Only one example was found of the fifth

type of site, but at least one other is known

to occur in the region. This is a non-Olmee

pattern, with rectangular house platforms

of dry masonry, complexes of earth mounds

faced with stone, usually river cobbles, and

features that appear to have been _ ball-

courts. In our opinion, these traits indicate

afhliation to the cultures of the Chiapas

highland, and represent intrusions toward

the coastal lowland. The site on the Rio de

las Playas that Stirling named ‘‘La Ceiba”’

is of this type, according to information

and notes that he made available to us, and

so 1s Pueblo Viejo del Pedregal, which we

examined.

There are strong suggestions of regional

patterning in the distributions of these

types. Almost all the sites located along the

Rio Zanapa, and along the traverse made

to the Laguna del Carmen, in other words,

along the eastern border of our region, were

of one or the other of the first two types

DECEMBER 1953. DRUCKER AND CONTRERAS

described, that is, of earth mounds including

obviously planned complexes, or of mounds

in no observable relationship. Sites of these

two types were found elsewhere, but along

with other types. A distinctive feature noted

in some of the sites with planned complexes,

both on the Zanapa and elsewhere in the

region, not heretofore observed, is that the

long mounds forming a quadrangle are some-

times joined, so that the effect is that of a

continuous mound forming two or three

sides of the enclosure.

Sites with no mounds whatsoever were

most common along the Uzpanapa. In four

instances a few house mounds were asso-

ciated with such localities, but the majority

of the Uzpanapa sites had no structures of

any kind. A few moundless occupational

areas were found in the Coatzocoalcos

drainage, but were outnumbered there by

sites with earth mounds.

The few sites classed as ‘“‘defensive’’ were

limited to the foothill country of the Pe-

dregal, the Playas, and one locality between

the last-named river and the Uzpanapa.

If they really were frontier outposts, their

locations fit well with known distribution of

highland Chiapanecan centers up the Pe-

dregal and the Playas.

Little more can be added to what has

already been said about the supposedly high-

land sites, except to point out that both

those presently known (there may be more,

for example, up the Uzpanapa and its tribu-

taries), are major centers in every sense:

they are quite extensive, and include nu-

merous complexes of structures.

Such diversity of pattern suggests at first

glance cultural or temporal differences, or

both. However, field inspection of the ce-

ramic samples gave the impression that the

majority of the mound sites, with and with-

out obviously planned complexes, and many

of the moundless localities, will probably

turn out to belong to the Middle Tres Za-

potes (or La Venta) horizon. (There appear

to be one or more new, hitherto undefined,

ceramic complexes at certain of the sites

found, also.) If this field impression proves

to be correct, it hints that the Olmec must

have had, at that time, an extremely com-

plicated ceremonial system, with hierarchies

of ceremonial centers serving and being

: EASTERN OLMEC SITE PATTERNS

390

supported by subsidiary communities. At

least, it seems reasonable to assume that

there was some correlation between size and

numbers of ceremonial mounds and the

importance of the site.

The sites that lacked ceramic remains

present another problem. We encountered

most of these localities along the Zanapa.

No sherds could be found despite intensive

search for them in adjacent land, where

occupational debris might have been ex-

pected, nor in either the ceremonial nor the

house mounds. Absence of sherds in the

mounds may have been due in part to heavy

reliance on borrow pits as sources of aggre-

gate; borrow pits are fairly common in this

part of the region. However, we believe it

highly possible that the builders of these

structures may have been the first pottery-

making occupants of the region. It 1s essen-

tial to add that we do not believe that these

sites are particularly early; they probably

belong to the same La Venta time horizon

as neighboring sites from which we collected

ceramics. The lack of occupational debris

suggests a short period of habitation. Per-

haps the people moved to the neighboring

localities which for some reason proved to

be more suitable for occupancy. To extend

our hypothesis a bit further, the foregoing

may mean that this Zanapa drainage was a

no-man’s land into which the Olmec ex-

panded at one phase of their history. How

long they utilized it cannot be determined

until the collections have been studied.

The fact that all the ceremonial sites (to

differentiate them from the clusters of house

mounds) are small, and the ceremonial

mounds themselves tend to be small, seems

to indicate that the maximum occupation

may have been relatively short.

To summarize, it appears that Olmec

culture, through most of its history, was

confined to a somewhat smaller region than

had been anticipated. Apparently it ex-

panded as far eastward as the middle course

of the Rio Zanapa only for a brief period.

The savannahs inhibited expansion inland,

up the Zanapa and up the Pedregal, and as

far westward as the Rio de las Playas. Our

present impression, still to be confirmed or

disproved by study of the sherd samples, is

that at the time of its maximum extent the

396

culture pushed only relatively short dis-

tances up the Playas, the Uzpanapa, and

the Coatzacoalcos. Whatever the impor-

tance of its influences on other Mesoameri-

ean patterns, the Olmec civilization seems

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

to have been restricted to a relatively narrow

strip of coast from about the Laguna del

Carmen across the swampy lowlands and

the rugged Tuxtla mountains to the mouth

of the Papaloapan.

BIOCHEMISTRY —Investigations concerning the hatching factor of the golden

nematode of potatoes, Heterodera rostochiensis Wollenweber.! Lours M. Massey,

Jr.,2 and A. Lesytiz Neau, Department of Biochemistry and Nutrition, Cornell

University. (Communicated by G. Steiner.)

The golden nematode of potatoes or po-

tato eelworm (Heterodera rostochiensis Wol-

lenweber) is a_ plant-parasitic nematode

which is responsible for the condition of soil

known as ‘‘potato sickness.’’ The nematode

attacks the roots of the plant causing stunt-

ing and a reduction of yield which may be

as great as 70 percent. It ranks among the

most difficult pests to control. As yet, there

is no known method of eradicating this

organism once it has become established in

a soil.

The life history of the golden nematode

is described in Filipjev and Schuurmans

Stekhoven, 1941. In brief, subsequent to the

organism’s invasion of and growth within

the roots, the female body is transformed

into a small round cyst which may contain

from about 10 to 400 eggs. The cysts remain

in the soil in a dormant state until exposed

to an unidentified substance excreted by

the potato root, which serves to stimulate

hatching.

The first investigator to study the nature

of the stimulant was Triffitt (1930) who

found it to be non-volatile and moderately

heat resistant. Hurst, as reported by Calam,

Raistrick and Todd (1949), prepared a con-

centrate of the factor from potato soil leach-

ings by evaporation and ethanol extraction

procedures and with it was able to induce

1 Supported in part by grants from the New

York State Agriculture and Market Golden Nema-

tode Control Funds (Department of Plant

Pathology, Cornell University). A preliminary

report was presented at the meeting of the Ameri-

can Society of Biological Chemists at Cleveland,

April 1951 (Federation Proc. 10: 222. 1951). The

authors wish to express their appreciation to W.

F. Mai and B. F. Lownsbery, Jr., for the cyst

material and for their many helpful suggestions.

2 Present address: Chemical Corps Biological

Laboratories, Camp Detrick, Frederick, Md.

nematode hatching at a_ dilution § of

1/500,000. Hurst concluded that the factor

was an amino acid. Todd and coworkers in

a series of publications (Calam, Raistrick,

and Todd, 1949; Calam, Todd & Waring,

1949; Marrian, Russell, Todd, and Waring,

1949; Russell, Todd, and Waring, 1949a,

1949b; Marrian, Russell, and Todd, 1949)

report attempts to isolate the active ma-

terial and to synthesize active compounds.

These workers concluded that the factor

‘Ys an acid probably containing a lactone

group” and ascribed the name eclepic acid

to this substance. The ‘high acidity and

probable lactonic nature” led them to de-

termine the activity of a number of tetronic

acids and related compounds. Among those

tested, anhydrotetronic acid was found to

possess slight activity.

Investigations dealing with the hatching

factor have been undertaken in this labora-

tory for the purpose of concentrating and

identifying the active substance.

EXPERIMENTAL

Collection of leachings—Tomatoes have been

shown to excrete a golden nematode hatching

factor which appears to be similar to that ex-

creted by the potato plant (Russell, Todd, and

Waring, 1949a). Since it was more convenient

to use the former plant our studies have dealt

with concentrating the factor from tomato leach-

ings. The collection of relatively small volumes

of leaching was accomplished by placing quart

size “‘Sealright”’ cardboard containers under four-

inch pots in which tomato plants were growing

and allowing the leachings to drip directly into

the containers. The contents of each container

were frozen as soon as possible after collection.

Frozen leachings have been found to retain their

activity after storage periods of at least one year.

DECEMBER 1953 MASSEY AND NEAL: GOLDEN NEMATODE HATCHING FACTOR

Assay method.—A comparison of the number

of larvae hatched when cysts are immersed in

solutions containing varying concentrations of

the factor has served as a basis for estimating the

relative concentration of the active substance

(Fenwick, 1949, 195la, 1951b, 1952; Lownsbery,

1951). The method used in this study is a slight

modification of that developed by Lownsbery

(1951) for testing the viability of larvae con-

tained in nematode cysts.

A crude preparation of cyst material was ob-

tained from heavily infested soil by flotation

methods. The product was then air dried at room

temperature and stored in a 50 percent relative

humidity atmosphere. This crude preparation

contained in addition to chaff, seeds, etc., ap-

proximately 7,000 cysts per g.

Aqueous extracts of this crude cyst. material

possessed slight hatching activity which ap-

peared to be associated with the chaff constitu-

ent. Therefore, the chaff was removed by rolling

the crude cyst material down a glass tube of 3 cm

inside diameter and approximately 1 m in length.

The tube which was fitted with a glass baffle

about 10 em from one end was inclined approxi-

mately 10° from horizontal, baffle end upper-

most. Approximately | g of the crude cyst mate-

rial was introduced into the upper end of the tube

and the cysts and other spherical objects rolled

out of the chaff by slowly rotating the tube

around its longitudinal axis. The resulting mate-

rial contained approximately 15,000 cysts per g

and was found to be free from chaff.

Twenty mg of the chaff-free cyst material con-

taining approximately 250 cysts were placed in a

petri dish, and 20 ml of the solution to be assayed

were then added. After an incubation period of

14 days at 21°C., the number of cysts present and

the larvae which hatched were counted with the

aid of a low power microscope. Since the number

of cysts per dish is variable and a few larvae

hatch from cysts placed in water, a distilled water

blank as well as a solution of the initial leachings

were incorporated in each assay for comparison

purposes. A single source of cysts was used for an

individual assay. The results are expressed as the

number of larvae hatched per 100 cysts.

Concentration of the hatching factor —Leachings

were lyophilized at approximately 70 microns

pressure and the residue extracted five times with

400 ml portions of absolute ethanol each time.

The combined ethanolic extracts were then con-

centrated to 25 ml under 25 mm pressure. A

397

white crystalline precipitate which formed during

the concentration was removed by filtration and

found to possess no activity. Upon the addition

of 5 volumes of peroxide-free diethyl ether to the

ethanolic filtrate additional inactive impurities

were precipitated. After removal of the precipi-

tate, evaporation of the ethanol-ether solution

to dryness under 25 mm pressure left a residue

which was not completely soluble in water. Ex-

traction of this residue with 10 ml of distilled

water and subsequent lyophilization of the aque-

ous solution yielded a yellow amorphous sub-

stance which is referred to as “‘concentrate-A.”’

Paper chromatography.—A study of the dis-

tribution of the hatching factor on paper chro-

matograms was made. Five ul of a solution (192

ug of solids per ul) of concentrate-A was applied

to each of several strips of Whatman No. 1 paper

(114 x 25 inches). The strips were developed at

25°C. immediately after the spots had dried.

Both ascending and descending developments

were tried using 80 percent aqueous phenol, 50

percent phenol in 10 percent aqueous ethanol,

and n-butanol saturated with water. After de-

velopment, the strips were dried at room tem-

perature in forced air for a 24-hour period. Be-

ginning at one-quarter inch below the point of

application for ascending developments, or one-

quarter inch above the point of application for

descending developments, the strips were cut

into 1 inch segments and numbered consecu-

tively. Each segment was eluted with 40 ml of

distilled water which was subsequently divided

into two equal portions for duplicate assays.

For comparison purposes, a “crude concen-

trate” of the hatching factor was prepared ac-

cording to the method of Calam, Raistrick, and

Todd (1949). Two ul of a solution of this product

containing 180 ug of solids was subjected to

paper chromatography using 80 percent aqueous

phenol as the solvent. The distribution of ac-

tivity on paper chromatograms of a mixture of

the concentrates obtained by the two above pro-

cedures was also determined.

Leaf and root tissue preparations —One hun-

dred leaf punches (1 em diam.) taken at random

from ten six-week old tomato plants were floated

upon 250 ml of distilled water in suitable con-

tainers and illuminated for periods of one and two

days. At the end of each of these periods 20 ml

aliquots of the water from each dish were assayed

for activity.

One gram samples (fresh weight) of leaf and

398 JOURNAL OF THE

root tissues were homogenized in a Potter-Elve-

hjem homogenizer under the following conditions.

1. Homogenized in distilled water at room tem-

perature.

2. Homogenized in

temperature.

3. Homogenized in absolute ethanol at 0°C.

4. Steam blanched for 2 min. subsequent to

homogenization in absolute ethanol at room

temperature.

5. Lyophilized subsequent to homogenization in

absolute ethanol at room temperature.

absolute ethanol at room

After homogenization the samples were centri-

fuged and the supernatant solution decanted.

Each sediment was thoroughly extracted with

absolute ethanol, centrifuged again and the su-

pernatant added to the first extract respectively.

These solutions were then evaporated to dry-

ness under 15 mm. pressure and the residue

taken up in 25 ml of distilled water for assaying.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The cysts used for any individual assay were

from a composite sample obtained from a single

source in order to eliminate the difference in the

viability of larvae in cysts collected at different

times. Generally, during the hatching season

duplicate assays did not vary from the mean by

more than 10 percent.

All preparations of concentrates obtained pos-

sessed activity equivalent to or greater than that

of the original leachings when diluted the appro-

priate amount with distilled water. For example,

using duplicate assays the following average

number of larvae hatching per 100 cysts were ob-

tained: Distilled water, 200; original leaching,

600; concentrate-A (concentrated 4 x 104 times)

diluted 4 x 104 times with distilled water, 805.

Since a reliable quantitative assay for the factor

was not available at the time these experiments

were conducted the extent to which the prepara-

tions could be diluted and still exhibit hatching

activity was not determined.

It has been observed that caution must be

exercised during the process of concentrating

solutions of the factor because of its lability to-

wards heat and alkali. These properties are in ac-

cordance with those reported for eclepic acid.

The hatching factor was further concentrated

by the technique of paper chromatography.

Aqueous phenol, 80 percent, was found to be a

satisfactory solvent for developing the chromato-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, NO. 12

grams. Ascending developments with this solvent

gave considerably sharper separations than did

descending developments. Fig. 1 shows the dis-

tribution of activity on a typical strip when con-

centrate-A was developed for a distance of 1914

inches at 25°C. using the ascending technique

with the above solvent. The highest activity was

found in the seventeenth segment, corresponding

to a Ry value of 0.84. The average Rp value of

six determinations was 0.84 + 0.066. Weight

determinations of the dried eluates from the

various segments indicated that most of the

solids remained in segments 2 to 5, inclusive. For

example, after applying 950 yg to a strip, less

than 10 ug of active residue was found to be

eluted from the seventeenth segment.

The activity on the dry chromatograms was

found to be quite rapidly destroyed upon expo-

sure to air at room temperature. Elution imme-

diately following the 24-hour air-drying period

resulted in very little if any loss of activity. How-

800

700

600

500

400

NUMBER of LARVAE per 100 CYSTS

300

OO” O!}2° 04 OG. OCS

R- VALUES

bye a el ee

O 5 lO iS 20

Segment Number

Fig. 1.—Distribution of activity on paper

chromatogram of concentrate-A. A total of 950 ug

of crude concentrate in 5.0 ul of water was applied

to the paper. After development in 80 per cent

phenol at 25° C. for a distance of 1914 inches, the

paper strips were dried and cut into one inch seg-

ments for elution and assaying. The values repre-

sented by X and Y indicate the activity of the

most active segment after exposure to the labo-

ratory atmosphere for 2 and 4 days, respectively,

following the air-drying period.

DECEMBER 1953 MASSEY AND NEAL: GOLDEN NEMATODE HATCHING FACTOR

ever, approximately 50 to 100 percent loss of ac-

tivity from the most active segment occurred

when the strips were permitted to remain exposed

to the laboratory atmosphere for two and four

days, respectively, after the drying period (see

Mand Y, Fig: 1).

The distribution of activity obtained when the

crude concentrate prepared according to the

method of Calam, Raistrick and Todd (1949),

was chromatogrammed is shown in Fig. 2. The

peak of highest activity corresponds to a Rp

value of 0.83. When mixtures of this preparation

and concentrate-A were chromatogrammed there

was no change in the Rx value.

Concentration of the factor by continuous

ether extraction of an aqueous sulfuric acid solu-

tion has been used by previous workers (Calam,

Raistrick, and Todd, 1949). From the data pre-

sented in Table 1 it is apparent that the ex-

tracted material from concentrate-A possesses

about the same activity as the non-extracted

residue. However, the activity of more purified

preparations obtained from paper chromato-

grams does not appear to be extracted with ether

either from an aqueous sulfuric acid solution or

directly from the paper chromatogram. The data

presented in Table 2 are from a typical experi-

ment in which the most active segments from

four paper chromatograms were used. In this

experiment 0.98 mg of concentrate-A was applied

to each strip. In each treatment where ether was

employed it was evaporated off after the extrac-

tion and the residue, if any, taken up in 40 ml of

distilled water for duplicate assays. For con-

tinuous ether extraction the segments were eluted

with 7.5 ml water and the solution acidified with

1.5 ml of 2N H,SO,. After the extraction period

the aqueous phase was neutralized with NaOH

and diluted to 40 ml for assaying. The inhibitory

effect of Na»SOx is shown by the lack of activity

of solutions 2 and 3b (Table 2). This effect was

not noted above due to the dilution employed.

It is of interest to note the inactivity of the ether

extracts (3a and 4a) and the high activity of the

aqueous eluate (4b) from the strip which had

previously been extracted with ether in a Soxlet

apparatus for a period of 12 hours.

The presence of a hatching agent in tomato

leaf tissue is indicated by the fact that water

upon which leaf punches were floated was found

to possess hatching activity. About twice the

number of larvae were hatched in the presence of

the water upon which illuminated leaf punches

399

1000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

NUMBER of LARVAE per |OO CYSTS

200

0.6

VALUES

OS} |)

00 O02 O04

fe) 5 10) 15

Segment Number

Fig. 2.—Distribution of activity on paper

chromatogram of the product prepared by the

procedure of Calam, Raistrick and Todd (1949).

A total of 27 ug of crude product in 2.1 yl of water

was applied to the paper. After development in

80 percent aqueous phenol at 25°C. for a distance

of 163g inches, the paper strips were dried and

cut into one inch segments for elution and assay-

ing.

were floated for a period of one day as was

hatched by an equivalent volume of leachings

(see Table 3). At the end of two days illumina-

tion there was about an eight fold difference in

the number of larvae hatched.

The occurrence of a hatching stimulant in to-

mato leaves was further established by assaying

extracts of the homogenized tissue. A comparison

of the activity of leaf homogenates prepared

under different conditions is presented in Table 4.

The activity of root tissue homogenates prepared

under the same conditions is also shown. AI-

though the values for the number of larvae

TaBLe 1—ActTivity oF ETHER ExTRACTED MaTE-

RIAL FROM AQUEOUS SULFURIC ACID

SOLUTION OF CONCENTRATE-A

@oncsitea: thekeise in

‘ tg ° number of

Fraction Weight ee larvae hatched

eed above that of

the blank

grams ug/ml per ug/ml of

solids

Hither, phase............ 0.15 15 61

Aqueous phase......... 0.23* 3.5" 71

* Corrected for the Na2SO. formed by neutralizing the H2SO;

previous to assaying.

400

hatched are quite low due to seasonal variations,

there is a definite significant difference between

several of the treatments and the distilled water

blank. In the case of treatments 38, 4, and 5 (Ta-

ble 4) the activity of the homogenates of both

leaf and root tissue was equal to or greater than

that of leachings. Steam blanching or lyophilizing

TABLE 2.—E THER SOLUBILITY OF CONCENTRATES

OBTAINED FROM PAPER CHROMATOGRAMS

Larvae per

Treatment of most active segment 100 cysts*

1. Eluted with 7.5 ml distilled water............... 273

2. Eluted with 7.5 ml distilled water, 1.5 ml of 2N

H2SO,. added and solution immediately neutral-

izedwath? Na Ol. ¢ s.yc4to see: Sees cee nee 12

3. Eluted and acidified as in 2, then continuously

extracted with ether for a period of 12 hours:

ae Hithenwpbase ae nance eee eee ran 26

b. Neutralized aqueous phase................... 10

4. Extracted in Soxlet apparatus for a period of

12 hours:

asthenia tte eee OD ANE ns a alee Ae Mia 2 i

b. Water eluate of segment after ether extraction. 244

Distiledswaternblanksyawa a) eascee ORe eet: 24

* Average of duplicate assays.

TABLE 3.—ActTIvITY OF WATER UPON WHICH

ILLUMINATED Tomato LEAF PUNCHES

WERE FLOATED

Assay solution ih ee

IDistilledinatere teaser 5 Aare ern Aa ee 15

sRomatonles chine chee einer ie 16

Water upon which leaf punches were

floated:

il Gkayy WI WoOMTOAHOMs soococeeaceosoeseeneome 30

D Clays WhisanssNGOI...o2b0csccnccasseoccecn 130

* Average of duplicate assays.

TaBLE 4.—Activity oF Tomato TIssuk

HoOMOGENATES

Larvae per 100 cystst

Treatment*

Leaf tissue | Root tissue

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

1. Homogenized in distilled water at

LOOM" temlperakuUnesassaee eee ne 155 Bain

2. Homogenized in absolute ethanol

at room temperature............. 5 8

. 3. Homogenized in absolute ethanol

VERO RO tae supe rae hy (oP ee 11 35

4, Steam blanched, homogenized in

absolute ethanol at room tem-

DERACUTC aebenh ees tae ores Bera: 16 19.5

5. Lyophilized, homogenized in abso-

lute ethanol at room temperature. 16.5 11

Tomato leachings; 11 larvae per 100 cysts.t

Distilled water; 2 larvae per 100 cysts.t

* One gram (fresh weight) of tissue used in each preparation.

}+ Average of duplicate determinations.

VOL. 43, NO. 12

the leaf tissue previous to homogenizing in abso-

lute ethanol at room temperature appeared to be

the most satisfactory treatment for this tissue.

By far the most active root homogenates were

obtained when the roots were homogenized in

absolute ethanol at O°C. Homogenates of the

tissues in distilled water at room temperature

showed no activity in the case of leaf tissue and a

slight, if significant, activity in the case of root

tissue.

SUMMARY

A method for obtaining a concentrate of the

golden nematode hatching factor has been de-

scribed.

By employing the technique of paper chro-

matography the factor was found to have a Rp

value of 0.84 when 80 percent aqueous phenol was

used as the solvent.

In a fairly pure state the factor was found to

be ether insoluble.

A hatching agent has been shown to be present

in leaf tissue as well as in root tissue of the to-

mato plant.

LITERATURE CITED

CALAM, C..T., Raistrick, H., andailoppyyaeeie

The potato-eelworm hatching factor. 1. The

preparation of concentrates of the hatching

factor and a method of bioassay. Biochem.

Journ. 45: 513-519. 1949.

——, Topp, A. R., and Wartive, W. Ss) Lhe

potato-eelworm hatching factor. 2. Purification

of the factor by alkaloid salt fractionation.

Anhydrotetronic acid as an artificial hatching

agent. Biochem. Journ. 45: 520-524. 1949.

Fenwick, D. W. Investigations on the emergence

of larvae from cysts of the potato-root eelworm

Heterodera rostochiensis. 1. Technique and

variability. Journ. Helminth. 23: 157-170.

1949.

Investigations on the emergence of larvae

from the cysts of the potato-root eelworm Hetero-

dera rostochiensis. (4) Physical conditions

and their influence on larval emergence in the

laboratory. Journ. Helminth. 25 : 37-48. 195la.

Investigations on the emergence of larvae

from the cysts of the potato-root eelworm Hetero-

dera rostochiensis. (8) A shortened method

for the conduct of hatching tests. Journ. Hel-

minth. 25: 49-56. 1951b.

. The bioassay of potato root diffusate. Ann.

Appl. Biol. 39: 457-467. 1952.

FitipsEvV, I. N., and ScHUURMANS STEKHOVEN,

J. H., Jr. A manual of agricultural helmin-

thology: 495-642. Leiden, 1941.

LownsBeEry, B. F. Larval emigration from cysts of

the golden nematode of potatoes, Heterodera

rostochiensis Wollenweber. Phytopath. 41:

889-896. 1951.

DECEMBER 1953

MaArsran, D. H., Russeiu, P. B., Topp, A. R.,

and WARING, W.S. The potato eelworm hatch-

ing factor. 3. Concentration of the factor by

chromatography. Observations on the nature of

eclepic acid. Biochem. Journ. 45: 524-528. 1949.

Bewcsenn. » Band Topp, A. R. The po-

tato eelworm hatching factor. 6. Attempts to pre-

pare artificial hatching agents. Part II. Some

active arylidene -AB:y-butenolides and related

compounds. Biochem. Journ. 45: 533-537. 1949.

RuSSELL, P. B., Topp, A. R., and WaRING, W. S.

SMITH AND PITTENDRIGH: REALIGNMENTS IN TILLANDSIOIDEAE

401

The potato eelworm hatching factor. 4. Solanum

nigrum as a source of the potato eelworm hatch-

ing factor. Biochem. Journ. 45: 528:-530.

1949a.

. The potato eelworm hatching factor.

5. Attempts to prepare artificial hatching agents.

Part I. Some furan derivatives. Biochem.

Journ. 45: 530-532. 1949b.

Trirritr, M. J. On the bionomics of Heterodera

schachtii on potatoes with special reference to

influence of mustard on the escape of larvae

from cysts. Journ. Helminth. 8: 19-48. 1930.

BOTANY —Realignments in the Bromeliaceae subfamily Tillandsioideae. LYMAN

B. SmitH, Department of Botany, U. 8S. National Museum, and Co Lin 8.

PITTENDRIGH,! Department of Biology, Princeton University.

It has long been evident that no author

has been consistent or logical in delimiting

the genera of the subfamily Tillandsioideae

of the Bromeliaceae. Virtually all useful

phylogenetic characters are limited to the

petals, stamens, and pistil, yet available

material is so frequently inadequate in these

parts, that there is a tremendous temptation

to base genera on other characters. The

assumption has been that certain habital

characters are correlated with floral ones.

This is true in a single instance, the absence

of spines on the leaves of the Tillandsioideae.

All other correlations in the subfamily are in-

complete to begin with as in the case of the

distichous arrangement of flowers that par-

tially characterizes Tillandsia and Vriesia,

or else they have broken down with the

discovery of additional species.

We do not believe in making changes on

well established systems such as the latest

monograph of the family (Mez in Engler,

Das Pflanzenreich IV. 32) unless something

demonstrably better can be offered, but

the three genera noted below, Thecophyllum

André, Czpuropsis Ule, and Chirripoa

Suesseng., are now useless even in an arti-

ficial system. Although the generic position

of many species must remain in doubt until

good flowers are obtained, we are transfer-

ring all species on the basis of such evidence

as is available. We preface our treatment of

Thecophyllum and Cipuropsis by a concept

of Vriesia Lindley emended appropriately

to include these entities in the sense used

1This author acknowledges assistance in the

course of his work from the Eugene Higgins Memo-

rial Fund, Princeton University.

by Mez in his last monograph. Guzmania

requires no emendation to accommodate

Thecophyllum in the original sense of André.

Vriesia Lindl. emend. Smith & Pittendrigh

Inflorescentia simplex vel paniculata, ea pani-

culata cum bracteis primariis vel parvis et in-

conspicuis vel conspicuis et ramos plus minusve

obtegentibus; sepalis liberis; petalis vel in tubum

brevem sepalis valde superatum connatis vel

omnino liberis, appendiculatis; ovario supero vel

paulo infero.

Lindley’s type species, V. psittacina, is gamo-

petalous, but this fact has been overlooked and

the genus characterized as polypetalous, as will

be detailed in another paper. As defined above,

Vriesia contains all the species of the Tilland-

sioideae with a primary type of gamopetaly, that

is, with petals truly fused or connate and not

merely agglutinated and more or less interlock-

ing as in the secondary type that characterizes

Guzmania and Mezobromelia. Since it also con-

tains polypetalous species, its basic character

remains its appendaged petals.

Thecophyllum André

(Structure of corolla noted where known)

Theccophyllum André, Bromel. Andr. 107. 1889 =

Guzmania R. & P. Fl. 3: 37. 1802, in all prob-

ability. Of the two original species, the first,

T. wittmackiz, is undoubtedly a Guzmania, while

the second, T. poortmanit, very likely is also

although its corolla is still unknown to us. See

below.

Thecophyllum André emend. Mez, Bull. Herb.

Boiss. IL. 3: 131. 1908 = Vriesia Lindl. Bot.

Reg. 29: pl. 10. 1848.

T. acuminatum L. B. Smith, Contr. Gray Herb.

tT POO te Die 2 (tgs 2c, 29s, 198K s —. (Vriesia

attenuata Sm. & Pitt. nom. nov. Not Vriesia

acuminata Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

Il. 4: 868. 1904. Petals appendaged—LBS.

4()2

T. angustum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

Il. 4: 1121. 1904 = Guzmania donnellsmithii

Mez ex Donn. Smith, Bot. Gaz. 35: 9. 1903.

Petals naked, agglutinated—LBS.

T’. balanophorum (Mez) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II.

3: 131. 1908. Guzmania balanophora Mez in DC.

Monogr. Phan. 9: 918. 1896 = Vriesia bala-

nophora (Mez) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals

appendaged, free—LBS.

T. balanophorum var. subpictum Suesseng. Bot.

Jahrb. 72: 291. 1942. From the description this

appears to be the same as 7’. lineatum Mez &

Wercklé. See below.

T’. bracteosum Mez & Wercklé, Repert. Sp. Nov.

Fedde 14: 246. 1916 = Vriesia bracteosa (Mez

& Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Not Vriesia

bracteosa Beer, Bromel. 263. 1857, nomen in

synonymy.

T. capitatum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 4: 873. 1904 = Vriesia capitata (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. capituligerum (Griseb.) L. B. Smith, Contr.

Gray Herb. 98: 14. 1932. Tillandsia capituligera

Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 254. 1886 = Vriesia capi-

tuligera (Griseb.) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

Petals connate—CSP.

T. comatum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 4: 871. 1904 = Vriesia comata (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. cornuaultit (André) Mez, Engl. Pflanzenreich

IV. 32: 423. 1935. Tillandsia cornuaulti André,

Enum. Bromél. 8. Dec. 13, 1888; Rev. Hort.

60: 568. Dec. 16, 1888 = Tillandsia turneri

Baker, Journ. Bot. 26: 144. 1888. See L. B.

Smith, Contr. Gray Herb. 104: 82. 1934. Petals

naked, free—André sketch.

T. crassiflorum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 3: 138. 1903 = Vriesia crassiflora (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. cylindraceum Suesseng. & Goeppinger, Bot.

Jahrb. 72: 292. 1942 = Vriesia cylindracea

(Suesseng. & Goeppinger) Sm. & Pitt. comb.

nov. The specific name is uncomfortably close

to that ot Vi cylindrica Vic B. Smith, Contr:

U.S. Nat. Herb. 29: 445. 1951, but we believe

it is enough different to obviate the use of a

new name.

T. discolor Mez & Wercklé, Repert. Sp. Nov.

Fedde 14: 246. 1916 = Vriesia discolor (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. dussit (Mez) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3:

131. 1903 = Guzmania dussii Mez in DC.

Monogr. Phan. 9: 923. 1896. See L. B. Smith,

Contre sGraneellerby 90/2150) Plat LOSa Lo. al

1932. Petals naked, agglutinated—LBS.

T. fastuwosum (André) Mez, Engl. Pflanzenreich

IV. 32: 423. 1935. Tillandsia fastuosa André,

Enum. Bromél. 8. Dec. 13, 1888; Rev. Hort.

60: 568. Dec. 16, 1888 = Vriesia capituligera

(Griseb.) Sm. & Pitt. See above. Petals con-

nate—CSP.

T. gloriosum (André) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. IT.

3: 131. 1903. Caraguata gloriosa André, Enum.

Bromél. 5. Dec. 13, 1888; Rev. Hort. 60: 565.

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

Dec. 16,1888 = Guzmania gloriosa (André) André

ex Mez in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9: 922. 1896. See

André, Brom. Andr. 48, pl. 17C. 1889, where

the corolla is described as ‘‘breviter trilobata’’;

L. B. Smith, Caldasia 3: 240. 1945. Petals naked,

agglutinated—André figure.

T’. hygrometricum (André) Mez, Bull. Herb.

Boiss. II. 3: 1381. 1903. Caraguata hygrometrica

André, Enum. Bromél. 6. Dec. 13, 1888; Rey.

Hort. 60: 566. Dec. 16, 1888 = Vriesia hygro-

metrica (André) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. insigne (EK. Morren) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

Il. 3: 131. 1903. Pepinia insignis E. Morren ex

Baker, Handb. Bromel. 142. 1889 = Tillandsia

insignis (HE. Morren) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

Petals free, naked—LBS.

T. trazuense Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 3: 138. 1903 = Vriesia irazuensis (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. johnstonii Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 4: 872.

1904, as johnstonet = Vriesia johnstonii (Mez)

Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals appendaged,

free—CSP.

T. kraenzlinianum (Wittm.) Mez, Bull. Herb.

Boiss. II. 3: 131.1903 = Guzmania kraenzliniana

Wittm. Bot. Jahrb. 11: 62. 1890, where the co-

rolla-tube is noted.

T. kuppert Suesseng. & Goepping. Bot. Jahrb.

72: 292. 1942 = Vriesia kupperi (Suesseng. &

Goepping.) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. According

to the International Rules, the above combina-

tion is not invalidated by Vriesia kupperiana

Suesseng. Bot. Archiv Leipzig 39: 384, fig. 1.

1939. Petals originally described as free and

appendaged.

T. latissimum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 4: 1122. 1904 = Vriesia latissima (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. lacum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 4:

1123. 1904 = Vriesia diffusa Sm. & Pitt. nom.

nov. Not Vriesta laxa (Griseb.) Mez in DC.

Monogr. Phan. 9: 578. 1896.

T. lehmannianum Mez, Repert. Sp. Nov. Fedde

16: 72. 1919 = Guzmania mosquerae (Wittm.)

Mez in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9: 924. 1896. See

below.

T. lineatum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

Il. 4: 875. 1904 = Vriesia lineata (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals ap-

pendaged, free—LBS.

T. longipetalum (Baker) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

Il. 3: 131. 1903. Tillandsia longipetala Baker,

Journ. Bot. 26: 142. 1888 = Guzmania longi-

petala (Baker) Mez in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9:

919. 1896. See L. B. Smith, Contr. Gray Herb.

104: 75. 1934. Petals naked, agglutinated—LBS.

T. montanum L. B. Smith ex Yuncker, Field Mus.

Pub. Bot. 17: 319, pl. 7. 1938 = Vriesia montana

(L. B. Smith) Sm. & Pitt. Journ. Washington

Acad. Sei. 48: 69. 1953.

T. mosquerae (Wittm.) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 3: 131. 1903. Caraguata mosquerae Wittm.

Bot. Jahrb. 11: 58. 1889 = Guzmania mosquerae

(Wittm.) Mez in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9: 924.

1896. See L. B. Smith, Caldasia no. 5: 6. 1942.

DECEMBER 1953 SMITH AND PITTENDRIGH: REALIGNMENTS IN TILLANDSIOIDEAE

Petals naked, agglutinated—LBS. Long corolla-

tube noted in original description.

T. orortense (Mez) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II.

3: 131. 1903. Guzmania ororiensis Mez in DC.

Monogr. Phan. 9: 917. 1896 = Vriesia ororiensis

(Mez) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals described

by Mez as free and appendaged in making the

combination and in emending Thecophyllum.

T. palustre (Wittm.) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II.

3: 131. 1903. Caraguata palustris Wittm. Bot.

Jahrb. 11: 58. 1889 = Guzmania palustris

(Wittm.) Mez in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9: 923.

1896. Corolla-tube noted in original description.

T. paniculatum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

Il. 4: 1123. 1904, as panniculatum = Vriesia

triflora Sm. & Pitt. nom. nov. Not Vriesia

paniculata (i.) Mez in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9:

614. 1896.

T. pauperum Mez & Sodiro, Bull. Herb. Boiss. IT.

4: 876. 1904 = Vriesia paupera (Mez & Sodiro)

Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. pedicellatum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 3: 136. 1903 = Vriesia pedicellata (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. pennellit (L. B. Smith) Mez. Engl. Pflanzen-

reich IV. 32: 422. 1935 = Guzmania pennellii

i. B. Smith, Contr. Gray Herb. 98: 30, pl. 6,

fig. 3. 1932. Confirmed as a Guzmania by a subse-

quent collection (Cuwatrecasas, Schultes & E.

Smith 12748).

T. pictum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II.

4: 874. 1904 = Vriesia picta (Mez & Wercklé)

Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals appendaged—

Mez.

ipenvecernd we, Bull: Herb. Boiss. Il. 3: 137.

1903 = Vriesia notata Sm. & Pitt. nom. nov.

Not Vriesia pittiert Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 3: 135. 1903. Petals free, appendaged—Mez.

T. poortmanit André, Brom. Andr. 108. 1889, as

poortmani; Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 131.

1903 = Guzmania poortmanii (André) André ex

Mez in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9: 922. 1896, as poort-

mani. Long corolla-tube noted in _ original

description.

T. rubrum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss. IT.

4: 878. 1904 = Vriesia leptopoda Sm. &«& Pitt.

nom. nov. Not Vriesza rubra (R. & P.) Beer,

Bromel. 98. 1857.

T. sceptrum Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 139.

1903 = Guzmania gloriosa (André) André ex

Mez in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9: 922. 1896. See

L. B. Smith, Caldasia 3: 240. 1945.

T. singuliflorum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb.

Boiss. Il. 4: 870. 1904 = Vriesia singuliflora

(Mez & Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. sintenisit (Baker) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II.

3: 131. 1903. Caraguata sintenisii Baker, Handb.

Bromel. 145. 1889, as sintenesit = Vriesia sin-

tenisii (Baker) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals

appendaged, free—LBS.

T. spectabile Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 4: 873. 1904 = Vriesia spectabilis (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.-

T. splitgerbert. (Mez) Pittendrigh, Evolution 2:

60. 1948. Guzmania splitgerbert Mez in DC.

403

Monogr. Phan. 9: 930. 1896 = Vriesia splitger-

beri (Mez) Sm: & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals

appendaged, connate—CSP.

T. squarrosum Mez & Sodiro, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 4: 877. 1904 = Guzmania squarrosa (Mez &

Sodiro) Sm. & Pitt. comb. noy. See L. B. Smith,

Caldasia no. 5: 7. 1942.

T. standley: L. B. Smith, Contr. Gray Herb. 117:

30, pl. 2, figs. 30, 31. 1937 = Vriesia standleyi

(L. B. Smith) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals

appendaged—LBS.

T. stenophyllum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb.

Boiss. II. 4: 875. 1904 = Vriesia stenophylla

(Mez & Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. turbinatum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

IT. 4: 1122. 1904 = Vriesia turbinata (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. urbanianum (Mez) Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

Il. 3: 1381. 1903. Guzmania urbaniana Mez in

DC. Monogr. Phan. 9: 920. 1896 = Vriesia

antillana Sm. & Pitt. nom. nov. Not Vriesia

urbaniana Harms, Notizblatt 12: 532. 1935.

Petals appendaged—LBS.

T. violascens Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 4: 877. 1904 = Vriesia violascens (Mez. &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. viride Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss. IT.

4: 872. 1904 = Vriesia viridis (Mez & Wercklé)

Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov. Petals appendaged,

free—LBS.

T. vittatum Mez & Wercklé, Bull. Herb. Boiss.

II. 4: 871. 1904 = Vriesia vittata (Mez &

Wercklé) Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

T. werckleanum Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 139.

1903 = Vriesia nephrolepis Sm. & Pitt. nom.

nov. Not Vriesia werckleana Mez. Bull. Herb.

Boiss. II. 3: 136. 1903.

T. wittmacki André, Brom. Andr. 107, pl. 39B.

1889: Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 131. 1903 =

Guzmania wittmackii (André) André ex Mez

in DC. Monogr. Phan. 9: 921. 1896. Petals

naked, agglutinated—LBS.

André based Thecophyllum on two species with

free sepals and fascicles of flowers in the axils of

large primary bracts. On the basis of a subse-

quent collection (Haught 2897), we know that

the first of these, 7. wittmackit, has the flowers

of a Guzemania. The description of the second

species, 7’. poortmani, was based on Poortman’s

sketch of the plant, and as this indicated a long

and exserted corolla-tube, there is little doubt

that it also is a Guzmania.

In 1896, in his first monograph of the Brome-

liaceae (DC. Monogr. Phan. 9), Mez reduced

Thecophyllum to a subgenus of Guemania, adding

12 more species to the concept and dropping the

character of free sepals.

In 1903, Mez discovered that one of these ad-

ded species, G. ororiensis, had the flowers not of

a Guzmania but of a Vriesia. Whereupon he re-

404

moved them all from Guzmania and resurrected

Thecophyllum as a genus related to Vriesia but

differing in its aborted branches.

From then until his second monograph (EKng-

ler, das Pflanzenreich IV. 32), Mez added 33

more species including 15 with “ramulis mani-

festis.’” These last contradicted André’s original

basis and required a complicated redefinition of

the genus. Although L. B. Smith had reduced the

comparably artificial genus, Sodiroa (Contr. Gray

Herb. 104: 73), and demonstrated that several

supposed species of Mez’s Thecophyllum were in

reality Guzmania, he continued with consider-

able inconsistency to follow Mez’s lead in main-

taining Thecophyllum as a genus (Pflanzenreich

IV. 32: 599-600).

In reducing Mez’s concept of Thecophyllum to

Vriesia, we note that so far as flowers are avail-

able, all species show the included stamens of the

section Xzphion, and most of them have also the

thick coriaceous sepals so common in this section.

As it does not seem possible to separate Mez’s

Thecophyllum as a whole from the previously

recognized species of section Xzphion, there is no

point in trying to maintain it in an infrageneric

category. Its merging with section Xzphion is

logical from a geographical standpoint also, as

that is the only section whose area completely

surrounds it.

Cipuropsis Ule

Cipuropsis Ule, Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg

48: 148. 1907; Mez, Engl. Pflanzenreich IV. 32:

598. 1935 = Vriesia Lindl. Bot. Reg. 29: pl. 10.

1848.

C. subandina Ule, Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Branden-

burg 48: 149. 1907. Tillandsia subandina (Ule)

Mez ex L. B. Smith, Contr. Gray Herb. 98: 16.

1932; in Macbride, Fl. Peru, Field Mus. Pub.

Bot. 13: 556. 1936. = Vriesia subandina (Ule)

Sm. & Pitt. comb. nov.

The genus Cipuropsis was erected by Ule to

accept his species subandina which he observed

had not only petal-appendages but also a gamo-

petalous corolla. We show above that no real

justification existed for such action since Vriesza

psittacina, the type of Lindley’s genus, has the

petals both appendaged and joined. Ule clearly

took at face value Mez’s polypetalous definition

of Vriesza.

L. B. Smith’s transfer of the species to Tal-

landsia was according to Mez’s supposed distine-

tion between petal-scales of Vriesta with a hori-

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

zontal line of attachment and vertical calli with

auricled apices found in some species formerly

placed in Tillandsia (see Contr. U. 8S. Nat. Herb.

29: 430). The character of gamopetaly was either

overlooked or attributed to faulty observation.

Later, in his last monograph, Mez accepted Cipu-

ropsis as a distinct genus.

As Ule’s specimen is not available it is not pos-

sible to decide which type of gamopetaly is in-

volved, the primary or true fusion which would

make Cipuropsis a synonym of Vriesia or the

secondary or agglutination type which would

cause it to replace the later Mezobromelia.

Two characters of Cipuropsis incline us to

place it with Vriesia rather than with Mezo-

bromelia, the shortness of its corolla-tube and the

distichous arrangement of its flowers. In Vriesia

the corolla-tube, when present, is much shorter

than the sepals, in Cipuropsis it is described as

little more than a fourth as long as the sepals,

but in Mezobromelia it equals them. In Vriesia

the flowers are two-ranked with very few excep-

tions and they are two-ranked in Czpuropsis, but

not in Mezobromelia.

Chirripoa Suesseng.

Chirripoa Suesseng. Bot. Jahrb. 72: 293, pl. 4,

fig. 11, 1942 = Guzmania R. & PJ PIS Peres:

37. 1802.

C. solitaria Suesseng. Bot. Jahrb. 72: 293, pl. 4,

fig. 11, 1942 = Guzmania polycephala Mez &

Wercklé, Repert. Sp. Nov. Fedde 14: 254. 1916;

L. B. Smith in Woodson, Fl. Panama, Ann. Mo.

Bot. Gard. 31: 116. 1944.

The genus Chirripoa is a prime example of the

confusion involved in making genera on habital

characters, since the author in noting its affini-

ties, compared it to genera in all three subfamilies

of the Bromeliaceae. In fact he was so much in

doubt that he published it as ‘‘nov. genus ad

interim” indicating that the name was merely

a means of noting the species until its genus

could be discovered.

We find that the description and plate of

Chirripoa solitaria agree closely with Guzmania

polycephala with one exception. The description

gives a greater length for the sepals than for the

floral bracts. However, the illustration does not

show exserted sepals and we can only suppose

that through some error only the exposed apex

of the floral bract was measured, disregarding the

base covered by the bract below.

DECEMBER 1953

SOHNS: CHABOISSAEA LIGULATA

405

BOTANY .—Chaboissaea ligulata Fourn.: A Mexican grass, ERNEST R. SoHNs,

U.S. National Museum. (Communicated by Agnes Chase.)

Chaboissaea, a monotypic genus of the

tribe Festuceae, is relatively unknown. The

genus was described by Fournier (1886) from

material collected by Virlet in San_ Luis

Potosi. A portion of the type in the U. 58.

National Herbarium bears these data:

“Chaboissaea ligulata Fourn. Mexique.

Prov. de San Luis. Coll. Virlet d’Aoust

1851.’ This species was collected a second

time in 1910 by A. 8. Hitchcock “No. 7693,

along railway, Sanchez, Chihuahua, Oct. 12,

1910. Alt. 8000 ft.” The writer collected

this grass at three stations near San Felipe,

Guanajuato, in October 1952 (Fig. 1). These

plants were growing in hard, rocky, clay

soil on the banks of dry irrigation ditches

and on the rocky slopes of Cerro del Fraile.

Associated species were Hragrostis diffusa

Buckl., L. plumbea Scribn., Panicum vaseya-

num Sceribn., and Andropogon hirtiflorus

var. feensis (Fourn.) Hack.

In its natural habitat this grass suggests

a species of Muhlenbergia or Eragrostis.

Perhaps this is the reason it has been infre-

quently collected. The purpose of this paper

is to review the history of the genus and,

with additional data from new material, to

supplement the original description. It is

hoped that this species will be represented

more frequently in grass collections from

Mexico.

Most taxonomists, after Fournier, treated

the genus as a member of the tribe Agrosti-

deae. Chaboissaea belongs in the tribe Fes-

tuceae. Hackel (1890) listed the genus at

the end of his work among the doubtful

genera, and he assumed that the Festuceae

was the correct tribe. Lamson-Scribner and

Merrill (1900) misapplied the name and

transferred it to Muhlenbergia ligulata, citing

two Palmer specimens, nos. 731 and 948

from Durango, these later described as

Muhlenbergia subbiflora Hitche. Hitchcock

(1913) accepted Lamson-Scribner and Mer-

rill’s relegation of Chaboissaea ligulata to

synonymy under M. ligulata. Bews (1929)

lio?

Fic. 1.—Map of northern Mexico. Collection localities are indicated by black dots. Type material was

collected in San Luis Potosi, no precise locality given.

406 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

Ol VER a a

ore

LOL TY LET

ELLIE

_ Fes. 2-16.—Chaboissaea ligulata Fourn.: 2, Habit sketch of plant; 3, branch of inflorescence; 4

ligule; 5, 6, and 7, spikelet, floret, and palea, respectively, from the type specimen; 8, 9, and 10 one-,

two-, and three-flowered spikelets; 11, floret; 12, floret showing rachilla and aborted floret; 13, anther:

14, pistil; 15, base of floret showing one lodicule (lod), palea (pa), rachilla (ra), and aborted floret (ab):

16, caryopsis. (Wig. 3-1, X0;:8-16; X22.) (Drawn from Sohns, nos. 411 and 446, deposited inthe U.S Nae

tional Herbarium.)

DECEMBER 1953

lists the genus as a synonym of Muhlen-

bergia. Conzatti (1946) placed the genus in

the Agrostideae and referred the species to

Muhlenbergia ligulata.

Fournier’s (1886) generic description was

brief: ‘‘Spiculis bifloris, flore inferiore her-

maphrodito, superiore minori sterili, paleis

integris.’”’ One species, C. ligulata, was de-

scribed (and illustrated) as follows: ‘‘Culmi

glabro filiformi, foliis linearibus medio-

eribus, ligula lanceolata exserta longa fissa;

panicula 10” longa, contracta, radiis longis

compositis alternis remotis basi nudis, spi-

culis bifloris; glumis inaequalibus, superiore

majore; flore inferiore in callo insidente,

hermaphrodito, palea inferiore ampla acu-

minata superiorem superante, margine ci-

liata, superiore breviter mucronata, sta-

minibus 3, stylis longis, stigmatibus

plumosis; flore superiore pedicellato, breviore

et angustiore, palea inferiore acuta.”

The following emended description is

based on my collections from Guanajuato.

It is evident that the genus belongs in the

tribe Festuceae.

Perennial, caespitose (Fig. 2); culms 10-45 cm

tall, glabrous; nodes glabrous; leaves mostly

basal; sheaths keeled, glabrous, striate, margins

hyaline, shorter than the upper internodes;

ligule prominent (Fig. 4), membranous, up to

1 em long, tip attenuated and splitting when

dry; blades 3-12 em long, glabrous on the lower

and seabrous on the upper surface, folded when

dry; inflorescence exserted and standing out

prominently above the basal blades (in small

plants), 6-12 em long, branches appressed-

ascending at first, later spreading; spikelets

. appressed and clustered along the branches, base

of branches naked for 0.3-1 em, margins scabrous

(Fig. 3); lowermost branches longest (2-3.5 cm

long), hence inflorescence pyramidal, branches

distant, lower two 1-2 cm apart; spikelets 1-3

flowered (if 1-flowered the rachilla prolonged as

a minute stipe), plumbeous, lowermost spikelets

with one floret (and an aborted floret (fig. 12

and 15) or sometimes only a rachilla joint), those

spikelets in center of branch and toward the end

with two or three florets, 2—3.5 mm long (average

length of 30 spikelets: 3 mm); first glume 1I-

2.2 mm long (average length of 30 first glumes:

1.4 mm), 1I-nerved, thin, plumbeous, scaberu-

SOHNS: CHABOISSAEA LIGULATA

407

lous; second glume 1.2—2.3 mm long (average

length of 30 second glumes: 1.7 mm), otherwise

like the first glume; lemma of the first floret

2.1-3.3 mm long (average length of 30 lemmas

of first florets: 2.8 mm), 3-nerved, lateral nerves

indistinet, scabrous on the keel and scaberulous

over the back, sparingly pilose on the margins

(margins of the lemma of the first floret more

pilose than the margins of lemmas of the second

and third florets); palea about 1 mm shorter

than the lemma, 2-keeled, scabrous on the keels

toward the tip, in mature spikelets clasping the

caryopsis and standing out prominently from

the lemma (Fig. 12); lodicules 2, 0.5-0.8 mm

long (Fig. 12); stamens 3 (Fig. 13), about 1.5 mm

long (measurements made on stamens of the

first floret); styles relatively thick, short, sepa-

rate at top of ovary; stigmas 2, plumose and

curly (Fig. 14), exserted laterally during an-

thesis; caryopsis light brown, 1.4 mm _ long,

oblong (Fig. 16).

Summary.—Chaboissaea ligulata Fourn.,

a little known grass from Mexico, is re-

described and illustrated. The species was

described from material collected in San

Luis Potosi in 1851, precise locality not

given. It is represented by a single collec-

tion from Sanchez, Chihuahua (1910) and

by three collections from San Felipe, Guana-

juato (1952). The grass belongs in the tribe

Festuceae. Significant additions to the

original description are the following:

Perennial; spikelets 1-3 flowered; glumes

I-nerved; lemmas 3-nerved, and florets

with 2 lodicules.

LITERATURE CITED

Bews, J. W. The world’s grasses: 205. London,

1929.

ConzatTti, C. Flora taxronomica Mexicana 1: 254.

1946.

FourRnNiIER, EH. Mezicanas plantas, pt. 2: 112. Ex

Typographeo Republicae, Parisiis, 1886.

HackeE., E. The true grasses: 211. [Translated from

Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien by F. Lam-

son-Scribner and E. A. Southworth.] New

York, 1890.

Hitrcucock, A. 8. Mexican grasses in the United

States National Herbarium. Contr. U. 8S. Nat.

Herb. 17: 291. 1913.

LAMSON-SCRIBNER, F., and MERRILL, E. D. Stud-

zes on American grasses. I. Some recent collec-

tions of Mexican grasses. U.S. Dept. Agr. Div.

Agrost. Bull. 24: 19-20. 1900.

408

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

ZOOLOGY .—Thysanopoda spinicaudata, a new bathypelagic giant ewphausiid

crustacean, with comparative notes on 'T. cornuta and T. egregia. EDWARD

BRINTON, Scripps Institution of Oceanography,! La Jolla, Calif. (Communi-

cated by Fenner A. Chace, Jr.)

The bathypelagic giant euphausids are

taken here to include Crustacea belonging

to the order Euphausiacea which live plank-

tonically at great depths in the ocean, com-

monly below 2,000 meters. These giants

among euphausids are little known, prob-

ably owing to the fact that they are not

abundant and live below the range of sam-

pling of ordinary plankton-collecting gear.

It is also possible that they are fast swim-

mers and are able to escape most nets.

Together with Thysanopoda spinicaudata,

n. sp., described below, the group includes

at present only Thysanopoda cornuta Llhig,

1905, and 7. egregia Hansen, 1905. These

euphausids comprise a subdivision, ‘‘“Group

B,” of the genus Thysanopoda, which was

observed by H. J. Hansen (1912) to consti-

tute a morphologically related unit. Four

characters define this unit: a well-developed

cervical groove separates the head area of the

carapace from the thoracic region; the pseu-

doexopod of the first maxilla scarcely over-

reaches the outer margin of the joint, or does

not overreach it at ali; the endopod of the

first maxilla is very long; the sixth abdomi-

nal somite is shorter than the fifth.

Euphausiids of this group are readily

distinguished from other euphausiids, espe-

cially by means of the short sixth abdominal

somite. Among the other species of Euphau-

siacea, only Thysanopoda cristata G. O.

Sars, a midwater form which appears to be

closely related to the giant euphausiids,

possesses a sixth abdominal somite which is

nearly as short as the fifth.

The euphausids which live above a depth

of about 500 meters are relatively small in

size, reaching a maximum length of about

20 mm. There are two exceptions: the Ant-

arctic Huphausia superba Dana which some-

times attains a length of 60 mm, and Me-

ganyctiphanes norvegica (M. Sars) of the

North Atlantic which reaches 40 mm. The

euphausuds of the upper strata include

1 Contributions from Scripps Institution of

Oceanography, new ser., no. 652.

numerous species belonging to nine genera,

including one species 7’. aequalis Hansen,

of Hansen’s ‘Group A” of Thysanopoda.

The population which normally inhabits

waters between about 500 and 2,000 meters

is characterized by fewer genera and species,

and by somewhat larger euphausids. The

largest of these, which sometimes attain a

length of 50 mm, are Thysanopoda acutifrons

Holt and Tattersall, and J. cristata G. O.

Sars, both of which belong to Group A of

Thysanopoda, and the monospecific Bentheu-

phausia amblyops (G. O. Sars).

The typical euphausids below 2,000

meters are the bathypelagic giant euphau-

suds which belong to Group B of Thysano-

poda. Bentheuwphausia, and some other spe-

cies whose major concentration 1s In upper

layers, may, however, be present in this deep

zone from time to time. The largest specimen

in the Scripps Institution collections of the

bathypelagic giant T. egregia is an adult

female 62 mm long; the female specimen of

T. spinicaudata measures 84 mm, and the

largest known specimen of 7’. cornuta, a male

collected by the Scripps Institution vessel

Horizon in the southeastern Gulf of Alaska,

is 95 mm long. These euphausiids not only

attain a somewhat greater length than the

Antarctic surface form Huwphausia superba,

but are also more broad. It is of interest to

note, however, that both H. swperba and the

bathypelagic giant euphausiids inhabit |

waters which are colder than 2-3°C.

It has been necessary to describe 7. spini-

caudata from a single specimen. This is felt

to be justified in view of the extreme scarcity

of animals of this group. 7. egregia Hansen

(1905), was described from a single specimen

captured near the insular slope of the Ma-

deira Islands, while 7. cornuta Lllig (1905),

was described from one animal from the

Wallfisch Ridge of the Southeastern Atlan-

tic. [lig (1905, 1930) and Hansen (1905,

1915) -figure some of the features of T.

cornuta, while Hansen (1905) has drawn the

anterior part of T. egregia.

I am indebted to Prof. Martin W. John-

DECEMBER 1953

son, under whose supervision a study of the

Pacific euphausiids is being carried out, for

his criticism and suggestions.

Thysanopoda spinicaudata, n. sp.

haes. 013: 6; 10, 11

Holotype —Female; length 84 mm.

Diagnosis—The carapace is without lateral

denticles in the adult. A cervical groove crosses

the dorsal part of the carapace. Lateral furrows

(Fig. 1) are continuous with the cervical groove

A longitudinal submarginal ridge extends along

the lateral margin of the carapace posterior to

the subvertical grooves. The lateral limits of the

carapace are thickened to form marginal ridges.

Viewed dorsally (Fig. 3), the anterior margin of

the carapace is slightly convex. The dorsal an-

BRINTON: NEW BATHYPELAGIC EUPHAUSIID

409

terior end of the frontal plate is armed with a

strong vertical spine 1.4 mm in length. A low

middorsal keel is present on the carapace, ex-

tending from the vertical spine to the cervical

groove. The keel is interrupted near its midpoint

by a short, obtuse prominence. Viewed laterally,

the thickness of the frontal plate is less than the

length of the dorsal spine. The anterior margins

of the frontal plate, lateral to the spine, are

slightly upturned.

The proximal end of the lower flagellum of the

first antenna carries a dense tuft of long, color-

less setae. The heavily setose, raised dorsal area

of the first article of the peduncle of the first

antenna (Fig. 1, 3) is equipped terminally with

an acute tooth which is bulbous at its base and

which is directed upward and laterally. The setose

I, lappet on first article of antennular peduncle; s, spine on sixth abdominal somite.

3, T. spinicaudata, anterior region, dorsal view.

anterior region, dorsal view.

So 4

Fries. 1-4.—1, Thysanopoda spinicaudata, adult female: k, Keels on fourth and fifth abdominal somites;

2, T. egregia,

A ie connuta.

410 JOURNAL OF THE

part of the lappet of the first article is not pro-

duced posteriorly beyond its point of junction

with the main part of the article; hence it does

not overhang the trunk of the article. The scale

of the second antenna is truncated distally (Fig.

3). A denticle is present at the antero-lateral

angle.

T. spinicaudata derives its name from a heavy

spine which is directed posteriorly and laterally

from each side of the sixth abdominal somite

(Fig. 1, s.). This spine orginates a short distance

forward of the posterior margin of the somite

and, together with that part of the pleuron ad-

jacent to it, is situated so as to serve as a pro-

tective socket for the articulated base of the

uropod.

The pleura of the second abdominal segment

are very slightly produced at the anterolateral

angle, while those of the third and fourth seg-

ments are distinctly lobed. The pre-anal spine

curves upward distally. Viewed laterally (Fig. 6),

Aaa

° [mm.

\\u E 3mm.

Fias. 5-13.—5, Thysanopoda cornuta, pre-anal spine.

8, T. cornuta, left second maxilla.

egregia, pre-anal spine.

T. spinicaudata, left second maxilla. en., endopod.

pod; ps, pseudoexopod. 12, 7. egregia, left second maxilla.

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

its lower margin traces a simple arc from the base

of the spine to the acute tip.

The endopod of the first maxilla (Fig. 11) is

slightly convex in outline along its inner longi-

tudinal border and concave on its outer margin.

The pseudoexopod of the first maxilla bears no

indentation on its slightly thickened outer

margin. The endopod of the second maxilla is

very elongate (Fig. 10). The terminology for the

mouthparts is that employed by Hansen (1925).

T. spinicaudata is brilliant red in color except

for black eyes; white, richly arborescent gills,

and tufts of fine, colorless setae at the bases of

the outer flagella.

Type specimen.—The type specimen is de-

posited in the U. S. National Museum, no.

95677.

Remarks.—The frontal plate of this proposed

new species is not produced anteriorly to the

extent that it is in 7. cornuta (Fig. 4), nor is it

so obtuse, when viewed dorsally, as in T. egregia.

en= ==,

6, 7. spinicaudata, pre-anal spine. Gaya

9, T. cornuta, left first maxilla. 10,

11, T. spinicaudata, left first maxilla; en., endo-

13, T. egregza, left first maxilla.

DECEMBER 1953

A small tubercle, comparable to but much smaller

than the dorsal spine of T. spinicaudata, is

present on the frontal plate of T. cornuta. Seen

laterally, the thickness of the frontal plate of T.

cornuta is much greater than the length of the

tubercle. The frontal plate of T. egregia is curved

downward. The middorsal keel on the carapace

of 7. cornuta, anterior to the cervical groove, is

higher and more massive than in 7’. spinicaudata,

while in 7. egregia it is lower, broader, and poorly

defined.

The proximal end of the lower flagellum of

the first antenna of the males of T. cornuta and

T.. egregia is much thicker than that of the females

of these two species and of 7. spinicaudata. How-

ever, in each of the species the end carries a tuft

of long setae which is more dense in males of T.

cornuta and T. egregia than in females.

In T. cornuta and T. egregia the setose lappet

of the first article of the peduncle of the first

antenna is produced posteriorly, and slightly

overhangs the trunk of the article. In the same

two species, the distal margin of the scale of the

second antenna is convex, when viewed dorsally

(Figs. 2, 4), while in 7. spinicaudata it is obtuse

or truncated.

The fourth and fifth abdominal somites in all

three species each bear three abbreviated keels:

a mid-dorsal keel, flanked by a pair of subdorsal

keels (Fig. 1). The posterior dorsal surface of the

sixth somite is hollowed, forming a dorsolateral

ridge along each side of the posterior half of the

somite.

The ventral margins of the pre-anal spines of

T. egregia and T. cornuta are indented (Figs. 5,

7), while in 7. spinicaudata this margin is convex.

The spines in the two former species show no

sexual dimorphism.

Distinctions between these allied species are

found also in details of mouthpart structure.

The pseudoexopod of the first maxilla of T.

egregia (Fig. 13) is, as in 7. spinicaudata, slightly

thickened along its outer margin. It is also in-

dented near the midpoint of that margin, while

the same margin of the pseudoexopod of T.

spinicaudata is entirely convex. The pseudo-

exopod of the first maxilla of 7. cornuta (Fig. 9)

is flat and reaches to the outer margin of its

joints.

The endopod of the second maxilla of T.

egregia (Fig. 12) and of T. cornuta (Fig. 8) is half

again as long as it is wide. The entire margin is

BRINTON: NEW BATHYPELAGIC EUPHAUSIID

411

convex in outline in 7’. egregia, while the inner

margin of the same endopod of TJ. cornuta is

concave in profile.

Larvae tentatively assigned to 7. cornuta by

Ilhg (1930) and Zimmer (1914) possess spiniform

processes at the subdorsal posterior margins of

the sixth abdominal somites. Compared with the

latero-ventral spines which are subterminal to

the sixth segment of 7. spinicaudata, these are

dorsolaterally situated and are present only in

the larval (furcilia) stages of JT. cornuta. The

Seripps collections contain a series of the larvae

which have the spiniform processes. Observations

upon the development of the lateral groove

complex on the carapace and of the tubercle on

the frontal plate of the carapace indicate that

these larvae belong to 7. cornuta.

Type locality and collecting gear—T. spini-

caudata was collected by use of the Isaacs-Kidd

Midwater Trawl at 2,260 meters in 4,070 meters

of water, between 25°52’N, 114°40’W, and

26°00’N, 114°24’W. This is 75 miles west of the

Baja California continental slope, adjacent to

the southern shoulder of Rosa Bank.

Distribution.—T. cornuta and T. egregia have

been taken at depths of 1,100-6,000 meters in

the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. Larvae

are known from 150-1,500 meters. T. spinicau-

data, taken at 2,200 meters, probably has ecologi-

cal requirements similar to those of the other

two species. Extensive sampling in the North-

eastern Pacific by Scripps Institution vessels

indicates that the giant forms occur in deep

waters seaward of continental shelves and border-

land areas.

REFERENCES

Hansen, H. J. Preliminary report on the Schizo-

poda collected by H. S. H. Prince Albert of

Monaco during the cruise of the Princesse-Alice

in the year 1904. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco,

no. 30: 32 pp., 24 figs. 1905.

. The Schizopoda. Reports on the scientific

results of the expedition to the tropical Pacific,

in charge of Alex. Agassiz, by the U. S. Fish

Commission steamer Albatross .. . Mem. Mus.

Comp. Zool. 35: 173-296, pls. 1-12. 1912.

. Studies on Arthropoda II (Crustacea):

1-176, 8 pls. Copenhagen, 1925.

Inuia, G. Eine neue Art der Gattung Thysanopoda.

Zool. Anz. 28: 663-664, 3 figs. 1905.

. Die Schizopoden der Deutschen Tiefsee-

Expedition. Deutsche Tiefsee Expedition,

1898-99, 22(6) : 379-625, 215 figs. 1930.

TATTERSALL, W. M. Crustaceans of the orders Eu-

$12 JOURNAL OF THE

phausiacea and Mysidacea from the Western

Atlantic. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 69(8): 1-31,

pls. 1-2. 1926.

——. The Euphausiacea and Mysidacea of the

John Murray Expedition to the Indian Ocean.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, No. 12

The John Murray Expedition, 1933-34, Sci-

entific Reports 5(8): 203-246, 21 figs. 1939.

polar Expedition, 1901-1903. Deutsche Siid-

polar-Expedition 15(4): 377-445, 4 pls. 1914.

ZOOLOGY .—On the ranges of certain crayfishes of the Spiculifer group of the genus

Procambarus, with the description of a new species! (Decapoda: Astacidae).

Horton H. Hosss, Jr., University of Virginia. (Communicated by Fenner

A. Chace, Jr.)

Six species of crayfishes belonging to the

Spiculifer group of the genus Procambarus

are known to inhabit lotic situations in Ala-

bama, Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina.

Of these, three have been described: P.

spiculifer (LeConte, 1856:401), P. versutus

(Hagen, 1870:51), and P. suttkus: Hobbs

(1953:173). A description of the fourth is

given below; however, before those of the

other two are made larger series of both are

needed.

Plotted on the accompanying map are the

locality records available for the four de-

scribed species. Since P. spiculifer and P.

versutus are known from so many localities,

a listing of the localities from which they

have been collected seems superfluous; how-

ever, exact locality data have been given for

P. suttkusc and are listed for the species

described below.

The greatest gap in our knowledge lies in

the region of the middle Chattahoochee and

in the Alabama River system. It will be

noted from map | that P. spiculifer is known

from headwater streams of the Alabama

River in Georgia as well as from localities

near its mouth, but whether it occurs in the

region between is not known. Specimens of

P. spiculifer from over its entire known range

have been examined rather carefully, but

variations are few, and in no place where

adequate series are available do any of these

variations seem to be confined to local popu-

lations. A study of variations in P. versutus

has been deferred until more specimens from

central Alabama become available.

1 Contribution from the Samuel Miller Biologi-

cal Laboratories. I wish to thank Dr. E.C. Raney

and Dr. D.C. Scott for their kindness in collecting

for me the specimens on which this description

is based, as well as for those on which many of

the locality records indicated on the map are es-

tablished.

Genus Procambarus Ortmann (1905)

Procambarus raneyi,” n. sp.

Diagnosis.—Rostrum with lateral spines and

without a median carina; areola relatively

broad and short (about four times as long as

broad and about 28 per cent of entire length of

carapace); two lateral spines on each side of

carapace. Male with hooks on ischiopodites of

third and fourth pereipods; palm of chela of

first form male not bearded but bearing a row

of 7 to 9 tubercles along mesial margin. Post-

orbital ridges terminate cephalad in spines.

First pleopod of first form male (Figs. 1 and 3)

without a shoulder on cephalic margin and ter-

minating distally in three distinct parts. Mesial

process subspiculiform and directed caudodistad;

cephalic process absent (as in P. spiculifer); cau-

dal element consists of a small corneous curved

tooth lying at the caudal base of the central

projection; the compound central projection,

the most conspicuous of the terminal elements,

beaklike, corneous, and with its tip directed

caudad; as is usual the centrocephalic process is

much larger than the centrocaudal one. Annulus

ventralis partially hidden by tuberculate ex-

tensions from the sternum anterior to annulus

(Fig. 2).

Holotypic male, form I.—Body subovate,

somewhat compressed laterally; abdomen slightly

shorter than carapace (53.2-55.2 mm). Height

and width of carapace in region of caudodorsal

margin of cervical groove subequal; greatest

width of carapace a little cephalad of caudo-

dorsal margin of cervical groove (25.3 mm).

Areola relatively broad and short, about 4.4

>IT name this species in honor of my good

friend Dr. Edward C. Raney, of Cornell Univer-

sity, who has so graciously donated to me large

numbers of crayfishes which he has collected while

studying the fishes in the eastern part of the

United States. Without his aid our knowledge of

the crayfishes of the Atlantic slope would have

been considerably hampered.

Frias. 1-12.—Procambarus raneyt, n. sp. (Pubescence removed from all structures illustrated): 1,

Mesial view of distal portion of first pleopod of holotype; 2, annulus ventral of allotype; 3, lateral view

of distal portion of first pleopod of holotype; 4, antennal scale of holotype; 5, epistome of holotype;

6, distal three podomeres of cheliped of holotype; 7, mesial view of first pleopod of holotype; 8, dorsal

view of carapace of holotype; 9, lateral view of first pleopod of holotype; 10, mesial view of distal portion

of first pleopod of morphotype; 11, lateral view of carapace of holotype; 12, lateral view of distal portion

of first pleopod of morphotype (a—mesial process; d—caudal process; z—central projection.)

414 JOURNAL OF THE

times as long as wide with five or six punctations

in narrowest part. Cephalic section of cara-

pace about 2.3 times as long as areola (length of

areola about 27.6 percent of entire length of cara-

pace).

Rostrum moderately long, excavate; sides

subparallel basally, slightly converging distally

to base of long acumen which is set off by acute

lateral spines. Acumen longer than half the

remainder of rostrum. Margins of rostrum not

swollen or conspicuously elevated. Upper surface

with a few scattered minute setae. Subrostral

ridges poorly developed and not evident in

dorsal aspect.

Postorbital ridges prominent, shallowly

grooved laterally, and terminating cephalad in

acute spines. Suborbital angle weak and obtuse;

branchiostegal spine strong. Two strong acute

spines present on each side of carapace; upper

surface of carapace punctate and lateral surface

granulate.

Cephalic section of telson with two spines in

each caudolateral corner. Margin of subtriangular

epistome plumose with a very small cephalo-

median spine (see Fig. 5).

Antennules of the usual form with a strong

acute spine present on ventral side of basal

segment.

Antennae extend caudad to telson. Antennal

scale long; moderately broad; widest near mid-

length; outer distal margin with a moderately

strong spine.

Right chela depressed with the palm inflated

in middle; outer margin of hand concave at

base of immovable finger. Hand entirely tuber-

culate. Inner margin of palm with a row of

seven tubercles, with one tubercle below this

row and a row of four just above it; a very

prominent tubercle present on lower surface

of palm at base of dactyl. Opposable margin of

dactyl with a row of 23 rounded tubercles, the

fifth from base largest and forming a distinct

emargination; upper surface of dactyl with a

low rounded submedian longitudinal ridge

flanked on proximal two-thirds by tubercles

and distally by setiferous punctations; mesial

margin of dactyl with 12 tubercles; lower margin

of dactyl similar to upper surface. Immovable

finger with opposable margin concave and bearing

an upper row of 24 rounded tubercles, sixth

from base largest, and a lower row along distal

half of 9 tubercles of which the sixth from base is

largest; upper and lower surfaces similar to those

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 43, NO. 12

of dactyl; although less tuberculate, lateral

margin of immovable finger with a rounded

longitudinal ridge flanked by tubercles proxi-

mally and setiferous punctations distally.

Carpus of first right pereiopod longer than

broad; upper surface with a deep submedian

furrow, flanked mesially by two rows of tubercles

and laterally by less well defined rows; submedian

furrow interrupted distally by a small tubercle

near distal margin of podomere. Mesial surface

with row of five tubercles, the third and fifth

distinctly larger than others. Lower mesial

margin with a row of four tubercles, the distal

one of which is largest and corresponds to the

mesial member of the usual two tubercles present

on distal margin. Between these two rows is a

group of four small tubercles. Lower surface

with a large distal tubercle and a few scattered

small ones. Lateral surface with small squamous

tubercles.

Merus of first right pereiopods with small

tubercles and scattered punctations on lateral

surface; upper surface with tubercles along

entire length, except near distal extremity, with

two of the more distal ones distinctly larger

than the others; mesial surface smooth proxi-

mally, with a few tubercles distally, and some-

what excavate along middle three-fourths, pro-

ducing a longitudinal furrow near lower margin.

Lower surface with two rows of spikelike tu-

bercles, an outer one of 15 and an inner one of

15; scattered small tubercles are present between

and to the side of these two rows.

Lower surface of ischiopodite bearing a

mesial row of five spikelike tubercles and a

lateral row of small tubercles; these are continu-

ations of the corresponding rows on merus.

Basipodite and coxopodite with no tubercles.

Hooks present on ischiopodites of third and

fourth pereiopods; hooks are both long and

slender and only slightly recurved. Basipodite

of fourth pereiopod bears no tubercle opposing

the hook on ischiopodite; hooks of both third

and fourth perelopods extend proximad of distal

end of their respective basipodites. Coxopodites

of fourth and fifth pereiopods with caudomesial

projections: that on fourth heavy and inflated,

and that on fifth somewhat smaller and more

sharply defined.

First pleopod extending to coxopodite of

third pereiopod when abdomen is flexed. Tip

terminating in three distinct parts (Fig. 3).

Mesial process spiculiform and gently curved

DECEMBER 1953

caudodistad; cephalic process represented by a

mere rounded lobe at cephalic base of central

projection; caudal element consists of a corneous

well-defined caudal process and a very small and

poorly defined caudal knob; central projection,

the most conspicuous of the terminal elements,

ecorneous, broad (cephalocaudal axis), and

directed caudolaterad.

Allotypic female.—The allotype differs only

in a few minor details from the holotype; op-

posable margin of dactyl of right chela with 14

tubercles; opposable margin of immovable

finger of chela with upper row of 10 tubercles

and no lower row; inner surface of carpus of

left chela with three major tubercles instead of

two; two rows of tubercles on lower surface of

merus with fewer tubercles than in holotype.

See measurements for differences in proportions.

Annulus ventralis only slightly obscured in

ventral aspect by small tubercles extending

caudally from sternum immediately cephalad of

annulus. Annulus subovate with the greatest

length in the transverse axis; a_ transverse

depression near midlength with high wall

cephalad cut by a troughlike depression; caudo-

mesial portion with a raised (ventrally) promi-

nence. Sinus originates along median line near

cephalic margin of annulus, extends caudo-

dextrad and turns sharply sinistrad to cross the

median line, and from there curving gently

caudad to the midcaudal margin of the annulus

(Fig. 2).

Morphotypic male, form II.—Differs from the

holotype in the following respects: Abdomen

slightly longer than carapace (52.8-50.8 mm);

inner margins of palm of right chela with a row

of three tubercles above the main row and only

one below it; opposable margin of dactyl with a

row of 18 tubercles, the fourth from base largest;

opposable margin of immovable finger with upper

row of 16 tubercles, fourth from base largest,

and lower row of four. Lower surface of merus

with mesial row of 14 tubercles and a very

irregular lateral row. Hooks on ischiopodites of

third and fourth pereiopods much reduced and

neither extends proximad of basipodite of re-

spective appendage. Prominences on coxopodites

of fourth and fifth pereiopods much reduced.

First pleopod with three terminal elements

visible (Figs. 10 and 12); the conspicuous mesial

process directed caudally as are the less promi-

nent caudal process and central projection.

Measurements —As follows (in mm):

HOBBS: RANGES OF SPICULIFER CRAYFISH

415

| Holotype Allotype Morphotype

Carapace: |

Eleig ity eee eee Dio) oa cl 24.0

Width ee 25.3 | 22.9 24.4

Rength. ase tenn Soa || eared 51.0

Areola:

ensthi feck Sy | SEA: 14.3

ViidGR ob ek giles. ee. Siren EG He et 2230

Rostrum: |

enath¥tic te. Bake He Det lie ml4eGe se, Slee 1558

WitdiGhissvas Wisp set tone ae 8.5 1AG | 8.2

Right chela: | |

Length of inner margin | |

Ofgpaline eee se | 19.4 | 10.1 | 13.5

Width of palm......... } 2085 2222 ai 1388

Length of outer margin | |

ofshand! nae. eee SIL) 28.8 Dee,

Length of dactyl....... 31.8 16.9 38.3

Type locality —South fork of the Broad

River, 1 mile south of Carlton on the Ogle-

thorpe—Madison County line, Georgia (Savannah

River drainage system).

Disposition of types——The holotypic male,

form I, allotypic female, and morphotypic male,

form II are deposited in the United States

National Museum (nos. 95124, 95125, and

95126, respectively). Of the 39 paratypes, one

male, form I, one male, form II, and one female

are deposited in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology, and a similar series in the collection of

Dr. G. H. Penn. One male, form I, is deposited

in the United States National Museum and

four males, form I, two males, form II, 15 fe-

males, 7 juvenile males, and 14 juvenile females

are retained in my personal collection at the

University of Virginia.

Relationships.—Procambarus raneyi has its

closest affinities with P. spiculifer (LeConte);

however, it may be distinguished from the latter

by the structure of the first pleopod of the male

and the annulus ventralis of the female.

Specumens examined.—All these specimens

were collected from streams.

SAVANNAH RIVER DRAINAGE

GrorGia: Madison—Oglethorpe County line—

9-1150-1, Anthony Shoals (south fork of Broad

River) 1 mile south of Carlton [type locality],

AP SI, 1PII, 72 9,5 juv.%H, ll juv.2 2,D.C.

Seott, coll.; 4-1550-2a, same locality, 20°, D.C.S.,

coll. Madison County—4-1550-la, Small ck., 5 miles

east of Carlton, 192 ,D.C.S., coll.; 4-1550-3, Masons

Creek, 11 mi. W. of Royston on Route 29,1(¢7II,1°,

D.CS., coll.; U.S.N.M. no. 93253 (9/10/47), trib. of

Broad River, 0.7 miles southwest of Danielsville on

Route 29, 1@'I, E. I. Lachner, coll. Elbert County—

416

4-1550-2a, 2.5 miles east of Broad River on Route

77,20°' SII, 29 9, 1ljuv.c', D.C.S., coll.; 3-2751-5a,

Morea Creek, 1.5 miles south of Nuberg on Route

77,299, E. C. Raney, coll. Stephens County—

4-947-2b, north fork Broad River, 3.7 miles west

of Toccoa, 1 juv.c’, 1 juv.? E.C.R., coll.

SoutH Carouina: Abbeville County—3-2751-1b,

Calhoun Creek, 7.6 miles east of Calhoun Falls on

Route 72, 2o' I, 1 juv.?, E.C.R. coll.; 3-2751-3,

same locality, 1@#I, E.C.R., coll.; 3-2751-4, Long

Crane Creek, 4.4 miles east of Abbeville, 19,

E.C.R., coll.; 3-2751-6, Little River, 5.6 miles east

of Calhoun Falls on Route 22, Ild' II, 229, 1

iii. OF sH-O. Risecoll.

OcCMULGEE RIVER DRAINAGE

Geroreia: Dekalb County—3-2950-2, Flat Shoals

on South River near Decatur, 4c°'d@' I, 42°,

E.C.R., coll.

Discussion.—Procambarus raneyt inhabits trib-

utaries of the Savannah River in the Piedmont

Province in Georgia and South Carolina and is

known from a single locality in the headwaters

of the Oemulgee River (Altamaha River drain-

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

age) in Dekalb County, Ga. This latter locality,

an isolated one, is of considerable interest, for

here this species is surrounded by its nearest

relative, P. spiculifer (see map 1), which is

found in the Chattahoochee, lower Ocmulgee,

and Oconee drainages. The simplest explanation

as to how P. raneyi gained entrance into the

headwaters of the Ocmulgee would involve

transport by human agencies. There seems to be

little reason to assume, however, that once intro-

duced into a stream which is largely dominated

by P. spiculifer it would be able to replace the

latter. Certainly from an anatomical standpoint

it has no obvious advantageous characteristics,

and there are no data available concerning the

reproductive capacities of either species. Al-

though there is no geological evidence, nor are

there other evidences, to support any other

explanation for their presence here, it does not

seem amiss to pose the question as to whether

or not the Dekalb County population represents

a relict fauna.

@P spiculifer

AP versutus

OP raneyi

@P suttkusi

Fig. 13.—Map of locality records for four species of Procambarus.

DECEMBER 1953

LITERATURE CITED

Hacen, Herman. Monograph of the North Amert-

can Astacidae. Illus. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool.,

No. 3; 1-109 pls. 1-11. 1870.

Hoses, Horton H., Jr. A new crayfish of the

LOOMIS: NEW MILLIPEDS

417

genus Procambarus from Alabama and Florida.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 66: 173-178, 1953.

LEeContveE, JoHN. Description of new species of As-

tacus from Georgia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia 7: 400-402. 1856.

ZOOLOGY —New millipeds of the western States and Lower California. H. F.

Loomis, Coconut Grove, Fla.

For many years past there has been

accumulating a number of interesting but

undescribed millipeds in the writer’s collec-

tion. These have not lent themselves to

inclusion in systematic treatment of groups

that have been prepared recently or are

contemplated. Several of the species exhibit

characters that affect the present concepts

of the family or genus to which they belong

and consequently are especially noteworthy.

Types of species here described are deposited

in the U. S. National Museum.

Cambala caeca, n. sp.

One broken male (type) from ‘‘inner area of

bat cave,’ Wyatt Cave, and 12 females from

Felton Cave taken ‘in association with bat

guano” by O. G. Babcock, Sonora, Tex., 1922-23.

U.S.N.M. no. 2087.

Diagnosis Although departing in several par-

ticulars, such as lack of eyes, the anterior seg-

ments forming a necklike constriction, and the

presence of claws on the first male legs, from the

characters associated with the genus, the gono-

pods are so definitely typical of Cambala as to

require inclusion of the species there and cause

modification of the generic concept involving the

above characters.

Description.—Length 22 to 25 mm. Number of

segments of females 46 to 48, male type with 54.

Head without eyes, smooth, the clypeus with

6 to 8 setae, the labrum with 12 to 14 setae; an-

tennae with joint 2 longest, joint 6 broadest and

next in length.

First segment as long as the next three to-

gether, anterior angle broadly rounded and flar-

ing outward somewhat from the side of the head;

posterior angle slightly produced backward; sur-

face of segment smooth but with a fine raised

rim along the lateral margin. Fig. 1.

Segments 2 and 3 with sides converging back-

ward to form a noticeable necklike constriction;

segment 2 entirely smooth above with segment

3 usually so, but infrequently dorsal crests are

faintly evident near the back margin.

From segment 4 to the penultimate segment

inclusive there are four strong, smooth, dorsal

crests between the poriferous ones, the latter

having the posterior half of the same thickness

as the dorsal crests but the anterior half is two

or three times as broad, slightly more elevated,

and with the pore in the center. Sides of segments

striate but the surface just below the upper stria

elevated to form a noticeable ridge; prozonites

crossed lengthwise by numerous thin, low, beaded

ridges.

Last segment smooth, as long as the two pre-

ceding segments together.

Anal valves smooth, meeting in a groove. Pre-

anal scale broad, slightly thickened and emar-

ginate at middle and with an erect seta on either

side; tab processes large, each with a single seta.

Gonopods as shown in Figs. 2 and 3.

First male legs 6-jointed, the first and second

joints short but twice the width of the following

joint; last jomt not modified and with a normal

claw. Legs 6 and 7 with joints 4 and 5 enlarged,

the former with a large rounded lobe ventrally.

Remarks.—In Ent. News 63: 10-11. 1952.

Chamberlin described a new genus and species

of cambalid from the same two caves and taken

by the same collector as were the spécimens above

referred to the genus Cambala. In comparing the

specimens before me with Chamberlin’s generic

and specific descriptions of Eclomus (Eclytus)

speobius one is struck by the numerous points of

similarity of the two species. E. speobius, how-

ever, 1s said to have dorsal carinae somewhat

developed on segment 2 and on the succeeding

segments “‘sharply elevated and complete’’,

whereas specimens of C. caeca show segment 2

with no semblance of dorsal carinae and in only

a few specimens do they appear as faint eleva-

tions near the posterior border of segment 3.

In other particulars the similarity is remark-

ably close but EH. speobius is credited with but

41-43 segments whereas mature specimens of the

present species have 46-54. Since no male char-

acters whatever were mentioned for EH. speobius it

418 JOURNAL OF THE

may be inferred that the genus was founded on

females, immature specimens or both. With the

numerous specimens in both collections coming

from the same very restricted locations it is most

remarkable that in neither were both species

represented. Should it be shown at a later date

that but a single species is involved the rules of

priority would require that Hclomus be placed

as a synonym of Cambala and caeca would then

become a synonym of speobia.

Orthoporus arizonicus, n. sp.

Two males, | the type, and a female collected

at Patagonia, Ariz., in July 1949, by R. H. Pee-

bles and sent to me alive. U.S.N.M. no. 2088.

Diagnosis. Closely related to punctiliger Cham-

berlin as indicated by the gonopods but the size

is smaller, and more slender; the sculpturing of

the segments, anal valves and preanal scale is

simply punctate without rugae; and the first seg-

ment has but two lateral striae.

Description.—Length 85 to 88 mm, diameter

5 to 6 mm, number of segments 63 to 65. Living

color cinnamon brown, with the posterior margin

of the segments narrowly darker, legs and an-

tennae also cinnamon brown.

Head with finely impressed sulcus on vertex;

front coarsely, longitudinally rugose-punctate

below but lessening above; clypeal fovoea 13 or

14; eyes separated by over one and a half times

the length of an eye, composed of 53 to 56 ocelli

in 7 transverse rows.

First segment (Fig. 4) with two prominent lat-

eral striae only; anterior corner somewhat pro-

duced in the male.

All segments, as well as the anal valves and

preannal scale, very finely punctate and without

any impressed lines or rugosity; transverse sulcus

strongly evident throughout, bowed forward

around the pore which is a third of the way to

the posterior margin; last segment rather acute

at tip, considerably exceeded by the anal valves.

Gonopods as shown in Fig. 5.

Hiltonius palmaris, n. sp.

Two males, 1 the type, and a female collected

by the writer in Palm Canyon, Palm Springs,

Calif., December 4, 1919. U.'S.N.M. no. 2089.

Diagnosis ——Apparently most closely related

to H. mimus Chamberlin but with distinct differ-

ences in all parts of the gonopods and in the much

larger coxal lobes of the third male legs.

Description Length of body 35 to 50 mm,

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

width 4.3 to 6 mm; number of segments 48 to 49.

Head with frontal groove strong and wide,

that of the vertex not so pronounced; eyes sub-

triangular, composed of 25 to 30 ocelli in 6 longi-

tudinal rows; clypeal fovoea 4 to 5 on each side.

Sides of the first, second and third segments

as shown in Fig. 6; the anterior margining rim

of segment | broad; following segments with a

fine median sulcus and a sharply marked trans-

verse constriction on either side of which the

surface is faintly convex; pore in front of the con-

striction but not touching it; midbelt with lateral

sulcus faint or absent but that of the hindbelt

broad and deep in front, diminishing caudally.

Last segment sharply rounded, in one speci-

men distinctly angulate; transverse impression

faint. Anal valves quite evenly inflated, not more

conspicuously so near the margins which meet

in a shallow groove; surface punctate and with

irregular wrinkles near the opening. Preanal scale

broadly rounded and with longitudinal stria-

tions, more distinct near the hind margin.

Gonopods as shown in Figs. 7 and 8.

Coxae of third male legs as shown in Fig. 9.

Arinolus latus, n. sp.

A number of specimens, including the male

type, were collected from beneath stumps of

Yucca arborescens in Antelope Valley between

Lancaster and Palmdale, Calif., January 8, 1928,

by O. F. Cook. U.S.N.M. no. 2090.

Diagnosis.—Distinguished from the other spe-

cies by the gonopods, particularly the inner ones,

and also by the stout body, thickened posterior

margins of the segments, very broadly rounded

last segment, and the living color.

Description.—Body very stout and abruptly

constricted at the ends; 29 to 35 mm long and

3.5 to 4 mm thick, the females stouter than the

males; segments 42 to 44.

Living colors very strongly shining black with

the hindbelt almost golden yellow, semi-trans-

lucent. In alcohol the hindbelt changes to dull

yellow. |

Head with a deep median sulcus on the vertex,

the surface of which is slightly rugose in contrast

to the shining surface elsewhere; clypeus with

5 or 6 punctations each side; eyes inconspicuous,

composed of about 24 to 26 low ocelli in 6 rows

forming a rounded patch.

First segment with the margin from behind the

eye to the lateral angle strongly raised, the angle

a little more acute than in torynophor Chamb.

DECEMBER 1953 LOOMIS: NEW MILLIPEDS 419

Fies. 1-20.—1, Cambala caeca, n. sp., lateral view of first segment; 2, the same, anterior view of gono-

pods; 3, the same, lateral view of posterior gonopods; 4, Orthoporus arizonicus, n. sp., lateral view of

first segment; 5, the same, anterior view of gonopods; 6, Hiltonius palmaris, n. sp., lateral view of seg-

ments 1, 2 and 3; 7, the same, anterior view of gonopods; 8, the same, lateral view of gonopods with

inner gonopod extended; 9, the same, coxae of third male leg; 10, 11, Arznolus latus, n. sp., anterior and

posterior views respectively of gonopods; 12, the same, anterior view of inner gonopod; 13, Scobinomus

serratus, n.sp., lateral view of first segment; 14, the same, lateral view of lower side of mid- and hindbelt

of segment 21; 15, 16, the same, anterior and posterior views respectively of gonopods; 17, the same,

inner gonopod; 18, Chipus wnicus, n. sp., posterior or ventral view of gonopods which are foreshortened

in this aspect; 19, Wotyxia expansa, n. sp., right gonopod; 20, Motyxia exilis, n. sp., right gonopod.

120 JOURNAL OF THE

and decidedly more so than in hospes (Cook) and

usually containing one or two rudimentary striae.

Seements with the constriction

shallow but evident, the pore located behind it;

in lateral view the surface of the seements behind

the constrictions is flatter than in the other spe-

cies but the hind margins are decidedly thicker;

lateral sutures usually not visible but occasion-

ally faintly evident behind the pore on segments

near the posterior end of the body; median sulcus

visible on the posterior third of all segments from

the first to the last inclusive, on the latter form-

ing a conspicuous furrow on the apical portion;

surface of fore and midbelts as in torynophor, the

hindbelt punctate but less noticeably striate,

except along the thickened hind margin.

Posterior end of body very abruptly con-

stricted, the segments immediately preceding the

last strongly telescoped. Last segment short, mar-

gin very much thickened, apex subtruncate, very

much more broadly rounded than in the other

species. Anal valves almost vertical and visible

from above, much less inflated than in the other

species, and with the margins meeting in a shal-

low groove. Preanal scale broadly truncate at the

apex, the lateral margins noticeably emarginate.

Gonopods as shown in Figs. 10 to 12.

Segment 6 of the males conspicuously wider

and longer than the adjacent segments and also

wider than segment 1.

Males with coxae of legs 3 and 4 less produced

than are those of 5, 6, or 7, which are much as in

hospes but thicker.

transverse

Scobinomus, n. gen.

Genotype: Scobinomus serratus, n. sp.

Diagnosis.—Scobinae have been associated

with many of the tropical rhinocricids but with

none of the North American Atopetholidae. The

presence of scobinae, though rudimentary, and

emargination of the segments above them, in this

genus indicate a distinct gap between it and all

other known genera of the family. The gonopods

bear some resemblance to those of Tarascolus

Chamb. but the anteriorly exposed coxal joints

of the posterior lobes and differently shaped

inner gonopods are distinctive characters in ad-

dition to the external ones.

Description.—Body rather small and slender,

from 10 to 12 times as long as broad; subclavate,

the first four or five segments broader than the

others.

First segment with the lateral angles nar-

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 12

rowed and flaring away from the body, forming

its widest part, and distinctly visible from above.

Second segment slightly narrower than the

first segment and without an anterior ventral

production. Segments 3, 4, and 5 gradually nar-

rowing, after which the segments remain of uni-

form width to the posterior end of the body ex-

cept that in the males segment 6 is expanded and

nearly as wide as segment 2.

Midbody segments with a strong constriction

through the midbelt, the surface behind it con-

spicuously convex; pore located nearly half way

between the constriction and the back margin,

immediately behind the suture separating the

mid- and hindbelt, thus placing the pore in the

latter. Scobinae present, represented by trans-

versely striate areas usually apparent as far for-

ward as segment 6; segments in the scobinate

region of the body with the posterior border

emarginate adjacent to each scobina of the ensu-

ing segment. Ventral striations reaching about

half way to the pore, the marginal angle below

each striation carried back into a slender, acute

tooth.

Last segment of normal length, the apex

broadly rounded and not carried beyond the

strongly convex anal valves.

Gonopods with ventral plate short, transverse,

not produced at middle; coxal joints of posterior

lobes extensively exposed on either side in front;

inner gonopods with apical joint short and stout.

Legs long and slender, surpassing the sides of

the body. Males with the first two pairs enlarged,

the claws double the thickness and length of

those on the other legs; coxae of third legs greatly

elevated and with the apex bent backward; coxae

of ensuing pregenital legs somewhat elevated but

not reflexed.

Scobinomus serratus, n. sp.

Male type and three other specimens from 14

miles north of Ensenada, Lower California,

January 7, 1925, and three specimens from Cere-

gas Canyon, 8 to 10 miles from Ensenada, Janu-

ary 5, 1925; collected by O. F. Cook. U.S.N.M.

no. 2091.

Description —Length 30 to 35 mm, width 2.5

to 2.8 mm; number of segments 42 to 46; males

more slender than females.

Head with antennae quite slender, joint 2

slightly longest, joits 3 and 6 subequal and next

in length, joint 1 slightly longer than joint 7;

ocelli 30 to 33 in six series forming a circular

DECEMBER 1953

cluster; median furrow very faint on the vertex

but strongly impressed on the clypeus.

First segment (Fig. 13) emarginate below the

eye and with a broad thickened rim; lateral an-

gles narrowly produced downward and flaring

outward from the body and forming its widest

part, the angles visible from above; surface of

the angulation, behind the anterior rim, with 2

to 5 short striae reaching forward from the pos-

terior margin.

Body not shining but with a dull sheen caused

by minute reticulation of the entire dorsal sur-

face; in addition there are a few fine punctations

more apparent on the anterior end of the body

and on the last segment; forebelt of all segments

finely transversely striate; midbelt containing a

broad transverse constriction that is lacking

on the posterior segments; pore located in the

anterior portion of the hindbelt which is strongly

convex on constricted segments; scobinae, repre-

sented by large, triangular, transversely striate

areas, as broad as long and lacking an anterior

pit, are present from segment 6 or 7 to just be-

yond the middle of the body, the posterior mar-

gin of the segments in the scobinate region emar-

ginate above each scobina of the succeeding

segment; ventral striations reaching only half-

way to the pores, the posterior marginal angle

below each stria produced as a rather long slender

tooth, these teeth present on all but four or five

segments at each end of body (Fig. 14).

Penultimate segment almost entirely tele-

scoped within the preceding segment, the last

segment not telescoped, the apex produced and

very broadly rounded but not exceeding the

strongly convex anal valves which meet in a

deep groove.

Gonopods as shown in Figs. 15 and 16, with

a large soft, and fleshy mass above the middle

of the ventral plate between the anterior lobes

and with a similar fleshy mass on either side at

the basal junction of the anterior lobe and the

coxal joint of the posterior lobe. Anterior lobes

subquadrate, strongly produced at the inner

distal corner, each lobe enclosed on the outer

side by the conspicuous coxal jomt of the pos-

terior lobe, outer joint of the latter rather small,

subtriangular, with the apex produced. Inner

gonopods as in Fig. 17, the outer joint short,

stout, and excavated on the inner side.

Chipus, n. gen.

Genotype: Chipus unicus, n. sp.

Diagnosis —Immediately distinguished from

LOOMIS: NEW MILLIPEDS

421

all other members of the family Chelodesmidae

by the curious elongated and crossed gonopods

which clasp the sides of the body.

Description.—Body strongly convex with lat-

eral carinae more strongly projecting in the male;

posterior angles rounded-obtuse, not produced

backward except on two or three segments pre-

ceding the last; carinae of segment 19 greatly

reduced in size and thickness and with the slightly

produced posterior angles small and acute. Seg-

ment 1 with distinct raised margin on the sides

in front.

Gonopods unique in that the principal or pos-

terior divisions are long, slender, two-parted and

crossing each other, curving forward and upward

between legs 5 and 6 and extending halfway up

the sides of the body to the lateral carinae.

Coxae of third male legs each with a hispid,

tumid prominence on the ventral face.

Chipus unicus, n. sp.

A male (type) and female collected by A. Gib-

son, July 20, 1949, in forest of western white

pine, western fir, larch, cedar, and hemlock on

west fork of Emerald Creek, St. Joe National

Forest, Idaho. U.S.N.M. no. 2092.

Description —Length 30 mm, width 5 mm;

both sexes strongly convex, the female much

more so.

Head with a deep furrow on the vertex ex-

tending downward to between the antennae;

labrum and clypeus each with a fringe of close

spaced setae, those of the clypeus much the

longest; side of head above the clypeal fringe

with 6 to 8 widely separated setae, a pair between

the antennae and a more widely spaced pair on

the vertex; antennae slender, not as long as

width of the body and with joints 2-6 inclusive

subequal in width and length.

First segment with a rather thick, raised

margin extending from just below the antennae

to the lateral angle on each side.

Lateral carinae of male projecting outward

nearly twice as far as those of female; margins

of carinae thickened, posterior angles rounded-

obtuse and not produced backward except very

slightly on segments 17 and 18, the carinae of

segment 19 greatly reduced in size, thin, and

with the posterior corner on each side small,

acute and definitely produced behind the median

margin. Pores opening outward from the cus-

tomary segments.

Gonopods (Fig. 18) with the posterior divi-

429

sions very long and slender, crossing each other

and passing up the sides of the body, between

legs 5 and 6, half way to the lateral carinae;

outer portion of each division composed of two

slender subequal closely applied pieces; anterior

division of gonopods small, conical and not

projecting beyond the opening in the segment;

the margin of the opening through which the

gonopods project thinly raised, highest on the

sides.

Coxae of third male legs each with a rounded,

hispid lobe on the ventral face.

Motyxia expansa, n. sp.

One male (type) and two females collected

at “The Grapevine” below Fort Tejon, Calif.,

February 28, 1929, by O. F. Cook. U.S.N.M.

no. 2093.

Diagnosis.—Differing from Chamberlin’s te-

jona and monica in minor details of the gonopods,

and from the latter, at least, in the more re-

stricted carinae of segments 18 and 19.

Description —Male 25 mm long and 4.5 mm

wide, the largest female 27 mm long and 5 mm

wide; male almost as convex as females.

Living color in general light salmon which is

most intense on the lateral carinae and along

the posterior half of the segments; head, an-

tennae, legs and ventral surface uncolored.

Segments 2, 3 and 4 of typical shape but

segments 17, 18 and 19 with lateral carinae

much less produced than those of monica, seg-

ment 19 being almost completely hidden within

18 and its posterior angles small, inconspicuous

and very widely separated.

Gonopods as shown in Fig. 19, rising from a

transversely oval opening having a thick raised

rim behind.

Third male legs each with a rounded coxal

lobe, higher than broad, at the inner angle;

sternum between fourth legs with a pair of broad,

low, rounded elevations.

Remarks.—It is obvious that expansa, tejona

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 12

and monica are very closely related, but if details

of the authors’ drawings of the gonopods of

these species are compared, it will be seen that

specific differences exist. Following the descrip-

tion of tejona (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 99:

25, 1947) Chamberlin listed the other species

in the genus but overlooked monica. Having

done so, it is probable that he did not compare

tejona with its closest known relative, but he did

compare it with the more distantly related kerna.

Motyxia exilis, n. sp.

Several males, one the type, and several fe-

males collected at Woodford, near Tehachapi,

Calif., January 8, 1928, by O. F. Cook. U.S.N.M.

no. 2094.

Diagnosis.—The three slender terminal divi-

sions of the gonopods immediately distinguish

this species.

Description.—Somewhat more sturdy than

expansa, a small male being 25 mm long and

5.5 mm wide and the largest specimen, a female,

30 mm long and 7 mm wide, the males obviously

less convex than females.

Living color not noted but the alcoholic

specimens are light in shade.

Segments 2, 3 and 4 of customary shape.

Segments 17, 18 and 19 with posterior angles

backwardly produced; those of segment 18 most

prominent; those of segment 19 very small and

widely separated; posterior angles of these three

segments more acute in males than females and

moreso than in either monica or expansa.

Gonopods as shown in Fig. 20. They protrude

from an opening extending backward at middle

between the coxae of the eighth legs and with

the margining rim higher and thinner than in

expansa, the coxae less widely separated than in

that species.

Males with coxae of third legs each with a

smaller lower lobe than in expansa; sternum

between the fourth legs with the two transverse

elevations more pronounced than in expansa.

HERPETOLOGY.—A new snake of the genus Oligodon from Annam. ALAN KE.

Leviton, Natural History Museum,

cated by Doris M. Cochran.)

Recently Dr. Doris Cochran, of the United

States National Museum, submitted the

entire collection of the genus Olzgodon in the

Museum to me for study. She called my

attention to one specimen from Indo-China

Stanford University, Calif. (Communi-

that she was unable to identify and pre-

sumed to represent a new species. Subse-

quent study has led to the confirmation of

Dr. Cochran’s suspicions.

DECEMBER 1953

Oligodon annamensis, n. sp.

Holotype —U.S.N.M. no. 90408, young female,

from Blao, Haut Donai, Annam, French Indo-

China; collected by E. Poilane, March 11, 1933.

Diagnosis —The new species of Oligodon dif-

fers from all previously described forms by a

combination of the following characteristics:

Maxillary teeth 8, anal shield single, scales in 13

rows, loreal absent, 6 upper labials, 1 postocular,

internasals present.

Description.—Rostral well developed, as broad

as deep, the portion visible from above less than

half its distance to the frontal. Internasals

broader than wide, not separated by the rostral;

profrontals larger than the internasals, about

one and one-third times as broad as wide, in con-

tact with the second upper labial, nasal, and pre-

ocular shields; frontal one and one-third times

longer than its distance to the snout, somewhat

longer than broad, two times as wide as the su-

praocular, slightly shorter than the parietals;

nasal large, partially divided; loreal absent; one

preocular and one postocular; temporals 1 + 2.

There are six upper labials, the third and fourth

enter the eye; the order in decreasing size is

5, 6, 4, 3, 2, 1. Six lower labials, the first four in

contact with the anterior genials which are about

two times as long as the posterior shields.

Ventrals 170; subcaudals 30; anal single; scales

in 13-13-13 rows.

Maxillary teeth 8, the extreme anterior por-

tion of the maxillary bone edentulous. Three well

developed palatine teeth present; no pterygoid

teeth were observed.

Kye moderate, its diameter equal to twice its

distance to the lip; pupil round.

Measurements —Total length, 249 mm; tail

length, 29 mm.

Coloration.—(Specimen preserved in 75 per

cent alcohol.) Ground color light brown. On the

head there are several areas of white, black-

edged blotches; these include an interocular band,

a short interparietal bar, and some small areas

on the anterior portion of the snout. The rostral

is white, strongly spotted by dark flecks as are

the white areas of the bars on the head. A white

blotch just in front of the eye covers parts of the

second and third upper labials; another blotch

extends from the fifth and sixth upper labials

diagonally forward to the top of the head where

it meets with the interocular band just above the

eye. Both of these lateral white areas extend onto

the lower labials and genials. There is a long

oblique stripe on the neck which extends forward

LEVITON: NEW SNAKE 493

and onto the posterior edge of the parietal; this

stripe does not meet its fellow on the parietals.

The body is transversed by a series of white

black-edged bars, some of which are indistinct;

this pattern extends onto the tail. Most of the

body scales are edged by darker brown and are

all peppered by fine dark flecks.

Ventrally the ground color is white; many of

the ventrals and subcaudals are either partially

or completely covered by dark brown or black

quadrangular spots.

Remarks: There are but three species in the

genus Oligodon with which annamensis could be

confused, 1.e., ornatus, catenata, and violaceus

pallidocinctus (= cinereus, var. IV of Smith,

1943). It can be distinguished from these three

forms as follows: ornatus—annamensis has an un-

divided anal plate and 13 scale rows while ornatus

has a divided plate and 15 scale rows; catenata-

annamensis has a single anal plate and a distinct

pair of internasal shields while catenata has a

divided anal plate and lacks internasals; cinereus,

Fie. 1—Holotype of Oligodon annamensis,

U.S.N.M. no. 90408.

(Photograph by Antenor L. Carvalho)

424 JOURNAL OF THE

var. [V—annamensis lacks the loreal and has 13

scale rows while cinereus has a loreal shield and

either 15 or 17 scale rows.

There can be little doubt that annamensis

represents a degenerate”? species. This is exem-

plified by the reduction in the number of head

shields, 1.e., loss of the loreal, fewer upper labials,

and low number of scale rows. Since the tendency

toward the reduction in numbers of scales is to

be found among many species that represent sev-

eral species groups within the genus Oligodon,

ereat care must be exercised in the interpretation

of these traits, and any conclusions concerning

relationships derived from such data must be

aecepted on a provisional basis. A thorough study

of the structure of the hemipenes, a problem that

I am at present working on, seems to offer the

only means by which the seemingly complex

evolutionary history of the genus will be un-

scrambled.

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VOL. 43, No. 12

Because of the lack of data concerning the

structure of the hemipenes to be found in anna-

mensis, any statement of relationships must be

for the present considered purely speculative.

However, from the evidence available it seems

most likely that annamensis was derived from

cinereus. The validity of this supposition must

be determined in the future when and if addi-

tional specimens of this species, particularly

males, may be available for examination.

REFERENCES

Bourret, R. Les serpents de L’Indochine 2:

Catalogue systématique descripttf, 505 pp., 189

figs. Toulouse, 1936.

Leviton, A. E. Review of the genus Oligodon.

Pts.eleand alien vise)

Pore, C.H. The reptiles of China, lii + 542 pp.,

27 pls., figs. American Museum of Natural

History, 1935.

SmitH, M.A. Fauna of British India, 3: Serpents,

583 pp., 166 figs. London, 1943.

ICHTHYOLOGY —The fishes of the tidewater section of the Pamunkey Ruver,

Virginia. E>warp C. Ranny and Witiiam H. Massmann, Cornell University

and Virginia Fisheries Laboratory.!

The distribution of the fish fauna of the

tidewater section of most of the rivers that

flow into Chesapeake Bay is poorly known.

Indeed, this is true for practically all the

great rivers tributary to the Atlantic from

the Hudson southward to the Savannah.

The few investigations usually have con-

centrated on commercial species and our

understanding of distribution has _ been

inferred from the knowledge of nearby

Coastal Plain streams reported in such

studies as those by Hildebrand and Schroe-

der (1928), Fowler (1945), Raney (1950),

and Massmann, Ladd, McCutcheon (1952).

In 1949 the junior author began a study

of the spawning and early life history of

shad in the Pamunkey and other nearby

Virginia rivers and collected with seines at

numerous locations in the tidal area. After

exploratory seining, many of the stations

were visited at almost weekly intervals

during the period June 28 to September 29,

1949. Since that time additional collections

have been made at established stations on

the Pamunkey indicated on the map (Fig. 1).

1Gontribution from the Virginia Fisheries

Laboratory.

A minnow seine, 20 feet long and 4 feet in

depth, was used in all but six collections

when a net 75 by 6 feet was employed. All

seines had a bar mesh size of 14 inch. The

collections included 113 samples taken by

minnow seine, 15 by surface trawl, 6 by

rotenone, 4 by bottom trawl, and a series

of plankton net collections which often

contained small fishes. Continuous observa-

tions were made on the commercial and sport

fisheries. Many of the collections were sent

to the senior author, who is responsible for

the identification of all but the clupeid

fishes. A total of 59 species were taken in

the Coastal Plain region of the Pamunkey

River and its tributaries; 52 were limited to

the tidewater section.

DESCRIPTION OF THE LOWER

PAMUNKEY RIVER

The Pamunkey River (Fig. 1) originates

on the Piedmont plateau at the confluence

of the North and South Anna Rivers, 5 miles

northeast of Ashland, Va., and empties into

the York River at West Point. The tidal

region extends about 42 nautical miles up-

stream to the vicinity of Bassett Bar. At

West Point, salinities ranging from 0 to

DECEMBER 1953

12.6 parts per thousand have been recorded;

the river generally becomes fresh between

West Point and Romancoke at a point 8

miles upstream. The precise boundary be-

tween fresh and brackish water varies with

river runoff, wind, and tide, as does the

head of the tide itself. The tidal range

averages about 3 feet. Turbidities, as meas-

ured with a Secchi disk, range from 27 to

61 em; the upper sections of the river are

generally clearer than the lower reaches.

Submergent vegetation, of which the pre-

dominant form is Nivtella, although sparse

in the river, is found in abundance in a few

protected coves.

The tidal portion of the river may be

divided into three rather homogeneous

physiographic areas each approximately

15 miles in length. Area J (Fig. 1) is char-

acterized by a wide channel which is from

20 to 60 feet deep and rather steep mud

banks. It is surrounded by extensive tidal

marshes. Eight small gravel and/or sand

Bor

RANEY AND MASSMANN: PAMUNKEY RIVER FISHES

425

beaches are present in this section. Area II

is centered near Lester Manor. Here the

river generally is wider, and is fed by many

marsh creeks. Shoal areas, less than 5 feet

in depth, are extensive, and numerous coves

are present. The shoreline is mostly wooded.

About a dozen sand and/or gravel beaches

suitable for seining are present. Area III

has an average depth of 12 feet, and few

shoal areas, which are located in the mouths

of tributary creeks. The muddy banks are

rather steep and only about six small sand

and/or gravel beaches are suited to seining.

The shoreline is generally forested.

FISHERIES OF THE PAMUNKEY RIVER

The American shad and ecatfishes (/cta-

lurus) are the major species of commercial

importance on the Pamunkey River. Shad

are caught during the spawning run in

spring, mainly with drift gill nets, although

a few set or stake gill nets are fished at

West Point. In depth the drift nets may be

PAMUNKEY RIVER

Nautical Miles

Lester Manor

Romancoke

West Point

Fra. 1—The tidewater section of the Pamunkey River between its mouth at West Point and Bassett

Bar a point approximately 42 nautical miles upstream, showing localities mentioned in text

426 JOURNAL OF THE

as much as 25 feet, depending on the water

depths being fished; in length they vary

from one-quarter to one-half the width of

the channel. In area I, striped bass are often

taken in shad nets. The alewife, glut herring,

and hickory shad are also captured but

generally, because of their smaller size, these

fishes escape through the meshes of shad

nets. A few small hoop fyke nets are fished

in area I and their catch includes white

perch, glut herring, alewife, and catfishes. In

the vicinity of Lester Manor, a single haul

seine operates and takes white perch, carp,

striped bass, gizzard shad, and _ redhorse

sucker. Catfishes are generally taken in cat-

fish pots although two fishermen still use

the more primitive trot lines. With the ex-

ception of catfish pots, White House is the

upper limit of commercial fishing on the

Pamunkey, since the river beyond that

point is not suited to the use of commercial

nets.

To obtain small quantities of fish for local

consumption herring drift nets and set gill

nets are sometimes used. Extensive angling

is not carried on, but striped bass, large-

mouth bass, catfishes, white perch, yellow

perch and sunfishes are taken.

ANNOTATED LIST OF FISHES

The following annotated list includes

only those fishes taken in the tidewater

section. Their distribution in the several

areas of the river is given in Table 1. The

number appearing at the end of each species

account represents the percentage frequency

of occurrence in seine hauls. (See ,also

Table 2.)

PETROMYZONTIDAE

Petromyzon marinus Linnaeus: Sea Lamprey

Although no sea lamprey was caught or ob-

served during the survey, it has been seen in the

adjacent Chickahominy and Rappahannock

Rivers. Local fishermen reported its capture in

past years when nets of smaller mesh were com-

monly used.

ACIPENSERIDAE

Acipenser oxyrhynchus (Mitchill):

Atlantic Sturgeon

A small specimen was taken in a shad drift net

at Lester Manor. Formerly common, it is now

seldom seen.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

voL. 43, No. 12

TABLE 1.—Phylogenetically arranged list of the Coastal Plain

fishes of the Pamunkey River system. Areas I, II, and III

are from the tidewater section of the lower Pamunkey River

as shown in Fig. 1. Area IV represents collections from

tributaries to the tidewater section and the upstream Pa-

munkey River from Bassett Bar to the Fall Line. Species

marked by an asterisk were also collected in the Piedmont

region of the Pamunkey River system. Type of record:

X—collected, O—observed, R—reliably reported by fisher-

men,

Area

Species ee eee

I II III IV

FCUOMUZON MONIT US epee eee ne R

Acipenser oxyrhynchus..............- egy 5)

WEDPISOStCiUsSiOMOSSCUBAE Ee Ee een x KS

AGNIG COG. Awe st chasianeyn dee ee Cee [* Be x

AILOSCMINEDLOCTISS ELE Eee ere x x

INUO CSO code basa soc daoceunk x Exe x

Alosa pseudoharengus................ x x x

Alosa sapidissima...................- x x x

BreEvoorntia tynanwus.. ee eee x x

Dorosoma cepedianum............... x x

Anchoa. mes mitchltnn.. 4. sees x xe

ANY ZONNO NODLONGUS ae nee ere x

Mozostoma macrolepidotum*......... x x x

Cyprinusican, iO eee eee eee O

NEMOMIWSICOnDOTAUIS: ere eee x x x

Semotilus a. atromaculatus*......... b,<

Hybopsis leptocephalus*.............. x

Notemigonus c. crysoleucas........... x ax x x

INO ODUSATUOCIUILS EEE ae: eee x

Notropis hudsonius saludanus........ x x x x

Notropis analostanus*...............- x axe x x

Hybognathus nuchalis regius......... xe x x x

NGOQPOGHS COMO: sah ebodsansoeuesedsace x x x x

Tetanus pa puUnclatusse eee nena xX x x

Ameiurus natalis erebennus.......... p< x x

AN ETINUS 1 NILCOMLOSUSh Eee een x x

Sclilbeotessmollisea ee ae ee eer x x x

Schilbeodes m. marginatus*.......... XG x

Ganbiawpy qi acae ee eee eee IX

S02 NAG ET oe eee ee ».< De axe

ISOTRATIERUCAIVIES AE eee axe xX

ANGLE PORTO so o502cseces0c00s5¢ x x ax ox

Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus| X x x

Fundulus d. diaphanus.............. x x x x

Gambusia affinis holbrooki............ ».€ Xi de xX

Aphredoderus s. sayanus*............ x

ISETOTLGULUTO TOU a ae ee x x

IROCCUS SALAS ER eee eee X x x x

WNCROME CHOTPUCVOUs obs Ab okeasccese 50% x x x axe

er CORLAVESCEILSHE Ee ee eee x x oxe xX

Etheostoma nigrum olmstedi......... xe x x x

Micropterus s. salmoides............. xX x x x

IGePOMUSegGLODOSUSE. eee ee eee xX x d€ x

Lepomis m. macrochirus*............. aXe x x aXe

eC DOTUISIOL UG Se eee axe Xia lege x

Centrarchus macropterus.............. xX

Pomozis nigromaculatus.............. BXe ».¢ x x

Enneacanthus gloriosus............... axe Xe i) DEX x

IE RN CACANURILSKOUES Sie ee eee x

ACOMURGT.CUS PONLOLIS! eee a eee xX

Menuinaiberyllinas tes oer eee eee x x x

Mienrdiasmentdio en nee eee ene x x

PAE DIA ULSIALENULOLUS hee ree ae eee xX

(OM POSCOCIO. BRALHWISis sb ke onsnesessonc- x

Letostomus zanthurus..............-. x

Macropogon undulatus-sss--22- ee x x

CODIDSETOD CONC soo nc cSes dhe yssc se See! x

Poralienthysiientatiseenees eee eee x

I MECLES IIL ACILLGCTALS ae ee x x x

DECEMBER 1953

LEPISOSTEIDAE

Lepisosteus osseus osseus (Linnaeus):

Eastern Longnose Gar

Numerous in areas I and II. On one boat trip

large numbers of adults were observed near the

surface between West Point and White House.

One shad fishing reach near Lester Manor is sel-

dom used because the gar, which damage shad

nets, is so abundant in the area. Only three

young gar were taken by minnow seine. 4.

AMIIDAE

Amia calva Linnaeus: Bowfin

Several were observed on the beach at the

Pamunkey Indian Reservation where they had

been discarded from gill net catches, and two

were col'ected near Bassett Bar. Fishermen re-

ported an increase in abundance in recent years.

CLUPEIDAE

Alosa mediocris (Mitchill):

Hickory Shad

It migrates into the Pamunkey in spring to

spawn and females in various stages of ripeness,

and spent specimens were frequently seen al-

though Hildebrand and Schroeder (1928, p. 84)

reported to the contrary. This species was ob-

served in commercial catches from West Point

to White House. Although only three juveniles

were collected while seining, 91 young were taken

in two 15-minute hauls with a surface trawl in

area I. 2.

Alosa aestivalis (Mitchill):

Glut Herring

The most abundant of the river herrings. It

generally spawns in tidal waters, but sometimes

also in the tributaries. The main spawning migra-

tion follows that of the American shad, and usu-

ally occupies about three weeks. During this

short but heavy run, canneries are often supplied

with more herring than they can utilize, hence

the common name, glut herring. However, this

herring generally is not taken commercially on

the Pamunkey since almost the entire fishing

effort is directed toward the more valuable Amer-

ican shad. Juveniles are present in large num-

bers during the summer months and probably

constitute one of the most important forage

fishes. Young glut herring were collected at most

stations from brackish waters to the head of tide-

water. 35.

RANEY AND MASSMANN: PAMUNKEY RIVER FISHES

427

Alosa pseudoharengus (Wilson): Alewife

The main spawning run generally precedes

that of the American shad by several weeks.

Spawning often takes place in tributaries, but

also in tidal waters. Young have been taken from

all sections of the river. 17.

Alosa sapidissima (Wilson): American Shad

The main spawning run arrives in April al-

though a few adult shad have been observed in

the commercial catch from November to July.

Spawning takes place in the freshwater tidal sec-

tion of the river but is most concentrated in area

II, as reported by Massmann (1952). Young shad

were taken at most stations in fresh tidal waters.

Greater numbers of young shad have been col-

lected in the Pamunkey than in the Mattaponi

or Rappahannock rivers. 57.

Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe): Menhaden

Although the menhaden is primarily a marine

species, young are often found in fresh water.

From area I, postlarval menhaden 20 to 30 mm.

in length were collected in plankton nets during

April, 1950. In the summer young menhaden

were seined at stations in areas I and II. Collee-

tions from the Rappahannock River indicate

that large numbers of young may be found in

fresh-water during the summer months. 5.

Dorosoma cepedianum (LeSueur) : Gizzard Shad

Observed at Lester Manor, where a few were

taken in shad nets. Juveniles were collected in

the mouth of a tidal creek, one mile south of

Sweet Hall Landing. Fishermen reported that

this species has become scarce in the past ten

years.

ENGRAULIDIDAE

Anchoa mitchilli mitchilli (Valenciennes) :

Anchovy

Although typically marine, all stages of this

anchovy from post-larvae to adult, may be pres-

ent in large numbers in the rivers. The occurrence

of postlarval specimens in fresh water suggests

that it may spawn in or near the Pamunkey. It

was co'lected from areas I and II. 16.

CATOSTOMIDAE

Moxostoma macrolepidotum (LeSueur):

Eastern Redhorse Sucker

This is the common sucker of the region. It

4:28

was found in all parts of the river. Young and

juveniles were taken in seines, and adults were

noted in summer gill net catches. 20.

CYPRINIDAE

Cyprinus carpio (Linnaeus): Carp

Occasionally taken in the haul seine operated

from Lester Manor. Not common in the Pamun-

key but the carp is fished commercially in both

the Chickahominy and James rivers.

Semotilus corporalis (Mitchill): Fallfish

Two juveniles were taken from area I and four-

teen adults were caught in one-half hour of an-

eling at Bassett Bar. However, the favorite

habitat of this form is upstream from the Fall

Line. 2.

Notemigonus crysoleucas crysoleucas (Mitchill):

Eastern Golden Shiner

A sluggish water form which was taken more

frequently in coves than from the river channel.

Collected at many locations between brackish

water and the head of tidewater. 6.

Notropis amoenus (Abbott): Attractive Shiner

A single juvenile was taken in area III. Typi-

cally found upstream in pools usually near mov-

ing water. |.

Notropis hudsonius saludanus (Jordan and

Brayton): Southern Spottail Shiner

This gregarious shiner, one of the most com-

mon fishes in the shore zone, was taken in all

sections of the river. It is probably an important

forage fish. 63.

Notropis analostanus (Girard): Satinfin Shiner

This shiner was slightly more abundant than

the spottail shiner in collections made during

1949, 1950, and 1951. In 1952 the spottail shiner

appeared in approximately the same abundance

as in previous years, but the satinfin shiner was

searce. It is an excellent bait minnow. 60.

Hybognathus nuchalis regius (Girard):

Eastern Silvery Minnow

This common minnow, taken from all three

river areas was generally more abundant in the

river proper than in coves. 20

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES voL. 43, No. 12

AMEIURIDAE

Ictalurus catus Linnaeus: White Catfish

An important commercial species and common

in most of the river. It was seined about as fre-

quently as the channel catfish. Fishermen re-

ported that the white catfish will not enter cat-

fish pots as readily as the channel catfish, and

often used underwater fyke nets in areas where

the former is more abundant. 12.

Ictalurus punctatus punctatus (Rafinesque):

Channel Catfish

This introduced species is of about equal im-

portance commercially as the native white cat-

fish. The catfish fishery on the Chickahominy

River was described by Menzel (1943). 10.

Ameiurus natalis erebennus Jordan: Southern

Yellow Bullhead

Adults and young, taken in only three collec-

tions, were found in areas I and II. This species

is common in the Chickahominy River.

Ameiurus nebulosus nebulosus (LeSueur):

Northern Brown Bullhead

Collected only once in the Pamunkey at Sweet

Hall Landing. It is common in some of the ponds

near the tidewater section and was taken fre-

quently in collections from the Rappahannock

River. Fishermen reported that it occasionally

was taken on the mud flats by set gill nets.

Schilbeodes mollis (Hermann): Tadpole Madtom

Adults and young were taken from all three

areas and it was more abundant it coves than

in the river proper. 6.

Schilbeodes marginatus marginatus (Baird):

Common Eastern Madtom

One adult was taken in a plankton net at

Lester Manor. The species is typically found in

riffes at or above the Fall Line where it is fairly

common. It is probably to be considered a strag-

gler in the lower river.

EsocIDAE

Esox niger (LeSueur): Chain Pickerel

Adults were taken from a cove at Sweet Hall

Landing and a creek mouth at Bassett Bar. This

species.seems to avoid tidal waters where local

fishermen also reported it as rare. It is fairly

DECEMBER 1953

common in the tributaries and upstream from

the Fall Line.

Esox americanus Gmelin: Bulldog Pickerel

Like the chain pickerel this species is seldom

seen in the tidal section of the river. Several

were collected at the mouth of a tidal creek near

Bassett Bar.

ANGUILLIDAE

Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur): American Eel

This eel was collected at almost every locality

on the Pamunkey River. Many elvers were taken

in plankton nets during the spring. 17.

CYPRINODONTIDAE

Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus

(Walbaum) : Mummichog

A more typically marine killifish which was

taken most frequently near saltwater, but was

found throughout the tidewater section. 7.

Fundulus diaphanus diaphanus (Le Sueur):

Eastern Banded Killifish

Slightly more than one-half of the seine col-

lections contained this killifish. It was common

in hauls from stations near brackish water to the

head of the tide. 55.

POECILIIDAE

Gambusia affinis holbrooki (Girard):

Eastern Mosquitofish

A typical quiet water Coastal Plain form:

which more frequently appeared in hauls made

in coves and backwaters. It was taken in each of

the three river areas. 18.

BELONIDAE

Strongylura marina (Walbaum):

Atlantic Needlefish

This marine species was collected only in areas

II and III, but undoubtedly occasionally oc-

curred in area I. One specimen 23 mm. in length

was taken by dip net at Lester Manor in April.

This species and other members of the Belonidae

are well known for their habit of entering fresh-

waters and are sometimes found far from the

sea. 2.

SERRANIDAE

Roccus saxatilis (Walbaum): Striped Bass

Young were taken in seine collections from all

RANEY AND MASSMANN: PAMUNKEY RIVER FISHES

429

three river areas. Tresselt (1952) found striped

bass eggs only in area I. Adults, often taken in

the spring by shad fishermen, occur most fre-

quently downriver from Lester Manor. However,

anglers have taken striped bass in June ten miles

above Bassett Bar. The species appears to be

more abundant in both the Mattaponi and Rap-

pahannock rivers than in the Pamunkey. 35.

Morone americana (Gmelin): White Perch

A common and widely distributed species col-

lected in more than half of the seine hauls be-

tween brackish water and the head of the tide.

Although frequently seined it does not appear to

be as abundant in the Pamunkey as in the James

or Rappannock rivers. In the past it was taken

in set gill nets fished near Lester Manor in Janu-

ary or February but this fishery has been dis-

continued. Most of the white perch now taken

are captured in hoop fyke nets located in area

heb:

PERCIDAE

Perca flavescens (Mitchill): Yellow Perch

Collected mostly in coves and creek mouths

from all three river areas. 12.

Etheostoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer): Tessellated

Johnny Darter

Common and widespread, this species was

taken in more than one-half the seine collections

in all areas of the river. 53.

CENTRARCHIDAE

Micropterus salmoides salmoides (Lacépede) :

Northern Largemouth Bass

Taken in collections from all three areas, but

appears to prefer creeks and coves to the river

_—

proper. 7.

Lepomis gibbosus (Linnaeus): Pumpkinseed

Sunfish

Captured in samples from all areas and was

taken about one-half as often as the bluegill. 16.

Lepomis macrochirus macrochirus Rafinesque:

Common Bluegill

A widespread and common species which ap-

parently exceeds the other sunfishes in abun-

dance. 36.

Lepomis auritus (Linnaeus) : Yellowbelly Sunfish

Found throughout the river. It appears to be

430 JOURNAL OF THE

more typically a river fish than are the other cen-

trarchids, for it was more abundant in collections

from the main stream than in coves. However,

it also is widespread in its upstream distribution

and is often common in small tributaries. 22.

Pomoxis nigromaculatus (LeSueur) :

Black Crappie

Occurred in seattered collections from all three

river areas. 10.

Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook):

Bluespot Sunfish

Taken in collections from brackish waters to

the head of the tide. It was more abundant in

coves than in the river proper. 11.

Enneacanthus obesus (Girard): Banded Sunfish

Taken only once in the mouth of a creek at

Sweet Hall Landing.

ATHERINIDAE

Menidia beryllina (Cope): Glassy Silverside

Collections from all areas of the river included

this species and it appears to be more abundant

in the tidal freshwaters than in salt water. Al-

though abundant in collections from the river

course, 1t was seldom taken in coves. 24.

Menidia menidia (Linnaeus): Atlantic Silverside

Occurred in areas I and II and is common in

Chesapeake Bay. This species occasionally is

found in freshwater. 6.

STROMATEIDAE

Peprilus alepidotus (Linnaeus) : Harvestfish

Several were taken by surface trawl 5 miles

upriver from West Point. When collected at high

tide the surface salinity was 8.9 parts per thou-

sand but on the succeeding low tide the water at

that location became fresh. Harvest fish have

been collected from waters of even lower salinity

in the Mattaponi River but have not yet been

found by us in water that was completely fresh.

ScIAENIDAE

Cynoscion regalis (Bloch and Schneider):

Gray Squeteague

Young were taken by surface trawl in the fresh-

waters of area I. This species is generally found

in salt water, but was recorded from freshwater

by Gunter (1942).

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 43, No. 12

Leiostomus xanthurus Lacépede: Spot

Young spot 20 to 40 mm. in length were taken

in plankton nets while juveniles were collected

by seine and surface trawl in area I. Spot was

taken in both fresh and brackish waters. In the

Rappahannock River it was collected 23 miles

above brackish water and young have also been

taken in the freshwaters of Mattaponi River. 3.

Micropogon undulatus Linnaeus: Atlantic Croaker

Young 20 to 30 mm. in length were collected

in plankton nets in area I and small specimens

were taken in plankton nets set at Lester Manor

(area IT) in March, 1949. Both croaker and spot

have been recorded previously from freshwater

by Gunter (1942). Their occurrence in fresh-

water at such a small size is unusual, for both

species are believed to spawn in the ocean out-

side of Chesapeake Bay. Young of both species

have also been taken in plankton nets in fresh-

waters of the Mattaponi River.

GOBIIDAE

Gobiosoma bosci Lacépede: Naked Goby

Several specimens were collected in one seine

haul five miles above West Point. This species is

commonly taken near oyster beds which are not

found in the Pamunkey River. 1.

HIPPOGLOSSIDAE

Paralichthys dentatus (Linnaeus):

Summer Flounder

A single specimen of this typically salt-water

species was seined 5 miles above West Point. It

is commonly caught commercially in the York

River below West Point. 1.

ACHIRIDAE

Trinectes maculatus (Bloch and Schneider):

Hogchoker

Young were especially common in the tidal

freshwaters. It was taken in many samples from

the mouth of the Pamunkey River to the head

of the tide. 28.

FISHES oF ADJACENT SECTIONS

Scattered collections were made in small

streams tributary to the tidewater section

and from the Coastal Plain area of the

Pamunkey upstream from the limit of Bas-

sett Bar (area III). The tributary streams

were typically clear and shallow with sand

DECEMBER 1953 RANEY AND MASSMANN:

bottom and slight gradient, and all flow

through wooded areas. Two of the best

stations were located in pools just below

mill dams. The stations in the Pamunkey

River above area III were deep with steep

banks which made seining difficult. Fishes

taken in the above situations were Hrimyzon

oblongus oblongus (Mitchill), eastern creek

chubsucker; Semotilus atromaculatus atro-

maculatus (Mitchill), northern creek chub;

Hybopsis leptocephalus (Girard), Carolina

chub; Umbra pygmaea, eastern mudminnow;

Aphredoderus sayanus sayanus (Gilliams),

eastern pirateperch; Centrarchus macrop-

terus (Lacépedé), flier; and Acantharcus

pomotis (Baird), mud sunfish.

In five collections made in Pamunkey

River and tributaries above the Fall Line

in Louisa and Hanover counties, 12 addi-

tional forms not listed in Table 1 were cap-

tured. They are as follows: Catostomus c.

commersoni (Lacépede), Hypenteliwm nigri-

cans (LeSueur), Hybopsis micropogon

(Cope), Hxoglossum maxillingua (LeSueur),

Chrosomus oreas Cope, Clinostomus vando-

isulus (Valenciennes), Notropis cornutus

cornutus (Mitchill), Notropis procne procne

(Cope), Hadropterus notogrammus Raney

and Hubbs, Hadropterus peltatus peltatus

(Stauffer), Etheostoma nigrum Rafinesque

subsp., Htheostoma vitrea (Cope). These

limited data on Piedmont fish distribution

indicate that in this respect the Pamunkey

River is much like the James River, as

reported by Raney (1950, p. 189).

RELATIVE ABUNDANCE

The abundance of fishes is sometimes

measured by their frequency of occurrence

in collections made by seine hauls. This

method has some limitations especially in

large rivers. Recent investigations on the

clupeid fishes reported by Massmann, Ladd,

and McCutcheon (1952) has indicated that

seining is not always a reliable measure of

abundance. Other groups, such as the cat-

fishes, are primarily nocturnal, and there-

fore estimations of abundance based on day-

time seine hauls may be erroneous. Fishes

such as the hogchoker and eel often burrow

in the mud where they are easily missed by

minnow seines. The young of several species,

such as longnose gar, bowfin and carp rarely

PAMUNKEY

RIVER FISHES 431

TABLE 2.—Fishes taken in the tidewater section of the Pamunkey

River arranged in order by frequency of occurrence in per-

centage of seine hauls. Some species are included here with

full realization that seine collections do not reveal their true

relative abundance.

& S

Re 32

Species | gee Species | g 28

|= 59 ESO

|\Soo OOo

ee foy(e}| Kol) (3

\F =

| |

Notropis hudsonius sal- | || Anchoa m. mitchilli......| 16

ULATUSESA = AS stent ede 63 | Lepomis gibbosus....... | 16

Notropis analostanus...| 60 || Ictalurus catus.......... 12

Alosa sapidissima....... | Dif AC COMLOVESCE NSH eal el

Fundulus d. diaphanus. | 55 Enneacanthus gloriosus. . 11

Morone americana....... | 54 || Ictalvrus punctatus......| 10

Etheostoma nigrum olm- | | Pomozris nigromaculatus . 10

SLEWT: SSA ceca See ot: | 53 Fundulus heteroclitus |

Lepomis ™m. macro- | | macrolepidotus......... u

CHUTES an Ee Ae eee 36 || Micropterus s. salmoides.| 7

Alosa aestivalis......... | 35 | Menidia menidia......... teen

Roccus saratilis.........| 35 | Notemigonus c. cryso-

Trinectes maculatus..... 28 | leucas 6 ha samme Sey | {6

Menidia beryllina....... | 24 | Schilbeodes mollis........ | 6

Lepomis auritus........ 22 || Breevoortia tyrannus..... 5

Moxostoma macrolepi- | Lepisosteus 0. osseus..... 4

COLIN eee | 20 | Leiostomus canthurus.... 3

Hybognathus nuchalis | Strongylura marina...... 2

LC GUIES to nds tA 20 | Semotilus corporalis...... 2

Gambusia affinis hol- || Alosa mediocris.......... 2

BROOK SEE ee ae 18 || Notropis amoenus........ 1

Anguilla rostrata........ 17 | Gobiosoma bosci.......... 1

Alosa pseudoharengus...| 17 | Paralichthys dentatus.....; 1

TaBLE 3.—Relative abundance of the most common Pamunkey

fishes seined in coves and in the river proper. The numbers

are the ratios between the percentages of occurrence in seine

hauls at the two habitats.

Species | River

proper Coves

Menta iano ery line eee ee ee as

Hybognathus nuchalis regius...........|

MruMeGteS MACULauUSe ne eee ee eee all

WEN OM AS AUT tee ae Ye ee ort |

FR OCCUSESOZOLULS et eE aoe

Moxostoma macrolepidotum............ |

Amchoa m= mitchillt. ee ee

Notropis hudsonius saludanus.........

Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus. . .

Etheostoma nigrum olmstedi............

ALOSCAGESUUVCVISHA Ain A ee ee

Notropisvanalostanuss, eee.

NCOHNIGUS CONUS: svbcondc eon Sogoebe choas

NOT ONCHOINENICON Cn ae ean

IROMOLUS Mignomaculalus- 55) yee

PAGO ROMAGMO . one doe ng oe lone w eae

VAILOSORSUDLAUSSUI CO ee ee eee

LODE GIONS Gh, (HOCH NOD MUS 2 oe oon ece oe |

Gambusia affinis holbrooki.............

Mucropterus s. salmotdes..............- |

Enneacanthus gloniosws....-..--..-5--- |

ORG BUADE SCOT Sher perme rn Cea = rae

ILCIORRES (UM DOSUS: soc ce sagoce be secas

Lepomis m. macrochirus...............|

Schilbeodes mollis................-...--|

AL OSG DSEUMAONGTENGRUSE 8 ne ee nee ee |

te i eH kk Oe

—— i CC Ss

Cw Or Or Rm CW DO DDR RR BR i i es i i i

NOON ODP PNR RK RB eRe ocoococoocoocoooeoo oO O&O

ouoo

Notemigonus c. crysoleucas.............

432 JOURNAL OF THE

are taken in minnow seines, in Virginia

rivers, even though adults may be numerous.

Densely schooling fishes such as the glut

herring and menhaden may be far more

abundant than their percentage of occur-

rence in seine hauls would indicate merely

because these schools may be met. infre-

quently while fishes of more uniform dis-

tribution would ordinarily be taken more

often. Anadromous species, which make up

a considerable part of the fish fauna in tidal

rivers, may be present for only part of the

year in any given ontogenetic stage, and

sampling therefore is representative only of

the season when collecting occurred.

The percentage of seine collections in

which the various species occurred is given

in Table 2. The spottail shiner was taken

most frequently followed by satinfin shiner,

American shad, banded killifish, white perch,

and johnny darter, all of which appeared in

more than one-half of the seine hauls. Next

in order of frequency of capture are the

bluegill sunfish, glut herring, striped bass,

hogchoker, glassy silverside and yellowbelly

sunfish. The remaining fishes occurred in

20 per cent or fewer seine hauls.

DISTRIBUTION

The habitat in which sampling is done is of

considerable importance in determining the

species that are taken. Even in a tidal river,

where the various habitats tend to be unified

by the influence of a mass of water of rather

uniform physical and chemical character-

istics (excluding the brackish waters), there

are some differences in the environmental

preferences of fishes.

A distinct contrast is evident between

coves, where the water is not affected by

tidal currents, and the river proper where

the effect of such currents is pronounced.

The occurrence of fishes at cove and river

stations is summarized in Table 3. Glassy

silverside, silvery minnow, hogchoker, yel-

lowbelly sunfish, and striped bass were

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF

SCIENCES VOL. 43, NO. 12

collected more frequently in the river while

golden shiner, alewife, tadpole madtom,

bluegill sunfish, pumpkinseed sunfish, yellow

perch and bluespot sunfish occurred more

often in coves. The other species were inter-

mediate. With the exception of the alewife,

those fishes favoring the cove habitat are

generally found in sluggish water or ponds

throughout their range, while those common

to the river may or may not be found in

still water in other parts of their range.

It seems evident that the species of fishes

obtained by sampling rivers was determined

in part by the type of habitat sampled.

Therefore, care must be exercised in selecting

various locations that are adequately repre-

sentative of all conditions. This is a difficult

problem in rivers where sampling locations,

especially by seine, are limited by water

depth and bottom type.

LITERATURE CITED

Fow.er, Henry W. A study of the fishes of the

southern Piedmont and Coastal Plain. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Monogr. 7: 1-408,

313 figs. 1945.

GUNTER, GorDON. A list of fishes of the mainland

of North and Middle America recorded from

both freshwater and sea water. Amer. Midl.

Nat. 28(2): 305-326. 1942.

HILDEBRAND, SAMUEL F., and ScHROEDER, WIL-

LIAM C. Fishes of Chesapeake Bay. Bull. U.S.

Bur. Fish. 48 (1927, pt. 1): 1-866, 211 figs. 1928.

MASSMANN, WILLIAM H. Characteristics of spawn-

ing areas of shad, Alosa sapidissima (Wilson)

in some Virginia streams. Trans. Amer. Fish.

Soc. 81: 78-93, 3 figs. 1952.

MassMANN, WiLLIAM H., Lapp, ERNrstT C. and

McCutcHeon, Henry N. A surface trawl for

sampling fishes in tidal rivers. Trans. North

Amer. Wildlife Conf. 17: 386-392, 3 figs. 1952.

MENZEL, R. Winston. The catfish industry of Vir-

ginia. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 73: 364-372,

1 fig. 1945.

TRESSELT, ERNEST F. Spawning grounds of the

striped bass, Roccus saxatilis (Walbauwm), in

Virginia. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll.

14(1): 98-110. 1952.

RANEY, Epwarp C. Freshwater fishes. [In] The

James River Basin, past, present and future:

151-194. Virginia Academy of Sciences, 1950.

INDEX TO VOLUME 43

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY AND AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

Anthropological Society of Washington. 271.

Washington Academy of Sciences. 60, 93, 261.

AUTHOR INDEX

AspotTt, R. T. See WARMKE, GERMAINE L. 260.

ALLEN, WiuuiaAM T. See Nicot, Davin. 344.

AMSDEN, THomas W. Some notes on the Penta-

meracea, including a description of one new

genus and one new subfamily. 137.

AnpreEws, E. A. Valletofolliculina bicornis, a

unique new genus and species of folliculinid

(Ciliata: Heterotricha) from California. 189.

BaseEro, Bert B. Studies on the helminth fauna

of Alaska: XII, The experimental infection of

Alaskan gulls (Larus glaucescens Naumann)

with Diphyllobothrium sp. 166.

BarBeER, H. G., and SaitEr, R. I. A revision of

the turtle bugs of North America (Hemiptera:

Pentatomidae). 150.

BeecHerR, WriiuiamM J. Feeding adaptations and

systematics in the avian order Piciformes. 293.

Buakef, Doris H. Eight new Neotropical chry-

somelid beetles (Coleoptera). 232.

BLANTON, FRANKLIN S. See WirTH, WILLIS W. 69.

Brinton, Epwarp. Thysanopoda spinicaudata, a

new bathypelagic giant euphausiid crusta-

cean, with comparative notes.on 7’. cornuta

and 7’. egregia. 408.

Brown, Roxtanp W. The Geological Society of

Washington. 341.

CAMPBELL, WiLiiAM R. Dynamic stress-strain

curves for mild steel using the tangent modu-

lus procedure. 102.

CHANDLER, Harry P. A new species of Climacia

from California (Sisyridae, Neuroptera). 182.

CuarRKE&, J. F. Gates. New species of Olethreu-

tidae from Illinois (Lepidoptera). 226.

-. Notes, new synonymy, and new assign-

ments in American Gelechiidae. 317.

CoNTRERAS, EpuARDO. See DRUCKER, PHILIP. 389.

Dayton, W. A. Miriam Lucile Bomhard (obitu-

eye Molo

DeCar.o, José A. See Drak, Cari J. 109.

Drake, Caru J., and DeCarto, Jost A. Ameri-

can species of Ranatra annulipes Stal group

(Hemiptera: Ranatridae). 109.

Drake, Ropert J. Amnicola brandi, a new spe-

cies of snail from northwestern Chihua-

hua. 26.

DRECHSLER, CHARLES. Development of Pythium

debaryanum on wet substratum. 213.

. Three new species of Conidiobolus isolated

from leaf mold. 29.

Drucker, Puiiip, and CoNnTRERAS, EDUARDO.

Site patterns in the eastern part of Olmec ter-

ritory. 389.

DuNKLE, Davin H., and MALpoNADO-KOERDELL,

M. Notes on some Mesozoic fossil fish remains

from Mexico. 311.

Evans, Auice C. Ida Albertina Bengtson (obitu-

ary). 238.

Farr, Marion M. Three new species of coccidia

from the Canada goose, Branta canadensis

(Linné, 1758). 336.

FERGUSON, Epwarp, Jr. A new cyprid ostracod

Maryland. 194.

FisHER, WatTeR K. A new genus of bonelliid

worms (Hchiuroidea). 258.

GinsBuRG, Isaac. Ten new American gobioid

fishes in the United States National Museum,

including additions to a revision of Gobio-

nellus. 18.

GuRNEY, ASHLEY B. Recent advances in the tax-

onomy and distribution of Grylloblatta (Or-

thoptera: Grylloblattidae). 325.

HANDLEY, CuHarRLEs O., Jr. Three new lemmings

(Dicrostonyx) from Arctic America. 197.

Hernricu, Gerp H. Holarctic elements among the

Ichneumoninae of Maine. 148.

Hosss, Horton H., Jr. On the ranges of certain

crayfishes of the Spzculifer group of the genus

Procambarus, with the description of a new

species (Decapoda: Astacidae), 412.

Horrman, Ricuarp L. Psammodesmus, a neglected

milliped genus (Polydesmida: Platyrhacidae).

299.

Humes, ArtHur G. Two new semiparasitic har-

pacticoid copepods from the coast of New

Hampshire. 360.

JAMES, Maurice T. The Diptera collected on the

Cockerell and Hubbell Expeditions to Hon-

duras: Part II, Asilidae. 46.

Joyce, J. W. Science in the State Department. 97.

Kevan, D. Kerru McE. An interesting new pyrgo-

morphine grasshopper (Orthoptera: Acridi-

dae) in the U. S. National Museum. 117.

KNIGHT, KENNETH L. Two new species of mosqui-

toes from the Yemen (Diptera: Culicidae).

a20):

LANE, JoHN E. See Pratt, H. D. 358.

Leviton, ALAN E. A new snake of the genus Oli-

godon from Annam. 422.

Li, Hur-Lin. Critical notes on the genus Symplo-

cos in Formosa. 107.

. The species of Pittosporum in Formosa. 43.

Loomis, H. F. New millipeds of the western States

and Lower California. 417.

MaALDONADO-KOERDELL, M. See DuNKLE, Davip

Jel, Sillile

Martin, G. W. A new species of Protodontia from

British Columbia. 16.

Massty, Louis M., Jr., and Neat, A. Lesiiz. In-

vestigations concerning the hatching factor

433

434 JOURNAL OF THE

of the golden nematode of potatoes, Helero-

dera rostochiensis Wollenweber. 396.

MASSMANN, WILLIAM H. See RaNnry, Epwarp C.

424.

Marrox, N. T. Two new species of Hulimnadia

from Maryland and Virginia (Crustacea: Con-

chostraca). 57.

Minuer, Cari F. Additional information on the

Indian pottery from Pissaseck (Leedstown),

Westmoreland County, Virginia. 273.

Moore, WALTER G. See WILSON, MILDRED STRAT-

TON. L21.

Nau, A. Lesuie. See Massey, Louis M., Jr. 396.

Nicou, Davin. A new prionodont pelecypod ge-

nus. 103.

Review of the hving species of Echino-

chama. 386.

Nicot, Davip, and ALLEN, Wiuuram T. A new

pelecypod from Upper Triassic strata in Peru.

344.

PENN, GborGE Henry. A new crawfish of the ge-

nus Procambarus from Louisiana and Arkan-

sas (Decapoda: Astacidae). 163.

PrrrrBoNE, Marian H. A new species of poly-

chaete worm of the family Ampharetidae from

Massachusetts. 384.

PITTENDRIGH, CoLIN S. See SmitH, Lyman B. 401.

Pratt, H. D., and Lane, Joun EH. Laelaps ory-

zomydis, n. sp., with a key to some American

species of Laelaps (Acarina: Laelaptidae).

308.

Purt, Harspans 8. The ostracode genus Hemi-

cythere and its allies. 169.

RaMBERG, WALTER. Looking ahead in mechanics.

241.

RaNngEy, Epwarp C., and Massman, WiLuiam H.

The fishes of the tidewater section of the

Pamunkey River, Virginia. 424.

Reap, CHARLES B Prosseria grandis, a new genus

and new species from the Upper Devonian of

New York. 13.

ROSEN, LEON. See STONE, ALAN. 354.

Ross, Herpertr H. Additional material on the

phylogeny and dispersal of Atopsyche (Tri-

choptera: Rhyacophilidae). 287.

SAILER, R. I. See BARBER, H. G. 150.

ScHu.ttz, LEoNaRD P. See SrRasBuRG, DONALD

W. 128.

SrerzeR, Henry W. A new hedgehog from Africa.

237.

Four new mammals from the Anglo-

Egyptian Sudan. 333.

Smrru, A. C. Studies of South American plants,

Net 203:

SmitH, Lyman B. Some new combinations in

Guatemalan Bromeliaceae. 68.

SmitH, Lyman B., and PiTTENDRIGH, CoLIN S.

Realignments in the Bromeliaceae subfamily

Tillandsioideae. 401.

Soun, I. G. Cardiniferella, n. gen., the type of a

new family of Carboniferous Ostracoda. 66.

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VOL. 43, No. 12

SoHNS, ERNEST R. Chaboissaea ligulata Fourn.:

A Mexican grass. 405.

Floral morphology of Jzophorus unisetus

(Presl) Schlecht. 179.

STONE, ALAN. New tabanid flies of

Merycomylini. 255.

STONE, ALAN, and Rosen, Leon. A new species of

Culex from the Marquesas Islands and the

larva of Culex atriceps Edwards (Diptera:

Culicidae). 354.

STRASBURG, DoNALpD W., and ScHULTZ, LEONARD

P. The blenniid fish genera Cirripectus and

Kerallias with descriptions of two new species

from the tropical Pacific. 128.

STRIMPLE, HARRELL L. A new carpoid from Okla-

homa. 105.

———. A new species of Carinocrinus from Okla-

homa. 201.

Tueopor, Oskar. On a collection of Phlebotomus

from the Yemen. 119.

Topp, W. E. Ciypr. A taxonomic study of the

American dunlin (Frolia alpina subspp.). 85.

Tomuinson, Jack T. A burrowing barnacle of the

genus T'rypetesa (order Acrothoracica). 373.

TRAUB, RoBeERT. Hollandipsylla neali, a new ge-

nus and new species of flea from North Bor-

neo, with comments on eyeless fleas (Siphon-

aptera). 346.

Wenzella obscura, a new genus and new

species of flea from Guatemala (Siphonap-

Gera) 07.

TRUESDELL, C. Paul Felix Neményi (obituary).

62.

WaARMKE, GERMAINE L., and Assott, R. T. The

gross anatomy and occurrence in Puerto Rico

of the pelecypod Yoldia perprotracta. 260.

WHEELER, GEORGE C., and WHEELER, JEANETTE.

The ant larvae of the myrmicine tribes Melis-

sotarsini, Metaponini, Myrmicariini, and Car-

diocondylini. 185.

WiuuiAMs, Atwyn. The classification of the stro-

phomenoid brachiopods. 1.

——. The morphology and classification of the

oldhaminid brachiopods. 279.

Wiuiramson, A. A. Speculation on the cosmic

function of life. 305.

Wruson, MruprREp Srratrron, and Moore, WAL-

TER G. New records of Diaptomus sanguineus

and allied species from Louisiana, with the de-

scription of a new species (Crustacea: Cope-

poda). 121.

Wirt, Wiuus W., and BLANTON, FRANKLIN S.

Studies in Panama Culicoides (Diptera: Helei-

dae): I, Descriptions of six new species. 69.

Woopwick, KererrH H. Polydora nuchalis, a new

the tribe

species of polychaetous annelid from Cali- .

fornia. 381.

YocHELSON, Exurs L. Jedria, a new subgenus of

Naticopsis. 65.

Youna, R. T. Postmonorchis donacis, a new species

of monorchid trematode from the Pacific

coast, and its life history. 88.

DECEMBER 1953

INDEX

435

SUBJECT INDEX

Archeology. Additional information on the Indian

pottery from Pissaseck (eedstown), West-

moreland County, Virginia. Carn F. MILier.

Zee

Site patterns in the eastern part of Olmec ter-

ritory. PH1ttrp DrucKER and Epuarpo Con-

TRERAS. 389.

Biochemistry. Investigations concerning the

hatching factor of the golden nematode of

potatoes, Heterodera rostochiensis Wollen-

weber. Louts M. Massey, Jr.,and A. LESLIE

NEAL. 396.

Biology. Speculation on the cosmic function of

life. A. A. WiLLiaMson. 305.

Botany. Chaboissaea ligulata Fourn.: A Mexican

grass. ERNEST R. Souns. 405.

Critical notes on the genus Symplocos in

Formosa. Hu1-Lin Lt. 107.

Floral morphology of Jzophorus wunisetus

(Presl) Schlecht. ERNEST R. Souns. 179.

Realignments in the Bromeliaceae subfamily

Tillandsioideae. Lyman B. SmrrH and CoLin

S. PrrrenpriauH. 401.

Some new combinations in Guatemalan Bro-

meliaceae. LyMAN B. SMITH. 68.

Studies of South American plants, XIJI. A. C.

SMITH. 203.

The species of Pittosporum in Formosa. Hvut-

Lin Li. 43.

Engineering. Dynamic stress-strain curves for

mild steel using the tangent modulus pro-

cedure. WILLIAM R. CAMPBELL. 102.

Entomology. Additional material on the phylogeny

and dispersal of Atopsyche (Trichoptera:

Rhyacophilidae). HERBERT H. Ross. 287.

American species of Ranatra annulipes Stal

group (Hemiptera: Ranatridae). Caru J.

DRAKE and Jos& A. DECaRLo. 109.

A new species of Climacia from California

(Sisyridae, Neuroptera). Harry P. CHanp-

LER. 182.

A new species of Culex from the Marquesas

Islands and the larva of Culex atriceps Ed-

wards (Diptera: Culicidae). ALAN STONE

and LEON Rosen. 354.

A revision of the turtle bugs of North America

(Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). H. G. BARBER

and R. I. Saruer. 150.

An interesting new pyrgomorphine grass-

hopper (Orthoptera: Acrididae) in the U.S.

National Museum. D. Kerry McE. Kevan.

Lae

Light new Neotropical chrysomelid beetles

(Coleoptera). Doris H. Buaxke. 232.

Holarctic elements among the Ichneumoninae

of Maine. Grerp H. Hernricu. 148.

Hollandipsylla neali, a new genus and new

species of flea from North Borneo, with

comments on eyeless fleas (Siphonaptera).

Ropert TrRavs. 346.

Laelaps oryzomydis, n. sp., with a key to some

American species of Laelaps (Acarina: Lae-

laptidae). H. D. Pratt and Joun E. Lane.

358.

New species of Olethreutidae from Illinois

(Lepidoptera). J. F. Gares CLarkeE. 226.

New tabanid flies of the tribe Merycomyiini.

ALAN STONE. 255.

Notes, new synonymy, and new assignments

in American Gelechiidae. J. F. Gates

CLARKE. 317.

On a collection of Phlebotomus from the

Yemen. Oskar THEODOR. 119.

Recent advances in the taxonomy and dis-

tribution of Grylloblatta (Orthoptera: Gryl-

loblattidae). ASHLEY B. GuRNEY. 325.

Studies in Panama Culicoides (Diptera: Helei-

dae): I, Descriptions of six new species.

Wiuurs W. WirtH and FRANKLIN 8S. BLAN-

TON. 69.

The ant larvae of the myrmicine tribes Melis-

sotarsini, Metaponini, Myrmicariini, and

Cardiocondvlini. GEorGr C. WHEELER and

JEANETTE WHEELER. 185.

The Diptera collected on the Cockerell and

Hubbell Expeditions to Honduras: Part ITI,

Asilidae. Maurice T. Jamess. 46.

Two new species of mosquitoes irom the Ye-

men (Diptera: Culicidae). KENNETH L.

KnriGut. 320.

Wenzella obscura, a new genus and new spe-

cies of flea from Guatemala (Siphonaptera).

ROBERT TRAUB. 77.

General Science. Science in the State Department.

Jc We Joven. 97.

Geology. The Geological Society of Washington.

RoLaNp W. Brown. 341.

Helminthology. Studies on the helminth fauna of

Alaska; XII, The experimental infection of

Alaskan gulls (Larus glawcescens Naumann)

with Diphyllobothrium sp. Brerv B. BaBERO.

166.

Herpetology. A new snake of the genus Oligodon

from Annam. ALAN E. LEviton. 422.

Ichthyology. The blenniid fish genera Cirripectus

and Hyrallias with descriptions of two new

species from the tropical Pacific. DoNnaLp

W. SrrRAsBuRG and LEONARD P.ScHUuLtz. 128.

The fishes of the tidewater section of the

Pamunkey River, Virginia. Hpwarp C.

Raney and Witiiam H. Massmann. 424.

Ten new American gobioid fishes in the

United States National Museum, including

additions to a revision of Gobionellus. Isaac

GINSBURG. 18.

Malacologyu. Amnicola brandi, a new species of

snail from northwestern Chihuahua. Ros-

ERT J. DRAKE. 26.

Review of the living species of Echinochama.

Davip Nicot. 386.

The gross anatomy and occurrence in Puerto

Rico of the pelecypod Yoldia perprotracta.

GERMAINE L. WarmKEand R. T. Apsort. 260.

Mammalogy. A new hedgehog from Africa. HENRY

WE SERZnR Zale

436 JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Four new mammals from the Anglo-Iigyptian

Sudan. Henry W. Sperzer. 333.

Three new lemmings (Dicrostonyx) from Are-

tic America. CHARLES O. HANDLEY, Jr. 197.

Mycology. A new species of Protodontia from

British Columbia. G. W. Martin. 16.

Development of Pythium debaryanum on wet

substratum. CHARLES DRECHSLER. 213.

Three new species of Conidiobolus isolated

from leaf mold. CHARLES DRECHSLER. 29.

Obituaries. BENGTSSON, IbA ALBERTINA. 238.

BomMuHARD, Miriam Lucie. 136.

NEAL, PauL ARDEEN. 1385.

NeEmMENyYI, PAUL FELIX. 62.

WENpT, EpwiIn F. 64.

Ornithology. A taxonomic study of the American

dunlin (Hrolia alpina subspp.). W. KE.

CuypE Topp. 85.

Feeding adaptations and systematics in the

avian order Piciformes. WrLuiam J.

BEECHER. 293.

Paleobotany. Prosseria grandis, a new genus and

new species from the Upper Devonian of

New York. CHaruEs B. Reap. 13.

Paleontology. A new carpoid from Oklahoma.

HARRELL L. STRIMPLE. 105.

A new pelecypod from Upper Triassic strata

in Peru. Davin Nicout and WiuuiAm T.

ALUEN. 344.

A new prionodont pelecypod genus. DAvip

Nico. 108.

A new species of Carinocrinus from Okla-

homa. HARRELL L. STRIMPLE. 201.

Cardiniferella, n. gen., the type of a new

family of Carboniferous Ostracoda. I. G.

SOHN. 66.

Jedria, a new subgenus of Naticopsis. Euuis

L. YOCHELSON. 65.

Notes on some Mesozoic fossil fish remains

from Mexico. Davin H. DUNKLE and M.

MaALpONADO-KOERDELL. 311.

Some notes on the Pentameracea, including

a description of one new genus and one new

subfamily. THomas W. AmspENn. 137.

The classification of the strophomenoid bra-

chiopods. ALWYN WILLIAms. 1.

The morphology and classification of the old-

haminid brachiopods. ALwyN WILLIAMS.

279.

The ostracode genus Hemicythere and its al-

lies. HaARBANS S. Puri. 169.

Physics. Looking ahead in mechanics. WALTER

RAMBERG. 241.

VOL. 43, NO. 12

Zoology. A burrowing barnacle of the genus

T'rypetesa (order Acrothoracica). Jack T.

TOMLINSON. 373.

A new crawfish of the genus Procambarus

from Louisiana and Arkansas (Decapoda:

Astacidae). GEORGE HENRY PENN. 163.

A new cyprid ostracod from Maryland. Ep-

WARD FERGUSON, Jr. 194.

A new genus of bonelliid worms (Hchiuroi-

dea). WALTER K. FIsHer. 258.

A new species of polychaete worm of the fam-

ily Ampharetidae from Massachusetts.

Marian H. PETTIBONE. 384.

New millipeds of the western States and

Lower California. H. F. Loomis. 417.

New records of Diaptomus sanguineus and

allied species from Louisiana, with the de-

scription of a new species (Crustacea: Co-

pepoda). MruprREpD STRATTON WILSON and

Wa.tTeR G. Moore. 121.

On the ranges of certain crayfishes of the

Spiculifer group of the genus Procambarus,

with the description of a new species (Deca-

poda: Astacidae). Horron H. Hosss, Jr.

412.

Polydora nuchalis, a new species of poly-

chaetous annelid from California. KrrTH

H. Woopwick. 381.

Postmonorchis donacis, a new species of mon-

orchid trematode from the Pacific coast,

and its life history, R. T. Youne. 88.

Psammodesmus, a neglected milliped genus

(Polydesmidae: Platyrhacidae). RrcHarp

L. HorrMan. 299.

Three new species of coccidia from the Canada

goose, Branta canadensis (Linné, 1758).

Marion M. Farr. 336.

Thysanopoda spinicaudata, a new bathy-

pelagic giant euphausiid crustacean, with

comparative notes on 7’. cornuta and T.

egregia. EDWARD BRINTON. 408.

Two new semiparasitic harpacticoid copepods

from the coast of New Hampshire. ARTHUR

G. Humss. 360.

Two new species of Hulimnadia from Mary-

land and Virginia (Crustacea: Concho-

straca). N. T. Marrox. 57.

Valletofolliculina bicornis, a unique new genus

and species of folliculinid (Ciliata: Hetero-

tricha) from California. E. A. ANDREWS.

189.

Officers of the Washington Academy of Sciences

RMI Eo, LMR Ghee o tas Sin oes F. M. Sretzuer, U.S. National Museum

MPTECPOCNE-CLEEL. o.oo oe eee ees F. M. Deranporr, National Bureau of Standards

PE se se i ee iis aie wal JASON R. SWALLEN, U.S. National Museum

WReEGSUTEr: 1.2... .. Howarp 8S. Rappers, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (Retired)

ee es sie es la eas eile eo Joun A. STEVENSON, Plant Industry Station

Custodian and Subscription Manager of Publications

Haratp A. Reuper, U.S. National Museum

Vice-Presidents Representing the Affiliated Societies:

En osepaical Society of Washington............0. 2-25.26 002 eee: A. G. McNisH

Anthropological Society of Washington..................... WiLuiaM H. GILBERT

iolesreal Society of Washington.................4...5... Hue Tuomas O’NEILL

Ghenmca! oociety of Washington.............0.22...0.....- GEORGE W. IRVING, JR.

Maramolosical Society of Washington. ..............0....0. 00 ccc eee: F. W. Poos

BenrandeGcorraphic Society........... 0.20.0. .6 cee eden. ALEXANDER WETMORE

Gealosien! Socicty of Washington............. 20.0.0. eee ees A. NELSON SAYRE

Medical Society of the District of Columbia.................. FREDERICK O. Cor

Memetorslisiorical Society)... 0... 02.6.0. .e ee cede ee eg eens GILBERT GROSVENOR

Pocemcaoociety of Washington..............:00.e..000 en: Harry A. BortTHWICK

Washington Section, Society of American Foresters.......... GEORGE F. GRAVATT

Washington Society ‘of HM GAN ECTS ocr e niche ils We ha LOREM an 262 C. A. Betts

Washington Section, American Institute of Electrical Engineers. .ARNOLD H. Scorr

Washington Section, American Society of Mechanical Engineers

RicHarpD 8. Diiu

Helminthological Society of Washington.......................... L. A. SPINDLER

Washington Branch, Society of American Bacteriologists.......... GLENN SLOCUM

Washington Post, Society of American Military Engineers...... FLoyp W. Houcu

Washington Section, Institute of Radio Engineers....... HERBERT GROVE DORSEY

District of Columbia Section, American Society of Civil Engineers

Martin A. Mason

District of Columbia Section, Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

N. R. Evuis

Washington Chapter, American Society for Metals............ Joun G, THOMPSON

Washington Section, International Association for Dental Research

Epwarp G. Hamp

Washington Section, Institute of the Aeronautical Sciences.......... R. J. SEEGER

Elected Members of the Board of Managers:

Lab diate avo G5? Se er Sara E. Branyam, Mitton Harris

og Pon nih 1G 8 en ee R. G. Batss, W. W. DIEHL

02 SU 18 5 M. A. Mason, R. J. SEEGER

IMO UMOMELUCTS.. 2. ok ee ee All the above officers plus the Senior Editor

Peereebanors and Associate Hdttors............000 00 cc deen eee [See front cover]

eerie Committee ...............0.5- F. M. Serzuer (chairman), F. M. DEFANDORF,

J.R. Swatuen, H.S. Rappreyre, W. W, Rupry

Committee on Membership...... E. H. Waker (chairman), Myron S. ANDERSON,

CLARENCE Cottam, C. L. Crist, JOHN FABER, ANaus M. GRIFFIN, D. BREESE JONES,

FRANK C. KRACEK, ‘Louis R. MaxwELL, A.G. ‘McNIsu, Epwarp C. REINHARD, REESE

I. Satter, Lro A. SHINN, Francis A. SMITH, HEINz Specut, Horace M. "TRENT,

ALFRED WEISSLER

Cammetiee on Meetings................. Watson Davis (chairman), Joun W. ALDRICH,

AustTIN Cuarx, D. J. Davis

Committee on Monographs (W. N. FENTON, chairman):

epmrepECrIECUNT rere ome ile! ie) Lae S. F. Buaxs, F. C. Kracrex

PMN TBBRE SRL 5c OU ee g's sk ka Sale EG in wee Geis W.N. Fenton, ALAN STONE

epee L056. fe. oe ee ke cele ee G. ArTHUR CoopER, JAMES I. HoFFMAN

Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement (A. V. AsTIN, general chairman):

For Biological Sciences...... HERBERT FRIEDMANN (chairman), Harry A. Bortu-

wick, Sara HE. BranuaM, Ira B. HANSEN, BENJAMIN SCHWARTZ, T. DALE STEWART

For Engineering Sciences...... SAMUEL LrEvy (chairman), MicnaEL GOLDBERG,

. H. Kennarp, BE. B. Rosperts, H. M. Trent, W. A. WILDHACK

For Physical Sciences...... G. B. ScHUBAUER (chairman), R. S. Burtneton, F. C.

Kracex, J. A. SANDERSON, R. J. SenamEr, J. S. WILLIAMS

For Teaching of Science..M. A. Mason (chairman), F. EK. Fox, Monror H. Martin

Committee on Grants-in-aid for Research............... Karu F. HerzFevp (chairman),

HERBERT N. Eaton, L. KE. Yocum

Committee on Policy and Planning:

Permepamuary 1954.0 ool oe ee was H. B. Couuins, W. W. Rusey (chairman)

PeMrNrr iN Ono me ae ee te Ne Aber dy L. W. Parr, F. B. SILsBEE

meromiary L956 te ees ee ly cae wc 6 E. C. CritrenpEN, A. WETMORE

Committee on Encouragement of Science Talent (A. T. McPHErson, chairman):

Pere PeesAy LOA ve PVs Ce eG rAMos Ch oebngten Veen ieuy & envi CALDWELL, W. LL. Scumitr

PIU TOs ie icy. Vices Saralar sdiglbine Boas b eaeee G ATE, McPHERSON, W. T. Reap

SCM TINIE LODO 2 ish ye score acid a eis Wave ards oo Gale a's AUSTIN CLARK, J. H. McMiuueN

Representative on Council of A. v6 TAGS ede ee easels Bh omieM NS ke SN ee Watson Davis

Committee of Auditors....... Louise M. RussEuiu (chairman), R. 8S. Dru1, J. B. REEsIpE

Committee of Tellers...... C. L. GARNER (chairman), L. G. Hensest, Myrna F. JONES

CONTENTS

Page

ARCHEOLOGY.—Site patterns in the eastern part of Olmec territory.

Paine DRUCKER and EDUARDO CONTRERAS........-.+.-s 50m 389

BIocHEMISTRY.—Investigations concerned the hatching factor of the

golden nematode of potatoes, Heterodera rostochiensis Wollenweber.

Louts M. Massry, Jr., and A. Lustre NwAL... .. ..2.:292eeeee 396

Borany.—Realignments in the Bromeliaceae subfamily Tillandsioideae.

Lyman B. Surra and Contin 8.-PITrENDRIGH.........>. 0p eee 401

Botany.—Chaboissaea ligulata Fourn.: A Mexican grass. Ernest R.

SOBING si. cui soe Clade oa 0's witéu a Save dele. Ge Sete) oon eae 405

ZooLocy.—Thysanopoda spinicaudata, a new bathypelagic giant eu-

phausiid crustacean, with comparative notes on 7’. cornuta and T.

egregra., EEDWARD BRINTON. ....2+ . sasc )2. Se ws os 3 Sr 408

ZooLtocy.—On the ranges of certain crayfishes of the Spinzfer group of the

genus Procambarus, with the description of a new species (Decapoda:

Astacidae). Horron H. Hopss,.Jr.......2... 2... 412

ZooLocy.—New millipeds of the western States and Lower California.

HB Loomis 208) ee a ee 417

HERPETOLOGY.—A new snake of the genus Oligodon from Annam. ALAN

He LEVITON. 2.005 0 ee 422

IcutHyoLocy.—The fishes of the tidewater section of the Pamunkey

River, Virginia. Epwarp C. Ranry and WitutiAM H. MassMann.. 424

INDEX TO. VOLUME 439%. 40.. 22 ee ee eee 433

This Journal is Indexed in the International Index to Periodicals.